Journal of Asiatic 131 Asia

z.
IV f e^c Xiv :&. >r(

L
*} *j
/</**-++*
**
7^/
/^Cl_
~ A*>1
S-Zovp-t J*s^
?//
fi4^*2*~
6^**> -
JOURNAL
OF THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY
OF
BENGAL,
EDITED BY
THE SECRETARY AND SUB-SECRETARY.
VOL.
XIII.
1844.
PART I. JANUARY TO JUNE,

Nos. 145 to 150.
" It will flourish, if naturalists, chemists antiquaries, philologers, and men of science, in different parts of Asia will commit their observations to writing, and send them to the Asiatic Society, in Calcutta ; it will languish if such communications shall be long intermitted and will die away if they shall entirely cease." Sir Wm. Jones.
;
CALCUTTA
BISHOP'S COLLEGE PRESS.

1844.
(Contents
PART
I.
No. 145.
Page'
I.
On
the Migratory Tribes of Natives in Central India.
By Edward
....
Balfour,
Esq. Assistant Surgeon. Communicated by the Author to Jameson's Edin-
burgh Journal,
...
....
....
....
....
II. Vocabulary of Goand and Cole Words.

poor, 16th
From Dr. Voysey's MSS.

....
Ellich19
December, 1821, ....
....
III. On the History of Arakan. Commissioner, Arakan,

IV.
By
Capt. A. P.
....
sic
Phayre, Senior Assistant

....
....
....
tertia,
23
Bhascarae
E. Roer,
Acharyee
Siddhanta Shirdmani
dicti operis
vertit
pars
Gunitadhiam, sive astronomiam continens, Latine

....
....
notasque adjecit,
....
....
....
53
V. Summary
VI.
description of two
new
....
species of Flying Squirrel.

.... ....
By
B.
H.
67
i
Hodgson, B. C. S
....
....
Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. January, 1844, VII. Officers and Members of the Asiatic Society for 1844,
VIII. List
of
....
.... ....
....
....
....
xiii
Members, January, 1844,

...*
....
....
....
....
vi
IX. Kules
of the Society,
xvii
No.
I.
146.
Tenth
Memoir on
the
Law
of Storms in India, being the
Madras and Ma-
sulipatam Storm of 21st to 23rd May, 1843.

a Chart,..
....
By Henry
....
Piddington.
....
With
....
....
....
69
II. An
Inscription from a Tablet in a Buddhist Monastery at
Ningpo
....
in China.
By
III.
D. J. Macgowan, Esq. M. D. Surgeon of the Ningpo Hospital.

....
With
113
a Plate,..
....
A Description of the Country of Seisthan.

Engineers, Assistant on a mission
of the
to
Cabool.
....
By Lieut. R. Leech, Bombay From the Political Secretariat

.... ....
....
Government
of India, ....
to
115
IV.
Route
from Candahar
of India,
Herat.
....
From
....
the Political Secretariat of the

....
1
Government
....
....
....
121
xiii
V. Proceedings
of the Asiatic Society. February,
844,
....
iv
Contents.
No. 147.
Page. I. Tables
for
determining the Elastic Force of Aqueous Vapour in the Atmos-
phere and the Temperature of the Dew-point, by Observations of a dry and
wet bulb Thermometer; computed agreeably
to Dr.
Apjohn's Hygrometric
formula, under the direction of Capt. J. T. Boileau, of the Bengal Engineers, F. R. S., F. R. A. S. Superintendent of the
Hon'ble E.
....
Com.... ....
pany's Magnetic Observatory at Simla,
..
....
135
171
II. Geological Map

III.
of Captain Herbert's
Himalaya Survey
latter district.
Notes
J.
on Moorcroft's Travels in Ladakh, and on Gerard's Account of
Kunawar, including a general description of the

D. Cunningham, of the Engineers,
of India, ..
By
Lieut.
1843.
Communicated by the Go....

.... ....
vernment
IV.
....
....
....
....
172
xxi
Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. March, 1844,

No. 148.
I.
Notes
J.
on Moorcroft's Travels in Ladakh, and on Gerard's Account of Kudistrict.
nawar, including a general description of the latter
By
Lieut.
....
D. Cunningham, of the Engineers, 1843.
(Concluded.) ....
223
II.
Report
on the Agriculture and Land produce of Shoa.
By
Capt. Graham,
.... .... Bengal N. I., of the Mission to Abyssinia, .... III. Report on the Route from Seersa to Bahawulpore, by Major F. Mackeson,
253
C. B., B. N.
I.
Officiating Superintendent Bhutty Territory
297
IV.
Note
on a recent Fossil Fresh-water Deposit in Southern India, with a
few remarks on the origin and age of the Kunker, and on the supposed decrease of
Thermal Temperature
in India.
By
1844,
Capt. Newbold,
M. N.
I.,
Assistant Resident, Kurnool,
Madras Territory,
313
V. Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.
April,
149.
xxix
No.
1.- Note on the Mijjertheyn Somalees.
By
Litnt. C. J. Cruttenden, Assistant
Political Agent, at
Aden,
319
II. Examination of a remarkable Red Sandstone from the junction of the Diamond Limestone and Sandstone at Nurnoor, in the Kurnool Territory,
Southern India.
Received
1.
for the
Museum
of
Economic Geology,
for Capt.
Newbold, M. N.
dington, Curator
gical
III.
Assistant Commissioner, Kurnool.

of
By Henry
Pid-
Museum
Economic Geology
of India and of the Geolo....
and Mineralogical Departments, Asiatic Society's Museum.
336
Report
of a Journey from Herat to Simla, via Candahar, Cabool and the

his
Punjaub, undertaken in the year 1838, by order of
Excellency John
McNeill, Esq. H. B. M. Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary at the Court of Persia.
By Major Todd, Acting

for
Secretary of Legation,
1842,
339
IV. Appendix
nued from
V.
to
Mr. Blyth's Report
December Meeting
(Conti381
xliii
vol. xii, p. 1011.)
Proceedings of the
Asiatic Society. May, 1844.
Contents.
No.
150.
Page.
I,
Grammar
of the
Cashmeeree Language.
By Major
F.
R. Leech, C. B.,
....
1st Assistant
Governor General's Agent, N.
W.
(Continued.)
397
II.
View
of the principal Political Events that occurred in the Carnatic, from
the dissolution of the Ancient
Hindoo Government
in 1564,
till
the
Mogul
Government was established

nal
in 1687,
on the Conquest of the Capitals of Bee-
japoor and Golconda; compiled from various Authentic Memoirs and Origi-
MSS.
collected chiefly within the last ten years, and referred to in the
Notes at the bottom of each page.
By
Colonel Mackenzie
421
Species.
III. Notices of various Mammalia, with Description
By Ed. Blyth, Curator of the Asiatic Society's IV. Proceedings of the Asiatic Society June, 1844,
many New Museum, &c

of
463
liii
Juire*
TO PART
I,
VOL. XIH.
Page.
Agriculture and land produce of Shoa. Report on the. By Capt.
Page.
Goand and Cole Words. Vocabulary of. From Dr. Voysey,

Herat
to
19
Graham, 253 Appendix to Mr. Blyth Report for December Meeting, 1842 (Continued from vol. xn. p. 1011.J .... 361
Bhascarae Acharyae Siddhanta Shirduiani sic dicti operis pars tertia, Gunitadhiam, sive astronomiam continens, Latine vertit notasque
adjecit, E. Roer,
Simla. Report of a Journey
via Candahar, Cabool and the
Pun-
jaub, By Major Todd, 339 History of Aracan. On the. By Capt. A. P. Phayre, 23 Himalaya Survey. Geological Map of. Capt. Herbert's, 171
Law
53
Buddhist Monastery at Ningpo in China. An Inscription from a Tablet
of Storms in India. Tenth Memoir on the. Being the Madras and Masulipatam Storm of 21st to
in a.
to
By D.
Herat,
J.
Macgowan,
113
Esq Candahar
Route from.
23rd May, 1843. By Henry Piddington, List of Members, January, 1844, .. Mammalia, Notices of various, with
66
v
the Political Secretariat of 121 the Government of India
From
Cashmeeree Language. A Grammar of the. 397 By Major Leech, Country of Seisthan. A Description of the. By Lieut. R. Leech, .... 115 Elastic Force of Aqueous Vapour in the Atmosphere and the Temperature of the Dew-point, by Observations of a dry and wet bulb Thermometer; Tables for determining the computed agreeably to Dr. Apjohn's Hygrometric formula, under the direction of Capt. J. T.
:
Description of many New species. By Edward Blyth, 463 Migratory Tribes of Natives in Central India.
Author
Journal.
to
Communicated by the Jameson's Edinburgh
By Edward
Balfour,
1
Esq
Mijjertheyn Somalees. Notes on the. By Lieut. C. J. Cruttenden, .... 319 Moorcroft's Travels in Ladakh, and on Gerard's Account of Kunawar, Notes on. By Lieut. J. D. Cunningham, 172-223
Officers
and Members of the Asiatic

xiii
135 .... Examination of a remarkable Red Sandstone from the junction of the
Boileau,
Society for 1844,

Political Events that occurred in the Carnatic. View of the principal, from the dissolution of the Ancient Hindoo Government, in 1564, till the Mogul Government was established in 1687, on the Conquest of the Capitals of Beejapore and Gol-
Diamond Limestone and Sandstone at Nurnoor, in the Kurnool ReTerritory, Southern India. ceived for the Museum of Economy Geology, from Capt. Newbold. By .... 336 Henry Piddington Flying Squirrel. Summary description of two new species of. By B. 67 H.Hodgson, Fossil Fresh-water Deposit in Southern India. Note on a recent. With a few remarks on the origin and age of the Kunkur. By Capt.
conda By Colonel Mackenzie, .. 421 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society for 1844,
i-xiii-xxi-xxix-xliii-liii
Route from Seersa

son,
to Bahawulpore. Reportonthe. By Major F. Macke-
297
xvii
Rules of the Society,
Newbold
313
LIST OF PLATES
To
Vol.
XIV, Journal
Asiatic Society.
No.
1
Facing Page.
....
in India,
Sciuropterus Chrysotrix, Sciuropterus Senex,

to the
67
2 Chart
Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms

the
109
in China,.
An
to
Inscription from a Tablet in a Budhist Monastery at
Ningpo
115
4 Geological
Map of
Himalaya Region between the Rivers

in Vol. XI.,
in the
Sutlej and
Kalee
171
accompany Capt. Herbert's Memoir

ditoo
Aum Mani Padme Hom
6 Ditto
Ranjaor Lautsa Uchhen character,
character,
195
199
7 Illustrative Section of the Ravine of the Patti River at Shalkar,
243
8 Elevation of the Front of the Silver Ink stand presented by the Asiatic Society to
H. Torrens Esq
....
319
to
9 Cashmeree Alphabet,
10
399
....
402
519
Map
of the
Nurbudda River,
Hills,
11 Boodhist coin,
....
575
615
12 Bridge at
13 Group of
14
Temshung in the Kasia Kassia Monuments &c.

. .
.... ....
617
Map
of
Tour from Almorah &c. between

fossil,
parts of the Province of
Kemoan
....
and British Gurhwal,

15 Deer's Horns 16
762
Wild
Buffalo ditto,
\
17 Fossil Buffalo Head, 18 Lateral view

ditto,
767
19 Natural size of teeth,
20 Osteology of the Elephant,

21 Fig
1.
916
:
Elephant descending a bank
Fig
2.
he reverse,
917
22
Bills of Fringillidae,
956
987
23 Geological Diagrams,
INDEX TO NAMES OF CONTRIBUTORS

TO PART
I,
VOL. XIII.
Page.
Page.
Balfour, Edward, Esq.
On
the
I
Mackenzie, Colonel. View
Migratory Tribes of Natives in Central India, Boileau, T. J. Capt. Tables for determining the Elastic Force of
Aqueous Vapour in the Atmosphere and the Temperature of the Dew-point, by Observations of a dry and wet bulb Thermometer; computed agreeably to Dr. Apjohn's Hygrometric formula, under
the direction
of,
of the Principal Political Events that occurred in the Carnatic, fn>m the dissolution of the Ancient Hindoo Government in 1564, till the Mogul Government was established in 1687, 421 Macgowan, D. J. Esq. An Inscription from a Tablet in a Buddhist Monastery at Ningpo in China, 113 Mackeson, F. Major. Report on the
135
Blyth, Mr. Appendix to Report for December Meeting, 1842. (Continued from vol. xu, p. 1011. ^ .. 361
Notices of various with Description of .... 463 many New Species Cruttknden, C. J. Lieut. Note on 319 the Mijjertheyn Somalees, Cunningham, J. D Lieut. Notes on Moorcroft's Travels in Ladakh, and on Gerard's Account of Kuna172-223 war,
Newbold,
Mammalia,
Route from Seersa to Bahawulpore, 297 Capt. Note on a recent Fossil Fresh-water Deposit in Southern India, with a few remarks on the origin and age of the Kunker, and on the supposed decrease of Thermal Temperature in India, .. 313 Phayre, A. P. Capt. On the History of Arakan, 23
Piddington,
tion of
Henry.
Examina-
remarkable Red Sandstone
Government of India, Route from Candahar to Herat. From the Political Secretariat of the,
from the junction of the Diamond Limestone and Sandstone at Nurnoor, in the Kurnool Territory, Southern India, 336
Graham,
Shoa,
of
..
Capt.
riculture
and
....121 Report on the Agland produce of 253
Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India, with a Chart 69 Roer, E. Bhascarse Acharyae Siddhanta Shirdmani sic dicti operis pars teria, Gunitadhiam, sive astronomiam continens, Latine vertit notasque adjecit, 53 Report of a Journey Todd, Majow from Herat to Simla, via Candahar, Cabool and the Punjaub, undertaken in the year 1838 339 Voysey, Dr. Vocabulary of Goand and Cole Words 19
Herbert,
tion of
Captain. Geological
Map
171
Himalaya Survey Hodgson, B. H. Summary descriptwo new species of Flying

....
Squirrel
67
Leech R.
A Description of Lieut. 115 the Country of Seisthan Major. A Grammar of the

nued,)
(Conti397
LIST OF
Of
MEMBERS
January, 1844.
the Asiatic Society of Bengal, on 1st
Anderson, Major
Avdall, J. Esq.
W.
Forbes, Lieut. Col.
FitzGerald, Major
Fulton, Esq. J.
W. N. W. R. W.
Bird, Hon'ble
W. W.
Grant, Hon'ble Sir J. P.
Barlow, Esq. R.
Bayley, Esq. H. V.
Bogle, Capt. A.
Esq.
Esq. J.
E.
W. P. W.
M.
J.
Boys, Capt.
W.
Gladstone, Esq.
Birch, Capt. F.
W.
J.
Goodwyn, Capt. H.
Ganthony, Esq.
E. L.
Bigge, Lieut. H. L.
Brandreth, Esq.
Broome, Lieut. A.
Benson, Esq.
Baker, Capt.
Hannay, Capt. F.
S.
W. H. W. E.
Hayes, Lieut. Fletcher

Heatly, Esq. S. G. T.
Hill, Esq. G.
Benson, Lieut. Col. R.

Beaufort, Esq. F. L.
Huffnagle, Esq. C.
Batten, Esq. J.
Birch,
H. Major R.J. H.
Houstoun, Esq. R.
Haeberlin, Dr. J.
Bishop of Calcutta, Rt. Rev. Lord
Hickey, Lieut. C. E.
Burney, Lieut. Col. H.

Blundell, Esq. E. A.
Hodgson, Esq. H. B.
Hutton, Capt. T.
Bacon, Esq. G.
Baillie, Esq.
W.
Irvine, Lieut Col.
N. B. E.
A.
B.
(c. b.)
Cameron, Hon'ble C. H.
Cautley, Capt. P. T.
Jackson, Esq.
W.
Jenkins, Major F.
Campbell, Esq. A.
Jameson, Dr.
W.
Seton
Cheap, Esq. G. C.
Connoy Loll Tagore, Baboo

Cust, Esq. R.
Karr, Esq.
W.
Kistnoth Roy, Bahadoor, Rajah
Corbyn, Esq. F.
Lushington, Esq. G. F.
Dunlop, Esq. A. C.
Esq. E. H.
Durand, Capt. H. M.
Loch, Esq. G.
Dwarkinath Tagore, Baboo

Edwards, Esq.
Long, Rev.
J. Associate
Member.
W.
Maddock, Hon'ble T. H.
Egerton, Esq. C. C.
Earle, Esq.
McQueen, Rev.
McKonzie, Esq.
J.
W.
Mansel, Esq. C. G.
J.
Everest, Lieut. Col. G.
List of Members.
Mouat, Esq. F.
Muir, Esq. J.
Mill, Esq. J. B.
J.
Sutherland, Esq. J. C.
Seton, Hon'ble Sir
H.
Strong, Esq. F. P.
Macleod, Esq. D. F.
Middleton, Esq. J.
Storm, Esq.
Stirling,
W.
Esq. E. H.
Macleod, Capt.
W.
Spilsbury, Esq. G. G.
Sutchurn Ghosal, Bahadoor, Rajah

Nicolls, Genl. Sir J.
St.
Pounjain, Esq. J.
Strachey, Lieut.
H.
Ommanney, Esq. M. C.
Ouseley, Lieut. Col. J. K.
Sprenger, Esq. A.
Stephenson, Esq. R. M.
B.
Shortrede, Capt. R.
O'Shaughnessy, Esq.
W.
Stephen, Capt. J. G.
Peel, Hon'ble Sir L.
Pratt,
Syud Keramut
Ullee, Associate
Member.
Rev.
J.
H.
Thomason, Hon'ble
J.
Prinsep, Esq. C. R.
Prosonoo Coomar Tagore, Baboo
Tickell, Lieut. S. R.
Phayre, Lieut. A.
Piddington, Esq.
Taylor, Lieut. Col. T.

Associate
M.
H.
Member.
Torrens, Esq. H.
Trevor, Esq. C. B.
Robison, Esq. C. K.
Torrens, Esq. J. S.
Ryan, Esq. E. B.
Ravenshaw, Esq. E. C.
Rawlinson, Major H. C.
Rustorajee Cowasjee, Esq.
Winchester, Rev.
W.
Walker, Esq. H.
Wade,
Lieut. Col. Sir C. M.
Ramanath Tagore, Baboo
Willis, Esq. J.
Ramcomul
Sen, Baboo Ramgopaul Ghose, Baboo
Withers, Rev. Principal G. U.

Wallis, Rev. A.
Radakanth Deb Behadoor, Rajah

Sleeman, Lieut. Col.
Wilcox, Major R.
White, Major M. G.
W.
H.
Young, Lieut. C. B.
Stacy, Lieut. Col. L. R.
Sanders, Lieut. Col. E.
Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.

(Wednesday Evening,
the 3rd
January,
1844.
January, 1844.)
at the
The monthly Meeting
of the Society
was held
rooms on Wednesday evenBird, President, in
ing, the 3rd January, at the usual hour.
The Honorable W. W.
the chair.
The
and
it
election of officers for the year 18*4,
was the
first
business of the meeting,
was agreed that those
of
1843 should he requested

to the
to continue.
The name
of
Dr. A. Sprenger, B.
M.
S.
was added
Committee of Papers.*
at the last meeting, to
R. Macdonald Stephenson, Esq. proposed

and elected.
was
ballotted for
The usual communication was ordered
be made to him.
Proposed as an Honorary
the Secretary
:
Member by
the Hon'ble the President, and seconded by
John, Prince of Saxony, brother to the reigning king.

In proposing this illustrious personage as an Honorary
Member, the Honorable the
President and Secretary stated, that they had done so not only in consequence of
his general
ally
and well-known proficiency
in literary
and
scientific pursuits,
but speci-
with reference to his high attainments as a Sanscrit scholar, and his unvarying
all
patronage on
occasions of oriental scholars and oriental literature.

of Major Rennel, presented at the meeting of
The Sevres Medallion

1
November
843, which had been framed in black marble,
was now exhibited.

to settle the
The Committee named

tions
for
at the
December meeting,
form of the inscrip-
on the marble tablets beneath the busts, and the height of the pedestals
them, exhibited the tablets as prepared, and referred to the bust of Mr. James
Prinsep, which had been placed on a temporary stand at the height they thought
suitable, for the opinion of the meeting.
It
was resolved,
that the alteration be
made
as proposed.
Read
the following letter addressed to the Secretary by Mr. VV. Prinsep:

the Asiatic Society, Calcutta.
letters of the 28th July,
To H. Torrens, Esq. Vice President and Secretary of
Dear
to
Sir,
have the honor
to
acknowledge your two
one
Sir
myself in conjunction with

to
my
brother H. T. Prinsep, Esq., the other to
Edward Ryan, with a request

I
procure Kit Cat Portraits of each of these gentlemen.

to decide
have seen these gentlemen, and we are next week

sitting,
upon the
artist
and time of
regarding which
Officers
shall
have the pleasure of addressing you by

Society, as they stand at the
* N. B.~ The names of

of 1844, will be
and Members of the
commencement,
found
at the
end of the present Number.
ii

it is
[Jan. 1844.
next mail; in the meantime, as

first sitting,
usual to pay
down
to
the artist half the cost upon the

1
and as
believe they will cost Eighty Guineas each,

for this purpose.
shall
be glad
if
you
will at
once remit the amount necessary
Yours
faithfully,
London, \<Wi November) 1843.

Ordered, that the remittance desired be made by a safe channel.
Wm.
Piunsep.
The following
list
of Books, presented and purchased,
was read:
Books received for
the Meeting of the Asiatic Society, on the
3d January,
1844.
Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, for the
month
of
November
1843.
From Government.
series,
vol. 5,
Calcutta Christian Observer, new

Editor.
No.
49,
January 1844.
From the
No. 12.
No. 69.
Oriental Christian Spectator, 2d series.
Bombay, December
1843, vol. 4,
From From
the Editor.
vol. 35,
Jameson's Edinburgh new Philosophical Journal. Edinburgh, 1843,

the Editor.
London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science.
London, 3d
series, vol. 22,
Nos. 147, 148;
vol. 23d,
Nos. 149, 150. From the Editor.

4, pt. 1st,
Proceedings of the Geological Society of London, 1842-43, vol.
No.
92,
and
November 1838 to June 1842. Presented by the Society. List of the Members of the Geological Society of London, 1st March 1843. Society for the Encouragement of Arts, Manufactures, and Commerce. Premiums London 1843. Presented by the Society, for the Sessions, 1843-1844, 1844-1845.
Index
to vol. 3,
(two copies).
Jerdon's Illustrations of Indian Ornithology.
Madras, 1843, No.
1,
(two copies.)
Purchased.
Graberg de Hemso, Ultimi Progressi della Geografia. Milano, 1843.

the Author.
Presented
Pamph.
by
Lassen de Taprobane insula veteribus cognita Dissertatio.
Bonnae, 1842.
From
the Author.
ve. Siecle.
Moise de Khorene, Auteur du

traduction 8vo.
Histoire D'Armenie, Texte
Armenien
et
Franchise par P. E.
Le
Vaillant de Florival. Venise, 1841, 2 vols.
Presented by J.
Avdall, Esq.
Paris, 1842,
Bulletin de la Soeiete de Geographie, 2d serie.
tome 18. Presented
by the Society.
Journal Asiatique ou Recueil de Memoires, 3d
1842,
serie.
Paris,
1,
November, December
D'Industrie.
tome
14,
No.
79, et 4th serie.
Mars, 1843, tome
No. 3. Presented.
et
Annales des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles, D'Agriculture
Lyon, 1838-40, 3
vols.
4to. Presented.
Journal des Savants. Paris, 1843, Avril, Mai, et Juin.
Purchased.
The
to the
Librarian also presented a condensed report of the Books and Pamphlets added
Library during the year 1843, which was ordered to be printed, and will be
found at the conclusion of the Proceedings.

Dr. A. Sprenger submitted a specimen sheet of the Dictionary of Suffectic
Terms
now
printing by the Society under his supervision.
Jan. 1844.]
Read the following

letter
.
iii
from Messrs.
W. and
H. Allen and Co. the Society's
Agents and Booksellers
To H. Torrens, Esq. Secretary

Sir,
to the Asiatic
Society of Bengal.
enclosing a
bill of
We have received your favor of the 18th July

Books
for
last,
lading
for a case of
gentleman has been received, and shall have our attention on the arrival of the Ship " Cuthbert Young,"
letter for that
is
Mr. Konig, and also a

consigned
by which vessel the box
to us.
Your
favor of the 28th July, enclosing a letter for Sir
Edward Ryan and H. T.

at the
Prinsep, Esq., also one for H. T. and
W.
Prinsep, Esqrs. have both been delivered to
the latter gentleman, the two former being absent from

ceipt of the letters
London
time of the re-
by
us.
Your
further favor of the 7th August, enclosing a bill of lading for 25 copies of the
Mahabarata, complete, and the same No. of the Index only, shipped by the " City of
Poonah," has duly come

time.
to
hand, but the arrival of the vessel
is
not expected for some
We have
the honor to be, Sir,

servants,
London, Slst October, 1843.
Your most obedient
W.
Read
the following letter and enclosure from the Librarian
:
H, Allen
&
Co.
To H. Torrens, Esq. Secretary, Asiatic Society.

Sir,
have the honour

for
to
forward you the accompanying note of Messrs. Thacker
and Co. who apply

to
a deduction of 25 per cent, on the Tibetan books, which appears

to
have been formerly granted
them by the Secretary of the Society on the Asiatic

would
Journal.
In laying this request of Messrs. Thacker and Co. before the Committee,
beg
to
suggest to them to pass a rule, respecting the sale of
all their
publications to
booksellers,
and should such a deduction be conceded,

I
to
ask in return the same alto be, Sir,
lowance from them.

Asiatic Society, list December, 1843.
have the honour
Your most obedient

Enclosure: Messrs Thackerand Co's. compliments
they have been in the habit of paying only
1
servant,
E. Roer.
to Dr. Roer,
and beg
to state, that
-8 per
No.
for the Asiatic Society's Journal,

is
the usual charge being 2, from which a discount of 25 per cent,
allowed to them. Messrs.
Thacker and Co.
will thank Dr.
Roer
to
send the voucher, as they think they only re-
ceived Nos. 47 and 48.
They
will further feel obliged, if he will kindly take off the
usual allowance for the two Tibetan books.

Calcutta, 18th December, 1843.
After some conversation
it
was agreed
on, that the allowance desired, should be
made, upon condition that
it
should be reciprocal.
Read
the following letter from the Secretary to the Societe Royale d' Agriculture,
:
&c. &c, of Lyons
Le
Secretaire- Archiviste de la Societe Royale d' Agriculture, Histoire Naturelle
et
Arts utiles de Lyon.
Monsieur le President. Je
ture de
suis charge
an
nom
de
la Societe
Royale
d'
Agricul-
Lyon de vous
offrir la collection
de ses Annales pour la Societe du Bengal.
iv

si
[Jan. 1844.
le
Nous nous estimerons heureux
la
compagnie savante que vous presidez jugera
recueil assez digne d'interet pour nous honorer d'un echange de ses travaux.
Veuillez agreer, je vous prie, Monsieur, le sentimens de haute consideration avec

lesquels.
J'ai l'honneur d'etre,
le lere
le
Lyon,
Juin, 1841.
Votre
la Socie"te
tres
humble
et obeissant serviteur,
Monsieur
President de
du Bengale.
G. Mdlsant.
Ordered, that a copy of the Journal be regularly dispatched to this Society.
Read the following
letter
from Capt. Bonnevie
To H. Torrens, Esq. Honorary Secretary
to the Asiatic Society.
Sir, I had
the honour in April or
May last,
to
forward you a letter from the Univerhistory,
sity of Christiania in
Norway, accompanied by various specimens of natural
minerals, coins, books,
&c
&c. which you did
me
the honour favorably to acknowledge,
expressing your willingness to readily reciprocate.

fer themselves for the dispatch of
Desirable opportunities
now
of-
any variety which your Society may be pleased
to pre-
sent to the Christiania University
by
vessels
bound
to
London, and any communication
addressed to the Swedish and Norwegian Consul General in that port, Chas. Tottie, Esq.
will be duly dispatched, or
city,
if
forwarded
for,
to
my friends,
I
Messrs. J.
Maekey and
to be, Sir,
Co. of this
they will be duly cared
and forwarded
to their destination.
have the honour
Calcutta, 30tk December, 1843.
Your most obedient
servant,
C. S. Bonnevie.
The
Secretary was requested to inform Capt. Bonnevie, of what had been already
dispatched to the University from the Library and Zoological Department, and what
was
in train of being so,
from other departments.

from J. Avdall, Esq.:
Read the following
letter
To H. Torrens, Esq.
Secretary, Asiatic Society.

to the
My dear
into
Sir,
Herewith
beg
to
send you, for presentation
meeting of the
Asiatic Society, a copy of the History of Armenia, by Moses Khorenensis, translated
French by P. E. Le Vaillant
2
vols.
De
Florival,
and printed with the Text at Venice

I
in 1841,
remain,
Your's faithfully,
Calcutta, 30th December, 1843.
Johannes Avdall.
Messrs. Ostell and Lepage having sent two Numbers of the Zoology of the Voyage
of H.
M.
S. Sulphur, Capt. Belcher, for inspection, a subscription for
one copy on
the part of the Society
was authorised.
Jan. 1844.]
Read the following
were on the table
:
Proceedings oj the Asiatic Society,

letter,
accompanying two Models of a Boat and Float which
W.
Sir,
H. Torrens, Esq. Secretary
two models of Steamers on the Archimedean principle, I am desirous to place them in the Museum, with the view of exposing them to the gentlemen of Calcutta, who may honour that place with their presence, in the hope of meeting with
Having
encouragement
to
get up a vessel on this plan for inland navigation, in which
would wish
otherwise
I
to
take share and devote
my
time to the furtherance
of,
after
May
next;
would dispose of them at a moderate price; and shall

to
feel
obliged by
your kindly allowing them

I shall
be placed there for a short time.

to set
be happy at any time
them
them
in motion in a trough of water, for the

I
satisfaction of
gentlemen wishing
to see
act.
remain, Sir,
Your obedient
Calcutta, 23rd December, 1843.
servant,
George Nicks,
Engineer,
Hon'ble Co's. Service, Kidderpore.
Read the following
letter
from G. Bui9t, Esq. Bombay.

to
Dear Sir, The

as to there
Bengal Asiatic Society appears
be under a misapprehension
there
is
being any reprint of the Transactions of the
Bombay Branch,
none
such,
believe the
new
issue for
two years
past, in process of publication, has
always
been forwarded
to Calcutta.
The misapprehension may have
arisen from the circumstance of the
Bombay Geogra:
phical Society being presently engaged in reprinting their transactions
these have been
desired to be sent to you, and I shall take care that they are duly forwarded the
moment
will
they have passed through the press.
The
printer
is
now
far
advanced with them.

Government,
be
The
reports of the Observatory formerly applied for through

to
completed very shortly, and sent
your address.
I
have the honour
to be, Sir,
Your most obedient
servant,
Bombay Observatory, 28^ November, 1843.
Geo. Buist,
Secretary
to the
Geographical Society.
catalogue of the additions to the Library was presented by the Librarian, and
ordered to be printed with the January (the present) number of the Journal.
Ac-
count sales of Oriental publications was also submitted as follows

Oriental Publications, c. sold from the 9th January
up
to the
Mth December,
1843.
Rs. As.
Mahabharata,
vols. I to
I,
IV, 8 copies each,
320
vol.
Index
to ditto, vols.
II, III,
6 copies each, and
IV, 7 copies,
37
18
Naishada, 3 copies,
Sausruta, vols.
I
and
II, 1
copy each.
..
8
5
Hariwansa,
copy,
..
Sanscrit Catalogue, 2 copies,
2
vol. II,
vol.
Futawe Alemgiri,
vol.
vol.
I,
one copy;
one ditto;
ditto,
..
vol. Ill,
..
2 ditto;
vol.
IV, 8 ditto;
vol,
V, 10 ditto;
..
VI, 9
250
., ,,
Carried over,
..
.,
.,
640
vi

Brought over,
QJan. 1844.
.. ..
..
...
..
..
..
..
..
640
Jawame-ul-Ilrn-ul-riazi, one copy,
..
..
..
..
..
..4
..
Khazanat-ul-Ilm, one copy,

Sharaya-ul- Islam, 2 copies,
Asiatic Researches, vols.
..
.. ..
8
16
..
1
..
..
XVIII,
No.
copy
XIX,
ditto;
XX,
..
ditto,
..
40
Journal of the Asiatic Society, Nos. 52, 56, 61, 65, 84, 90, 103
130,
to 119, 125 to
..
and Supplement
to
126,
one copy each,
51
Total Rupees
760
E. Roer,
Calcutta, the 2d January, 1844.
Librarian, Asiatic Society.

of Economic Geology, for the
Read
report of the
Curator
Museum
month
of
December.
REPORT OF THE CURATOR MUSEUM ECONOMIC GEOLOGY AND GEOLOGICAL AND MINIRALOGICAL DEPARTMENT, FOR THE MONTH OF DECEMBER.
Mineralogical and Geological.
have been unable
to
complete, for
this
month, the
arrangement of the specimens brought by Capt. Russell from the Cheduba Archipelago, but
I trust to
do so by next month.
have moreover not yet obtained Capt.
Russell's detailed report.
Capt. Newbold,
M. N.
I.
has sent us from Kurnool three small, but very curious,
specimens of "organic bodies in a vein of chert in the Kurnool limestone."
When
examined by a magnifier, these are seen

fied.
to
be minute nummulitcs, more or
less silici-
None
of them effervesce with acids, though the matrix in the less compact
so.
It
is
looking parts does
probable that the limestone would be also
found
it.
to
contain these bodies, either at the spot these were found, or in the vicinity of
In
a geological point of view, the presence of the quarter of India

is
fossils of so
recent a formation in that
highly interesting.
Geology.
Museum Economic
Rewah,
Mr.
Capt. Shortrede
in the
has, at
my
request, kindly sent us a
box, containing eight specimens of tolerable size of the lithographic stones from near
of which impressions and specimens were presented at the
;
September and Oc-
tober meetings
these are
now
hands of Mr. Black
for trial
and report.
W.
is
C. Drew has presented us with a mineral, which though
common enough
in itself,
from
its
locality of considerable interest.

I
It is
a fragment of argentiferous
lead ore from Adelaide in Australia: of which

tons
learn that so large a quantity as eight
had been sent from that port
to
Sydney
for smelting.
Capt. Oldfield, Executive Engineer of the Saugor division, has presented us with a
very interesting set of specimens of iron ores, and other minerals from that district.
His
letter
is
as follows
To H. Piddington, Esq. Curator of

Sir,
the
Economic Museum, Calcutta.

rela-
Having
been favoured by you with a copy of the printed Memorandum
tive to the objects of the
Museum
of
Economic Geology,
took the opportunity of pass*
ing through the town of Heerapoor in Bundelkund, to observe the method of smelting,
and
to collect
some
iron ores
from that
'
district.
The
the ore
large specimen
is
marked
Heerapoor iron
ore,'
shews the average quality, of which

said to
the quantity
is
unlimited.
The whole neighbourhood may be
abound
in iron,
at the surface, or rather the
mines are mere cave* in iron rocks. The iron stone
Jan. 1844.]
is first
vii
broken down, and afterwards into smaller pieces of about an inch in diameter, by small hand hammers, mixed with double its weight of charcoal, and put into clay furnaces about 5 feet high and one-half in diameter, the draft is given by a hand bellows, the nozzles of
which are
off
of fine clay
and require constant renewal.

;
The
is
slag
is
drawn
by tapping the lower part of the furnace

is
the iron however
not completely fused, but
taken only by tongs through the top of the furnace

this stage,
it
it is
after
withdrawal of the slag. At
of a pale straw colour, and

its
is
at once
subjected to hammering, by which
loses one-third of
weight, this
hammering being
continued
till
the iron
is
cool, it is
then considered ready for forging. As a specimen of
the manufactured iron, I send half a tawa, or scone for baking chupattees, weighing
about 41b.
I
send also some specimens of iron ore kindly collected at

I.
my request for the Museum,

From
these mines,
by Lieut. Turner, 51st N.
when
that officer was on detached duty at Tendookheru, a
village south of Saugor, and within a few miles of the
Nerbudda.
the iron of which Col. Presgrave formed the bars for the Suspension Bridge over the
Beas river near Saugor, was procured.
No.
No. No.
No.
1, is
the rock of which the hills containing the ore mostly consist.
2, is the ore.
3,
Slag.
4, Iron
from the furnace, unrefined by forging.
From
the neighbourhood of Saugor I send specimens of

I
Kunkur, No. 5 and 8 of
which, should you have leisure,
should be glad
to
obtain a correct analysis.
The specimens
poured on
it
of mortar or concrete
5,
which
send, were formed from a mixture of

tile dust.
lime made from kunkur No.
with gravel and

it
One specimen had water
a few minutes after
was mixed, and commenced hardening from that mo;
ment; the surface
set very quickly
the lime used was rather stale, having been burned
upwards of a month, and exposed

however, a measure essential
hydraulic limes.
or boulders
I
to
to the
goodness of mortar
damp atmosphere. It was carefuly ground, made with kunkur or other

6,
have added some specimens of limestone marked No.*

in the black soil of the
found in masses
imbedded
Saugor
district,
and a specimen of the

is
red sandstone of that part of the country, which in
many
places
in laminae sufficiently
thin to be used for roofing purposes in lieu of slates.
It is likewise
found in slabs,
to
used in thicknesses of 3 or 4 inches as architraves, having a bearing of from 6
8 and
even 10
feet.
This stone
is
likewise in general use for marble masonry, being more
commonly found massive

I
or with irregular lamination.
take the opportunity of adding as mere matters of curiosity, at least, without re-
ference to any building or other useful purpose in the Saugor district,
A specimen of granite from Debsor river in Bundelkund. A specimen of a dark compact rock with the character of
ed.*
which
am unacquaint-
From
the position in which
found
left
it, I
believe
it
to
extend over a large tract of
country in the Jhansi state on the

feet
bank
I
of the Debsor, at a depth of from 30 to 40

to be, Sir,
from the surface.
have the honour
7,
Russell Street, Chowringhee,
Your most obedient servant, J. N. Oldfield, Capt.

Executive Engineer, Saugor Division.
December
2d, 1843.
'*
It is
an indurated and somewhat fibrous clay
slate.
H. P.
ABSTRACT
Of the
Note.
List of Books received into the Library, from the \%th
January
to the
6th December 1843.
The number of
all
the Books, received during last year, amounts to 391.
English Books.
Annals and Magazine of Natural History.
London, Nos.
62, 63, 64, 68, 69, 71, 72, 75,
76,-9 Nos.
vol.
Archaeologia, or Miscellaneous Tracts relating to Antiquities.
London, 1842, Vol. xxix, 1
Arrowsmith's
Map
of India. London, 1840, 1 No.
Audubon's and Bachman's Descriptions of new species of Quadrupeds inhabiting North-America.

1
pamphlet.
Bernier's Travels,
comprehending a description of the Mogul Empire, translated from the French
by
J. Stuart.
Calcutta, 1826, 1 vol.
Batten's Report on the Settlement of the district of Gurhwal, in the province of

1843, 1 pamphlet.
Buist's Comparative Readings of Eight Barometers. 1843, (a leaf,) 1
Kemaon.
Agra,
No.
Nos.
8,
Calcutta Christian Observer.
New
Series.
i,
Nos. 37 to
40, 42 to 48, 11
Calcutta Literary Gleaner, 1842, Vol
Nos. 11 and
iv,
12, 1843-Vol.ii,
Nos. 1 to
10 Nos.
Calcutta Journal of Natural Science, 1843. Vol.
No. 13. 1 No.

vols.
Calendars of the Proceedings in Chancery in the reign of Queen Elizabath. 3

Callery's Encyclopedia of the Chinese
Language.
London, 1842.
pamphlet.
its
Collection of Papers regarding the course of the Indus,
and
especially of
Eastern
Mouth and
the Branches falling into the
Run,
of Cutch.
Darwin's Journal of Researches into Geology and Natural History.
London, 1839,
vol.
Documents
Francis's
relating to the Gates of
Somnath.
pamphlet.
Early Records in Equity.
Calcutta, 1842. 1 vol.

1
,
and
Craft's
Chemical Gazettte. 1842, No.
No.
Goodwyn's Memoir of an improved system of Suspension-Bridges, on the principle adopted by Mr.

Dredge.
Calcutta, 1843, 1 pamphlet.
Gould's Monograph of the Ramphastidae, or Family of Toucans.

Gray's List of the Genera of Birds.
Specilegia Zoologica, pt.
i,
London, 1834.
vol.
London, 1841,
1
1 vol.
No.
S. Sulphur,
Zoology of the Voyage of H. M.

Gutch's Quarterly Journal, Vol.
i,
Mamnalia
pt.
i.
London, 1834, No.
1,
No.
No.
6, 1
No.
v,
Hart's Report on the Trade and Resources of Kurrachee.
Herapath's Railway and Commercial Journal, 1843. Vol.
No. 178,
No.
Ibn Khallikan's Biographical Dictionary, translated from the Arabic by Baron MacGucklin de
Slane.
Paris, 1842, Vol.
i.
1 vol.
Jameson's Edinburgh
New
Philosophical Journal, Nos. 63, 66, 67, 68. 4 Nos.

i
Journal of the Agricultural and Horticultural Society o p India, 1842, Vol.

1 vol. 9
and Vol.
ii,
Nos.
1 to 9,
Nos.
of the
Bombay Branch Royal
Asiatic Society, Nos. 4
and
5,
2 Nos.
of the Royal Geographical Society of London, 1842, Vol. xii, pts. 1
and
2, 2
Nos.
Jan. 1844.]
ix
Calcutta, 1843,
Landers' Memoranda upon the State of Indian Bazaar Weights and Measures.
1
pamphlet.
Leach's Zoological Miscellany.

List of Members
London, 1814-17, 3
vols.
and Correspondents of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. 1 pamphlet.
of the Fellows,
Members, &c. of the Zoological Society of London.
1842, 1 pamphlet.
London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science. 3d Series, Nos.
134 to 142, and 145 and 146, 11 Nos.
Martyn's English Entomologists, exhibiting
all
the Coleopterous
Insects,
found in England.
London, 1792,
vol.
Meteorological Register, kept at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, January to December,
1840. March, April, July
and September
1841,
November
1842,
January to April, and June
to
Oc-
tober 1843, 26 Nos.

Miles' Translation of the History of
Hydur Naik.
London, 1842,
vol.
Morton's Catalogue of the Skulls of Man, and the inferior Animals.
Philadelphia, 1840,
pamp.
Crania Americana, or Comparative View of Skulls of various Aboriginal Nations of North
and South America.

Ditto
ditto,
Philadelphia, 1839. 1 vol.
(from the American Journal of
Science and Arts.
(Vol.
viii,
No.
2,)
pamphlet.
Description of some
States.
new
1
species of Organic
Remains of the Cretaceous group of the United
Philadelphia, 1842,
pamphlet.
Boston.
Inquiry into the distinctive characteristics of the Aboriginal races of America.

1842,
1
pamphlet.
Memoir of W. Maclure.
Remarks on the
so-called
Philadelphia, 1841. 1 pamphlet.
Pigmy race
of the Valley of the Mississippi, 1 pamphlet.
Some remarks on
the Ancient Peruvians.

iv,
Philadelphia, 1842,
pamphlet.
Naturalist's Library. Ichthyology, Vol.
British Fishes.
iii,
Sun
Birds, Vol. xv. 2 vols.
Niebuhr's History of Rome.
London, 1842, Vol.
1 vol.
1
Newbold's and Wilson's Chinese Secret Triad.
Society of the Tien-ti Huih,
pamphlet.
British Settlement in the Straits of Malacca.
London, 1839,
2 vols.
Mineral Resources of Southern India. 1 pamphlet.

Nicollet's
Essay on Meteorological Observations, 1839, 1 pamphlet.
Oriental Christian Spectator, 2nd Series.

to 11,
Bombay,
1842, Vol-
iii,
Nos.
8, 11, 12,
1843
Vol.
iv,
No.
and the Supplement, 14 Nos.

Calcutta, 1843, 1 pamphlet.
Papers regarding the Scinde and Begarree Canals.
Pinnock's and Moore's Report of Experiments of the actions of the Heart.

1
Philadelphia, 1839.
pamphlet.
for the Diffusion of Useful
Penny Cyclopaedia of the Society

Piddington's Chart of the 8th
Knowledge. London, 1833
to 42, 24 vols.
Memoir on
the
Law
of Storms in India, being the track of the
Madras
Hurricane of the 24th October, 1842, over the Peninsula of India and
2 pamphlets.
the
Arabian Sea.
English Index to the Plants of India.

pt. 3d, 1
Tabular view of the Generic Characters of Roxburgh's Flora Indica, 1836,

Pratt's
No.
Mechanical Philosophy, second edition.
1 vol.
Proceedings of the
copies,) 31
Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
Nos.
to
25
(11 to 16,
two
Nos.
of the
American Philosophical
Society, 1841-42. Vol.
ii,
iii,
Nos. 9 to 14, and 18 to 22, 11 Nos.

pt.
ii,
of the Geological Society of London, 1840-42. Vol.
Nos. 72 to 76 and 87 to
91,
10
Nos.
of the
London
Electrical Society, 1842-43, Vol.
i,
pts. 5, 6,
7,
and
8,
4 Nos.
of the Zoological Society, 1841, pts. 9 and 10, 2. Nos.
Redfield on Whirlwind Storms, with Replies to the Objections and Strictures of Dr. Hare. York, 1842, 1 pamphlet.
New
[Jan. 1844.
Redfield's Reply to Dr. Hare's further Objections relating to
Whirlwind Storms. 1 pamphlet.

for the
Report of a Committee (appointed,) of the British Association

1
Advancement
of Science, 1842.
pamphlet.
of the British Association for the
Advancement
of Science and Arts, 1842,
vol.
on the Kulleeree Canal, 1840.

on the strength of Materials
1 pamphlet.
for
Steam
Boilers. Philadelphia, 1837, pt.
ii,
No.
1 vol.
Richardson's Persian, Arabic and English Dictionary, by F. Johnson.
London, 1839,
Rogers' Third Annual Report on the Geological Survey of the State of Pennsylvania. Harrisburgh,
1839, 1 pamphlet.
Ross's Survey of
Cheduba
Straits
and Coasts of Ramree,
1832, (a leaf,) 1
No
1 pamphlet.
Royle on the Production of Isinglass. London, 1842, (two copies,) 2 pamphlets. Say's Description of some new Terrestrial and Fluviatile Shells of North America.
Second Bulletin of the Proceedings of the National Institution ington, 1842, No. 2d, 1 No.
Selections from the most remarkable
for the
Promotion of Science. Washon the Coast of Ceylon. 2nd
and
interesting of the Fishes found
Edition.
London, 1843, 1
vol.
1
Smith's Illustrations of Zoology, 1838-43, No.
to 14, 16
and
No.
17, 16
Nos.
Specimens of the Popular Poetry of Persia, translated by A. Chodzko.

State of
London, 1842, 1
vol.
New York
in
Assembly
1840,
No.
50,
and
1841,
150, 2 Nos.
Stevenson's Translation of the Sanhita of the
Sama Veda.
London, 1842, (two

1
copies,)
vols.
Survey of the Route from Kurrachee
to
Sehwan.
Calcutta, 1843,
vol.
Swainson's Zoological Illustrations. London, 1820-23, 1st Series 3 vols. 1829-33, 2nd Series 3 vols.
6 vols.
Transactions of the American Philosophical Society.

pt.
i,
New
Series,
Philadelphia. 1841.
Vol.
iii,
No.
of the Geological Society,
2nd
Series.
London, 1842, Vol
iv. pt.
ii,
No.
14, 3 vols.
of the Royal Astronomical Society.

of the Society of Arts, &c. Vol.
liii,
London, 1842-43, Vols.

pt.
ii,
12, 13
and
No.
Vol.
ii.
White's Icones Plantarum Indise Orientalis.
Madras, 1842.
pt. iv, 1
No.
Wilcock's Dictionary of the English and Dutch, Dutch and English Languages. London, 1798, 1 vol.
Wood's Memoir of the Life and Character of the

Yarrell's History of British Birds.
late J. Parrish. Philadelphia, 1840,

i,
pamphlet.
London, 1842, Vol.

French.
pts.
xxi and xxxiv to xxxvii, 5 Nos.
Actes de L'Academie Royale de Seiences, Belles- Lettres et Arts de Bordeaux, 1840, 2d Annee,
iv.
Trimestres, 1841
3d Annee
S.
iv,
Trimestres, 1842, 4th Annee,

Paris, 1842,
Trimestre, 9 Nos.
Bibliotheque de
M. Le Baron
de Sacy.
tome
1,
1 vol.
17, 1 vol.
Bulletin de la Societe de Geographie, 2d Series.
Paris, 1842,
tome
Callery, Dictionnaire Encyclopedique de la langue Chinoise.
Paris 1842, 1 vol.

Paris, 1834, 1 vol.
Delessert, Souvenirs d'un
Voyage dans
l'lnde, execute de 1838 a 1839.
Fabius, Aoffrande au Dieu de l'Univers.
Lyon, 1842,
pamphlet.
et de litterature Tibetiene, 1
Hemso
Foucaux, Discours prononce aL'ouverture du Cours de l'angue

Extrait
pamp.
du Kan-Jour.
Paris,
1
Paris, 1842, 1
pamphlet.
(G. de) Observations authentiques sur la Peste
du Levant.
74 and
pamphlet.
Journal Asiatique.
4 Serie, tome
i,
3d
Serie,
tome
xiii,
Nos.
73,
75,
tome
xiv,
Nos.
76, 77
and
78,
Nos.
and
2,
8 Nos. a December, 1842, Janvier, Fevrier. Mars. 1843, 9 Nos.

Paris, 1842, 1 vol.
libelle recent
des Savants.
Paris, Juillet
Julien, Exersices pratiques d'analyse de Syntaxe et de Lexigraphie Chinoise.
Simple expose d'un

Pauthier.
Paris, 1842, 1
le
fait
honorable odieusement denature dans un
de M.
pamphlet.
Alexandric, 1843, 1 pamphlet.
Memoire sur
Pauthier,
1
Lac Maeris, par L. de Bellefonds.
Examen Mcthodique
des faits qui concernent Lc
Thean Tchu ou
L'lnde.
Paris 1849,
pamphlet.
Jan. 1844.]
Reponse a l'examen
1842,
1

Critique. Paris, 1842, Vindiciae Sinicae. Dernier re ponse a
xi
M.
S. Julien. Paris,
pamphlet.
Paris, 1843,
Roberts, Fragment d'un Voyage dans les Provinces Interieures de L'lnde, en 1841.
1
pamphlet.
Tassy, (G. de.) Chapitre inconnu
du Coran.
pamphlet.
Paris, 1843, 1 pamphlet.
Saade, auteur des premieres Poesies Hindoustani.
Latin.
Callery,
Systema Phoneticum Scripturae

in Norvegia
Sinicae.
Macao, 1841.
Paris
and
ii,
Nos.
De numis medii aevi,

Ebermayer,
nuper
repertis.
Particula Posterior. 1837, 1 pamphlet.

1
Gemmarum
affabre
Sculptarum Thesaurus, 1720,

S.
vol.
1
Gazophilatium linguae Persarum. Authore P. Angelo a

Hansteen,
Joseph. Amstelodami, 1684,
vol.
De mutationibus Virgae Magneticae, 1842, 1 pamphlet. Holmboe, De Prisca re Monetaria Norvegiae, scripsit, 1841., 1 pamphlet. Descriptio ornamentarum aureorum et numorum in Norvegia Repertorum.
copies,) 2 pamphlets.
1826, (two
Index Scholarum in Universitate Regia Fredericiana 59 ejus semestri, 1842, (two

Norvegian.
Aarsberetning for det Kongelige Norske Frederiks Universitets for Aaret, 1840,
Abel's Varker 2 Band,
(oeures completes
2 vols.
1
copies,) 2
pamp.
pamphlet.
du Mathematicien Novegien N. H. Abel, redigees par

Kongers Sagaer,
ordre
du Roi, par B. Holmboe,)

eller
" Heimskringla"
stet, 1 vol.
Snorre Sturlesons norske
med
3de Karter og fure Slaal-
Indby
delsesskrift
anledaring af den Hortidelige nedlaeggelse af Grunttstenen
til
nye Bygninger
for det Kongelige norske Frederiks Universitet trediveaarsdagen efter dets stiftelse
den 2den.
September, 1841,
Laerebog
i
pamphlet.
2 Bind, 2 vols.
Mechaniken af Chr. Hansteen.
Norges Statistiks of Schweigaard, 1st
deel, 1 vol.
Nyt Magazine
for
Naturvidenskaberne, 11 hefter, 11 Nos.

Hafniae, 1837,
1
Rafn, Antiquitates Americanae.
vol.
Statistiske Tabeller for Rongeriget Norge, ler
till
5th.
Reekk, 5 vols.
Universiteterne
Christiania og Upsala, 1 vol.
German.
Bopp, Vergleichende Grammatik des Sanskrit, Zend, Griechischen, &c. &c. Berlin, 1842,
1 vol.
Gaea Norvegica,
1838.
Erstes Heet,
vol.
Italian.
Hemso,
(G. de) Degli ultimi progressi della Geographia.
Milano, 1841-42, 2 pamphlets.
Zend.
Vandidad Sadeofthe
Parsis, in the
Zend language, but Gujarati
character,
by the
late
Framji
Aspandiarji, 1842, 2 vols.
Chinese.
Chinese wood engraving and description of the Porcelain Tower of Nankin, (a

Arabic.
leaf,) 2
Nos.
Hashia Saddoor Riiddin

Hashia Sayid
Sherrif,
Mohammed Amin, MS.
1 vol.
MS.
Persian
Diwan
Sherrif,
MS.
1 vjI. 1 vol.
Jawaherul Koran, MS.
xii

Sanscrit.
[Jan.
844.
Goladhyaya, by Bhashkara Acharya.

Grahlaghava, by Mailed.
Edited by L. Wilkinson. Calcutta, 1842, 1vol.

1
Edited by L. Wilkinson. Calcutta, 1843,
vol.
1
Gunitadhyaya, by Bhashkara Acharya.
Edited by L. Wilkinson. Calcutta, 1842,
vol
Johnson's Selections from the Mahabharata.
London, 1842,
vol.
1 vol.
Sanhita of the Sanaa Veda.

Wilson's
London, 1843, 1
Megha Duta,
or Cloud Messenger.
London, 1843,
1 vol.
Amount
English
of Books in each Language.
293
French
Latin,
43
11
Norvegian,
26
2
German,
Italian,
Zend,
Chinese,
2
2
2
2
Arabic,
Persian,
Sanscrit,
Total,
391
LIST OF
Of
MEMBERS
January, 1844,
the Asiatic Society of Bengal, on 1st
Anderson, Major
Avdall, J. Esq.
W.
Forbes, Lieut. Col.
FitzGerald, Major
Fulton, Esq. J.
W. N. W. R. W.
Bird,
Hon'bleW. W.
Grant, Honb'le Sir J. P.
Barlow, Esq. R. Bayley, Esq. H. V.

Bogle, Capt. A.
Esq.
W.
P.
Esq. J.
W.
Boys, Capt.
W.
E.
Gladstone, Esq.
M.
J.
Birch, Capt. F.
W.
Goodwyn, Capt. H.
Ganthony, Esq.
Bigge, Lieut. H. L.
Brandreth, Esq. J. E- L.
Broome, Lieut. A.
Benson, Esq.
Hannay, Capt. F.
H.
S.
W.
W.
Hayes, Lieut. Fletcher

Heatly, Esq. S. G. T.
Hill, Esq. G.
Baker, Capt.
E.
Benson, Lieut. Col. R.

Beaufort, Esq. F. L.
Huffnagle, Esq. C.
Batten, Esq. J.
H.
Houstoun, Esq. R.
Heeberlin, Dr. J.
Birch, Major R. J. H.
Bishop of Calcutta, Rt. Rey. Lord.
Hickey, Lieut. C. E.
Burney, Lieut. Col. H.

Blundell, Esq. E. A.
Hodgson, Esq. H. B.
Hutton, Capt. T.
Bacon, Esq. G.
Baillie, Esq.
W.
Irvine, Lieut. Col. A. (c. b.)
N. B. E.
5
Cameron, Hon ble C. H.

Cautley, Capt. P. T.
Jackson, Esq,
W.
B.
Jenkins, Major F.
Campbell, Esq. A.
Jameson, Dr.
W.
Seton
Cheap, Esq. G. C.
Connoy Loll Tagore, Baboo

Cust, Esq. R.
Karr, Esq.
W.
Kistnoth Roy, Bahadoor, Rajah
Corbyn, Esq. F.
Lushington, Esq. G. F.
Dunlop, Esq, A. C.
Esq. E. H.
Durand, Capt. H. M.
Loch, Esq. G.
Dwarkinath Tagore, Baboo

Edwards, Esq.
Long, Rev.
J. Associate
Member.
W.
Maddock, Hon'bleT. H.
Egerton, Esq. C. C.
Earle, Esq.
McQueen, Rev. J.
Mansel, Esq. C. G.
W.
Everest, Lieut. Col. G.
McKenzie, Esq.
J.
XVI
Mouat, Esq. F.
Muir, Esq.
J.
List of Members.
J.
[Jan. 1844.
Sutherland, Esq. J. C. C.
Seton, Hon'ble Sir
H.
Mill, Esq. J. B.
Strong, Esq. F. P.
Macleod, Esq. D. F.
Middleton, Esq. J.
Storm, Esq.
W.
E. H.
Stirling, Esq.
Macleod, Capt.
W.
Spilsbury, Esq. G. G.
Sutchurn Ghosal, Bahadoor, Rajah

Nicolls, Gen. Sir J.
St. Pourâin,
Esq. J.
Strachey, Lieut.
H.
Ommanney, Esq. M.
O'Shaughnessy, Esq.
C.
Sprenger, Esq. A.
Ouseley, Lieut. Col. J. K.
Stephenson, Esq. R.
Shortrede, Capt. R.
M.
W.
B.
Stephen, Capt. J. G.
Peel, Hon'ble Sir L.
Pratt,
Syud Keramut Ullee, Associate Member.

Thomason, Hon'ble
J.
Rev.
J.
H.
Tickell, Lieut. S. R.
Prinsep, Esq. C. R.
Prosonoo,
Coomar Tagore, Baboo
Phayre, Lieut. A.
Piddington, Esq. H. Associate Member.
Taylor, Lieut. Col. T.

Torrens, Esq. H.
M.
Trevor, Esq. C. B.
Robison, Esq. C. K.
Torrens, Esq. J. S.
Ryan, Esq. E. B.
Ravenshaw, Esq. E. C.
Rawlinson, Major H. C.
Winchester, Rev.
W.
Walker, Esq. H.
Rustomjee Cowasjee, Esq.
Wade,
Lieut. Col. Sir
M.
Ramanath Tagore, Baboo
Willis, Esq. J.
Ramcomul
Sen, Baboo Ramgopaul Ghose, Baboo Radakanth Deb Bahadoor, Rajah
Withers, Rev. Principal G. U.

Wallis, Rev. A.
Wilcox, Major R.
White, Major M. G.
Sleeman, Lieut. Col,
W. H.
Young, Lieut. C. B.
Stacy, Lieut. Col. L. R.
Sanders, Lieut. Col. E.
Bull*
The
following
is
of
tfje
astatic gocfets.
which are now
in force, including
an abstract of the rules of
this Institution
those printed in the Appendix to the sixth and subsequent volumes of the Society's Transactions.
Original Rules adopted from the Founders Discourse, 15th
February, 1784.
1. The
will
Institution shall be
denominated the Asiatic Society, the bounds of

its
its
investigations
be the Geographical limits of Asia, and within these limits

is
enquiries will be extended to
whatever
2.
performed by
man
or produced
by nature.
Weekly
AH
The
Meetings shall be held for the purpose of hearing Original Papers read on such
subjects as fall within the circle of the Society's enquiries.

3.
curious and learned,
men
shall be invited to send their Tracts to the Secretary, for
which
they shall immediately receive the thanks of the Society.

4.
Society's Researches shall be published Annually, if a sufficiency of valuable materials
be received.
6.
Mere
Translations of considerable length shall not be admitted, except of such unpublished
Essays or Treatises as
6.
may be
transmitted to the Society, by Native Authors.
All questions
in that case,
shall be decided
on a
for
Ballot,
by a Majority of two-thirds, and nine Members
shall be required to constitute a
Board
such decisions.
desire to
7. No new Member
and
the promotion of
shall be admitted
who has not expressed a voluntary
become
so,
no other
it.
qualification shall be required, than a love of knowledge,
and a
zeal for
Subsequent Resolutions of the Society which are in force.

8.The
9.
future Meetings of the Society shall be held on the
first
Wednesday
of each
month
at
half-past Eight o'clock in the Evening.
If any business should occur to require

who may
also,
intermediate Meetings, they
may
be convened by
the President,
when
necessary, appoint any other day of the week, instead of
Wednesday for the

10. As
a certain
11.
it
stated Meetings of the Society.
may not always be convenient for the President to number of Vice Presidents shall be elected annually.
case the President,
attend the Meetings of the Society
In
and the Vice Presidents are absent
at
any Meeting, a quarter of
an hour
12.
after the fixed time, the senior
Member
present shall take the Chair for the Evening.
Every
is
Member
of the Society shall have the privilege of introducing as a visitor, any gen-
tleman who
not usually resident in Calcutta.

to provide funds for the necessary expenses of the Society,
to consist of
13. With a view
an Admission
his election,
Fee shall be established
two gold mohurs, payable by every
Member on
and each Member of the
Society, resident in India (Honorary

first
Members
excepted) shall also
contribute a gold mohur, quarterly, in the
week
of January, April, July

it
and October.
Any
Member
neglecting to pay his Subscription for half a year, after
becomes due,
to be considered
as no longer a
Member
of the Society.
to India shall
1*. All Members returning

the date of their return.
be called upon to pay their Subscription as usual from
15. A Treasurer
16. In addition
shall be appointed.
to the Secretary,
an Assistant Secretary and a Librarian shall also be appointed.
xviii
17.
Rules of the Asiatic Society.

Committee
of Papers shall
to
[[Jan. 1844.
be appointed, to consist of the President, Vice Presidents, be elected annually, and any number no
less
Secretary,
and nine other Members
than
five,
shall
be competent to form a Committee.

18.
This The
Committee
will select
from the papers communicated
to the Society,
such as
may
appear proper for publication, and superintend the printing of the Society's Transactions.
19.
Committee of Papers
shall be authorized to
draw upon the Treasurer for any sums
requisite to defray the expense of publishing the Translations,
and an order signed by a Majority
of the Committee, will be a sufficient warrant to the Treasurer for paying the same.
20.
The Committee of Papers
is
authorized to defray any small contingent expenses on account
may deem indispensable. 21. Every Subscribing Member of the Society, on application, shall be furnished with of such volumes of the Researches as may be published whilst he continues a Member, in
of the Society which they
for his contributions, without
22.
a copy
return
any further payment.

of
With a view to the more general circulation of the Asiatic Researches in India, the price
and future volumes, to Non-subscribers,
shall be fixed at a gold
the 12th
mohur, and
if
several
volumes of different years be purchased together, they shall be sold at 10 rupees each.
23. The Agents

Society's Library,
of the Society in
England
shall be desired to purchase,
and forward
for the
Books of Science and Oriental
Literature, published in Europe, taking care
that those purchases at no time exceed the funds arising from the sale of the Society's publications.
24. The Committee

further instructions as
of Papers shall be requested to furnish the Agents in Europe with such
may appear
requisite for their guidance in the selection of books proper to
be placed in the Library of the Society.
Ui&tartn
25.
The
Library
is
open from
10 to 4 o'clock,
between which hours, the Assistant Librarian
is
to
be
26.
in attendance every day,
Sunday excepted.
None
but the Members of the Society are allowed to borrow Books from the Society's
is
Library,
and no book
to
be lent out of Calcutta without especial permission from the Committee
of Papers.
27.
Books are to be borrowed by written or personal application to the Secretary

is
ineither case,
the person applying
to furnish a written receipt specifying the

is
name
of the work, and the time for
which
it
is
borrowed, at the expiration of which he

it.
to return the
book borrowed, or renew
his
application for an extended loan of

28.
The receipts for the Books shall be

out,
filed,
and a Record kept of the Books lent
out, to
whom,
and when lent

29.
and when returned.
list
of the Books in the Library*, and a Register of those lent out, are to be kept ready
for inspection.
30.
All
persons borrowing Books are to be answerable for their safe return, or are expected to
if
replace
31.
them
injured or lost.
is
The
Librarian should be authorized to call in any work which
detained beyond the time
fixed by the preceding rule.

32.
All works borrowed from the Library,
should be returned once a year, viz. the first of October,

efficient control
in order to enable the Librarian to
have the most
over them, and to report to the
Secretary on the state of the Library.
33. Valuable manuscripts should not be removed from the Library, and no work from the
Oriental division of the Library can be borrowed by Native gentlemen, not
Members of
the Society
without a special order of the Secretary.

34.
All books
being books of general or special reference in the various branches of Natural

to
History in the departments of the Zoological, Geological, and Mineralogical Curators,
be
understood by the Librarian to be Books of reference for the use of those

to
officers,
and
as such, not
be lent out of the Library.
Jan. 1844.]
35 The
Rules of the Asiatic Society
xix
may
Curators are farther to be allowed to take over for daily use, such Books as they
select for that purpose, giving the usual receipt to the Librarian.
34. On the 2nd February

tion of all articles that
1814, the Society
determined upon forming a
Museum
for the recep-
may
tend to illustrate Oriental Manners and History, or to elucidate the
particulars of Nature or Art in the East.
The
following Resolutions were at the
same time passed
upon the
subject.
35.
That
this intention be
made known
to the public,
and that contributions be
solicited of the
undermentioned nature:
1.
Inscriptions on stone
and brass.
2. 3. 4.
Ancient Monuments,
Mahomedan
or Hindoo.
Figures of the Hindoo Deities.
Ancient Coins. Ancient Manuscripts.

Instruments of
5.
6.
7.
War
peculiar to the East.
Instruments of Music.
8.
9.
The
vessels
employed
in Religious Ceremonies.
Implements of Native Art and Manufacture, &c. &c.

Animals peculiar
to India, dried or preserved.
10.
1 1.
Skeletons, or particular bones of animals peculiar to India.
12.
Birds peculiar to India, stuffed or preserved.
13. 14.
1
Dried Plants, Fruits, &c.

Mineral or Vegetable preparations in Eastern Pharmacy.
Ores of Metals.
Native alloys of Metals.
Minerals of every description, &c. &c. &c.
5.
16.
1 7.
36. That the

the articles that
hall
on the ground
procured.
floor of the Society's
house be
fitted
up
for the reception of
may be
The plan and expenses
of so doing to be regulated by the
Committee of Papers and Secretary, and the person under whose superintendence the Museum
may
37.
be placed.
That
All
the expense which
may
be incurred in preparing materials furnished in a state unfit
for preservation be defrayed 38.
by the Society within a certain and fixed extent.
articles presented to the
Museum
shall be
delivered in the
first
instance, to the
Superintendent of the Museum, to enable him to

standing rules of the Society.
39.
make
the acknowledgment, directed in the
40.
A Register of Donations to the Museum, shall be exhibited each Meeting of the Society. The Committee of Papers shall adopt such means as may appear proper for making the
known.
the
to
intentions of the Society, in this respect, generally
41. That the names of persons contributing

hereafter published at the end of each
Museum
or Library of the Society, be
volume of the Asiatic Researches.
mmotfytw
The
of the
&*tattoi
following Resolutions were passed on the recommendation of the Committee of Papers,

for publishing a
under date the 2nd July 1806, but materials have not yet been received
volume
work therein proposed.
xx
Rules of the Asiatic Society.

to
[Jan. 1844.
42. That the Society publish from time
time as their funds will admit of it volumes distinct
from the AsiaticResearches, translations of short works in the Sanscrit and other Asiatic Languages,
or extracts and descriptive accounts of books of greater length in those languages, which
offered to the Society,
43.
may be
and appear deserving of publication.

all
That as this publication may be expected gradually to extent to

may
Asiatic books of which
copies
be deposited in the Library of the Society, and even to
all
works extant in the

or a
learned languages of Asia, the series of the volumes, be entitled Bibliotheca Asiatica,
Descriptive Catalogue of Asiatic Books with extracts and translations.
The
1.
following Resolutions were passed on the 2nd January 1828
:
and
for
That
the Physical Committee of the Asiatic Society be considered as in existence

as formerly, exclusively of Medicine.
the
2. 3.
same purposes
That all Members of the Society, be Members of the Committee. That persons not belonging to the Society, maybe elected as corresponding
That the Committee elect That the Committee frame
its
Members
of the
Committee, upon the recommendation of any three Members without being liable to any charge.
4.
5.
its
own Officers. own rules,
subject whenever likely to
interfere with
the
Rules of the Society, to confirmation at a General Meeting.
6. That the proceedings of

7.
the Society,
and short
notices of
any
interest,
be published from time
to time, as they accumulate, in
such form as
may be
hereafter found convenient.
That
Papers of any extent or permanent interest, be published in the same type and form
as the Researches, so as to admit of their being

8.
bound up with them.

the especial charge of
That the expense of these publications be borne by the Society. 9. That the Physical department of the Museum be considered under
Minerals.
the Committee, Mr. Tytler undertaking the care of the Osteological Specimens and Mr. Ross of the
Translation Committee, 3rd September, 1828.

That a Committee of the Society be formed
tion of the
to
communicate with the Committee of Translaeffect
Royal Asiatic Society, and carry their views into
by procuring and transmitting
such Manuscripts, Originals and Translations, as they
may
be able to obtain for the purpose.

entitling
That a Book be opened
for Subscriptions of
Ten Guineas per annum, each Subscriber;
him
to a
Copy of all the Works printed by the Translation Committee.
February,
1844.
(Tuesday, the&k February, 1844.
The Monthly Meeting

at the usual hour.
of the Society
was held on Tuesday the 6th

in the chair.
of February,
The Honourable The President

special, to afford the
The Meeting was made
Members an opportunity
of express-
ing their sentiments on the departure of their old and talented associate B. H.
Hodgson, Esq.
late
Resident at Kathmandoo,
who was
to
embark that evening
on board the Earl of Hardwicke.

Before commencing the business of the evening, the Honourable the President
rose,
and in the most feeling and impressive manner, addressed the Members
:
to the
following effect
" The
daily Papers have informed
you of the object of
this Meeting, but it
may be
is
necessary to explain
usual day, and
it
why
it
has been made special, particularly as to-morrow
the
has been determined to adhere to that day except under very pe-
culiar circumstances.
On
sails
the present occasion, the circumstances are such as to
make me
done.
present
feel confident that
you
will all concur in the propriecy of
what has been
Mr. Hodgson
to-morrow, and I
am
sure that there
is
not a
who would
not have regretted the loss of the only opportunity

testifying, as far as
Member we shall
here
ever
have of seeing him in this place, and of
we
are able,
how
highly
we
are sensible of the credit

I
which
his labours
and researches have reflected on the
Society.
am
aware, that in alluding to them, I

I
am
ill
causing to the distinguished

I
individual of
whom
am
speaking more pain than pleasure, but

all
hope he
will for-
give me, for I feel that you would

situation in
consider
to
me
as
discharging the duties of the

I to
which
have the honor
be placed, were
allow such an occasion
as this to pass without referring to those labours and those researches in terms of
suitable
acknowledgement,
however, that I
"
I confess,
of,
am
quite unable to speak of
them
as they ought to be
spoken
but of their variety and extent, you
may
yourselves be able to form some
judgment, when you hear that Mr. Hodgson's contributions to the Transactions and
Journal of this Society alone, according to a paper which I hold in
to eighty-nine distinct papers.*
my
hand, amount
This, however,
is
not the extent of the work ac-
complished by him.
He
has largely contributed to other scientific bodies as
much
by the benefit of his correspondence as by his direct contributions, and
in addition
* See
list in
the following page.
xiv
to all the

mass of research, and
all
QFkb. 1844.
the novelty of information of which evidence is
before us in his detached papers,
we
possess the most valuable of
all
his works, his
book on the
tant
literature
and religion of the Boodhists, a work the most complete exlately but little understood,
upon a subject
till
and of the highest importance

;
to
the Philologist and the Historian.

difficult
But
this is not all
while engaged in the most
and important
official
avocations he
has found time also to enrich our

series of dis-
knowledge of Zoology by new observations on known animals, and a

coveries of novel ones.
all
But
it is
unnecessary for
me
to dilate
on these subjects, as
the particulars will be far better explained in the course of the evening by the
I will
other Officers of the Society.
only further observe, that the high reputation

local
which Mr. Hodgson has conferred on the Society, is not merely a

one.
and an Indian
His name, widely spread with his discoveries among the Scientific Societies
it
of Europe, has carried with
corresponding credit to the Body, as a

to testify their
Member
of
which he had laboured, and which ought therefore

in a
acknowledgments
mode
creditable alike to their distinguished associate
and
to themselves.
The Hon'ble
" That
the President then proposed.
as a testimony of the high sense entertained by this Society of Mr. Hodgson's
scientific
and
literary labours,
first-rate
and also as a mark of personal regard, he be requested

its
to sit to
some
Artistforhis bust, to be placed in
Public Meeting
Room."
This motion was seconded by H. Torrens, Esq. V. P. and Secretary to the Society,
and carried unanimously,
B. H. Hodgson, Esa.
Contributions
1828,
1829,
to
Transactions and Journal, referred

1833,
to
by the Honourable the President.
Account of Manufacture of Nepal Paper,
On
New
species of Buceros,
On
new
species of Buceros,
Description of the Aquila Nepalensis,

of,
Antilope Hodgsonii.
1830, Antilope Hodgsonii.
1831,
Notice
Description of the Cricaetus Nipalensis,
On
the,
Migration of the Natatores and Grallatores in Nepal,
On the Antilope, On a species of Felis, On Scolopacidae, On Musk Deer, On the Cervus Jarai, On the Ratwa Deer, On the Jaral Goat, On the Migration of Birds, On the ChirQ, On the Mammalia of Nepal,
Route from Katmandu
to Gazedo,
On
the Wild Goat and Wild Sheep in
Nepal,
Description of the
Ratwa Deer,
Wild
Description of the Buceros Homrai,
Description
of
the
Dog
of
tha
Himalaya,
Nipal Zoology,
1834,
1832,
Account of Manufacture of Nepal Paper,

Further illustrations of Antilope Hodgsonii,
On the Nepal Military Tribes, On the Chiru Antilope, On the Newars, On Bauddha Inscriptions, On Buddhism, On Ancient Inscriptions,
Notes on the Cervus Jarai,
1835, Visit to Simroun,
Remarks on
the Buceros,
On
Tibetan Inscriptions,
Feb. 1844.]
On Sarnath

Inscription,
xv
;
On
the
common Monkey
species.
with remarks on
Zoology of Nepal,
genera Semnopitheceus et Macacus, three
1836,
On Bearded Vulture, On red-billed Erolia, On Thar and Ghoral Antilopes of Nepal, On Wild Goat of Nepal, On Wild Sheep of Nepal, On specific characters of Cervus, On Nepal Mustela, On Falconidae,
Synopsis of
new
1841,
Nayakote.
cursory notice
of,
Note on the Cervus Elaphus of the Sal

Forest of Nepal,
On
the Genera of the Bovinae,
Glaucopinae, or Rasorial Crows inhabiting

the Northern regions of Nepal,
Conostoma-iEmodeus Notice of a new form,
Mammals,
Lagomys
of a
inhabiting
species,
Nepal,
with plate
On Nepal Ornithology, On Wild Goat, On Zoological Nomenclature,

Description of Columba,
new
Mammals
of to the
of Nepal.
Classified Catalogue
first
end of 1841,
printed 1832,
Notice of
Tibet,
Marmot
of the
Himalaya and of
Sketch of Buddihsm,
On Ursitaxus, On New Incessores, On Charadriadae, On Falconidae, On Yunxinae.
New
1842
organ in the Genus Moschus,
Classical
Terminology of Natural History,
Notice of the
descriptions
species,
Mammals
and
of Tibet, with
plates of
some new
1837,
On Cerithiadae. On Hirundinidas, On Indian Thrushes, On Woodpeckers, On Incessores, On new genera of Sylviadae, On new genera of Raptores, On new Scolopacidae, On Gauri Gau, On new genera of Plantigrades, On Language of Buddhist Scriptures, On the Bibos, or Gauri Gau,
On On
a Pheasant from Thibet,
Cuculus,
1843
Description of a
new genus
of Falconidse,
Catalogue of Nipalese Birds, presented to

the Asiatic Society,
classified
duly
named and
by the Donor,
Translation of the Naipalia Devuta Kalyana, with Notes,
Notice of two
Marmots, inhabiting
res-
pectively the plains of Tibet
and the
and
Himalayan Slopes near

also of a
to the snow,
Rhinolophus of the central
region of Nepal,
Additions to the Catalogue of Nepal Birds,
1838,
On
new
species of Cervus
Cervus
Di-
1839,
1840,
morphe,
Books.
Illustrations of
Hare of Gangetic Provinces and of the

Sub- Himalayas; with a slight notice of
the Literature and
Re-
strictly
Himalayan
species,
ligion of the Buddhists,
The following Honorary Member proposed

President, and seconded by the Secretary,
at the last
Meeting by the Hon'ble the

elected.
was unanimously
H. R. H. John, Prince of Saxony.
New Member
Lieut. Hopkinson, B.
proposed.
N.
I.
Assistant to the Commissioner of Arracan.
Proposed
by H. Torrens, Esq., seconded by Lieut. Phayre.
Read
January
the following
:
list
of
Books presented and purchased
during the month
of
Books received for
the
Meeting of
on the 6th February, 1844.
Voyage dans L'Inde. par
St.
H. Theroulde.
Paris, 1843,
8vo. Presented by the Author.
Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General's Office. Calcutta, for the
ber,
month
of
Decem-
1843. From Government.
xvi
The The

Calcutta Christian Observer, February 1844. Presented by the Editor.
Oriental Christian Spectator, January
1
[Feb. 1844.
844. Presented by the Editor.

4,
Proceedings of the Geological Society of London, vol.
No. 94. Presented by the Society.

10, 1843, vol. 2d.
Journal of the Agricultural and Horticultural Society of India, No.
Presented
by the Society.
The Calcutta
Literary Gleaner, No. 10, vol.
2d. Presented by
the Editor.
The Annals and Magazine of Natural History No. 77, 78, 79 and 80. Purchased. The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science, 3d No. 153, November 1843. By the Editor.
series,
Catalogue of a valuable collection of books on Natural History, arranged in classes according

to the Linnaean system
by W.
Wood. By
S.
the Author.
Journal des Savants, Septembre 1843. Purchased.
The Zoology
of the
Voyage of H. M.
Sulphur during the years 1836-42. Purchased.

18, July,
Illustrations of the
Zoology of South Africa by A. Smith, No.
No.
19,
November.
Ruffee Buhur, [Persian,] presented to the Society by

Ruffee-ool-Issahee, [Hindoostanee.] Presented to
Nawab Oomdut-ool-Moolk, Bahadoor. the Society by Nawab Ooomdut-ool-Moolk,
Bahadoor.
Read
the following letter from J. Muir, Esq., C. S
To
Sir,
I
the Secretary to the Asiatic Society of Bengal.
I beg to state for the information of the Committee

I
of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, that
have returned to India, and that
have instructed
my
Agents, Messrs. Colville, Gilmore and Co.

as a
to
recommence the payment of my Annual Subscriptions

I should feel obliged
Member
of the Asiatic Society.
by your acquainting me, whether any progress has been made in the print-
ing of the Sarira Vidya, a Sanskrit Translation of Hooper's Anatomist's

publication of which I subscribed 1000 Rupees
Vade-Mecum, towards the
some years ago.

I
have the honor
to be, Sir,
Your most obedient

Spence's Hotel, Calcutta, 29th January, 1844.
servant,
J.
Mum,
As. Soc. B.
M.
The
Secretary stated, that
upon enquiry he had
learnt from Dr. O'Shaughnessy,

lost,
that 500 Rs. of the
money subscribed by Mr. Muir had unfortunately been
having been remitted to Europe to cover the cost of wood cuts from Quain's Ana-
tomy through the agency
of Stocqueler
and Co., whose
bill
was dishonored, and the
amount
irrecoverable.
Mr. Muir had been assured, that the printing of the Sarira
Vidya would be early brought under the consideration of the Society.
Read the
following letters accompanying a small box of shells, addressed to James
Prinsep, Esq., or Acting Secretary of the Society.*
Much honoured Sir, You

to
receive therewith a
letter shall
little
box with
shells destined for the Cabinet
The enclosed
mention you the further, should you be induced
make
to
me
a remittance.
Capt. Meier's ship Auguste et Meldwe, by which you receive this box,
shall without doubt take care of your sending; otherwise
you can make
to
me
Sundries over
London or Hamburgh, and address
in the former place.
Your boxes
to
Mr. Tost, care of the
* These
letters are, it will
be seen, printed.
Feb. 1844.]
ship's broker, Cartemdijk
;

but inform
this
xvii
is
gentleman by a
letter,
that the box
destined for me,
and
that he might account to
me
for the expences.
With the
greatest respect,
Your most obedient

G.
servant,
VoDNDEM BUSCH, M.
of the
D.
Bremen, 20th Feb. 1842.
Member
is
Board of Health, $c.
Much honoured Sir, It

some
shells
already a long time that

I
received from you, care of Dr. Cantor,
from Bengal,
for
which
was very thankful
to you.
Sometime
after the receipt of

I
these shells, I sent a
little
it
collection of shells to Professor Wilson, to

to
London, and
if this
solicited
him
to take care, that

I
might come
your hands.
it
Never
have heard
sending has reach-
ed you, although
have inquired after

sails
by Professor Wilson.
I profit of
it,
Now
as the rare occasion offers to

liberty to
myself that a ship
from Bremen to Calcutta,
and take the
send to you
shells of
some
shells for the Cabinet of the
Asiatic Society.
have selected principally the
our
country, as I think that these shall be rare in Asia,
and have adjoined some of American shells.

would be very agreeable
to the
If this
sending should be agreeable to the Society,

cate to the Society from time to time
would be very enjoyed, and shall continue to communishells.
some more
It
for
me,
if
you
would mention me,
in
what respect
can otherwise be useful
body, and
give you the proSir, I
mise, that I shall do

solicit
my possible to fulfil
me once some
the desires of that learned Society.
Now, my dear
bed
shells
you
to
send
to
shells of your interesting country. Besides the

I
from the
genus Helix, Bulimus, Achetina and Cyclostoma,
wish also to receive of the Bivalves and Uni-
valves of fresh waters, and particularly agreeable for

I purpose merely, if I should
me would be
specimens of the Genus Melania.

in other countries, in
be supported by
my
friends
and correspondents
it.
procuring specimens of the said genus, to prepare a Monography of
To your former sending

I
have received some very interesting and a large unknown species of Melania, which
cribed already in a conchological work of our country.
the said genus, and to
I
have des-
wish now to multiply the specimens of

I
make them known
to the naturalists.
doubt not, that many new shall be
found in the waters of Bengal, and every new contribution shall be of value for me.
You have
sended
to
me
I
also very fine but

to
broken specimen of a new genus, similar to Paludina, also a

Could you send
specimen similar
Cyclostoma, which are very fine and interesting.
me of these
of
some more
I
should be very glad.

I call
Specimens of
this shall also
be welcome.
One
of the Helices
have received
Podiceps, and on the other Hel. Bensoni, as the descriptions and

in
name
Mr.
Benson are not known

If,
Germany.
only to give
dear
Sir, I
can be useful to you or the Society in sending minerals or other natural products,
I solicit
I shall fulfill
your desires with pleasure, and
me up
a secure way that
can
send you such objects.

In the hope that
sires.
my
sending shall b agreable to the Society, and that you shall

I have the honor to be,
fulfill
my
de-
Your obedient
G.
servant,
Vondem Busch, M.
D.
Member
Bremen, 20th Feb. 1843.
of the Board of Health,
and of various
Scientific Societies.
Read
the following letter, accompanying the valuable paper to

for publication in the
which
it
refers,
which was ordered
Journal
No. 60 of 1844.
From
P.
Melvill, Esq. Under-Secretary

Secretary
to the
to
the
Government of India,
to
H. Torrens,
Esq.
Asiatic Society, Fort William, the 27lh
January 1844.
Foreign Department.
Sir,
am
directed by his
Honor
the President in Council to forward to you, for such notice as
the Society
may
consider
it
to merit, the
accompanying Vocabulary of the Hinduvec
dialect of
Bundelcund, by Major R. Leech, C. B.
xviii
2nd.

You
will
QFeb. 1844.
have the goodness
to return the original

1
document when no longer required.

to be, Sir,
have the honor
Your most obedient

Fort William, the 27th January, 1844.
servant,
p.
Melvill,
Under Secretary
to
Government of India.
continuation of Lieut. Baird Smith's Researches on Indian Earthquakes, was
presented from that gentleman, and will speedily be published.
Read the
following extract of a letter to the Secretary from Capt.
Cunningham :
Camp
ligions of the East, as of the
via Ambala, ZQth January 1844.

re-
" Can you scholars not come to any conclusion about the connection of the present and former
Brahmins, the Magi, and the Lamas?
Hom seems
is
common
to all
under one modification or another.

like the
The Tibetan " Doongten" or " Doongtung"

pillar of flame,
a place of the dead
Guebre " Dokmeh" ; and " Lat," a

an object of worship in either sense
it
and
also
an obelisk
in the vernacular of in Arabia,
India,
is
in this
country." Lat" was equally adored
while words resembling
imply divinity or power, or superiority in Tibet and in other places."
Read the
which
it
following letter from Dr.

:
McCallum, accompanying the two Works
to
refers
To
Sir,
dress,
the Secretary to the Asiatic Society of Literature

I
and
Science, Calcutta.
By desire of Nawab Oomdut-ool-Moolk Bahadoor,
have
this
day dispatched
to
your ad-
two Hindostanee Books translated from the English one called Ruffee-ool- Bussur, and the
other Ruffee-ool-Issahee, and beg you will kindly present them to the Society.
is
The RufFee-ool-Busser
from the Nawab's own
a work not merely a translation, but some additions have been made
to it
observations.
I
beg
to remain, Sir,
Your most obedient

Hyderabad, 2d Jan. 1844.
servant,
D.
McCallum,
Sub-Asst. Surgeon,
N.
S.
Read
the following letter
and note of charges from Mr. Blytb, Curator in the
Zoological
Department
My dear Sir, I
Herewith
the
I
did not think to remind you this morning to send

I
me
I
the letters from F.
Wilson and Capt. Cautley, as
wish to forward them

I
to
Huffnagle as soon as
can.
send the memoranda
promised you of the expenses of the Zoological department of
Museum for the
year 1843, exclusive of salaries. The expenses of last month have been unusually
;
heavy, exceeding Co's. Rs. 200
the cost of spirits required being one of the heaviest items.
It is
only from October last that I have
commenced
regularly collecting fishes, a branch of zoology that
involves the purchase of bottles and of spirit.
A considerable number of sundry specimens have been

Museum
by
as well as to various other institutions, the
forwarded by
collecting
me
to the
Honorable Company's
and preparation of which enhances the immediate outlay of the

I trust
Society, although, in the
long run,
that
to
we
shall not
be
losers
this liberality.
From
the Honorable Company's
Museum, however,
that the
which the greatest number have been
sent,
and where a host of others are ex-
pected from me, I do not expect to receive
much by way
of exchange.
You
will also
bear
in
mind
have
more successful
my
exertions are in collecting desirable specimens, the cost of these will
always be proportionate
certainly obtained
liberally
or, in
the aggregate, about commensurate with that success

I
and
many
capital things lately.
may
also further
remind you, that the assistance
rendered by Government of 50 Rupees monthly for taxidermist's expenses, was allowed
Feb. 1844.]
previously to

Museum,
xix
my
taking charge of the
since which time the expenses of our zoological de-
partment have of necessity, been so
much
increased. I wish you to urge these matters to the Presi-
dent at our next meeting, kindly send Wilson's and Cautley's notes, and
am
Yours
truly,
February
6, 1844.
E. Blyth.
Memorandum
of expenses incurred in the purchase of specimens,
and of sundries required
for
the preparation of them, including the cost of shikarees and of boys to assist the taxidermists,
also of correspondents, &c. connected with the Zoological
1843.
Department of the Museum for the year
January
February,
~.
Co.':
is.
...
122
81
127
151
15
10
March,
April,
...
12
4
8
1
...
May
June,
July,
...
122 162
...
...
152 103
99
79
August,
...
14
September,
October,
...
... ...
12
10 7 11
9
3 9
November,
December,
...
130
160
...
12
1,495
Average,
...
124
Add
to this the cost of the
(holding Parrots, &c.,) and the
new cases for the Mammalia, new Insect cases.
also two
new
cases in the Bird
Room,
Read the following

" I beg to
of Fort
Society.
extract from a private note to the Secretary
call your attention to the existence of a

I
volume in the Library of the College

to that of the Asiatic
William, which
think
might more properly be transferred

is
The volume
allude to,
the manuscript original of the translation of the
Dharma
eye
fell
Shastru of Munoo, by Sir
W.
Jones
and a gentleman who was with

safely
me at
the time that
my
Sir
upon
this
;
volume assured me, that he could

if
pronounce
it
to
have been written by
William
himself
such
is
the case,
it
certainly
would be deposited with more propriety
in the Library of a
Society established by that distinguished individual himself, than in that of an establishment in no
way connected with him.

which are
still
have reason
to believe, that there are other manuscripts
connected
with Oriental literature which ought to have been transferred to the Library of the Asiatic Society,
buried in the Library of the College of Fort William."
The
to
Secretary was requested to
make
this the subject of a special representation
Government.
Report of the Curator Museum of Economic Geology and Geological and mlneralogical departments for january, 1844.
Geological
and Mineralogical.
Mr.
Heatly has obliged us with some minerals from Jubbulpore,

finely coated with green earth, a
amongst which are some quartz geodes
specimen of crystallised
mica, and two of zeolites, which will be additions to our cabinet as varieties.
xx
Mr.
J.

Dodd
QFeb. 1844.
of the Mint, offers for sale a collection of 200 specimens of the fossils of the older
Fossiliferous Rocks,
which he procured recently from Berlin

I
for his
own
researches in the neigh-
have examined these, both with reference to the specimens themselves and to the prices usually charged by dealers at home, and should strongly recommend their purchase, as they are really much wanted for reference. We have nothing of the
kind in the Museum, and the price asked by Mr. Dodd, 95 Rs.,
of such a series from respectable dealers.
is
bourhood of Agra, but does not now require.
not more than the cost and charges
To
the Secretary to the Asiatic Society.
Dear Sir, Last year when

the neighbourhood of Agra.
in the
Upper Provinces,
ordered from Berlin a collection of Fossils

I
found in the lower Fossiliferous Rocks, for the purpose of comparison with any
might obtain from

for
The
collection has just arrived,
and
as I
have now no opportunity
applying
cost me.
it
to the object I intended, I
beg leave
to offer
it
to the Asiatic Society for the

is
sum
it
has
The
collection comprises 200 specimens,
and the charge

if
95 Rupees.
I shall
be very
happy
off
to send the
specimens
to the Society's
Rooms,
you think
it
will be disposed to take
them
my
hands.
Yours obediently, December

I
23, 1843.
J as. Dodd.
it
may
notice here, for
belongs specially to the department, the reception of a continuation of
Lieut. Baird Smith's paper on Earthquakes for the Journal,

circulation
and
it is
to be hoped, that
to
from the wide

to these
which these valuable papers
will obtain,
we
shall
be able
draw attention
singular
and often awful phenomena, with which, no doubt, so many of the changes of our globe
are connected.
Museum
of
Economic Geology. Ca.pt. Hannay, Assam L.

Dikho River
in that country.
for
I.,
has contributed nine specimens of
clays from the banks of the
In searching through our Cabinets

beautiful green Jade, (axe-stone,) of
It is fortunately also
other matters,
to
have met with a specimen of the
which I referred at the meeting of October. marked with the name and locality, " Bigge, Suddiya," so we know that it is
river, it is to
New Zealand,
from Assam, and though only a pebble from the

of
it.
be hoped we
may
is
find the vein or
mass
Our zealous member, Captain Hannay, promises me
to use his best endeavours to procure

to
us specimens, as also of some very fine precious serpentine, which he says

large blocks there.
If these stones could reach Calcutta cheaply, they
be obtained in very
would be much prized, and

is.
probably valuable as exports to China, as the
New Zealand
Jade already
Mr. Hodgson,
late
Resident at Kathmandoo, has obliged us with a bottle of the water of the
Gossainthan spring at 24.500 feet of elevation in the Himalayas.

it is
Upon
a hasty examination I find
of a light inky colour, and highly fetid smell, but no peculiarly disagreeable taste beyond that of
it
the sulphuretted hydrogen, and that

traces of carbonic acid.
It gives
contains sulphuretted hydrogen in considerable quantity,

is
and
?
black flakey deposit
forming in
it,
probably bitumen and sulphur
no trace of iron or lime, muriates, or sulphates, and

It is evidently
is
thus probably a mere solution of

this
bituminous and sulphureous matters.

sibility to us,
decomposing, and
with
its
entire inacces-
render
it
not worth while to analyze
it
minutely, but I shall not
fail to
examine the
deposit
Mr. Greenlaw, Secretary
to the
Superintendent of Marine, has obliged us with a few specimens of
the copper ore, and another of the argentiferous lead ore of Adelaide, Australia.

(
March,
1844.
Wednesday Evening,
the 6th
March, 1844.)
The usual Monthly Meeting was held on Wednesday evening, the 6th
instant, at 8| p. m.
The Honorable
I.,
Sir
H. W. Seton in the
chair.
Lieutenant Hopkinson, B. N.
of Arracan,
fication
Junior Assistant to the Commissioner

of the Society, and the usual noti-
was duly
elected a
Member
to him.
was ordered
to be
made
The following new Members were proposed

B. Colvin, Esq., B. C.
S.,
viz.
S.,
proposed by E. C. Ravenshaw, Esq. C.
and
seconded by the Secretary.
W.
Quintin, Esq. C.
S.,
proposed by E. C. Ravenshaw, Esq.
C. S.,
and
seconded by the Sub-Secretary.
Read the following

which
it
letter
from Lady Rodd, accompanying the Eloge to
refers
To
the President
and Members of
the Asiatic Society, Calcutta.
Lady Rodd has had the pleasure of receiving a very gratifying letter from the President and Members of the Asiatic Society; in consequence of the flattering manner
in
which the Medallion of her revered father has been received, her Ladyship begs
copy of the Eloge lately passed on Major Rennell by the Institute at Paris,
so well able to appreciate the value of that celebrated
to offer a
who were
man.
Lady Rodd
wishes to offer her sincere thanks to the President and

for their kindness in placing the
Members
of the Asiatic Society
Medallion in so honorable a position.
Wimpole
Street, 27th
December, 1843.
Read the following
letter
from B. H. Hodgson, Esq., late Resident at
Kathmandoo
H. Torbens, Esq. Vice-President, Asiatic
Society.
9,
On board
Sir, I
this Society
the
Hardwicke, Saugor, Feb.
1844. of
request you will be pleased to convey to the President and
Members
my
heartfelt regret that, never
having before addressed a public body,
xxii

for the
I
[March,
me
1844.
at the
and being wholly unprepared

special meeting of
honour and kindness lavished on

to
Tuesday
last,
found myself quite unable
do justice
to those
sentiments of pride and pleasure with which the Hon'ble the President's proposal, and
the cordial reception
I
it
met with from
the meeting, inspired me.
cannot now hope
to
recover the lost opportunity of expressing
my
sentiments, but
lest I
should possibly seem wanting in a due sense of the distinction proposed to be

I
conferred upon me,
beg leave
to say, that
every circumstance of the meeting of

I
Tuesday
last, is
engraved upon
my
heart
that
contemplate the idea of
my
bust
being placed in the Society's Hall as a proof of the regard and esteem of those who
have known
me
so long, with inexpressible delight
and that
so long as I live, the
welfare of the Society will ever be the objects of
my warmest
to be, Sir,
wishes, and so far as
may
be, of
my
best endeavours.
1
have the honor
Your most obedient servant, B. H. Hodgson, Member, Asiatic
Society.
Read the following

last
list
of Books presented and purchased during the
month
Books received for

Journal of the
the Meeting of the Asiatic Society, on the \st of
March, 1844.
Bombay Branch Royal
Asiatic Society,
No. VI. October, 1843. Pre-
sented by the Society.
Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, for the
month
of January, 1844.
From Government.
XIV.
British Birds. Ditto.
Naturalist's Library, Ichthyology, Vol. VI. British Fishes. Purchased. Naturalist's Library, Ornithology, Vol.
The Calcutta Christian Observer, March, 1844. Presented by the Editors. The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, No. 81, January 1844. Purchased.
Read the following copy of a

H. Allen by the next Steamer.
letter to
be dispatched to Messrs.
W. and
Messrs. Allen and Co.
Special.
Dear
Sirs,
am
charged
to press
upon your immediate attention the following

having been voted by the Asia-
commission.
A
tic
bust of Mr. Brian
Haughton Hodgson, B. C.
you are requested
S.,
Society of Bengal, and that gentleman having left this country in the ship
instant,
to place yourselves
Hardthis,
wicke on the 7th

in
on receipt of
communication with Mr. Baily, Mr. Weekes, or Mr. Westmacott, the

them, with the next eminent
artist in sculpture, for the
sculptors, or
failing
purpose of engaging his

artist,
services for the

I
work above noted.
Having come
to
an understanding with the

to request, that
am
charged by the Honorable the President and Members
you will
wait upon Mr. Hodgson on his arrival in England, (learning his address at Messrs.
Coutts and Co.) and learn his wishes as
to sittings for
the bust.
March,
You
1844.]
xxiii
are requested to draw on the Society for advances and charges connected with
the work, and the Honorable the President directs
me
to
express his strong personal
desire that you will gratify the Society by giving this matter your best attention.
Cost of the bust understood

Calcutta, 1th March, 1844.
to
be not over Guineas 150.

1
am, &c.
H. Torrens,
Vice President and Secretary Asiatic Society of Bengal.
Read the following

of India, sanctioning
letter
from the Officiating Secretary to the Government

for the copies of the reprint of Lieutenant
payment
(now Major) Leech's Beloochy and Brahooi Vocabulary and the overcopies of Capt. Eastwick's Scindee Vocabulary.
No.
131 of 1844.
From T. R. Davidson,
Sir,
Esq. Officiating Secretary to the Government of India, to

H. Torrens, Esq. Vice President and Secretary
In reply to your letter

two
bills
dated 26th ultimo,
am
directed to inform you, that

to pass the
His Honor the President in Council has been pleased

Foreign Department,
submitted by Mr. Ridsdale of Bishop's College Press,

in the aggregate to
amounting
Company's Rupees
124, for printing
on account of Government, 150 copies of Lieutenant Eastwick's Vocabulary of the

Scindee Language, and 150 copies of Lieutenant Leech's
Grammar
of the Brahuiky,
Beloochee and Punjabee Languages.

the Financial Department for the
The
necessary instructions will be issued through

of that
payment
sum from
the General Treasury to
Mr. Ridsdale's
receipt.
T. R. Davidson,
Fort William, 24th Feb. 1844.
Offg. Secy, to the Govt, of India.
Read the following
letter
:
from the Secretary to the Royal Bombay
Branch of the Asiatic Society

To
Sir,
the Secretary of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta.
With
reference to
my
letter of the 7th
September
1
last,
and by desire of the

to enclose bill of
for
Bombay Branch
cutta, containing
of the Royal Asiatic Society,
have the honor
lading of a box shipped on board the
Framjee Cowasjee, Captain Edwards,
Cal-
copy of the Izashni and Visparad, of each of which 25 copies only
have been lithographed at the expense of the Society, which you will be so good as
to present to the Asiatic Society of Bengal.
The box
also contains 72
Geological
specimens, some of which are of considerable interest.
The
ment
enclosed separate
list
will be of use in assisting the Curators in the arrange-
of such of these specimens as
may
be found
to
deserve a place in the
Museum,
the fossils having been
named with
considerable care.
Another box will be prepared
in a short time.
I
have the honor
to be,
Sir,
Your most obedient
servant,
John G. Malcolmson,
Bombay,
Asiatic Society's
Rooms, dth Feb. 1844.
Secretary, B. B. R. A. S.
xxiv

letter
QMarch,
it
1844.
refers
Read the following

was not obtained
from Moulmein; the book to which
in time for the Meeting,
having been sent to the Agri-
cultural Society by mistake.
To
the Librarian of the Asiatic Society, Calcutta*
Sir, I do myself
induced
to
the honor of enclosing an order for a copy of the

for 1844, as also for
Maulmain
have been
Almanac and Directory

advantage
nature
is it
a Plan of Maulmain, which
compile in consequence of there being no work of the kind here, and the
would be likely
to confer
upon the community, although a task
of this
altogether out of
my line
of
life.
Please accept of the work for the use of the

1
Members
of the Society.
have sent
is.
it
along with a few other copies to the care of Mr. Black, upon
whom
the order
am, yours most obediently,
Geo. Eyre Barr.

P. S.
few copies of the
Work and Plan
are sent for sale to Messrs. Ostell and
Lepage.
Read the following

the Sub-Secretary:
letter
from Dewan Horeemohun Sen, addressed to
To H. PlDDINGTON, ESQ.
&C &C
&C.
My dear
Sir,
Here
is
a work compiled
is
by Baboo Goorooprushad Roy, a very
respectable gentleman and scholar. It
a Sanscrit and Bengalee Dictionary, or more
properly speaking, an Encyclopedia, which has cost the author a great deal of labour
and time, and much talent

this
is,
no doubt, displayed in
is
it.
The
opinion passed upon

it
work by the learned Pundits here
highly favourable, as they consider
not
only a very talented production, but particularly useful to persons learning Sanscrit
and pure Shadhoo Bhasha Bengalee.

request
to print
;
give
him
this note to
you
at his particular
if
his object
being to ask the favour of the Society's helping him,

it
convenient,
and publish
Sanscrit.
Sanscrit
is
who apply themselves to the study of He thinks that you can obtain for him some subscribers in Europe, where held in estimation, such as France, Germany and England, &c. If you
for the benefit of those
could therefore give him a helping hand, you would oblige,
Yours very sincerely,
Horeemohun Sen,
Bank
of Bengal, the \th February, 1844.
The specimen of the work accompanying the

satisfactory,
letter
was thought highly

further enquiry as
and the Secretary was requested
to
make
to the cost of printing, &c.
March,
1844.]

letter
xxv
Read the following extract of a
from V. Tregear, Esq., accompa-
nying a Meteorological Table for 1843, kept at Pussewa near Jounpore.
My
may
dear Sir, I have
the pleasure
to
send you a
Meteorological Register
kept at Pussewa,
(12 miles east of Jounpore,)
during the year 1843, which you
think worth putting in the Journal.
Jounpore, \bth February, 1844.
Vincent' Tregear.
The Table was
referred to the Editors of the Journal.

to the notice of the
The Secretary brought

British
Meeting two books
viz.
Moths and
British Butterflies,
by Westwood and Humphries,
of which, at the request of the Zoological Curator, he
recommended the
purchase, which was sanctioned accordingly.
Read the following

Department
Sir,
:
letter
from the Curator Mineralogical and Geological
H. Torrens, Esq. Vice President and Secretary, Asiatic
Society.
for
beg
to represent to
for
you the urgent want of two more cases
our Minera-
logical,
and two more
our Geological collections.
You have
binet,
yourself witnessed the crowded state of our valuable Mineralogical Ca-
and
may
add, that I find
it
next
in
to
impossible to proceed with the heavy task

to arrange.
I
of arrangement without the

to
room
which
have large
stores to
add yet
both the Mineralogical and Comparative Geological Cabinets, for which the four
cases
now
applied for will be but barely sufficient, so that even with them, the utmost
will
management
I
be required
to
do justice
to
our treasures.
it.
estimate the expense at about 60 Rs. each case, probably something below
H. Piddington,
Museum,
6th
March,
1844.
Curator Museum Economic Geology and of Mineralogical and Geological Departments.
The purchase
of the cases
was sanctioned by the Meeting.
Read the following

REPORT OF THE CURATOR MUSEUM OF ECONOMIC GEOLOGY AND GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL DEPARTMENTS.
We have but little to report upon

own time being occupied with The
ment:
this
month, having had few contributions, and
my
current arrangements, and with

investigations,
is
my
report on the Che-
duba specimens, which requiring many
not yet finished.
Society will however hear with pleasure, the following letters from Govern-
No. 91.
From
T. R. Davidson,
Esq,
Offg. Secretary to
the
to
H. Torrens, Esq., Secretary

Sir,-With reference
to
to the Asiatic Society,
dated the 11th Jan. 1844.
the application of the Asiatic Society, bearing date the

I
Home
Department.
st
f July 1842,
am
directed by the Honorable the Presi2, of
dent in Council to transmit to you the annexed copy, Paragraph
a Despatch from
xxvi
March,
1844.
the Honorable the Court of Directors, No. 17 of 1843, dated the 1st November, to-
gether with Captain Herbert's Geological

the Sutlej and Kalee therein alluded
to.
Map
of the
Mountain Provinces between
am,
Sir,
Your obedient
Council Chamber, the 27th Jan. 1844.
servant,
T. R. Davidson,
Extract from a Despatch from the Hon'ble the Court of Directors in the Public
Department, dated the
\st
November, 1842. No.
17.
Answer
2.
to Letter,
dated 20th July, No. 32 of 1842.

packet, a copy of Captain Herbert's Geoloof the
We
enclose as a
number
in the
gical
Map
Mountain Provinces between the Sut<" Ive not thought

it
c^SSûSSSSf.%^.
gical
'"J
"*
ee;
necessary to
Map, and 2 colored Views of the Himalayan for the use of

]
incur the expense of procuring copies of the Views,
the Asiatic Society.
which are large colored drawings of Scenery, and

no value in a
scientific point of view.
oi
(True Extract,)
T. R. Davidson,
have now the gratification of exhibiting the Geological

its
Map
to
to
which
it
refers,
and of congratulating the Society upon

tion of
having been able, through the kind attenrender to the
Government and the Honorable the Court of Directors,

of
methis
mory
Indian
also,
one
of their
most zealous Members,
and most earnest and laborious

doing
it
men of science, Captain Herbert, full, though tardy justice; and in may claim at the same time to have rendered a most essential
in
service to
the cause of geological science,
giving to
;
the world a connected Geological

for
Map
is
of this part of our great

details,
mountain barrier
there
its
however deficient
to
it
necessarily
in
and however much
may remain
features
be
filled
up,
we have
as
still
here such a leading sketch of

;
main
I
by a
scientific explorer,
this opinion,
will be invaluable to future observers
and
cannot better illustrate
than
by requesting the
one but a
little
attention of the Meeting to our
two Geological Maps of England. The

and the other, Mr.
all the geologists of
further improved than that of William Smith, the father of English

;
Geology, after twenty years of assiduous and unassisted labour

Greenough's, the
fruits of the
combined knowledge and labours of

It will
England
ble,
in
twenty years more.
be seen from these two examples how valuafirst
and
in fact
how
to
indispensable, these preliminary sketches, like the

;
chalk or
charcoal lines of the painter, are to the production of a finished work

shall
and
finally,
we
now,
it
is
be hoped,
completely rescue Captain Herbert's labours from
oblivion, (and even from misrepresentation,)
and render justice
to the liberality of
the
Government
of India of that period in undertaking this great
and most useful
work.
Museum
any
of Economic Geology.
We have received in this department,
but without
letter, three sets of
two Maps each, of the country through which the proposed
March,
know
not
1844.]
is

to pass,
xxvii
I
Rajmehal Canal
if
with the supposed limits of the Gangetic Alluvium.

this interesting tract of country,
if
do not
any Geological Report was made on

enquire and
to
but shall
fail to
obtain
its
publication
on,
possible.*
Mr. Black has obliged us with a Report

Stones sent
and impressions from, the Lithographic
down by Captain Shortrede.
H. Piddington, Esq.
Dear
Society's
Sir,
In
reply to your note of this morning
beg
to
inform you, that Mr.

for the Asiatic
Blechynden has received the copy of the Moulmain Almanac intended
Rooms ; and with

them
as
reference to the Stones,
have pleasure in forwarding two

I
proofs taken off from impressions on each, but regret
much
as
I
cannot give you so favor-
able an account of
7 too soft,
left
some of the former ones,

the box.
find
Nos.
last is
1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
6 and
and No. 8 too hard, more resembling marble.

left in
This
one of the two you

is
with me, before those you
The
little
blue piece
by
far too soft.
Asiatic Lithographic Press,
Thos. Black.
No.
It
3,
Hare
Street, 1th
March, 1844.
to the
would thus appear, that none of these are equal

at
former fine specimen, as

of fragments
might well occur when a number are taken

quarried for building purposes
;
random from a heap

quarries also
it is
for in the
German
is
only from certain

that, in part, their
beds near Munich that the fine Stones are procured, and
it is to this
high price
is
owing. This matter however,
well worthy of a special recommendation to

certain that a really good Stone exists,
Government from the Society, since we are

and have
Shortrede.
I
so near the spot
an active, intelligent and zealous co-operator, like Captain
have added
to
our collections specimens of the

cutting,
is
common Corundum Stone
of
the Bazar, with the powder of which all the
grinding and polishing work

averred to be cut and polishis
of precious Stones
is
performed; even the Diamond
ed by
it,
and
or if
it
seems certain, that the use of Diamond powder

its
not
known
to the
natives
known, that
expense prevents
its
adoption, or that the Indian lapidary
finds his
I
own process
upon
practically the best.
find
trial that
the
Corundum, would
certainly cut every thing

I
below the Sapif
phire in hardness, and no doubt polish the Sapphire, and

in Europe,
it
believe that
would be found of high value in the
arts,
and
in
(I speak here
upon very competent authority,) reduce the prices

and
of
better known many instances, many very expenfor lenses
sive processes, such as that of grinding hard steel pivots
plates,
gems
and
is
the like, for which only
Diamond powder can now be

its
used, and the expense of this
often completely a prohibition on

article.
1
employment, or adds enormously
to the cost of the
have placed upon the table from our own collection nine specimens of the
Stone, beginning with the
Emery
of Naxos, and
ending with the crystallised rose
Corundum
of Ceylon.
* I have since learned from Colonel Forbes that no Geologist
was attached
to the Survey.
Bor-
ings were made, and wells sunk along the line,
and a
of them
series of
!
specimens also collected from the
adjacent rocks, but
it is
not
known what became
xxviji
I

this line of business,
[March, 1844.
who
left
have recommended a gentleman in

to take to
Calcutta a short
trial,
time ago on the Hindostan,

also ordered a quantity of
home a quantity
to
of these stones for
and
have
them
be sent
England.
,
H. PlDDINGTON.
With
reference to the suggestion of the Curator
on the subject of Captain Shortrede's

to address
Lithographic Stones, the Secretary was requested

of the Society to that effect.
Government on the part
For
all
the foregoing presentations and communications the best thanks
of the Society was voted.
April,
1844.
{Wednesday Evening,
the
3rd April, 1844.)
The usual Monthly Meeting took place on Wednesday evening, the 3rd
of April.
The Honorable the President
in the chair.
The following new Members were
ballotted for and declared duly elected:
B. Colvin, Esq. C. S.
W.
Quintin, Esq. C.
S.
The usual communications were ordered
to be
made
to
them.
:
The following
list
of
Books presented and purchased was read
Books received for
the
Meeting of the Asiatic Society, on the 3rd of April, 1844.

Presented
Annaler for Nordiske Oldkyndigheid, 1840-41 and 1842-43. Kjobenhavn.

by the Society of Northern Antiquarians, 2 Nos.
The Edinburgh
Editor.
New
Philosophical Journal, July to October, 1843.
Presented by the
Memoire
suv la Decouverte de L'Amerique, par Charles Christian Rafn. Copenhagen,
1843. Presented by the Society of Northern Antiquarians.
London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine, third

October 1843.
series,
No. 151-152, No.

Avril.
From
the Editors.
serie,
Journal Asiatique ou Recueil de Memoires, quartieme
tome
i,
4,
No. 5 Mai tome n, No.

Royal Asiatic
7-8, Julliet et
Aout.
Presented by the Society.

Ireland
Society of Great Britain
and
Anniversary Meeting
and
Twentieth Annual Report of the Council. London, 1843. Presented by the Society.
List of
Members, Committees, &c.
of the
Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and
Ireland, 1843.

fii'r
Die Konigliche Gesellschaft

1842.
Nordische Alterthumskunde. Jahresversammlung,
Copenhagen.
Presented by the Society of Northern Antiquarians.
Leitfaden zur Nordischen Alterthumskunde.

Society of Northern Antiquarians,
Copenhagen, 1837.
Presented by the
The
Oriental Christian Spectator, second series,
March
1844, vol. v.
No.
3,
Editor.
Bulletin de la Societe de Geographie, deuxieme serie, tome xix. Paris, 1843.

the Society.
From
Pre-
Proceedings of the Geological Society of London,

sented by the Society.
vol. iv, part
i,
1843,
No.
93.
Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, 1843, No. 22.
From
the Society.
Royal Society of Northern Antiquarians, Copenhagen, 6 N
os,
xxx
The Yacna

of the Parsis in the
[April, 1844.
Zend language, but Gujarati character, with a Gujarat

late
translation, paraphrase
and comment, by the
Framji Aspandearji.
From
the
Bombay Branch Royal Asiatic Society. The Bispard of the Parsis in the Zend language, but
rati translation,
Gujarati character, with a Guja-
paraphrase and comment, by the late Framji Aspandearji.

Asiatic Society.
les
From the
le
Bombay Branch Royal

Walckenaer.
Meteorological
Notice Historique sur la Vie et
Ouvrages de M.
le
Major Rennell, par M.
Baron
From
the Author.
for
Register kept at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,
the
month
of February 1844.
From
the Surveyor General's Office.
Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, vol. xv, part in.
From
the Society.
Journal des Savants. Paris, Julliet
et
Aout
1843. Purchased.
The
History of the
Mohammedan
Printed
for
Dynasties in Spain, translated by Pascal de Gaythe Asiatic
angos, vol. u.
Society by the
Oriental
Translation
Fund.
Les Sultans Mamlouks de Makrize, tome n,

by the Oriental Translation Fund.
lib
i.
Printed for the Asiatic Society
The Calcutta
Christian Observer, April 1844.
New
1843.
series, vol. v.
No.
52. Presented
by the Editors.
Pritchard's Natural History of
Man. London,
Purchased.
vols,
i,
Researches into the Physical History of Mankind, by J. C. Prichard,
n, in,
Purchased.
Memoires de laSociete Royale des Antiquaires du Nord, 1840-43, Section Asiatique. Copenhagen, 1843.
Read the following

Allen and Co.
:
letter
from the Society's London Agents, Messrs.

Sir,
to the Asiatic
Society of Bengal.
We
We
have the pleasure

enclosing a bill
to
November
warded
ciety.
if
last,
acknowledge the receipt of your favor of the 17th of lading for six cases of books, which are to be forto transmit receipts for the
as addressed,
and we are requested
same
to the
So-
shall
have much pleasure
in attending to
your instructions.
We doubt
we
shall be able to obtain receipts for all the cases, but if
we can
assure the Society
that they are duly delivered,
we conclude
that will be quite satisfactory.
London, January
30, 1844.
W.
Read the following correspondence with reference
H. Allen and Co.
to the transfer of the to the Library of
Buchanan MSS. and Drawings from the Botanic Garden

the Society
:
The Secretary
to the
Government of Bengal, Home Department.
Sir, I am
will
instructed on the part of the Asiatic Society of Bengal to beg, that you
submit
to the
Honorable the Deputy Governor of Bengal, the respectful request
April, 1844.]
of
its

Honor
will be pleased to order the
to
xxxi
Members,
that His
Buchanan Drawings and
MSS. now
Library.
deposited at the
H. C. Botanic Garden
in almost all
to
be placed in the Society's
The
vast
amount
of
knowledge
its
branches, relating to India, contained

at
in these volumes,
and the great expenditure

it is
Government
which
it
was obtained are
well known, while
not less notorious, that partly from non-publication and partly
from
its
almost entire inaccessibility as
now
to
deposited, this noble
monument of
the soli-
citude of the
Government of India
to
for the
development of its resources has been hitherto

remedy, however
late, this
a sealed book
the public.
Jn order
long existent evil,
the Society begs earnestly to press upon his Honor's consideration the advantage that
may
arise
from placing such resources within the reach of

this
all
who may
desire to profit
by them; and
His Honor
may
perhaps incline
to allow,
might be best done by
placing the drawings and documents above alluded to for general reference in the
Museum
of the Society
where they
will be available to
its
officers in the several de-
partments of science for reference and comparison.
The Society would engage

benefit,
to
adding
to the value of its

it
Buchanan documents, which

ing in
its
make use of this valuable material for the public own publications by selections from the mass of the is hoped His Honor may gratify the Society by placH. Torrens,
Vice-President and Secretary, Asiatic Society.
charge and custody.
No.
798.
From Under-Secretary
to the
Government of Bengal,
to the
Vice-President and
Sir, With
reference to your letter of the 26th January
last,
am
directed to
transmit the enclosed copy of one from the Officiating Superintendent of the Honorable Company's Botanic Garden, No. 10, of the 13th ultimo, and to intimate, that his
Honor
the
Deputy Governor has no objection
to
allow the Buchanan Drawings and
Manuscripts to be temporarily deposited in the Library of the Asiatic Society, on the

conditions therein stated, and has given directions to that Officer to forward
them
to
you accordingly.
I
have the honor
to be, Sir,
Your most obedient

Under-Secretary
to the
servant,
A. Turnbull,
Government of Bengal.
Dated Fort William, 25th March,
1844.
No.
10.
From W. Griffith, Esq.

Sir,
Offg. Supt.
H, C. Botanic Garden,
to A.
Turnbull,
Esq, Under-Secretary to the Government of Bengal.
have the honor of acknowledging the receipt of a
letter
from the Secretary
to the Asiatic
Society to the Secretary to the Government of Bengal,

I
Home
Depart
ment, on which
am
desired to report.
xxxii
2.
Proceedings of
appears to
tlie
Asiatic Society.
[April, 1844.
It
me
that there can be no objection to placing these very valuable
Manuscripts and Drawings in the custody of the Asiatic Society, until such time as that
Society shall have completed their publication or copies of them.
But
think
it
should be understood, that this institution

it
is
the proper place of their
permanent
it
deposit,
to
being that of the Manuscripts and Drawings of Dr. Roxburgh, as
ought
be of
those of all other Superintendents.*

plete,
In this manner only can the series be kept comto
and each
series
can in
this
manner only guide Government

it
an opinion of the
relative merits of the Superintendents
permits to hold this high scientific appoint-
ment.
To
this
the almost entire inaccessibility alluded to in the Secretary's letter
cannot be objected, that assuredly was never contemplated by Government, and has
not existed since 1836,
when
it
was removed by Dr. McClelland, and Government

it
having shewn
its
anxiety to secure ready publication of documents,
assuredly can-
not again be restored.

3. It
would have been very desirable that
this application
had been made
to
Govern-
ment when
For since
the fact of the Drawings and Manuscripts being here
that, I believe, the
Society has been the
made known. means of making known zoological

was
first
labours which would, had the Society's attention then been attracted prominently to
these Manuscripts, &c. have been found to have been anticipated by Dr. Buchanan.
The
Society at this period cannot attach priority to the works of Buchanan.
4. It also
appears to
me
desirable, that if
to the Society, it
Government decides on lending these
Manuscripts and Drawings
should be on the engagement proffered by
the Society in the last paragraph of the Secretary's letter, and in exclusion of para-
graph 2d, otherwise a stigma will be attached

public institution
of
to this institution,
which, as
it
is
Government, endowed in a liberal manner, and presumably

it
superintended in a liberal and open manner,

5.
cannot in se be considered
to merit.
Pending the receipt
of his Honor's final instructions, I shall construct a complete

to
catalogue of the Manuscripts and the Drawings

of Government.
I
be retained here for the information
have, &c.
Honorable Company's Botanic Garden,

1
(Signed)
W.Griffith,
Offg. Superintendent.
3th February, 1844.
(True Copy,) Under-Secretary

to the
A. Turnbull,
The Secretary
called the attention of the
Meeting to the alteration
which had been made

were placed
;
in the height of the pedestals
on which the busts
three of
them having been reduced and the busts placed
upon them
for inspection.
The
alteration
was approved
of.
*
nic
We
doubt
?
much
if
Dr.
Buchanan was ever a Superintendent
of the
H. C. Bota-
Garden
-Ed.
April, 1844. J

letter addressed to the Sub-Secretary,
xxxiii
Read the following

J. J.
by the Rev.
Moore, Secretary, Agra School-Book Society

No. 162.
H. Piddington, Esq. Asiatic Society's Rooms, Calcutta.
My dear
send
sale.
Sir, Kindly excuse

all
the
trouble
am
giving
you,
but will you
me
a copy of
the Hindi and Sanscrit works the Asiatic Society

it is
may have
for
They
are intended for a Native Prince, and

for
particularly requested, that each
copy be neatly bound. They are intended

in
Maharaja Tukht Sing of Marwar. Maps

For the expense which may be
if
Hindi or Sanscrit would be also most acceptable.

I
incurred,
shall be responsible to the Society.

this privilege is
It
would be desirable
to
they could be
forwarded under a frank, and as
allowed
Government Educational
Establishments, probably in a case like the present, a similar indulgence would be

granted. At all events do not let this be a bar to the transmission of the books for the
Rajah.
I
intend to publish an edition of the

I
Rekha
is
;
Ganita, in the Sanscrit Version of Euclid
by Raja Savai Jai Sing.
understand there
a copy in the Society's
been corrected by the

cured
for the
late Jas.
Prinsep
it
would aid
with
it.
me
very
Rooms which had much could it be pro-
purpose of collating
my MSS.
Ibth March, 1844.
Secretary,
J. Moore, Agra School-Book Society.

list
P. S.
Kindly also
for sale.
favour
me
with a few copies of the
of the Society's Books
which may be
The
Sanscrit
works published by the Society were ordered
to be for-
warded, bound as requested.
Upon
inquiry
;
it
does not appear that the
MSS. alluded
to
is
in the Society's Library

;
the only copy of the
Rekha
Ganita, being one by Jaganath Pundit

that the valuable copy of the
but
it
was subsequently ascertained

alluded to by Mr. Moore,
Rekha Ganita,
was
in the Library of the College of Fort Willam,
and he was informed
that a copy would be sent
him
if
desired.
recommendation of the purchase of several works, and a proposal to
purchase a female Gayal

gical Curator,
now
at Chittagong,
were submitted by the Zoolo-
which
last
was authorized.
from
J.
Read the following

specimens alluded to
:
letter
W.
Roberts, Esq. accompanying the
H. Piddington, Esq.
Dear
Sir,
have the pleasure
to
send you for the Asiatic Society, a few Locusts
of the legion that did so
much
mischief to the past season's indigo crop.
They
are
from Nudjuffghur, near Cawnpore.
"
xxxiv

at the
[April, 1844.
When
sities
Museum
a few days ago,
did not perceive amongst the natural curio-
any specimen of
this
enemy
1844.
to the
vegetable kingdom, and they
may
not there-
fore prove
unworthy of reception.
Calcutta, \Zth
March,
J.
W. Roberts.
No.
P.S.
14,
Writers' Buildings.
send them as received, preserved in Cognac brandy.

letter
Read the following
from
:
J.
Owen,
Esq.,
accompanying the Arms
presented by that gentleman
To H. Tor bens, Esq.

Sir,
1
have the honor
to
forward herewith certain arms taken from the chiefs who

1 is
were creating the disturbances at Ningroo during the past year. No.
Naga Dao,
and No. 2 a Singphoe one.
The
Society's acceptance of the
same
will confer
honor on
Yours
On
the River, 19th
March, 1844.
faithfully, J. Owen.
Report of the Curator Museum of Economic Geology and Geological and mlneraloglcal departments, for the month of march.
Our zealous correspondent Captain Newbold,

Geological and Mineralogical.
Assistant to the Commissioner, Kurnool,
has sent us from Beypoor, near Calicut, a specimen of the

lignite of the beds of that locality which, he thus describes.
"By
to-day's
banghy
have the pleasure to forward
to the
Society a specimen of
the lignite from a bed of considerable extent in the laterite sandstone near Beypoor,
in the vicinity of Calicut, on the
Western Coast, discovered by myself

have a rarely perceptible
in 1840. It is
associated with sulphur, sulphates of alumina, iron, retinasphalt and mineral coal.
The
shales immediately in contact
dip,
are black, car-
bonaceous and aluminous,

lignite itself
is
and contain scattered spangles of mica.
The bed
of
from one
to three feet thick,
and can be traced about half a mile up
the river.
General Cullen recently writes me, that he now sees

it is
much
of this carbona-
ceous deposit in Travancore, and that
very extensive.
It exhibits itself in
cliffs
beds
of black clay and lignite of considerable thickness in the laterite
along the
W.
Coast from Quilon
to
Venkully.
Deposits of the same kind occur about the same
level at the distance of two or three miles inland.
We have
the
to
acknowledge from Government, a further addition
to
our knowledge of
Cheduba group in a report from Lieut. Hopkinson, Assistant Commissioner, Arracan, who was also sent by the Commissioner, Capt. Bogle, to examine the spot
where the Volcanic Island had appeared, and who, though he unfortunately was not
acquainted with Mineralogy or Geology, has most zealously fulfilled his mission.
report will be incorporated in mine, and
I
His
may remark
here, that several of his speci-
mens
are of very considerable interest.
April, 1844.]

are the letters from
xxxv
The following
missioner Bogle
:
Government and from Mr. Com-
No. 687.
Sir,
to the
Society.
to the
Secretary
to the Asiatic
am
directed to transmit to you, copy of a letter from the Commissioner of

last,
Arrakan, No. 453, dated the 16th December

visit
and of
its
enclosures, relative to the

site of the
paid by Lieut. Hopkinson, the Senior Assistant at Sandoway, to the

to
Volcanic Island which recently appeared for a time
the south-east of Cheduba, to-
gether with a box containing the geological specimens referred to in the fourth para-
graph of Capt. Bogle's
letter.
Cecil Beadon,
Under-Secretary
Fort William,
II th
to the
March, 1844.
(Copies. No. 453.)
From
Capt. A. Bogle, Commissioner in Arracan,
to
T. R, Davidson, Esq., Secre-
tary to the Government of Bengal, General Department.

Sir,
Capt.
me
Williams,
Cheduba, having in a
intimated to
Ramree and August 1843, No. 1828, copy of which is annexed, that a volcanic eruption had occurred off the S. end of " False Island"
letter
Senior Assistant Commissioner in charge of

1
dated
1th
in the end of July last,
and that an Island had been formed on the

I
spot,
without however
conveying
to
me
any of the particulars,
considered
it
proper to write to him imme-
diately to furnish
2.
me
with the fullest information on the subject.

it
In reply he acquainted me, that
was wholly impracticable
to
approach " False-
Monsoon, and that the difficulties opposed to all communication with "Flat Island" or " Regweng," from whence the eruptions had been observIsland" during the S.
ed,
W.
were of such a nature, as
to
preclude the hope of being able
to
obtain any further
information before the close of the rains.

3.
As both the above
islands are exposed to the full force of the

it
Monsoon, and are

to
surrounded by innumerable dangers,
appeared
to
me by
no means justifiable
to
en-
danger
life
by endeavouring
to
conduct any inquiries prior

I
the termination of the

to
tempestuous season; but in the month of October,
determined
depute Lieut. Hop-
kinson, Junior Assistant Commissioner, an officer of

to visit the site of the reported eruptions as
much
intelligence and enterprize,
soon as the state of the weather in the
Bay
of
Bengal would admit of

belonging
letter
his
proceeding
to
sea in one of the small Government SchoonI
ers
to this province,
and on the 21st of that month,

is
accordingly addressed
him
4.
No. 839,
of
which a copy
appended.
Immediately on
full
its
receipt, Lieut.
Hopkinson proceeded
to the spot,
and having
made a
and diligent inquiry regarding the interesting circumstances reported, No.

which
and taken a survey of " False-Island," he has now favored me with a report under date
the 25th ultimo,
86, of
I
beg leave
to transmit
a copy, together with his
Map
of
of the " False Island," for submission to the

;
Honorable the Deputy Governor

I
Bengal
and by the next
trip of
the
"Amherst,"
shall not fail to forward the
different geological
specimens which accompanied Lieut. Hopkinson's report.
xxxvi
5.

created island, which, even
if it
[April, 1844.
I
As the newly
had really existed, could never
apprehend have been any thing more than a mass of rock, has disappeared, and no
apparent change has been occasioned by the eruptions, Lieut. Hopkinson found but
little
worthy of mention
but
nevertheless feel greatly indebted to
titude with
which he repaired
to the spot,
and
for the very satisfactory

I trust
him for the prompmanner in which
he has completed the duty entrusted
to
him, and
that his report and
map
will
meet with His Honor's approval.

6. I am aware may have ceased
that
much
it
of the interest
which attached
to these volcanic eruptions

visit to this
on the return of the " Ganges" Steamer from her recent
coast, but still I think
due
to Lieut.
Hopkinson, that the endeavours previously
made by him
the
to collect the fullest
information regarding them, should be submitted to
Deputy Governor, and
that his
Honor should be
satisfied,
that such remarkable
changes are not regarded with indifference here.
A. Bogle,
Arracan Commr's.
Office,
Akyab, \th Dec. 1843.

No. 1828.
Commissioner in Arracan.
To Captain A. Bogle, Commissioner

Sir,
in
Arracan and Akyab.
have the honor
to
acquaint you, that the Soogree of "Flat Island" reports,
that on the 26th, 27th, 28th, and 29th of July, a Volcano broke out a short distance,
(30 bamboos, 360 feet,) he mentions, south of " False Island," and that a
has been formed on the spot.
new
Island
Arracan S. A. Commr's.
Office,
Ramree,
(Signed)
D. Williams,
Senr. Asst. Commissioner.
A. Bogle,
The l\th August, 1843.

(True Copy.)
Commissioner in Arracan.
From
the Rev. Mr. Barbe,
Roman
Catholic Missionary at Chittagong,
we have
received a box of specimens of the ferruginous sandy breccias, conglomerates and

concretions of that place, some of them
much resembling those sent

and of
petrified
up, I think, in 1838,

lignite
by Mr. Sconce, Magistrate
of that district,
wood and
from the
same
quarter.
We have unfortunately no details of the

S. Society,
locality with these specimens.
From
Museum
tive,
the
Bombay Branch R. A.
specimens
Geology,
for
we have received a second box

list is
of 72
of Economic
for this
department, and for that of Mineralogy and

instruc-
Geology.
which our best thanks are due. As the

1
and
it is
always useful
to
have them on record,
have inserted
it
here.
List of Geological Specimens from Western India, presented to the

Asiatic Society, Calcutta, Id series.
Museum
of the
No.
,,
1.
Calcedony with Calcspar, Rajcote.

Altered sandstone, Kattiawar.
Jasper,
2.
3.
4.
,,
,,
Waukaneer,
ditto.
From
near Rajcote, ditto.
5.
6.
Altered sandstone, Waukaneer, ditto.
,,
Marble (magnesian) of which Hoossain Shah's tomb

doo, Malvva.
is
built,
Man-
April, 1844.]
No. 7
.9-
Proceedings of the Asiatic Society,
xxxvii
to 8.
Basalt from between Mancloo and
Mhow.
Calcspar from Basalt, between Malvva and

Minerals from between
Basalt,
10 to 29.
30
to 31.
Mhow. Mandoo and Mhow. Mazagon, Bombay. This takes a good polish, and
hill.
is
used for
pedestals of statutes, &c.

32.
33.
From Balmeer
,,
Ditto.
34.
,,
,,
Ditto.
35.
36.
37.
near Balmeer.
Gypsum, near Balmeer.
38.
From Vindiah hills. From whitish Basalt Rock,

to 42.
Parell,
Bombay,
39
43
liecent formation, Allibaugh, Angria, Colaba.
to 45.
to 47.
Ditto ditto.
Ditto ditto.
Basalt, ditto.
46
48.
49.
50.
Piece of Rock from near Bhooj.

Basalt,
Mazagon, Bombay. Laumonite with large
crystals of Calcspar,
and globules of Prehnite scattered through the Laumonite. J. E. Malcolmson, Esq.

51.
By
Ditto.
Laumonite penetrating Calcspar and terminating

limestone.
in
it,
with the
usual crystalline form, by ditto.
52
54.
to 53.
Nummulite
Cutch.
Indurated clay containing Paludina Deccanensis, Physa Prinsepii.

Geol. Trans, vol.
v,
pi. 47.
Altered into a basaltic looking rock.
Saugor.
55.
Indurated clay (fresh water.) Gharri, foot of Nalchah Ghaut, (Vindiah

hills,)
between Mandoo and Mhow.
56.
Indurated clay from Gharri, near Mandoo, with Melania Quadrilineata.
57.
Indurated clay with tertiary Lacustrine
fossils.
Gharri, foot of Nalchah
Ghaut, northern escarpment of Vindiah mountains, between Mandoo
and Mhow.
58.
59.
Cast of Physa Prinsepii, &c. Gharri, near Mandoo.
Physa
Prinsepii, compressed. Gharri, near

vol.
Mandoo, see Dr. Voysey

Gharri.
on Gawilghur, As. Res.

60.
61.
xvm,
p. 187.
Melania, quadri-lineata. Geol. Trans, vol.

Cast of Melania, quadri-lineata.
Ditto.
v, pi. 47.
62.
63. 64.
Cast of Paludina Deccanensis. Cypris Subglobosa. Gharri.
Gharri.
pi. 47, fig. 3.
Geol. Trans, vol. v,
Paludina Deccanensis, Chara Malcolmsonii, Cypris Cylindrica, and

Subglobosa.
Munnoor Deccan, Geol. Trans,

hills.
vol. v, pi. 47.
65.
66.
67.
Variety of Calcedony from the Vindiah
From
Flint,
the
Bund of
Arrore, Scinde.
for the
pounded and burned, and worked
formation of painted
tiles,
&c. at Hydrabad, Scinde. Sir Alexander Burnes.
xxxviii
[April, 1844.
No.
68.
Flint for Pottery, west of the Indus opposite Hydrabad, Scinde. Sir
Alexander Burnes.
,,
69.
Believed
to
be the pounded
flint,
No.
68, used in pottery.

lost.
From
Sir
Alexander Burnes' collection, but the label

,,
70.
71.
Natron, Scinde. Sir Alexander Burnes.
,,
Sand
of the Indus, label lost.
Sir A. Burnes' collection.
72.
Lauuionite, Mazagon,
Bombay.
John G. Malcolmson,
Bombay,
9th February, 1844.
Secretary, B. B. R. A. S.
Presentation of a Silver Standish to H. Torrens, Esq.
the President,
When the Geological Curator had concluded his portion of the business of the evening, The Hon'ble W. W. Bird, rose and addressed the Meeting as follows.
I
Before we proceed farther,
wish
to
draw your
attention, gentlemen, to the beautiful
specimen of Indian workmanship lying on the table in the shape of a silver inkstand, which is intended as a testimonial to Mr. Torrens, from his associates of the Asiatic
Society, expressive of the deep sense entertained by
It will
them
of his distinguished services.
be in the recollection of many here present that about the commencement of he was obliged,
for
last year,
for reasons
then stated,
to resign
to himself,
the office of Secretary
which he had
some time held with

it
so
much credit
and
so
much advantage
to
to the Society,
and
was on that occasion that
this testimonial
was voted
him, which,
under the superintendence of Mr. Piddington, has assumed the form of the very tasteful object now before us, and on which no pains or expense have been spared to render it
worthy of Mr. Torrens' acceptance.
As few can have

manufacture,
I
the opportunity of examining this elegant specimen of Indian

it,
will shortly describe
and
cannot do so more appropriately than in
the words of Mr. Piddington,

subject.
who
has kindly favored
me
with a
memorandum on
the
" The style," he
says,
" of the testimonial
is
Moorish, (Arabesque,) chosen as the most

able and spirited translation of the
to the Asiatic to the
appropriate one in reference to Mr. Torrens'
Arabian Nights, (the Alif Leila,) dedicated by him

translation cf that classic
his
Society; the only
work which has exactly painted

the colours of his
English reader in
life
own language, and with

It is
own
imagination, the minds and the
of the children of the East.
"
placed on a basement of shawl-work of which the pattern

to
is
the Shamrock, in
this
allusion
is
Mr. Torrens'
Irish
origin.
The
frosted
wreath above
basement
composed
of the rose (Persia,) the Lotos (India,)
and the Jessamine (Arabia.) These

from
the Alhambra,
or
flowers
are from nature.
All the other decorations are
Mosque at Cordova, two of the wonderful and inimitable monuments of a people, who seem to have been almost led to construct them as lessons to
from the
great
the
human
race
of the imperishable glories
of science, literature
and the
arts,
as
compared with those of conquest.
"The centre and surmounting ornament is an

associations with the magnificent era of the
exact model of the Fountain of Lions in

its
the Alhambra. It has been chosen, not only from
beauty, and
its
numerous
historical
Arabian Khalifa of Spain* but also from
April, 1844.]
its
xxxix
being in
itself
a curious and a solitary instance of the practice of an art forbidden

artists.
in the Koran,
by Mahomedan
have given
to
It is
one of those unique and precious monuments
which the
are
arts
History and to Poetry, at the sight of which a thousand
associations with the annals of a
whole nation, (the European Arabians,) now extinct,
awakened
in the
mind.
need not remark here, that every page of these annals

to the glories of the
from the landing of El Tarikh
Ommiyades, the winding sheet
of
Abderahman, the conquest of Granada, and the dismal farewell of the heart-broken
Moors
to their terrestrial paradise the
:
Vega
of Granada,
is
pre-eminently the classic
romance of History of which the Fountain of the Lions is still the talisman. " It was the beautiful custom of the Arabs of old to adorn their public and private
buildings,
and even
their
weapons and domestic furniture, with inscriptions allusive

or laudatory, of great,
to
their purposes,
or suggestive,
and good, and useful works and

this
thoughts, whether religious or secular.

also,
We
have in our tribute adopted

to
custom
in
and while we have appropriated one tablet
commemorate our
gift,
we have,
the Arabic inscription on the opposite compartment,
/*srl
%***.*>
*>*X4>
i_-*AA9 Jj
of
which the paraphrase may be rendered

" There " There
is
is
no fountain
like the
mind,
no water clearer than Truth,
conveyed an aphorism of which no one better than Mr. Torrens can appreciate the
hidden meaning."
Such
I
is
the testimonial, and in presenting assure him, that

it
it to
Mr. Torrens on the part of the Society,
beg
to
affords
me
the most sincere gratification to be their re-
presentative on the occasion, and the channel of
communicating
their part,
to
to
him a token of
estimation so well deserved.
beg
also to assure
him on
and likewise on
my
own, of the satisfaction

in
which the
services,
we now
feel at his
having been so obliging as
resume the situation
so inadequately
acknowledged, were rendered by him, and

is
their conviction, that the Society of
which he
so distinguished a
member,
will be in-
debted
to
him
for still further services,
and that he will earn
for himself,
by the exer-
tion of his
tion.
eminent
talents, still
further testimonials
of their esteem
and approba-
Mr. Torrens then rose, and replied in nearly the following words
Honorable
Sir,
and Gentlemen,
my
Fellow-members of
this Society,
I will
not in or-
dinary phrase attempt to speak of embarrassment in

gratification
is
now
rising to address you.
My
its
too heartfelt
and sincere
to express
to
admit of any such sensation, and under
influence
will
endeavour
to
on the spur of the moment

If I
my
thanks
to
you
for
this splendid,
and
me, inestimable testimonial.
do not do so in set terms, you
xl

for I
[April,
1844.
must pardon me,

this
have
felt
myself unable
I
to write
a set-speech in anticipation of
it
high honor now conferred, and
have therefore judged
best to trust to the sponits
taneous utterance of the heart,
if I
may
so say,
which sometimes by
little
truth gives
weight and dignity
to
even the sorry phrases of a speaker but
practised.
sort adI
Gentlemen, the
first
and most anxious desire of every man, who has in any

is
dicted himself to literary pursuits,

felt in
the thirst for literary distinction.
This
have
common
than
I
with thousands a thousand times better qualified to earn, and to deever have been, or could ever be, but
it.
serve
it,
my
position offered to
me
little
expectation of being at any time able to achieve
The days
are passed
when men
engaged
in this country as public servants, could without
any dereliction of duty en-
joy the luxuries of lettered ease, and follow steadily up their literary labours, or their
plans of historical or scientific research, pari passu with the performance of their
cial functions.
offi-
The
calls of office
have greatly multiplied as was natural they should

in this country,
do, with the extension
and consolidation of the British power
and the
to
enjoyment of that leisure which enabled a Jones, a Colebrooke, or a Wilford

our
enrich
sum
of
knowledge by the valuable and doubtless

rendered
results of their researches,

It
can be no longer
hoped
those
for
by those who have succeeded them.
may
be said there were giants in

rival or
days,
few have since appeared who could
compete
with the galaxy of able, and learned orientalists, whose labours in the early days of
this Society
to the
its
name
for the
illustrious in the scientific
world of Europe,
who led
parti-
foundation of the Asiatic Societies of London and of Paris,
nay,
more, who
brought about that taste
study of Sanscrit literature, which in
Germany
cularly has led to discoveries in philology, and in the history of nations as traceable
thereby, not less invaluable than unexpected.
In addition to the disadvantage above alluded
to, I
had in taking the
office of
your
Secretary, the discouraging example of what in this enervating climate over-exertion

in literary,
combined with official labours,
will effect, in the person of
my
esteemed and
to
lamented friend and predecessor, James Prinsep,

support the strain,
I felt
Where such
in
to
mind was unequal
how idle and absurd
it
would be
any one less qualified
for the
it.
struggle by varied ability, and copious information,
attempt to venture on
therefore determined, instead of endeavouring at something new, to
work out
to the
best advantage, the unemployed and unillustrated treasures of our various collections,
and, conscious of
my
incapacity save in superficial attainments on a limited
field, I
decided on attempting to obtain the services, and superintend the labours of
men
really
competent in distinct branches of science.
Our then
President, Sir
its
warmly supported
my
views, the local Government, to

aid,
Edward Ryan, honor be it spoken, came

it
forward with liberal and timely
while the Honorable the Court of Directors

has
often evinced in
consented to uphold us in that spirit of munificence which

matters of science.
Thus, Gentlemen,
found shortly afterwards associated with me,

I
our curators, Messrs. Piddington and Blyth, and while

nal, (then
laboured
to
convert the Jour-
my
property,) into a Journal of General
Science in accordance with the

this Society, instead of
plan laid down by Sir William Jones on instituting

chiefly to
attempting
I
work out in
in
it
the doubtful problems of antiquarian research, while
was
occupied
procuring material for our Transactions, in arranging and digesting our

I
records, and in providing for the printing and publication of Oriental works (and
more
April, 1841]

first
xli
particularly allude to the reprint of the three
volumes of the Fatwa-i-Alumgeeri)
these gentlemen
and mineralogical
classifying
busied themselves on the one hand in re-arranging our geological

collections, then to all
appearance in hopeless confusion, and in
them by catalogues recovered from the disordered mass of our papers,

say, in
and on the other in re-stocking 1 may

If
creating our
Museum
of Zoology.
our relations with other scientific bodies have been renewed, and enlarged,
if
the
name and
character of our Society has been worthily maintained
if
we
are
now
possessed of a
Museum which
taken in conjunction with our Library, and our antiquafirst
rian treasures, places this Society
as a scientific
body in the dependencies of the
British Crown,
take no credit to myself apart from these,
my
zealous and worthy
fellow-labourers.
Happily placed
in conjunction with them,
it
has been
my
fortune to have by your
kindness accorded to
me
as
your Secretary, that literary distinction, so earnestly, and

I
ambitiously desired, but which

circumstances.
could have hoped to obtain in no other but such

Sir,
There are times,

I
when such
its
distinction,
proud as
it
is,
becomes
doubly welcome, and
am
in the position to feel

to
value at this
moment most sensibly.
Let me, Mr. President, express
you
briefly
my
personal feeling of gratitude for
much good
ed
will
shewn towards me, and

to carry
for the constant
support which you have afford-
me
in
my
endeavours
out arrangements, of which you were pleased to
approve, for the benefit of the Society.
Let
me
here express to the Asiatic Society of
Bengal,
on,
my
heartfelt
acknowledgments
its
for this
magnificent token of their good opini-
and
to assure
them, that
receipt highly enhances the steady inclination I have
ever had to devote in so far as occasion permits,

their interests.
my
poor services
to the
promotion of
Gentlemen,
most heartily and sincerely thank you.
In pursuance of the desire expressed by Members, the following
Memoit
randum was
circulated
by the Sub-Secretary, and under the order upon

is
the annexed plate of the Standish
given.
H.
P.
Memorandum
by the Sub-Secretary.
The Honorable the President and Committee of Papers, Asiatic Society.

After the conclusion of the meeting of
Wednesday evening,
several
Members ex-
pressed a wish, that a lithograph of the Standish presented to Mr. Torrens, should
appear in the Journal.
The Sub-Secretary solicits He may remark, that such

the words of
its
the orders of
H. H. and
in its
the Committee. Society,

is
objects are strictly within those of the
which in
illustrious founder,
embraces
enquiries, " whatever
performed
xlii

or produced
[April, 1844.
by
man
Many
by nature," and
fine arts
it
may
not be, moreover, uninteresting to place

the patronage of the Society. the Testimonial, and will no doubt
upon
record,
any step in the
made under
Mofussil
to see
be happy
Members also have subscribed to their money satisfactorily laid out.
H. Piddington,
Museum,
4th April, 1844.
Sub-Secretary, Asiatic Society.
For
all
the foregoing communications and presentations, the best thanks
of the Society were voted.
May,
1844.)
1844.
{Wednesday Evening,
the 1st
May,
The
stated
Monthly Meeting was held on Wednesday evening, the

p.
1st
instant, at half-past eight
m.
in the chair.
The following
list
of books presented and purchased was read.

the
Books received for
Meeting of the Asiatic Society, on the
1st of
May,
1844.
Report on Public Instruction in the Bengal Presidency, 1842-43.
Presented by
By
Dr.
Mouat.
The
Oriental Christian Spectator, April 1844, vol. v, second series, No. 4.
the
Editor,
Bombay.
General's
Office,
Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor
Calcutta, for the
month
of
March.
the Rev. J. Yates.
Nalodaya. By
ed by Capt.
Papillons Exotiques, parF. P. Cramer, Amsterdam, 1779-1791, 5 vols. 4to. Present-
W.
Wroughton.
Natural History of
Uncommon
Birds, by G. Edwards, London, 1743-1754, 7 vols. 4to.
Presented by Capt. Wroughton.
Read the following

Society's
letters
from Messrs. W. and H. Allen and
Co., the
London Agents.
8$c.
Henry Torrens, Esq,

Sir, We
c. %c. V. P. Asiatic Society of Calcutta.

favors, dated 5th Sep-
have the honor
to
acknowledge the receipt of your
tember and 13th December 1843, and also the copy of a Mr. John Murray.
in the Society,
letter addressed
is
by you
to
As we
it
learn from you that the Journal from No. 133
now
vested
we think
19
is
:
advisable to annex you our account, embracing No. 132,
which
is
2 in favor of the Society.
We
have received from Mr. Murray
21
of
9,
which
placed to the credit of the Society.
The
stock of Books in the hands
Mr. Murray
will be forwarded to
you
in a
day or two.
of Mr. Murray, belonging to the Society,
The quantity
is
of Books in the
Warehouse
very heavy, and you must be aware that
we can never
dispose of
them
here.
Of some
volumes, Mr. Murray will hand us more than 200 copies.
We
would recommend
something being done with them, and we think they might be returned and disposed
of in India with
more advantage than they would be here, where they could only be
Every year they are kept, they
will be of less value to the Socie-
sold as waste paper.

ty.
If they
were advertised, we fear the sales would not pay the expences of so doing.
If
you
will favor us with the wishes of the Society, at

to
an early date, we shall be
much
obliged
you.
We
London, Feb.
29, 1844.
are, Sir,
Your
faithful Servants,
Wm.
H. Allen and Co.
xliv
[May, 1844.
Henry Torrens, Esq. for Journal Account with W. H. Allen and
of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, in
Co.
00
Cr.
J
Sold,
&-
_q ~*
<* .o oo
.
Jourm
No.
97
2/9
7
98 99
100
101
12
11
9
II
102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110

111
9
7
8 8
11
11
8
II
10
7 12 12
11
9 12 12
11
112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120

121
11
11
11
11
12 13 12 10 10
13
122
123 124 125 126

127 128
14 15 17 16
1
12 13 12 10 10 13 14
15 17
25 35
14
16 17 18
17
18 18
23
129
130 131 132
*20
21
18 18
20 20
13
Paid Sundry Porterage, Booking and Advertising,
3
7
4
10
Commission 10 per cent,
9
London, February
28, 1844
19
E. E.
W. H. Allen and
*
Co.
DlSTUIBUTEO.
to
Copy each No.

Do.
1'29
132 to Professor Wilson. Ed. Asiatic Journal.
Do
Do.
Royal Society Royal Asiatic Society.

Ed, Phil. Journal. Royal Institution.
Philosophical Magazine. Athenaeum. Baron Von Hammer Purgstall. Royal Society of Edinburgh.
Spectator. Professor Schlegel.
Do.
Do!
Do.
Do.
Do. Do. Do.

12
May,
1844. j
xlv
H. Torrens, Esq.
Dear
The
Sir, You
may remember
about two years ago, the Asiatic Society ordered
Arrowsmith's
Map
of India from us,

it is
which was shipped
to the
Society in January 1842.

to
order from the Society for
worded thus: " As soon as possible send

copy of the
latest
my
address, as Secretary to the Asiatic Society, a
Map
of India,
by Ar-
rowsmith, of the largest size, on spring rollers, &c. for the use of the Society."
The
latest
order was strictly complied with in the selection of Arrowsmith's largest and
;
Map
on
its
arrival the Society write,
" The
letter advising the dispatch of
Arrowsmith's
Map has come
to
hand, but
latest
beg
to observe, that
although
my
letter of the 15th
May
1841, commissioned the
pub-
lished
Map by
Arrowsmith, yet you are aware that since the
Map was
full
compiled by
him, Arrowsmith, more countries have been acquired and more
and complete
Maps
and
if
of India have been published under the auspices of the East India
the Society
is
Company;
by
not
much mistaken,
these publications have been undertaken
yourselves.
Under
these circumstances the Society expected, that notwithstanding
Arrowsmith's
to
Map was
specially ordered, you would have exercised your
judgment
send the latest and most complete
Map
of India instead of the one sent
by you. The
it is, I
Map
from
its
incompleteness
is
quite useless to the Society, and as such,

to Messrs.
re-
gret to say, rejected, and
made over
its
Thacker and Co.,
to
whom you
will
please give instructions for
disposal."
The
Society again write on the 5th September, 1843:

is
it is
" Although the Society

closed to the 30th
not disposed at present to disturb the account current
June
to
1843, yet I
am
desired to say, that
susceptible of adjust-
ment with reference

rowsmith's
my
letter of
February, as regards the cost and charges of Aras incomplete.

to
Map
viz.
18
10*,
which has been rejected by the Society

that the
You have already been advised

Thacker and Co.
for disposal
Map
has already been
made over
Messrs.
on your account."
it
On
to
It
perusal of the foregoing
will be clear to you, that
we had no
is
alternative, but
forward the Society Arrowsmith's
Map
of India,
to
which
double the size of ours.
would have been much more
to
our advantage
;
have disposed of our own publicato
tion instead of purchasing Arrowsmith's
but
so.
it
would not have been either honest

concluded that Arrowsmith's
the Society or to Arrowsmith, had
we done
for
We
Map
was well known

possessed our
it is
to the Society,
is
and
aught we knew, the Society might have already
Map, which
it
always procurable in Calcutta. Under these circumstances
quite clear, that

little use.
is
no fault of ours that the
Map
ordered to the Society has
proved of
We
last
conclude the
Map
to
be
still
in the
hands of Messrs. Thacker

it is
and Co.
For the
year we have had no connection with them, and
not our
xlvi
intention to renew

it.
QMay,
1844.
We
trouble you with this letter privately, and shall be obto the Society. It
liged
by your explaining the matter

loss of
is,
would not be reasonable
to
suppose we can bear the
18
10*,
when no error had been committed by

at times very troublesome,
to
us.
The agency
for
of the Society
as
you must be aware,
and
its
which we never make any charge, but on the contrary often study
promote
interest at our
own expense. This we
shall continue to do,
and consider the
interests of
the Society as identical with our own.
Our Map
if
of India has just been corrected, at

it, it
a great outlay, to the present date, and
the Society desire to possess

to Calcutta.
will cost
about 10 10*. including shipping expenses
We
London, February
29, 1844.
are, dear Sir,
Your
faithful Servants,
W.
Read the following
which
it
H. Allen and Co.
letter
from Government, accompanying the work to
refers
No. 550 of 1844,
From
W. Edwards,
Esq.
Under-Secretary
to
the
to
to
H. Torrens, Esq. Vice President and Secretary

Foreign Department.
Sir,
am
directed
by the Governor General
in Council to transmit to you, for
such
notice as the Society
may deem
it
deserving
of,
the
accompanying Grammar of the
Cashmeree Language, by Major R. Leech, C. B.

I
have the honor
to be, Sir,
Your most obedient

Fort William, the 6th April, 1844.
Servant,
W. Edwards,
Under-Secretary
to the
This
tion.
Grammar was
referred to the Editors of the Journal for publica-
Read the following

Botanic Garden
:
letter
from Dr.
Griffith,
Acting Superintendent H. C.
My
dear Sir, Dr.

is
Martius, the learned writer on Brazil, and a high scientific
character,
anxious, as Secretary to the Mathematico- Physical part of the Ratisbon
Academy,
to ascertain
whether the Asiatic Society would be willing
to enter
if so,
on a system
of interchange of publications
and objects with that Academy, and

to
what are the
publications, &c. the Society

to the Society to dispose.
would wish
have, and of what.it would [he convenient
May, 1844.]
I shall feel

if
xlvii
sufficient to
obliged
you can give

it
me
such information as will be
guide
Dr. Martius, and hope that
will
be such as will enable him to complete what he
earnestly desires, a constant and liberal exchange with the

I
Head
Society of India.
am,
My
dear Sir,
Your's truly,
Botanic Gardens, April 20, 1844.
W.
Griffith,
Member, Royal Ratisbon Academy.
Ordered, that a letter expressing the best thanks of the Society for the
friendly overture of Dr. Martius,
side the
and the Society's desire to promote on

sent.
its
most friendly relations with the University of Ratisbon be

letter
Read the following

missioner of Arracan
:
from Captain Williams,
1st Assistant
Com-
DEaR
for the
Sir,
have the pleasure
to
inform you, that
have forwarded
to
Kymkhroo
I
purpose of being conveyed on the
"Amherst"
to you,
an iron anchor stock,
found on Chedooba, at the spot where the gold coin and javelin heads were discovered.
can obtain no information whatever from the
light towards the discovery of the country
Mugs about
it,
but
it
may throw some
and age of the coins.

Your's very truly,
Ramree, Arracan, March
27, 1844.
D.Williams.
The Sub- Secretary submitted
to the
Meeting an impression taken from
the iron bell from Ningpo, presented by Captain Warden, H. C. Steamer

Queen,
to
the
R.
of,
R. the Bishop for the Cathedral.

first
It
was proposed
and approved
that this should be
sent to China, for translation
by Mr. M. Callery or Gutzlaff, in order to learn before proceeding farther,
whether the inscription contained any thing of importance and worth the
trouble of taking
off.
Read the following

translation to which
it
letter
from Dr. Roer, accompanying the valuable
refers,
which was referred
for publication
to
the
Editors of the Journal.
My
dear Torrens,
send you the

;
first
four chapters of
my
Translation of Bhas-
cara Acharya's work on Astronomy

sufficient, I think for
this is
about the fourth part of the whole, and
one number of the Journal.

Your's sincerely,
20th April, 1844.
G. Roer.
xlviii

letter
[May, 1844.
Read
from the Rev. W. Yates, addressed to the Honorable the Pre-
sident, with a
copy of the
"
Nalodya," the able and very useful work to
which
it
refers.
The Honorable
W. W.
to
Bird, Esq. President of the Asiatic Society.
Dear
Sir,
If
it is
not giving you too
much
trouble, will you allow
me
to
beg of
you the favour of presenting

panying work.
It is so
the Asiatic Society at their next Meeting the accom-
much
in
1
keeping with the designs of Sir
W.
Jones, the noble

it
founder of the Institution, that

acceptable.
venture to entertain the hope, that
will not be un-
am, your's very truly,
W. Yates.
April
12, 1814.
Read the following

H.
letter
from
J.
Muir, Esq. C.
S.
W. Torrens,
Esq. Secretary
to the Asiatic Society of
Bengal.
My
your
dear Sir, I am
sorry to find that the untoward circumstances
mentioned
in
letter,
(received some time ago in Calcutta,) have for the present put a stop to the
for the publication of the
measures in progress
Sdrira Vidya. Could you kindly give
me
the
an idea what
it
would
cost to print
and
edit the
MS.
in the
manner formerly
pro-
posed, either with or without the plates, which were to be had out from England.
In
mean
time,
should like
if
possible to have a
if
MS. copy
of the work, if that can

to order it
be allowed me, in the Nagree character, and

to
you would be good enough
be put in hand,
will remit the cost of copying.

I
remain,
My
dear Sir,
Your's faithfully,
Agra, April
9,
1844.
J.
Muir,
Member
of the Asiatic Society of Bengal.
Ordered, that a statement be drawn out and submitted in the

to the
first
instance
Committee of Papers.
Report of the Curator Museum of Economic Geology, and Geological and Mineralogical Departments, for the month of April, 1844.
From Major Crommelin, B. E. through
Geological and Mineralo-
Messrs. Colvin and Co.
we have
to
acknow-
ledge a very handsome donation of upwards of 200 specimens

of Rocks and Minerals, Scottish, English,
S lcal *
(Cumberland and
remains,
Westmorland,) and Foreign, with about a dozen specimens

amongst which
last I
of organic
may
note as a valuable addition to our cabinets, portions of the
jaw with
and
teeth, of
an Icthyosaurus, and a beautiful slab with remains of the Briarean

the rocks and minerals,
far
Pentacrinite.
all
Of
many
are very great additions to our cabinets,

to
would have been
more
so
had any numbers or labels remained

to the localities
the rocks
derive
by which we could have referred them
from which so
many
May,
1844.]
Proceedings of
cite
Asiatic Society,
xlix
their value.
The minerals
are of course easily recognised and re-numbered, but to

is
identify the rocks, of

of
which there
but a mere dealer's catalogue,

descriptions
is
necessarily a
to,
work
much
longer time, as
many books and
must be referred
is
and in the end,
a few will be always uncertain.

tion to
Nevertheless, the Society
under very great obliga-
Major Crommelin
for his liberal donation,
and
I trust
that
gentlemen who may,
like him,
have old dealer's collections, or even remnants of collections, will not be
deterred, by their imperfect state and
want of numbers or catalogues, from sending them.

to
We shall
1
always be able
to turn
them
some account.
our wishes as to a
II. of the
is
have
to record to-day also,
another instance of the attention of the Government

to
of India,
and the Honorable Court of Directors,

but not the
this
Map
of the
country comprised in Dr. Voysey's report, published in vol.

at p. 304, the sections
Journal, where
the letter from
Government accompanying
Map Map
:
are given.
The
following
No.
90.
From T.
R. Davidson,
to
Esq.,
Officiating Secretary to the
Sir,
Home Department. With reference
to
your
letter dated the 27th of
August
1842,
am
directed
by the Honorable the President in Council
to transmit to
you the accompanying
Copy, Para. 30 of a Despatch from the Honorable Court of Directors No. 17 of 1843,
dated the
1st
November, together with Dr. Voysey's Geological Map of the Country

to, for
between the Godavery and the Kistna therein alluded
the use of the
Museum
of
Economic Geology.
Council Chamber, the 27th January, 1844.
am,
Sir,
Your obedient servant, T. R. Davidson,

Qffg. Secy, to the Govt, of India.
Extract from a Despatch from the Honorable the Court of Directors in the Public
Department, dated the
1st
November
1843, No. 17.
Answer
30.
to
Secretary's Letter, dated \1th October, No. 20 of 1842.
There
is
only one Geological

b
Map
connected with Dr. Voysey's report, which
includes part of the country between the Godavery and the
nisteHiSl
for the
copy of Dr".
Kistna *
packet.
C0 Py of this
Ma P
is
forwarded as a number
in the
Voysey's Geological
Map
Museum
of Econo-
"ic Geology.
(True Extract,)
T. R. Davidson,
Offy. Secy, to the Govt, of India.
This would have been brought forward at the same time as Major Herbert's Map,
but
(for
I
it
came
I
in late,
and
detained
it it
from that report

at the
to refer to the Journal,
and
which
have
to
apologise) forgot
to
next Meeting.
have the pleasure
exhibit a very well drawn and accurate copy of Captain Heris
bert's
Map from
take
it
the press of Messrs. D'Rozario and Co., which
now
in progress of
colouring, and will be distributed with a

left to
number
of the Journal
to
a large margin being

1
out and put
in
again to the volume
which
it
belongs.
have farther
i.

little
[May, 1844.
Geological
to
preserved some blank copies of this valuable
Map
for the use of the to
Department
obtain from
of the
Museum, and
hope by distributing some
our zealous friends
them some
notes and fillings up, to aid our
knowledge of that interesting
part of India.
From Mr. J.N. Martin, Executive

WUS
GeSogy.
Economic
Officer,
Lower Assam, we have received through

specimens of ancient earthen
tiles,
Colonel Garstin, Superintending Engineer, Lower Provinces,
two chests containing

rocks and
soils,
of
and of wood from that country.
Mr. Martin's Letter
is
as follows
No. 320.
From Mr. J.N. Martin, Executive
Officer,
Lower Assam,
to
Colonel E. Gahstin,
Superintending Engineer, Lower Provinces.

Sir,
With reference
list
to
your Circular No. 12 of the 4th August 1842, forwarding
a printed letter and statement from the Curator

the honor to annex a
of specimens collected by
Museum of Economic Geology, me in this division, which
I
I
have
shall
to
be obliged by your allowing

the presidency.
2.
me
to
put on board one of your boats for transmission
Specimen No.
which No.
was dug out of some old ruins which were being levelled
4,
at
Gow-
hatti, in
5 and 6 were also found, and probably formed

will suffice to
some part of a
in former
Temple. These fragments

days.
I
shew the
state of the arts in

;
Assam
regret that these specimens are not more perfect

I
they are the only ones of
the kind
3.
have met with.

7, 8,
Specimens No.
and 9 are from stones lying about Gowhatti, and which seem
to
have formed extensive buildings, (Temples,) which have long since disappeared,
the remains of which are scattered over the station, and are constantly being
dug up.
the stone
Some
seems
of the stones are fine specimens of

to
workmanship.
The rock from which
have been quarried
is
found at the base of the Hills about Gowhatti, laid bare
by the Burrampootur and

4.
in rocks in the river.

11 are
Specimens No. 10 and
from the ruins of an old brick Temple at Tezpoor.

purpose of some ex-
12 and 13 are specimens of granite from the same place from stones wrought and un-
wrought, an immense number of which have been collected
for the
tensive buildings, (probably Temples,) which from the appearance of the stones
seem
never
to
have been used in any building.
The
stones appear to have been quarried
from rocks in the Burrampootur, and from the base of the Hills in the vicinity.
5.
Specimen No. 16
is
soil
from Rannee Godown, said

tract of country.
to
be
adapted
for the cul-
tivation of tea,
and extends over a large
On my
1
late visit to
Gola Ghaut,
175 miles above Gowhatti and 200 above Rannee

larity of the soil
Godown,
was struck with the simi-
on which an individual has commenced the cultivation of the tea
plant.
6.
No. 17 is a specimen. Specimen No. 18 is a brick dug out of the ruins of an old Temple, probably Mahomedan, at Gowalparah, and bears a Persian inscription. From its appearance it seems to have formed a step or floor, and is evidently of recent date compared with the
ruins found in Assam.
May,
7.
1844.]

2, 3,
li
Specimens No.
14 and 15 shew the superior quality of the bricks in former
days, which are far superior to any thing
we can make
at the present time.

it is
The
art of
brick-making has long been

that
it
lost to the
Assamese, and
only within a few years
has been revived.

little
The people
in the
mechanical
arts
have sadly degenerated,

of their forefathers
and they have very

in these pursuits.
or no inclination to follow the

I
example
have the honor
to be, Sir,
Your most obedient servant, J. N. Martin,

Executive Officer, Lower Assam.
List of
Specimens for the Museum of Economic Geology.

"|
No.
1.
Piece of a large Brick.

Common Assamese
Fragments of Tiles.
Bricks.
g* |
4*.
5. 5; |
From Gowhatti
6.
8.
'
Ditto of glazed Tile

of Granite.
7 ')
/Specimens 9.5
>
~
JV'
Bricks from the ruins of an old Temple.
13
S
i
Specimens of Granite, from Tezpore.

Bricks from Bishnath.
jg
16.
Tea
soil
from Rannee Godown.
17.
Ditto ditto Gola Ghaut.
18.
Brick from Gowalparah, with Persian inscription.

J.
N. Martin,
No.
Sir,
3,585.
To H. Piddington, Esq. Curator, Museum Economic Geology. I have the honor to forward the enclosed Original Communications
on
as
noted
No. 320 dated 31st Jan.

8 - - ? **;. t, No. 333, dated 12th Feb.
, .
ê
Margin, from Mr. J. N. Martin, Executive Officer,
1844.
lately sent
Lower Assam, which ought to have accompanied the specimens B i r by him through me.
I
am
Sir,
Your obedient
Fort William, \0th April, 1844.
servant,
E. Garstin, Lieut. Col.

List of
Specimens of Wood from Assam for the Museum Economic Geology.
1. Gheara.
2.
Larang.
Seeharoo.
3. Willow Bha. 4. Chumpa.

5.
6.
Naghusar.
J.
7. Saul. 8.~ Chamn.
N.
M auxin,
H
Hi

No. 333.
[May,
1844,
From
J.
N. Martin, Esq. Executive Officer, Lower Assam,

to
Col. Garstin,
Sir,
In continuation
to
of
my
letter
No. 320 of the 31st January
last,
have the
honor
logy.
2.
annex a
list
of eight specimens of timber for the
Museum
1
of
Economic Geo-
It
was only within the
last
two or three days that

1
was informed by Major
Jenkins, that such would be acceptable;

as opportunities offer.
I
shall continue to
make
a further collection
have the honor
to be, Sir,
Your most obedient

J.
servant,
N. Martin,

Gowahatti, Vlth February, 1844.
For
all
Proceedings of the Asiatic Society for the month of June, 1844.

Wednesday Evening, the 5th June, 1844.
The Monthly Meeting of the Society was held
at the usual
hour on
in
Wednesday evening, the 5th June, H. Torrens, Esq. Vice President

the chair.
The following
list
of books presented and purchased,
was read
Books for the Meeting of the Asiatic Society, June 5, 1844.

1.
Meteorological Register for
the
month
of April
184*, from the Surveyor
General's Office.
2.
The Oriental Christian Spectator
for
May
1844, No. 5, 2nd series.
Presented
by the Editors.
3. Journal of the Agricultural
and Horticultural Society of India, Vol, II, No. XI,
1844.
4.

for
Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Vol. XII, No. 76
1843. Pur-
chased.
5.
Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Nos. 30, 31,
32 and 336.
Presented by
for
the Society.
The Athenaeum,
March 16th and
23rd, 1843.
In
exchange
for
the
Society's Journal.
7.
8.
Report of the Secretary of the Navy U. S.
Magnetic Observations from the Observatory of Bombay.
Presented by M. R. Johnstone. Presented by Goof
vernment.
9.
Goodwyn's Memoir on Wrought Iron Roofing, with a Vol.
Plates. Present-
ed by the Author.
10.
Brief Grammatical Notice of the Siamese Language, with an Appendix, by T.
Taylor Jones.
11.
Presented by the Author.

Jeffries.
Notes on the Marine Glue, by Alfred
Presented
by Mr. J.
De
Gamier.
12. L. Asie Centrale
tologie, Vols. 1, 2,
;
Recherches sur les chaines de Montagnes et sur
la
Clima-
and
3, par
A. de Humboldt. Presented by the Author.

J.
13. Pearl
Fisheries of Ceylon, by
Stewart. Presented by C. B.Greenlaw,
Esq. in the
name
of the Author.
3, 4, 5,
14. Napier's
Peninsular War, Vols.
and 6. Purchased.
I
li
[June, 1844.
M.
15. Letters a G. de Tassy, on Sugat, &c. de sa Notice Newbold. Presented by the'Author.

16- Saadi,
Institute Saadi, par
Auteur des Premieres Poesies Hindoosthani, par G. de Tasssy, 1843.
Presented by the Author.
The Vice-President and Secretary
stated with reference to Napier's Pe-
ninsular War, that as theJLibrary contained
many
incomplete works, he
would suggest that he be authorized,

to complete such works.
as occasions
might present themselves,

to.
This was unanimously agreed
He
also
noticed in terms of approbation, the valuable

Pearl Fisheries of Ceylon, a
work
of Mr. Stewart, on the
work undertaken,
as he
had been informed,

in its design
from motives of public
utility alone,
and most creditable both
and execution.
Read the following

of India:
letter
from the Under-Secretary to the Government
No. 1093 of 1844.
From W. Edwards, Esq. Under-Secretary

Secretary
Foreign Department.
to the
to
the
Sir,
to
By direction of the Governor General in Council,

may deem
it
have the honor
to transmit
you, for such notice as the Society
to merit, the
accompanying
report,
by Captain Jacob, on the general condition

with that province.
2. It is
of the Province of Kattywar, and on vari-
ous points of information, chiefly of a geographical and statistical nature connected
requested you will return the document

I
when no longer
required.
have the honor
to be, Sir,
Your obedient
Fort William, the 2bth May, 1844.
Servant,
W. Edwards,
Under-Secretary
to the
Read
letter
from the Under-Secretary
to
the
according free freight on the Government Steamers, for two boxes of
books
for the
Education Committee, N. W.
letter
P.
:
Read the following

To
Sir,
from the Curator, Zoological Department
the Secretary of the Asiatic Society.
beg
to lay before the
Society a request of Mr. J. E. Gray, of the British
Museum, contained
3U annually,
to
in a private letter to myself, that I
would procure
for
him
certain
specimens procurable
in this vicinity, for
which he
offers to
pay a sum not exceeding
cover the expences of procuring and preparing of them, while the
Junk, 1844]

London
will be defrayed
iv
cost of transmitting such to
by the British Museum.
Should
the Society approve of
my
undertaking the superintendence of such collections, the
specimens might either be prepared by the Society's taxidermists, during the hours of
their non-attendance at the
for the purpose,
I
Museum,
or an additional taxidermist
might be employed
publish
upon a salary deducted from the sum suggested by Mr. Gray.

on the part of Mr. Jerdon, that he
have
also to request,
may
be allowed
to
figures of certain of the Society's birds in the course of his work,
now in
progress,
I
upon
to
Indian Ornithology
leaving
it to
me
to
make
a selection for the purpose.
beg
recommend
that Mr. Jerdon's offer to do so, be entertained
by the Society,
as our col-
lection contains a
very considerable
should be figured, and could well spare as

I
number of species which it is most desirable many as Mr. Jerdon could possibly require.
wish
to
call the attention of the
Society to the desire of certain Anglo-Indian
youths, to be apprenticed to the Society for three or more years, in order to be taught
the art of taxidermy.
The
difficulty
which
is
have hitherto experienced in procuring

is
such youths
to assist in the
Museum
now upon
considerable, and their usefulness
shewn by
the large collection of skins
the table, most of those sent by Captain Phayre,
having been prepared by a lad instructed at the Museum, with
whom
furnished him,
and who was employed by the Society
in
Arracan upon a salary of 5 Rupees a month,
upon which terms two other lads are
at present engaged, one on board the

is
Tenasserim
I
merchant-vessel, which at this time

that
on the coast of
is
New
Guinea, where
expect
many specimens
are 3
will
be collected, and the other
with Capt. Abbott at Ramree.
The terms
me,
understand
of apprenticeship required, on the part of the lads,
who have now applied

country.
to I
Rupees a month
is
for
pocket-money, and a suit of clothes annually, which

this
an usual mode of making such contracts in
Should the
Society approve of such an arrangement being

1
made with one
or
more of these youths,

is
should be glad of their assistance at the
Museum
immediately, where there
a varie-
ty of
work upon which they might be at once employed.

I
am,
Sir,
Yours obediently,
June
5,
1844.
Ed. Blyth.
After
cal
some conversation
it
was
settled, that the
Curator of the Zoologi-
Department, British Museum, be invited to address the Asiatic Society
of Bengal officially, and that Mr. Blyth be also requested to address the
Secretary, and to
communicate with the Sub-Secretary
fully in detail
on
the subject of the proposed apprentices.

to,
Mr. Jerdon's request was acceded
but with the special proviso, that he should also be invited to address
the Society officially, and that while all birds sent to
him should be duly
reported and recorded in the Society's Proceedings, he should also undertake
on his part duly to acknowledge them

the Society's
in his
forthcoming work as from
Museum.
lvi

letter
[June, 1844.
Read the following
from M. Jules Mohl, Assistant Secretary to the

:
Society Asiatique de Paris, addressed to the Sub-Secretary

Society Asiatique.
Sir,
1843,
I
beg
to

ship-letter of a
letter of the 14th of
September
by the Gabrielle, containing a
box of Manuscripts of the Vedas.

to receive the box.
I
have sent the ship-letter

charged by the Society
for
to Marseilles,
to
and expect everyday

to
am
offer to
you and
Ramcomul
Sen, the Society's best
thanks
your care and kindness.

of
The sudden death

mining
all the
M.
Cassin, our agent, has imposed
upon
me
the duty of exa1
papers relating to the Society, and to your Society's depot of books.
have made out the account, and

the dep6t.
state.
1
am
this
moment occupied
until
in
making the
list
of books in
will report
1
on
it
next month;
now
have found
but as
all in
a satisfactory
sent,
Unfortunately
have not yet found the

to
lists of
books which you had

;
and
which M. Cassin ought

able to look over
all
have bought
I
for
your Society
have not yet been
the papers,
am
in hopes of finding
them
yet,
and of executing
your instructions.
You mention
have been sent
to the
in
one of your
letters, that
64 copies of the Index of the Mahabharut

a parcel containing 64 copies of an Index
last year,
we have received
4th Vol.
?
but none of the three 1st volumes.
Has no Index
to be, Sir,
to
these been
published
have the honor
Your
Paris, 1th March, 1844.
respectfully,
Jules Mohl,
Secritaire adjoint a la Soc. As.
Ordered, that the Indices to Vols.

dispatched to the Paris Society.
1st,
2d and 3d of the Mahabarata be
Read the following
letter
:
from Captain D. Williams,
1st Assistant to the
Commissioner of Arracan
My dear
Sib, I have
the pleasure to inform you that, in searching for gold coins on the
Island of Chedooba, of which I forwarded a couple to you, the natives have dug up a large bar of
iron resembling the shank of an anchor.
I
have had
it
brought
to
to
my
On
house, and shall have
much
pleasure in forwarding
it
to the Society if
commanded
do
so.
the spot also were found the
two Javelin heads

It
sent to you, and mentioned in your Journal, No.
CXLII, of 1843.
may
throw some further light towards the discovery of what country and age the gold coins
to.
belonged
Yours
Ramree, 8th March, 1844.
P.
faithfully,
D. Williams.
I
S. Since writing the above,

to
had an opportunity of sending the bar of iron or shank

to Calcutta to
to
Kyook
Phyoo,
meet the Amherst
for
conveyance
your address.
The
iron grapnel shank, for such
it
evidently
is,
herein referred
to, is
now placed on the right of the
northern entrance to the portico of the Museum.
June, 1844.]
It is in tolerable
lvii
preservation, though none of the grapnel claws are remainfeet in length,
ing.
It
measures six
it is
but the circumference cannot be as-
certained, as
crustation.
covered over with shells and an arenaceo-calcareous in-
It
may have
belonged to some European or Arab Vessel a
century or more ago, and have possibly been elevated with the beach on
which
it
was found.
It
cannot have belonged to the people by
whom
the gold coins were struck, for those betoken far too rude a state of the
arts to
admit of such a bar of iron having been forged, or been in use on
a ship at the epoch
when such
letter
coins were used.

:
Read the following
from Baboo Gooroprasad Roy
The Secretary
Sir,
have
to
beg that you will do
me
the honor to submit to the Asiatic Society, the accom-
panying specimen pages in type and Manuscript of a Sanscrit Dictionary in the Bengallee character, to
to
be entitled the Sobda Rutnakar, and which will
presume be found of the greatest

and Scholars
utility
Native Students of that language, and of

its
much
to
interest to Philologists
in general.
In testimony of
merits, I further
beg leave
submit the opinions of itjhereto annexed, both from
Native Pundits and European gentlemen of high and acknowledged talent.

pleted,
The MSS.
is
com-
and can be sent
to press.
Your
unable
Society, Sir, cannot but be
aware that a work like
this,
though it has cost many years of assiI
duous labour, cannot be printed without a heavy outlay which

to afford.
am, from straitened circumstances,
The most
careful estimates
which
can make, supported by the opinion of Dr.
Haeberlin, carry the expence of the
work
to Co's.
Rs. 8,000 for 500 copies, requiring a subscription
of 160 copies at 50 Rs. each, to assure the Printer against loss.

I
have therefore,
Sir,
respectfully to solicit that the Asiatic Society of
Bengal
will
be pleased to
accord to
me
such measure of patronage and support and recommendation as they

I
may deem my
to
labours to merit, and
beg
to assure
it,
that no attention on
my part shall be
support.
wanting
render the
work by
care, while passing
through the press, creditable to

I
its
have the honor
to be, Sir,
Your obedient
servant,
Guruprasad Roy.
This letter was
accompanied by
certificates
from various European
Orientalists and Native Pundits in favour of the work.

stated, that the
friend,
The Sub-Secretary
by a learned Native
work had been brought
to his notice
and one of the oldest members of the Society, who was also himself
far the
author of by
most valuable Bengalee and English Dictionary
which had yet appeared,
Dewan Ramcomul
Sen, and that desirous that the
author of the Sobda Ratnakar should appear before the Societv, with a
lviii
QJune, 1844.
statement
enable
it
sufficiently definite as to the business part of the matter to
to consider his application at once, he
had referred him to Dr.
Haeberlin,
who had
kindly examined the work, whose opinion and letter on

:
the subject was as follows
H. Piddington, Esa. Sub-S'ccr etary of the
Asiatic Society.
My dear Sir, I
the work,
if
have examined the MSS. of the Sanscrit Dictionary in Bengali characters,

for
compiled by Babii Guruprasad Roy, which you sent

printed,
my
inspection;
and
am
of opinion that
would be of great use
to
Bengalee (Native) Students of Sanscrit, although in a

its
critical point of view,
and
for
European Scholars,
value can of course not be compared with
Wilson's 2d edition.
This Dictionary of Guruprasad's appears, however, to have been compiled

it.
with
in
it
much
care,
and great labour has evidently been bestowed upon
There are many more words

too, are pretty full,
than in Wilson's, and some really of importance; the explanations,

all
and
the
under each principal vocable
Sanscrit
Synonymes
are given in alphabetical order.
Hence
work seems well adapted
to
Native (Bengali) Students,
inasmuch
they are accustomed to the
mode observed
in this work.
to this is in course of publication
similar
work
large 4to. volumes,
and even then
is
not accessible to the public

;
by R. Radhukanta, but the latter will fill 6 and contains scarcely one-half
;
of the vocables given in Guruprasad's
the former will
when completed, be more
for
advanced
scholars, the latter is adapted to students in general.

I
think therefore, I might safely
recommend
the
work
in question to the favorable consideration
of the Asiatic Society, not however for their adoption, but simply to assist the author in publishing the work.
Indeed
think this belongs rather to the province of Government and the
Council of Education, than the Asiatic Society.

for the people of
The Dictionary
is
not so
much
for the learned, as
Bengal
it is
for the
educated Natives of
this country,
whether acquainted with
English or not.
To
print this Dictionary
would require a considerable outlay. As

if
far as I
can judge, the work
could not be sold under rupees 50, and
150 copies were subscribed for by Government, the

is
Council of Education, the School Book Society, and the Asiatic Society, there
no doubt that
a Printer might be found

accomplishing of this object.
to
undertake the work.
hope something
will
be done towards the
Believe
Calcutta, 8th
me yours
(Signed)
truly,
J.
May,
1844.
Hjeberlin.
The Vice-President then addressed the meeting,
stating, that while there
could be no doubt on the one hand that the work was likely to be one
of very considerable utility to Bengalee Students of Sanscrit,
it
was on the
other evidently not of that high classic order which the Society had been
hitherto
wont
to patronize to a large extent.
He
therefore suggested, that
the Society should subscribe for 25 copies (1,250 rupees,) and strongly
recommend the work

ment
as an educational
one
to the attention of
Govern-
in that Department.
June, 1844.]
After

it
lix
left to
some conversation,
was determined that
it
should be
the
Committee of Papers
and
to frame the
to settle the
number
of copies to be subscribed for,
recommendatory
letter to
Government on the part of the
Society.
Read the following
letter
from Dr. W.
Griffith,
Acting Superintendent
Honorable Company's Botanical Garden, which had been overlooked at

the former meeting, from having slipped into the portfolios of drawings
:
No. 22.
From W. Griffith, Esq.

Garden,
Sir,
to
Officiating Superintendent of the Hon'ble

Company's Botanical
dated 9th April, 1844.
In obedience to instructions received from the Under-Secretary to the Government of Bengal,

I
have the pleasure of forwarding

as per margin.
I
to
you the Buchanan Manuscripts

by your furnishing
will
Animals
Reptiles Unfinished, Birds Fishes ..
37 18
1
and Drawings,
shall be obliged
me w ith
many
it
.
a receipt for the same.

. .
.
Amongst them
be found
345 137
copies substituted for originals, and also
Unfinished drawings apparently originals, ... Copies of Birds made by Dr. Waliich Ditto of Fishes made by
ditto several to
appears to
me
that these, especially the

.
many duplicate copies last, may lead to the
18 22
discovery of the
,
I
manner
.
in
which so many of these drawings have

any acknowledgment (except in the
,
been copied in General Hardwicke's Illustrations of Indian Zoology,

so
* ar
be re-
as
f
now
>
without
cognised in the Illustration of Indian Zool 20 y ~~ Total, 607
case
few turtles) of
and
am
sure that the Asiatic society will consider the object of its
in a
,,,....
the source
whence they were derived,

.
being the custos of these drawings
great measure fulfilled,
Two
volumes of Manu-
** * s
enabled to do justice
to that very
eminent person, the timely

a great
script.
publication
of whose labours, would have superseded to
degree the labours of Messrs. Hodgson, Blyth and Jerdon.

I
have the honor
to be, Sir,
Your most obedient Servant,

Hon'ble Company's Botanic Garden, 9lh April, 1844.
William Griffith,
Officiating Superintendent.
Dr.
McGowan,
of the American Missionary Hospital at Ningpo, pre-
sented an Inscription from a Tablet in a Buddhist Monastery at Ningpo,

of which the characters, though supposed to be Buddhistical, were
to the learned in China,
unknown
whether Natives or Europeans, and had been
pronounced here as not being of any recognised form of the Thibetan. The
Inscription
was handed
also
bell,
to the Editors of the
Journal for early insertion.
Dr.
McGowan
kindly offered to take charge of the impressions
from the Ningpo
and
to
inform the Society

off.
if
the remaining parts
were worth the trouble of cleaning and taking
lx
[June, 1844.
of
The following report was then read
for
the
month
May
Curator
Museum Economic
Geology.
Report of the Curator Museum of Economic Geology and Geological and mlneralogical departments, for the month of may, 1844.
Our recommendation
to
Government, that the
site of
the Lithographic stones dis-
Museum
warded
it,
to the
co vere(l hy
Captain Shortreed, as noticed in

last,
my
reports
of
November and December

upon
has
it
would appear, been
for-
Honorable the Governor of the N.
W.
Provinces, and in reference to
we have
I,
to place
record, the following letter received from Captain Stewart,
B. N.
Fort Adjutant, Chunar:
Copy, No. 462.

to
From
Sir,
J.
Thornton,
Esq. Secretary
to
Government, N. W.P.,
Captain Stewart, Fort Adjutant,
Chunar.
am
desired to forward to you the accompanying copy of a letter from the Secretary
Asiatic
General Department, N. W. P.
2d.
Society
.
regarding Lithographic
stones,
said
to
have been
fQund neaJ Rewahi

to understand, that
The Lieutenant Governor has been given

you can undertake
you have been already enwill
gaged
in inquiries regarding stones of this description in the

to prosecute the search
neighbourbood of the Soane, and
feel glad if
which Captain Shortreed has indicated.
Any moderate sum which you may
consider necessary to enable you successfully to conduct the

I have,
inquiry, will be immediately placed at your disposal.
&c. &c. &c.
(Signed)
J.
Thornton,
to
(True Copy,)
Secretary
Government, N. W. P.
Agra, the 13th May, 1844.
W. M. Stewart.
Secretary to the Government
To
J.
Thornton, Esq.
N. W.
P., Agra.
Sir, I have
warding
for
the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your letter No. 462 of 13th instant, for-
my
fit
information a copy of a letter from the Secretary of the Asiatic Society
to the
Secretary to Government of India,

plies
Home
Department, regarding the possibility of obtaining sup-
of stone
for Lithographic purposes
from the Rewah
State,
and communicating the wishes
of the Lieut. Governor, that I should undertake to prosecute the search.
In reply,
Lieut.
have the honor
to state, that I shall
have great pleasure in meeting the wishes of the
Governor, and have no doubt from the discoveries already made, coupled with the informa-
tion contained in Mr. Torrens's letter, of being able to accomplish the desired end.
I shall
with his permission place myself in immediate communication with
Mr
Torrens, forward
for his inspection
specimens of stones from situations where they have already been discovered,
as
and obtain from him such further information

already
may
enable
me
to follow
up the discovery
made by
Capt. Shortreed.
lias,
Specimens of genuine white

stone, have already
exactly corresponding in appearance with the best

river, at
German
fiO
been procured from the bed of the Soane
a place situated between
and 60 miles
them.
S.
W.
of Chunar.
The experiments made with them
failed,
owing
to the softness
and
friable nature of the stones submitted for trial,

to
which were unable
to resist the pressure applied
best
They were however quarried from the surface, and as Mr. Torrens remarks that the German stone is usually found with beds of inferior quality both above and below, I feel
little
assured that a
I
expenditure in digging deeper will lead to the discovery of the proper kind.
shall forward a contingent bill to
you
for the sanction of the Lieut. Governor, for
any small
expences that
may be
incurred in making the researches, and have to request, that you will
June, 1844.]

me
free of
lxi
any
cause directions to be forwarded to the Steam Agent at Chunar, to receive from
charge for freight, any packages containing stones
may have
I
to
forward to Calcutta for experi-
ment.
(Signed)
have, &c. &c. &c.
W. M. Stewart,
Captain,
Chunar, 20th May, 1844.

(True Copy.)
Fort Adjutant.
W. M. Stewart.
to the
Asiatic Society, Calcutta.

letter to
Dear Sir, I
to the
I
have the pleasure

P.,
to
annex a copy of a
my
address from the Secretary

will observe, that
Government N. W.
with
my
reply, dated 20th instant,
by which you
have undertaken
to prosecute the search for Lithographic stone in
Rewah,
as suggested in your
last.
letter to the Secretary to the

I
Home
Department, dated 14th March

lias
have
this
day dispatched a party to the quarry in which white
has already been discovered,
with directions to cut right through the stratum from which the stone has hitherto been quarried
to ascertain
whether
it
may
not be found of a closer and firmer texture underneath.
The experiments with

habad.
this stone alluded to in
my
letter to
Mr
Thornton, were
made
in the
Lithographic press attached to the Office of the Sudder Board of Revenue N.
W.
P. then at Alla-
They were quarried
close to the surface,
and as the experiments, although unsuccessful

I
in obtaining a good impression,
shewed that the stone was of the proper kind,

it
think
it
well worth
while to search further before pronouncing

I shall forward
to
be a failure.
I receive
specimens of the stone to your address per Steamer as soon as

In the meantime
I will
them,
which
will
probably be in the course of a month.
be obliged by your
obtaining from Captain Shortreed precise directions, whereby the locality from whence he obtained
the specimens forwarded to you,
may be
correctly ascertained;
to in
shall thus
be able in the cold
weather
to follow
up the discovery alluded

you
will
your
letter to
Government, should the present
experiment prove unsuccessful.

I
have
to request
inform
with you in the matter under discussion. "

I
me under what official designation I may be able to correspond On the public service," I am not aware whether or not
I
can do
so, as
Secretary to the Asiatic Society.
remain, Dear
Sir,
Chunar, <HMh May, 1844.
Your's faithfully,
W. M. Stewart.
P. S.
will
thank you
to
forward
to
me
at your leisure a
few small specimens of German stone of

here.
different kinds, to enable
me
compare them with those found
We
have replied
to
Captain Stewart, directing his attention also to any traces

in that locality
for
of organic remains
which the formations
might
afford,
and
for-
warding hy dawk hanghy specimens of German stone
comparison.
to
From Mr.
two
of
Jas.
Dodd, Assistant Assay Master, we have

of the matrix of the
acknowledge two very
handsome specimens
Gold of the Real del Monte Mines, and
Copper Ores from Cuba.
Major Alexander, B. A., has obliged us with a few specimens of copper ores and
iron
and
pyrites,
some
of
which
in
will be of use as duplicates for exchanging,
and one
to our
or
two
will find a place
our Cabinets.
Capt.
Goodwyn, B.
E., has
added
library of reference
by his valuable work on iron roofing, already noticed amongst the

its
donations of books, but which should have
place in this report also, as being one
day to become a text book

India so
for this
important application of a mineral with which

it
much abounds.
It
may
not have been noticed, but
should be so, for
Ixii
QJune, 1844.
it is
important as a step in Indian typography, that the numerous diagrams in this

are intercalated with the text as if they
work
were wood cuts
though evidently
of Mr.
lithographs,
and of course
far superior to
type-metal cutting.
Upon enquiry
is
first
Huttmann, of the Govt. Gazette Press, by
whom
the work
printed, he informs
me
the
that they are lithographs, and that they were so inserted by
printing off
sheet with the
necessary blank spaces, and then sending the wet sheets to

printed in their share.
it,
the lithographers
who
This arrangement
all
is
highly creditlike ourselves
able to the contriver of

feel the
and a most valuable hint to
who may
absence of the art of wood-cutting, in illustrating papers relative to the
arts or sciences.
For
all
Proceedings of the Asiatic Society for the month o/July, 1844.

Wednesday Evening, 3rd July,
1844.
The
stated
Monthly Meeting of the Society was held

p.
at the Society's
Rooms
at half-past 8
list
m.
The following
of
Books presented and purchased was read

the Meeting of the Asiatic Society, July
3,
Books received for
1844.
The Penny Cyclopedia,

The Edinburgh
Estado de
Vols. 25, 26 for 1843, and Vol. 27 for 1844. Purchased.
Transactions of the Society of Arts,
&c Presented
by the Society.
New
Philosophical Journal for October 1842 to January 1844. Pre-
sented by the Editor.

las Islas Filipinas,
Vol.
2,
1844.
Presented by the
Author.
Memoire
sur
1'
Ideographic, par
Don
Sinibaldo de Mas, Pamphlet.
Presented by
the
Author. Vocabulaire l'ldeographique FranQais, &c. by D. D. Pamphlet.
Presented by D.
D.
Sketch of the System of Education in Practice at Bruce-Castle School, Tottenham,

London.
Presented by Mr. H. Piddington on the part of the Proprietor.

Presented by the Publisher.
India Presented by
the
The
Oriental Christian Spectator. Presented by the Publisher.
Calcutta Christian Observer for June 1844, 2 vols.
Journal of the Agricultural and Horticultural Society of

Society.
Journal Asiatique, for Sept. and October, 1843. Presented by the Editors. Journal des Savants, Nov. 1843.
Purchased.
Philosophical Magazine, Nos. 154, 155 and 156.
The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin

Presented by the Editor.
Proceedings of the Geological Society of London, Nos. 95 and 96. Presented by the
Society.
The Athenaeum for April 6th, 13th, 20th and 27th. Purchased. The Meteorological Register for May 1844. From the Surveyor
General's Office.
Read the following
letter
from the Curator
Museum
:
of Economic Geo-
logy and Geological and Mineralogical Departments
H. Torrens, Esq. Secretary,

Sir, I beg
to report for
Asiatic Society, #c. c. #0.
your information, that we have received from Government
but a part of our Indent for apparatus and re-agents for the use of the
Museum
of
lxtv

that
it
QJuly, 1844.
to consider
Economic Geology, and

In the accompanying
will
remain with the Society
how
the
remainder can be supplied.

lists,
which comprise the
articles still unprovided, the prices
marked
are European, converting, as our Calcutta Chemical dealers usually do, shil-
lings into rupees.
The amount
of the two lists herewith so calculated,
is
Co's. Rs.
Purchases from European shops, or
to
be obtained from Europe,..
..
392
12
8
8
Bazar purchases,
Co's. Rs.
405 400
Say
Co's. Rs.
But
2.
of this part
first,
a part of the Indent can be reduced or dispensed with at present.
A A
is
probably not procurable here, except perhaps at a price which should
not be paid unless the object was indispensably required.

3.
part
may be
obtained at lower prices, and a part
can present
to the
Labora-
tory from
my own
to
stock of apparatus and re-agents.

I
Altogether then,
I shall
should hope, that with a gradual outlay of at most Co's. Rs. 250,
for
be able
manage
a considerable time, but

it is
this outlay is really requisite;
because in a Laboratory the better
furnished, the faster the work can be carried

at the
on
and the delays of preparing or even of purchasing apparatus or re-agents

if
time when wanted, even

ing.
I
they are then obtainable, are most wasteful and discourag-
should not forget, Sir,
to
remind you, that of the Government allowance

saved,
I
for continto the
gencies of the
Museum, whatever can be
am
applying gradually
pur-
chase of the necessary books, and that the Laboratory series both the Society's
own
departments of Geology and Mineralogy as well as the

I
Museum
Sir,
of
Economic Geology.
am,
Calcutta, the 3rd July, 1844.
Your obedient Servant, Henry Piddington, Curator Museum Economic Geology, and Geological and Mineralogical Department.
Resolved.
That
lists
the necessary purchases for the Laboratory as explainletter,*
ed in the
stated.
accompanying the
be authorized to the amount
Read the following Letters from Messrs. W. and H. Allen and

Society's Booksellers
Co., the
and Agents:
Esq. Assistant Secretary
to the Asiatic Society. letter of the 17th
Henry Piddington,
Sir,
We
have
to
February,
enclosing letters for the Vice-Chancellors of the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge,
* Which
it is
not worth while to print.
July, 1844.]
and likewise
lxv
for Trinity College,
Dublin. They have been delivered, and we have ac-
knowledgments
for the
same.
has arrived, and the six cases of Books consigned to us by her,
The "Britannia"
subject.
shall be delivered agreeable to the instructions contained in
Mr. Torrens'
letter
on the
We are,
London, 29th April, 1844.
Sir,
Your
faithful servants,
Wm.
Henry Torrens,
Sir,
H. Allen
&
Co.
Esq. V. P. and Secretary
to the Asiatic Society
of Bengal.
We have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your esteemed favor, dated
have much pleasure
in
the 7th March, which reached us this morning.
We shall
make a
making the arrangement you

his arrival.
desire, with
an emi-
nent Sculptor, for the execution of a Bust of Bryan H. Hodgson, Esq.

point of seeing Mr.
We shall
Hodgson soon after
You may
is
assure the Presi-
dent and
Members
of
your Society, that our best attention
at all times given to their
commands.
We
shall address
you again on the subject
as soon as a Sculptor has
been decided upon.
We
London, 6th May, 1844.
are, Sir,
Your most obedient
servants,
Wm.
H. Allen
&
Co.
The Secretary
stated, that as ordered at the last meeting, the
Committee
of Papers had been requested to decide on
what number of copies of the

itself
Sobda Ratnakar, by Baboo Goropresad Roy, the Society should

scribe for while
sub-
recommending the work
to the favorable notice of
Govern-
ment, and that 25 copies had been determined upon by the Committee.
It
was
finally Resolved, that as
proposed at the previous meeting, the
Society do subscribe as above, and strongly recommend the work to the
attention of
Government
in the Education
Department.
to
Read the following Letter from the Secretary

India, Secret
the
Government
of
Department:
No. 430
of 1844.
to the
From
the Secretary to the
Secretary
to
the
Asiatic
Society, dated Fort William, the 29th June, 1844.

Foreign Department, Secret.
Sir, By
to you, for
direction of the Governor General in Council,
have the honor
to
transmit
such notice as the Society
may deem
it to
merit, the enclosed copy of a

to
report by
Major F. Mackeson, C.
B., on the
Survey of the road from Sirsa
Bahawul-
Ixvi
[July, 1844.
of the road,
pore, with remarks on the country traversed, the nature
and capabilities
and the
effect
its
opening will have upon different channels of commerce.

I
have the honor
to be, Sir,
Your most obedient

Fort William,
the 2 (
servant,
E. Currie,
Secretary
to the
June, 1844.
Read the following Draft

citing its support for
of a Letter to be addressed to Government, soli-
M.
Callery's translation of the Great Encyclopedic
Dictionary of Kang-Hi:
To
T. R. Davidson, Esq. Officiating Secretary to Government of India,
Home
Department.
Sir,
am
directed by the Honorable the President of the Asiatic Society to re*
quest, that you will convey to the Right
Honorable the Governor General and Council,

in a translation of the great
the
earnest recommendation of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, in favor of the Rev.
Pere Callery of Macao, now engaged

pedic Dictionary of Kang-Hi.
2.
is
Chinese Encyclo-
An
Extract from the Proceedings of the Society of the 6th December 1843,
entered marginally respecting the undertaking of this great work, and the support
itself
which the Society has

I
endeavoured
to afford to its able
and energetic projector.
have also
to request, that
you
will lay before the
Right Honorable the Governor
General, the accompanying

the Typographical execution
Prospectus of the work, together with a specimen of

of,
more
particularly, the Chinese characters occurit
ring in
it.
The Prospectus
is
published,
will
be observed, in English as well as
French.
3.
Circumstances have occurred, occasioning a casual delay in making

;
this
recom-
mendation
since
it
but the Society does not regret
this, as
the progress of events in

in behalf of
China
took up the intention of addressing
Government
Mons. Callery,
has more and more tended to prove the great and all-important advantages to be derived in the intercourse of Englishmen with the Chinese, from a critical knowledge of
the niceties of their language, and an intimate acquaintance with their habits, customs
and modes of thought.

4.
The
Society
is
of opinion, that the creation of a comprehensive book of reference,
bearing upon the above heads, would be the truest and best
vantages within the reach of Europeans,
enterprise,
mode
of placing such ad-
whom
the course of business, or the spirit of

it is
may
lead to the shores of China; and
by a correct and ample abstract

book of
translation of the great Chinese Encyclopedia, that the Society think such a
reference
5. It
may
be best obtained.
of infinite gratification to the Society,
would be a source
were
it
permitted
to
inform Mons. Callery, that the patronage and support of the Government of British
India had been accorded to him
;
and should the Right Honorable the Governor
July, 1844]
General think
rities to
fit

to
lxvii
of the
go even beyond
this,
and draw the attention
Home
Autho-
the work in question, there
is
no doubt but that Mons. Callery will have ob-
tained by this double act of kindness, a degree of support of the most valuable nature
to his undertaking.
I
have, &c.
V. P.
Asiatic Society's
H. TORRENS, and Secretary, Asiatic
Society.
Rooms, Calcutta, \th July, 1844.
Read the following Letter from

which
it
J.
Owen, Esq. with the Prospectus
to
refers
H. Torrens, Esq. Secretary of

little
Sir I
have the honor
to enclose the
Prospectus of a
work nearly ready
for the
press, illustrative of the customs
and habits of that portion of the Hill Tribes bordering
on Assam, known
as
Nagas, drawn up at the suggestion of Major Francis Jenkins, and
respectfully solicit the honor of the Society's
name heading
the subscription
list.
Should
this
work pay
its
own
expenses,
shall afterwards go on with a series describ-
ing each tribe separately.

Calcutta, 2Sth
June
1844,
have the honor
to be, Sir,
Your most
obedt. servant.
John Owen.
Extracts from Major Jenkins' Letter.
" From your position you have better opportunities of learning something of the
habits, languages,
and political divisions of that portion of
this
people on our N. E.
frontier than
any other Europeans.

to
" Should you be willing
adopt
this suggestion, I
would propose your drawing up

it
a paper for presentation to the Asiatic Society, to

as
it
whom
would be very acceptable,
would be a valuable addition
to
our stock of information of the Border Tribes."
True Extracts,
Dated Sibpur,
1st
February, 1842.
John Owen.
communication with
The Secretary was requested
to place himself in
Mr. Owen, so as to enable the Society to form some judgment as to the

merits of the proposed work.
Read the following Letter from Don Sinibaldo de Mas,

the books
in reference to
named
therein
Monsieur
le
Secretaire.
J'ai l'honneur de vous prier de vouloir bien
soumetre & l'examen de l'academie
dont vous dirigez les interessants travaux Pessai ci-joint sur une des plus grandes
questions qui puissant occuper Pintelligence humaine.
Si je n'avais consulte
que
mes
forces, je n'aurais
pas appele l'attention des corps savans sur un travail trop in-
lxviii

les
QJuly,
844.
complet qui ne contient que

de la question que
essai soient
j'ai
premiers elements d'un systeme, mais la nature rneme
abordee
me
fait desirer
que
les idees
fondamentales
demon
examinees par des juges competents.
J'ai aussi l'honneur des vous envoyer
deux volumes que
j'ai publie
deraierement
sur les Isles Philipines.
C'est un rapport officiel qui fut ecrit pour le gouvernement
Je vous prie de
me
croire,
Monsieur, avec la plus haute consideration.
Votre
tres
Macao,
17
Mai de
1844.
humble serviteur. Sinibaldo De Mas.
The presentation was duly
appreciated, and a suitable letter ordered to
be addressed to the able authors of the works submitted.
Read the following Letter from the Royal Bavarian Academy of Munich
:
Translation of a
German
Letter
from
the
Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences

Society of Bengal.
at
Munich,
to the Asiatic
The Royal Bavarian Academy

wish
to
of Sciences at
Munich being prompted by

to the Asiatic
the ardent
extend their literary communications also
Society of Bengal,
with which they have not hitherto been connected, have honored
vilege to express their sentiments with regard to this subject.
that
it is
me
with the pri-
beg
to asssure you,
as desirable to the
Royal Bavarian Academy
to lay the results of their
own
labours before the eminent
members
of your Society, as to be acquainted, as soon as

for the reputa-
possible, with those researches,
which are made by the Asiatic Society,

as for the
tion as well of their
members,
advantage of Science
while the Royal Ba-
varian
Academy
of Sciences will not fail in acquainting
you with their transactions
by written communications
of the Secretaries of the classes,

title
form a part of their Journal, published under the
by their Bulletins which " Gelehrte Anzeigen," and by
transmitting to you their Essays and their publications, they indulge in the hope to be
honored with your communications, and consider an exchange of the larger Memoirs
(the series of Dissertations in complete copies,) as especially desirable.
The Royal Bavarian Academy

exchange, and have thought proper
intercourse in tbe Appendix.
of Sciences would most gladly enter on such an

to state the
most convenient mode of
their
mutual
have the honor to be, &c.

(Signed)
Freyberg.
It
was
referred to the
Committee of Papers
to
recommend
to the Society,
what would be
in its opinion the best
method of meeting the wishes of the
Bavarian Academy.
July, 1844.]
lxix
to the
Read the following Letter from Hugh Cumming, Esq. addressed

Zoological Curator
:
80,
Gower
Street,
Bedford Square, London, January, 1844.
My
dear
Sir, Having been informed by various of your scientific friends here,
of your anxious desire of increasing the
Museum
of the
Royal Asiatic Society,
have
done myself the pleasure of forwarding by
my
nephew, Mr. Benson, a collection of
land and fresh water Shells from the Philippine Islands, with their names, &c. collected
by
me
there, in
and which
beg you
will favour
me by
offering to the Society in
my
name,
exchange
for other shells of India.
In the box there are 305 species and varieties, in duplicates and triplicates; to each
belongs a number which refers to the

authors.
1
accompanying
list
of names, localities
and
presume from the high standing of the Society, that

fill
it
has numerous benefactors
from the gentlemen who
the high offices under the Honorable
Company,
in the
various parts of India, and
its
dependencies.
Although
in
have upwards of 11,000 species and varieties of Marine and Land Shells
I
my
cabinet,
do not possess more than 10 or 12 species of land or fresh water
shells that
have been collected under the dominion of the Honorable East India
have any duplicates of either land or fresh-water
exchange,
I
Company.
If the Society
shells,
which could
have but
be given
to
me
it
in
should feel most obliged, and
if
the Society
I
few species,
can make up
to
me
in quantity in lieu of quality. live ones.
should also feel parthis
ticularly obliged
by the specimens being good and
By
means
I shall
be able
to
make exchanges with my

;
friends, with those
which
I shall
not require for
my own
cabinet
for the collectors in
England are very poor
in true Indian land or
fresh-water shells.
Should
I shall
it
lay in
my power
to
to assist the Society
by further adding
parts
to
its
desiderata,
be most happy
do
it.
At Mr. Reeve's
Iconica, which
request,
have sent the twelve

to publish
last
first
of his Conchologia
it is
work he began
beg you
January, and as
by
far
the most
useful and complete work that has ever been published,

first
and
also executed in the

to
it.
style
may
to
procure the Society's name, as a subscriber
The
parts
now
sent can be kept, and the succeeding monthly parts can be received by the
Society's bookseller in London.

bill
The money
for those
now
to
sent can be paid by a
on London.
also requested
Mr. George B. Sowerby, Junior, has

February
presume from the
me
send his Thesaurus Con-
chyliorum, of which three parts have been published, and the fourth will be out on
1st.
style of both works, that the Society will be
much
such a
is
pleased with them.
All the figures of both works are drawn and coloured by George
will be published in
B. Sowerby, Junior, and each of the works has been, and

manner, as not
to interfere for
some years
to
come with each

far as
other.
Each
part
complete monograph of the family figured, as

will be
known
in Europe.
to all
These works
most valuable
to the Society's library,
and a reference
known
shells,
Ixx
QJuly, 1844.
will be
Both Mr. Sowerby, Junior, and Mr. Reeve, requested the favour that you
pleased
to
point out the utility, fidelity, and cheapness of the works.
The Thesaurus
can be kept, and ordered in the same manner as the Iconica.

In hopes that the Society will be pleased with the shells and the two works,
I
remain,
My
dear Sir,
Your's truly,
Hugh Cumming.
With reference
to
this
proposal some conversation ensued.
It
was
thought by some members, that generally, and as an usual practice, the
system of private exchanges might be carried further than comported with

the character of the Society, the objects of
terests of seience,
ing,
its institution,
and the true
in-
which might perhaps eventually be better served by sendfirst
at
all
events in the
instance, duplicates of all kinds to the
Honorable the Court of Directors, from which the Society receives such
warm and
liberal support,*
and subsequently to
all
national and public esits
tablishments, both English and Foreign, the Society rather taking

as to returns, than as
definite was,
chance
now
contributing to enrich private cabinets. Nothing
however, proposed, but the Rev. Dr. Hseberlin undertook to
draft and submit his views on the subject, so that those of other members
of the Committee of Papers might also be elicited, and perhaps
some definite
proposal be submitted to the body of the members on the subject, which

it
was allowed on
all sides is
one of very great importance.
curious dulcimer used by the Arracanese, was presented
by W.
Peacock, Esq. which excited
much
attention.
Report of the Curator of Museum Economic Geology, and Geological and mlneralogical departments, for the month of june 1844.
I
should perhaps commence
my
it
report of this
month by
saying, that
we have
received from Government the following letter in relation to an indent

the H. C's Dispensary, and with
the articles allowed by Government.
made upon
* See also Proceedings
for April 1841,
No. 109, Vol.
x. p. 64
and 06
at the
bottom.
July, 1844.]
Ixxi
No. 1456.
to the
to the
Vice President and Secretary of
the Asiatic Society, dated Fort William,
3rd June, 1844.
Sir,
I
last,
am
directed to acknowledge
the receipt of your letter, dated the 20th
March
for the 2.
submitting an indent for Chemical Apparatus and Re- agents, required
Laboratory of the
Museum
of
Economic Geology.
In reply, I
am
directed to state, that the
Deputy Governor of Bengal having

which
specifies the articles
consulted the Medical Board, they have been pleased to comply with the indent to
the extent shewn in the accompanying
quantities of
list,
and the
them
available in the Dispensary for the purpose in question.

I
have the honor to be,
Sir,
Your most obedient

Under-Secy.
to the
servant,
A. Tuunbull,
Govt, of Bengal.
Without entering
that
into details
which would not
interest the meeting, I
may
say,
we have now, with what we had

is
its
before purchased
and provided in various
ways, about two-thirds of what

generally speaking,
required, so far to furnish our Laboratory, that
operations can go on
when
required without the loss of time

;
and imperfection of research which arise from a deficiently provided one

the remaining third, which
I
is
and
for
fortunately the least expensive one,
we
shall
be enabled
hope
to
supply
it
from the European shops and Bazars, so, as at no great cost to
the Society, to avoid the loss of time and labour which the preparation of our
re- agents
and apparatus entails.*
It
may
not be out of place here to say, for
it
own may
little
enlighten
many who have no conception
of the difficulties attending chemiit is
cal research in India, that I
have recently found that
impossible to procure even

!
so
common an
article as
chemically pure Carbonate of Soda in Calcutta
None
of the
shops having any but the

little
common pharmacopeial
drug, which always
contains a
sulphate or muriate, or both.
Professor O'Shaughnessy informs me, that he
has also failed in finding any.

Geological and
Mineralogical.
*'
We have
received from Captain Newbold,
M. N.
I.
a valuable paper, being a
Note on a recent Fresh-water Deposit," with a few
re-
marks on the origin and age of the Kunkur of the South of India, and supposed decrease of thermal temperature, which throws
much
light
on the origin of
this curious
mineral, at least in that quarter
and
it is
hoped, that Captain N., with his known

forming as
it
activity of research, will not lose sight of this subject,
does, one of the
great problems of
Indian Geology.
The paper should have
early insertion in our
Journal.
* Sec
letter
and resolution at
p. lxiii
and
lxiv.
xjcii

Museum
[July, 1844.
We have received
mein, but
to be able
I
here from Mr. Sanders, five bottles of mineral water near Moul-
have deferred their examination, as well as every thing else of the kind, go on with the Laboratory arrangements, and the clearing
off"
to
some
arrears of
work which have accumulated in that department.

at
Mr.
De Gamier,
my
request, has obligingly furnished the
Museum with
three
samples of the best Naxos emery, as prepared for the use of manufacturers at
home.
For
all
Proceedings of the Asiatic Society for the month of August, 1844.
Wednesday Evening, the 1th August, 1844.
The usual Monthly Meeting took place on Wednesday evening, the 7th
August, at 8
C. F.
p.
m.

S.
in the Chair.
Buckland, Esq., C.
was elected a Member of the
Society,
and the
usual communication was ordered to be
made
I.
to him.
New Member,
Captain Mackenzie, B. N.
Sir
Proposed by the Honorable

able the President.
H. T. Maddock, seconded by the Honor-
The following
list
of books presented and purchased,
was read:
Books received for the Meeting, on the 7th August, 1844.
1.
The Meteorological
Register for January 1844.
From
the Surveyor General's
Office.
2.
Transactions of the Society of Arts,
Vol.
L1V.
for 1814.
Presented
and
by the
Editor.
3.
The Annals and Magazine
of Natural History for 1844, Nos. 156, 157
158.
Purchased.
4.
The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine, 3d

and 158. Presented by the Editor.
Christian Observer, for
series,
Nos.
156, 157
5.
The Calcutta
June and August, 1844. Presented by the

No.
9.
Editor.
6.
Journal Asiatique, ou Recueil de Memoires 1844,
Presented
Editor.
by the
Editor.
7.
8.
The
Oriental Christian Spectator, July 1844.
Presented by the
Proceedings of the
Academy
of Natural Sciences, two Nos. Vol. II,
January
and February 1844.

9.
Presented by the
Griffith.
Editor.
The Palms
of British India, from the Calcutta Journal of Natural History.
Presented by Dr.
10.
11.
W.
The Athenaeum for May 4th, 11th, 18th, 25th and June 1st 1844, from The Singapore Tide Register in six sheets. From Government.
the Editor.
12.
general Catalogue of the Fixed Stars, from Observations
made
at
Madras
in
the years 1830,
1843. From Government.

Honorable Company's Observatory Madras.
13. Meteorological Register kept at the
Presented by Government.
Ixxiv
[Aug. 1844.
14. Sixty-eight spare
Nos. of the Asiatic Journal for the years 1833, Nos. 12; 1834,
Nos. 10; 1837, Nos. 6; 1838, Nos. 9; 1840, Nos. 12; 1841, Nos. 12; 1842, Nos. 12;
1843, Nos.
3. Presented by John Marshman, Esq.
15. Lardner's Cabinet Cyclopaedia, on Electricity, Vol. II.

16.
Purchased.
Vol. II,
F. S.
17.
Ayeen Akbery, Owen, Esq.
or the Institutes of the
Emperor Akber,
Presented by
General Register of the Bengal Civil Service, from 1790
to
1844. Presented by
the Author.
18.
The
Dabistan, or School of Manners, Translated by Shea and Trover, 3 Vols.
From
19.
the Oriental Translation Committee.
Ibn Khallikan's Biographical Dictionary, translated by McGleckin de Slane,
2d Vol.
From
the Oriental Translation Committee.
Id reference to the donation of 68 spare numbers by Mr. Marshman,

the Sub-Secretary stated, that he had been fortunately enabled to supply
that gentleman with one of the early numbers to complete his
that as these
set,
but
numbers were often inquired

in existence
;
for
and very
scarce,
to
though
many, no doubt, might be
it
would be desirable
all
make
it
known
that the Society would be thankful for
spare and odd copies of
the Journal which might be scattered about in private hands,* and would
in
exchange be happy
to assist in
letter
:
completing volumes.
Read the following

ciety's
from Messrs. W. and H. Allen and Co. the So-
London agents
H. Torrens, Esq. Vice President and Secretary to the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Sir, The six cases of Books consigned to our care by the " Britannia," have been duly received and forwarded to their respective addresses^ The duty and other ex-
penses on the Books will be repaid to us by the institutions receiving them.

the pleasure to enclose you receipts for the cases.
We have
The Heads
of Trinity College, Dublin, have intimated their wish to send your
Society a case of books in return for those received from you.

services in forwarding
We have offered our
them
to India.
Nothing has yet been heard of the " Earl of Hardwicke."
We have the honor to be,

Your
London, S\st May, 1844.
Sir,
faithful servants,
Wm.
H. Allen and Co.
And
the following from his Grace the Lord Primate of Ireland, Chan-
cellor of Trinity College, Dublin.
H. Torrens, Esq. acknowledge the receipt of your letter accompanied with a case of books from the Asiatic Society for the Library of Trinity College, Dublin, and I am requested by the Provost and Fellows of the College, to express their thanks to the
Sir,
beg
to
* As
in the Mofussil,
whence we should be happy
to
pay the banghy-postage,
parti*
ularly for early numbers.
Aug. 1844]
lxxv
I am also requested to Asiatic Society for this valuable and acceptable present. inform you, that the Heads of the University assent with pleasure to the proposal of An the Asiatic Society relative to a reciprocal presentation of recent publications. order has, in consequence, been given to their booksellers to prepare a box of books
lately issued
from the University Press, for immediate transmission to London, to be thence forwarded to the Society. It will contain the eleven volumes of Archbishop Usher's works already republished, and some other works. As soon as the new edition of the Archbishop's works shall be completed, another box of books will be forI am, Sir, warded.
With much
London,
\?>th
respect, your obedient servant,
May,
1844.
1'
John
Ci.
Armagh.
From M. de
Villemain, Ministre, de
,
Instruction Publique a Paris.
J'ai reû la lettre que vous m'avez fait l'honneur de m'ecrire pour Monsieur, m'informer de l'envoi que vous a fait la Societe Asiatique de Calcutta, d'une caisse de livres orientanx qui vous paraitraient destines a etre offerts au gouvernement Fran
c,ais.
Je vous
prie,
Monsieur, de vouloir bien m'addresser ces livres a Paris, par la voie

la plus convenable,
que vous jugerez

seront parvenus.
en ayant soin de faire suivre
les frais
qui re-
sulteront de cet envoi et que j'aurai soin de faire acquitter aussitot que les livres
me
Kecevez, Monsieur, l'assurance de
ma
consideration distinguee.
Le Pair de France.
Ministre de
1'
Instruction Publique,
Paris,
le
18 Mai, 1844.
Signature
Villemain.
Orientales, a Londres.
Monsieur Allen,
libraire de la
Compagnie des Indes
Official receipts for similar
dispatches of books were also enclosed by
Messrs. Allen and Co. from the Very Reverend the Vice Chancellors of the
University of Oxford and University of Cambridge, the Prussian Consul

General, and the Consul General of the Netherlands.
Read the following
letter addressed to the Society
by W. Prinsep, Esq.

Sir, With
to the Asiatic Society, Calcutta*
reference to the orders received from you, as a
Member
of both the
Committees for procuring the portraits of Sir Ed. Ryan and of H. T. Prinsep, Esq., 1 beg leave to advise you, that being without any remittance for the purpose of paying to the artists the first half of their demand, which is the invariable custom, I have recommended to Sir Ed. Ryan and my brother the course they have adopted this day, and I have now to request that you will meet with due honor, a bill drawn at 10 days' sight in favor of Messrs. Roberts, Mitchell and Co. for Co's. Rs. 1,142-13-8, being the equivalent of 100 negociated at 1-9, the exchange of the day. The bill is signed by Sir Ed. Ryan, H. T. Prinsep and myself, and you can appropriate the half to each fund in your hands, as we shall here pay 50 to each artist on account. I am happy to say, that the likenesses of each promise to be excellent. 1 trust you will at once remit the remainder of each fund, so as to enable me to complete the arrangements and provide proper frames and packing cases for them.
I
remain, Sir,
Your most obedient

London, 1th June, 1844.
servant,
W.
Piunsep.
lxxvi

stated that the bill
[Aug. 1844.
The Secretary
had been duly honoured, and read
also parts of a private
communication from Mr. Prinsep, stating that the
Society might have casts of the marble busts
now
executing of Mr. H. T.
Prinsep and Sir Charles Metcalfe for

tioned.
each, which
was gladly sanc-
"W. Prinsep, Esq., care of Messrs. Rickards,

Street,
Little and Co. of Bishop's Gate

to
London.
Sir,
have the honor, by desire of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,
acknowledge the
receipt of your letter dated
London the 7th June

and Co.
last,
advising a bill of exchange

the artists
in favour of Messrs. Roberts, Mitchell
for Co's.
Rs. 1,142-13-8, being the equito
valent of 100, exchange at 1-9 per rupee, for the advance paid by you
for the portraits of Sir
Edward Ryan and H. T. Prinsep,

bill
Esq., which you are
empower-
was presented on the 23rd ultimo, and paid to Messrs. Carr, Tagore and Co. on the 5th instant, to whom it was made payable by the drawers. The balance of the subscriptions for the portraits will be remitted to you by an early opportunity, and I am requested to express the satisfaction of the Society that the likenesses promise to be excellent. 1 am, &c, Calcutta, Asiatic Society's Rooms, the 13th August, 1844. H. Torrens.
ed
to procure.
The
Read the following
letter in reply to the Society's

:
recommendation of
M.
Callery's translation
No. 386.
From
H.
T. R. Davidson, Esq. Officiating Secretary to the Government of India, to Torrens, Esq. Vice President and Secretary Asiatic Society, dated the 10th
Department.
July, 1844.
Home
Sir,
am
directed by the Governor General in Council to acknowledge the receipt
of your letter dated 4th instant, and to state in reply, that the
Government
of India has
already subscribed for 15 copies of Monsr. Callery's translation of the Chinese Encyclopaedia of the
Emperor Kang-hi.
I
have the honor
to be, Sir,
Your most obedient servant, T. R. Davidson, Officiating Secretary to the Government of India.
Council Chamber, the 20th July, 1844.
Read the following
letters
from the Officiating Secretary to Government

:
of India, and the Secretary Public Department, Fort St. George
No. 383. From T. R. Davidson, Esq. Officiating Secretary
to the
to
Asiatic Society, dated the 10th July, 1844.
Home Department. Sir, In compliance with
the request of the
Government
of Fort St. George,
am
directed to forward herewith for the use of the Society, a copy of the Meteorological
Observations recently published at Madras.

I
have the honor
to be, Sir,
Your most obedient

servant,
T. R. Davidson,
Aug. 1844.]

No. 577.
Ixxvii
To
the
Managing Committee
of the Literary Society at Calcutta.
Fublic Department.
Gentlemen, am
to
I directed by the Most Noble the Governor in Council, to transmit you the accompanying copy of the 6th volume of the Madras Astronomical obser-
vations, recently published at this Presidency.

I
have the honor
to be,
Gentlemen,
servant,
J.
Your most obedient

Fort St. George, 29th June, 1844.
F.
to
Thomas,
Secretary
Government.
Read the following
letters
from the Secretary to the Superintendent
of Marine, and Under-Secretary to the
Government of Bengal
No. 492.

Sir,
have the honor, by direction of the Acting Superintendent of Marine, to you the accompanying copy of a letter No. 1147, dated the 29th April last, from the Under-Secretary to the Government of Bengal, together with copies of the Tidal Registers which accompanied it. I have the honor to be, Sir, Your most obedient servant, Fort William, Marine Superintendent's Office, J. Sutherland,
forward
to
the 30th July, 1844.
Secretary.
No.
1147.
to
to
the
Lieut.
Col. A.
Irvine,
C. B. Acting Superintendent
of Marine, dated Fort William 19th April, 1844.
Marine.
Sir,
I am
directed to transmit to you, for information and record, the
accompanyto
ing Tidal Registers, kept at Singapore during the months of June, July, August,
September and October, 1842, and

to
request that copies thereof

1
may
be forwarded
&c, (Signed) Cecil Beadon,

have,
(True Copy.) Fort William, Marine Superintendent's

Office, the 30th July, 1844.
Under-Secretary
J.
to the Govt,
of Bengal.
Sutherland, Secretary.
Read the following paper from the Secretary

India, Foreign Department:
to
the
Government of
No. 1542
of 1844.
to the
From W. Edwards, Esq. Under-Secretary

Secretary
Sir,
to
to
the
dated Fort William, the 6lh July, 1844.

in Council, I
it
Foreign Department.
By direction of the Governor General
have the honor
to
transmit
of
you, for such notice as the Society
may deem
to merit, the
accompanying copy
Ixxviii
[Aug. 1844.
a report by Lieut. Cruttenden, Assistant Political Agent at Aden, on the Mijjertheyn tribe of Somallees, inhabiting the district forming the North-east point of Africa.
I
have the honor to be, Sir, Your most obedient servant,
Fort William, the 6th July, 1844.
W. Edwards,
Under-Secretary
to the Govt,
of India.
This valuable paper was referred to the Editors of the Journal for early
publication.
Read a
letter
from Mrs. Greenlaw, widow of the
late C. B.
Greenlaw, Esq.
presenting to the Society a handsome model of the Steamer Enterprise (the

first
steamer which came round the Cape*) carved from a piece of her
keel.
Read the following

tanical Garden,
letter
from Dr. Wallich, Superintendent H.

to
C.
Bo:
accompanying the splendid donation
which
it
refers
To H. Tor ren s, Esq.
My dear Sir, Will you do me the favour to present to the Asiatic Society, at their next meeting, a tolerably good skull of the Hippopotamus. It was the best I could procure at the Cape. I brought it with me from thence about a month ago, and Mr.
Blyth was put in possession of
it
soon after
I
my
arrival.
In case the Society should think that
could be of service in procuring objects of

to assist in the best
Natural History from South Africa,
should be happy
I
way
could.
have the honor
to
remain,
My
Botanic Garden, %\st July, 1844.
Dear
Sir,
Your sincerely, N. Wallich.
Read the following note from the Revd. Dr. Hseberlin on the reference
which had been made
to
him of the
letter
from the Royal Bavarian Aca-
demy
of
Munich
Memo. The " Royal Bavarian Academy

paratively short period of
its
of Sciences" at
Munich, has
its
for the
com-
existence acquired a great renown for
scientific re-
searches, which include oriental studies, and deserves, therefore, the
acknowledgment
with the
of the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

sirable for our Society,
Having been honored by

it
the
Academy
proposal of an interchange of our respective publications,
appears to
me
highly deto the
and
it is
to
be hoped mutually advantageous,
to
accede
proposal.
* In 1826.
Aug
Dr.
1844.]
lxxix
were
Von Martius
(in his letter,) states, that only certain parts of our Journal
accessible to the
I
Academy. These
parts being lodged in the
Royal Library
in at
at
Munich.
token of our readionce (instead of completing the volumes in the Koyal Library,) a complete copy of our Journal from the commencement, and engage to continue the same, as well as a copy of Researches At the same time, I think we should express our dehereafter to be published by us.
ness to enter into the proposed intercommunication,
am
of opinion, and would accordingly
recommend, that
we send
sire to
be favored in return with
all the
publications of the
Academy.
J.
H/EBERLIN.
Calcutta, 23d July, 1844.
The Secretary remarked, that
it
would be very
difficult
now
to
supply a
complete set of the Journal, as the early volumes were very scarce; and
after
some conversation
it
was resolved, that as complete a copy as could
be obtained of the Journal, should be forwarded to the Bavarian Academy.
Read a
letter
from the Societe Geologique de France, expressing a wish
to receive the Society's Journal,
and
to
correspond with
it.
The Secretary
stated,
that only two volumes of the Journal of this
Society's Proceedings, vols. 1835 to 1837
had been received, and he propos-
ed to write to them, stating this, and requesting to

it
know what volumes
had received of the Journal, so that the two Societies might renew their
very desirable exchange of works, without the chance of sending duplicates.
Read the following
letter
from the Rev. Mr. Mack, Serampore College,

it
who had
spection
:
kindly sent the two coins to which
refers for the Society's in-
which were dug up in Serampore College, will be found, I believe, to agree very closely with some of those which have been figured by Mr. Prinsep. The gold coin was dug up on the estate lately belonging to Serampore College about the year 1835 the other was obtained about the same time, but whether from
Sir,
coins (one gold, and the other silver,)
My dear
The
the Soonderbuns, and belong to
The estate belongs to that part of the I cannot tell. Soonderbuns on which there are few or no Soondery trees, which is not Virgin Forest, but has innumerable trees of former inhabitants. Amongst other things we found a potter's kiln, that is, a mass of little lamps or churags, and similar saucer-like They were much sudishes, which had evidently never been moved from the kiln. perior to the ordinary manufacture of similar articles of the present day. The matethat estate or one adjoining,
rial
was
fine,
long in the salt
and the surface perfectly clean and smooth, although they had lain so They appeared to me of much the same consistence as the fine soil.
lxxx.
tiles

I
[Aug. 1844.
and bricks
have seen
in the old
temples of Assam, which the present inhabiremain,
tants of the province cannot imitate.

I
Serampore, 6th June,

P.S.
1844.
Your's faithfully,
John Mack.
Mr. Bonnaud, will oblige me by taking the eoins to the Asiatic Society's Museum for you, and I shall feel obliged by their early return and the fruits of your examination of them.
friend,
My
The
and
it
locality in
which these coins were found excited much speculation

if
was agreed, that

for the Journal.
not already published, they should be litho-
graphed
Read the following

sheets of the
letter
from
S.
G. T. Heatly, Esq. with the specimen
work
referred to.
H. Torrens, Esq.
My dear
Sir,
request your good offices with the Asiatic Society to obtain

inscribe a
its
permission, that
the press, with
It is
may
volume on mathematical analysis now passing through
its
name.
not ordinarily that Societies are the object of dedications, but you can appreciate
the feeling which (a
humble member of
it,) I
wish
to
express for the labours of the
oldest scientific association in India,
and nearly the only one.
" Theory of Functions." 1 undertook it some years ago to homogeneous body, all our knowledge in that department; since then the later labours of Canchy, Lionville, Hamilton and De Morgan, working in separate veins have illustrated so many obscure points, and developed connexion between subjects
The book
is
entitled the
combine
into one
edition, without pubvolume of Professor De Morgan done much in the peculiar field which 1 have marked for my labours, unequalled though that volume be in English mathematical literature for its extent of matter, rigour of demonstration, and clearness of language. My "Theory of Functions" will be adapted to the purposes of mathematical education, and containing all the important results of modern analysis, especially those which
apparently so dissimilar, that
resolved to
commence a second
lishing the first; nor has the lately completed
are essential in the pursuits of physical science.
few pages of the
first
edition will enable
you
to
August
6,
1814.
judge of the work. Your's sincerely, J. G. F. Heatly.
The Secretary was

would
feel
desired to express to Mr. Heatly, that the Society
much
gratified
by his proposed dedication, and that
it
would
look forward with pleasure to the appearance of a work of this high order
in India.
Aug. 1844.]

letter
lxxxi
Read the following
from Capt. H.
curiosities to
L. Bigge, 1st Assistant to the
Commissioner of Assam.
table.
The
which
it
refers
were on the
To H. Piddington,
Esq., Asiatic Society.
have the pleasure to send a few curiosities from China, which, if you think them worthy the notice of the Members, you will oblige me by putting on the table for the Meeting this evening.
Sir,
1
My dear
1
1 1
1
Chinese Pistol, 3-barrelled.

Cross Bow, ditto.
4 Anatomical Drawings.
1
Chinese Tea Urn.
Pipe, 2 Lamps, and
Seal.
Mineralogical Specimens.
1
Deer's Head, (Chusan.)
Model
of
No. 41,
Park
Street.
Door Latches. Yours sincerely, H. L. Bigge.
The Secretary
the
stated, that
having written to Mr. Secretary Edwards for

route to Sirsa and Bahawulpore,
map accompanying Major Mackeson's now
of which the report had been sent to the Society for publication by Go-
vernment, and was
at Press,
he had been informed that the

Press,
map was
now
printing at the
Government Lithographic
;
and that the Society
could be supplied with copies
in return for which,

it
he had offered to Go-
vernment such number of the printed report as

the utility of the
report with
it.
might require, so that
map would be much
increased by distributing the printed
He
also stated, that Raja Kalee
Krishna Bahadoor had sent to the Sub-
Secretary for perusal, a private letter from M. Garcin de Tassy, thanking

the Raja for having sent
him a very
rare and valuable Persian
MSS. of
the Atesch Kada, of which an account had been published in the last No.
of the Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of London, by Mr. Bland.
Upon
enquiry, he regretted to say, that the Raja had not preserved a

it,
copy before sending
and he requested to be authorised to procure one,
if
possible, for the Society's Library,

J.
which was sanctioned.

in addition to his kind donation of the
Owen, Esq. of Assam, presented

balls of the
Ayeen Akberry, two

Assam,
for sale
opium-rags as prepared by the ryots of
and common consumption.

strips of
These are small, long,
narrow rags, on which the fresh opium

is
being collected from the poppy head
smeared, and the whole rolled up into
a ball about the size of a small hen's egg, and carried about for daily use,
lxxxii

all
[Aug. 1844.
stated to be the
or sold as merchandise in
profitable crop raised
the bazars.
cultivators.
Opium was
most
by the
An
engraved proof portrait of

it
Rammohun Roy was
presented by the
Sub-Secretary, and
was suggested that the Society might, with great
propriety, as occasion offered, collect such portraits of remarkable individuals,

in
whether Natives or Europeans, who have distinguished themselves
literature or science in India,
and more especially of such as have also
been Members of the Society.
The Secretary announced with deep
regret to the Society, the death of
an old and highly -talented associate, and formerly a valuable servant of the
Society,
Dewan Ramcomul
Sen, a gentleman not less distinguished for his
great attainments, his enlightened views, his steady attachment to the
cause of education, and his untiring energy and industry in every good and
useful work, by which the community, Native or European, could be benefited,
than by his modest, and even retiring character, and extensive cha-
rity.
The
friend
and correspondent of Mr. Colebrooke, Professor Wilson, Mr. and many other gentlemen formerly connected with India
;
W.
B. Bailey,
he was known in Europe as here, as one possessing not only great acquir-
ments
in the literature of his country, but
an ardent desire to see

families of the
its chil-
dren regain their ancient place
amongst the
life
human
race;
and
towards this noble end, for a whole

directed.
were his strenuous endeavours

;
Perhaps indeed with too much zeal

fell
for there is reason to believe,
that he
a sacrifice to over-exertion in study, superadded to the labours
which his highly responsible situation of Dewan of the Bank of Bengal

necessarily imposed
upon him.
it
The Honorable the President proposed, and
was agreed
to
nem
diss.
that a letter of condolence, expressing the deep regret of the Society, should
be addressed to his family.
The following
letter
was
in
consequence addressed to Baboo Hurreemois
hun
Sen, the son of the deceased, and

:
inserted here for the sake of con-
nection
To Baboo Hurreemohun Sen.

Sir,
am
desired by the Honorable the President and
Members
of the Asiatic
Society to convey to you, and to request, that you will express to the other
members
of
Aug. 1844.]
lxxxiii
the family of your late father, the deep and unfeigned regret with which the Society
has learnt his decease.
They
cannot, Sir, on such an occasion refrain from testifying to
you and
his relatives
and friends, the high esteem which his literary acquirements, his steady advocacy of the
cause of native education, his
many
won
private and public virtues, and his long and valufor
able services to the Society had

to literature
him from
to
its
Members, and from every

to
friend
and science both in India and in Europe,
whom
he was known; nor will one of the most distin-
the Society cease to cherish his name,
and
deplore his
loss, as
guished and most deeply lamented of their associates.

I
am,
&c
Museum,
9th August, 1844.
(Signed)
H. Torrens,
V* P. and Secretary Asiatic Society.
Read the following Report from the Curator of Museum Economic Geology, &c. &c.
Report of the Curator Museum Economic Geology and Geological and mlneralogical departments, for the month of july.
We received sometime ago from our zealous

Geological
and Mineralo-
Museum
of
contributor, Captain Newbold, for the Economic Geology,* a remarkable red sandstone
9 lcal '
rock, from the junction of the

I
diamond limestone and sandstone
near Kurnool. This

interest,
have been occupied with, and though the results are of no great
they
like Captain
may be worth placing on record to save the labour of others, who Newbold and myself, may be struck with its appearance and remarkable
The paper being merely chemical, would barely
I
smell
when
fresh fractured.
interest
the Meeting, but
may
be thought worthy of insertion in the Journal.
From
Dr. Spilsbury,
who
rejoice to say, has kindly promised us to continue his well-
known and
indefatigable services,
we have received
five
specimens of the slaty sandto
stone of Bundlecund, with the dendritic impressions

metallic, and not, as formerly, vegetable. "
says Dr. Spilsbury,
which are now considered
be
The
locality
from which these are obtained,"
"
is
Miswangso, about nine miles North of Saugor, on the high

it is
road to Jhansee and Gwalior, where
extensively quarried for building purposes.

to
You
will observe, it varies
from almost white down
brick red."
Dr. Spilsbury also announces, that he has collected specimens of the fine coal of
Lameta on
the
Nurbudda,
close to Jubbulpore,
which
will be soon forwarded.

to
Lieut. Sherwill of the
Revenue Survey Department, has forwarded

of the Sitajeet of Behar.
his letter
I
us speci-
Museum
"
mens
from
The
following
is
the extract
:
to
By
to-day's
dakbanghy,
have despatched several specimens
your address, of a
substance called by the natives Sitajeet.

tities
f^ffTf^ffT
hills
It
*s
procurable in small quan-
from a range of very curious formed granite
on the borders of the Palamow
Forest, not far from the
Sone
river.
It is
fouud high up in the rocks in small whitish
globules,
is
scarce, and
much sought
Newbold
to
after
by the natives, who with great
difficulty
We
are indebted to Captain

I
for several
other contributions, but as they require
examination,
have not yet been able
bring them forward.
lxxxiv

it
[Aug. 1844.
is
not unattended with danger, gather

as a great restorative
towards the end of the cold weather. It
valued
it
and aphrodisiac.
On
the table land of Rhotasgurh
have seen
on the face of the great mural precipices, wearing the appearance of

oozing from the sandstone,* but being far beyond the reach of man,
it
tar or pitch, or
may
or
may
not
be
this substance.
The
natives declared
it is
the Sitajeet.
You
will perceive
mine has
a strong taste of alum.
Lieut. Sherwill's specimen
is
on the table, and
is
a black aluminous shale, with an
acid efflorescence of alum, contaminated with a little iron. If abundant and accessible,
and with plenty of fuel at command, no doubt alum might be advantageously manufactured from
it.
Perhaps even by solar evaporation only? The aluminous
efflor-
escence answers in
many
of
its
chemical characters
to the Sitajeet described,
and ana-
lysed by Mr. Stephenson in Vol. II. p. 321 of the Journal, but ours gives a light cloud
with nitrate of silver from the excess of sulphuric acid, and the same with oxalate of
ammonia, shewing, that

into a
it
may
contain a
little
lime.
also used
ammonia to precipitate
it
the alumina in the gelatinous form.
Heated
in a platina
spoon
melts and boils up
round dull greyish white bubble, which remains solid at a strong heat between
it
the forceps; moistened with nitrate of Cobalt
gives the usual blue colour.
The
description Lieut. Shervvill gives of the tar-like appearance of
some of the
exudations,
much reminds
us of Buchanan's description of that which he visited at
Tapoban
in
in the
Rajagriha Hills in Behar.

itself,
At page
255, Vol.
I,
of Martin's edition,
he thus describes the substance

"
after the detail of the locality

it
and the manner

always mixed
which an old man of the Musahar
tribe collected
is
before him.
When
fresh from the rock, Sitajeet

it
of a dirty earth colour,
and
is
with impurities, that crumble into

consistence of
from the precipice above.
It it
then about the

it
new honey, and has
a strong rather disagreeable smell, although

for
cannot
be called very offensive.

it
When
It
kept in a bottle with a glass stopper
some months,
air, it
acquires a deeper brown colour, and becomes thicker; and exposed to the
may
in.
soon be
made
is
into pills.
seems
to
be very different from a substance which,
Nepal,
called by the
same name.
I
From
it
it,
the hot springs in the vicinity, and the
heat of the cave below,
suspect that
The
that,
natives pretend that monkies eat
exudes from the action of subterraneous fire. and attribute the small quantity procured to
is
their depredations; but I think that the circumstance
doubtful, and have no doubt,

it
with care and a ladder, several pounds might be procured, should

;
be found
useful
but
it
owes
its
celebrity
among
the natives to
its
being supposed
to possess the
it
imaginary quality of an aphrodisiac.

little
When
red,
is
placed on burning charcoal,
swells a
and smokes, and when heated

It
reduced
to
white ashes without emitting
flame.
cannot
substance, the only class of minerals to which
presume, therefore, be considered as a bituminous or inflammable it has any resemblance.

I
* This may be Mineral tar and an indication of the presence of Asphalte. S requesting hira to look for this mineral, of which I sent him also a specimen.
wrote to Lieut.
Proceedings of the Asiatic Society for the month of September, 1844.
The usual Monthly Meeting was held
at the Society's
rooms on Wednes-
day evening the 4th September, H. Torrens, Esq. Vice President and
Secretary in the Chair.
Captain W. L. Mackintosh, B. N.
I.
proposed at the
last
Meeting, was
ballotted for, and being declared duly elected, the usual communication
was
ordered to be
made
to him.
The following gentlemen were proposed

J.
as
Members
Owen, Esq.
proposed by
C.
H. Torrens, Esq. Vice President, seconded
by H. Piddington, Esq.
A. C. Barwell, Esq.
SM
proposed by H. Torrens,
Esq. Vice President,
seconded by Lieut. Colonel Forbes.
As Correspond
iny
Member,
J.
Dr.
McGowan, Medical
S.
Hospital, Ningpo,
proposed by the Revd.
Long, seconded by
G. T. lleatley, Esq.
:
The following
1.
list
of books presented was read

for
The Meteorological Register

Athenaeum
for
July 1844.
From
the Surveyor General's
Office.
2. 3.
June the 8th, 15th, 22nd, and 29th, 1844.-- From the Editor.
The Calcutta The
Christian Observer for September, 1844.
4.
8.
6.
Oriental Christian Spectator for August, 1844.
By the Editors. By the Editor.

1,
Proceedings of the Botanical Society of London, Vol.

Proceedings of the Royal Irish
part
1. By
the Society.
Academy
for the year
1841-2, part 6th.
By
the Society.
7.
Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh for December 1841 and Janu-
ary 1842, Nos. 10 and

8.
9.
20. By
the Society.
Aunuaire du Bureau des Longitudes 1844.
By the Bureau.
By the Bureau.
2nd. By
the
vol. 15th, part
Connaissance des Temps, avec additions 1843, 1844 and 1845.
10. Transactions of the
Royal Society of Edinburgh,
Society.
11.
Memoiresde
la
Societe de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle de Geneve, 1841-2.
By the Society.
12. Transactions of the
Royal
Irish
Academy,
vol. 19, part 2nd, 1843.
By the
Society.
With reference
Academy,
it
to the presentation of the volumes by the Royal Irish was ordered that the Journal of the Society should be sent to
them, and that the Librarian should be requested to ascertain and report
if
any reciprocation had formerly taken place.
Read the following

tions of the
Circular, with the

:
accompanying
letters
and resolu-
Committee of Papers
Ixxxvi
No.
1.
[[Sept. 1844.
The Secretary with reference to the annexed resignation of the Honorable

Members
of the
the President, requests the attendance of

special meeting, to he holden at the
Committee of Papers
at a
rooms on Tuesday morning the 3rd September

H. PlDDINGTON,
Sub-Secretary.
Esq. Secretary
Asiatic Society.
1844, at past 10 a.m.

BOth August, 1844.
No.
Sir,
2.
To H. W. Torrens,
it
Being on the eve of my departure from India,
beg leave to place in your
hands
my
resignation of the office of President of the Asiatic Society, and to re-
quest, that in laying
before the Committee of Papers for communication to the
next general meeting, you will be so kind as to express

gratification
my
sincere thanks for the
which my connexion with

its labors,
it
has always afforded me, and

its credit
my
best
wishes for the success of

throughout the
scientific
and the continuance of
and celebrity
world.
I
Sir,
Calcutta, August 20, 1844.
'
Your most obedient humble
servant,
W. W.
No,
3,
Bird.
At
a Meeting of the Committee of Papers held at the Society's rooms on

at half -past
;
Tuesday the 3rd September,

Present:
lin
;
10 a. m.
Charles Huffnagle, Esq.
j
;
Lieutenant Colonel Forbes

;
Rev.
J.
Haeber-
F. G. S. Heatley, Esq.
Lieutenant A. Broome, B. A.
H. Torrens, Esq. Vice
President and Secretary,

Resolved.
That
it
it
be proposed to the Society at the meeting, that measures be
taken to ascertain whether the Right Honorable the Governor General would be inclined to take the office of President.
2.
That
be also suggested to the Society, that the Honorable Mr. Bird, our late
sit for his
President, be requested to
Picture on his arrival in England, in order that
it
may be
placed in the room of Meeting, as a
memento
of the gratitude of the Society

its interests in all res-
to him, for his steady
and valuable maintenance and support of
pects, both as President and as

3.
Member
during thirty-three years.

for the Portrait
That
it
be also recommended to the Society, that the charge
be
put
to the
head of charges general.

H. Torrens, Vice President and Secretary.
After
some
discussion, the
recommendations of the Committee of Papers
were adopted.
Read the following
letters
and statements of Accounts from Messrs.

Booksellers, with reply to
Allen and Co. the Society's
London Agents and
them from the Secretary
Henry Torrens,
Sir,
Esq. Secretary
to the Asiatic Society
of Bengal.
We have the pleasure to hand you
herewith our account current with the
Society for the year ending the 30th June last.
The balance
is ,,51
12
9 in favor
Sept. 1844]
of the Society.
Proceedings of the
This amount
As iatic
Society.
Ixxxvii
we
propose to retain in part payment for the bust of

to get
Mr. B. H. Hodgson, which you have commissioned us

event of your wishing the accounts kept separately,
draft, at
executed.
to
In the
we
shall be
happy
honor your
then draw
3 months' sight,
for the balance
now
for
stated to you.
We
shall
upon the Society, as we were instructed,

the bust.
whatever we may pay, on account of
Dr. Busch of Bremen, has written us to say, that he has consigned a box of shells
to our care for the Society,
and we are requested to forward, the same
to Calcutta,
as soon as
it
reaches us.
This
we
shall attend to.
In our next letter
we
shall be
able to say
how
the box has been forwarded.
We
London, July 2nd, 1844).
have the honor
to be, Sir,
Your most obedient
servants,
Wm.
in
H. Allen and Co.

Allen and Co.
. .
Dr.
..
The Asiatic Society, Calcutta,
Account with
Wm. H.
Cr.
Oh-,
19 9
Asiatic Researches, vol. 15, 4to. sewed,. Ditto, vol. 16, Ditto, vol. 18, pt. 1, Ditto, vol. 18, pt. 2, Ditto, Index to first 18 vols. Ditto, vol. 19, pt. 1, Ditto, vol. 19, pt. 2, Ditto, vol. 20, pt. 1, Ditto, vol. 20, pt. 2,
5
8
20
31
19 8 4 8 19
'28
24
1
12
4 12
Amis-ul-Musharahin,
4to.
1,
sewed,
..
38 29 37 3
1
34
27
12 16 2 8
1
33 3
2
12-10
4 8
Futwa Alemgiri,
Ditto, vol. 2, Ditto, vol. 3, Ditto, vol. 4,
vol.
royal 4to.
24
3 4 32 6 5
..
.
3
4
1
Inayah, vol. 3, 4to

Ditto, vol. 4, 4to
Kifayah, vol. 3, 4to. Ditto, vol. 4, 4to
Mahabharata,
Ditto, vol. 2, Ditto, vol. 3,
vol. 1. royal 4to.
6 8
11
32 5 29 32 34
2
1
8 4 8
Index
to ditto,
4 parts,
Ditto, part 4, Naishadha Charita,
20 20 3
21
52 20
3 21
1
5-8
12
2 8 4 10
RajaTarangini, comp. 1 vol. royal 4to. sd Susruta, vol. 2, 8vo. sewed Tibetan Dictionary, 4to. sewed, .. . Mahabharata, vol. 4, royal 4to.
20
7-2 20
24
7
2 5
5
21
3 12
24 13 10
Sundry Advertising, Commission 5 per cent.
* Distributed.
1 18
1
3
to Mahabharata, 4 p. to Library E. 1 Ditto ditto to Professor Wilson. 1 Mahabharata, vol 4, to Professor Wilson.
1
2
11
Index
21
E. E.
London, July
2,
1844.
Wm.
H. Allen. ani> Co.
lxxxviii
QSept. 1844.
Dr... The Asiatic Society, Calcutta,
in
Account with
o >
Wm. H.
"go?
Allen and Co.
. .
Cr.
For Journal of the Asiatic Society.
Sold.
Z
No.
133, . 134, . 135, . 136, . 137, . 138, . 139, . 140, .. 141, .. 142, .
,
v -a Ot-9
5.
O)
.
,
.
.
.
.
50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
16 18
17
*22
20
21 19
2-9
3
2 2 2 2 3 2 2
1
1
6
15 17 9 12 3 15 6 9 6 6 9 18 6 15 9
19 18
16
20 22
18 17 14 13
20
21
24 25
25 11 6
Commission 10 per
Advertising, Porterage, Booking, Postages, &c. .... cent. .... ....

1
2
2 E. E.
7
II
4 18 2
London, 2nd July,

* Distributed as
844.
20 13 4
H. Allen and Co.
Wm.
under: 12 Copies
Athenaeum
nal
;
each, No. 133 to 142, Professor Wilson, Editor Asiatic Jour-
Royal Society; Royal Asiatic Society; Edinburgh Philosophical Journal; Royal Institution;
;
Philosophical Journal
Baron Von
Hammer
Purgstall
Royal Society of Edinburgh
Spectator; Professor Schlegel.
Di
The Asiatic Society, Calcutta,

of
in
Account with
Feb.
17,
Wm. H.
Allen
and Co.., Cr.

21
June 30 To Balance
1843.
stated,
Account
13 18 3
1844.
By Cash per Murray, Amount of sale of

" Journal"
carried
here as per letter received from H. Torexpences on various rens, Esq. dated packages received to Sept. 5, 1843 forward as per stateJune 29. Account sale of Ori.. 30 6 3| ment herewith, ental works as per 51 17 9 To Balance, .. .. statement herewith, Account Sale of Jour96 2 3 nal of the Asiatic Society as per par-
Sundries duty on Mahabharata per City of
Poonah and Shipping
32 17
21 11 2
ticulars enclosed,
. .
20 13 4
96
2 3
17
By Balance,
London, 2nd July, 1844.
E. E.
..
51
Wm. H. Allen and

Henry Piddington,
Sir,
Co.
Esq.
bill
Your
letter
dated the 16th April, enclosing a

for the Societe
of lading for a case for-
warded by the John Fleming,

been received, and on the
Royale d'Agriculture de Lyons, has done with

it.
arrival of that vessel, the needful shall be
Sept. 1844.]
Ixxxix
The Journal
of the Asiatic Society shall likewise he regularly forwarded to the
Society at Lyons.
We
are, Sir,
Your
London, July 2nd, 1844.
faithful servants,
Wm. H. Allen and
Co.
Messrs.
W.
H. Allen and Co. Leadenhall

to
Street,
London.
letter,
Dear
Sir,
have the pleasure
dated
the 2nd July last, covering your account current with the Asiatic Society of Bengal
closed to the SOth June last, exhibiting on that date a balance of ^61
its favor,
:
12
9 in
together with averages of books.

I
All these have been on examination
found correct and satisfactory, and
am
desired to say, that the Society approves of
your intention to retain the amount in part payment for the bust of Mr. B. H.
Hodgson, which you have been commissioned

will please
to get executed.
To
this
sum you
add <9
19
2,
being sale proceeds of Journals up to No. 133, sold
by you, on
letter of
my
:
individual account, agreeably to your averages rendered in your
the SOth January 1844,
making together
K\
bills
last,
11
11, but deducting
therefrom ,2
19
6,
being the value of a set of
drawn by me on you in
favor of Mr. Bartlett,

of ,,58
:
per advice of the 9th August

bust in question.
which
will leave a total
12
5, disposable for the
You
will please
convey to Dr. Busch of Bremen, the thanks of the Society
for
the box of shells, which on coming to hand, will be more suitably acknowledged.
I
am, &c.
6 th October, 1844.
Henry Torrens.
Read the following
letter
from Baboo Hurreemohun Sen,
in reply to the
V. P. and Secretary's letter of 9th August:
To H. Torrens, Esq., Vice President and Secretary, Asiatic Society.
Dear
instant,
Sir,
In
acknowledging the receipt of your very kind

to
letter of date the 9th
conveying
me
and the other members of my
late father's family, the

I
many
to
expressions of regret and sorrow felt by the Society at his lamented death,
have
apologize
trol,
much
for the
delay which, owing to circumstances over which
had no con-
has been incurred in
my
doing
so.
Allow me and the

to assure you, that
rest of the family to return
you and
all the
other
Members
of that
noble institution, our heartfelt thanks for their kind condolence on this occasion, and
our present
distress,
we highly appreciate, and and more especially for

this, is so
are grateful
for, their
kind sympathy in
it is
;
the sincerity with which
expressed.
The
contents of your letter, Sir, have afforded us a great consolation
a consolation
it
which, at such a time as

so highly respectable a
much
needed, and which, coming as

fail
does,
from
body
of
gentlemen, cannot
to serve as to
a soothing balm to
our painful hearts.
It
indeed gives a melancholy gratification
our mind
to
know,
xc
that his loss
is

so deeply felt
[Sept. 1844.
in so very
and regretted, and
his services
acknowledged
strong terms by those

respectability,
is
who form a Society which,

first in
in point of importance, value
and
the
the country, and with

years.
whom
he laboured hand in hand to
promote
its
object for
many many
Fully aware as we are of the painful feeling

his late colleagues in the
which
this
mournful event must have excited in the minds of
Society, and feeling proud of such a participation, on their part, in the grief
we have
experienced on account of
it,
we cannot but be
to
gratified
by the conviction which

to the
your
letter so forcibly
conveys
our mind, that his services

to
Society and his
good qualities had so much endeared him
them, and been conducive to the interest
of the institution to such a degree; and in conclusion,

of gratitude to
his talent
we beg
to express
our feelings
them
for so valuable
a record of the opinion of his career, as well as of
and public and private
virtues generally, a record
which we
shall always
preserve in the family with pride and pleasure, and to remain,
Dear
Sir,
Your most
faithful
and humble servant,
Bank
of Bengal, 29th August, 1844.
Hokeemohon Sen.
The Secretary
stated, that
he had received a private note from Dr.
Campbell, stating, that as authorized by the Society, a brick
monument had
been built over the grave of Mr. Csoma de Koros, and requesting that a
marble slab might be sent up with an inscription

left for it.
for insertion in the space
An
elevation of the
as requested.
monument accompanied
the letter.
The
tablet
was ordered
Read
the following extract of a private letter to the Secretary, from

S.
G. T. Lushington, Esq. C.
H. Tohhens, Esq. Secretary of the Asiatic
Society, Calcutta.
My
the
plete,
dear Torrens, I
1
got up the other day one of the Society's Sanscrit Works,

vol. price 6 Ks. for a native here,
" Naishada Kabya,"
who
says that
it is
incomanother
it
being only half of the original.
Can you
and
if
tell
me whether
is,
there
is
volume
also printed, completing the work,
there
would you kindly send
me
per dak bhangy, or
make
it
over to
my
agents, Gunter and Greenaway,
who
will
pay the expences.

G. T. Lushington.
After
some conversation
it
was ordered, that the subject of the printing of
the second volume of the Naishada be referred to the committee of Papers

for report.
Sept. 1844.]

letter
xci
Read the following West Provinces:
from the Secretary to Government, North
No. 715.
From
J.
Thornton, Esq.
Secy, to Government N.
W. P.
to Sect/. Asiatic Society,
Calcutta, dated Agra, the 6th August, 1844.

General Department.
Sir,
am
desired to place at the disposal of the Asiatic Society, and for publica-
tion in the Journal, the
accompanying Note, regarding the Navigation

as could
of the
Nerthis
budda River, compiled from such information

2nd.
In the reduction of the
be found on the records of
Government, by Mr. A. Shakespear, the Assistant Secretary.
map
to a size
more suitable
for publication, the
names
which are underlined should be retained,

of
as they are
mentioned in the Memoir, and
are essential to a right understanding of the subject.

list
To
prevent mistakes, a separate
them
is
annexed, arranged as they occur in proceeding down the stream from
East
to
West.
As many more names

to
as
is
conveniently practicable should of course
be inserted, but these ought not
be omitted.
I
have the honor
to be, Sir,
Your most obedient

Agra, the 6th August, 1844.
servant,
J.
Thornton,
to Govt.,
Secy,
N. W. P.
The map, which

forms a
is
a splendid one on a scale of 16 miles to an inch, and
roll 8 feet in length,
was
exhibited.
With reference
to the names, it
was stated by the Sub-Secretary, that

all
arrangements had been made (by numbering,) so that

virtually be inserted in the reduced
the names would
map
for the Journal.
Read the following correspondence on the subject of the Madras Meteorological Registers applied for
by the Society
No. 403.
From
T. R. Davidson, Esq. Offg. Secy, to the Govt, of India, to H. Torrens, Esq. Secy, to the Asiatic Society, Calcutta, dated the 27th July, 1844.
Home Department. Sir, With reference

ToSecy.
to
your
letter
without date, received in July 1843,
am
di-
Suly^S^
to Govts, of Ben- "j d e S 7 fr Se cy. 1o Govt. Fort St. George, No. ^ 199, dated 6th July 1844, with enclosure to ditto, dated
;'
rected to transmit for the information of the Asiatic Socie-
om
^' a C0 Py of
the correspondence specified in the margin.

J
am
'
Sir
'
Your obedient
rf
servant,
27th ditto.
J *
u r\ 1. K. Davidson,
xoii

No. 51.
[Sept. 1844.
To
J. F.
Thomas, Esq. Secy,
to
Govt. Fort St. George.
Home Department, Marine. Sir, I am directed to

Most Noble the Governor
cause that Society
to
transmit the accompanying copy of a letter from the Secre-
tary to the Asiatic Society,

in
and
to request, that
you
will,
with the permission of the
Council of Fort
St.
George, issue the necessary orders to
be furnished direct with the information therein required.

1
have, &c.
(Signed)
T. R. Davidson,
Fort William, the 22d July, 1843.
The same
to the
Governments
of
Bengal and Bombay.
No. 199.
From
J. F.
Thomas, Esq. Secy,
to Govt,
of Fort St. George, to the Secy, to Govt.
of India, dated 6th July, 1844.
Home Department. Sir, With reference
to
Mr. Secretary Davidson's
letter of the
22d July, 1843,
am
directed to forward copy of one from Lieutenant Elliot at Singapore, under date
last.
25th April
As
it
would appear, that Lieutenant
Elliot's establishment
is
not
equal
tic
any extra labour, and that the whole of the observations required by the AsiaSociety will, " soon be published in England," the Most Noble the Governor in
to
Council, submits for the consideration of the Government of India, that the Asiatic
Society should for the present receive, as proposed by Lieutenant Elliot, only a copy
of the
mean
results,
and that instructions
to this effect
I
be issued.
have, &c.
(Signed)
Fort St. George, 6th July, 1844.
J.F.Thomas,
Secy, to Govt. Military Department.
No. 292.
To
August
1843,
I
the Military Secretary to
Government, Fort
St.
George.
Sir, In compliance with

have written
the Extract of the Minutes of Consultation of the 29th of

to the
Surveyor General of India,
to forward all the copies
of Magnetic and Meteorological Observations in his possession to the Secretary of the
Asiatic Society, Calcutta.
hope that mean
results will
be considered sufficient for the
present, since all the observations
which are now sent
to the
Royal Society,
will very
I
soon be published.
If I
were to send complete copies of the Observations that
have
the honor through you to send to the Hon'ble East India

just doubled, and
it is
Company, the work would be
as
much
if 1
as I
can do with the aid of four assistants at the Obser-
vatory to complete the report without falling into arrears.
This will be understood
just give an outline of the
work
at the Observatory:
12
instruments are observed every hour in the twenty-four, and registered in a rough
observation book, from which they are entered in the day book, then abstracted in a
book
for the
purpose, and finally fresh sheets are copied out, which are forwarded
to the
all
through you
Hon'ble East India Company.
Besides
this,
extra observations,
the corrections of
the instruments, absolute determinations, the diurnal and hourly

;
march
of the instruments registered in curves

all the
the
anemometer papers and copies

I
of
it
our observations to
Indian observatories, and
think
it
will be
allowed that
Sept. 1844]
xciii
will be sufficient for the Asiatic Society for the present to receive the hourly
and daily
means of the instruments

Again, with reference
for the
month.
send one complete copy of the curves described
to the tides, I
by the instruments, and the registry

Madras,
I
to the
Hon'ble East India Company's Astronomer,
for transmission
through him
to the
Home
Government, another complete copy
forward through the Honorable the Governor of the Straits to the Secretary to the
India,
Government of
suggestion,
it
(Home Department.)
to
Now
if
might be permitted
to
make
would be
forward the remainder of the tides not yet dispatched, to the
Secretary of the Asiatic Society, Calcutta, and those that have been already sent to
Bengal
I
to
be handed over
I shall
to
him.
it
hope
be excused in making these remarks, for
has appeared to me, that
the Secretary to the Asiatic Society in calling for complete copies had neither an idea
of the enormous additional labour that

for the
it
would entail on the Observatories, (requiring

England.
I
purpose an extra assistant constantly copying,) nor that the whole of the ob-
servations
I
would ultimately be published
in
intend to write to the same effect to the Secretary to the Asiatic Society, but
shall defer forwarding
any abstracts until

in Council.
have on
this subject the
opinion of the
Most Noble the Governor
have, &c.
Lieut. Engineers,
Singapore, 25th April, 1844.
(Signed)
C.
M. Elliot,
Superintendent Magnetic Observatory.
(A
true Copy.)
(Signed)
J. F.
Thomas,
to
Secretary
Government.
No.
380.
to
To
J.
F.
Thomas, Esq. Secretary
Government, Fort St. George.
Home Department, Marine. Sir, I am directed to acknowledge

6th instant with
its
the receipt of your letter No. 199, dated the
enclosure, and to state, that for the reasons assigned by the Superin-
tendent of the Magnetic Observatory at Singapore, the Governor General in Council

concurs in opinion with the Most Noble the Governor in Council of Fort St. George,
that the Asiatic Society at Calcutta should receive, as proposed
by Lieut.
Elliot,
only
a copy of the
mean
results of the
Magnetic and Meteorological Observations, instead of
copies of the entire observations.
The necessary communication on

I
the subject will
be
made
to the
Secretary to the Asiatic Society at Calcutta.

have, &c.
Fort William, the 11th July, 1844.
(Signed)
T.
It.
Davidson,
(True Copies.)
T. R. Davidson,
Ordered, that
desire of
it
be explained that the Society, fully sensible of the steady

to forward its views in all matters of utility,
Government
was
xciv
[[Sept. 1844.
only desirous of such mean results, or details as could be afforded without

inconvenience.
Read the following

From
letter
:
No.
2,037, of 1844.
F. Currie, Esq. Secretary to the Govt, of India, to the Secy, to the Asiatic
Society, dated Fort William, 1\th August, 1844.
Foreign Department.
Sir,
By
you
direction of the Governor General in Council, 1 have the honor to transfor
mit
to
may deem
it
to merit, the
accompanying
copy of a report by Mr. B. Woode, of

frontier.
his proceedings
during his late Tour on the
Naga
have the honor
to be, Sir,
Fort William, the 24th Aug. 1844.
Your most obedient
servant,
F.
Currie,
Secy, to the Govt, of India.
The paper was

Read the
July,
referred to the Editors of the Journal.
following letter
addressed under orders of the Meeting of
(see proceedings,) to the Secretary to the

its
Government of Bengal
with
reply
The Secretary
to the
Home
Department.
of
Sir, By
desire of the
Honorable the President and Committee
Papers of the
Asiatic Society, and in pursuance of a resolution passed at the Meeting of the 3d instant,
I have the honor to request, that you will be pleased to submit to the Honorable the Government of Bengal, the accompanying specimen pages and certificates relative to a proposed Sanscrit Dictionary in Bengali characters, to be entitled the Sabda Ratnakar, the author of which is Baboo Gooroopresad Roy, a Pundit of much eminence,
and
for
which he,
as well as the Asiatic
Society,
respectfully solicit the support and

it
patronage of Government, to enable him to carry
through the press.

certificates,
copy of the
Baboo's letter to the Society will be found with the

the Asiatic Society in reference to
it is
and the resolution of

that the
noted in the margin.
The Society would

immense labour, and
comprising as
in
it
desire respectfully to represent to

will
H. H.
work
is
one of
be of the highest
utility to
Bengalee students of Sanscrit,
does in
itself,
the essentials of several other works
now only
existing
MSS., and expensive and
difficult to obtain,
and that thus
it
will be in
an education-
al point of
view of most essential service
to the native
it
community, and that the Society

could
it
indeed would have been happy to have given
a larger share of support,

so,
with reference to existing engagements and claims have done
and were the work
one of a higher, and more classic standard.

It
begs further, with deference,
to suggest, that the

it,
much
I
public advantage confer copies of

it is
Government might probably with when published, as prizes in the Public

not aware of any modern work
Colleges, for which purpose
a work most excellently adapted.

is
am
desired to add, in conclusion, that the Society
in Sanscrit literature which has appeared for
many
years, better deserving the sup-
Sept. 1844]
port of the
xcv
Government
of India, with reference to purposes of practical utility in the
study, (with the native community,) of a language so important to them.

I
am,
Sir,
Asiatic Society's
Rooms, Ylth July, 1844.

V. P.
H. Tor hens,
and Secy.
Asiatic Society.
No. 582.
From
the Under-Secretary to the Govt, of Bengal, to

dated Fort William, 11th August, 1844.
Education.
Sir, I am
scribe for
directed to acknowledge the receipt of your letter, dated the 12th ul-
timo, and to state, that the
Deputy Governor
regrets that the
Government cannot sub-
any copies of the proposed Sanscrit Dictionary, specimen pages of which

I
accompanied your communication.

have the honor
to be, Sir,
Your most obedient servant, Cecil Beadon,

Under-Secretary
to the
Read the following

presenting a
letter
from Mr. W.
C. Colton, Assistant Librarian,
mummied hand and
curious knot of a tree, (forming, naturally,

it
the figure of an animal,) to which
refers
Sir,
To H. Piddington, Esq. Sub-Secretary, Asiatic Society. beg leave to present to the Asiatic Society's Museum, the accompanying
hand, taken from an Egyptian
Mummy
in
one of the pyramids near Cairo, and sup-
posed to be about three thousand years old.

Also, a curious specimen of a knot taken from a tree, in the Island of the Mauritius,
in the year 1840.
1
have the honor
to be, Sir,
Your obedient
Calcutta,
servant,
Wth September,
1844.
W.
J. J.
C.
Colton.
Read the following
letter
from the Rev.

:
Moore, Secretary Agra
School Book Society to the Sub-Secretary No. 239.
My
dear
Sir,
am happy
little.
to say that the
two boxes of books have reached me

to be
I
in safety, with the exception of 9
which are injured by water and have

for the
rebound,
however
warded
this matters
The books
Maharaj of Jodhpore,
cost of
have
for-
to the Political
Agent, Capt. French.
The
them
shall remit to
you
so soon as realized.
The
month.
bill
against the Society
hope
to
remit a draft
for, at
the close of the
am much
obliged to you for the kind trouble you have taken.
Believe me, your sincerely,

15th August, 1844.
J.
Moore.
Read the following
letter
from Dr. Mouat
To H. Tor hens, Esq.
My
field of
dear Torrens,
Punniar, they
Would
the accompanying articles be of any use to your
Museum 1
Intrinsically they are of
no value, but as they were both brought from the

of preservation.
may be esteemed worthy
The matchlock was
xcvi
[Sept. 1844.
taken from a Mahratta by a soldier of the Queen's 50th. at Punniar,
who
believe
bayonetted him.
fell
The
ball
was one
fired
from the Battery stormed by the 50th, and

it
within a foot of
my
brother,
who had
picked up and preserved as a
relic of the
fight.
I am collecting, or rather attempting to do so, a small Mineralogical and Geological Museum for the Medical College, and have sent home for a complete set of Eu-
ropean specimens, classified and arranged, which
hope will arrive here shortly.

to
Do you
think the Asiatic Society
would object
make
over to us any triplicate

are
or quadruplicate specimens
which may not be worth preserving by them, and
not of sufficient value to send
home
for
we must
I
be moderate in our expectations,

to
and
be content
with
small beginnings.
hope ultimately
see
complete
courses of Geology and Mineralogy given in this
College, that our Students
may
obtain some acquaintance with these highly interesting and in this country important
branches of science.
Very truly yours

Medical College, SOlh August, 1844.
Fred.
J.
Mouat.
Resolved, that the Curator in the Geological and Mineralogical Depart-
ments be desired -when the arrangements of the

to assist Dr.
collections will admit of
it,
Mouat's views.
as Curator, stated, that (see Journal Vol. X, p. 172,
The Sub-Secretary,
Proceedings for
as a very proper
May
1841,) he
had already pointed out
to the Society, this
method of disposing of spare specimens. Read the following letter from Dr. A. Sprenger, B. M.
To
the Secretary of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,
S.
<SfC.
c. #c.
My dear
Society.
If
Sir,
beg leave
to
send you an article for the Journal of the Asiatic

in
you have plenty of space
your present number,
shall
make
it
longer,
adding passages which show from whence the Arabs obtained the principal articles of
commerce,
this part,
as for instance paper,

let
which was manufactured

rest.
1
at
Samarcand, &c. Print
and
me know
about the
am, your very
faithfully,
Chinsurah, August 28, 1844.
A.
Sprenger.
The Secretary
placed
it
stated,
that as the
MSS. was much

first
interlined,
he had
in the
hands of a good copyist, and would
return
it
to Dr. S.
for his revisal before placing in the
hands of the printers.

stated,
The Curator Geological and Mineralogical Departments

having been for the most part occupied
in
that
preparatory arrangements in
the Laboratory, and having nothing of note to minute, he had deferred
making any report
for the present
month.
Proceedings of the Asiatic Society for the month of October, 1844.
The usual monthly meeting
of the Society
p.
was held on Wednesday
evening the 2nd October, 1844, at 8
m.
The Honourable
Sir
H. Seton in the chair.

at the last
The following members proposed

and declared duly elected
:
meeting were ballotted
for,
A. C. Barwell, Esq. B. C.
S.
John Owen, Esq.

Corresponding member, J.
McGowan,
Esq.
Ningpo Hospital.
And
the following
new members were proposed:

S.,
T. R. Davidson, Esq. B. C.
proposed by H. Torrens, Esq. and second-
ed by H. Piddington, Esq.
Allan Giimore, Esq., ditto ditto

J. P.
ditto.
McKilligen, Esq. ditto ditto ditto.

S.
Captain T. Marshall, proposed by
G. T. Heatly, Esq. and seconded
by H. Torrens, Esq.
Read the following
list
of books presented, exchanged and purchased
Books presented.
1.
Meteorological Register for August, 1844.
From the Surveyor General's Office.

I,
2.
Journal of the Koyal Geographical Society of London, Vol. 13th, part
1843,
London, 8vo. By the Society.

3.
Extrait du Rapport Annuel fait a la Societe de Geographie de Paris, 1839.
By
the Society.
4.
Accroissement de la Collection Geographique de la Bibliotheque
Royale, en
1841.
5.
By the Geographical Society.

Journal of the
Bombay Branch Royal
Society,
No.
7,
May
1844.
By
iii,
the
Society.
6.
Journal of the Agricultural and Horticultural Society of India, vol.

the Society.
part
i.
By
7.
Oriental Christian Spectator, vol.
5,
No.
9,
September 1844. By the Editor.

30,
12.
Madras Journal of Literature and Science, No.
June
1844.
By the
So-
ciety.
8.
Inquiry into the Means of Establishing a Ship Navigation between the Medi-
terranean and
9.
Red
Seas, by J. Vetch. Second edition, London, 1843. By the Author.

les Altitudes,
Notation Hypsometrique ou Nouvelle Maniere de Noter
par
M.
Jomard, 1840. By the Author.
xcviii
[Oct. 1844.
Books exchanged'
10.
Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Vol. 14
Nos. 88 and 89, July and
August, 1844.
11.
The Athenaeum, Nos.
871 to 874, July 1844.
Read the following Proceedings of the Committee of Papers

At
a
Meeting of the Committee of Papers held on 13th September
at half-past
10 a. M.
Present.
The
Honourable Sir
the
J.
P. Grant, the Honourable Sir H. Seton, Lieut.
Col. Forbes, C. Huffnagle, Esq., S. G. T. Heatly, Esq., and Rev. Dr. J. Haeberlin.
Resolved,
That
Members
of the Society
be informed by Circular, that at
the next Meeting a President to the Society will be elected.
2nd. That a deputation having been offered to wait upon the Hon'ble
W. W.
Bird,
and
his occupations
having interfered with his receiving
it
at the
hour proposed, the
Secretary be instructed to draw up a suitable address to our late President, requesting
him
to
make
choice of an artist of reputation in England, by

size, to
be taken of the Kit Cat
be placed in the Meeting
whom his Room of the
Portrait
may
Society, with
those of his predecessors in office.

J. P.
Grant, Chairman.
And
To
the
letters as follows:
Honorable
W. W. Bird, Esq.
late President of the Asiatic Society of

to
Bengal.
Honorable
Sir,
have been instructed
apprise you, that the letter of resig-
nation of your office of President, which I had the honour to submit at the last meet-
ing of the Society, was received with the expression of the regret of
its
members,
at
the cessation of your connexion with a body to which you have belonged for more than
three and thirty years.
The
Society has,
am
instructed to state, a lively sense of the value of the support

it
and assistance you have afforded

President.
during the time that you have held the
office of
its
You,
Sir,
have by constant supervision of our Proceedings encouraged

in
and stimulated the work

use of
which the Society has been engaged, and by a judicious
the opportunities available in your high official situation you have put the
Society in a position to diffuse the results of scientific enquiry conducted by the
Government, among
Anxious
will do
its
members, and the
scientific
world at large.
to possess
memento
of you, the Society instruct
me
to request, that
you
them the favour
of selecting
an
artist of
good reputation in England, by

purpose of
its
whom
in
your Portrait
the Meeting of President.
may
be painted in the Kit Cat
size, for the
being placed
Room
of the Society, together with those of your predecessors in the Chair
The
Street.
Society instruct
me
to beg, that
you
will take the further trouble of referring
the artist you
may
select to our Agents,
Messrs. VV.
H. Allen and Co. Leadenhail
The
Society, in conclusion, direct
me
to
express their thanks and acknowledgments

all
for the kind urbanity with
which you have at
times met them, for the lively interest
Oct. 1844.]

their pursuits,
xeix
which you have evinced in

have invariably afforded
and
for the
steady maintenance which you
to their interests as a constituted

I
body.
Sir,
am, Honorable
Your most obedient
servant,
H. TORRENS.
To H. Tor r ens, Esq. Vice President and Secretary
Sir,
to the
Asiatic Society of Bengal.
beg
to
letter of the
13th instant,
commuand
nicating to
afforded
me
the thanks of the Society, for the support and assistance which I
I
them during the time

I
had the honor
to hold the office of President,
requesting, that
would allow
my
Portrait to be painted for the purpose of being
placed in the Meeting

in the chair.
I
Room
of the Society, together with those of
my
predecessors
beg you will express
to the Society
how
sensible I
am
of the honor they have

to
done me, and how
gratified 1 feel, that the little I
have been able
do
for the
maintenance of their interests, should be considered deserving of so
flattering
an
acknowledgment.
With every wish
for the
I
continued success of their labours.

to be, Sir,
have the honor
Your most obedient

Calcutta, 17th September, 1844.
servant,
The Society then proceeded

Honourable
seconded by
ed,
to the election of a President,
W. W. Bird. when the

chair,
Sir
Henry Hardinge being proposed from the

was unanimously
elected.
It
and
Lieut. Col. Forbes,
was arrang-
on the suggestion of Col. Forbes, that the Secretary should be requested
to ascertain
from the Private Secretary, when
it
might be convenient
for
the Honourable the Governor General to receive a deputation from the

Society of such
members
as
might please to form
it;
and that
Sir
Henry
Seton, as the Vice-President in the chair this evening, be requested to con-
duct the deputation.
Read the following report and

Sub-Committee
letters
submitted to the Society by the

:
for publishing Sir A.
Burnes' drawings
The Committee for publishing Sir A. Burnes' Drawings, with reference

to the
to their first report
Society in July 1843, have
now
the
honour
to
present afartfier report as follows:

to their
The Committee having,

ed members
:
as authorized,
added
numbers the undermention-
Rev.
S.
J. Haeberlin,
G. T. Heatly, Esq.
of the following
And being now composed

Esq., and
members
viz.
S.
H. Torrens, Esq., Charles Huffhagle, Esq., Rev, J. Haeberlin,
G. T. Heatly,
Henry Piddington Esq., Secretary
to the
Committee.
[Oct. 1844.
Meeting on Wednesday, the 18 th September, 1844.
And
1.
all
the
Members and
Secretary being present, proceeded as follows
Read
for the information of the
new Members,
up
the report of July 184S, and

to the present date.
the following
Memorandum
of the state of the trust

Sir
Memoranda for Committee on

1.
A. Burnes' Drawings.
p. 1130.
The Committee was named
in
March 1841. Journal, Vol. IX.

selections
2. It decided specially,
with reference to
from the drawings, that, as the
true object of the trust confided to the Society

diffuse as
by Government was undoubtedly to

at a hea-
much
as possible the
knowledge which Government had acquired

to the labours of the
vy expence, and also as matter of justice
Envoy and
Naturalist,
as well as of convenience to future naturalists and travellers in the valley of the
Indus and Affghanistan, that the whole of the drawings should be published
perhaps some few very
3.
except
common
It is
ones,
if
any such were found.

it
This was duly reported and confirmed at a general meeting, but
has not been
placed upon record.
supposed to have been confirmed at the meeting of April
1841, See Journal, Vol. XI, p. 72.

4.
The preparation of
the plates
was continued, and with extreme
care,
till
Mr.
Ballin's death,
when
difficulties gradually arose

it is
which have not yet been adjusted,
but shortly will be so, without,

5.
hoped, any loss to the Society's interests.
Mr. Blyth arrived in September 18*1, taking charge of the
Museum on
the
6th September, (Vol. XI, p. 755,) and this undertaking amongst other matters was
then specially brought to his notice, and the drawings and finished lithographs
shewn him,
their cost explained, &c.
He was
also
shewn
that the Acting Curator, in readiness for
Mr. Piddington, had indexed the whole of Dr. Lord's notes
him
to
commence on the
5.
letter-press.
The notes
;
of Dr. Lord were subsequently duly
made over
to
him by
the Secre-
tary
and then, and on more than one subsequent occasion, when Mr. Blyth object-
ed to the drawings as inaccurate, and as deviating from already known types, and
proposed correcting them,
it
was
distinctly explained to
him
that, in
such case, the

;
Society would be guilty of a breach of trust, and even of a scientific fraud
since
it
would publish
as the drawings
:
made on
Sir A. Burnes' Missions, pictures of to
something
all
which were not so
and that, as well known

is
him, the
now anxious
search of
European naturalists
(ornithaa)
exactly to find the original drawings from which local faunae

in order to correct these flourishes, to
had been published,

;
and interferences
of artists and naturalists
who,
make
better pictures, and reduce the birds (princi-
pally) to their fancied types and systems,
had
in
many
instances created enormous
confusion, deprived the original observers of their due credit for active research and
accuracy, and had even

postors
;
made them
pass, at least as careless persons, if not as im-
when, on the contrary, the mischief and imposture was the work of the
naturalist editors, publishers and artists.
Oct. 1844.]
6.

of the
ci
p. 616, will
The Reports
Committee in July 1843, Proceedings, Vol. XI,
shew
in all its relations that the
Committee has not been
to
blame, and
how
far
the Society's wishes and orders have, or have not, been acted upon.
7.
The Secretary
to the
Committee deems
it
his duty to state to the
Committee,
that with the concurrence of the Society, the whole of these drawings, except such
as were required for the artists, were placed under lock
and key, and under the special
charge of the Librarian, with
strict injunctions that
they were only to be shewn or
delivered by special order, as in the case of the Mackenzie collection and other rare
and valuable drawings
the finished ones being of course at Mr. Blyth's disposition.

all
He now
learns that they have been

in,
placed
in
Mr. Blyth's hands.

of Dr. Lord's notes,
Dr. Roer being called
says he
knows nothing
which have
never been in his possession.

Resolved,
That a
to
letter
be written
to
Mr. Blyth, requesting within a given time,
(Saturday next,) a report as to the progress

ings,
made
in the text for Sir A. Burnes'
draw-
and as
whether Dr. Lord's notes have been recovered.

letter
The following
was therefore addressed
to
Mr. Blyth
To E. Blyth, Esq. Curator Asiatic Society.

Sir,
A meeting of the Committee for the publication of Sir A. Burnes' drawings of

made
in the letter-
the Zoology of the Indus, desires to enquire, what progress you have
press to
I
accompany
those drawings.
am
further to enquire, with reference to a statement
made by you
that the notes on
those drawings
by Dr. Lord are
lost,
whether you have recovered those notes, the
Committee having ascertained

and
it
that the notes were never in Dr. Roer's possession,

to
having been proved that they were delivered
you by me, and have
not, in
so far as any evidence before the
Committee goes
to
shew, been ever out of your
hands.
On
tion.
these points the
Committee request a
to
specific
answer in writing before Saturday
next the 21st instant,
enable the Committee to take early cognizance of the ques1
have, &c.
H. Torrens.
Committee adjourn
to
Wednesday, 25th September, 1841.
At an adjoured Meeting of the Committee for the publication of Sir A. Burnes' Drawings, held on the Ibth September 1844, at the Society's Rooms, at half-after
10 o'clock A.M.
Present. Rev.
J.
Haeberlin, Chas. Huffnagle, Esq., S. G. T. Heatley Esq.,
H.
Torrens, Esq., V. President and Secretary, H. Piddington, Secretary to the Committee;,
Read
letter
from Mr. Blyth.

Sir,
With
I
reference to the
to
first
question proposed to
me
in
your note of the 18th

I
ultimo,
beg
inform you, that from the
commencement
of the present month,
have devoted
as
much
time as
my
other and stringent duties would permit of to the

the publication of Sir A. Burnes' draw-
preparation of the letter-press to
accompany
cii

made
to
[Oct. 1844.
undertaking
to
ings; and that sufficient progress has been

plete
it
warrant
my
com-
in the course of
a few weeks.
I
The MS.
notes,
however,
regret to add, have not been found up to the present
time, but they can scarcely have been abstracted from the
Museum.
Their value
was, indeed not great, as they consisted almost entirely of descriptions and slight
dissections of
well-known species, the

:
localities of
I
which were alone new, and these
are further noted on the drawings
but
am
surprised beyond measure at the non-ap-
pearance of the papers, and do not

as
offer the
foregoing opinion regarding their value

at present able to
any extenuation of the annoying circumstance of our not being
find them.
I
have, on several occasions, looked over the papers, with the intention of preparing
for the press
what
little
could be extracted from them
and
to the best of
my
recollec-
tion have always returned
them
to the
I
charge of our late Sub-librarian Mr.F. Bouchez,
since the period of whose leaving
have never consulted the

have the honor
MS.
1
in question,
and
had no idea but that

it.
it
would be immediately forthcoming when

I
lately applied for
to be, Sir,
Your obedient
Asiatic Society's
servant,
Museum, September
21, 1844.
E. Blyth.
Resolved,
mittee
The letter from the Zoological Curator having been read, the Sub-Comdeem it necessary to place on record for report to the Society the expresMr.
sion of their extreme regret and surprise at the annoying circumstance, as noted by
Blyth, of the non-appearance of these notes.
The Sub-Committee
it
further desire to
observe, that Mr. Blyth's assurance that the preparation of the letter-press will be
com-
pleted in a few weeks
is
the most satisfactory declaration which
has yet fallen to
their lot to report with reference to the important duty confided to them.
The Sub-Committee
propose in consequence of the above assurance, to proceed with

it is
the printing of the letter-press as
prepared, in order that the plates already finished
may
be published at the earliest possible date.
The report
of the
Committee was considered as
satisfactory,
and adopted
by the meeting.
Read the following

companying
it
:
letter
from Government, and extract of dispatch ac-
Duplicate.
No. 2288.
From
the
Under Secretary
to the
to the
Vice President and
Secretary
Sir,
dated Fort William, \1th September, 1844.

of a letter from
last,
am
directed to
transmit the accompanying copy

15,
the
Hon'ble the Court of Directors, No.
dated the 29th
May
with enclosure;
also a transcript of a Circular addressed to the Civil Officers in this Presidency,
and
to
Oct. 1844.]
ciii
request that the Asiatic Society of Calcutta, will supply the Government with such information regarding the antiquities, the state of the liberal and mechanic arts, and the native customs of this Presidency, as the Museum and collections of the
institution
for
may
afford
besides suggesting such
means
as
may
occur
to the
Society,
enabling Government the better to comply with the wishes of the Hon'ble Court.
1
have the honor
to be, Sir,
Your most obedient

(Signed)
servant,
A.
Turnbull,
Under Secretary
to the
PUBLIC DEPARTMENT.
No. 15 of
1844i.
Our Governor General of India
in Council.
Para.
1.
We forward
to
you the copy of a
letter
dated 8th April 1844, addressto
ed to us by the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland, bringing

notice the state of those interesting
our
monuments
of Antiquity, the
Cave Temples of
India, and soliciting our interposition to preserve
them from
all
such causes of injury
and decay as may be obviated by means within the authority of our Indian
Government.
With reference
also to the peculiarly perishable nature of the paintis
ings in the Caves of Ajunta, the Society
anxious that carefully executed copies of
them should be made before it

records that exist of
of their execution,
is
too late, and as those drawings are the only authentic
many
it
of the usages of the people of India at the probable date

little
would no doubt be
creditable to an enlightened Govern-
ment
ful
to suffer
them
to perish without an effort to perpetuate their subjects
by
faith-
and
artistic delineation.
We
therefore
recommend
it
to
your special consideration
to determine
upon and adopt such measures, either by the occasional employment of

officers,
some of our talented
by such other means as
when may appear
the calls of the public service permit of

to
it,
or
you
to
be best calculated to ensure the pro-
curing of good copies of the paintings in the Caves of Ajunta, and of drawings of the
other Caves
using such means also for the protection of the Caves themselves against
dilapidation, as
may
be consistent with any use to which they
may have been
legi-
timately applied.
2.
We
take this opportunity also of apprising you, that
we
are desirous of collect-
ing a series, as ample as possible, of delineations (accompanied by short explanations) of various objects of interest
liberal
and instruction,
illustrative of the state of tho
and mechanic
arts in India,
and
of the phases, character
and condition of
its
various tribes and people, comprising architecture, implements, costumes, &c. for
our library, frequent reference being made to

for
it,
(at present with little advantage,)

it
such sources of information.
We
should think
possible, that moderate en-
couragement on your part would readily obtain an abundant supply of such materials
from different individuals in the service of the Company.
civ
3.
Oct. 1844.
Absolute accuracy being essentially necessary in the drawings, and^the use of
Dollond's Camera Lucida ensuring that indispensable object,
we
&c.
sball transmit with-
out delay to the Government of each of tbe presidencies three of these instruments.
We are,
(Signed)
,,
John Shepherd,
(Signed)
,,
,, ,,
Henry Alexander,
Robert Campbell,
Henry Willock,
,, ,,
,,
,,
J.
W. H. C. Plowden, W. Hogg,
H. Shank,
John Masterman,
C. Mills,
John Loch,
Russell Ellice,
,,
W.
H. Sykes.
John C. Whiteman,
29t/t
London,
May, 1844.
to
The Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland,

14,
J. C.
Melvill, Esq.
Grafton Street,
Bond
Street,
London, 8th April, 1844.
Sib,
The Royal Asiatic
Society have had before
them
at their late meetings, a
highly valuable and interesting paper on the Cave Temples of India, by James
Fergusson, Esq., a gentleman of great research and knowledge in Architecture,
who
re-
with a professional zeal worthy of
all
commendation, personally visited the most
markable specimens of those singular structures, as well in Behar and Cuttack,
where they
are found in the earliest
of the Peninsula,
and most simple forms, as in the Western side where the most highly wrought and ornamental examples are exMr. Fergusson's paper
to classify those
tant. It is the principal object of
remarkable
structures according to the purposes for
which they appear
to
have been designed,
the parties by
whom
they were executed, and the dates assigned to them.
Mr. Fergusson
is fully
aware of the great value of the improved knowledge attain-
ed to in the reading of the ancient characters in which inscriptions are written on the rocks and temples of India ; but he justly considers the ascertainment of a date,
by an inscription not
to be conclusive as to the
is
character in which the inscription

features of the structure.
written
is
age of the excavation, as where the more modern than the architectural
probable that the inscription denotes
In such cases,
it is
new
appropriation or use, rather than the original design or execution.
He
there-
fore
applies to the examination of their age the test of architectural character,
according to certain principles which he states in his able paper.
Mr. Fergusson is of opinion, that the

which he divides into two great
or
earliest of the
Cave Temples are the Buddhist,
classes, the
Viharus or Monastic, and the Chaitya

after those in the neighseries,
Temple Caves. Among the most ancient Buddhist Caves, and being
bourhood of Gya and in Cuttack, he ranks a very remarkable

of the road ordinarily travelled,
visited,
difficult
which lying out
of access, have been seldom
and are
little
known, those of Ajunta

is to
in Berar.
The
first
notice of these Caves
be found in a paper by Lieutenant Alexander,
printed in the 2d volume of the Transactions of the Royal Asiatic Society.

writer there remarks, (p. 365)
:
The
want
"In most
of the Caves, to compensate for the
of profuse entaille and sculptures are paintings in fresco,
much more
interesting, as
Oct. 1814.]

life,
cv
exhibiting the dresses, habits of
pursuits, general appearance, and even features

or
of the natives of India, perhaps
two thousand
two thousand
five
hundred years
ago, well preserved and highly colored, and exhibiting in glowing tints, of which
light red is the
most common, the crisp haired aborigines of the sect of Buddhists."
He
adds further on, " the high antiquity (of Buddhism,)
may
be satisfactorily proved
both from the paintings and sculptured figures in these excavations, which exhibit
traces of the
existence of a woolly-haired race,
now no where found on
the Indian
continent."
Again, (p. 368)
"In
the gallery or passage behind the pillars are
fresco paintings of
Buddha, and
is
his attending supporters with chowries in their hands.
The thickness
of the stucco
about a quarter of an inch. The colors are very vivid,

;
consisting of brown, light red, blue and white

is
the red predominates.
The
coloring
softened down, the execution

is
is
bold, and the pencil handled freely, and

figures are
some
knowledge of perspective
in height.
shewn. The
two
feet
and a
half, or three feet
(P. 369.)
" The paintings
in
many
of the Caves represent highly interesting
and
are
spirited delineations of hunting scenes, battles, &c.
The elephants and horses

mounted.
particularly well drawn.
On
the latter two
men
are often seen
Ram
and
cock fights
observed in one of the excavations.
The
spears are peculiar, having

lyre with three
three knobs near the head, and there

strings. I observed
was an instrument resembling a

;
something
like a zodiac
but not at
all
resembling the celebrated
one at Dendera."
The following passages

ing relics of
in
:
Mr. Fergusson's paper relate
to these
highly interest-
Hindu antiquity
"After crossing the valley of the Taptee from the North, you approach a Ghaut of
some 500
or
600
feet in height, supporting the table land of the

is flat
Dekhan.
The
upper line of the Ghaut
and regular, and the wall,

places,
if I
may
use the expression,
tolerably even, except in

for a considerable
some
where
it is
broken by ravines which extend

It is in
way
into the table land above.
one of these ravines that

mile
the Caves of Ajtend are situated.
The entrance
to the ravine is nearly half a

it, till it
in width, but is gradually narrower, as
you wind up
terminates in a cascade
feet high, the
of seven falls, called the Sat-Koond, the last of

others, together 100
which may be 100
more."
fall
"Immediately below the

in the perpendicular cliff,
the ravine
makes a sudden turn
to the right,
and
it is
forming the outer side of the bend, and facing the Koond,
that the caves are situated, the whole series extending, as near as I can guess
about 500 yards from North to South- East.
******
pillars
" No.
16.
The whole
of this Cave, the largest, has been covered with stucco and
painted, and
many
of the smaller paintings
on the
and in the panels of the

his disciples in vari-
roof of the aisles, remain, consisting of figures of
Buddha and
ous attitudes, rosettes and other ornaments

front, the rain apparently has beat in,
but owing to the ruined state of the
and destroyed the larger subjects.
There are
several inscriptions painted on the plaster, and though none remain sufficiently entire
to be transcribed, yet sufficient
remains
to
shew, that the character* are those pres
cvi
[Oct. 1844.
valent subsequent to the Christian era.
On
the exterior face of the Cave, however,
but very high up,
is
an inscription of some length in the pure Nath character, which
would
at once give an antiquity to the excavation of about 100 or
200
b. c. as far as
such evidence can be relied on.
" No.
17, generally called the Zodiac

Its
Cave, very
much resembles
the last deit
scribed in almost every respect.

lars
dimensions are 64 feet by 63, and

;
has 20 pilpillars
disposed as in the other. It
is
not, however, so lofty

in
and the details of the
are
by no means so graceful or elegant as

entire,
No. 16.
The
paintings, however, are
much more
" On
and though the colours
in
some places
are a good deal faded, the
subjects can generally be
made
out.
is
;
the right hand wall as you enter, a procession
painted: three elephants
issuing from a portal, one black, one red or rather
brown
and the
third a white
one, which seems the principal one of the group, shewing

dilection for these animals,
how
early arose the pre-
which
still
exist
among
the Burmese aud Siamese of the

;
present day.
Chattahs and
flags are
borne before them
and a large retinue of men
armed with spears, swords and shields follow them.
" On
the back wall
is
a hunting scene, in which a lion powerfully and well drawn,
forms the principal object of attraction.
There are also deer and dogs, and men on
horseback and on foot without number.
" In the verandah

gave up the idea.
to this
Cave are some singularly interesting paintings
at
one
I
end a circular one which
I at first took for
a Zodiac, though on further examination
Its centre is divided in eight
compartments, and the outer

is
circle
into eixteen or seventeen.

figures
;
Each
is, I
of these
compartments
out.
crowded with small
but what the subject
could not
make
so
" Over the door

black, the
It is
are eight Buddhist figures sitting cross-legged, the

;
first
four are
fifth fairer
the next
is still
more
the last fair and wearing a crown.
remarkable that there are more black people painted in this Cave than in any
of the others.
The women, however,

a European complexion.
are generally fair";
and the men
all
shades,
from black
to
The
roof
is
painted in various patterns, not
at all unlike those still existing in the baths of Titus,

art.
though in an
inferior style of
had not time, even

I fear
if I
had had the

visits
ability to
copy these interesting paint-
ings,
and
any one
who now
them, will
find, that
much
that
saw has
since disappeared.
" The
style of these paintings cannot of course bear comparison
with European
painting of the present day, but they are certainly superior to the style of Europe
during the age in which they are executed.

are better,
The
perspective, grouping and details

I
and the story better told than any paintings

style,
know
of,
anterior to
Orgagna
art,
and Fiesole. The
however,
is
not European, but more resembles Chinese

I never,
particulaily in the flatness
and want of shadow.
however, even in China,
saw any thing approaching its perfection. " I looked very attentively at these paintings
to try
and discover
if
they were
to de1
fresco paintings, or merely water colors laid on a dry surface, but
was unable
cide the point
the color certainly
is
in cases absorbed into the plaster;
and
am
Oct. 1844.]
cvii
on, and conse-
inclined to think they
may have been

do not think
it
painted
when
it
was
first laid
quently moist
but
all
could have been done on the modern plan of
painting each day
the plaster laid on that day."
From
the remarks above quoted, as well as from the personal knowledge of several
of the
Members
and
Royal Asiatic Society, no doubts remain that the Caves of Ajunta
contain unique specimens of Hindoo painting of an age anterior to the Christian era,
it is
equally certain that time, and the use
made
of these places by faquirs
and
others,
Mahomedan and Hindoo,
are gradually destroying their beauty,
and
will soon
obliterate every trace of those remains
which are valuable, not only as specimens

and habits of races long passed away, and
of early art, but as exhibiting the figures
important therefore, as illustrative of the early history of India.
The Royal
Asiatic Society are anxious that before any further destruction of these
singular paintings shall be effected,
means may be taken
to
have faithful copies of
them made, which they would

directed
gladly publish in their Journal, and the Council have
me
to lay the subject before the
Honourable Court, with the expression of

to the proper authorities
their earnest desire
and hope, that instructions may be sent
in India, to employ
some
Officer in their service, as early as the opportunity shall
present
itself, to
take such copies of
them
as
may
art.
preserve the remembrance of these

I
most curious and valuable remains of ancient
have the honour
to be,
&c.
(Signed^)
R. Clarke, Honorary
Secretary*
(True Copies,)
(Signed)
T. R. Davidson,
to the
Ofg. Secretary
Circular
from
the Under-Secretary to the
to Civil Authorities.
Dated Fort William, September, 1844.

Sin,
am
directed by the
Deputy Governor
of Bengal to forward the
annexed
copy of Correspondence noted in the margin,* and with reference to the wishes of
the Honourable Court of Directors therein expressed,
to
request that you will

.
report whether any Cave Temples, or other antiquities exist in the
under
your charge
and
if
so, that
you
will suggest
means
for preserving
them from
injury or decay.
2.
You
will of course understand, that the latter instruction only applies to such
temples or buildings as are no longer used as places of worship, and have no responsible guardian
appointed for their preservation.
explain the object of any researches or enquiries you
You will be careful likewise may institute, in consequence

to be,
to
of
these orders, so as to prevent any misconception regarding them, on the part of

the native community.
I
have the honour
&c.
(Signed)
Under-Secretary
to the
A.Turnbull,
Government
of'
Bengal.
(True Copies,)
Under-Secretary
A. Turnbull,
to the
Dispatch No,
15,
of 9th
May
1844,
from the Honourable the Court of Directors with Enclosures.
cviii
[Oct. 1844.
it
It
was stated by the Secretary, that he had thought
right to circulate
these to the Committee of Papers,

it
who were unanimously

power
of opinion, that
was incumbent on the Society
to do all in its
to forward the views
of the Honourable the Court of Directors.
Mr. Piddington with a few remarks on the necessity of employing a

professional artist
who
alone he thought, (without any disparagement to
the talents of Officers in the services,) could do justice both to the letter
and the
spirit of these
wonderful delineations, in which so
much depended
not on mere copying, but upon the style of drawing and the tact of seizing
what was
characteristic
and
illustrative, especially in
what related
to the
human
figure,
and
to
manners and customs, proposed,
"That
the Society do address Government, pointing out strongly the
great importance of employing a professional draftsman for the copying of
the Cave Paintings, as desired by the Royal Asiatic Society."
This was seconded by
S.
G. T. Heatly, Esq. and carried.

Lieut. Col. Forbes, that the
The Secretary then proposed, seconded by

following gentlemen
;
viz.
J.
W.
B.
O'Shaughnessy, Esq., Lieut. Col. Forbes, R. Frith, Esq.,
Ful-
ton, Esq., Chas. Huffnagle, Esq., Revd. J. Hseberlin, E. Blyth, Esq.,
H.
Piddington, Esq.,
S.
G. T. Heatly, Esq., A. Webb, Esq.
M.D.,
Capt.
Marshall, Capt. Latter, H. Torrens, Esq. Secretary, be requested to act

as a Special Committee, for carrying out the views of the Society in aid
of the request of Government, and that they have power to add to their
numbers, which was also agreed
to.
Read
the following letter in reply to the application

Society,
made
to
Govern-
ment by the
on the motion of the Rev.
J.
Long, for copies of

:
any Medico-Topographical reports in possession of Government

No. 475.
From
T. R. Davidson, Esq. Officiating Secretary to the Government of India, to H. Torrens, Esq. Vice President and Secretary, Asiatic Society, dated the 1\st
September, 1844.
Home Department. Sir, In reply to your
letter
dated 8th instant,
am
directed to state, that the works

office.
required by the Society, are not amongst the records of this

I
have the honor
to be, Sir,
Your most obedient

Council Chamber, the 2\st September, 1844.
servant,
T. R. Davidson,
Oct. 1844.]

letter
cix
Read the following
from the Society's London Agents :

to the Asiatic
Henry Torrens,
SrR,
Esq. Secretary
Society of Bengal.
We
beg
to
inform you, for the information of the Members of the Asiatic
Society, that a bust of Mr. B.

to the instructions
a talented Sculptor,
H. Hodgson has been commenced upon, (agreeable letter of March last) by a Mr. Thornicroft, who has been highly commended to Mr. Hodgson and to ourselves,
conveyed in your
to
by a party very competent

himself.
judge of such matters, having employed Mr. Thornicroft

be 84, in addition
this
The
to
cost of the bust will
to which, there will

less
be the ship-
ping charges and insurance.
As
it
sum
is
much
than the estimate given us,
we beg
enquire
if
you think
would be desirable
to appropriate
any portion of
the balance in the purchase of a Pedestal for the bust to stand upon.
suitable one of fine marble
The
cost of a
would be under 20
in scagliola,
a
it
would not be more than
half that price.

as
We
shall be obliged
by the favor of
reply by return of the Mail,
by that time the bust will be nearly completed.
We
London, 2nd August, 1844.
have the honor
to be, Sir,
Your
faithful servants,
Wm. H. Allen and
Co.
It
was
decided, that as a pedestal for the bust
had been already placed in
the Society's Meeting Hall; the cost of importing one was needless.
Read the following acknowledgment and advice of remittance from the

Secretary
Agra School Book Society
H. Piddington, Esq. Calcutta.
My dear Sir, I have

the
the pleasure to send a draft on Calcutta for Rs. 548: 6:
6,
amount of the Asiatic Society's Bill against the Agra School Book Society. The cost of the Sanscrit Books for the Maharaja 1 hope also to remit soon, as I am in
communication with Captain French on the subject.
I
hope
to
hear that you have succeeded in procuring
me
a copy of the Sanscrit
Euclid, believe me,
Yours,
Ath September, 1844.
J.
Moore.
Read the following
letter
from Lieut. Yule,
B. E. to the
Sub-Secretary
H. Piddington, Esq.,
Calcutta.
My dear Sir, You

years ago,
were kind enough
to
give insertion in the Asiatic Society's

hills,
Journal, to the two notes on the iron of the Kassia
which
forwarded two
collected a
when on
it, it
the point of leaving that part of the world.
Having
good
many
miscellaneous notices of the people and country during an abode of two

has lately struck me, that
little
seasons in
some
of
them were
sufficiently curious to
is
be
so
worth publishing, and so

interesting to
has been given to the public on the region (which

it
me
that
cannot well judge what interest
may have
for others,) that
ex
I
[Oct. 1844.
much
gratified if
cannot but suppose
much
of these notes
must be new.
should be
the sheets enclosed should be thought worth printing in the Journal. return them.
If not
kindly
Kurnaul, September
12, 1844.
H. Yule.
The
beautiful and spirited pen and ink drawings which accompanied
this valuable
paper were greatly admired, and the paper was handed to the
Editors of the Journal for early publication.

Col. Forbes
it
On
the suggestion of Lieut.
was agreed
to,
that the Secretary should address the Mili-
tary Board, requesting copies of Lieut. Yule's reports, plans and sections
of the country about Chirra Poonjee.
The Secretary announced
to the
meeting the death of Mr. W.
C. Coiton,
the Assistant Librarian, whose conduct during the time he had been employed, was most creditable, and rendered his loss one
ted.
much
to be regret-
The Secretary
presented, on the part of Dr. Roer, a translation of the

to the Editors of the Journal for
Vedanta Sara, which was referred

lication.
pub-
The Secretary
presented, on the part of J. Avdall, Esq. an Essay
"On
the Invention of the Armenian Alphabet," which was also referred to the
Editors of the Journal.
The Secretary presented from Dr.

Sagor Division, for the Museum,
Spilsbury, Superintending Surgeon,
Two
Two
large silver coins,
dug up
at Baitool.
smaller coins, dug up at Hoshungabad.
small gold coin, dug
up
at Jubbulpoor.
J.
Read a paper from Captain
W.
Abbott, Artillery,
Dum Dum,
giving
some account of the
fall
of an Aerolite in Khandeish.
The specimen was
referred to Mr. Piddington, as Mineralogical Curator, for examination and

report,
and the paper for incorporation with the report.

also presented
The Secretary
on the part of Captain Abbott, a paper

Nurbudda," which was
"On
the occurrence of Granite in the bed of the
referred to the Editors of the Journal for publication.
The Secretary
also presented
I.
on the part of
Col. Stacy, C. B.,

I.,
through
speci-
Captains Wroughton, B. N.
and Wintle, B. N.
two splendid
Oct. 1844.]

probably part of the Femur of the great
cxi
fossil
mens of
petrified bone,
elephant or mastodon,
and a carved monumental marble slab which

This specimen
is
had formed the head-stone of a Mussulman grave.

good one of
its
kind, the sculpture being elegantly executed, and the stone
furnishing interesting evidences of a practice formerly

extinct
in
common, but now
among
the Mussulmans of India, the placing head-stones, namely,
memory
of deceased persons.
letter
Read the following

sioner,
from Captain Macleod, Assistant Commis-
Moulmein
My dear Torrens, About

from the Mekkhara Prince
having been taken of them,
at
his
two years ago
sent you two images like the present
Amaropoora, they were found at Rangoon; no notice
Highness has sent down two more.

(silver) found at a place called
He has likewise
It is
sent
me
to
be forwarded
to
you a coin
Raleng.
Hindoo
no doubt, there being no coin in Burmah.
He
likewise has sent a box, containing
some black and yellow earths, a parcel of stones, a bottle of water, which is labelled, " Cure for Itch," or something to that purport, " Falling on both sides of the Kband
Ywa
but
I
hills."
believe the specimens are from the hills near the Arracan frontier,
to
have written
ask; they are nothing
believe but limestone.
He
likewise
presents the Society with a medical work of great repute in
Burmah and Siam.
He
wishes
me
to
send him some books, and asks particularly for a work on Chemistry,
one on Hindoo Astronomy, one on Comets and one on Electricity. lish with the assistance of a dictionary. Would you kindly allow me
of asking
it to
He
to
can read Eng-
take the liberty
you
to
get Mr. Piddington to
fill
up the blanks
in the enclosed note,

I
and send
Messrs. Ostell and Co.

I
Mr. Piddington will know better than
do what elemen-
tary works on the subjects
have mentioned, would be most useful
to the prince.
Moulmein, 3rd August, 1844.
The models, which

six inches
are of coarse earthenware and of an ovoid form about
by
four, are simply figures of
Budh (Guatama,) surrounded by

inscription
his usual attributes, but with a
Deva Nagree
below the figure
which
is
probably what has excited, and very naturally, the curiosity of the
Prince.*
The Secretary was

in his power.
instructed to meet the Prince's wishes in every
way
N.B.
paper has intermediately been published upon the silver coin
above noted by Lieut. Latter.
The Sub-Secretary
the following works
stated, that
viz.
he had forwarded to Captain Macleod,
In the Society's collection we have the converse to
this.
A figure of Krishna,
about three feet
high, carved in
common
sandstone, but in good preservation, with medal of Buddh, (Guatama,) on
his forehead like a lady's ferroniere
! Eds.
cxii

Electricity
;
[Oct. 1844.
Thomson on Heat and

try
;
O'Shaughnessy's Manual of Chemis;
O'Shaughnessy's Manual of Electricity

;
but that he could not find
any work treating specially of Comets
and that with respect to a work

if it
on Hindu Astronomy,
it
was not stated
was a European work on that

and that he should communi-
subject or a Native one which
was
desired,
cate with Captain Macleod on the subject.
The specimens had not yet
been examined.
He
subsequently learned, that Messrs. Ostell and Co. had
forwarded Bentley's
Hindu Astronomy.
in
Read the following note from Captain Bigge, Assistant Commissioner

Assam, accompanying the presentation
to
which
it
refers
16 go to the dollar; and these were received from a fisherman off the
in
Tin Coins from Pahang on E. coast of Malay Peninsula, North from Singapore; mouth of the river,
change on a purchase offish. and death.
To
coin similar monies

is
is
severely punished by
mu-
tilation
The
smaller coin
the
Dutch
doit
from Batavia.
J. B.
Read the following reports from the Librarian
To H. Torrens,
Sib, I have
as appears
Esq., Secretary Asiatic Society.
the honour, by your direction, to report respecting the communication
on the part of our Society with the Royal Irish Academy,
The Royal
Irish
Academy,
from our
MSS.
Proceedings,
is
one of those eight Institutions, (viz. the

Irish
Royal Society of London, the Royal Society of Edinburgh, Royal

Society of Antiquarians of London,
Academy,
the
Society of Antiquarians of Edinburgh,
Linnsean Society, American Philosophical Society, American

Sciences) with which the Asiatic Society, March 1800,
first
Academy
of Arts
and
opened an intercourse by
sending them their Researches, and regularly transmitting them, whenever a new
volume of the Researches was published.

their part,
The Royal
Irish
Academy
presented on
March
1806, a set of their Transactions, which presentation was, however,
not repeated until 1837, from which time they regularly sent their periodical publications to the Society;
viz. its
Transactions from vol. 17 to 19, pt. 2d, (Vide Journal
Asiatic Society, Oct. 1837, Nov. 1839 and 1841,
No.
116,) while
do not find
in our
its
Proceedings that the Society since 1837 has, by way of return, forwarded any of
publications to the Royal Irish
I
Academy.
list
avail myself of this opportunity to forward you a
of the
learned institutions
it
which have been in communication with our Society, by sending

so far as
I
their publications,
have been able
to ascertain this
from our Proceedings.

I
have the honour
to be, Sir,
'Id
October, 1844.
Your most obedient
servant,
E, Roer.
Oct. 1844.]
cxiii
List of the Institutions in communication with the Asiatic Society of Bengal,

its foundation
from
up to the present A. English Societies.

to the
date.
1.
Linnean Society
of
England, from 18001841.

present date.
2.
3. 4.
5.
Geological Society of England, from 1812
Society for the Encouragement of Arts, from 1808 to the present time.
Astronomical Society of London, from 1822
to the
present time, (regular.)
Cambridge Philosophical Society, 1816, (not continued.)

Royal Asiatic Society, 1828.
Society of England, since 1822, (not regular.)
it
6.
7. Horticultural 8.
9.
Royal Society of London, from 18001838, (regular, as
appears.)
Antiquarian Society of London, from 1800 to the present date, (regular.)
10.
Royal Society of Antiquarians of Edinburgh, from

England, 1828.
1800.
11. Agricultural Society of 12. Zoological Society of
London, from 18331843, (not regular.)

1834, (not continued.
13.
Athenaeum of Liverpool,
14. Society of
Plymouth, 1828, (not continued.)
15. Statistical Society of

16. 17.
18. 19.
London, 1838.
to the present time, (regular.)
Royal Geographical Society, from 1839
London
Electrical Society, from 1842 to the present date, (regular.)
British Association for the
advancement
of Science, 1842.
Edinburgh Royal Society, from 18001834, (not regular.)

Royal
Irish
20.
Academy, from 1800
to the present date, (regular
from 1837.)
21. Agricultural Society of Calcutta,, 1828, (irregular.)
22. Medical
23.
and Physical Society
of Calcutta, 1822.
24.
25.
Bombay Royal Asiatic Branch Society. Bombay Geographical Society.

Madras Literary Society, 1806.
B.
Other European
Societies.
26. Societe de 27.
Caen, 1816, (not regular.)
Royal Academy of Caen, 1836, (not continued.)

de Paris, from 1822
to the present date, (regular.)
28. Societe Asiatique
29. Geographical Society of Paris, from 1825 to the present date, (regular.)
30. Societe 31. 32.
Royale de Bordeaux, 1828, (not continued.)

to the present date, (regular.)
Royal Academy of Bordeaux, from 1833
33.
Academie Royale de Marseille, 1835 (not continued.) Societe Industrielle de Mulhausen, 1838, (irregular.)
Physique et D'Histoire Naturelle de Geneve, from 1833
to the pre-
34. Societe de
sent date, (regular.)

35. Societe Helvetique des Sciences Naturelles, 1839, (not continued.)
36.
37. Societe
38.
Royal Society of Copenhagen, 1816, (not continued.) Royale des Antiquaires du Nord, 1836.
Batavian Society, from 18281833.
39.
Amsterdam Royal
Royal Academy
of
Institute, 1838, (not continued.)
40.
41.
Hungarian Society,
1836, (not continued.)
Munich.
cxiv

C.
QOct. 1844.
American Societies.
their
42.
American Academy of Arts and Sciences, from 1795 (when presenting

from 1800
to
memoirs.)
43. Philosophical Society of Philadelphia, 44.
45.
the present date.
Academy of Natural Science at Philadelphia. Lyceum of Natural Science of New York, 18221833.
Promotion of Science, at Washington, 1843.
46. National Institution for
To H. Torrens, Esq. Secretary of

Sir,
as a
beg
to
submit a
list
of the incomplete
and defective works of our Library,

I
Supplement
to that of the periodicals,
which, on a previous occasion,
had the
honour
to lay before the Society.
To
facilitate the use of this list, I
have made several divisions.

their authors
;
The
letter
con-
tains the works,
which have not yet been completed by

while under
those, of
which
the contents are unconnected with the immediate objects of the Society, and to complete which
is
not of urgent necessity
are classed the books of reference, Lastly,
and those which bear upon the Researches of the Society.

works which have been presented
to the Society,
D, includes the
Those which
for
and the subsequent volumes of which

soon as published.
may
are
1843.
be expected
to
be forwarded
to the Library, as
marked by an
asterisk,
have already been mentioned in our Proceedings
July
Should the Society decide on an ultimate completion of these works,

suggest,
firstly,
that the books
I would beg to comprehended under C, should be completed, and that
the Librarian should be authorized to procure

report
is
them
in Calcutta, before the present

to
printed, as the prices of the books, if

I
known
be wanted by the Society,

to be, Sir,
would
in consequence be raised.
have the honour
Asiatic Society's
Rooms,
Your most obedient
servant,
2nd October, 1844.

List of the defective
E. Roeu.
in the
and incomplete Works,

A.
Library of the Asiatic Society.
126.
Works
of Confucius,
by
J.
Marshman, Serampore,
1809, vol. 1st.
139. Beke's Origines Biblicje, London, 1834, 8vo. vol. 1st. 313. Arnott's Physics, London, 1825, (2 vols.) vol. 1st and 1st part of the 2d.
534. Illustrations of Indian
Botany,
etc.
of the
Himalayan Mountains, by
J. P.
Royle,
vol. 1st.
B.
English.
357. Astronomical Observations at Greenwich in 1816, by J. Pond, 1818, part of the
2d
vol.
391.
American Almanac
for 1836, 1838,
and 1839,
vols. 7, 9, 10.
1.
637.
Luxmore on
1st.
Strictures, Calcutta, 1814,
No.
662. Lectures on Comparative
Anatomy, by R. Grant, published
in the
"Lancet"
1834, vol.
for
1833-34, vol.
678. Nautical and Hydraulical Experiments, by

70.
M. Beaufoy, London
1st.
The Farmer's Cabinet, Philadelphia,
1840, vol. 4th.
Oct. 1844,]

French,
cxv
352. Histoire Celeste Franchise, par J. de la Lande, Paris, 1801, tome ler.
362. Connaissance des temps a
for the years
l'
usage des Astronomes, Paris, 1760-1820, (the
vols,
1795 and 1804 wanting.)
1152. (Heber's)
Voyage
a Calcutta, Traduit d' Anglais, vol. 2d.
Latin.
1593.
De Rebus
Britannicis Collectanea, Auct. F. Lelando, vol. 2d and 3d wanting.
C.
English.
190rt.
Elements of Hindoo Law, by T. Strange,
vol. 1st.
fol.
193.
1st.
Digest of Mahuunnedan Law, by J. Baillie, Calcutta, 1805,
(4 vols.) vol.
424. Outlines of the
Geology
of
England and Wales, by
W.
D. Conybeare, London,
1821, part
1st.
529. Icones
Plantarum Indicae Orientalis, by R. Wight, Madras, 1838-39, 2
vols,
(of vol. 1st Nos. 7 and 8 wanting.) 536. Zoological Journal, London, 1835-36, 2 vols, (complete two vol. and published
at Ul.)
535. Description of
Malayan
Plants, by
W.
Jack, Appendix No.

1
3.
543. Zoological Researches,
by T. Thompson, No.
and
4.
547.
Animal Kingdom
of Cuvier, with specific descriptions
by E.
Griffith, etc* vol.
10 wanting.
549. Illustrations of Indian Zoology,
12, 15, 20.
by
J. E. Gray, vol. 1st
and of
vol.
2d parts
11,
583. Description and Figures of 200 Fishes of the
Coromandel Coast, by P. Russell,

81. 8*.
London, 1803,
663.
vol. 1st,
(complete in two vols.) published at

of
The Cyclopaedia
Anatomy and Physiology, London,
1836, 2 vols, (complete
in 4 vols.)
807. Reports on the State of Education in Bengal, by

836.
W. Adam,
3d Report.
Memoir
of the Histor. Society of Pennsylvania, 1834, vol. 3d.
879. State Papers
by the Earl
of Clarendon, Oxford, 1767
1786,
vols. (vol.
2d
wanting,)
1024. History of the Indian Archipelago,
ing, 11. 12*.)
by
J. Crawfurd, 3 vols. (vol. 1st want-
1535. Archaeologia, vol. 17th wanting.

1545. Antiquities of
Herculaneum, translated from the

London, 1773.
Italian,
by T. Martyn and
J. Lattie, vol. 1st, part 1st,
1681.
vol. 1st.
Grammar
of the Arabic
Language, by M. Lumsden, Calcutta, 1805,

spoken
in the
fol.
1843. Dictionary of the

J.
Malay Tongue,
1st.
as
Peninsula of Malacca, by
Horviser, London, 1801, part
1846. Dictionary of the Chinese
Language, by R. Morrison, Macao, 1815,
vol. 1st,
part
1st,
and
vol.
2d part 2d.
is
N.
B. This
is
work
published in 7 vols, from 18151821.
The
original price of
which
1R
hs. but
it
may now
be obtained at
SI.
Ws.
cxvi

French.
[Oct. 1844.
581. Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par

1171.
Voyage du Levant ou
1300.
M. de Cuvier, (1st vol. of plates wanting.) M. Robert, (incomplete.) Voyage aux Regions Equinoctiales du Nouveau Continent, par A. de Hum1692, par
1st,
boldt, (Atlas wanting.)
1536. Geographic, par E. Mentelle et Maltebrun, (vols.
3d, 4th, 7th and 9th
wanting.
2086. Notices et Extracts des Manuscripts de la Bibliotheque lmperiale et autres Bibliotheques, Paris,
17871813, (10
vols.) vol. 10th wanting.
Latin.
848. Memoriae Populorum, etc. auct. F. G. Stritter, Petropoli,
17741779
(vol.
2d
wanting.)
897.
Monumenta Germanise
Historica,
Ed. G. H. Pertz, Hanoveras, 1826,
fol.
vol. 1st.
1554. Aegyptiaca, by White, Oxford, 1801, part

1915. Lexicon
1st.
Biographicum
et
Encyclopaedicum a Mustafa Ben Abdalla comp.

4to. torn.
ii.
Ed. A. Lat. Vert. G. FlUgel, Leipsig, 1837,
D.
English.
358. Astronomical Observations at the
Madras Observatory, by
and of
2d
J.
Goldingham, and 2d want-
1824-1827,
vols.
3-5.
vols, (of vol. 1st p. 2d,
vol.
pt. 1st
1421. India, ing.)
by Rickard, 2
of
368.
Mecanique Celeste
De
la Place, translated
by N. Bowditch, Boston, 1829
1839, vol. 1st and 2d.
French.
* *
fol.
445. Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles, par L. Agassiz, Neuchatel, (12 livrai-
sons,) 4, 5, 7th livraisons wanting.
387. Histoire Naturelle des Poissons de l'eau douce, par L. Agassiz, Neuchatel,
ler livraison.
1256. Jacquemont's
N. B. See
appeared.
As. S. 1836,
Voyage dans L'lnde, (incomplete.) March and Dec. where M. Guizot, on
the part of the
French Government,
offers to the
Society those numbers of this work, which had then
* Vendidad Sade, par E. Burnouf, 1 1 livraisons. * 1495. Description de l'Egypt, ou Recueil des Observations
quites, Description,
et
Recherches. Anti-
tome
ler.
Ditto ditto Antiquites, Memoires, tome ler.
Ditto ditto Planches a ditto ditto tome ler.

Ditto ditto Etat Moderne, tome ler et 2d. Ditto ditto Planches a ditto ditto
Ditto ditto Histoire Naturelle, Planches, tomes ler et 2d.

Ditto ditto Preface Historique et Avertissement, tome ler.
1976. Harriwansa, traduit by A. Langlois,
1
and 3
livraisons.
German.
948. Gemaldesaal der Lebensbeschreibungen grosser Moslcmischer Herrscher
v. J. v. etc,
Hammer,
Leipszig, 18371838,, vols. 4th and 5th.
Oct. 1844.]

Reichs
v. J. v.
cxvii
Pesth,
943. Geschichte des Ormanischen

vol.
Hammer,
1827 183S,
3d wanting.
Report of the Curator Museum of Economic Geology, and Mineralogical and Geological Departments, for the month of September.
My report for
this
ratory arrangements,
month will be brief, for 1 have been still much engaged which occupy more time than 1 anticipated.
in
Labo-
Mineralogical and Geological.
Learning
from the Introduction
to
Dr. Cantor's
I
Chusan Report,
that he
had brought some Geological specimens with him,

for the collection.
1 learn, that it has
I
deemed
it
my
duty
to
make some enquiry

to the
been forwarded
by the Government
Honorable the Court of Directors.
should suggest, how-
ever, that if there be
any duplicates, or the specimens admit of division, we might peras China,

at
:
haps on application be favoured with a part of the collection; and nothing from a country so utterly
unknown
can be without
interest.
Dr. Rowe of the Artillery

specimens now on the table
Dum-Dum, sometime
little
ago, forwarded
interest
;
me
is
the four small
of these two are of
much
known
No. 4
a true corun-
dum, and No. 2

India,
also
is
that variety of this

as
stone which approaches to the
emery of Naxos.
and
I
Both these are new
Bengal minerals though found in Southern

exact an account of his locality as he can
have written to Dr. Rowe
for as
give me, for the purpose of requesting any one in the neighbourhood, and especially
our active associate, Lieut. Sherwill, to investigate this spot carefully
if
he can
visit it.
A
I
true
emery corundum might be a valuable discovery
if
within moderate reach of
carriage.
now read Dr. Rowe's
letter
My dear
the
Sir, I
shall feel extremely obliged, if

for
you
will at
your leisure examine
accompanying specimens, and name them
me.
No. 1. In indenting on the Commissariat Department for a medicine called " Toorbut," a Native substitute for Jalap,* the Commissariat Agent at this station
bought a quantity of the accompanying, which
but a
fossil,
I of
course detected not to be a root,

to
which on inquiry
should
to
I find
a Bunneea at the bazar here had obtained

This
is it
cure Rheumatism, in the Burra-bazar at Calcutta.

obtain of
it.
all the
information
can
much
I
like to
know what
it is,
and
has occurred to me, that
you might be able
enlighten me.
Its locality of
course
we cannot
learn.
While
have taken the liberty of sending three other small specimens of rocks, picked up by myself in marching down from Benares via the Old Hazareebaug and Bancoora route. May I ask the favor of your naming them also for me.
sending these articles,
Dum-Dum,
must be a
not
so,
8th August, 1844.
J.
fossil,
Rowe, Surgeon,
Artillery.
is
Upon examining this

fruit,
curious
the
first
impression, looking at the stalk,

is
that
it
but
it is
am
of
inclined to think (and Dr. Wallich
so with
it
me,) that
it is
but that
a petrified Zoophyte.
The
regular lines upon
much resemble
those of
some species
1
stem which
of that of
Cyathophyllum and Caryophyllum, and the articulation of the have been fortunate enough to obtain with some specimens, reminds us
encrinites.
some
Upon enquiry
Turpethum.
i.
in the bazar, 1 find they are plentiful there
that they are brought by the
Arab ships from Arabia, and called Huzoor el-e'hood.f
* The root
j
of the Convolvulus
More probably Huzor-al Loheid,
e.
Lohcida stones
Hence, brought from Loheida
cxviii

It will
QOct. 1844.
They
I
are sold as medicine, at 6 rupees per seer.
be seen that amongst those

to
have obtained, some have parts of the matrix adhering

like the corallines, at their base
;
them, others have buds or
gemmules,
like
one has perhaps an incipient ramification

it,
Cyathophyllum
another traces of a serpula adhering to

;
and another the trace of

is
a small oyster or other shell-fish
internally no trace of organisation

I
seen.
Upon
dis-
secting one of these in dilute muriatic acid,
find that
it
almost entirely dissolves, the
solution being pure carbonate of lime with traces of iron, as usual in the grey coloured
marbles.
small yellow, green residuum, in light flakey grains remains at the bottom
of (he glass, and

trace of sulphur.
when
this
was examined by the usual
tests, it
was found
to
be iron with
Nothing of animal
or vegetable matter, nor

I
any
siliceous spines as in
the Echinidse are traceable.

lite,
We may
think call this

nature.
fossil,
(provisionally) Loheido-
which does not pronounce upon
its
Museum
The
following letter from the Secretary to the Government of the North Western
Provinces, has been communicated to us by Government, with reference to our application for a search for Lithographic Stones.
No. 2166.
From
to the
Vice President and
Secretary
dated Fort William, 27th August, 1844.
Siu, I am
copy of a
ces,
directed by the Honorable the
Deputy Governor
and
of Bengal, to transmit
letter
from the Secretary
to the
Government
of the North
Western Provinon the
No. 733, dated the 12th
instant, with its enclosures,

to,
to request, that
receipt of the Lithographic Stones, therein referred
a report as to their quality
may
be forwarded
Provinces.
to
this office, for transmission to the Lieut.
Governor of the N.
W.
have the honor
to be, Sir,
Your most obedient

Under-Secretary
to the
servant,
A. Turnbull,
No.
733.
From
J.
Thornton, Esq.
W.
Secy, to the Govt. N.
W. P.Agra,
to
A.Turnbull, Esq.
Under-Secy.
Genl. Dept. N.
to the Govt,
of Bengal, dated Agra, the Ylth August, 1844.
P.
Sir,
am
directed to transmit to you, for submission to the Hon'ble the
Deputy
Governor of Bengal, the accompanying copy of a further correspondence with Captain Stewart, Fort Adjutant of Chunar, regarding Lithographic Stones, and to beg that
sent
His Honor may be favored with a report on the quality of the stones which have been down by that Officer to the Asiatic Society in Calcutta.
1 have,
&c.
Agra, the \1th August, 1844.
(Signed)
J.
Thornton,
Secy, to the Govt. N. W. P.
Oct. 1844]
cxix
(Copy,)
From
Capt.
W. M. Stewart,
of
Fort Adjutant, Chunar,
to J.
Thornton, Esq.
Secy, to the Govt. N.
W.
P. Agra, dated 27th July, 1844.
Sir, In continuation
graphic Stones,
1
my
letter of 20th to
May
last,
regarding the search for Litho-
have the honor
acquaint you for the information of the Honorable

that I sent out a party to the site from
the Lieutenant Governor North
West Provinces,
whence they had been obtained

they
lias,
before, with the view of ascertaining whether or not
may
be obtained of better quality, by quarrying deeper into the stratum of white
instead of from the surface.
perpendicular cut 12 feet deep has been
made
in
two places, and four specimens

to the
of stone of different qualities have
been selected and forwarded
Secretary of the
Press.
Asiatic Society, for the purpose of being tested at the
They
are decidedly of a firmer texture and finer quality than the surface specimen
;
sent to the Press of the Sudder Board at Allahabad
but they are

for
still
much
inferior to
German
stone,
some specimens
expedient
to
of
which were forwarded
my
inspection.
It is therefore
continue the search at the locality indicated by Captain
Shortreede, and as the stones forwarded by
him have been found

I
to
answer
for Litho-
graphic purposes,
have no doubt of ultimate success.

should wish to avail
With
the permission of the Honorable the Lieut. Governor,
myself of the services of Mr. C. H. Burke, late of the Revenue Survey Department,
and now residing here
as a pensioner; a small travelling allowance of (say) 100 Ks. per

all his
month
for
I
two months, would be sufficient for
wants, and fully attain the object
desired.
is
propose detaching him, provided the permission of the Lieut, the Governor
accorded, early in October.

1
have the honor
to
forward for counter-signature, a contingent
bill in
duplicate
for
expences incurred
in the late operations.

I
have, &c.
Chunar, the 27th July 1844.
(Signed)
W. M. Stewart,
Captain,
Fort Adjutant, Chunar.

(Copy.)
No. 731.
From
J.
Agra,
Thornton, Esq., Secretary to the Government North Western Provinces, to Captain W. M. Stewart, Fort Adjutant, Chunar, dated Agra, the
W.
\2th August, 1844.

General Department N.
P.
Sir, 1 am
directed to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the 27th ultimo,

to the Asiatic
regarding the specimens of Lithographic Stones dispatched

Calcutta, for the purpose of being tested at the
2.
Society in
Press.
In reply
am
is
desired to convey to you His Honor's thanks, for the exertions you
are
3.
making
as regards the desired investigation.
His Honor
pleased to authorize you to pay Mr. Burke, the individual you
propose to employ in the search for Lithographic Stones, a

pees for the trip which he will
as
you may think best;

is
sum not exceeding 200 rumake on this duty, at such times and in such amounts but this sum is not to be considered a monthly allowance,
which
always likely
to
cause unnecessary protraction of an enquiry.
cxx
4.

The Lieutenant Governor
has been pleased to pass the
bill
[Oct. 1844.
submitted by you for
:
the expense already incurred in quarrying for stones, amounting to Rupees 128
the bill in question has been sent to the Civil Auditor,
audited, and the Accountant
10;
who
will return
it
to
you duly
N.
to
W.
P. will be requested
to instruct the Collector of
Mirzapore
to
pay the amount
your order.
I
have, &c.
J.
Agra, the Ylth August, 1844.
(Signed)
Secretary to the Government N.
Thornton, W. P.
The
report on the Stones sent
down has not yet been received.
Ordered
That the reports be printed, that the Secretary be requested to

Irish
renew the Society's correspondence with the Royal
Academy, and
that the deficient works be completed as soon as practicable.
For
all
the foregoing presentations and communications the best thanks
of the Society
were voted.
Proceedings of the Asiatic Society for the month of November, 1844.
The
stated monthly meeting
was held on Wednesday evening, the 6th
November.
Charles Huffnagle, Esq. the senior
present, in the chair.
It
member
of the Committee of Papers,
was stated
to the
meeting by the Secretary that, as arranged at the
last meeting,
a deputation from the Society had waited on the Honourable
the Governor General to announce to
him
his election as President.
The deputation
consisted of the Honourable Sir

the'
John Grant and
Sir
Henry Seton, Vice-Presidents,

the Secretary, and a
members of the Committee of Papers,

Society.
Sir
number of members of the
John Grant,
Vice-President, informed the R. H. the Governor General of his election, observing, that the
honorable post of our President had been
filled
by certain of his predecessors in the Viceroyalty of India, and that the Society feel assured that it
would be grateful to a public man so deeply
in-
terested as
was our present Governor General in the prosperity of
this
country, to find himself in a position to foster and superintend the proceedings of a Society, the object of which had long been the elucidation
of
its
resources,
and the better knowledge of its history, natural productions,

antiquities.
literature,
and
The R. H. the Governor General
replied
That he received the intimation

;
of his election with feelings of gratification
that the Society was not misits
taken in concluding that he was warmly interested in
proceedings, and
its
that he accepted, with the expression of his thanks, the office of

dent.
Presi-
He
added, that the great press of business which his public duties
necessarily induced,
must he feared deprive him of the power of attend-
ing to his presidential functions with that degree of attention which he
would otherwise have desired to give

possible to him, he
to
them
but that in so
far as
was
would personally superintend the labours of the Society,
cxxii

all
QNov. 1844.
and at
times and occasions do his utmost to further their progress,

of so long established
and to enhance the welfare and prosperity

highly respected an institution.
and so
The following gentlemen proposed at the

and declared duly elected
:
last meeting,
were ballotted for
T. R. Davidson, Esq. C. S.
Capt. Marshall, B. N.
J. Borrodaile,
I.
Allan Gilmore, Esq.

J. P. Mackilligin,
Esq.
Esq.
:
And
J.
the following
new members were proposed

S.
Alexander, Esq. C.
proposed by C. B. Trevor, Esq. C.
S.
and
se-
conded by the Secretary.

J.
Furlong, Esq.
proposed by the Secretary, seconded by Robert W.
Frith, Esq.
The following
list
of books presented and purchased was read
Books received for the meeting of the Asiatic Society on the 6th November, 1844.
Books presented and exchanged,

1.
Meteorological Register for the month of September.
From
the Surveyor
General's Office.
2. Oriental
Christian Spectator, Vol. V. No. 10. October, 1844. Bombay.
By
the Editor.
3. Calcutta Christian Observer, Vol. XIII. Nos. 149-50.
October and November,
1844.
By
the Editor.
4. Calcutta
Journal of Natural History, etc,

the Editors.
By
J. M'CIelland
and
W.
Griffith,
No.
5.
18.
By
London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine, Nos. 159-161,
for
April to June, 1844.

6.
By
the Editors.
Edinburgh
New
Philosophical Journal, by Jameson, No. 72. April, 1844.
By
the Editor.
7.
Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy for the year, 1842-43.
Part 7.
Dublin, 1844.
8.
By
the R.
I.
A.
for the
Report of the 13th Meeting of the British Association
Advancement
of
Science, 1843.
9.
By
the Association.
per August 1844.
The Athenaeum, Nos. 875-879,
Books Purchased.
10. Journal Asiatique, Nos. 10-12.
11. Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par
M.
de Cuvier
et.
M. A. Valenciennes;
tome
xvii. 55. Paris. 1844.
Nov. 1844.]
12.
cxxiii
D. D. Planches, Nos. 471-496.
13. Journal des Savans, January to 14. History of
May
1844.
Rome, by B.
C. Niebuhr, edited by L. Smitz,
London
1844;. Vols.
3 and
4.
Read the following
letter
from Government
No. 684 of 184*:
From
to
H. Torrens,
Esq.,
Vice-President and
Secretary
dated Fort William, the 10th October 1844.
Foreign Department Secret.

Sir.
am
directed by the Governor General in Council to transmit, for such
notice as the Society
may deem them
to merit, the
accompanying " Notes on the

in
Commerce, Revenue and Military resources of the Punjaub, taken

nished to Government by Major R. Leech, C.B.
2.
1837," and
fur-
You
will be pleased to return the original

it.
Report when the Society has no
further occasion for
Sir,
Your most obedient

Fort William, the 10th October, 1844.
servant,
J.
Currie,
The MSS. being a

ing
foolscap sized
volume of some thickness, containit
much
interesting statistical matter,
was, after
some conversation,
proposed by the President, and seconded by Dr. Mouat, that the book be
circulated to the
Members of
the Committee of Papers for suggestions as
to selecting portions for publication.
Read the following
letter
from Government
No. 2640 of 1844.
From
J.
Currie,
Esq. Secretary to the
to the
Secretary Asiatic
Society, dated Fort
William, 19th October, 1844.
Foreign Department.
Sir,
I have the honor to transmit,

Hills,
for
such notice as the Society may thiuk them

his
to deserve, the
accompanying copy of a report by Captain Brodie of
lour
in the
Western Naga
hills.
and also copy of one by Mr. Masters on the Botany of those

I
have the honor
to be, Sir,
Your most obedient

J.
servant,
Currie,
Fort William, the 19th October, 1844.
Secretary
to
Govt, of India.
Resolved
That the papers be circulated to the Committee of Papers,
cxxiv

letter
[Nov. 1844.
Read a
from Lieut.
J. Latter, B.
N.
I.
addressed to the Secretary,
on the subject of the Bhuddist Coin sent round by Captain MacLeod, from
Moulmein, which was referred
Journal.
to
the Editors for publication in the
Read
extracts of letters from
Major T.
B. Jervis, Regent's Park,
accom-
panying some new and very beautiful specimens of Lithography and Glyphography, as follows
:
I enclose in this packet a
specimen of
my
Lithographic press,
" Argemone Mexi-
cana," copied out of Wight's Flora, a most splendid specimen of art, and
treaty to do all the plates for the
to Wilson, with
am
in
London Royal
Asiatic Society.
have spoken
for
whom
am
on intimate terms, to arrange with your Society
the plates of the Asiatic Journal and Society, and any embellishments you
quire,
may
re-
which
I will execute at
my Amateur press rather

If
cheaper and quicker than

I
you can get them done
in Calcutta or England.
you approve of them,
shall be
shall
obliged by your giving these specimens as

glad
if I
much
publicity as possible,
and
be
can do any thing to forward the cause of science in India.
If
you would
I
communicate with
my
brother, Col. Geo. Jervis, chief Engineer in

quarter,
Bombay,
tell
have
no doubt you would get contributions from that
and he would
you ex-
actly the cost of all that I have sent out to him,
and
to yourself.
More
beautiful
is
lithography than that of the flower, you have never seen, and the probability
that
an immense accession of information would flow in from
all
quarters,
if
only parties
could get their illustrations accurately and cheaply lithographed.

I
should be happy
if
you would
refer to
my
brother for some most curious and
valuable specimens forwarded to
him
of the application of Lithography to cheques,
passes, receipts, &c. applicable to the Salt,
Opium, and other such departments.
Papers and documents so prepared, would never be imitated, or admit of erasures

without detection.
T ask
if 1
your kind excuse
for this brief
and plain address, and should be most happy,
could in any
way express
the obligation under which
you have
laid us.
Yours very
truly,
(Signed)
F. B. Jervis*
Observations of the Comparative use and merit of the various kinds of Artisticai
Illustration, by
Major T. B. Jervis, F.R.S.

to the
The
objects
art of
Printing has materially contributed, in the designs of Providence,
civilization of the world,
and
to the
promotion of the gospel
in fulfilment of which
we
hail every
improvement
in this so simple
:
and ready means of communica-
ting our thoughts and experience to others
valuable, escapes the power of the pen
how much, that is instructive and how many lovely tints, how many undefin-
yet
Nov. 1844.]

!
cxxv
able forms, and arrangements, defy description
the disposition of the fleecy cloud,
the rich array of floral hues and symmetry, do but nature.
mock our
imperfect conceptions of
Failing to give endurance to them by any descriptive process,

is
the
as a
art of
Printing
confessedly incomplete
yet, the artist's skill
is
limited,
and can only
be imparted through the

of
medium
of other contrivances.
artistical
Engraving,
means
communicating and multiplying such

England.
skill, is justly
appreciated as a
necessary adjunct to Printing, and has

in
now been brought
to a
high state of perfection
The impulse which

the last
fifty
has been given to every discovery, in the progress of events, for

all those
years,
and the long interval of peace, have operated mightily on

artists
branches which are in any way connected with chemistry, and our
have not
been slow
to perceive that the strictest
adherence
to the
symmetry
of nature, to fact, to
beauty, and to taste, are as intimately connected with the arts of design as a regard to
the niceties of manipulation to practical success.
The
earliest
and rudest process of Wood-cutting was admitted
to possess a
!
high de-
gree of usefulness
how
short
it falls
of the art as
now
practised
and
yet, perhaps,
those very rude specimens were often as costly, in bygone days, as

cuts introduced,
some
of the
wood-
by way
of embellishment, into
many
elaborate publications of the
present time
culture.
the wood-cuts, for instance, in Loudon's works on gardening and agriexquisitely beautiful, also, are
How
many
of the little woodcuts in children's
books, those of the Tract Society, for example, on special objects of Natural history.
Do
not such lend a fascination to the inculcation of right principles, and smooth the
;
old rough paths of education
the eye of the teacher, or the parent, rests sweetly on
more delightfully the eye of the little ones and the object is nobly and simply gained. At a single glance, without an effort, what would be otherwise inade;
them
yet far
quately attempted, and imperfectly employed,
is
pictorially
communicated with every
advantage.
The
cuts,
art of
Copper-plate engraving was chiefly promoted as a substitute for woodartists of the Italian school,
by the eminent
which
who condescended
to
throw
all
the
weight of their lofty mind and talent into the scale, and thus conferred on
character,
to this day,
it
this art
has not yet acquired in Britain.
Where, indeed, do
art, to
we
see persons thus occupied,

to
though remarkable and the poet
for their proficiency in design,

taste,
admitted
a place in society, as persons entitled by

as the painter
?
and their proper
the
same consideration
We have been too much accustomed,

its
hitherto, to treat this as a purely
mechanical business.
adsubject to wear out, after a
Engraving on
steel, as
a further step to the multiplication of illustrations, has
vantages and disadvantages.
copper-plate engraving
is
comparatively limited number of impressions.

best engraving on copper
is
After some two or three thousand, the

then, on the other hand,
it
sensibly deteriorated:
can be
retouched, alterations
may be
introduced, and these with greater ease and less expense

it is
than
er,
is
supposed. But the steel engraving cannot be altered; nevertheless,
sharp-
cleaner, and
more durable; and

For
will
admit, with proper care, of an indefinite

is
number
of impressions.
For maps, copper-plate engraving
unquestionably to be
is
preferred to steel engraving.

preferred.
line engraving, perhaps on the whole, steel
to
be
Then
there are Mezzotint, Aquatint, and
various other similar processes fitted

it is
principally for historical subjects, or portraits, of which
sufficient to say, they
cxxvi
have
all their

respective merits
to
[Nov. 1844.
and
when
restricted to their respective proper objects;

artists.
then only, when committed days not so
competent
bad engraving
reflects,
now-a-
much
discredit
on the
artist, as
the party
highest degree of excellence, and finish, and taste, can
who employs him ; because the now be attained with suffifor time.
cient, nay, we speak truly, a very moderate remuneration

will
If
such folks
have cheap work, they
may
overreach themselves, and for a while impose upon
the public, while they, in fact, keep back the true interests of their country, and of
knowledge
but
let
them be well advised,
that
we
are all on the advance, and other
modes
will supersede these expedients,
and place the meritorious talent of the en-
graver beyond their sordid reach.

It
would seem, in adverting

were brought
to the period
when Printing and
other kindred inven-
tions
to light, that the Allwise
Disposer had then his great design of the
more extensive communication

ercise of
of the Gospel principally in view.
At
least
we
love to
consider every event as so happily falling out, and concurring to His praise in the ex-
His sovereign
love.
It
was
at the
commencement
of a late
and glorious
revolution in the arts and sciences,
when
the mighty power of steam was
co-oporate with
human
industry and intelligence, that
summoned to Lithography came also in aid
of those oriental languages
which do not admit of

Look,
their being so readily, or correctly,
expressed in moveable metal type.
for instance, at the Chinese, the Persian,

:
Arabic, Mandchu, and various characters of India and the Eastern Archipelago
these,
without one exception, could never be so elegantly or exactly printed by moveable
metal types
and have,
in every
such attempt, a certain formality and rudeness, com-
pai-able only
by the
relative elegance of a very fine
woodcut from the hands of a

:
modern
artist,
and one
of the coarse woodcuts of the earliest school
but besides these,

all,
there are a great variety of subjects where softness, beauty, and,
more than
where
It yet
economy
cess, as it
is
specially desirable, to
which Lithography
and
is
particularly adapted.
remains to be seen
how much more
extensively this elegant and purely chemical pro;
may
be called, can yet be brought

is
in the
performance of
this,
we do
of
not hesitate to affirm also, that there
no reasonable limit
to the true representation
the most exquisite and complicated works of nature and art.
For maps of a superior
kind, there can be no question that lithography
is
peculiarly fitted.
Good impressions
may
be taken, with proper care,

of impressions at
to the
extent of some two thousand; and an unlimited

transfers
number
secondhand, by
from the original, or from copper-
plate engravings.
For a very great variety of
illustrations, botanical drawings,
and landscapes, Litho*

all cases
graphy
possesses
greater facilities and

is
recommendations, in
where the
coeteris
number required
remarkable
art,
not great,
than copper-plate engraving, woodcuts, or another

to
of
which we are about

best suited,
;
speak
Glyphography ;
that
is,
paribus, the cost,
number
is
of impressions, and excellence of execution, all taken into
account, Lithography
five
when
the
number
of impressions does not exceed
hundred, or one thousand
and the chalk lithographic drawings are evidently in
all cases
more true
to
nature than aquatint, or stippled engraving on copper or steel.

is
But
the crowning process
GLYPHOGRAPHY, an art for
which we are indebted

to
to the ingenuity of
Mr. Edward Palmer, whose attention had been early directed
other methods of multiplying engravings by the Electrotype process.

ple, efficacious,
Here
is
a sim-
and universal method of perpetuating
recollections, facts,
and ideas;
;
possessing at the
same time some peculiar recommendations
to public notice
in
its
Nov. 1844.]

it
cxxvii
comparative cheapness, the readiness with which

of perfection to which
ral applicability
;
can be carried on, the high degree

its
it
may be
brought, in the hands of competent persons;

it is
genelittle
lastly,
and principally, that
an art which requires very
study or instruction.
With
and
these prefatory remarks
we
invite attention to the
specimens now submitted,

these will find
to the
volume published by Mr. Palmer, price

;
4rs., trusting that
many
admirers in India and China
and
this
valuable art meet with every encourage-
ment from the Government, and

formation
the community,
European and Native.

Jervis,
Further in-
may be had on
is
application to
for
Major T. B.
who
is
appointed sole
agent for Mr. Edward Palmer,
India and China.
small volume, descriptive of
Glyphography,
now
before the public
and with these particulars they have likeLithography and Engraving, by
wise an opportunity of estimating with tolerable exactness the cost of any other work
by the expense of such specimens
as of those also in
similar illustrations of various kinds.
Referred to the Committee of Papers for communication with Major Jervis.
Read the following extract from a
letter
addressed to the Sub-Secretary
by Lieut. Baird Smith, B. E. Delhi Canal Department.

I
have had an interesting discovery lately in a second submerged town or village,
about two miles below Behut, in the bed of the Muskurra river, one of the mountain torrents that drain the tract of country at the base of the lower Himalayan range. I
have got a number of

of the ground,
coins,
household utensils, mill stones, silver bangles, and
many
other things from the spot. These articles were found about 6 feet beneath the surface
and were exposed in consequence of the Muskurra changing

its
its
course,
and cutting away

ceal them.
bed and banks
to
a considerable depth.
am
told that a larê
quantity of jewellery and

1 intend to
much
silver coin
were discovered by people who now conto
extend the excavations, and
take measures for securing
what may then be discovered.

excellent preservation and of
ally of pure
The
coins
Mahommedan
now
have obtained are of silver and copper, in types. Those found at Behut, were generbeen buried at a
Hindoo character, and
this latter place has evidently

I
much
earlier date than the one
discovered.
have no doubt that farther examinIf so, I
ation of the locality will lead to results of interest.
may put them
in form,
and send them
to
you.
1\st August, 1844.
Baird Smith.
to address Lieut. Smith, to
The Secretary was authorised

extent of
know what
the
work
in the buried village
might be, and as to the probable cost
of the whole, with a view to the Society's taking a share in
what might be
found.
Read
extract of a letter from E. H. Lushington, Esq. C.
S.
addressed to
the Secretary.
I
send you a stone on which are cut some Arabic
letters,
but which neither
I or
any
one in the neigbourhood can decypher.
cxxviii
[Nov. 1844.
discovered by Mr. Pickwick, you must forgive
Should you discover that the stone contains matter of no greater import than the one me on the score of ignorance.
I shall
Should however, the contrary be the case,

the Society by the
first
have
much
The
pleasure in sending
opportunity some more slabs, &c. which were shewn

village
is full
me
buried in the earth near a village, about 12 miles hence.

temples, &c. and
regret than
its
of old
shot a snake near one of them, upwards of 17 feet long, but I
skin was so
30th.
much
injured as not to be worth the keeping.
Jessore,
Monday
Edward H. Lushington.
of excerpts from the third chapter of the
The
inscription
consists
Koran, called the Imran, selected, as the Secretary observed, with special
reference to the character of the majority of the early frequenters of
the mosque in which
it
must have been
placed,
who
as
new
converts to
Islamism, are exhorted by texts declaratory of the corrupting influence of

idol worship, declarations of the Majesty
and power of the one God, and
denunciations against unbelievers, to avoid relapsing into religious error.
copy was ordered to be sent to Mr. Lushington, with the best thanks of
the Society.
Read the following
letter
from Dr. McGowan, of the Ningpho Hospital,
with a translation of the impression taken from one of the compartments

of the great bell presented to the Bishop of Calcutta by Captain Warden,
see Journal Asiatic Society, Proceedings for
May
1844.
in the lists of
The Secretary remarked upon the curious evidence given

titles, offices,
and distinctions thus perpetuated in metal, of the high value

distinctions for literary
attached by the Chinese to honorary

merits.
and
official
H. Torrens, Esq., V. P.
Asiatic Society of Bengal,
5fc.
Dear
Sir,
send the accompanying Translation for the Bengal Asiatic Society,

not of greater value.
regretting that
it is
Should the Society send

it
me
the remainder of the inscription on the Bell, so that

I shall feel
will reach
me
without a heavy postage,
happy
in furnishing
them a
can in
complete translation.
Willing
this
to
promote the great objects of

its
this parent institution as far as I
remote theatre of
operations,
1 remain,
Your's truly,
Hongkong, 29th August, 1844.
D. J.
Maccowan.
Nov. 1844. J
cxxix
Translation of a Portion of the Inscription on the Ningpo Bell at Calcutta,
byD.J.
and begs
Macgowan, M. D.
Dr.
of the Missionary Hospital at Ningpo.

to the Asiatic Society of Bengal,
Macgowan presents his compliments

its
their acceptance of the subjoined translation of the inscription (kindly furnished
him by
Dr.
Secretaries,) copied from the Chinese bell from Ningpo,
now
in Calcutta.
Macgowan
regrets that the portion copied should have been merely a list of
list
the principal Mandarins of the district, with a

ted
of the subscribers
who
contribu-
money
for the casting of this, the principal
ornament of one of their splendid
temples.
The remaining
though
it
portion of the inscription
is
doubtless of a religious character,
may
contain passages of historical interest, as bells are the only ancient

possess.
monuments the Chinese
Should the Asiatic Society desire a complete translation of the inscription, Dr. M.
will
be happy to accede to their request:

Translation.
" Wangson, Judge

seven times.
of Chekeang, inspector of Ningpo,
Shadu Shing
Tacchoo,
superintendent of customs and overseer at Tungling raised one step, and recorded
" Sickchaun, Acting Judge of Chickeang, inspector
of Ningpo,
Shadu Shing and
Toechow, acting receiver of customs, and prefect of Ningpo, twice.
" Leongkemfuh, Marine Magistrate

siding at Taetsung, raised one step.
of Ningpo, Portmaster, Assistant Prefect re-
" Chowcheying,
department.
'
Salt Inspector of
Ningpo
district,
and assistant in the Hydraulic
Footan, by Imperial appointment, assistant prefect and Magistrate at the Kin
country in Ningpo district, raised three steps and recorded three times.
" Chinymuhang, a graduate of " Chukwongue, instructor of

recorded."
the
first
degree and Professor.
the Ningpo College, raised one step and twice
The
three sons of Wootingseang, of the
Hongchoo foundry, made the

Names.
bell (date
not on this part of the inscription.)

Subscribers'
" Wangueiching,
Letingsieang, Kaduteen Seeng, Legeseih, Weishetow, Chinche-
thon, Lemkiashoon, Kwongheongtring, Lepengson, Sinchoonping.
Chinkaemhuy,
Chinchesen, Choe Choonuchug, Linkinunch, Lekoetoes, Lenkengans Chinyungseih
Chinkeho, Leahynensih, Langheanyut, Chingpangpoou, Gomyongchow, Weiuchuy-
kmo, Tenshoow, Wongwhongmong, Linpintro, Wootoque, Chinchousee, Chinkeangshan, Tsangpongshe, Chonghunping, Tangpihdung,
Henlungshun,
Wang-
njonghd, Modurhepa, Taytajin Tungmanghe, Chingmankmang.

*'
All the
Buddhas through
all
ages."
Resolved
That
the whole of the inscription be taken

in the Journal.
off,
and sent
for translation
and subsequent publication
cxxx

letter
[[Nov. 1844.
Read a
from Captain Newbold, M. N.
T.
Asst Commr. Kurnool,
Madras Territory, accompanying a note on the Ajaib ub Muklukhat.

This curious and interesting paper was referred to the Editors of the
Journal for early publication, that

Dr. Sprenger's comments.
it
may have
also the
advantage of
Read the following

Sub- Secretary.
letter
from
J.
Marshman, Esq. Serampore,
to the
H. Piddington, Esq.
My
dear
Sir,
annex
to this note
an extract of a
at
letter I
have just received

has begun in good
to
from Mr. Burgess, an American Missionary

earnest the pursuit of Oriental literature.
Ahmedabad.
assist
He
Could you
him
a copy of the
number he
seller.
requires, the value of

also asks
which
I shall
be most happy to remit to the bookis
He
me
whether the Journal
taken in by the Oriental Society,

is
lately established in Boston,
and indeed whether a single copy
sent to America.
He
also adds, that
it is
strange not a copy can be procured at
Bombay.
John Marshman.
" Shall
I
be pardoned in asking you
to
procure for me, or perhaps send this note

a
to
the proper agent
who
will despatch to
list
me
Number
of the Asiatic Journal published
in Calcutta, containing a
of Sanscrit words,
title of
which correspond with Greek and

No. of the Journal
I
Latin words. &c. (I do not know the
the article or the
in
which
it is
found,) which
think has been printed during a year past.

list
have under-
stood that a
more extensive comparative

if
of Sanscrit words with other Languages,
has lately been published, and
possible I wish to procure it."
The No.
of the Journal
was ordered
to be supplied for
to
Mr. Burgess,
and that arrangements should be made

desirous of purchasing
it
supply the Journal to persons
on
that side of India.
Read the following
letters
from
J. S.
Owen, Esq. accompanying the
dif-
ferent specimens to which they refer.
H. Torrens, Esq., Secretary Asiatic Society.
Sir, I have
hills.
the pleasure to forward for the Society's inspection and acceptance,
a few nuts of a new species of Areca catechu (palm,) just arrived from the Naga
Calcutta 29th October, 1844.
John Owen.
H. Torrens, Esq., Secretary Asiatic Society.
My dear Sir, I beg to hand you some juice from the " Ficus elastica,"
that quarter.
I
for the Society's inspection
and acceptance,
of the
Naga
hills,
which has just arrived from
am
inclined to think
it
will be found of a very superior quality.
Nov. 1844.]
cxxxi
Also some juice from the Mackoi, (Assamese) or Messua Ferrcea, Linn.
difference in color
is
The
young
solely attributable to age, the transparent piece being of

is 1
exudation, and the more dark one,
should say of about three years growth.
John Owen. To H. Torrens,

Sir, I have
with portions of wood attached
Esq., Secretary Asiatic Society,
the pleasure to send you

to each.
some musters of the most valuable barks

regret that
They
are from the
Naga
12,
hills,
and
much
more have not arrived.
26th October, 1844.
Chowringh.ee.
John Owen.
Owen, a request was ordered
to
With the thanks

be
of the Society to Mr.
made
to
him
for
some account of the properties of the various
articles.
Read the following note from Captain Bogle, Commissioner Arracan,

accompanying the specimens to which
I
it refers.
have the pleasure
to
send you per " Amherst," for the Asiatic Society, a piece of
!!
Teak wood
I regret 1
cut in the Forests of Arracan

to write fully
also a packet of Hill people's clothes.

I will
have not time
about them to-day, but

to let
do so by dak
in
a
in
day or two, mean time

the
this will suffice
you know that these things are

A. Bogle.
"Amherst"
for you.
AJcyab, lid August, 1844.
Two
fessor
plaster casts of Fossil
Tympani
of Whales, taken by the Rev. Proat Felixstow,
Henslow from the Suffolk Crag formation

I.
were pre-
sented by Captain Kittoe, B. N.
The Curator, Geological and Mineralogical department, being only convalescent from a severe illness,
this
had been unable
to prepare
any report
for
month.
all
For
the above presentations and contributions, the best thanks of the
Society were accorded.
Proceedings af the Asiatic Society, for the month of December, 1844.

The monthly Meeting, which had been unavoidably postponed, was held on
Tuesday evening, the 17th December, 1844.
The Rev.
The
J. Haeberlin, in the Chair.
following
members proposed
:
at the
last
meeting were ballotted
for
and
declared duly elected
Jas. Alexander, Esq. C. S.
Jas. Furlong, Esq.
Mulnauth Factory.
And
the following gentlemen were proposed as
Members
Ravenshaw,
F. Boutros, Esq. Principal of the Dehli College, proposed by E. C.
Esq. C.
S.,
and seconded by
W.
C. Quintin, Esq.
S.
A. Christopher, Esq. of LaMartiniere, proposed by Major General Hodgson, and

seconded by H. Torrens, Esq.
Lewin Bentham Bowring, Esq. C.

seconded by H. Torrens, Esq.
S.,
proposed by Major General Hodgson, and
E. Blyth, Esq. Zoological Curator, Associate Member, proposed by H. Torrens,

Esq., and seconded by H. Piddington, Esq.
John Ward, Esq. Messrs. Jessop and Co.

Col. Forbes, B. E.,
Civil Engineer, proposed
by Lieut.
and seconded by Captain Goodwyn, B. E.
A.
W.
Steart, Esq. B.
M.
S.,* proposed by George Hill, Esq., and seconded by
H. Torrens, Esq.
R ead
the following
list
of books presented and purchased
Books received for the Meeting of the Asiatic Society, Tuesday 17th December, 1844.
Books Presented.
1.
The Horn Book

Notes on the
of Storms for the Indian and China Seas, by
H. Piddington,
from the author.

2.
Naga
die
Tribes in Communication with Assam, by John Owen, by
the author.
3.
Zeitschrift fur
Kunde
des
Morgenlandes, herausgegeben von Christian
Lassen.
Sechsten Bandes Erstes Heft 1844.
By
the author.
this gentleman who was on the point of embarking for Europe, immediately to ballot but the sense of the Members present, being decidedly against such an innovation on the established rule the proposal fell to the ground.
it
* Memorandum. In the case of

was proposed
to proceed
cxxxiv
4.
[[Dec. 1844.
Calcutta Journal of Nat, History by J. McClelland, Bengal Medical Service,

for
2 Nos. 16 and 18
January and July 1844, and a Complete set in exchange
for the
Journal of the Society, from the date of the

History.
5.
Commencement of the Journal
of Natural
Journal of the Agricultural and Horticultural Society of India, vol.
iii,
part
ii,
by the Society.
6. 7.
Calcutta Christian Observer for
December
1844, by the Editor.
Supplement Calcutta Christian Observer, by the Editor
8.
9.
The Oriental Christian Spectator, November 1844, by The Palms of British East India, by Dr. Griffith.
Proceedings of the Royal Society for
1838
the Editor.
10.
Nos. 31
to 36.
1839
37 to 4!.
1840-41
42
to 46.
1842
47 to 55. 57
to 58.
1843
11.
Proceedings of the Calcutta School Book Society. Reports
1st to 10th
and
12th,
by the Rev. Mr. Long.

12.
Description of some nondescript insects from Assam, by the author,
W.
Griffith,
Esq. M. M. S. 2 copies.
13. Philosophical Transactions of the
Royal Society of London from 1838

1841, and
to
1843,
vols,
and part
of 1844,
by the Society.
14.
The Royal Society
for
November
November
1843, by the Society.

for
15. Meteorological Register, kept at the
Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,
October and November 1844.
Books Purchased.
Researches into the Physical History of Mankind, by
J.
16.
C. Prichard, vol.
4.
17.
The Annals and Magazine

vol. 14,
of Natural History, including Zoology, Botany, and
Geology,
18.
Nos. 90 and 91.
Journal Des Savans, August, 1844.
19.
20.
21. 22.
The Athenaeum for September 14th, 21st and 28th, 1844. The History of Etruria, by Mrs. H. Gray part I. A Manual of Ancient History. Translated from the German
vols.
of A.
H. L. Heeren.
Geography of Arabia, by G. Foster, 2 23. Classical Museum, Nos. 2, 3, 4 and 5.
Read the following
letters
from the Society's London Agents and booksellers

the Asiatic Society Calcutta.
To H. Piddington, Esq. Secretary of
Sir, We have
Hastings
for
the pleasure to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the 14th
July, enclosing a bill of lading for a case of books shipped on board the
the Asiatic Society of Paris.
to to the
Lady Flora
On
the arrival of the vessel the case shall
be forwarded
Society agreeably to your instructions.
London, \Qth September, 1844.
Wm, H. Alien &
Co.
Dec. 1844.]

%c,
S$c. 4fc.
cxxxv
To H. Torrens, Esq.
Sir,
11
Secretary
to the Asiatic
Society of Bengal.
We have the pleasure to advise

to
you of our having forwarded by the ship

for
Tudor,"
your address, care of Messrs. Ostell and Lepage, a case of Books

the Asiatic Society by an early opportunity.
the
it
Society which has been received from Trinity College, Dublin, with a request that
might be forwarded
to
We
this.
have no
doubt you will have heard from Trinity College, respecting the same ere
By
the
same
ship
we have likewise forwarded

to the
to
your address a small box contain-
ing shells, &c. which are presented
Society by Dr.
Vandem Busch
of
Bremen.
The Dr.
count.
will be
much
obliged
by your acknowledging the same.
We
have paid
fifteen shillings,
expences on the box from Bremen, which we shall charge in our ac-
Messrs. Ostell and Co. have been requested to deliver the cases to the Society as
soon as they reach them.
London, 2d September, 1844.
Wm.
An
B. Allen, and Co.
application having been
reducing and lithographing the fine coloured
made by Mr. H. M. Smith, the artist employed in map of the* Nerbudda river, which apdifficult
peared in No. 153 of the Journal, for a small gratuity above his contract, on the
ground that the work had been more
and costly than he at
first
expected,
to the
and some difference of opinion having arisen in the Committee of Papers, as

propriety of according this increase,
it
was
referred to the Society,

bill.
who
voted Mr.
Smith a gratuity of 25 rupees above the amount of his
Read
letter
from the Officiating Secretary to the Government of India
No. 588.
T. R. Davidson, Esq. Officiating Secretary H. Tokrens, Esq. Vice President and Secretary November 1844. Home Department.
From
to the
to
Asiatic Society,
dated the 30th
Sir,- I
with
its
am
directed to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the
11th Instant,
the
enclosure, and to
communicate the
desire of the Right Hon'ble

to
Governor
General in Council, that the Asiatic Society will be good enough
forward to this
Department 25 copies
of the
Memoir*
therein referred
to.
Fort William, the 30th Nov. 1844.

T, R.
Davidson,
Offig. Secy, to the Govt, of India.
From
the Secretary of the Military Board
No. 3,954.
To H. Torrens, Esq. Vice-President and Secretary of the Asiatic Society. Sir, I am directed by the Military Board to acknowledge the receipt of your
letter
dated the 6th current, and

the navigation of the
to state
that application should be addressed

1833.
to
On
copies were also forwarded for the
Nerbuddah river with a map, see Journal No. Government of the N. W. P.
One hundred
cxxxvi
Government
for
[Dec. 1844.
Lieut. Yule's papers on the Coal Formations at Cheera Poonjee, as
without previous sanction, the Board are not at liberty to grant copies (or originals)
of any public documents.
The Board desire me to express their thanks for the very polite and liberal offer map and memoir of the course of the Nerbudda, by Lieut. Shakespear, and request to be favoured with 6 copies, if so many can be conveniently spared. Fort William, Military Board J. Green, Secretary, Office, 2bth October, 1844.
2.
of the
From
Government of North West Provinces

No. 901.
From A. Shakespear, Esq. Asst. Secy, to the Government N. W. P. Agra, to H. Tor ren s, Esq. Secy. Asiatic Society Calcutta, dated Agra, the 2d Oct, 1844.
Genl. Depart. N.
W.
P.
Sir, I am
and
directed to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the 10th ultimo,
to state that
His Honor
will
be glad
to receive
100 spare copies of the Note on
the Nerbuddah, and of the
map
of that river at the cost price.*
Agra, the Id Oct. 1844.
A. Shakespear.
Asst. Secy, to the Govt.
N. W. P.
No. 1031.
From
A. Shakespear, Esq. Asst. Secy, to Govt. N.

ciety, Calcutta,
W.
P., to the Secy.
Asiatic So-
dated the bth Nov. 1844.
Genl. Depart.
Sir,
am
desired to place at the disposal of the Asiatic Society for publication
in their Journal, the
accompanying " Notes on the subject

J.
of the
Kamaon, and Ro-
hilcund Turaee," compiled by
H. Batten, Esq. Senior Assistant Commissioner,

A. Shakespear,
Asst. Secy, to Govt.
Kamaon
proper.
Agra, the bth Nov. 1844.
N. W. P.
From
Government
of India
No. 792, of 1844.
From
F. CvRRiu.,Esq. Secy, to the Govt, of India, to the Secy, to the Asiatic Society,
dated Fort William, the 9th Nov. 1844.
Foreign Depart Secret.
Sir, By
mit
to
direction of the
Governor General
in Council, I
have the honor
to trans-
you
for
such notice
as the Society
may deem them
to merit,
the accompanying
papers received from Major R. Leech, C. B. containing information of certain countries little
known
to
Europeans, lying beyond the Indus and Cabool
rivers.
2.
You
will be pleased to return the original papers
when no longer required. F. Currib,

No
charge
it
is
made by
the Society for these returns for the courtesy of Government, the Society
duties to aid as
considering
as
one of its
first
much
as possible in all matters connected with the
public service or the diffusion of knowledge. ids.
Dec. 1844.]
cxxxvii
No. 802 of 1844.
From F. Currie,
Esq. Secy,
to the Govt,
of India,
to
H. Torrens, Esq. Secy,
to
the Asiatic Society, dated Fort William, the \6th Nov. 1844.
Foreign Depart. Secret.
Sir,
am
directed by the Governor General in Council to transmit
to
you, for
may deem them
to merit, the
accompanying papers receiv-
ed from Major R. Leech, C. B. containing information regarding the Hazarehs and

the early Ghilzaees.
2.
You
will be pleased to return the original
documents
for
Record
in this office
when no longer
required.
F. Currie,
From
Government of India:
No. 805, of 1844.
From W. Edwards,
Foreign Depart Secret.
Esq. under Secy,
to the Govt,
of India,
to
H. Torrens, Esq.
Secy, to the Asiatic Society, dated Fort William, the 16th Nov. 1844.
Sir, 1 am
directed by the Right Hon'ble the Governor General in Council, to
transmit to you, for such notice as the Asiatic Society,
may deem them
to merit,
the
accompanying papers received from Major R. Leech, C. B. containing an account of

the early Abdhalees, and notes on the religion of the Sikhs.
2.
You
will be pleased to return these
documents
for record in this office
when no
longer required.
W. Edwards,
Under Secy,
to the Govt,
of India.
The papers received from Government with
the foregoing communications were
referred to the Editors of the Journal for publication or extracts.
Read the following memorandum by the Sub-Secretary
Memorandum.
In a letter to the Sub-secretary of August
last,
the Right Hon'ble Sir
Edward
Ryan says, " The picture

is
for the Asiatic
Society
is,
as far as I
am
is
concerned, finished, the artist

in
Mr. Laurence.
there
try
to
It
might be completed, and dispatched

for the
January next, (until
then,
will
be no good ship, and the season

it
unfavourable,) but the artist
may
keep
exhibition which
shall
endeavour
to prevent.
The
picture for the Asiatic Society has been seen by by
Mr. Thoby and Mr. William
Prinsep.
I
am happy
to tell
you that Mr. Lay, has nearly finished an admirable likeness of

for the Asiatic Society.
Mr, Thoby Prinsep,
cxxxviii
\T>kc. 1844.
complete copy of
Abdul Ruzzack's Dictionary
of the Technical terms

S.,
oe the Sims, edited
in the original Arabic
by A. Sprenger, Esq. M. D. B. M.
and printed
at the
expense of the Society, was on the table as a work finished and
to be published in a
few days.
it
The
I
following extract of a letter from Dr. Sprenger, relative to

to
was read :
put "
be sold by Allen and Co." in the
title
page,
wish that arrangements
to have the Society's books sold at all these places, (particularly by Brockhaus who besides Germany, provides Russia and Italy with books,) in order to make them known and more generally useful, I know all the parties personally, and
if
might be made
you
like 1 will
be your charge
d'
affairs in concluding treaties of
commerce with
them.
A. Sprenger.
Chinsurah, November ZQth 1844.
Read
the following note from the Secretary
and
it
was
referred to the
Committee
of Papers to
recommend the number
of copies, for
which the Society should
subscribe
Dr. Hceberlin announced, through the Secretary,

scrit
his intention of publishing
a San-
Anthology consisting of
fifty brief,
but choice specimens of the best school, that

This
offers to the
of Kali Dasa, of Sanscrit poetry, didactic, elegiac, and other.

scrit scholar
San-
a description of work as yet a desideratum in the learned world, a book

brief,
namely which may enable him to study in choicest classical styles of eminent writers
Dr. Hceberlin proposes
to
and at small
cost,
the best, and
in that ancient
and admirable language.
publish the work himself, but in communication with him,
the Secretary suggested to the Society their taking a certain

It will
number
of copies of
it.
prove a most valuable book
to the
Society for the purpose of distribution to learnit.
ed bodies, and individual scholars in correspondence with

livered at trade price.
The
copies will be de-
He
stated that he was not prepared to note at present the
number
of copies to be taken, but after
making a
list
of quarters in which they might
be distributed, and a reasonable stock of reserve copies, the Secretary said he would
have the honour of laying that
list,
definitely numeralised, before the Society if the
general proposition be favourably received.
Read
the following letter from the Zoological Curator:
To the Secretary of
Sir,
I
I
wish to call your attention to the necessity that exists for some further
assistance in
my
department of the museum.
It
is
to
no purpose that
office,
devote more
than double the number of hours to the business of

the time
my
than were stipulated at
took charge of the
Museum
and that
devote
my
undivided attention
to
those duties, without receiving any additional remuneration for thus labouring
so
many
extra hours daily.
In consequence chiefly of those exertions, the labour in

it is
my
particular department has increased to that degree, that
impossible for any one
person, or even for two or three, to get properly through
it.
What
with corres-
ponding, the necessity of attending visitors who manifest an interest in the
Museum,
Dec. 1844.]

I
cxxxix
and a variety of current business of daily urgency,

progress,
find
it
impossible to
make
to
that
which
wish and desire, not only in the preparation of the letterpress
ac-
company
it is
the publication of Burnes' drawings, but in various other matters which
desirable should
meet with every
attention.
There
is,
indeed, abundant occupation
for
one naturalist in the entomological department, whether or not comprising the

is
whole of the annulose animals; and there
equal occupation for another in the inof the annulose

to
vestigation of Indian mollusca and other Invertebrata exclusive
animals.
But, for the present, a good deal of assistance might be rendered
me by
the appointment of a youth,

labels,
whom
have
for
some time past employed
in writing
and doing other work of the kind, and who might be engaged
as a general
assistant to
me
for
a salary of 10 or 12 rupees a month
to
begin with, promising an

It is quite
advance
in case of his affording satisfaction after a sufficient trial.
necesdepartI
sary also that some addition should be
made
to the
number
is
of servants in
my
ment.
At present there
is
only one old man,
who
quite superannuated, and
am
constantly obliged to employ
my own
private servants in the Society's business.
There
is
full
employment
six
for
two additional servants, one as a messenger, and the

:
other to assist in cleaning the specimens, glasses, &c.
the fact being, that the place of
one who
left
some
months ago has never been
filled up, his
work having been since
performed chiefly by lads who are now distributed over the country in the capacity of
taxidermists, assisting different gentlemen
who
are active contributors to the Society's
museum.
Leaving these matters
to
your consideration,
I
beg
to
remain, Sir,
11th December, 1844.
Yours very respectfully,

E. Blyth.
Referred for discretional intercourse with the Secretary.
Read
the following references to and from the Committee of Papers, and papers
connected with them, on the subject of Major Jervis' proposal to execute glypographs and lithographs for the Society:
our duty to patronise, and encourage local

If the
have
to circulate the extract
accompanying.*
sort
For
artists
my own
part
think
it
in
some
rather than go to
England
1
for
our illustrations.
Society are satisfied
with what has been done hitherto,

accordingly.
may
perhaps be directed
to write to
Major Jervis
H. Torrens,
December,
6th, 1844.
V. P. #c. $c.
Memorandum
by the Sub-secretary.
for the circulation
My Dear
letter
Torrens,
I
Looking at
your note
of
Major
Jervis'
and specimens of Lithography, the following views occur tome which the Comthink bear in mind.
mittee should also
* See Proceedings of November.
cxl
1

The
great merit of every pictorial work
is,
Dec. 1844.
that
it
be either a faithful representation,

it is to
or a faithful copy of the original representation

for
less
when
to
first
be multiplied by the press
from the moment that an
artist is
permitted
improve a drawing or a sketch, un-
he does so under the eye of the person who

to
made
it,
the chances are a hun-
dred
one that what

spot.
it
gains as a picture
it
loses as
an honest copy of what was done

to
on the
Major
Jervis' lithograph of the

It is too
Argemone Mexicana seems

Europe
have been
subjected to improvement.
elegant for our
common Shial Kanta.

that naturalists are
artistical
that this has been carried to such a length in
We know now much
occupied in divesting publisher's pictures of their
improvements, by referin
ring back to the original drawings, however faulty these

2.
may be
many
points.
We
have rarely,
if
ever first rate sketches or drawings in India, though
we
often
have them good, and
spirited,
and conveying a vivid idea of the place, plant or animal,

to correct
&c. and we have sometimes the advantage of having the naturalist on the spot
his
own work* or shew the artist how far he may do it for him. By sending to Europe we at once lose this important advantage. 3. If we had always first rate drawings we might perhaps with truth say we could not do justice to them. But I submit that, hitherto, we have most certainly given most accurate copies of what we had to copy from f and that the question is really, situated as the Society is, not if we can give first rate work, but if we can give five
hundred exact copies of the works put
cates ?) &c. &c. &.
4.
into our
hands
do not allude here of course to

loss,
the cheapness or dearness, distance, loss of time, risks of
(or
must we keep dupli-
Again.
The
Society
is
always in trust for these matters.
Are we
?
justified, I
this in
should ask, in trusting out of our safe custody the labours of others
face of the
And
the
?
many
to
reports
which we hear of the eager
rivalities of
European
naturalists
How
5.
could the Society for instance send Dr. Cantor's Chusan drawings or those of
Burnes, &c.
Europe
As
far as I
am
concerned
it
would be a great load of work taken
off
my
file,
for
you know what

ed that
6.
I
artists,
and
printers,
and authors here are
so that I
am
really interest-
all
the work should be sent to
England
I
venture then to request of you, for
think
it
will assist the
Committee
in form-
ing their judgment, to circulate with Major Jervis' proposal, the following copies with
originals,
which are
in various styles,
and which have not yet been seen together by
the Committee.
The Burnes' drawings have

*'
already been exhibited, and as coloured lithographs
have been pronounced most creditable work, and most faithful copies.
European Artist S Mr. Bennet, 2 pjate

Native Artist,
r
^r
'
Griffith's
L
Botanical plates to Cantor's Chusan Zoology, 4

>
of
Df C a ntor
Chusan Zoology, Vespertilo
irretitus.
..
3. Lt.
4#
*
Yule's two Kasia Hill drawings.
rtlS t
.'
Mr. Bennetf
Native
A jaw
and teeth from Dr Spilsbury's

"
Fossils.
Artist, ..
5.
Siamese Emperor, Col. Lowe, 2 drawings.
7th December, 1844.
H. Piddington,
Sub-Secretary,
<$rc
* As
in the case of Dr. Griffith with his Botanical Plates to Cantor's

letter.
Chusan Zoology. See sub-
sequently his
Dec. 1844.]
The accompanying
by
his desire,

papers with a
cxli
memorandum from
the Secretary are re-circulated
and the specimens of our work
as ready for the Journal
and Researches.
H. PlDDINGTON,
Thursday Noon.
I
Sub-Secretary Asiatic Society.
beg
is
to re-circulate these papers.
It
easy to advocate the acceptance of Major Jervis's
offer,
but not so facile
to
ex-
plain to the Editor of a monthly Journal
how he
is
to satisfy his contributors
by speedy
publication of their illustrated papers, as well as to insure

their original drawings tion of their originals,
third party?
is
them against
risk of loss of
when
the publication of their articles, and the very conserva-
contingent upon the hazards of a transmission to England to a
To
mens
put the matter as fully as possible before the Committee,

or proof lithographs of drawings
circulate the speci-
and the Researches, with their
now on hand for publication in originals. The botanical lithographs are
the Journal
to illustrate
Dr. Griffith's paper for Cantor's Chusan.

I
submit that these local productions are rather above the average of such work for
scientific periodicals,
and although
inferior to
Major
Jervis', yet
respectable and
even creditable
I
to the
Journal, and not unworthy the Researches.

will not
trust the
Committee
make
the difficult task of editing a scientific Journal

illustrations of papers published
I
in India, next to impossible,
by requiring
monthly
to
be prepared in a country whence, at the shortest,
could not get them under five
months.
The
preparation of plates for
the
Researches by Major Jervis
is
think most
expedient.
V. P.
H. Tokrkns, and Secretary Asiatic
Society.
Additional
Memorandum
by the Sub-Secretary.
Between the
posal,
first
and second circulation
of the papers relative to
Major
Jervis' pro-
thinking that the opinion of a scientific man, himself an
artist,
of experience in
Indian scientific publications, and well acquainted with the business details as well as
the tricks which are,
useful,
1 it
is
said,
sometimes practised
in
these matters, would

I
be
wrote to Dr. Griffith, then on his

not keep
a copy of
either
to
way down
but
I
the river, on the subject.
un-
fortunately did
my
;
letter,
was very careful not

it
to
say any
thing which could bias
him
way
stating only that as
had been proposed, and
was now under consideration,

publications
interests
I
send drawings
home
for lithographing for the Society's
should be glad to have his opinion of this proposal as regarded the

of science, the risks of the drawings, copying here, &c. &c.
;
of
men
Sir,
style of execution of Calcutta artists
his
answer
is
as follows
and the
My dear
to entitle
think the state of copying drawings in Calcutta, promising enough
Calcutta
to
artists to
patronage
two or three more attempts, and their copies

in ordinary periodicals,
would be equal
most of the drawings
and at any rate be
quite equal to properly illustrating the subjects.
cxlii
[Dec. 1844.
to
Scientific drawings require scientific superintendence even in
England, and
have
one's drawings
copied away from one would be nearly as bad as having one's

is
MS,
printed
while one
absent.
No.
1.
of
mine
is
very
fair
the faults of the others are
faults of the
drawings which were not bold enough.
This arose from inexperience on
my
part
am
quite certain that very creditable drawings can be
made
in Calcutta,
artists.
with ordinary care on the part of authors and proper supervision of the
Therefore
finish
would not send drawings home, myself unless a very high degree of
Your's
was required.
Kedgeree,
\"bth
December, 1844.
(Signed)
W.
Griffith.
After some discussion
it
was resolved
for the
That
to
as an experimental
measure plates
Researches be generally referred
Major
It
Jervis,
and those
that
for the
Journal be generally executed here.

letter to the Secretary
was mentioned
Mr. Heatly had addressed a
embody-
ing some remarks on the want of connection between

Societies,
Home and
Indian Scientific
and submitting some views as
to a
remodelling of the present working
system of the Society, but no definite proposal being brought forward, discussion was
for the present necessarily
postponed.
Report of the Curator Geological and Miner alogical Departments and of the Museum of Economic Geology, for the month of October.
Geological and Miner alogical.

esting discovery by our zealous
We have this month to announce

member and
:
the highly inter-
contributor Captain Newbold, of

letter.
Bone
caves in Southern India, and
cannot better do so than in the words of his
Captain Newbold writes from Kurnool as follows " Enclosed is a brief note of some of my late labours, pray correct any thing wrong
1
really have hardly time to write.

If similar cave deposits
have hitherto been notdiscovered
in
your part of India, kind-
ly notice the fact in an Editorial note.
These are the
first fruits
from Southern India,

let us in
Have you got hold of Voysey's unpublished notes and map ? if so, please India who are much interested, have the benefit by an early publication."
His description of the Bone Caves will appropriately form an
Dr.
South
article for the Journal.
Rowe
of the Artillery at
Dum-Dum,
it
will be recollected, referred to the
Muse-
um for
the identification of a few specimens of minerals which he had collected on the
old Benares road on a
march down.
requested specimens of the Corundums for the
if
In replying
to
him
Museum, and some

to
account of the locality
he could oblige us with one.
He
has been good enough
place at our disposal a very carefully kept itinerary of that road, which affords so
many
Dec. 1844.]
cxliii
I should strongly recommend its Though Dr. Rowe modestly disclaims any scientific merit in it, yet it evidently is the production of a gentleman who knew what he saw, and made the best use It were much to be of the brief moments a military march allows to a medical man.
useful hints to the Geologist and Mineralogist, that
publication.
wished we had many such observers and tracks,

sections,
for
they would give us,

if
if
not correct
much
useful Geological information, particularly

strata seen
specimens of the rocks
were collected and the inclination of the

I
were noted.
have completed the catalogue of Mr. Dodd's specimens which form a very handinstructive case in our
some and
Geological collection.
it
:
The catalogue should be
printed as the best
means
of preserving a record of
and of the Society's property.
Dr. Spilsbury has sent us some more specimens of his sandstones with arborescent
impressions,
to think
some of which are not superficial but go through the slab
and he inclines
they
may be
fuci.
have
tried both with the blowpipe,
and the superficial
ones are oxide of manganese; those penetrating these specimens are iron,
and
;
if
they ever were organic there are now no traces of organic matter remaining
discussing this curious question, as far as
it is I
but in
recollect,
it
seems
to
have been forgotten that
not impossible the iron and manganese
may
yet be the remains of organic bodies,
as for
example the deep-sea
fuci, of
which we know nothing.

Cape, has favoured us with a few
Mr. Dodd
which
I
of the mint, on his departure for the
specimens of sandstone and limestone from the Bhurtpore and Kerowlee Territory, of
his letter speaks as follows:
this
I
send you a few more specimens of sandstone from the Bhurtpore Territory.
few specimens of limestone from the Kerowlee Territory, (the country where
is
limestone
found abounds with caverns and waterfalls, and
imagine
it
belongs to
the Magnesian limestone formation) from Kerowlee, a fragment of coal was brought
me when
marks
I
at
Agra.
There are
also a
few specimens of sandstone with ripple marks on

I
them, also a few specimens of red sandstone, with what

in
imagine
to
be encrinital
them.
in
thought these might be interesting as connected with some paper
the Asiatic
Society's Journal.
bth November, 1844. P. S.

I
J as.
Dodd.
impresI
You will find some of the sandstone specimens

to
contain casts of shells.
have not had time
examine the
shells of
which he speaks.
1
The mottled
sions on the sandstone are certainly not encrinital as far as
can perceive, and are,
think
much more
probably, as in other cases in Europe, and as suggested by a writer in the
Annals and Magazine of Natural History, the result of some animal or vegetable substance discolouring the red iron tint of the original sand.
Dr. Voysey As. Res. Vol.
XV.
p. 429, says of the
Agra mottled sandstones

some places.
that the spots are really spherical,
and these appear
also to be so in
Museum of Economic Geology. I may mention here that I sent some of our Museum circulars to my brother, who is much connected with Civil Engineers. He writes to me " My friend Sopwith writes to you by the 15th September mail.
We are
he
is
having 250 copies of your circular printed
for distribution,
Mr. Sopwith says
sure Sir
H. Dela Beche,
takes the greatest interest in the success of the Asiatic

report,
Society and Indian
Museum, and has shewn him your
but Sir H.
Dela
cxliv

really
is
QDec. 1844.
why you
Beche
Lt.
overwhelmed with work which he
is
sure
is
the only reason
have not heard from him."
Chamier
of the
the Cabul Trophy gun at
Ordnance Department, sent us some time ago some clippings of Agra for examination, mentioning that the native belief was
that these guns contained considerable proportions of the precious metals.
The Sp.
gravity was however, found to be only 8.35, that of good gun metal being about 8.40,*
and
it
was found
to
be a bad compound of impure (sulphuret of) copper with small

;
proportions of tin, lead, zinc and traces of iron

or silver.
and certainly containing no trace of gold
As the yellow sulphuret
of copper imitates gold in colour, and
any white
of-
metal might be made

ficers, if
to pass for silver, it is
probable the native princes and their
they do give any gold or silver for the gun, which they might easily be persu-
aded
to do, are thus tricked
by the founders.
The
frauds of goldsmiths and copper

in India, as witnes3
founders (Sonars and Khansaries) are pretty nearly proverbial

the well
known
tale of the
goldsmith and the Raja's
idol.
Our
active contributor Lt. Sherwill, of the
Revenue Survey has
sent us a highly
valuable series of specimens comprising coal from the Rajarrah coal mines in Behar,
and the various measures (Strata) which are passed through before
list is as
it is
found
his
follows
Specimens.
No. 1. Black stone, found

stratum.
in
four separate strata before reaching the
11
feet
No.
2.
Shale from the
11 feet stratum.
11 feet stratum.
No. 3. Stone from above or forming the roof of the
No. No. No.

No. ken
6.
Stone found in large masses in the feet stratum. 5. A piece of coal from the 11 feet stratum covered with pyrites. A piece of the coal from the 11 feetstratum. Coarse sandstone, from above the bad coal of an experimental and forsa4.
1 1
7.
pit, this
stone
is
found about 40 feet below the surface of the

7.
soil.
No. 8. Lying under No.

No.
This
9.
Lying under No. 9.

was forsaken not offering any coal worth quarrying, depth about 75
:
pit
feet.
Vertical section of the strata in the shafts at Rajharrah Colliery
* The composition of the statue of Louis

It sp. grav. 8.482,
xv.
was copper
82.45,
zinc
10.30, tin 4.10, lead 3.15.

;
good cannon metal should contain 90 or 91 of copper, and 9 or 10 per cent, of tin
has been used.
Urt't Dictionary.
and as much as
14 per cent, of tin
Dec. 1844.]

eet.
cx\v
Inches
6
Loam,
....
17
White sand
Coal
stone
3
1
Bad
coal,
Black
Coal,
stone, ..
3
4
2
Black stone,
Coal, ..
Black stone,
Coal,
..
2
1
Black
Coal,
stone,
..
7
11
58
3 south Pit.
Underneath Black stone
or slate
..Unknown depth.
H.
S.
Sherwill.
Mr. Martin of Gowhattee, Assam, has again contributed

one of 9 sortsf 24 specimens
(to our general
museum)*
by an assortment of woods from that country 16 in number, completing with the former
in all.
No. 254.
To H. Piddington, Esq. Curator Museum of Economic Geology.

Sir,-I have the pleasure
Messrs. T.
to
advise you of the despatch to the care of

of sixteen specimens of
my
agents
H. Gardiner, and Co.

a
list
Assam woods numbered from
IX
to
XIV,
of which
is
annexed.
1
have the honor
to be, Sir,
Gowahattee, 4th Oct. 1844.
Your most obedient servant, W. N. Martin, Ex. Off". Lower Assam.
List being a continuation of
IX-Red
Pine.
Paroolee.
X Bar
XIII
Assam woods, XVII Bon Som. XVI II Ahohee Parolee.
XI Hooroo
Kootolah.
XIX Bur
Karooee.
XII Sisso.
XX Podocarpus.
XXI Coniaree.
Kurooee.
Amaree.
XIV Khootee
XXII Phool
XXIII-Hatee
Sapa.
XV Gondhoree.
XVI-Kootulnah.
Karuhal.
XXIV Toko
Ex.
Palom.
W.
N. Martin,
Off.
Lower Assam.
But
as
addressed to
me
acknowledge
it
here.
Proceedings of May, 1844.
cxb
From

Messrs. Gillanders and Co.
I
[Dec. 1844.
which
is is
have obtained a cake of

as
artificial fuel,
the object of a patent at
home
to
and,
shewing how coal may be ceconomised

I
always a proper addition
our
Museum.
do not know the composition of
this partiI
cular fuel which, however,
is
probably coal dust and some of the bitumens; but

1
may
mention that some years ago

as
ascertained that coal dust
mixed
in as large a quantity
would hold together with cow dung and a

floors,
little earth,
(the native composition for

fire, as
smearing
&c)
forms a capital fuel, where a slow steady

is
in distilling or
sugar drying house work,

of
it.
required, and
made and burnt
several hundred
maunds
made
a communication to
Government (Lord Auckland's) on
the subject but
never heard any thing in reply.
For
all
presentations and communications the thanks of the Society were voted.
OURNAL
ASIATIC SOCIETY.
On
the
Migratory Tribes of Natives in Central India.
By Edward
the
Balfour, Esq., Assistant Surgeon

to
Communicated by
Author
Jameson's Edinburgh Journal.
have copied the following interesting article from Jameson's Edinburgh for 1843, and we add to it from Dr. Voysey's Journals, his We cannot on this occasion refrain brief Vocabulary of the Goand and Cole words. from again urging upon gentlemen who may be so situated as to be able to obtain these notices and vocabularies, the extreme importance and great utility of doing so. It is im-
We
Journal, No. LXIX,
possible,
we
think, for the oldest resident in India to read this curious article without
being struck with the reflection of how
much
there
is
in India, of
is
which we
as yet
know
little
or nothing, and
yet the
knowledge of which
so important to us
in
Dr. Balfour's praiseworthy labours will not stop here, and that he will go on in the useful and honorable field in which he has chosen to
every capacity.
trust that
We
labour. Eds.
The
hills
and
forests in the centre of India, are inhabited
by people
differing widely
from the inhabitants of the plains.

is
Their great abode,

east
says Mr. Elphinstone,
the
Vindya mountains, which run
and
west from the Ganges to Guzcrat, and the broad tract of forest which
extends north and south from the neighbourhood of Allahabad to the
latitude
of
Masulipatam, and with
interruptions almost
to
Cape
Comorin.
These people have separate names
Paharias,
Kols, Gonds,
Bheels, Colis,
other,
and Colaris
but
in
many
many
points they differ from each
and
little
has been done to shew that they are the same peoplesmaller communities spread
In addition to these races, there are
throughout India, each with a distinct name, and speaking a distinct

tongue; leading a migratory
life,
and
resorting only to towns to pur-
chase a few necessaries; they seem the remains of some aboriginal peo-
No. 145.
New
Series,
No
61.
2
pie
Migratory Tribes of
No. 145.
who had
occupied the
soil
perhaps before any of the nations
now
possessing it;
and
it
may
not be uninteresting to mention some of the
habits of these
nomade
races.
THE GOHUR, CALLED BY EUROPEANS AND NATIVES BENJARI, OR

LUMBARI.
The
Binjarries are separated
among themselves
into three tribes
Chouhone, Rhatore, and Powar.
Their original country, they say,

all
was Rajputana,* but they now are spread over Hindostan,

ing to the same customs, and speaking the same language
adher-
This bears
a strong resemblance to the language of Guzerat, though there are
many words
individuals
in
it
without affinity with any of the dialects

the head of the Binjarries in the
quainted with.
At
we are acDekhan are two

Hyderabad,
who
receive the title of Naeks.
They
reside in
and the encampments located near that

arise to
city refer
any disputes that
them
for
their
decision
but the chief occupation of these
Naeks
is to
keep up a correspondence with the different parts of the
country, to gain early information from localities where war or famine
has raised the price of grain.
The
Binjarries are grain merchants; indeed the

;
name
is
given them
from their occupation
and
their traffic being carried
on by bullocks,
they traverse the most impracticable countries
to collect supplies,
which
in
they pour into the districts where scarcity prevails, or they

the track of large armies, to furnish
paign.
move
the
them with grain during
cam-
In carrying on war in India, where armies carry their maga-
zines along with them, the services of the Binjarries are almost in-
dispensable,
and
their
occupation renders
them
sacred.
For
this
reason, though
moving among
hostile bodies in
time of war, they con-
sider themselves secure from being molested
by any party, and there
have been instances of large bodies passing near camps, and though
refusing to dispose of the grain they carried, being allowed to
to the
move on
enemy, the dread
of alarming them,
and thus banishing them
for ever,
being sufficient to protect them from interruption.
of hostilities or of dearth
was a period
of activity
The time among them but

;
* On the summits of the hills (formerly islets) which, united, form the island of Bombay, reside about 75 families of cultivators, who say they emigrated from Rajputanah.
Many
of the words in the language of this people, and the dress of their
women,
are similiar to the Gohurs.
They
call
themselves Purmans.
1844.]
Natives in Central India.
our successes have restored order to India, and have sent our troops
to cantonments,
and with the return
of peace, nothing occurs to inter-
rupt the labours of the husbandman, and scarcity seldom prevails.
These changes have done much

disease has swept
to
make
the Binjarries poor,
and where
to
away
their bullocks, the
community, unable
pur-
chase others,
has broken up and
dispersed.
sell,
When
which
thus reduced, the

their
women
bring firewood to the towns to
husbands cut
in the jungles.
dable race,
They were at all times considered a bold and formiand when traversing the country with herds of bullocks
and
salt,
transporting grain gangs,
they frequently perpetrated robberies in
and they are not over-scrupulous in committing murder on

if
these occasions,
their security.
they meet with opposition, or
deem
it
necessary for
With
the approaches of poverty, too, vice has
grown
apace
many
are convicted of stealing cattle
and
children,
and Thugs
have also been detected among them.
community
is
of Binjarries
is
termed a Tanda.
title
In each Tanda an
given, but his rank
individual
selected to
to clothe
whom
the
of
Naek
is
would seem
him with but
little
authority.
No
rules exist
among them
to regulate their conduct or guide their society,

it
and
though they keep together in large bodies,

their intermarriages
would seem more from

give,
and the security numbers

tribe.
than from any
laws binding them to the
The Tandas
spots,
in their
movements
encamp on wastes and uncultivated

frequently remote, from towns.
sometimes near, but more
The
Binjarries pull
down
the wild boar with dogs of a powerful

all their
and peculiar breed, which they keep in
Tandas
but with the
exception of the wild hog, they live, as regards food, like other Hindus.
few are met with who can read and write.

;
Their wandering
life
precludes them from residing in towns

the hot weather continues,
struct grass huts to shelter
they live under tents while
and on the approach of the monsoon, con-
them from the
piercing rains that
fall.
Their features are dark and bronzed.

cular frames.
Their dress differing
The men have tall and musmuch from the nations and comtribe,
munities around them, attracts attention to the females of the
on
whom
sitely
nature has bestowed the most faultless forms
tall
and exqui-
moulded, these dark children of the desert move with a grace
unwitnessed among a civilized people, their loose and peculiarly form-
Migratory Tribes of
off their
[No. 145.
ed garments assisting to set

terie) fitting neatly to the
shape.
boddice (called
Kanto the
form
is
in front, reaches
left
from the neck

;
hip, conceals
the bosom, but
open behind
waist,
this
with a gown
(petia) fastened
to the feet,
by a noose beneath the

scarf (cadhi)
is
and
falling in loose folds
and
thrown
carelessly over
the shoulder,
completes their dress, which

varied colours.
made
of cloth
dyed with bright and

their dress,
From
their hair,
and the tapes that bind
are suspended long strings of courie shells, massive rings of silver clasp
the ankles, and the arms, from the wrist to the shoulder, are loaded
with broad rings of ivory, cut from the elephants' tusks, and dyed with
varied dyes.
are, as is usual
The ceremonies attending the marriage among the natives of the east, few the
;
of a
gift of
widow a new
cloth,
and the
selection of
a fortunate hour on which
to
conduct the a more
bride home, comprise the whole.
With
the
young
bride,
lengthened rejoicing
to,
is
made.
On
the
marriage
being assented
parents
the bridegroom pays one or two hundred rupees to the
of the bride,
and
at the early part of the day,
which the brahman
who
has been consulted has pronounced auspicious, two pyramids are
constructed,
feet apart,
by placing earthen pots one above another, ten

is
or twelve
a bundle of firewood
laid
behind each pyramid, and two
wooden
pestles,
used by the
women
of every house in India to clean
the grain, are planted perpendicularly between.

five days,
The ceremonies
last
during which the friends are feasted, the bride and bride-
groom
sitting
on the ground between the pyramids, and on the
fifth
day, after being bathed by their respective male and female relations,
the bridegroom leads to his tent his bride.
The next morning

feet of
the
young wife
rises early,
and carrying the hand-mill near the
her
husband's parents, there grinds the corn* necessary for the meals of the
* Shortly
after midnight, the
women
in the east rise
and begin
to
grind corn for the
family, cheering themselves in their lonely task by singing their labour songs.
In
several parts of Scripture this custom of grinding the corn for the day's consumption
is
be shut in the streets because the sound of the grinding
" In the day when the grinders cease because they are few, and the doors is low." Ecc. xii. 3, 4. See also Ex. xi. 5. and Is. xlvii. 1, where it says, " Come down and sit in the dust, O
noticed.
virgin daughter of Babylon ; sit on the ground ; there is no throne, O daughter of the Chaldeans, take the millstones and grind meal ;" and in Matt, xxiv. 41, it is said, "two
women
shall be grinding at the mill, the one shall be taken
and the other
left."
person can generally grind sufficient for the use of a small family, but where
required, two
One much is
women,
as noticed in the Scripture, sit
on the ground with the millstones
between them.
1844.]

is
coming day, and

duties.
thus initiated into the practice of her domestic

is
The
Binjarries are not restricted to one wife. It
rare,
how-
ever, to
have more than three or four in a house.

life
In the roving
they lead, exposed to the vicissitudes of a tropical
climate, and liable to accidents

necessity
and
disease,
we would
fancy that
would have taught them some acquaintance with simples and

life
;
the arts of
but that custom,
fatal to
improvement, which obtains

to follow
in,
throughout India, binding each community

suits
only those purprevails

is
which
their predecessors
have been engaged

tribe, to
with
equal effect
among
this
migratory
whom
every art
equally
unknown.
When
sickness occurs, they lead the sick

for,
man
to the feet
of the bullock called " Hatadia,"
though they say they pay

is
re-
verence to images, and that their religion

ers of
that of the Sikhs, followis this
Nana Govind,
;
the object of their worship
" Hatadia," a
is
bullock devoted to the god Balajee.
On
this
animal no burden
silk
ever laid
bells,
but decorated with streamers of red dyed
and tinkling
with
many
brass chains
and rings on neck and

hanging in
feet,
and
strings
of cowrie-shells
and silken
tassels,
all directions,
he moves
steadily on at the head of the convoy,
and the place he lies down on make their halting ground for the day at his when tired, that they feet they make their vows when difficulties overtake them, and in ill;
ness,
whether of themselves or
This bullock
is
cattle,
they trust to his worship for a
cure.
their god, their guide,
and
their physician.
From
ing their
their migratory life,
we
are deprived of all
means
of calculat-
numbers ; but spread throughout the whole

no doubt
far exceed
of India, in large
bodies, they
any amount
of people
which are
brought
to
one individual's notice.

the people
They bury
who
is
die unmarried, but the bodies of the
married are burned.
Food
placed at the head and foot of the grave,

is
but no omen of the state of the deceased

that eats
it.
drawn from
the creature
HIRN-SHIKARRY OR HIRN-PARDY,
THE HUNTERS.
The Hirn-shikarry
selves Bhourie.
or Hirn-pardy, the Indian hunters, term themare of short stature, greatly
They
in
wanting
in intelli;
gence,
and timid
their intercourse with their
fellow-men
while
constant exposure to the vicissitudes of the seasons and their familiarity
6
with
toil
Migratory Tribes of
[No. 145.
and want, has stunted
their
growth and made them black
and
shrivelled in their form.
Their numbers are great.
They range
from the snowy Himalayahs in the north through the vast plains of
Hindustan,
till
at
Cape Comorin, beneath the equator, the Indian
ocean checks their further progress.*

forest that civilized
From
each valley and each
man
has as yet
left
unoccupied, or has once again
abandoned
to the
wild creatures of nature, the hunter obtains his
means
of subsistence.
The
creatures that they kill they eat, for, with

bullock, all animals, the elephant, the
cat, the
the exception of the

tiger,
cow and
and the leopard, the jungle dog and jungle
wild-boar,
the wolf, the iguana, and the rat and mouse, are used as food by the
Bhourie.
They
obtain a
little
money by
disposing of the skins of the

for destroying the
animals they destroy, and often earn large rewards

leopards
villages.
and wolves that
at all times prowl

visiting a
about the outskirts of

little
The women, on
town, gain a
money by
disposing of charms
sting.
and antidotes
to the bite of
a snake or scorpion's
The langauge
any
zerattee
of the Bhourie seems to have little relation to that of

It has
of the other migratory nations.
many words
and Mahrattee, and several
of pure Sanscrit.
like the GuThe Bhourie

1.
are divided into five tribes, receiving
Rhatore or Mewara
Kodiara.
ties,
2.
Chowhone
3.
among themselves the names, Sawundia ; 4. Korbiar ; and

the
5-
It
would appear that the hunters dwell in

from migrating
to
distinct locali-
restrained
hunting-grounds of other
instances having
to
branches by custom and the fear of punishment,

lately occurred
where the magistrate's authority has been called in
drive back
wilds,
tribes,
who, urged by want, or enticed by more promising

their
had quitted
own, and located themselves on the hunting

termed " Howlia," who
grounds of a neighbouring community.
These communities are governed by

attain to their office
chiefs,
by descent.
It
;
was
difficult to obtain exact into
formation regarding these head
men
they would seem
be consider,
ed spiritual as well as
civil guides,
and among the wild untutored

to
minds
of these rude creatures, there
seemed
be some vague idea that
* Lieut De
Butts, in his
Rambles
to
in
Ceylon, describes a race termed " Veddahs"
who, from his description, seem
be the same as the Bhouries of India.
1844.]
their

is
7
occurrence of murder
all
Howlia
an incarnation of the
deity.
The
or other grave crime
my
informant had never heard of; but
minor
matters are decided by these chiefs.
On them
likewise devolves the
duty of summoning the
different
members
of the tribe to aid in snar-
ing the tiger, for which villagers
and
proprietors occasionally offer high
rewards.
This,
when
earned, they divide into three shares, one for
the god of the river, one for the god of the wilds, the remaining third
being apportioned equally

ture, the
among
those
who were
present at the cap-
Howlia
or chief obtaining
no greater sum than another of

festival, at
the community.
They
all
assemble at the Holi

collects his
the place
of the Houlia's residence,
when he
income, the community
subscribing one rupee a head.
Among
other modes of obtaining subsistence, thieving
is
one which
they look to as no small means of support.
Gang
robbery, or any
to
;
system attended with violence, they are not addicted

or stack of grain
is
but no
field
safe
from their depredations when they are in the
neighbourhood.
inflicted
For
this, severe fines,
and death
itself,
were often
;
on them, while the country was ruled by the native princes
for
though the hunters have only a narrow loin-cloth as clothing, and
the persons of the
women
are scarcely hidden by the few rags they

together, yet,
pick
up
in the fields
and sew
when
in the grasp of native

to five
chiefs, the fear of
death has
made them produce two
thousand
rupees to purchase forgiveness and regain their freedom.
It
may
be
from the recollection of such scenes, that, notwithstanding their seeming poverty, all classes assert these wretched-looking beings to be the
possessors of vast wealth,
and when
in the fields in their lonely camps,
sheltered
tervals
by a few
tattered rags stretched overhead, they are at in-
plundered by the ruthless robbers

first five
we term
first
decoits.
it
For the
is
years after the beard
appears,
and the hair
cut once a year, but ever after they wear both unshorn,
and
their
long shaggy locks add to their uncouth appearance.

the dead are buried.
greatest
The
bodies of
is
Few
attain sixty years of age,
and ten
to
the
;
number
of children they have
known one woman
bear
nor have they ever heard of any one being killed by a
tiger,
though
one of them has assisted at the capture of eight of these creatures.
They
Vesya
call
themselves a branch of the Dhoongur, the Shepherd or
race.
Migratory Tribes of
[No. 145.
THE TAREMOOK, OR WANDERING BLACKSMITH.

The Wandering Blacksmith
Ghissaris
;
is
known
;
in the
Dekhani language,
as
as
Lohars by the Mahrattas

of
and from the Canarese they
receive the
name
Bail-Kumbar, but they term themselves Taremook.

to
Their traditions affirm the northern provinces of Hindustan
have been
their original country
but the cause or the period of their
emigrating thence has not been preserved.
As a
race, they are dark,
though not black, and somewhat

are
to
taller
than Hindoos.in general.
They
be seen dwelling on the outskirts of almost every village
throughout India, though their numbers are not great; the largest
number
of families the old
Taremook who
find
gives
me
this information
has ever seen in one place, amounting to ten, a community of perhaps

sixty people.
It is rare
to
them occupying houses
in
towns
but, for the greater facility of migrating, they

walls,
encamp
outside the
where they
reside,
exposed to the changes of the weather, from

;
which they are barely sheltered
a ragged and patched cloth, two or
three yards long, being all a family have for their protection.
are blacksmiths
by
trade,
and are very
poor,
mouth.
The women
collect
wood
:
in the jungles,
They living from hand to to make the charcoal

is
necessary in their husbands' trade

likewise the duty of the
the
movement
of
of the forge-bellows
assist their
women, many
in
whom
husbands
:
by working
the sledge-hammer. Their language they term Taremooki

the
that spoken by the communities
Dekhan
contains several
Mahrattee and Canaree words, a mixture probably resulting from

their lengthened sojourn
on the border countries of these two nations.
The
little
richest
Taremook
my
;
informant has ever seen, was said to be
worth ten thousand rupees
but though some individuals
collect a
money, he has never known any one learn

is
to read or write.
The
dress of this migratory race

is
like that of other
Hindus. Their
religion
the Brahminical,
chiefly directed.
Kandoba being
the deity to which their worship

to the
is
Their marriages are conducted similarly
customs of the Hindoos, but intoxicating drinks are largely used.
They have earned a

wife.
great
name
for gallantry,
and
it is
a very usual
thing to hear of the rough
Taremook levanting with another man's
On
the occasion of a birth, they sacrifice in the
name
of Satwai.
river's
They burn
the bodies of married people, and lay the ashes
by a
844.]
;

for three
9
days after
side
but the unmarried dead are buried, and

is
the funeral food
carried to the grave,
though they draw no augury
of the state of the soul of the deceased from

food.
any creature eating the
THE KORAWA.
This migratory people arrange themselves into four divisions, the
Bajantri, Teling, Kolla,
and
Soli
Korawas, speaking the same lanother.
guage, but none of
them intermarrying or eating with each

it it
Whence
come
to
they originally migrated
would be
difficult
perhaps
a conclusion, nor could
be correctly ascertained
now to how far
they extend.
village
The
Bajantri or
Gaon ka Korawa,
of this people are
;
the musical or
Korawa, are met with
in fiejapore, Bellary,
Hyderabad, and
throughout Canara.
The men
somewhat more
less
robustly formed than the settled population

tall,
but the females are
and more dark than the Canarese women among

Their food
;
whom
they are
located.
differs
from that of the Hindoo as well as the
Mahomedan
they never eat the cow or bullock, but the jackal,
porcupine, hog and wild boar, deer
and
tigers, are
is
sought after and

regular
used by them.
They deny
;
that robbery
ever
made a
of earning a subsistence
an honesty, however, that the people

little
mode among
whom
own
they dwell give them but
credit for.
Indeed, from
my
observation, on
an occasion that brought the circumstances of a
community
live
to the light, it is difficult to believe that the great
found in their possession could have been honestly earned.
sums They
by thieving, making grass screens and baskets.
The men
likewise
attend at festivals, marriages, and births, as musicians, which has
obtained for them the

resort to the fields to
name of
Bajantri
and
at the reaping season all
beg and pilfer from the farmers, for they will
not be induced to put their hands to labour.
The women,
too,
earn
little
money by
tattooing on the skin the

all castes
marks and
figures of the
their
gods,
which the females of
of
Hindus ornament
reside in
arms
and foreheads with.
The
Bajantri
Korawa
mud
is
huts, in
small societies outside the walls of the village to which they have
temporarily attached themselves.
The
age for marrying
not a fixed
time
and, different from every other people in India, the youth of

is
the female
not thought of consequence, the old
man
telling this
10
Migratory Tribes of
[No. 145.
when a
that
lad with mustaches just appearing, having been married to a

five years previously,
woman who,
feelings
had attained maturity
a marriage
to the
would have been opposed

alike
to the customs,
and repugnant
of
Hindoo and Mahomedan.

it is
To
this
wife he yet
remains attached, though
not unusual to have two, three, or four

In marrying, at the hour
wives in one household, among this people.
pronounced
by a Brahmin, the bride and bridegroom, smeared with turmeric, are seated on the ground, and a circle drawn
to be fortunate
with
rice
around them.
their door,
For five days the musicians attend before and the whole concludes by the neighbours gathering round
rice circle over the couple.
and sprinkling a few grains from the

married
The
live
women wear
;
the
tali
round
their necks,
which
is
broken on
the husband's death
by the
relatives of the deceased.
This people
virtuously
of,
the
abandonment of
their daughters is never
made a
trade
and other
classes
speak favourably of their chastity.

at least very
They
respect
Brahmins; and though they never, or

seem
rarely, attend places of worship, they
to respect the gods of the
Hindoo mythology, and keep

songs,
in their houses small silver images of or three
Hanuman, which they once every two

and
sacrifice
months worship with
and music. Their

;
foreheads, too, are tattooed with
the
mark
of
Vishnu
but they
offer
up no daily
prayers.
THE TELING KORAWA, OR KORAWA OF TELINGANA.

This branch of the
Korawa
people are generally

prostitute
known
as Kusbi,
Korawa, Aghare Pal Wale,

doors of their tent
opprobrious.
;
Korawas, the
sitters at the
but these names the people themselves consider

of their features
is
The form
altogether different from
that of the Bajantri
Korawa, the shape and expression of the coun-
tenance being similar to the inhabitants of the Coromandel coast

country,
if
:
the
we judge by
their
name, Teling, whence they originally

to place for
migrated
but wandering from place
a livelihood, where-
ever the Madras troops marched under Sir Arthur Wellesley, they
followed,
and are now found located in most British cantonments.

gain a livelihood by basket-making and selling
assist
;
The Teling Korawa

of subsistence
is
brooms, in making which their wives
but their chief means
in the prostitution of their female relatives,
whom,
for that purpose, they devote to the gods
from their
birth.
1844.]

the lives of children in India are despaired
of,
11
When
the fond
live,
mother, whether
Mahomedan
its
or
Hindu,
its
wills that
it
should
;
though sickness and destitution be

agonized by the prospect of
to the service of the deity,
lot
through
life
and when
death, she vows to devote her offspring

its life
should
be spared.
With
the
Mahotheir
medans, the male children thus devoted become durveshes, and

females termed
'
Mustanis/ attach themselves
to
one or other of the
four large communities of Fakirs,
who beg
in India, the
Mustanis
being supposed to live a

there are
life
of virtue.
Among
the Hindus, again,
two
classes of
devoted women, the one attending the temples
and
living a life of chastity, the other class fulfilling the
vows of
their
relatives,
by promiscuously
sacrificing to sensual love.

theists,
The Brahmins,
who, worshipping a deity generally as pure
whether followers of
Brahmna, Vishnu,
females on society
classes of
;
or Siva, are seldom guilty of thus throwing their
and
this practice
seldom obtains among the better
Hindus even. But

it
as this pursuit of the
however public
maybe,
entails
no disgrace upon the

castes
women thus devoted, women themseltribes of the
ves, or their families,
many of the low

to
and migratory
Hindus have readily taken
a practice which allows them to follow a
profitable calling, without suffering in the opinion of their neighbours
and as the poorest and most wretched community in India attach the
utmost importance to the purity and conjugal
ried
fidelity of their
to
unmar-
and married females, the low
castes
and outcasts
whom money
offers
a great temptation, devote their female children in their earliest
infancy,
and thus are able

whose
to practise their profession
without restraint.
The
voted
goddess, in
service the lives of the Teling
Korawas' de-
women
are thus to be spent, has her chief shrine near Bellary.

of their daughters; the rest are
They never devote more than one

married and made honest
standing their loose
women
of.
lives, occasionally
The devoted women, notwithbear children, so many as four

These children are treated
having been the children of one mother.
as if legitimate, being admitted without purchase to all the rights

privileges of the caste.
It is
and
probably owing to this intermixture that

arise,
the varied colours
we
find
among them among
changing in individuals
Sudra.
from the fairness of the Brahmin
to that of the darkest coloured
They have no ment. They eat
rules or laws
their
community
;
for self-governis
the deer, the hare,
and the goat
but the cow
con-
12
sidered a sacred,
food.
Migratory Tribes of
[No. 145.
as
and the hog an accursed, animal, and never used
No
one can read or write.

;
They
are very rarely allowed to reside inside towns
but when
this liberty is granted
them, they pitch their tents or erect grass huts
at a distance
from the dwellings of respectable people.

(choli)
do.
The women
wear a boddice
open in front, and a sarhi
the
men
dress as
Hindus usually
the deceased
This branch bury their dead, and the food that was most liked by
is
placed at the head of the grave.

is
;
The most
its
favourable
omen
of the state of the departed soul

;
drawn from
if
being eaten
by a crow
less
auspicious
if
by a cow
but
both the crow and cow
decline to eat
life,
it,
they deem the dead to have lived a very depraved

fine
and impose a heavy
on his relatives
for
having permitted
such evil ways.
Their religion
ceremonies.
is
the brahminical,
is
and Brahmins
assist at all their
Their language
nearly similar to that spoken by the
Bajantri Korawa, with
whom
they agree in the arrangement of the
Korawas
into
four branches.
I
The
other
two, in addition to the
Bajantri and Teling Korawa,
never met with.
They
are called
Koonsi Korawa, and the Patra Korawa, or Patra Pulloo.
Their
manners and habits and mode of

another
;
life
are scarcely dissimilar from one
all of
them can converse
in their
own
language, but they
do not eat or marry with an individual of a different branch.
THE BHATOO.
This migratory people are known in India by the name of Doomur
or Kollati.
They
are spread over the whole of the great continent
but though retaining among themselves the

arranged into several distinct
tribes,
name
of Bhatoo, they are
speaking different tongues, and
holding no intercourse with each other.

the country from
south,
One
of these tribes occupies
Ahmednuggur
tall,
in the north, to
Hurryhur
in the
and
lie
between Bellary and the western shores of India.

are seldom
rarely exceeding five feet
size.
The Bhatoo
height,
two inches
in
and the women attaining a proportionate
At
the period
of adolescence, however, the

for the sculptor, the
young men and women are
perfect models
plumpness of that age rounding
off the form,
and
hiding the projecting bones and the hollows between the muscles,
1844.]

life,
13
which, in after
the profession that both sexes follow too proare " Athletse ;"
minently develop.
They
which
and the boys and
girls are
trained to the most surprizing feats of agility from their earliest infancy. Besides this,
is
their ostensible
hood, the
cising
men
of this wandering people earn
mode sums
of gaining a liveliof
money by
exor-
demons from the persons

to for
of those they possess ;* but
what they
whose
most trust
support
is
devoting their female relatives to the gods.

their various gods, at
is
The
various castes of
Hindus have
shrines the children are devoted; but the god of this Bhatoo
Kan-
doba,t in the village of Jeejoorie, near Poona.
About
the age of five
they carry their female relations there, and after performing sacrifice,
and burning frankincense, they lay the
girl at
the feet of the deity, to
which she
all
is
now
considered married.
These devoted women, and
the male children, are regularly trained to athletic exercises, and

of
the
community wanders from village to village to exhibit. Most their feats are performed by means of a bamboo. On the morning
of
the day they intend exhibiting, they abstain from all food, and to this
rule they attribute
formant, an old
rupture
much of their freedom from disease; and my inman sixty years of age, can recollect no instance of among them. Before his own eyes, however, he has seen four
falls
people killed by
from the bamboo, innumerable injuries sustainright
ed by others, and
crushed.
he himself has his
elbow joint fearfully
They
but
all
settle
unimportant points among themselves by arbitration,
serious matters are brought for the decision of their British
rulers.
They
are totally uneducated
the old
information has never seen or heard of any one

write.
man giving me this who could read or
Impressed with the
belief,
prevalent throughout India, that

its
the muscular system does not retain
vigour after marriage, the

;
Doomur
sion, the
or Bhatoo delays
marrying
till
middle-aged
and then, owing

wife occa-
to the great
expense the ceremonies
when taking a young
Bhatoo usually allies himself with a
woman who,
having been
devoted to the gods in her infancy, has

*
now become
demon
too old to
make
Insane people are frequently taken to have the

in
cast forth to these people,
and are occasionally placed

the processes, but
cleft of a
tree, these, of course, are not benefited by

cast out of people
demons are frequently
who had no demons
them.
f
An
incarnation of Mahadeva.
14
Migratory Tribes of
stiff to
[No. 145.
a trade of her charms, and too

exhibitions.
take a part in the athletic

in
Two
;
or three
hundred rupees are expended

for the older
marrying
a young wife
in a day,
this
but the ceremonies
women
are completed
and
of
cost only ten or twelve rupees.
Yet, notwithstanding
mode
life,
they are not unprolific,
my
informant having seen

of one
five, six, seven,
and even eight children born

to the gods.
woman who had

They
been devoted in her infancy
They never
call
eat the hog, the cow, the bullock, or the horse.
themselves Mahrattas, but their religion seems essentially different
from the Hindus aroundthem.
three great divisions of the brahminical faith,
they worship, they reply,
They own attachment to none of the and when asked whom " Narayan," the Spirit of God but the
;
particular object the Bhatoo pays his devotions
to is the
bamboo, with
which
all their feats
are performed.
Kittoor, the shrine of the
At the village of Thekoor, near goddess Karewa has been erected on the
which dense
forests of
summit
grow.
of a hill, around the base of
bamboo
One they select, and the attendants of the temple consecrate it. It is now called " Gunnichari" (Chief,) and receives their worship annually. To it, as to a human chief, all respect is shewn and in
;
cases of marriage, of disputes requiring arbitration, or the occurrence
of knotty points
demanding
consultation, the gunnichari
is
erected
in the midst of the counsellors or arbiters,

to
it
and
all prostrate
themselves
before
commencing the
idols.
;
discussion of the subject before them.
The
Bhatoos do not keep
All the dead are buried
when they consign one

oil
of their people to
the earth, they place rice and
at the
head of the grave, and stand

it,
near to watch what creature comes to eat
drawing the happiest
omen
of the state of the departed from the crow visiting the spot.
THE MUDDIKPOR.
Many names
noticing
;
have been given
to the
migratory people
we
are
now
the
Keeli Katr, or Kootaboo, Kublgira or ferryman, Koli, and

is
Barkur, are those most usually employed; but Muddikpor

designation they apply to themselves.
They
are generally
tall
and
very
powerful men, with an olive-yellow complexion, and are
now
numerous throughout
India.
They
say their original locality was
the village of Talicot, near Sorapore, and that
however
far they
be
1844]
15
the Mahratta tongue,
now
dispersed, all classes continue to speak
though they must
likewise acquire a knowledge of the language of the

in, to
country they wander about
enable them to earn a livelihood.
Their traditions carry back their origin to the obscure periods of
Hindu
divided
history;
and they say they have sprung from ten individuals,

for the ten tribes into
and thus account

;
which we now find them
and this traditionary account of a
common
origin receives
corroboration from the circumstance that all the tribes

together.
marry and
eat
In each tribe an individual
is
superior to the others, to

title is
whom
the
rank descends by birth, though no
attached to the
office.
All
disputes that arise are arranged by a jury, whose decisions are

in accordance with the
tion.
made
customs of their forefathers received by tradi-
These wanderers earn a living by catching
fish
with nets, and their
women
earn a
little
by
knitting,
and by
tattooing the dark blue

lingaets
;
marks
on the foreheads of the

occupation
is
brahmins
and
but their chief
the exhibition of the transparencies used in represent-
ing the battles of the
Panch Pandya,
five brothers,
whose exploits are

on
we
believe, detailed in the
Ramayuna.
The
figures are painted
deer-skin
with very brilliant colours, and the story being one the
tires in listening to, in
Hindu never
every village after night-fall you
may
see
the representation of the battles,
and hear the Keeli Katr
describing the heroes' deeds.
Their females are very virtuous, and one

to give birth to
woman
has been
is
twelve children.
Reading and writing
known unknown
among them.
Their dress and food are the same as the Hindus
among whom they dwell. They live in square huts formed

being perhaps a rupee in value.
of grass sewed together, the whole
These they themselves make and
carry with them at their periodical migrations, which custom renders

obligatory every three months,
ject
a
;
longer stay would, they say, sub-
them
to
some dire calamity
and
as the third
moon
passes by,
is
the spot that yesterday

desolate
was a merry encamping ground,
to-day a
and unoccupied waste.

to
The Muddikpor seemed to me They pay their devotions to the
have no idea of a Supreme Being.
transparent figures with which the
16
battles of the
Migratory Tribes of
[No. 145.
the box of
Panch Pandya are represented

is
bamboo con-
taining
them
each morning placed on a part of the

;
floor fresh cover-
ed with cow dung
and on the
lid
being opened
to
expose the drawin worship,
"Oh
bread
ings, they
burn frankincense, and bow down

live,
to the
ground
Panch Pandya, by you we
continue to give us our daily
!"
They
are not restricted to one wife, and they bury
all
their dead,
except lepers,
whom
they burn.
these tribes are not understood
The languages spoken by

of a tribe different
by any one
from their own, though there seems a general

as will be seen
similarity
among them,
from the few words
obtained.
The
Sanscrit, Tamil, Telogoo, Guzerattee,
and Maharattee, have been
placed to enable a comparison to be made.
1844.]
17
g-a 5.2 a H ooStia :-*-* 3^ o o o A es nj,3.3 33 3 tthhfegtfSlafeHHinSnSS&gmHnOiSOMMH ^^mS

8
5'3- S
.2
3 3 S tog g
o o
0)
_,
4>
'S
rt
"J3
"3
3 3
ti
*?
ro-
es' <S' 33
o
s*3
m 3
SO??
(joQi
1
*h
s?
o^
Mo
^ s-a

be
hfiiiku 33^ 3 w 2
T)
(3
P^5?.2
i
'2
~ ?
3.
j rt
'3
_
0)
o
<L>
c o 2'3eSSS:85SS5*S'S8'83~SSS3S:*33J23 rti i si 2^rtS^ q2rt 8*^33o;-HO03oalO ,3 .3 îS ill J2 3

j
t r
P-.-C
5
[j
S^St-S
3'6 O
'd "o
.^rt.S
O)
S^r* 4.3
0)
CQ ru
03
WOO -oSSuoCQ^MOOOWWwMWW cgaog^gg;

,
3 5 3 3 2 2
2* 53*3
tS rt
- r^ ^ boo ^ ,rH b 2 2 3 3 X 3 I .3 ,3 33 o- nj 3 3 3 , IS
S"C
aS.
0.3, rt
.
*S -3
<
h -w O 3 on ^ & O "C 2 e ^QO. Qca^>^ffi5Q3^M5gGuM<3mOOOUiWQgWWCQ^CQ^Wai^

_j
0)

OS
t! bD. T3
.,
5 t,
!z;
S
C3
K5 nj
p.
r
;05H
<CufflSCQSMUuOQcqSQOOOWWQwSfci!PQWMgW
r
>3* g"3 2 2 23.3. r ~-*~ aJ-Jfrta3 S^^4>n3j30rt S^33o.rt t
2o3S 3^0
J
-5
S 2 3 3
3.33
iSSSS^b ^!? Ô^M^g-Sj^gSg^

o
_, o ;-oa<uggo>n5o
u r
S&3S*
go 23
M
2..
I
rt
-3
as S 3
o K ?i? O (3 m ej
41
3 acp. OtJ
S
i^ggbr,
q
i
a 2
CQQ<
S&-^^^3 3 ^to^ -<a>CQO<;g?ga3pjr^0Qu^t4& a>.cS<i

aS^S
.a
s3 36 S
3 a
bo
ctf
ti
m"
5'
3
J
18
Migratory Tribes of Natives in Central India.
[No. 145.
<3-Sj5^
rt
0)
(3
eiîx3
niS
fe^&
<
fe
.44
fl
S3
:M
'fed
'
!
,ti
: -
"
ill
4111;
is '51
to
o2'C g ,a r-ggSSsgsgSSo
Is*
i> &.2>
&M
c3
B5 M i u a a
!
SB
O
:
'C
<3
.SS-.S
saSSS inlaws, o5.*s 3 jj a

sM O^
3
'.itiiiiUiU ea^J 33333<)i!3 '.h
Is 'oS
i|3-3.t * * * 3 a
ts
liililiiiuiilliiillilliilllil^glsl
l*t;3.8*
go
;
o
t
S "
2
r
Jcj^PJ5>-'oy o

So B
o.Sj? a 3 3
^'as&oo-?SS^5
"5
o S 3 3
0^-3
: :
o < 5 s <3 is w a cu
^3T3tJ^!
fltJ
2
C
.2 - i?
.44
5/2 2
3 o
< 03
o3
S-44
"3
*
OJ: _
"<3
a*
nj
2*
i)'c3'm
v~a
cs'a'
o.S &
5 o
*z
as
1 1
oop gliill a o
8=31 g-a
|g| a|f Pi! Sl|
2 8-s-a-a
3 S
"2
8
4)
a o oo WQ!z;w a<
,., 3 O
8S&:
03
o3
19
Vocabulary of
Goand and
Cole Words.
1
From Dr. Voysey's MSS.

down
the
hill to
Bllichpoor,
6th December, 1821.
We
took the Goand, our guide, with us
our tents, for
the purpose of examining
him more
closely,
and writing a small Voca-
bulary of his language.
He
spoke Hindoosthanee and Marhatta with

the slightest difficulty in
great fluency, and
we found not
making him
understand
us.
asked him his
diet, to
which he replied,
buffalo's flesh,
hog's flesh, &c.

flesh,
There was some equivocation concerning

first
his eating cow's
which he
admitted and afterwards denied; his objects of

the
hill,
worship were
hill.
Aboo Bekker below

is
and
:
Baum Deo upon
the
The
following
the vocabulary of words
English.
Coour Goand.
hejuh
? tlota.
Marhatta.
man,
woman,
water,
fire,
juffare.
da,
singhel.
to ask, komruju,
earth, stone,
tree,
kansa,
yotha.
dohree.
seeng.
honey,
milk,
hill,
shuhud,
doodh,
doomboor.
dedum.
doongur.
oarra.
house,
grass,
jhana,
koto,
jhana.
ota.
mouth, (1st) chaboo,

eyes.
raoonh,
meht.
nose,
hair,
meht,
ap.
moonh.
bread of wheat jowarris, sokra.

flesh,
jeloo.
cow-dung,
urine,
to give,
shena.
kooknum.
ikija.
to bring,
to drink,
salija,
lana, lena ani.

dasaliju.
noweja,
20
English.
to eat, to strike, to call out,
to sleep,
Vocabulary of Goand and Cole Words.
[No. 145.
Coour Goand.
jomeja.
Marhatta.
kwageja.
hujeeja.
gitijeeja.
to rise,
bidija,
hujoomen.
to
sit,
soobangeja.
is
to ask where
to bind, to open,
he gone, chota walunja,

tolkeja.
itikeja.
wine,
to run,
1,
seed ho,
saroobija.
daroo.
mea.
bariah.
2,
3>
aphe.
4,
5,
6, 7, 8,
uphoon.
munace.
turrume.
aya.
ilhar.
9,
arhe.
10,
21,
gy
1-
ekrah.
bees.
20,
100,
stars,
chedy.
ipeel.
.
god,
penates,
gomoie son.
mootiah.
draw god,
bedstead,
kawra.
parkoum.
gonai.
many,
tiger,
koda.
gotharic.
butkil.
antelope,
buffalo,
sambur,
cotton,
roec.
capoos.
bamboo,
mat.
1844.]
Vocabulary of
Goand and
Cole Words.
21
Memorandum.
It is
remarkable that no two words are similar, with the exception
of doongur and jharra.
The Goands
south of the Nerbudda are called
Coour.
Choka near Hoshungabad
\2th March, 1823.
Two Goands came and

call
gave
me
the following
synonyms
in
their
language to those of the Goands of the Gawilghur range,

Coour.
whom
they
They
neither eat or intermarry, but consider themselves a
distinct tribe.
Goand.
wurra,
,
PL
mansa,
air,
English.
Goand,
jemra,
English.
strike.
man.
mace,
yeer,
kis,
woman.
water.
fire.
wonaro,
to call.
sleep,
namseen,
teda,
nerma.
open,
rise.
tunda
durtee,
earth.
tunda,
lul,
tonghee,
stone.
tree.
wine.
stars.
murha,
phookee,
pall,
sookoom,
permesur,
parapen,
honey.
milk.
god,
village
permesur.
god
hunooman.
dooloopen.
pallme,
ghee.
peemal,
kuttool,
wullai,
penates,
kone,
todee,
house.
bedstead.
mouth.
eyes.
many.
buffalo,
kunk,
hermee,
yermee.
sambre.
dad.
unturra.
mawinda,
musur,
nose.
thulma,
male,
peerka,
chootee,
saree, soree,
sropie,
hair.
a child,
female,
bien turra.
bread.
jado,
a boy's name.
khaurk,
flesh.
meengo,
bhao,
a man's name. a man's name.

buttermilk,
cow-dung,
to give.
to bring, to drink.
eat.
I
seemke,
turraka,
coorap
goknasaree, wheaten bread,

kola.
oonjena,
tinjena,
oonka
parsi,
I
language.
in general the
At Anund, where
examined a Cole,
found the words

;
same with those of the Coour Goand of Ellichpoor the numerals exactly the same. I was informed of this circumstance before by Wilson, who
22
Vocabulary of
Goand and
Cole Words.
[No. 145.
had ascertained the fact from Cap tain Jackson. The number of similar
words
the
is
about three-fourths, including the verbs, which appear to have

radical.
same
Vocabulary taken at Chunooh, 2d April, 1824.
man,
hoko.
herako.
da.
cat,
strike,
call out,
joomemen.
allumrooya.
woman,
water,
fire,
koorkoortooweemen.
geteemen.
singhel.
sleep,
rise,
sit,
earth, stone,
tree,
hausa.
tingoomen.
sukum.
darao.
doobmen.
senwaboo.
tolemen.
ask,
honey,
milk,
hill,
doomoor.
towah.
booroo.
oah.
>
bind,
open,
run,
stars,
rahemen.
neerum.
gpeel.
55
house,
grass,
god,
penates,
mouth,
eyes,
ah.
55
meht.
bedstead,
parkoum.
isoo.
nose,
hair,
mooanh.
oop.
>
many,
tiger,
kola.
bread,
flesh,
antelope,
buffalo,
kotharie seleep.
bitkilko.
gel oo.
cow-dung,
urine,
gooree.
dooki.
sambur,
cotton,
saram,
katsoom.
mart.
to give,
immeymen.
haraow koomen.
bamboo,
wine,
bring,
arkee
sarr.
mad kum.
drink,
noweemen.
arrow,
Numbers.
1,
mea.
bariaba,
aphia.
[boonga.
9,
arhe.
2,
3,
desoom-
10,
100,
1,
gy 1 mesye.
-
4,
5,
uphoom.
munace,
turrune,
aya,
ilhar.
kurrea.
singbooen.
diggy-
2,
3,
boepace.
korar,
6,
7, ,
kora soon[die.
4,
angreea.
5,
champeca.
1844.]
6,
7,
8,
Vocabulary of
chakee.
Goand and
14,
15, 16, 17,
18,
Cole Words.
gojoh.
23
kandehum.
sirka.
koonteah.
barjo.
9,
lagoorec.
sinko.
seedhoo.
diggy.
10,
11,
sooreen. poortee.
19,
soondee.
12,
13,
20,
21,
buddra.
gagoree.
marlah.
On the History of Arakan.

The
in the
By
Capt. A. P. Phayre, Senior
Assistant Commissioner Arakan.

following sketch of the history of
Arakan
put forward chiefly
hope of attracting others to
this field of enquiry.
A compilation
I
was made at
my
request from various ancient chronicles, by Nga-mi,

literati
one of the most learned among the

ceed to furnish an epitome of
its
of his country, and
pro-
contents.
Many
copies of the
Ra-
dza-weng, (History of Kings,) are to be found among the Arakanese,

differing
from each other
in
details,
being ample or scanty in the
narrative, according to the research or imagination of the authors, bur,

all
agreeing in the main facts of the national history.
On
the
Burmese
conquest of the country, the ancient chronicles were sought after with
avidity,
and destroyed or carried away,
in
the hope apparently of
eradicating the national feeling.
These
efforts were,
however,
futile,
many
of the ancient books were secretly preserved, or carried
away by
where
the owners on their emigration to the adjoining British territory,
many
chiefs anxiously
watched for an opportunity to recover their
country.
The Arakanese
native land
;
generally take a deep interest in the history of their

still
they
regard
it
as being one of the
most favoured
countries of the world, and as having been, in ancient times,
among
the
most powerful of kingdoms.

regard the occupation of
it
Their pride even makes them
affect to
by the British, as a national re-conquest
from the Burmese, achieved by themselves, because a number of Ara~
24
On
the History
of Arakan.
[No. 145.
kanese refugees, being formed into a levy, accompanied the British
army
of invasion, and fought by
its side.
The Arakanese
the valley of the
are of the
same stock
as the nation which inhabits
Era-wadi ;
is
their national
name
is
Myamma,
a word
which by the Burmese
pronounced Ba-ma, and thence changed
by Europeans into Burma. They are a section of that nation, separated from
the
parent stock
by mountains,
which,
little
except towards the

intercourse from one
southern extremity of the range, admit of

side to the other.
Hence those Arakanese
living in the northern
portion of the country, adjoining Bengal, have

dialect
some
peculiarities in
totally different
and manners.
There they touch upon a people

religion.
from themselves in race, in language, and
There the original
Mongolian features of the people have become considerably modified,

the nose being
more prominent and the eyes

change
less oblique than they are
found to be
Proper.
among
the people of the South of

is
Arakan and
in
Burma
Whether
this
the result of a partial intermixture of
race, or other causes, I
am
not prepared to say.
The province
includes
all
of Arakan, taking that term as applied by the British,
the highland and lowland territory which extends from
the head of the

lat.
Naf estuary in
lat.
21
10'
N. down to Cape Negrais in
16
2'.
The
great mountain range called Yu-ma, or Yo-mu, runs
in a general direction nearly
due North and South, forming the Eastern
boundary of the country.
On
the
West
is
the sea, and as the coast
branches out from the South in a N. N.

being very narrow at
its
W.
direction, the country
from
southern extremity becomes on the Northern
border about one hundred miles broad from East to West.

thern,
The Norbetween
and by
far the richest portion of this tract, or that lying

lat.
about 20 and 21 10' N.

ing-dyi or
was alone called by the natives Rakharest of the country, consisting of
Rakhaing -land, while the
the islands of Ran-byi and Ma-oung, (Cheduba,) and the district of
Than-dwai, (Sandoway,) was included

taing-gyi, or
in the general
term of Rakhaing-
Rakhaing kingdom.
to be a corruption of Rek-khaik, dein its
The word Rakhaing appears

rived from the Pali
word Yek-kha, which

half-beast,
popular signification,
means a monster, half-man

devoured human
flesh.
which
like the
Cretan Minotaur,
The country was named Yek-kha-pu-ra by

either because they found the
the Budhist Missionaries from India,
1844.]
tradition existing of
tions in a
On
the History of
Arakan.
25
a race of monsters which committed devasta-
remote period, or because they found the
Myam-ma
people
worshippers of spirits and demons.

of
It is possible that
these traditions
human-flesh-devouring monsters, arose from exaggerated stories
concerning the savage tribes
who
inhabited the country

to
when
first
the
Myam-ma
and
race entered
it.
The names given
some of these monthe
sters bear a close
resemblance to names
common among
Nat
Khyeng
Kami
tribes to this day.

hill
;
Popular superstition
its
still
assigns to
each remarkable
offerings are
and stream and
guardian
or spirit, to
whom
made
this elf- worship is the only

hill tribes
acknowledgment
living within the
of a superior
power made by the wild
now
boundaries of Arakan.
people
From
the
name
of the country JRakhaing, the
now
generally call themselves Rakhaings, as distinctive from
the Burmese,
though the term
is
strictly
applicable only to those
who
live in the northern portion of the country, or
Arakan Proper.
The Myam-ma
it
nation evidently had no knowledge of writing until

to
was communicated
;
them from the continent of India or from
Ceylon
and
this event, if
we may judge from
the history under review,
occurred during the second century of the Christian era.

period therefore
Up
to that
we must
conclude, that the main facts of the national

;
history were transmitted by tradition
nevertheless
we have long
tales
and
by
details of prior events
these have no doubt partly been invented
successive
copyists
facts.
and
commentators,
and
partly
amplified
from original
religion
The Arakanese being
instructed in letters and
by people from the West, gradually mixed up their own
genuine traditions with the histories or fictions of their teachers.

the Budhist religion taught that before the advent of Gautama,
flourished about the middle of the sixth century b.
As
who
c, there had existed
during the present world-era three successive Budhas, whose lives and
the intervening periods
occupied an indefinite duration of time,
it
thence became the ambition of the newly-taught disciples, to blend

their line with those nations
among whom
the
Budhas had appeared

Arakan
hence arose confused stories of monarchs from various countries in

India establishing themselves and building cities in
;
all
these
may be
laid aside as fiction.

is
The duration of each
king's reign
from
a remote period
cession of
given in the history, the date assigned for the ac-
many
of the sovereigns since the year 863, corresponding to
2G
On
the History of
Arakan.
[No. 145.
a. d. 1501, are confirmed

sion.
by coins, some of which are in
my
posses-
Having deemed
it
necessary to say thus
much by way
of preface,
now proceed with my epitome of the history. The writer opens with a declaration of devotion
Thoya-tha-ti, that he
his plan as follows
to the three treasures
" Deity, Law, and the Assembly of the Faithful," and invokes the angel
may be
inspired with eloquence.
He
then states
:
all
"
propose to give the history of
the kings sprung from the
Bud-
den-ggu-ya* race, descendants of king Maha-tha-ma-da in

cession,
lineal suc-
who reigned
is
in
Yek-kha-pu-ra, that royal golden Rahhaing
land,
which
like the city of
Maha-tho-da-tha-na^ ten thousand
yu-ja-na\ in extent,
placed
on the summit of Mount Myen-mo t
two hundred and
fifty
thousand yu-ja-na in extent, and in attackis
ing which the fierce A-thu-yas\ are constantly defeated, which
si-
tuated on the surface of Jam-bu-di-pa\ thirty thousand yu-ja-na in

circumference, being honorably placed at the summit, where
all its
enemies cannot prevail against
it."
Having pronounced
"
this
eulogy upon his country, the historian pro-
ceeds to narrate the origin of mankind.
When
saw
the present world-era
first arose,
Byahmas^ coming
to the
earth,
in the centre thereof, five tiers of lotuses, together
with the
eight canonical requisites ;** having plucked these, a
Byahma interpret-
ing the omen, said
In this world-period there will appear five Budhas,
* This race of kings is stated to have first reigned in Ba-ra-na-thi, or Benares. A city on the summit of Mount Myen-mo, which is the centre of the Sekyah system. A Sekyah system comprises a central Myen-mo Mount, the surrounding seas and islands, the celestial regions, and the infernal regions. (Judson's Bur. Dicty.) X Yu-ja-na, a measure of distance comprising about thirteen miles. A-thu-ya, fallen Nat or Spirit, formerly driven from the summit of the Myen-mo
Mount. (Judson.)
the
The world we live in, being the southern of the four great islands which surround Myen-mo Mount. 1T Byhama, a celestial being, superior to Nats. ** These consist of, 1. Theng-kan, a priest's upper yellow garment, or mantle; 2.
||
Theng-boing, a priest's lower garment;

across the shoulder; 4.
3.
Fakot, part of a priest's dress, worn as a scarf

;
Khaban, the
;
girdle
5.
Kharoing, water dipper;
6.
Thengdon,
;
or razor for shaving the head
7.
Theng-bit, earthen dish for holding rice
8.
Com-
prising two articles of use, viz. Ka-nyit or stylus for writing on

or needle, for sewing the canonicals.
palm
leaf,
and Ap,
1844.]
therefore
it
On
will
the History of
Arakan.
27
be called Badda-kap-kam-bha* Those great
Byahmas
having enlightened the four great islands, by the brightness of their bodies,
and having eaten of the crust of the earth, t returned to their own
celestial abodes.
ly
Some
of these
Byahmas having
thereby mysterious;
passed to another state of existence, could not return

beings,
they became
islands.
new
guilt,
and nine were allotted to each of the four great
Then
eating of the fruits of the earth, they
became subject
females were
first
to lust,
ignorance and passion
from them
five
formed,
esta-
and afterwards four males.

blished,
Thus were the four

;
classes of
men J
and gradually spread abroad
these (four pair) separating in-
to families, one
to the king."
woman remained
she was intended to be concubine
The
history next proceeds to relate, that

;
men
multiplied, and wicked-
ness increased in the world

than, the first
thi
at length appeared the

;
embryo of Kauk-ku-
Budh
;
of the present period
he reigned in Ba-ra-nafirst
under the name of Maha-tha-ma-da, the

title
of the
many who
and was
bore that
his
descendants were in process of time called Brah-
man
all
kings.
In their time,
many
of the sacred books were revealed,
earthly objects received their names.
The length
of man's
life
ninety millions of years.
A
built
king of this race named Wa-ya-adz-dzyau-ya had sixteen sons
the world was divided amongst them, and the city of
Ram-ma-wa-ti,
fell
by Nats, near the present town of Than-dwai (Sandoway,)
to
the share of the eldest,
named Tkamu-ti-de-wa.
His descendants
reigned in Ram-ma-wa-ti.
given to
In their time, several sorts of grain were

first
man
weights and measures were

arts.
used,
and men were
taught various useful
Some kings
of this race are represented

faith.
as being of Brahmanical,
and some of Budhist,
Ra-ma-wa-ti
was subject
to the
kingdon of Ba-ra-na-thi.
Many
a king
ages after, when the Budh Kau-ku-than had passed away, named Tsek-kyarwa-de reigned in Bara-na-ti. He was the
period of time distinguished by five
* Bad-da-kap-kam-bha, a grand
succession. (Judson.)
Budhs
in
t The former world had been destroyed by fire, which had finally been extinguished by water, the drying process had caused a clayey crust to form on the surface, described as being of a delicious flavour.
X These consist of, 1. Kings, in Pali Khat-ti-ya; 2. Brahma-na; 3. Merchants, Wethi-ya ; 4. The people at large, Thud-da. This classification has never actually existed in Arakan.
28
On
the
History of Arakan.
;
[No. 145.
Budh Gau-ta-ma, in an embryo state in a subsequent birth, he became Man-dat Meng, or sovereign of the Sekyah system he is therefore now allotted this title in anticipation while king of Ba-ra-na-thi, he
;
;
had four sons, among
whom
he divided the world.
To
the eldest
Thu-ri-ya Thau-da he gave the central portion and the city Pa-ta-
na-go ; to the second, Tsan-da-than-da, the northern portion and the

city of
Pin-tsa-pu-ra
to the third son,
Ma-ni-thu-bha-was, he gave
to the fourth son,
the southern portion and the city of
Randa-pu-ra ;
Kan-myeng, were allowed
all
the countries inhabited by the
Burman,
Shan, and Malay races from Ka-thi (Munnipur,) to the borders of

China.
Kan-myeng came
wan-na-ga-hlya
to
Ramma-wa-ti, and dispossessing the descen-
dant of Tha-mu-ti-de-wa, married a princess of that race named Thu;
while Maha-ra-dza-ngya, the male descendant of
Tha-mu-ti-de-wa, was sent to govern the city of Wetha-ti in Arakan

Proper.
" We-ra-khaings," says the historian, "had from the
first,
from the time of Tha-mu-ti-de-wa, been in possession of

wa-ti ;" yet he next proceeds to narrate
his
Ram-ma-
how king Kan-myeng peopled

rest,
dominions with various
tribes,
and among the
appear the pro-
genitors of the Arakanese, as being
now brought
to the country for
the
first
time
in short, the
attempt to reconcile national traditions with
the Budhist writings, has produced inextricable confusion.
Kan-myeng
wa-ti
first
collecting
men from
different countries of the west,
(Hindustan,) having a variety of languages, brought them to

;
Ram-main,
they then asking for subsistence and a place to live

so applied he gave the
to the
who
name
of "
Thek* and
their language
being different from

assigns
the rest, they lived separate.
The king then

etymology
names
to the
rest of his followers, (a far-fetched
being given for each of them,)
who became
the progenitors of the
various Indo-Chinese tribes and nations.

after "
The names
of the tribes
Thek" are as follows

a small tribe living
Khyeng,f My*,\ or Myu-khan-tsaungthe hills in
* This
in
is
among
Arakan Proper
they are described
an " Account of Arakan" Doing-nak.
in the
Jour. Asiat. Soc. for 1841, p. 683, under the
name
f
%
A tribe living amidst the Yu-ma mountains. A tribe now nearly extinct, formerly living on
the.
the
Kula-dan
river in
Arakan Pro-
per, on the present possessions of
Ka-mis, with
whom
they are confounded by the
modern Arakanese.
1844.]
On
the
History of Arakan.
29
Dzeng-me,
khyan* Kpip,f
*fo, Kan-ran,\\\\
Shin-da,%
Mu
du,
Pyu
Me-kha-li,\\
Leng, Tan-teng-tha-ye^ A-tsim,** Leng-khe,^ Pyan-laung,\\ Ka-
Tho-dun,
Ta-loing,%% Kan-ti-ka-myum*^* La-
woik and La~gwon.\\\
The race
During
of
Kan-myeng
reigned in
Ram-ma-wati
for a period of
years, expressed by an unit followed by one hundred and forty cyphers.

this
time the Budhs Iauk-kuthan, Gaw-na-gun, and Ka-tha-ba
flourished
and passed away.
The
history has
now
arrived at the close of what
may be
called its
Indian period, and in the
new
chapter that opens, the leading events
appear to be derived from national tradition.

given above to the Arakanese and Burmese
;
The names which

viz.
are
Kan-yan and Pyu,

tribes into
we may
infer to be original
names
for
two of the many petty

it
which the
into
Myam-ma
nation was probably divided, before
was united
one comparatively civilized people by the instruction of the
Budhist Missionaries from India.
The
seat of the
it
Pyu
empire was
at
Prome,
after the destruction

a. d. 107.
of which city,
was re-established
Puggan,
The
historian
east of Arakan.
now changes the scene The chapter opens thus
of his narrative to countries

:
" Maha-tha-ma-da, the sovereign of Jam-bu-dip dying, the religion

of the Lord Ka-tha-ba being then in the ascendant, (the)
life
(of
man)
extended to thirty thousand years.
In that time in the country of

in
U-ta-ya-ma-dhu-ya,\\\ Tha-ga-ya De-wa was king; (he)
power,
*
t
among the Ka-mis. near Mannipur. X A tribe N. and N. E. of the Ka-mis. Pyu, a name by which a portion of the Burmese nation was formerly designated.
small tribe living
tribe
||
A A
A Shan
tribe.
If
tribe said to live
on the borders of China.

the hills
** Now called Paskyu, the Malays. ft A tribe in Arakan Proper, or rather

X+
|j||
N.
W.
of
it.
Shan
to
tribe said to
be famous for growing
tea.
The Munnipuris.
Said
be the present Rakhoing race, or a portion of them termed Khyoung-tha.

tribe.
1111
The Taloing is said to have united with the Tho-dun A tribe now called Myun in Arakan Proper.
tft These two tribes are said to be the ancestors of the Siamese. XXX By this term is meant the country North from Ava, what is now
gaitng, the valley of
called
Mo-
Hu-kung, &c.
30
glory, ability,
On
and
skill,
the History
of Arakan.
[No. 145.
was
perfect.
From
the
that king sprung a son
Maha
Tha-ga-ya
ga-ya.
; to
him were born two

same period
in
sons,
Tha-ga-ya and U-ba-thaA-thet-teng-tsa-na*

;
At
the
country
reigned a prince of the same race
named De-wa- keng-tha
to
him was
born a son Maha-keng-tha, and to Maha-keng-tha were born two sons,
Keng-tha and U-ba-keng-tha ; also a daughter De-wa-kap-yha. At the

very
moment
of that princess's birth, the astrologers (said) thus
From
this princess will
be born ten sons, who will completely destroy king
Keng-tha s
line."
Maha-keng-tha determines therefore
to place his
daughter in a strong
building with one attendant, and surrounded by guards, to prevent the
approach of any one.

ascends the throne.
Maha-keng-tha dying,
his eldest son
Keng-tha
At
is
this
time Tha-ga-ya ascends the throne of U-ta-ya-ma-dhu-ya
he becomes suspicious of his younger brother U-ba-tha-ga-ya, who

obliged to
fly for his life
;
he comes to A-thet-teng-tsa-na, and
is
hos-
pitably received by king Keng-tha.
The
fugitive prince
by chance
comes one day
in sight of the building

;
where the princess De-wa- kap-
pha
is
immured
the history proceeds.

;
" The Prince U-ba-tha-ga-ya beheld her from a distance
the prin;
cess appeared dazzling as the sun and moon, very beautiful

in perfection, like the heavenly
shining
Nat Thu~dza;f from

The
prince by
the secret influ-
ence of acquaintance in former existences, they had an inclination of

the
mind towards each
other.
many
artifices silently
concealing himself, conveyed a message through the slave girl Nan-di-
gaw-pa ; she indeed
is
young and
indiscreet,
and not considering con-
sequences, delivered the message to the princess, according to instructions; having obtained
the consent of the princess, the prince re-
peating charms and spells, and making himself invisible, reached the
building,
and there united with the princess.
Before long she being
with child, Nan-di-gaw-pa and the watchmen fearing for themselves,
on account of that calamity, represented

It is finally
it
to king
Keng
tha."
determined by the king, that as the prediction of the
astrologers applies only to male children, his sister shall be given in
* This is said to be Pegu. f Wife to Thi-kya Meng, the king of Nats.
1844.]
On
the
History of Arakan.
;
31
marriage to U-ba~tha-ga-ya
be spared, but
if
if
female children are born, they are to
males to be destroyed.
;
The
princess
first
bears a
daughter who dies young

preserved by an
artifice,
then ten sons in succession, whose lives are

last,
and
another daughter.
;
The two
eldest
sons are named Wa-thu-de-wa and Ba-lade-wa

tsa-na-de-wi.
the daughter
Eng-
The subsequent
grow
;
story refers principally to these three.
The
ten sons
to man's estate without the real history of their
birth being
till
known
they grievously oppress the people of the country,
at length complaints are
made
to the king
fly
he orders them to be
to a distant country,
seized, but
they elude their pursuers and
where through the favour of a great sage and devotee, they obtain
magical weapons from the Nats; they then return, attack the king's
palace,
and
kill
both him and his brother.
Thus they become mas-
ters of A-thet-teng-tsa-na.
tries,
Next they attack the neighbouring countown of
and having conquered A-yudz-dza-pu-ra, or Siam, turn their

for the present
arms against Dwa-ya-wa-ti, the Pali name
Than-dwai (Sandoway), which was then ruled by Na-rin-da, a king

of the race of
Kan-myeng.
foil-
Arriving by sea at the mouth of the Than-dtvai river, they are
ed in their attempts to find the
city,
which by some
is
said to have
the power of soaring above the earth, out of reach of danger, and by others this
is
said to have been an illusion produced by its guardian
Bhi-hi.
By
the advice of a Ya-the, or hermit, the brothers propitiate

;
the Bhi-hi with offerings, and she then withdraws her protection ten brothers
the
now bind
the city with an iron chain to the earth, from

is
which circumstance the present name Than-dwai (iron bound)

duced.
de-
The
city then falls into the
hands of the invaders.
The
dwai
brothers divided their conquest into ten shares, but
made Thanto
their chief capital.
After sometime the eight younger brothers
are slain in a conflict with the people of the country,
who appear
have risen against them

sister
Wa-tha-de-wa and Ba-la-de-wa, with

fly
;
their
Eng-dza-na-de-wi, are obliged to
they are accompanied in
their flight
by a Pun-na, or Brahman, who
now appears
for the first
time.
These four direct their
flight
Northwards
arrived at a forest in the
present circle of Toung-up, they meet with a

the appearance of a man. This
is
Bhilu, who has assumed
king Keng-tha who comes to revenge
32
On
the History of
Arakan.
[No. 145.
the murder committed upon him in his previous existence.

vites
He
in-
them
is
to wrestle,
and the challenge
is
accepted by Ba-la-de-wa
who
soon killed and eaten by the Bhi-lu.

;
The
three others pursue
their journey
Wa-thu-de-wa
is
accidentally killed by a dart thrown
by a hunter at the moving

cealed
;
grass,
where he supposes an animal
is
con-
from thence the Pun-na and the Princess Eng-dzana-de-wi

;
go on together
most of the names of places on the coast are derived

this journey.
from incidents occurring to them during
They continue
on until they arrive at We-tha-li, the chief city of Arakan proper, and
the remains of which
still
exist.
is
;
They
find
;
the race of kings des-
cended from Ma-ha-ra-dza-ngya

elevate the
extinct
is
the people of the country
Pun-na
and
to the throne
he
married to the Princess
Eng-
dza-na-de-wi,
after
a long and prosperous reign, their son

;
Brahma Thun-da-re
dynasty,
for
succeeds
he marries a Princess of the former

their descendants
fill
named The-rin-pa-re, and
the throne
an indefinite period.
During the time of
this dynasty, ninety-nine
cities
were built or Townships established to the East, and ninety-nine
to the
West, of the Ga-tsha-bha, the chief river of Arakan.

story of the ten brothers, sons of a northern prince by a Talofirst arrival
The
the
ing Princess, coming into Arakan, seems to refer to the
of
Myam-ma
race from the Eastward, and must be derived from
genuine tradition.
The
tale of the
Pun-na, or Brahman,
it
is
of course
an interpolation of
later times,
though
is
not easy to understand
why a Budhist
nation should invent this fable, and represent a Brah-
man
as the progenitor of one of their dynasties.

it
All the names given

;
to these personages
for kings
will
be remarked are Pali
indeed Native names
and great persons do not appear
in the history until a very
late period.
In the latter times of the
Pun-na
race, there lived together in the
Hi-ma-won-da,* a monkey and a

were carried away by a
flood,
deer.
violent storm arising they

floated to the
and at length
head of the
Ga-tsha-bha, or Kula-dan, river, and from thence to Khouk-taw-toung,
hill
on the bank of that stream.
There the monkey and deer entered

thirty- two children;
the forest and lived.
The deer produced
some
* An immense but imaginary
forest,
in
which most of the wonderful things men(Judson.)
tioned in the Budhist scriptures are said to be.
1844
were
On
human
the
History of Arakan.
;
33
these Bhi-lus ravaged
in the
shape, others were Bhi-lus
the country, devouring
men and women
at length the last king of the
Pun-na
race was destroyed by them, but the queen and a princess
were saved.
This legend perhaps refers to the warfare the Burman race had to
wage against the
aborigines, the present savage
hill tribes,
it,
who
already
possessed the country
when they themselves entered
and who proare describ-
bably long after struggled for independence.
The Bhi-lus
ed as lying in ambush, and seizing

after dark:
all
who ventured out
of their houses
the description in fact
warfare carried
Bhi-lus, bear a
to this
much resembles that of a partisan on against invaders. The names given to some of these resemblance to names common among the Ka-mi tribe
their fabled origin
day
and
from wild animals of a forest
far to
the North, beyond the source of the
Kula-dan
river,
agrees pretty
nearly with the present received opinions of the
Rakhaings concerning
little
the Ka-mis,
viz.
that they originally
came from
the North, and are
better than wild beasts.
To remedy
rescue of the
this
sad state of
race,
affairs,
a hero at length appears to the

is
Myam-ma
whose birth
thus traced.
In the country of Kap-pila-wot,* reigned a powerful king named
Adz-dzun-na who determined

hermit.
to
abandon
his
kingdom and become a

and wandering on
He
retired to the
Hi-ma- won-da
forest,
Southwards,
reached at length the source of the
Kula-dan
river
there he determined to live far from
human
habitations in devout re-
tirement under the shade of a pipal tree.
The
which
it
wild animals
came
to
do him homage, and amidst a herd of deer, appears a doe called In-da.
ma-yu, described as descended from a
lion,
;
in a
former existence
had been wife
to the
king Adz-dzum-na
had been foretold by Nats
that as the country We-tha-li, (Arakan) suffered from Bhi-lus born of
a deer, so should
the same animal.
carried by a flood
it
be rescued and restored by a
man produced from

is
violent tempest arises
the doe In-da-ma-yu,
down
the Kula-dan, and cast ashore near the
mouth
in its
of the Mi-khyoung, a tributary stream which joins the
Kula-dan
upper course
there in the midst of the forest she brings forth a hu-
city in
Hindoostan (Capilavastie,
in
Rohilkhand.) E
34
On
child.
the History of
Arakan.
[No. 145.
his dog,
man
chief of the tribe called
Myu,* was out with

in the jungle
which while ranging the forest sees the child
and com-
mences barking
adopts him
;
the
Myu
chief approaches, takes the child
home and
eventually this child marries the chief's daughter, and
being furnished by the Nats with magic weapons, clears the lowland country of the Bhi-lus,
who
hitherto had ravaged
ledged as king, marries the female descendant of the
and builds a new
capital,
which
is
called
He is acknowPunna dynasty, Dhi-ngya wa~ti. He is called

it.
Ma-ra-yu, a derivative from
his mother's
name.
lists
From
this
king the Arakanese historians profess to furnish
of
successive sovereigns without a break up to the time of the
Burman
conquest in
a. d.
1784.
Ma-ra-yu gained the throne

Nga~mi, though
fifty
at the age of
18 years, and died after a reign of 62 years, aged 80.
Of this
race, according to
this
does not exactly agree
with other accounts, there reigned

period of 1833 years
;
four sovereigns throughout a

the throne about
at this rate
Ma-ra-yu ascended
2658 years
b. c.
At
the end of that period an insurrection occurred, and three nobles
successively usurped the throne.
The queen
of the last descendant of

retired to a hill
Ma-ra-yu escaped with her two daughters, and

Ni- la-pan-toung.
named
About
this
time in the country of Theng-dive\ there lived a king Abhi;
ra-dza who had two sons
they quarrelled regarding the succession to
the throne, and the eldest, called
Kan- Ra-dza-gyi, was
obliged to
fly.
He
ti,
is
represented as descending with a large army the river
Era-wa-
and then ascending the Khy-eng-dweng.
He
crosses the
Yuma
mountains from the present province of Yau, and reaches the upper
course of the Mi-khy-oung in
himself on a well
Arakan proper; there he
establishes
known
hill,
called to this day Khy-oung-pan-toung.
* I am not sure whether by this name is meant the tribe now called Toung Myu, of which only a few scattered remnants exist, or whether it is merely another name for
the present
Ka-mu tribe. Some Arakanese say that in remote times the Myu was a very powerful tribe on the Kula-dan, which has been driven out of its possession by the
Ka-mi$ who came from
the North ; but all the Arakanese literati I have asked have but vague ideas of the lineage of the hill tribes now existing. f This is Tagoung N. of the city of Aba, the ancient capital of the empire; vide Journal of the As. Soc for March 1836, where the account of the two sons of Abhi-radza is related by Colonel Burney from the Burmese Chronicles, precisely as given in
this history
by Nga-mi.
1844.]
On
of the
the
History of Arakan.
3.5
The queen
Ma-ra-yu dynasty
;
there joins him, and he marries
her two daughters
he remains on
this
mountain
for
twenty four years
before he ventures to descend to the plains, which during that period
remained subject to usurpers

wa-ti, his capital
;
at length he
comes and makes Dhi-ngyacity.
this is called the
second dynasty of that
This
conquest appears to be a second irruption of the people from

the Arakanese themselves were descended, or perhaps of a
of
whom
mixed horde
Myam-mas and
Shans.
Kan- Ra- dza-gyi

By
b. c.
is
succeeded by his son
Thi-la>ra-dza.
sion,
Of
this
dynasty twenty-eight kings reign in succesthis
throughout a period of 971 years.
chronology Kan-ra-
dza-gyi, crossed the
yu-ma mountains
825.
At
the end of this period
Tsan-da Thu-ri-ya ascends the throne.
In his time the Bridhi Gautama, " blossoms" in the country called
Ka-pi-la-wot ; while lodging

in
in the
Dze-da-won Kyoung
or monastery
arrives,
Tha-wot-ti* he
is
invited to
Arakan by the king. Gautama
and
relates his various forms
and existences during previous births
in
Arakan, and points out the Pagodas which contain
relics of himself.
He
is
received by the king with the reverence due to so exalted a per-
sonage.
An
image, being an exact resemblance of the Bridh, was per-
mitted to be cast, and was set up at Ma-ha-mu-ni, where a temple
was
to
built for its reception,
the ruins of which
still exist.
This image,
which miraculous powers were attributed, remained at Maha-mu-ni
until carried by the
Burmese
to
Ava, where
it still
remains.
The Lord
and
Gautama
then confirmed the
name
of Dhu-ngeja- wa-ti given to the

its
country by former Budhs in consequence of
great fertility
leaving Arakan proper travelled southward to the town of
Than-dwai
from whence he went eastward to the city of Prome.
The king TsanThis
da Thu-ri'ya, died
king
is
after a glorious reign of fifty-two years, f
generally reckoned as the head of a
new
dynasty, since the re-
ligion of
Gautama was introduced during
his reign; of this
dynasty
fifty-
there reigned in lineal succession twenty-five sovereigns (making
two from Kan- Ra- dza-gyi) throughout a period of 642

* Name
of a district or city in Hindoostan, (Sravasti in Kosala.)
years.
f The list of Arakan kings given in the historical and statistical sketch of Arakan by Mr. Paton, published in the 16th Vol. of the Asiatic Researches, commences from
this
sovereign.
The chronology
of the history
possess differs considerably from that

;
according to Mr. Paton Tsanda Thu-re-ya died a. d. 701

tory a. d. 198.
according
to
Nga-m's
his-
36
On
At
the History of
Arakan.
[No. 145.
the end of this time Ma-ha-toing Tsan-da-ya, the lineal descend-
ant of Kan-Ra-dza-gyi ascended the throne.
The
astrologers declar;
ed that the destinies of the city Dhi-ngya-wa-ti were accomplished

the king therefore went forth from
in the
it
in the second year of his reign,
month Ta-tshoung-mon
of the year 151,* and finally settled on

called also Khyouk-hle-ga, which city
the former site of
We- Tha-li,
in the
was re-established
month Ra-tohon of
the year 152.

it is
This king
stated that
died after a reign of twenty-two years.
In his time
several Ku-la, or foreign ships, were wrecked

byi,
upon the Island of Ran-
and the people
in
them, said to be Musulmans, were sent to

settled
in
villages.
Arakan proper, where they were
This king
is
reckoned the founder of a new dynasty.
He
zon,
was succeeded by
his son in the year 172,

still
who being born when
the full-moon was rising, the sun being
above the western hori-
was called Thu-ri-ya-Taing Tsan-da-ya.

is
The ninth sovereign

to the
of this race
named Tsu-la-taing Tsan-daya, who succeeded

set
throne in the year 313.
In the year 315 he went on an expedition to
Bengal (called Thu-ra-Tan,) and

the place since called
up a stone
pillar as a
trophy at
Tset-ta-goung, or as
commonly
written Chitta.
gong, alluding, this history states, to a remark of the king's, (who
abandoned
his
conquest at the request of his nobles) that to make war
was improper.
The king returned

existed as a
fell
to
Arakan, and being troubled with headache he
consulted his wise men,
who informed him,
that in a former birth he

;
dog
in a country bordering
on China
that dying, his skull
into the forked branch of a tree, which
when agitated by the wind
pressed upon the skull, and so influenced the living head of him,
now
born as a man.
The
only certain cure was to have the skull removed
* This is tbe first date that occurs in this history and is equivalent to a. d. 789. As Gautama is said to have visited Arakan during the reign of Tsanda Thure-ya, who ascended the throne 642 years before this sovereign, it follows that Gautama was
alive according to this history in a. d. 147.
Now
the Arakanese state that this present

;
year 1843
a. d. is the
year of Gautama's attainment of Pa-ri-nib-ban '2387
they ac-
knowledge that this era is derived from sacred books deposited in Burmese monasteries, and appear to admit its correctness, though it militates against their own historical chronology.
It is
probable that the Budhist religion was
first
introduced during
visit,
the reign of Tsan-da Thu-ri-ya, and that the figment of

gratify national vanity, has
Gautama's
invented
to
been ignorantly assigned
to
the period of that monarch's
reign.
1344.]
On
tree.
the History
of Arakan.
therefore
to
37
from the
t
The king determined
go
to
China,
hough
he was warned by the astrologers that the time
was not propi-
tious.
Before going he presented the queen with a magic ring he had
received from Thi-kya, the king of Nats, appointed her to rule over
the
kingdom
in his absence,
and directed that

fit.
in case of his death,
he was to be king
whom
the ring would
The king then departed

;
by
sea,
and passing Jhan-divai reached Henza wadi or Pegu
he then
ascended the Era-wa-ti to Prome, at that time the capital of the

or
Py-u
Burman Empire, and from thence going on northwards,

of,
at length
reached the country he was in search

subjected to Theng-dive or
which appears
to
have been
re-
Ta-goung.
There he was honorably
ceived by the king, and soon
commenced a search
it
for the tree contain-
ing the dog's skull
this
being found he caused
to be burnt,
and
built
a Pagoda near the spot.

getful of
his
The king remaining
a long time as
if for-
home, his attendants roused his attention by singing
the song of his
own
country, and then at their solicitation he pre-
pared to return.
On
reaching the
sea,
the greater part of the boats

in the sixth year of his reign.
were
lost,
and the king was drowned

is
This occurred in the year 319, and
supposed to be effected by the Na-
ga
she
or
Ocean Monster,
at the solicitation of his daughter, in order that
may
possess the king, whose wife she had been in a former birth.
The scene
carried
of this disaster
is laid off
the extreme southern point of
the coast, a few miles south of
Cape Negrais.
to
The
;
chief minister
the
mournful
intelligence
disaster,
the
queen
she
suspected
him of having contrived the

kingdom.
Search
and banished
him from the
was now ordered

fit.
to
be made for one
whom
the ring, left
by the king, would
All the
men
it.
of the country, great and small,
were
tried,
but not one could wear

hill
People were therefore dispatch-
ed to search among the

of the
tribes.
They found two
brothers, chiefs
Myu
tribe,
named A-mya-tu and A-mya-hu, with

three,
the son of
the latter Pe-byu, casting a net into the waters of the Mi-khy-oung.
The
ring was found to
fit
all
and they were brought
to the
royal city.
The
eldest of the brothers,

in
A-mya-tu, was married to the

of the year 319,
queen
Tsau da-de-wi
the
month Taboung
and
was saluted as king.
After he had reigned six years, the queen having
intrigued with his younger brother A-mya-ku, he enticed the latter
38
On
the History
of Arakan.
[No. 145.
into a forest, under pretence of worshipping the mountain Nat,
and
there killed
him with an arrow.

sovereign
The Pyu
tions,
who reigned
at
Prome, hearing of these transac-
invaded the kingdom to expel the
Myu
chief,
but lost his army
in the
Yu-ma
mountains, and was obliged to retreat. The king

;
A-mya-
died after a reign of seven years
on his death,
his
nephew Pe-byu
married the queen Tsauda-de-wi in the month of Pya-tho 326.
The
city
We-tha-li was
now abandoned, and
the king established
his residence
on the
site of the
present city of Arakan, then called
Myouk-a.
After Pe-byu, had reigned twelve years, the country was
invaded by a Shan prince called Thoa-kheng-bhwa-kye, who took the

royal city, and despoiled the
Maha-mu-ni temple
hill
of its gold ornaments.
The king and queen

year 338.
fled to a
in the
upper course of the
Yo
stream, and there remained concealed.
These events occurred
in the
For eighteen years from
this
time the country remained subject to
the invaders, and the annalists record no events.
said to have possessed Thau-divoi during the period.
The Taloyings are At length the
Shan's army retreated, carrying away a
number
of prisoners,
who
are
said to have been settled at Tsa-kaing, near the present city of
Ava.
at
Soon
after
the
Pug-gan king Anaw-rahta-dzan, who appears
this time to
have been supreme in the present Burman empire, invaded
Arakan, for the purpose of carrying away the celebrated image of
Gaw-ta-ma from Maha-mu-ni, but

Tsu-la-taing Tsa-da-ya
retired without effecting his object.
After these protracted troubles there appeared a son of the king

;
he was born
is
six
months
after that king's
departure for China, and
represented to have remained concealed
among
Ma-yu.
tribe,
tal at
the Theh tribe, in the hills on the upper course of the river
He
is
called
Nga Meng-nga-tum ;
with the help of the Thek
he ascended the throne in the year 356 and established his capi-
Tsam-bha-wet, on the river Le-myu.
The kingdom was
again
invaded by the Pug-gan king, and Nga-meng -nga- turn was killed after
a reign of twenty-four years.
The queen
river
;
of Tsu-la-taing
before,
Tsa-da-ya, was
still
living
on the Yo
some years
on the death of the

first
Myu
chief Pe-byu, she
had married a nephew of her
husband, named Tsan-da-hu.
This
marriage produced two sons, namely Khet-ta-theng,
and Tsan-da-
1844.]
On
the
History of Arakan.
39
theng
also a daughter Ge-ri-kuma-ri.
The
eldest son married his
own
sister,
(a
common
practice in ancient times with the Arakanese
and Burmese royal families) and with the assistance of Anaw-ra-htadwza, king of Pug-gan, ascended the throne
tablished his capital at Ping-tsa,
in the year 380.
He
es-
and died
after a reign of ten years.
His younger brother Tsan-da- theng succeeded him in the year 390.
Four of
fifth,
his
descendants reigned in succession
in the reign of the
named Meng-phyu-gyi, a noble usurped

another noble deposed him,
the throne in the year
422
but in the year 423, the son of
Meng-phyu-gyi,
reigned five years.
named Meng-nan-thu,
from him,
ascended
the
throne
and
The
440.
third in descent
Meng
Bhi-lu, was slain by a rebelthe throne in the year
lious noble
named Theng-kha-ya, who usurped

apparent,
The
heir
Meng-re-bha-ya,
escaped
to
the
court
of
Kyan-tsittha king of Pug-gan.
The usurper reigned 14

Padi ascended
During
the throne.
years
his son
;
Mevg-than succeeded him

on
his death, his son
in
the year 454, and reigned eight years
Meng'
this period, the rightful heir to the throne,
Meng-re-bha.ga
his
was residing unnoticed
at
Pug-gan; he had married
own
sister
Tsau-pouk-ngyo, and there was born to them a son, named Let-ya-
meng-nan.
The
exiled king died without being able to procure as-
sistance from the
Pug-gan court
for the recovery of his throne.
At
length the king of that country, A-laung-tsi-thu, grandson of
Kyan-
UiUiha sent an army of 1,00,000 Py-us and 1,00,000 Talaings to

place Let-ya-meng.nan
upon the throne.
This army marched in the

slain,
year 464
after
one repulse the usurper Meng.Pa-di was
and
Let-ya-meng.nan restored to the throne of
his ancestors in the
month
Nat-dau 465.*
inscription on a stone discovered at Budha Gaya, a facsimile and which by Colonel Burney, are given in the 20th Vol. of the Asiatic Researches, serves to confirm the account given in this history, of the restoration of Let-ya-men%-nan, or as he is called in the stone inscription, Pyu-ta-thin-meng, i.e. ' Lord of a hundred thousand Pyus." The dates of the inscription which were con-
A Burmese
translation of
sidered uncertain, are no doubt

to the date
meant to be 467 and 468, approximating as these do assigned in the Arakan history for the restoration of Let-ya-meng-nan. It is evident from the tenor both of the history and the inscription, that the Arakan prince was regarded as a dependent of the Pug-gan king, to whom he had from his
birth
40
On
The
the History
of Arakan.
[No. 145.
allies of the restored

it
king attempted to carry away the
Malmwas
mu-ni image, whereby

established
of
first
was much injured.*
The
royal capital
at Loung-kyet, but that site proving unhealthy, the city

built in the year 468.
Ma-rin was
This king reigned six years.
Four kings followed

cended the throne
great power, to
in
in quick succession, after
whom Gau-la-ya
as-
the year 495.
He
is
described as a prince of
whom
the kings of Bengal, Pegu,
Pug-gan and Siam

on
his
did homage.
But
his chief claim to distinction rests
having
built the temple of
Maha-ti, a few miles south of the present town of

which was,
in
Arakan, the
idol in
sanctity, inferior only to
that of
Ma-ha- mu-ni.
This temple and image were destroyed during the late
war, the height on which the temple stood, being occupied as a position by the
Burmese
forces.
This king died, after a reign of twenty
years, in 515.
He
was succeeded by
his
son Da~tha-Ra-dza,
who upheld
his fa-
ther's fame,
and repaired Ma-ha-mu-ni temple, which since
its partial
destruction by the
Py-u army
in
Letya-meng-naris time, had remain-
ed neglected
the idol which had been mutilated was also restored, the
tributary kings being employed on the work.
This king died after a
reign of twelve years in 527.
He
was succeeded by
his son A-nan-ihi-ri.
This prince grievously
oppressed his people, and neglecting the

his days in riot
affairs of
government, passed
and debauchery.
He
lost the extensive
empire pos-
sessed by his father and grandfather, neglected religious duties, and
extorted large sums of
money from
the people,
till
the whole country,
says the historian, cursing him in their hearts, a general rising occur-
red
tsa,
he was deposed and
killed,
and
his
younger brother Meng-phun-
reigned in his stead in the year 529.
birth
been a suppliant
of the
for aid; in return for the assistance
granted him for the recovery
of his grandfather's throne, he was to aid in rebuilding the temple at
Budha Gaya,
in
the
name
Pug-gan
sovereign.
The archetype
of the inscription has evidently
been written by an Arakanese, or the stone was engraved by an Arakanese workman, from a peculiarity in the spelling of certain words, still prevailing among the Arakanese.
* The possession of this idol with which the fortunes of Arakan were supposed to be inseparably united, appears to have been long an object with the Burmese monarchs.
It
succeeded
was not forgotten when they conquered the country in carrying it to Ava, where it still remains.
in
a.d.
1784.
They
then
1844.]
On
the History
of Arakan.
This prince established his capital at Khyit, on the river Le-myo.
Shan army attempting to invade the kingdom, was defeated

;
in the
Yu-rna mountains
villages
a number were taken prisoners, and settled in two
on the tract of country in Arakan Proper, now called ToungThis king died after a prosperous reign of seven years.
phek.
In the reign of his grandson

le?ig-kabo,
in the first
Gana-yu-ban, a noble named Tsa-
usurped the throne, but proving oppressive, was murdered

year of his usurpation.
Mi-dzu-theng, the younger brother of Gan-na-yu-bau, was now raised

to the throne
;
he removed the capital to Pingtsa, close to the present
town of Arakan.
The
oldest Arakanese coins extant, having the
em-
blems of royalty engraved upon them, but without any date or inscription, are traditionally said to
have been struck during this reign.
This
prince was surnamed Taing-khyit, or "country beloved."

racteristic extravagance, he is said in the history, to
With cha-
have reigned over

India, as far as
the present
Burmese dominions, and a great part of
the river Na-rin-dza-na, and to the borders of Nipal.
The succeeding
ten kings
pass
like
shadows, without any thing
worthy of notice except their short reigns.
The
five
last of
them
reigned only for one year each, and by their oppression and neglect
of religious duties, the people were dissatisfied, while sickness and
famine desolated the country.

withheld their aid
;
The Nats,
or spirits of the seasons,
the earth no longer yielded her fruit, and general
misery prevailed.
his son Let-ya-gyi,
The
last of these
wicked kings was deposed, and
ascended the throne in the year 572.
He
by his
mild government, restored the prosperity of the country.

In the year 599, A-lau-ma-phyu succeeded to the throne, and re-
moved
the
the capital to Lyung-kyet in 601.
This king made war upon
Pug-gan
sovereign, and received tribute from the king of Bengal.
He
died after a reign of six years.
His son Ra-dza-thu-gyi succeeded.
In this reign the Talaings in-
vaded the southern portion of the kingdom, but were repulsed by the
Arakanese general A-nan-thu-gyi

until the reign of
nothing worthy of notice occurs

in
Nan.kya-gyi, who ascended the throne
the year
630.
This king oppressed the people with heavy taxes, and levied
contributions of goods which he stored up in his palace.
By
various
42
On
the
History of Arakan.
QNo. 145.
influential
acts of tyranny, he incurred the hatred of
many
men, and
affairs,
even the
priests,
whose religion forbids them to notice worldly
are represented as inimical to him.
A fanciful tale is related of the means

certain noble,
taken to procure his death.

beng, or
who was
the Tsi-tha-
commander
of the body guard,
whom
he had deeply offended,

said to possess the
conspired with two religious students,
who were
power of metamorphosis, an art which the king had formerly learnt

from them.
The two
;
brothers assuming the form of wild buffaloes
approached the capital

he,
information thereof being brought to the king,

to be formed,
unaware of the deception, ordered a hunting party

sport.
and
went out to see the
As soon
as he
saw the
buffaloes,
he knew
them
to be the magicians transformed,
and endeavoured to escape by

the form of hawks,
flight as
a parrot.
The brothers instantly assuming
followed in pursuit.
his disguise,
The king
finding he could not escape, dropped
and
fled
towards a Kyoung, or monastery, where he im-
plored the protection of the head priest.
The
priest reproaching
fled to
him
with his oppressive
conduct repulsed him, and he
an adjoining
temple, where he concealed himself in the hollow part, containing an
image of Gau-ta-ma, and shut the
gate.
The
brothers followed him,

forth,
and threatening
to apply fire to the gate, he
came
and was
slain
by them on the spot, in the fourth year of his reign.
He
was succeeded by
his son Meng-bhi-lu,
who married
more
the daugh-
ter of the Tsi-tha-beng, the conspirator against the former sovereign.
This prince
ther;
is
described as being
if
possible
hateful than his fa-
being jealous of the supposed high destinies of his infant son

river,
Meng-di, he ordered him to be cast into the
but the child was
miraculously preserved, and rescued by some fishermen.

sent to a remote part of the kingdom.
He was
then
These and other similar acts
inflaming the minds of the people against him, he was slain in a conspiracy headed by the Tsi-tha-beng, after a reign of four years.
Tsi-tha-beng, the king-maker

self killed in the third
now usurped
the throne, but was him-
year of his reign.
The son
throne,
satisfaction,
of Meng-Bhi-bi,
named Meng-di, was then

age.
raised to the
when he was only seven years of
This king gave general

reign.
and enjoyed a long and prosperous
In the year
656, the Shans invaded the kingdom, but were repulsed.
The king
of
844.]
On
the History of
Arakan.
43
his alliance,
Thu-ra-tan* or Bengal, named Nga-pu-kheng, courted

and sent presents of elephants and horses.
After
this,
his
dominions
being again attacked in various quarters by the Shans, the Burmese,

the Talaings, and the
Thek
tribe
on the north, the king went to the

his rosary before the idol,
Ma-ha-mu-ni temple, and depositing

to rid his country of its enemies.
in person, in
vowed
In pursuance of his vow, he marched

to repel the Takings,
the
month NaUdau of the year 674,

uncle
who had possessed themselves of the country south

Than-dwai;
attack
his
;
of the
town of
Udz-dza-na-gyi, was sent with an army to
Pug-gan
Tsa-leng-ga-thu, his brother-in-law, advanced into
Pegu
tribe.
and the general Ra-dza-theng.kyan, was sent against the Thek
The
tually
city of
Pug-gan was
taken, the Talaings were overawed, and the
expedition against the Thek tribe, after being once repulsed was even-
crowned with success.
After this the general Ra.dza-theng.

coast, as far as the
kyan subdued the country along the sea

putra river.
In the year 689, the
Brahma-
Pug-gan sovereign made an

After
attack upon the
island of Ran-byi, and carried
away a number of the inhabitants who

frontier.
this,
were planted on the Munipur
the
Than-dwai
viceroy having gained possession of a
relic of
Gautama, brought from
Ceylon, by virtue of which he expected to attain sovereignty, rose in

rebellion.
pagoda was
built over the relic,
which
still exists.
The
Than-dwai viceroy was

Meng-di died
finally
reduced to obedience.
Soon
after this,
after a reign of
106 years, aged 313.
Nothing worthy of notice occurred, until the reign of Thin-sti, who

succeeded to the throne in the year 752.
ed to attack the
at
In the year 756, he march-
Pug-gan empire,
During
the capital of which was established
Eng-wa
or Ava.
his absence, the
governor of Than-dwai,
styled the
Tsi-tha-beng, revolted, and seizing the boats which
had
on
transported the king's army along the sea coast, and were
the shore for his return, he
the capital, where he set
now
left
made
the best of his
way
to
Loung-kyet
up the absent
king's infant son Ra-dza-t/iu.
* This may be meant for Sunargong, the capital of the eastern district of Bengal when it first revolted from the Delhi Empire a. d. 1279. The event recorded in the
text probably occurred about the year a. D. 1295.
I
cannot guess what
Mahommedan
name Nga-pu-kheng
represents.
44
On
the History of
Arakan.
[No. 145.
The king returned without delay
to the capital, but his
army deserting
him, he was slain and his son proclaimed.
The
Tsi-tha-beng not long after sent the young king to the southern
extremity of the kingdom, and governed in his
name
but becoming
unpopular, he was after two years deposed, and killed by a noble
named Myin-tsaing-kyi.
was obliged to
fly
The
latter in his turn
became
disliked,
and
to the Burmese dominions.

in the
The
lawful king
HaThis
dza-tku f was now restored
year 759.
He
was succeeded by
his
younger brother
Thing-ga-thu.
prince after a reign of three years, was murdered by the chief priest of
the country, in a monastery, with the connivance of his nephew
Meng-
tsau-mwun> who
then succeeded to the throne in the year 766.
Shortly after his accession, he committed an act of tyranny which

raised a rebellion against him,
in the relations of the
and
this event It
caused a material change

first loss
kingdom.
was the occasion of the
of its independence since the establishment of the second dynasty of
Dhi-ngya-wa-ti under Kan-Ra-dza-gyi, more than two thousand years

before.
It
was followed by internal dissensions throughout a long

till
and unhappy period,

factions, the ancient
exhausted by the struggles of contending

fell
kingdom of Arakan
before the newly risen
fortunes of the successors of A-loung.phra, in the
Burmese empire.
MengMau-mmun
forcibly gained possession of a lady
named Tsaudeterfor assistance
bo-ngyo, the sister of the chief called A-nan-thiu.
The brother
mined on revenge, went

to
to the court of
Ava, and applied
dethrone the Arakanese king.
tshwai, approving of the design, sent

his son,
The Burman monarch Meng. an army of 30,000 men under

Meng.tsau-mwun
who attacked and gained
possession of the city Loung-kyet,

in the year 768.
on Sunday the 5th day of Nat-dau y

fled to
Bengal, the governor of Chittagong took from him his queen,

fugitive king
distinction.
Tsau-mwesheng, on which the

where the king received him with
went to Thu-raa-tan,
The Burmese now gained undisputed

the king's son returning home,
possession of the country, and
was appointed governor.
A half brother
prisoner.
of Meng-tsau-mweri's called in the Talaings,
who advanced with an

The
re-
army of 50,000 men, and took the Burman governor

Burmans, however, returned
conquered the country.
in force the following year (770,)
and
For several years, the Talaings and Burmans
1844.]
struggled for
On
the History of
Arakan.
and the
latter
45
were
finally
the possession of Arakan,
expelled in the year 788, by the united efforts of the Arakanese and
Takings.
During
this period, the
dethroned king was residing at the court of
the king of Thu-ra-tan^
who being engaged
in wars, could not afford
him any assistance
while there, the Delhi king
came
to attack
Thu-
ra-tan* with a large army, consisting of elephants, horses, chariots, and

foot soldiers, also
"dogs
as large as bullocks,"]
trained to war.
By
the advice of
Meng-tsau-mwun, the dogs were disabled by means of

raw
flesh, seizing
iron hooks baited with
which, they were caught by

elephants and horses
fell
the
pits
mouth and
easily overpowered.
The
into
dug
for them,
and covered over with straw and earth, at the bot;
tom of which were iron spikes

complete victory.
thus the Thu-ra-tan king obtained a

exiled king taught the king's sub-
The Arakanese
jects the art of entrapping a herd of wild elephants by driving
them
into a space enclosed by a stockade

in the art of training elephants.
and ditch
he also instructed them
Out of gratitude
for these services, the king
determined to
assist the
exiled prince in the recovery of his kingdom.

called in the
He
appointed a general
to
Arakanese annals U-lu-kheng, (Wali Khan,)
command
trust,
the
army of
restoration.
This person, however, betrayed his
and
joining with a Ra-khaing chief,
named Tse-u-ka, they
established a
fled
government, and imprisoned Meng-tsau-mwun.

to Bengal.
He
nobles,
escaped and
The king
tsu
of Thu-ra-tan
now appointed two
named Dan-ha-
and Ba-ba-tsu,
to carry out his intentions, together with a large
army under the command of Tshat-ya-hhat.

to place
They arrived with orders

U-lu-kheng suf-
Meng-tsau-mwun on
the throne, and bring back the head and
skin of U-lu-kheng.
The
expedition was successful.
fered the fate his crime deserved, and the historian records in glow
* As the Arakanese make sad confusion of all cities and countries in India, this may mean any king between Bengal and Dehli, probably the king ot'Juanpur. The
fugitive
must have reached Thu-ra-tan about the year a. d. 1407, when, and for some years after, in consequence of Timur's invasion, the Dehli sovereign was not in a condition to attack Bengal.
f This reminds one of the dogs of Tibet of the size of asses, mentioned by Marco Book 11, Ch. 37. I have known Burmans speak of a rather large English greyhound as being of the size of a pony, i. e. 12 or 13 hands.
Paolo,
46
On
the History
of Arakan.
[No. 145.
ing terms the joy of the people, " from the inhabitants of the kingly
city, to
those of the smallest village in the empire," that the descend-
ant of their ancient line of kings was restored to them.
The
restored king, however, was forced to submit to the degradation
of being tributary to the king of Thu-ra-tan, and from this time the
coins of the
in the
Arakan kings bore on the

;
reverse, their
names and
titles
Persian character
this
custom was probably
first
made
it
obliga-
tory
upon them as
vassals,
but they afterwards continued
when they
far as the
had recovered their independence, and ruled the country as
Brahmaputra
river.
Meng-tsau-mwun having got

capital,
rid of his allies, meditated a to find a suitable spot,
change of
and setting out on a journey
was miracu-
lously guided to the site of the present city of Arakan, called
Myouk-u,*
by the figure of a handsome youth beckoning him on, but which constantly retreated as the
monarch approached.
numerous predictive signs of
its
While searching
for a proper site,

;f
future destiny were manifested

logers, the city
with the concurrence of the astrofirst
was founded on Sunday, the

in the year 792.
day of the month
Taw-thaJeng,
When Meng-tsau-mwun
were
infants,
found his end approaching, as his sons
he appointed his brother Meng-kha-ri heir to the throne,
and closed
aged
his
checquered career
in the fourth year of his restoration,
fifty-three years.
this sketch of
Having brought
tion of that city,
Arakan
history
down
to the founda-
which continued to be the residence of the kings for
three and a half centuries, until the

is fitting
Eurman conquest
in a. d. 1784,
it
to pause here,
and resume the remaining portion of Nga-m$s

period.
history at
some future
October, 1843.
* This
spot
it is
supposed, had been shewn by omens and incidents in very remote
It was temporarily occupied by the Pai-phyu, who ascended the throne in the year 326. A stone wall round the town, and one round the citadel, still remain. Immense labour has been expended on those works.
times, to be destined as the site of a great city.
Myu
chief,
f
tree.
Among
the rest, five white touJctais, (large lizards,) were found in the hollow of a
said by present interpreters of the omen, to mean the English, five of whose kings, " who shall shine as flame and be workers of truth," are to reign over the country, after which its independence will be restored, or the kingdom be established, subject to the performance of homage to the superior power.
These are
. .
., .
1844.^j
On
the
History of Arakan.
47
Chronological Table of the Kings of Arakan.

Date
c )f
AccesReign.
Yrs. Ms.
sion.
No.
Name
of Sovereign.
B.
C. Ar. era.
Relationship of each succeeding Sovereign.
Dhi-ngya-wa-ti Dynasty.
Ma-ra-yir, .... Ma-ra-dzi, .... Ma-ra-on-leng,
.... ....
2666
....
... ....
....
Ma-ra-rway-leng, Ma-ra-bheng,
Ma-ra-dzi,
....
....
Ma-ra-keng, Nga-tshap-o
Dwa-ra-tsan.dra, Tho-la-tsan-dra, . Tsan-da-thu-ri-ya-tsan-dra, Ka-la-tsan-dra,
Ti-tsan-dra,
....
.... .... .... .... ....

. .
....
....
Ma-dhu-tha-tsan-dra, .... Dze-ya-tsan-dra, Mok-kha-tsan-dra, .... Gun-na-tsan-dra, Three nobles reigned for seven days, three months, and eight months successively,
18.
19.
.... .... .... .... ....
.... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... ... .... .... .... .... .... .... ....
62 32 53 48 55 33 32
21
Son.
Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto.
An
Usurper.
40 33
37 40
31
Son of Ma-ra-keng.
Son.
Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto.
20
40
26
12
..
11
Usurpers.
Kan-Ra-dza-gyi,
..
....
....
. .
.... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... ....
....
41
Grandson of Gun-na-tsan
dra.
Kan-Ra-dza-ngai,
.
20. In-da-thu-ri-ya, . 21. A-thu-rin-da-thu-ri-ya, 22. Tha-ra-met-ta, 23. Thu-ri-ya, 24. Meng-thi, 25. Meng-ba, 26. Tsi-oung, .... 27. Ta-taing-theng, >. 28. Kyau-khoung-weng, 29. Thu-ri-ya-nan-da-mit, 30. A-thu-rin-da-bha-ya, 31. Let-ya-tsi-thu-kyi,
.... ... ....
.... .... .... .... .... ....

. .
36 35 30 28 31
Brother. Son.
Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto.
22 22 28
31 31 21 31
Brother. Son.
Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto.
.,
..
.... ....
,
32
33.
Thi-ha-ka,
Meng-bhun-than,.. 34. Tha-ret-hmwe, .... 35. Dze-ya-nan-da-thu, 36. Tek-ka-thu, 37. Lek-kha-na,
38. Gun-na-rit, 39. Thi-wa-rit, 40. Meng-hla-hmwe, .. 41. rin-da
.... ... .... .... .... .... ....
.... .... .... .... .... .... .... ....

.... ....
32 43
31
49
51
46
37
48
41 31
Ma
Thi-dhat-kum-ma-ra, 43. Meng-hla-kyi, 44. Men-hla-ngay, ..

45.
42
...\ ....
....
...
i
.... ....
.... ....
62 22
47 24 38
31
Nga-tsa-rit,
Brother. Son.
46.
17.
Myet-hna-wun,
Let-khut-kyi, Thi-ri-kam-nia-thun-fla,
.
18.
.... ....
....
27
.... ....
....
31
49. 50.
'!
Nan-da-ko-ta-bha ya, Meng-nan-bpyu,

.
..
.
27
20
....
Mcng-ma-nu,
28
. . .
.. . . . , .
48
On
the History of
Arakan.
[No. 145.
Date
No.
of Accession.
N ame of Sovereign.
B.
Reign.
Yrs. Ms.
Ar. era.
Relationship of each sueceeding Sovereign.
52. Meng-khoung-ngay, .... 53. Louk-khoung-ra-dza, .... 54. Meng-ngay-pyau-hla-tsi, .. Three nobles usurp the throne, .... . . .
19
.... ....
....
Son.
Ditto. Ditto.
.... ....
40
6
....
Dhi-ngya-wa-ti second Dynasty.

1.
2. 3.
Kan-Ra-dza-gyi, Thi-la-Ka-dza
....
. .
. . . . .
.
825
....
Wa-tsa-thu-ra, .... 4. Nan-da-wi-thu-ra, 5. Pun-na-thu-ri-ya, 6. Thu-ran-da, ....

7.
9.
Tsan-di-ma
. .
8. Thi-ri-tsan-da
..
.
.... .... .... .... .... ....
37 48 31
Son.
Ditto. Ditto. Ditto.
Thi-ha-ran Thi-ha-nu, 11. Pa-ya-ka, 12. Ne-la-gun, 13. Roha-ha-gun, 14. Thi-ri-gun,
10.
..
537
....
....
15.
16.
Tha-ma-dza,
Kum-ma-ra,
.... .... .... .... .... .... ....

.
. .
40 32 23 37 40 46 20
31 41 31 24
Ditto
Ditto. Ditto. Brother.
Son.
Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto.
. . .
. .
. .
.
.
..
..
Thek-hteng-hpyu, 18. Tha-bheng-u, . . 19. Te-dza-wun, .... 20. Mun-dza-ya-ba, .. 21. Kum-ma-ra-wi-thud-dhi 22. Wa-thu-mun-da-la,
17.
23. Thu-rin-da,
...
...
.
..
.
.... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... ....

. .
.... .... ....
..
.
>.
....
..
!!"*
35 20 40 42 36 34 87 34
31
Nephew.
Son.
a.'dj
24. Ra-la-ma-yu, . .<. 25. Na-la-ma-yu, .... 26. Wa-dha-gun, .... 27. Wi-thu-ra-dza, 28. Thi-ri-ra-dza, ....
. .
15
22
31
Brother.
..
..
37 68
Son.
22
21
..
90
111
...
35
Dhi-ngya-wa-ti Dynasty of the religion of Gau-ta-ma.

29. Tsan-da-thu-ri-ya, 30. Thu-ri-ya-di-ti, . 31. Thu-ri-ya-pa-ti-pat, 32. Thu-ri-ya-ru-pa, . 33. Thu-ri-ya-man-da-la, 34. Thu-ri-ya-wan-na, 35. Thu-ri-ya-na-tha, ..
....
. .
146 198 245
690
52 47 53
15
...
.
. .
36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41.
Thu-ri-ya-weng-tha, Thu-ri-ya-ban-da, Thu-ri-ya-ka-lya-na
. .
. . .
. .
Thu-ri-ya-muk-kba,
Thu-ri-ya-te-dza,.. Thu-ri-ya-pu-nya,
. . .
. .
42. 'I hu-ri-ya-ku-la, .. 43. Thu-ri-ya-pa-bas ..
41
Thu-ri-ya-tsi-tra,
,.
....
298 313 375 419 459 468 474 492 513 544 552 575 600
'.'.'.'.
.... ....
62 44 40 9 6
!
.... ....
18 21 31
8 23 25
18
Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto.
. .
1844.]
On
the History
of Arakan.
49
Date of Ace es
No.
Name
of Sovereign
sion.
Rei
Yrs. ks.
A. D. Ar.
e ra.
45. Thu-ri-ya-the.tha, 46. Thu.ri .ya. wi-ma -la, 47. Thu.ri.ya.re.nu, .. 48. Thu ri.ya.geng.tha,
....

.
. ,
,.
49. 50. 51. 52. 53.
Thu.ri.ya.thek.ya,
Thu.ri.ya.thi.ri,
..
>.
Thu.ri.ya.ke.thi, .. Thu.ri.ya.kut.ta, .. Thu.ri.ya.ke.tu, ..
... ... ... ...
618 640 648 670 686 794 714 723 746
22
...
Son.
Ditto.
... ... ...
22
16 8
... ...
. .
<
...
20 9 23 42
Brother. Son. Paternal Uncle. Son.

Dynasty of the city We.tha. li.

1.
Ma.ha.taing.tsan.dra,
....
..
2. Thu.ri.ya.taing.tsan.dra,
3.
4.
5.
6.
7. 8.
9.
Mau.la.taing.tsan.dra, .... Pau.la.taing.tsan.dra, .... Ka.la.taing.tsan.dra, .... Du.la.taing.tsan.dra, .... Thi.ri.taing.tsan.dra Thing.gha. tha.taing.tsan dra, Tsu.la.taing.tsan.dra, ....
788 810 830 849 875 884 903 935

951
15( ) 17' I
19' 5
22 20
19 26 9
19
21
23' r 24( >
2& 3H
>
32
16 6
7

Ditto. Ditto. A chief of the
29: J
*
10. 11.
12.
A.mya.thu, Pai.phyu, Nga.meng.nga.tum,
....
957 964 994
311 ) 32( J 35( >
Myu
tribe.
30 24
Nephew.
Son
of Tsu.la.taing-tsandra.
to Tsu.la-
Dynasty of Ping.tsa
1.
City.
Khet.ta.theng
|Tsan.da.theng
1018
1028 1039 1049 1052 1054 1058 1060
1061
38( )
10
11
Grand Nephew
Brother. Son.
Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto.
taiog.tsan.dra.
2.
3. 4.
Meng.reng.phyu,
Na.ga.thu.ri.ya, ..
.... ....
5. Thu.ri.ya Ra.dza,
6.
7.
Pun.na.ka,
Meng.phyu.gyi
. .
8. Tsi.tha.beng,
9.
....
Meng.nan.thu
Meng.ia.de, Meng.ku.la,
10.
11. 12.
13. 14.
15.
Meng-Bhi.lu, Theng.kha.ya, Meng.than, Meng.pa.di,
..
....
1066 1072 1075 1078 1092 1100
39( > 401 411 414 I 4lt 42t 425 42? 42* 434 435 44C 454 465 I
> ) ! 1 [ )
I
10 3
2 4 2
1
5 6 3 3
14
Usurper. Son of Meng.phyu.ffyi. Son.

Ditto. Ditto.
8 3
Usurper. Son.
Ditto.
Dynasty of the
1.
city Pa-rin.
Let.ya.meng.nau,
....
2.
Thi.ha.ba, 3. Ra.dza.gyi 4. Tha.ki.weng.gyi,

5.
6. Gau.li.ya,
..
Tha.ki.weng.ngay,
....
.... .... ....
7.
8.
Da.tha. Ka.dza,
A.nan.thi.ri,
1103 1109 1110 1112 1115 1133 1153 1165
46E 471 475 5 474 I 47/ 49 51! 525

i
6
1
Grandson of Meng.Bhi.lu.
Son.
2 3
18
20
12 2
Dynasty of
1-
the city Khyit.
Meng.Phun.tsa
Pm.tsa.ka.wa,
2.
3.
Gan.nayu.bau,
Tsa.leng.ka.bo,
..
4.
...
1167 1174 1176 1179
52< 536 541
53fc 1
7 2 3
Brother.
Son.
Ditto.
Usurper.
. . . .
50
On
the History
of Arakan.
[No. 145.
Date of Succes-
No.
Name
of Sovereign.
sion.
Reign.
Yrs.
M.
A. D. Ar. era.
Second Dynasty of
Ping.tsa.
1.
the city
Mi.dzu.theng,
1180
1191
.
2.
3.
4. 5.
Nga.ran.man, Nga.pug.gan
Nga.ra.khoing,
....
Nga.kyun,
Nga.tshu
Nga.tswai.theng,
. .
6. 7. 8.
9.
....
Mens, kboung. gyi, Meng.khoung.ngay,
10. IK.am.bha.loung.gyi, 11. |Kam.bha.loung.ngay,

12.
.... .... ... ....
1193 1195 1198 1201 1205 1206

1207
Let.ya.gyi,
..
13. Let.ya.ngay, 14. Tha.na.beng,

15.
....
....
Nga.na.thin,
..
16.
Nga.na.lum,
1208 1209 j 210 1218 1229 1232 1234
542 553 555 557 560 565 567 568 569 570
571
11
Son
Son.
of Pin.tsa.ka.wa.
2 3 3 4
1
Ditto.
Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditio. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto.
1 1
1
572 580 591 594 596
8
11
3 2 3
Dynasty of the
1.
city kyet.
Loung-
H.lan.ma.phyu,
.
1237
2. Ra.dza.thu. gyi, 3. Tsau.lu

4.
1243 1246
1251
....
Uts.tsa.na.gyi
5.
6.
Tsau.mwun.gyi,
..
Nan.kya.gyi, 7. Meng.Bhi.lu,
Tsi.tha.beng,
9.
8.
Meng.di,
..
10. Uts.tsa*na.ngay, 11. Thi.wa.rit,
.... .... .... ....
12. 13. 14. 15. 16.
Thin.tse, ..
....
Ra.dza.thu Tsi.thabeng,
....
Myin.tsoing.kyi, Ra dza.thu, (restored,) .... 17. Thing.ga.thu,
1260 1268 1272 1276 1279 J 385 1387 1390 1394 1395 1397 1397
1401
599 605 608 613 622 630 634 638

641 747
6 3 5 9 8 4 4 3 106 2
I
Usurper. Son of Meng.bhi.lu.

Son.
749 752 756 757 759 759 763
3 4
1
Younger
Ditto.
brother.
2
5
Son. Usurper.
Ditto.
4 3
Brother.
Dynasty of the Myouk.w.
city
).
Meng.tsau.mwun,
Interregnum,
..
1404
....
.
766
..
Meng.tsau.mwun restored,
2.
3.
.... ....
4. 5.
Men.kha.ri, Ba.tsau.phyu, Dau.lya, Ba.tsau.ngyo,
,
.
m . . .
. .
. .
6.
7. 8.
9.
Ran.oung,
Tsa.leng.ga.thu, Meng.ra.dza. Ga.dza.ba.di, Meng.tsau.o,
.
1434 1459 1482 1492 1494 1494

1501
792 796
821
2 24 4 25 23
10 2
6
7
Son of Ra.dza.thu.
Brother. Son.
Ditto.
10.
12.
. .

. . . . .
11. Tha.tsa.ta,
1523 1525 1525

1531
Meng.beng,
Dik.kha,
..
13
1553
844 854 856 856 863 885 887 887 893 915
Uncle a son of Meng.khari Son of Dau.lya. Uncle by the mother's side

Son.
Ditto.
22
2
.
Brother toTsa.leng.ga.thu
22
2
Son of Dau.lya. Son of Men.Ra.dza.

6 Son.
. .
1844.]
On
the History
of Ardkan.
51
Date of Succes-
No.
Name
of Sovereign.
sion.
Yrs.
era.
Reign. Relationship of each sucM. ceeding Sovereign.
A. D. Ar.
14.
Tsau.lha,
15. 16. 17. 18.
Meng.Tsek.ya, .. deng.Tha.loung,
Meng. Ra.dza.gyi, Meng.Kha.moung,
.... .... ....

.
....
19. Thi.ri thu.dham.ma, 20. Meng.Tsa.ni, 21. Na.ra.ba.di.gyi,
1555 1564 1571 1593 1612 1622 1638 1638

1645 1652 1684 1685
917 926 933 955 974 984 1000 1000

1007 1014 1046 1047
9
7
Son. Brother.
22
19 10 16
< .

Son
Son.
of
Meng.beng.
Ditto. Ditto.
Son reigned only 28 days. Great grandson of No. 11

Tha.tsa.ta. Brother's son.
22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28.
Tha.do, Tsan.da.thu.dham.ma, Naura.hta.dzau,

Thi.ri.thu.ri.ya
. .
32
1
Son.
Ditto.
Brother.
Ditto.
Wa.ra.dham.ma.ra.dza, ....
Mu.ni-thu,
Tsan.da.thu.ri.ya,
29
Ma.yup.pi.ya,
30. Ka.la.man.dat,
31. Na.ra.dhi.badi, 32. Tsan.da.wi.ma.la,
1694 1696 1696 1697 1698

....
1056 1058 1058 1059 106U 1062
2
..
1
1
Son reigned eleven days.

Usurper.
Ditto.
2 6
1700
33. Thu.ri.ya,
. .
....
1706
1068
supposed son of No. 27. Tsan. da thu.ri.ya. Son of Mengrai kyantswa who was a son of No. 22 Tha.do. A son Rai.bhau.thi.ha, who was a son of No. 23
Tsan.da.thu.dham.ma.
34. Tsan.da.wi.dza.ya, 35. Thu.ri.ya,
....
1710
1731
36. 37. 38. 39.

40. 41. 42. 43. 44.
Na.ra.dhi.ba.di,
Na.ra.pa.wara,
Tsan.da.wi.dza.la, Ka.tya,
Mad.da.rit, Na.ra.a.pa.ya, Thi.ri. thu, Pa.ra.ma. Ra, dza,
....
1734 1735 1737
1072 1093 1096 1097 1099
21
3
1
2 8
..
Usurper. Son. in. law. Son. Usurper. Cousin.

..
foreigner three days.
reigned for
1737 1742 1761

....
'
1761
Ma.ha.Ra.dza,
45. Thu.ma.na, .... 46. Tsan.da.wi.ma.la, 47. Tha.di.tha.dhamma.yit, .... 48. Tha.ma.da,
'
1764 1773 1777 1777 1782
1099 1104 1123 1123 1126 1135 1139 1139 1144
5 19
..
Brother to No. 38. Uncle. Son.

Brother. Brother.in.law.
Ditto.
3 9 4
. .
4
.
5 2
Usurper reigned forty days. A chief from Ram.byi. A chief, in whose reign the Burmese conquered the
country.
Note. In
served,
if it
the above
list
of
Arakanese Sovereigns several discrepancies will be ob-
be compared with Mr. Paton's table, published in the 16th Vol. of the Asiatic Researches, p. 380. Some of these discrepancies however are only apparent,
arising 1st from a difference of the
mode of spelling. Mr. Paton has adopted an orthography consistent with the pronunciation of the people of Arakan proper; where, though the letters of the alphabet are precisely the same as those current among the whole Burman race, yet the powers of the letters, and the sounds of the inherent
vowels are sometimes different.
I
have
spelt,
according to the Burmese pronuncia-
52
tion.
On
to the
the History
of Arakan.
list.
[No. 145.
3d Different
2d Discrepancies arise from evident misprints in Mr. Paton's
same individuals among the later Arakanese kings. After the time of Meng Tsau-mwun when they became for a time tributary to Bengal, and later still when they ruled over the present Chittagong district, they assumed foreign names, and their Bengal subjects distinguished them by Indian names and titles, which are now frequently applied to them, though the same Indian names are not always applied to the same individual kings, even by the best informed among the Arakanese. Hence arises confusion, the dates in Mr. Paton's list refer to the death or deposition of the sovereigns opposite to whose names they are placed, the dates in the As an illustration of these reforegoing list refer to the accession of each sovereign. marks, I here subjoin a comparison of a few of the names from the two tables.
names are applied
Paton's
list.
Same
as.
Remarks.
74.
Ju.mu.wai,
Meng.tsau.mwun,
No.
1,
of the dynasty of
Myouk-au. In
this
fix.
name Meng is an honorary preTsau-mwun if written according
to the pronunciation of
Arakan proper would be Cho-ma-in or Cho-mwa-in, for which Jumuwai is evidently intended.
75.
Mong Bhung
Raja.
This is the name of the king of A va who deposed Tsau.mwun ; and the period
I have marked as an interregnum. Ali kheng, is the foreign name given to this king, khang is the Arakanese pronuciation of kheng.
of whose deposition
76.
Alikhang,
...
Meng.kha.ri,
77.
Kala shama,
....
Ba.tsau.phya,
Kalamasha
king.
is
the foreign
list,
name
is
of this
Dau.lya,
78. Jaru,
No.
I
4,
Mr.
Ba.tsau.ngyo,
of the above P's. table.
omitted in
cannot satisfactorily account for the difference in these names.
79.
Manikra Bong,
Ran.oung,
These names refer to the same individual, Manik in Mr. P's. list is a misprint for Meng the honorary title, ra is for Ran; Bong is an error in copying for oung, as the Burmese letters are easily mistaken. There is no use pursuing this comparison further.
53
BhdscarcB Achdryce Siddhdnta Shiromdni
sic dicti operis
pars
tertia,
Gunitadhiam, sive astronomiam continens, Latine

adjecit E.
vertit
notasque
Roer.
Caput
i.
I.
Rationes Temporis Computandi.

suis res,
Unus
ille Sol,
ob permagnum in homines amorem radiis
caligine obrutas, nee
non
summum verum (Bramham)
devotorum, perper
petua veri contemplatione in mente purificatorum, manifestans,
mundum imperat 2. Eodem modo ob permagnum in pueros amorem in discipline, per me confecta, definitiones verborum obscurorum ejus (Solis) favore ma.
nifestabo, ita ut Us,
memoria
in vero adipiscendo
perpetuo exercita,
veri sensus perceptio obtingat.

3.
Sphaerae ignarus
scientia,
demonstratione
stability,
non
fruitur
quam ob rem omnes

definiendae sunt.
4.
notiones
difficiles,
ad sphaeram pertinentes, primo
Unus
orto,
ille Sol, dlis
venerandus,
loti socius,
qui caliginem destruens
omnia humilium crimina funditus
abluit,
quoque ad
mundum
servan-
dum
5.
sacrificia
incipiuntur, coelicolaeque,
Indra praecedente, in
cito manifestet.
coelo ludunt,
verbum nostrum, bene conceptum,
In astronomorum circulo doctus Jishnuis

;
filius veluti frontis
gem-
ma
splendet
splendent facundi Barahas, Mihiras aliique, qui praeclaras
propositiones in ipsorum scriptis astronomicis protulerunt.

6.
Doctus
Bhascaras,
magistri
pedes,
loto similes,
veneratione
adorans, indeque intellectus particulam hauriens, eo consilio, ut illustribus
astronomis gratus
sit,
scripit
hoc Siddhantasiromani, quod,
sapieritium
mentem delectaturum,
elegantibus metris praeditum, suavidifficile intellectu est.
bus dictis abundat, purificatum et haud

7.
Quanquam
per priores (astronomos) opera, ingeniosorum dicto-
rum
plena, composita sunt,
tamen mihi, eorum

:
dictis explanationes
uberiores prodituro, incipiendum erit
his (explan. uber.)
passim pro
opportunitate exhibitis, astronomi benevolenti totum

legant oportet.
8.
hi
meum
opus per-
Boni aeque ac pravi
viri, illi,
materias a
me
prolatas intelligentes,
non intelligendo
me
irridentes, gratificationem inibunt.
54
9.
Bhdscara Aclidrya's Gunitddhydya,
[No. 145.
In hac astronomicarum disciplinarum principe parte Siddhantae

est,
nomine ea a sapientibus ornata
quae metiendi temporis discrimina,
a Truti, sic dicta, usque ad mundi conflagrationem elapsi, gradatimque
coelestium corporum motus et duplicem calculum, dein quaestiones

et responsiones ac explanationem positionis terrae, Jovis, planetarum,
instrumenta
10.
etc. definit.
Is etiam,
qui novit versuum collectiones, nativitatis
calculos
docentium,
minimam sane
sublimioris astronomiae partem, nullo
modo
qusestionibus, in arguraentationibus astronomicis difficilioribus, recta
responsa reddere valet
quicunque Siddhantam, inumeris conclusioni.

intelligit,
bus progredientem, non

fabricatae, similis est.
1 1.
regi picto, seu tigri, e ligno bene
Ut
regius exercitus, elephanti mugitu sive equis etc. privatus, ut

lacus,
hortusChuta arbore (Mango) orbatus, ut
aqua vacuus, utfemina,

ita sapientes
novo marito procul perigrinante, non splendet,

institutiones, Siddhantae orbatas, aestimarunt.
astronomiae
12.
Omnes Vedae
sacrificiorum caeremoniarum gratia institutae sunt;

inserviunt, ideoque astronomiae disciplina, quippe
est.
hae
autem tempori
quae tempus definiat, Vedae pars dicenda
13. Literarum scientia, Vedae os, astronomia oculus, Niructa (ex-
planatio obscurorum
Vedarum terminorum)
Chanda
aures, Calpa (qua ritus
religiosi describuntur)
manus, Sicsha (qua vocalium pronuntiato ex(ars metrica) pedes a prioribus sapien-
planatur) Vedae nares,

tibus dicta sunt.
14.
ei
Astronomia sane
veluti
Vedae oculus recordanda
est,
ideoque
princeps inter Angas (partes) locus assignatur; quid enim homo,
ceteris sensibus instructus, at oculi parte orbatus, efficere potest.

15.
Quapropter
natis)
summum
est.
illud
verum, purum et secretum, Brahmanis

noscit, is
(bis
discendum
Quicunque astronomiam bene
omnino
virtutis,
divitiarum et desideriorum fructus, necnon gloriam
nanciscetur.
16.
Bramha
creator
quum
creavisset hanc sphaeram coelestim
una
cum
duas
planetis, in Zodiaci initio* collocatis,

Stellas polares
quo perpetuo revolvantur,
immobiles
fixit.
* Zodiaci initium est in Asvinis.
1844.]
17.
tiori
or Astronomy.
55
celera-
Dein sphaera
coelesti
una cum planetis occidentem versus
motu
progrediente, planetse; tardiori
motu
suis orbitis alterioribus
et inferioribus orientem versus

18.
moventur.*
Super Lancae urbem Sole ipsius die orto, uno temporis momento
origo mensis Chaitrae, primi diei novae Lunae, dierum (solarium) sium, annorum, Yugarum,
19.
men-
etc. fuit.f
Nictationis oculi trigesima pars Tatpara, ejus (Tatp.) centesima

;
Truti dicta est
duodeviginti nictationes Cashta, 30 Cashtae Cala ab
astronomis dicuntur.
20.
30 Calae sunt hora (Ghatica)
siderea,
30 horae sidereae dies
decern longae literae

Pala,
Ashu
(expiratio et inspiratio,) sexaginta
Ashues
60 Palae Ghatica 60 Ghaticae

in
sunt.
21.
dies,
30
dies
mensis,
viz.
12 mensis annus;
eodem
etc*
modo Zodiacus
divisus est.J
aequales partes,
in Rashi,
Ansas, Calas,
22. Solis Zodiaci descriptio annus dicitur,
idemque deorum
et
Asu-
rarum dies
et nox.
conjunctione Solis et Lunae usque ad alteram
conjunctionem mensis lunaris, idemque dies atque nox majorum nostrorum

est.
23. Intervallum inter duos Solis ortus dies civilis
unaque orbis
ter-
rarum
dies, Zodiaci revolutio dies sidereus est.
24. Annis solaribus
432000 gradatim per
4.
3.
2.
1.
multiplicatis,
Yugae quatuor pedes invenies

* Commentator, quo, nos, ordine inferiores ac superiores planetas enumerans (scilLuna, Mercurius, Venus, Sol, Mars, Jupiter, Saturnus,) his omnibus altiorem ideoque eas comprehendentem sphaeram esse ccelestim, quam Latini universalem dixerunt, autumnat. Haec vero sphaera vento, Prabaha vocato, atque occidentem versus flante,
circumagitur.
f In commentario de temporis origine uberior sermo est ; asseritur, temporis limites esse in infiuito Brahma, in quo, quia Sol ceteraque corpora non sint, tempus definiri non posse, hoc destructio dicta, seu non aeterna destructio. 30 Tatparee. .. . . 12 Menses. Nimesha, .. .. X Annus,
Mensis,
Dies, Ghatica, Cala, Cashta,
$ Crita ..
..
..
..
..
. .
= = = = = =
30 60 60 60
Dies. Ghaticae. Calae. Cashtae. 18 Nimesae.

Crita
Tatparah,
Yuga=
. .
1728000.
1296000.
Yugae
= = 100 Truti. = 12 Rashi. = 30 Anshee. Rashi, = U) Calae. Ansha = 60 Bicalae. Cala 1728000 Crepuscula = X2 =292000
..
Chacra (circulus,)
Treta
. .
Treta,
Dwapara
Cali,
..
..=
..=
...=
864000.
Dwapara,
Call,
..
..
= "^X* = 216000 = ^W = 144000
43200a_
4320000.
= _M2ooo
^=
7mQ
Maha Yuga
56
Bhdscara AchdrycCs Gunitddhydya,
[No. 145.
ad.,
25. Si Yugae pedibus ipsarum duodecimae partes initio et fine
dantur,
Yuga (4320000
1
anni) reperitur.
26. Manuis aetas 7

dies,
Yugas amplectitur, 14 Manuis aetatibus Bramhae

ejus
eodemque tempore
nox metitur.
initio,
27.
Manuum
Yugae
;*
crepuscula in
millia
medio
et fine
eadem sunt ac anni
Crita
Yugarum una cum
illis
(annis Critae)
Bramhae
dies est,
qui Calpa dicitur, ideoque (Bramhae) dies atque nox duae
Calpae sunt.
28. Qui centum annos degere in sacris libris dicitur, ejus Satanandae
(Bramhae) aetas a prioribus Mahacalpa nominata

carente,
est
hoc tempore
sint.
initio
equidem haud
scio,
quot Bramhae anni elapsi
29. Alii prsesentis
Bramhae
aetatis dimidium, alii dimidium, additis

;f
octo annis, elapsum esse, censent
quod etiamsi demonstrari

;
possit,
verumtamen inde fructus non hauritur

tempus praesentis (Bramhae)
30.
diei
planetarum positio secundum

est.
praeterlapsum determinanda
creantur,
Bramhae
diei initio illae
ejusque fine destruuntur,
ideoque planetarum motus,

viris
dum
praesentes sunt, computari possunt
autem magnanimis, qui earum motus, inmo dum non adsunt, com-
putari posse prae se ferunt, salutationem 31. Six Manues, 27
meam.
Yugae
et
Shacae rege mortuo Cali Yugae 3179
* Manuis
f
2.
aetas
Calpae
= 4320000 X 71 + 1728000 = 308448000 = 308448000 X 14 + 1728000 = 4320000000, Cali Yuga, = 432 X = 432000 Dwapara, = ^j^X 2 = 864000 Treta, = -^~-X 3 = 1296000
..
1
viz.
..
. .
Satya,
..
==
i?^X4=
.. ..
1725000
Multiplicetur per
71
71,
4320000 3024
306720000
1728000
Yugae
..
Sandhi=Satya,
..
Manuis
ajtas,
Multiplicetur per
14,
..
= = = =
= =
308448100
1233792000
4318272000
Sandhi,
1728000
Calpa,
4320000000
1844.]
anni, ideoque
or Astronomy.
57
diei
una cum Shacae regis annis Bramhae
praesentis
1972947179 anni praeterlapsi sunt.*

32.
Primus Manu Svayambhuba erat

;
deinde Suarochisa, Uttamaja,
Tamarasa Manues fuerunt

celebratur
;
sextus Chaksusae nomine per
mundum
post illos hac aetate Baibasvata
Manuis locum
(in
tenet.
33. Sphaericorum scriptores
Jovem
in
media Rashi
uno Zodiaci
signo)
per totum
annum
morari statuunt;
homines tempora varie
computant, quippe vitae regulandae gratia quatuor methodis utuntur.

34.
Anni, periodi aequinoctiales et anni tempora secundum tempus
solare, dies lunares
secundum tempus
lunare, ritus religiosi,
omniaque
quae ad morbos curandos et dies enumerandos pertinent, secundum
tempus
35.
Jovis, et
civile,
horae
etc.
secundum tempus
siderale computantur.
Novem
igitur temporis metiendi rationes, scil.

Solis,
(Manuum, deorum,
civilis
majorum nostrorum, siderum,

;
Lunae, computationis
Bramhae) descriptae sunt

est.
planetae vero sua ipsarum norma com-
putentur necesse
II.
Planet a rum Revolutiones.

43200000000
astro-
1.
Uno Bramhae
die labente, Solis, Veneris et Mercurii
revolutiones sunt, eundemque revolutionum Apsidum
numerum
nomi Saturno, Jovi Martique assignant.

2-4.
Lunae 57753300000, Martis 2296828522, Mercurii 1793698984,
Jovis 364226455, Veneris
7022389492
revolutiones celeriores, Saturni
146567298 revolutiones esse affirmantur.

5-6. Solis
apsidum revolutiones 450,
Lunae 488105858, Martis
292,
Mercurii 332, Jovis 855,
Veneris 653, Saturni 41, Orientem
*
27
Sandhya,
Yugae,
6 Manues,
1728000 1850688000
Maha
116640000
1728000
ShatyaYuga,
Dwapya Yuga
Treta uga,
Cali Yugae,
1296000
864000
3179
1972947179
I
58
Bhdscara Achdryds Gunitddhydya,
[No. 145.
versus, revolutiones
nodorum Lunae 23231168, Martis 267, Mercurii
521, Jovis 63, Veneris 893, Saturni

7-9.
versus,
594 statuuntur.*
1555200000000, Lunae
Bramhae
die
158223645000 sphaerae revolutiones occidentem

temporis
eodemque
et
spado
Solis
1602999000000,
10.
1577916450000
dies civiles sunt.f
Calpae spatio 1593300000 menses lunares intercalares, eodem-
que tempore 25082550000 dies lunares expungendi a sapientibus

statuuntur. J
11.
51340000000 mensibus
subtractis
solaribus
53433300000 mensibus
lunaribus,
numerus mensium intercalarium Calpae spatio
exhibetur.
12.
diebus solaribus una
cum
diebus intercalaribus numerus die-
rum
lunarium, et e diebus lunaribus, diebus expungendis subtractis,
numerus dierum civilium invenitur.

* In subjunctd tabula prcecedentes valores
Planetae.
eochibentur.
Revolutiones.
Rev. Apsidum.
Rev. Nodorum.
Sol,
Luna, Mercurius, Venus,

Mars,
Jupiter,
. .
..
.... ....
Saturnus,
43200000000 57753300000 1793698984 7022389492 2296828522 364226455 146567298
' 450 488105858 292 332 855 653
51
232311165 263 521 63 893 584

=
t Anni
spatio Solis revolutiones diurnae,
577916450000
432000OOOO~
1581223645000
=
365. 15. 30. 22. 30.
Sphaerae
4320000000
366. 15. 30. 27. 30.

27. 18. 46. 25.
Mensis lunaris,..
% Yugae spatio menses lunares,
1577916450000
=
57753300000
57753300000
4320000000
5343330000
intercalares,
5343300000 51340000000 1593300000
Dies Solar. Dies Lun. Interc.

Dies Lun.
Dies Civil.
= = = =
155520000000
4779900000
1602999000000
25082550000
1577916450000
1844
13.
or Astronomy.
59
differentia inter Solis et
Lunae revolutiones numerum men-
sium
lunarium reperies.
Diebus sideralibus a numero dierum lunarium

sint, videbis.*
subtractis, quot dies

14.
expungendi
Subtrahendo Solis revolutiones, per 13 multiplieatas, a Lunae
re-
volutionibus, mensesi ntercalares reperiuntur.
Differentia inter plane-
tarum apsidum revolutiones addita, revolutiones argument! anomaliae

exhibet.
III.
Ahargana.
1-3.
Annis
solaribus, Calpae spatio praeterlapsis, per 12 multiplicatis,

;
menses anni currentis addantur summa, per 30 multiplicata, additis diebus lunaribus, separatim ponatur; hoc numero, per 1593300000 menses
intercalres multiplicato, et per
1555200000000
Solaris inveniuntur
dies
;
solares
diviso,
menses intercalcares Aharganse

intercalaribus, in dies conversis,
dein his mensibus
ad numerum separatim positum (Ahar-
ganam solarem)
additis,
dierum lunarium numerus innotescet; hie sepa-
ratim ponatur, dein multiplicetur per 25082550000, dies lunares expungendos, et dividatur per 160299900000, dies lunares, quo facto dies periodi
expungendi inveniuntur
his a
numero dierum lunarium (separatim

dierum lunarium expungendorum
posito) subtractis,
numerus dierum mediorum solarium civilium datur.

et
Residuum mensium intercalarium

in
computanda Ahargana haud

4.
respicitur.f
Numero dierum (Ahargana)

media
per planetae revolutines multiplicato,

in
et per dies civiles diviso,
Zodiaco planetae
positio, gradibus,
Revolut. Lunae,
Revolut. Sol
Menses Lun Dies Lunares, Dies Sideral.*

Dies Expung
= = = = = =
est:
5775300000
432000000
53433300000
1602999000000 158236450000
20762550000
f
facto
1.
Methodus Aharganse computandae haec
Annis, Calpae spatio praeterlapsis, in dies conversis, dies anni currentis addantur, quo numerus dierum solarium (Ahargana Solaris) datur. Numerus dierum intercalarium addendus est; hac via regulatrium terminorum inveniuntur Calpae spatio si x
:
menses intercalares
erant, quot
menses intercalares annis
praeterlapsis.
intercalaribus Aharganae solari additis,
Ahargana
:
lunaris proditur, de
His mensibus qua dies expun-
gendi deducendi sunt.
Hoc modo
eos invenias
Si Calpae spatio x dies expungendi,
Ahargana
Exempli
solari quot.
solari subtractis, numerus dierum solarium civilium exhibetur. Ahargana 27mae. Chaitrae anni Shacae regis 1764 (A. D. 8 vi. Apr. 1844) inveniatur. 1, Anni
His ab Ahargana
gratia
60
etc.
Bhdscara Achdrya's Gunitddhydya,

determinata, proditur,
[No. 145.
dum
Sol medius in Luncae urbe Marti vici-
num
5.
locum
tenet.
Residuo* dierum expungendorum, per

etc.
131490000000f
diviso,
si
gradus minuta,
dantur
si
cui dies lunares, per
12 multiplicati,
addantur, Lunse positio,

6.
subtrabantur, Solis positio exhibetur.

Calse, etc.
1
Residuo dierum expungendorum, per 271 1 0000000 diviso,

;
producuntur, quod Solis Dhana (plus) nominatur

plicatum, trigesima quinta ipsius parte addita,
idemque, per
3 multi-
Luna Sua
dicitur.
Dies
lunares, a Chaitra mensi etc. elapsi, per 13 multiplicati, Solis et Lunae
Ansae sunt.
Numerus, qui e divisione reliquarum mensium

si
intercala-
rium et mensium lunarium producitur,
subtrahatur, Sua,
si
addatur,
Dhana
est.
7-8. Dies solares civiles per planetee dies civiles, Calpse spatio prseterlapsos, muhiplicentur,
etper 131493037500 dividentur; quo facto Rashi

;
(Zodiaci signa) producuntur
inde signis, quae Sol tenet, deductis,
planetae positio in Zodiaco determinatur.
Docti autem
aliis
quoque
methodis
1.
uti pollent.
Anni
elapsi acreatione
usque ad Shacam regem, ..
..
..
1972947179
1764
a Shacarege ad 27 men. Chaitr. 1764,
1972948943
multiplicentur per
addantur, ....
2.
12
11
23675387316
Menses Solares,
multiplicentur per
23675387327 30
addantur,..
3.
..
71U261619810 27
710261619837
Dies Solares
Addantur menses
intercalares, in dies conversi
15552000,00000: 15933300000: 710261619037 Dies Calpa? Sol. Mens. Calpae Interc.

1 5933300000
7126161983 7
15552000,00000
Dies Intercalares 7272661933 4. Dies Lunares, Dedueentur dies expungendi. 1602949000000: 25082550000: 732091477827 Dies Calpse Lun. Dies Calpae Exp. Aharg. Lun.
85088550000
_ 7 o7fim<m /z/ooiww X 30 = =
710261619837
21829857990
732091477827
732091477027
_
. .
IG02999000000 _ _.. . ., , . 5. Dies Solares Civiles praeterlapsi,

;
7Q9nQ1d77897 7320914/7827
11455229290
720636248^7
citato
* Vid. versum tertium

erat.
residuum dierum expungendorum loco
non receptum
t 1577916450000
Ue Sl dum, D. E.
12
^^
1844.]
9-10.
or Astronomy.
61
lunaribus, intercalari-
Ut planetarum revolutions e mensibus

vicissim additis
et
bus et expungendis,
subtracts,
inveniuntur, ita
regula trium terminorum, e Solis diebus civilibus, subtractis et additis,

inveniuntur.
11. Differentia
positionis
;
planetae,
duas revolutiones transgressae,
addatur, dein subtrahatur
summa
superiorem, differentia inferiorem
Apsidem
12.
indicat.
Differentia inter duas planetae revolutiones subtracta, Adruta,
sive inferior,
eademque
addita, superior Apsis est.
13. Planeta a Superiori Apside subtracta, ejus anomalia media (dis-
tantia Solis a superiori Apside) invenitur, anomalia
medi& subtracta,
planetae positio datur.

14.
Planetae revolutiones una
cum
gradibus, minutis, per dies ci-
viles multiplicentur, dein
per ejus Calpae revolutiones dividantur, quo-
tus
Ahargana
est.
15-16. Dies civiles elapsi per dies expungendos multiplicentur, dein
per dies civiles* dividantur
quofacto dies expungendi praeterlapsi in-
veniuntur; his Aharganse additis,
numerum dierum lunarium
perspicias
hie numerus separatim ponatur, per menses intercalares multplicetur,

et per dies lunares dividatur; quotus
menses intercalares elapsos praebet,
quos in dies conversos,
si
de diebus lunaribus deducas, numerus dierum
solarium invenitur; his, per 30 divisis, numerus mensium, et postremo,

per 12 divisis, annorum Calpae spatio invenitur. f
17.
Dierum numerus a Cali Yugae

;
initio praeterlapsorum,
a die
Veneris computandus est

ipsius positioni initii Cali
si
planeta hoc dierum
numero determinata,
invenitur.
Yugae addatur, planeta anni regens
18-19. Initio Cali
Yugae Martis ceterarumque planetarum locus

Lunae superior
3370,1944,
apsis, et
in Zodiaco, Solisque et
Lunse nodus, Bicalis

1016064, 844214,
determinata,
talis
erat
4666,4406,
744422.J
* Calpae
spatio elapsos.
f Calculations methodus est reversa No. 1-3 quos vide. % Hi valores de gradibus Zodiaci deducendi sunt: exampli gratia Martis locus erat 3370 Bicalae=56' 10"
12. 30. 60. 60 56. 10 _ 11 B. 30 As. 3 C. 50 Bs. Martis
positio.
62
[No. 145.
Mars.
11
Merc.
11
Jov.
11
Ven.
11
Sat.
S.
A. S.
L. A. S.
L. N.
11
2
17
29
3
50
27 24 29
29 27 36
28 42
14
28 46 34
4 5
45 36
29 46
5 3 12
48
Caput
1.
IV.
Planetarum Orbitae.
ccelestis
Astronomiae
periti
globi
circumferentiam
;
18712069cir-
200000000 Yajanis circumscribi

cumferentiam
et
esse, alii,
affirmant
gnari,
alii
hanc Bramhse ovi
Puranorum
hanc distantiam inter clarum
obscurum montem
2.
esse contendunt.
Quicunque
qua
circuli qualitates clare sciunt, sphaerae circumferen-
tiam,
3.
Solis radii obscuritatem destruunt, cognoverunt.
Num
Bramhae ovum
illius
magnitudinis
sit
necne, non quaeri-
tur.
Veteres quidem, quot Yajanos planetae Calpae spatio percurre-
rent,
4.
computando, Planetarum orbitas definiebant, haec nostra opinio.
sphaerae circumferentia, per planetarum revolutiones (Calpae

divisa,
tempore)
earum
orbitae inveniuntur
in
su& ipsius
orbita
planeta Yajanos, sphaerae circumferentia definitas, in perpetuum revolvitur.

5.
Astronomi
Solis orbitam
4331397|, Lunae 324000, Zodiaci
cir-
cumferentiam 259889850 Yajanos esse affirmant*

6.
Sphaerae circumferentia, per Calpae dies civiles divisa, planetae

;
motus diurnus invenitur

quotidie moventur.t
7.
planetae
11858J Yujanos, per suas

divisa,
orbitas
Ahargana, per 9921 multiplicata et per 25419
de Ahargana
per 11859 multiplicata deducatur, quo facto, Yajani planetae praeterlapsi
remanent.
* Sol
187120692000,000,00
4331497A
432000,0000
Luna
Zodiacus
1871
...
57753300000
= =
324000
259889850
J!!iir 7200OO0O
t Planetarum Motus Diurnus
.!!!*-""
1844.]
8.
or Astronomy.
63
In planetarum orbitis computandis apsidem et

;
nodum non
res-
pites
et
at Solis orbitam ejusdem magnitudinis esse censent ac Mercurii

;
Veneris orbitas
Solis
quare in
iis
computandis orbita apsidis et nodi

erit.
se-
cundum
motum fundamento
V.
]
.
Planeta, anni regens.

spatio elapsorum, separatim per 2, 4, 3
dies,
Numerus annorum, Calpae

;
multiplicetur
producta per 8 dividentur, quo facto
Dandae,
etc.
inveniuntur; his annorum numero additis, Sole praecedente, planeta,

anni regens, reperitur.*
2. dies,
3.
Ex
annis
Calpae praeterlapsis, separatim 4,120 et 9,600
divisis,
Dandae,
etc. fiunt.t
Anni (Calpae) una cum sua ipsorum sexagesima

30
multiplicatis et per
;
parte,
addantur
ab an-
annis, per
160
divisis
numerus,
sic ortus,
nis elapsis subtrahatur

4.
quo facto
dies expungendi inveniuntur. J
Dies, etc. per 3 multiplicentur, sua ipsorum
400ma. pars subtra-
hetur,
quo facto 30mae. annorum
parti addentur.
tur,
365. 15. 30. 22. 30. 0.15. 30. 22. 30 quodsi per 8 multiplicesol. civ. 2 ds. 4 dae. 3 Ansae producuntur, quare si Ahargana gradatim 2, 3, 4 multiplicetur, per 8 dividatur oportet ; dies remanentes, per 7 divisi, anni regentem exhibent.
* Annus
f 15 Dandae
dies
Dandae
*f
=
:
dies '
-^^
Calae
9600 Calae
:
1 dies.
I. 25088550000 X Calpae Annis. D. Expung. 4320000000 48. 22. 7. 30.5 diebus neglectis, 48 dandis, etc. de unitate Anni D. E 5. deductis, remanet 0. 11. 27. 52. 30. quo per 160 multiplicato, 31 dies 1 danda pro-
ducuntur, quo facto haec proportio datur

160
tutis.
31 dies.
danda
A. E.
danda
dies.
ou
His valoribus
substi-
D.E.
A.E.-(A.C.X
*g X
A
30.
^).
10. 1. 52.
0. 15. 30. 22. 30. Unius anni dies etc. dies expung. 0. 48. 22. 7. 30. Diebus etc. per 3 multiplicatis, de d. E. subtractis, remanet quadsi diebus etc. addatur, D. E. inveniuntur.
= =
0.
1.52X
.
1200
= 37.
D. E.
Quo
1200
facto haec aequatio datur.
A. E.
sed 40
1500
X37 +
37
l
15. 30.
x
s=
i
40
30
3.
400'
1200
64
5.
[No. 145.
;
Annus, sua ipsius 60ma parte subtracta, per 160 dividatur
dein
ab anno sua ipsius quinta pars subtrahatur, utroque numero juncto, dies
expungendi inveniuntur.*
6.
Dies, Dandae, etc.
una cum diebus expungendis, addantur

divisis,
annis,
in-
per 10 multiplicatis and per 30
quo facto menses intercalares
veniuntur; residuum, a quo dies interpungendi, Dandae, etc. subtrahantur,
Suddhi dicitur.f
7*
Auni separatim per
divisores
32
at
30 dividantur
utroque numeaddantur, unde
ro juncto, anni, per 11 multiplicati et per
30
divisi,
menses intercalares producuntur
residuum, subtractis diebus expun-
gendis, Dandis, etc. Suddhi dicitur.J

8.
Differentia inter
menses intercalares
et
annos elapsos, per 2 multi;
plicata,
addatur diebus expungendis elapsis, per 7 divisis

tali
de quo Shud-
dhi deducta et per 7 diviso, quern

regens, Soli praecedente, est.
9. Si reliquae
modo
invenies
numerum, anni
mensium intercalarium Dandae,

etc.
etc.
de Dandis,
etc. pri-
orum dierum deducuntur, Dandae,
reliquorum dierum expungendo-
rum
inveniuntur.
* Unius Anni D. E.
48 d -
0. 48.
22.
7.
30.
(k
4)
160
d-
(-)
0.
remanet
(
0. 0. 22. 7. 30.
0. 0. 22. 7.
30)
59
1. d.
-1
da.
D E = (AE..
.
^ ):160+
= 365. = = 371. =
11.
0. 48. 22.
7.
(A.E.7. 30.
\)
f Unius anni D. C. D. E. _ D. L.
15. 30. 22. 30.
52. 30.
M.l..
"++
= = 31
D.
I.
11.
3. 52. 30.
+ Unius anni D. E.
3. 52. 30.
11
+
16
0.
3.
52. 30.
(0. 3. 52.
30)
=
_
X 480 = + 15.
31d.
^
His valoribus
30-
f
(^
=
+
3,
substitutis.
M1
^
30
+ A E x
.
U.)
1844.]
10. Si
or Astronomy.
65
anni elapsi per planetarum revolutiones, Calpae spatio elapsas,
multiplicentur et per Calpae annos dividantur, revolutiones, etc. no-
doram, apsidum et planetarum, fine revolutionis Solaris determinantur.

11.
Mensium
intercalarium diebus reliquis, etc. per 12 multiplicatis,

minutis, etc. definita, deter-
Lunae locus
minatur.
12.
in Zodiaco, signis, gradibus,
Diebus, etc. supra dictis, pro Cali Yugae annis elapsis computatis,
fixi
anni regens a die Veneris calculandus est, et planetarum loci
locis,
quos
initio Cali
Yugae tenebant, addendi

etc.
sunt. parti junctis, dies in
13.
Dandis,
suae ipsarum
20mae
compu-
tanda Ahargana addendi inveniuntur.

14.
De
diebus lunaribus, a Chaitra mensi ante Idus elapsis, Shuddes
deducantur, residui 702da pars addatur, et per 64 dividatur; quotus a

diebus expungendis subtrahatur, quo facto,
nitur.
15.
Ahargana anni regentis inve
quibus diebus lunaribus Shuddhi non subtracta

est
;
est,
eorum
Ahargana Chaitra mensi prior computanda

anni additis,
oportet.
16.
planetae, locis prioris
secundum Shuddhim antea determinatam computentur
60ma
parte de
Ahargana dedueta,
Solis locus
una cum gradivisa,,
dibus definitus est. Ahargana, per 3 multiplicata, et per

Bicalae, etc. inveniuntur.*
17.
22
Calae,
Soli
una cum gradibus, separatim
posito,
;
si
dies lunares, per 12
multiplicati, addantur,
Luna determinatur
sin
autem
dies expungendi,
per 10 multiplicati, de Sole, Tmaipsius parte addita, deducantur,
Luna
unacum Calis
18.
invenitur.
ipsius pars subtra-
Aharganae dimidium per 3 multiplicetur, 17ma

;
hatur
addita Martis positione fixa una
cum
gradibus, minutis, etc.
Mars invenitur.
19.
Ahargana, per 3 multiplicata, separatim ponatur; quo facto per 7 130 dividatur;
in
multiplicetur et per
summa
et
productum jungantur
definitur.
* Motus planetarum diurnus

Sol.
Luna.
13
Mars. Mercurius. Jupiter. Venus.

31
'26
*
0401
5
commentario hoc modo
Saturnus.
2
L. A. S.
L. N.
59
8
Tx 33
10
4 56
9
36
7
3
40
10
34
32
'*
53
28
41
56
t 20
28
39
66
Bhdscara Achdryas Gunitddhydya,
fyc.
[No. 145.
suraroa, addita positione fixa,

etc. exhibet.
Mercurii positionem una
cum
gradibus,
20.
et
Ahargana, per
et
12X71
divisa,
fixus Jovis locus
secundum plus
minus graduum,
21.
minutorum
proditur.
fixo addita,
Ahargaua, per 10 et 88 divis& et Lunae loco
Lunae
apsis superior datur.
22.
Ahargana per 30 multiplicata

;
et per
566
loci
divisa,
minuta proest,
grediuntur
quern
alii
idem numerus, plus
fixi
Lunae
Lunae nodus
astronomi
Rahum
vocant.
23-24. Ahargana, per 13 multiplicata, et gradatim per sequentes nu-
meros divisa
(viz.
101461, 151787, 190833, 24436, 1203400, 62416,

etc.
2990000, 898000, 1886800,) gradus, minuta

planetarum produntur.
25.
Solis
ceterarumque
Numerus, Lunae gradus &c. definiens per 20 multiplicetur

;
et
separatim ponatur
fixae
planetarum positiones
si illis
numeris addantur,
Sole precedente, gradatim planetae una

hibentur.
27.
esse
cum
gradibus, minutis, etc. ex-
Gradus,
etc.
ex Aharganae computatione progredientes, medios
monere velim.
28. Planetae semper per Yajanos supradictos moventur, quod signis
minutorum,
29.
etc. artificiali
globo inseriptis apparet.

orbitae, gradibus, minutis, etc. dividuntur,
Quanquam planetarum
circuli
verum tamen minoris

esse scias velim.
gradus
etc.
minores, majoris gradus majores

or-
Quare planetae a Luna ad Saturnum secundum
bitarum magnitudinem gradatim diminuta celeritate circumvolvuntur.
>r
n^
m<
1.
Scnt.roptevi<cs CJvrvisotricc.
mxhi
rrvtJu
',.
SetMropt&rus
Sett-car
K&butajb Central* aiul J/ertJt&rrts regions of Uv& [fills B H H

. .
J
'
F>Luk,AiiaJi<-LUlt:ri*Jn.3Hiu-eS'.(hlrtta.
67
Summary
B.
description of two
new
species
of Flying Squirrel.
a colored Plate.
By
H. Hodgson, Esq. B. C. S. With
The
Editors of the Journal in publishing this brief article, and the plate which acit,
companies
which
is
an exact facsimile of the beautiful drawing made by Mr.
Hodgson's Native
selves
to explain
artist,
deem
it
an act of justice to that gentleman, to themSociety,
as Editors and
Officers of the Asiatic
and
to their contributors,
has happened, that though the drawing has been in their possesIt was sent to them from Katmandoo sion since July 1842, it only now appears. by Mr. Hodgson under the above date, with a request that the Society's Zoological
how
it
Curator would add such remarks as he might think proper. The paper was handed to Mr. Blyth, who also then saw the drawing, and as soon
as the
first
impressions could be coloured, they were placed by the Editors in his

colouring of the whole of the plates, (a very slow process in India,)
in
hands.
The
was finished
August 1843.
The
Editors in
May
1844, had the paper returned to them with the following

:
announcement from Mr. Blyth " The truth is, both of them are species already described ; viz. the Pteromys nobilis and the P. caniceps of Gray, and it would not be creditable to the Journal that they should be published under Mr. Hodgson's new names."
They do not
feel
competent
to decide
arise,
on a question of priority of discovery nor of
identity of species should
any
earnest wish to do justice,
and are herein only anxious to prove their both by liberal care and by early publication, to the
labours of the correspondents of the Asiatic Society, and supporters of the Journal. The extract pointed out to the Editors by Mr. Blyth will be found in the note.*
RODENTIA.
Genus Sciuropterus.
1.
Sp. new. S. Chrysotrix, mihi. General structure and size of
Mag-
nificus.
Above
intense ochreous chesnut, mixed with black and divided
down
the spine by a golden yellow line, and margined externally by
* Extract from the Annals and Magazine of Natural History for December 1842,
p.
262 and 263.

tips to
Sciuropterus nobilis.
Bright chestnut-brown, with yellow

;
some of the
hairs,
pale rufous beneath
the top of the head, the shoulders, and a narrow streak

;
down
the middle of the upper part of the back pale fulvous
parachute large.
Hab.
Sciuropterus caniceps
India, Dargellan, Mr. Pearson, Mus. Ind. Comp. Blackish brown, varied with red
; ;
bay
hairs long,
dark
;
blackish, with red bay tips
out-side of the legs redder, beneath reddish yellow

throat white
;
head iron -gray with longer black interspersed hairs
chin black
small lunate spot on the upper edge red, and roundish spot near the base of the ears bright-red ; tail flattish, black with some redddish tipped hairs, fewer near the end.
Body and head, nine inches
tail,
eight and a half.
Hu/;. India, Dargellan, Mr. Pearson, Mus. Ind. Comp.
68
Two new
species of
Flying Squirrel.
[No. 145.
the same hue, which also spreads over the shoulders and thighs. Below,
and the
flying
membrane with
the lower limbs and
tail,
intense orange
red, deepening into ochreous on the margin of the membrane, and
on the limbs ophthalmic and mystacial regions defined by black

dark, cheeks mixed, a pale golden
black.
chin
spot on the nasal bridge.
Two
inches of end of
face.
soft,
tail
Ears outside concolorous with lower surPelage thick and
Tail longer than the animal and cylindric.
and glossy, woolly and hairy
piles
average length of latter an inch

inches.
tail,
and one-third.
Snout to rump
fifteen
;
Head
to occiput
(straight) three inches
and three-eighths
seventeen inches and a
half ; less terminal hair, fifteen inches

third.
and a
half, ears
one inch and oneless nails,
Palma,
less nails,
one inch and seven-eighths. Planta,
two inches and seven-eighths.

central and northern regions.
Habitat, hills generally, but chiefly the
Sexes
alike.
Remark.
In colour much
above,
like Magnificus, but invariably distinguished
by the pale golden line
down
2.
the spine.
Sp. new. Senex, nob.
General structure as
but size
smaller,
and fur longer.
Entire head, pepper and salt mixture, or iron
grey: orbits and base of ears behind, intense burnt sienna.
Entire
body above and the
tail
;
and
flying
membrane, a
full clear
mixture of
golden and black hues
shoulders not paled.
Limbs intense aurantine

Tip of
ochreous. Margin of the parachute albescent, and neck below the same.
Body below with parachute

usual.
there, orange red.

tail
tail
black as
flatter.
Ears nearly or quite nude and

fine as in
subdistichous or
Pelage longer and scarcely so
Magnificus and
in Chrysotrix.
Longest
piles
an inch and three-quarters, and

inches, head
less glossy.
Snout to
rump
and a
and a
fourteen
two inches and seven-eighths, ears one
inch and a quarter.

half.
half.
Tail only fifteen inches, with hair sixteen inches

eleven-sixteenths.
Palma one inch and
Planta two inches
Habitat as before.
Remark.-Differs from
proaches to the
the two larger species of these
hills,
and aptail
least, or Alboniger,
by the
less cylindric
less glossy
form of the
and under-ears.
Its pelage is coarser

is
and
than in any of
the other three, but
fully as
warm and
thick.
July, 1842.
JOURNAL
ASIATIC SOCIETY
A Tenth Memoir on
Henry
the
Law of Storms
With a Chart.
in India, being the
Madras
and Masulipatam Storm of

Piddington.
2\st to
2'Srd
May,
1843.
By
Between the 21st and 23rd May, 1843, a very severe hurricane was
experienced on the coast of Coromandel, which seems to have extended
from a short distance South of Madras to Masulipatam and Coringa.

Great mischief was occasioned by
several vessels foundered at sea, or
it
on shore and along the coast, and
were driven on shore, among which
were the ships and brigs Amelia Thompson, Favorite, Inez, Union,
Braemar, Joseph and

It is to I
Victor, &c. with others
more or
less disabled.
the always active zeal of Captain Biden of Madras, that
am
indebted for the greater part of the documents from which the
present
Memoir
is
drawn up.
have as usual abridged them as far

I
as possible, but so as to preserve carefully all the essential facts.
commence
Southward
;
at
I
Madras,
with the logs of the
ships
farthest
to
the
its
then take those to the Eastward to trace the storm in
progress across the Bay, and finally, I give those to the

dras, as far as Calcutta.
I
North of Ma-
then add, as usual, a
summary shewing
the grounds on which I have laid
down
the track of the storm, and
embodying such other remarks as may have occurred to me.

Abridged Log of
the
Ship Bussorah Merchant, Captain Farrier,

to Calcutta,
from Bombay
\%th
squalls
reduced
to civil time.
May
and
1843.
p.
m. strong monsoon,
W.
N.
W. and
West, with
rain.
p.
m. abreast of Point de Galle, distance 7 miles.
No. 146.
No. 62,
New
Series.
70
19^/i
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
of Storms in India.
[No. 146.
May
Rounding
W.
midnight.
Point de Galle, and at noon wind
W.
by
S.
and
4
p.
fine; steering
N. E., latitude 5 52' N. longitude account 82
12' E.
m. strong
by S. breeze. Bar. 29.56,* increasing to a hard gale
W.
by
S. at
20th May.
Bar. 29.26.
Gale
p.
continuing
W.
by. S. latitude
account 7 20' N.
;
m. continued heavy gale
W.
S.
W.
S.
squalls, rain
and
heavy sea; midnight Bar. 29.26.

21st
May.
Day-light more moderate, wind

p.
W.
at
noon Lat. 8
30' N., longitude 86 29'.
m. strong gale South, with heavy squalls
continuing to midnight.
22c?
May.
a. m. finer,
but gale continuing from the South to noon,

p.
when
latitude
12 00' N., longitude 87 24' E. Bar. 29.36.
m.
South and
23c?
S. S.
S. S. E.
monsoon
latitude
gale, to midnight.
May. Noon
14 34' N., longitude 86 30' E.
wind
W., steady monsoon gale from midnight.
Extract from the Log of

Calcutta
\th
to
the
Ship Rajasthan, Captain Aikin, from

to civil time.
Mauritius, reduced
May.- a. m.
brisk breeze E. S. E. and S. E.
at 7 a. m. S. E.
by E.
9
1'
at noon, ship standing to the S. S.

p.
W.
Noon
latitude observed
N., longitude 88 16' E.
m. increasing with squalls, and Bar.

S. E.
stated to be " falling."!

to East
20*7*
At midnight more moderate, wind

wind N. E.
by E.
and N. E.
May.
a. m.
4 a. m. wind shifted to the West;

a. m.
day-light increasing; 6h.
30m. hard gale from Westward; at 10

;
wind marked West
noon, Bar. 29.20

p.
from 30.00, at which

by
S.
it
had
I
before stood, wind West.

a. m.
m. wind
W.
Ship running from
from 5
to 7 knots to the Eastward, strong gale
W.
to midnight.
2\st
May.
a. m.
the same
5 a. m. hauled up to the^ S. E. by E.
Noon, gale had moderated to

N.
Bar. 29.70.
22c?
fresh gale
and heavy
S. S.
sea, latitude 8
12'
To midnight
hard gale
W.
May,
a.
m. the same to noon,
when
latitude 7 48' N., longitude
91 45' E.
Bar. 29.60.
p. m. fresh gale,
being on 23d and following
days the usual monsoon.

* Corrected by
f
Its
a comparison in Calcutta.
H.
P.
height not given at this time.
1844.]
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
of Storms in India.
71
Abridged Log of the H. C. Steamer TENASSERiai/rom Aden, bound

Calcutta, civil time.
to
2\st
May
1843.
a.
m. fresh
breeze from
W.
N. W., variable
all
towards noon with squalls, and squally appearances

E. S. E. to
round from
W. N. W. and
3'.
a heavy sea.
Latitude 6 48' N., longitude

S.
chronometer 78
p.
m.
wind
S.
and
W.
.72.
fresh
and squally.
Mid-
night brisk gale with heavy squalls and showers and a heavy sea. Bars, at
a.
m. 29.92 and .75.
Noon 29.90 and

S.
p.
p.
m. 29.90 and .72.

3'
22nd May.
and
Wind
W., weather and sea the same. Latitude 5

m. wind
p.
N.,
longitude 80 a 3' E.
sea.
Barometer 4
m.
to
23c?
May.
Winds W.
4
p.
W. and S. W. strong breezes 29.80 and .40. Noon 29.30 and .40. S. W. by W., weather and sea the same. W.
S.
p.
Noon, latitude 6 49' N., longitude 82 58' E.
m. to midnight the
same weather.
Barometer
at
p.
m. 29.30 and .55.
23d May.
m. went into Trincomalee harbour.
Abstract of Log of the
civil time.
Bark Coringa Packet, from From Captain Biden.

Barometer
looking
fell
13th to
22d May,
18^ May,
fine weather.
still
from 29.70
to 29.50.
At
8 p.
m. 29.45, the weather

reef in the top
sails.
fine,
sent
down
royal yards, took one
Point Pedro bearing
W.
S.
W., distance about
140 miles; midnight strong N. E. winds. Barometer 29.40.

19th.
a.
m. a tremendous squall from E. S. E. attended with

;
heavy lightning, struck the ship, and hove her on her beam ends
being able to shorten
sail,
before
the
main
sails
and
fore
and maintopsail
were blown out of the bolt ropes.
4 a.m. blowing a fresh gale attendit,
ed with heavy rain, bent another maintopsail, close reefed

it.
and
set
Daylight blowing a tremendous gale from E. by

pyramids, and the ship labouring very heavy.
S.,
the sea running
in
8 a.m. Barometer
29.30.
lOh. 30m. a. m. a very large water spout formed within about 2
cables length from the ship, passed across her stern,
and hove the ship
round head to wind, the

dous.
fall
of water on board the ship

to rise
was tremen-
Observed the Barometer
immediately to 29.45.
Noon
72
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
of Storms in India.
No. 146.
squall,
the sea abated, wind flew round to the N.
W.
in a
tremendous
and
the weather began to look more favorable.
Observed Flag Staff Point,

3
p.
Trincomalle, bearing West, distance
10 miles.
m. wind from
Westward, a strong double reef

20th-
topsail breeze with clear weather.
Moderate throughout.
W.
S.
Barometer at 28.50.
p.
m. weather
gale.
looking very bad to the

2\st>
W.
Midnight blowing a heavy
3. a. m. the gale increasing, and the sea rising, hove the ship
to under close reefed maintopsail.
Daylight blowing a
terrific gale,
the
sea running in all directions, the ship labouring very heavy, and at times
on her beam ends, the maintopsail blew out of the bolt rope.
ter 29.40.
Barome4
p.
Noon, latitude 5 30' N., longitude 83 40' E.

little.
m. the
sea and wind abated a

dually.
p. m.
fast.
moderating
fast,
made
sail
gra-
p.
m. Barometer rising
Wind
at
West. Midnight fresh
breeze and
fine.
Barometer 29.65.
fine; during the gale of the 19th
22nd.
Moderate and
and 21st, the
ship has not suffered the least, and
made no
water.
Madras, Wth July, 1843.
(Signed)
T. B. Cjtilcott.
Abridged extract from

J.
the
Log of the Ship Marquis of Hastings, Capt

to Calcutta,
BiDDLE,//v>m Singapore bound
reduced
to civil time.
Forwarded by Capt. Biden.

20th May,
1843.Noon
latitude
11 51' N., longitude 95 5' E.
Moderate S. by
2\st
W.
S. S.
to
May.
W. S. W. at midnight. W. wind to noon. Daylight, Narcondam

to
bearing
N. W. l N., breeze freshening

the Westward.
light
6 knots with squally weather to
8 a.m. heavy squall from S.

to
and cloudy and squally
Westward
;
22nd May.
Weather squally
S.
W.
by
W. Noon moderate, p. m. S. W. to midnight. W. to S. S. E. wind a cross

wind
;
sea from S. W., latitude 14 52', longitude 93 57' E.
p.
m. Preparis
bearing West, distance 10 miles, light winds N. W., dark and squally,
midnight strong breezes N.
W. and
heavy
sea.
sea,
23rd May.
wind N.
p.
a. m.
the
same strong breeze and heavy cross

4'
W.
Noon
latitude account 16 42', longitude 92
E.
At 6
m. wind about West.
At
p. m.
veering to S. W., and moderating to
ihe usual
monsoon
at midnight.

Law
1844.]
Tenth Memoir on the

latitude
of Storms in India.
73
24^ May. Noon

Vessel,
17 58' N., longitude 90 10' E. Light
computed
to bear
N.
W.
^ N. distance 200 miles.
Ship Bramin. Extract forwarded by
Ca.pt.
Biden.
The ship Bramin from Singapore bound to Madras, had from 20th
May, between
from
reefs
S.
till
latitudes 8
and 8 38' N. heavy threatening weather

S.
by W., veering gradually to

the 23rd,
W., and reducing her

finer.
to close
when
the weather
became
No
it
Barometer or
longitudes are given in her log, but

to the Eastward,
in of the
we may
take
that she
was
far
and that
this
was the usual weather at the setting
monsoon.
Extract from the Log of the Barque Seeing at at am, from Acheen
to
Head
Madras, reduced
to civil time.
Forwarded by Capt. Biden.
From
the time of leaving
Acheen Head, we had a continuance of
gloomy unsettled weather
to the
20^ May.
2\st
Wind
S. S.
W.
p. m. increasing gales,
heavy squalls
with rain, thunder and lightning, latitude 7 30', longitude 98 50'.
May. At noon wind

sea.
S. S.
W.,
latitude 9 10, longitude 88 50'.
Commences with heavy

heavy confused
squalls,
with rain, thunder and lightning, a
At 8
f.
m. increasing gales, heavy squalls, gloomy weather close
reefed topsails, and reefed foresail.
Throughout these twenty-four hours, a continuance of heavy squalls

and gloomy weather.
22nd
May. Wind
S.
W.
by
S., latitude
10, longitude
85 30'.
Commences with heavy

derate,
gales and squalls of rain, thunder

;
and lightning,
a heavy confused sea, under close-reefed topsails
latter part
more mo-
made
sail.
The remainder
rain,
of the passage gloomy, unsettled weather, squally with
thunder, and lightning, with a continuance of threatening appearS.
ances.
Foster, Mate.
74
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
of Storms in India.
[No. 146.
Abstract of the
to
Log of
the
Transport Barque Teazer, from Madras

board, reduced to civil time.
Penang with Troops on
Forwarded
by Captain Biden.
19^ May, 1843. At noon

winds variable, hove to
to
S.
latitude
12 00' N., longitude 81 28'
E. Barometer 29.72. Thermometer 86.

;
Weather very threatening, and
the wind not marked, but apparently from S.

p.
W.
S.
W.
At 3
m.
made
sail,
winds
to midnight marked
about S. E.
20th May.
Shortened
sail
and hove to again at noon,

;
in
consequence
of the threatening weather and disturbed sea
wind marked as variable
from E.
to
N. N. E.
Noon no
observation, latitude account 11 18',
longitude account 82 40' E.

p.
Barometer 29.70. Thermometer 86.
m. every appearance of bad weather, wind increasing to strong gale
from about N. W., violent squalls and rain. from about 9 p. m. " running free," course E.
night, under close reefed maintopsail, foresail,
Wind
not marked, but
S. E., 8 knots, to
mid-
and foretopmast
staysail
gale increasing
fast.
it,"
2\st May.
2 a.m. " scudding almost before

?
course E. S. E., 9
!)
and 10 knots (hence wind W. by N. or West

a very violent squall
but not marked

1
1
At 8
blew
to,
W.
N.
W.
veering to S.
W.
h.
30m.
foresail
from the yard, ship scudding 12 knots, broached

complete hurricane.
to.
Noon hove
Barometer 2
6
8
a. m.
29.70
29.40
29.30
29.20
4'
Noon
p.
Noon, latitude account about 10 43' N., longitude 85

m. gale continuing, wind not marked,
E.
p.
m. Barometer 29.20
Midnight
little
29.45
22nd May.
m. wind
:
At 7
a.
1
m. gale a
moderated.
Noon
latitude in-
different observation
p.
1 25' N.,
longitude 85 10' E. Barometer 29.60.

at 5 p. m.
marked making
S. S.
sail
W. and
South
gale moderating to
midnight
23re?
and repairing damages.

moderate, wind
still
May.
More
86.
p.
(apparently) South.
Noon
latitude by account 11 58' N. longitude 86 27' E. Barometer 29.66.
Thermometer
m. moderating, but
still
threatening.
1844.]
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
of Storms in India.
75
24th Mat/. Fine.
Noon
latitude 11 10' N., longitude 88 37' E.
Barometer 29.68. Thermometer 88.
At Penang,
the Meteorological Register kept there

a. m. the
by order of Goof the Baro-
vernment, gives at 9h. 40w?.

meter for
following
state
17th
May
1843,
29.954
18th
19th
ditto ditto
20th
21st
ditto ditto ditto ditto
22nd
23rd
.886 .888 .938 .926 .944 .930
There
is
nothing in the remarks of the weather, &c. to indicate any
extraordinary disturbance.
Observations at Calcutta.
21st
By
H. Piddington.
p.
May, Sunday Evening, 1843.
m. stars particularly clear

;
and
brilliant,
The
zodaical light like a comet
to the South, stars visible
at 5 elevation.
22nd, Monday.
a. m.
Barometer
fallen
from 29.8 on the 21st to
29.7, squally from S. S.
W.
with light rain, and in the evening a heavy
shower, East heavy nimbus.

23rd, Tuesday.
Barometer 29.76
squalls
Dark gloomy weather,

6
a. m.
and rain from
S.
W.
and South. Bar. 29.70.

24/A Wednesday.
Barometer 29.775, dark gloomy nimbi
from East to Zenith.
To
the
Westward
clear with strata at intervals.
To
the Southward, at times
much smoky scud
driving rapidly across
from the East, light breezes and puffs at intervals, with drizzling rain from the East.
At
the
Surveyor General's Office at Calcutta, at Noon,

on
these
the
Barometer
days stood as follows

21st
Bar.
May

29.698
22nd
23rd
24th
.665 .590 .610
76
Tenth Memoir on the

the
Law
of Storms in India.
to
[No. 164.
tvas at
At Bombay
Standard Barometer corrected

20th
21st
..
-
Temp. 32,
29.572
..
Sunday.
22nd
23rd
24th 25th
.. ..
..
..
..
.456 .395 .434 .495
From
Vizagapatam.
the
Madras Athceneum.
21st ultimo, the rain comfor the space of nearly
On the evening of the

in torrents,
menced pouring down
and continued so
one week, accompanied by a strong wind, which

East, veered round to the East
set in
from the North
and blew a furious hurricane from that
quarter
during
its
continuance, a solitary
Dhoney which was
riding
at anchor in the roads, having been the previous evening deserted by
the greater portion of her crew, parted from her anchor, and
was
driven to the shore with only three

pieces a very short time after.
men on board
lies
and she went to
native brig also ran ashore, (inten-
tionally as is generally supposed,)
and she now
a total wreck about
a mile or two to the Northward of this place.
Recent accounts from
the Northward mention the fact of wrecks of vessels being strewn along the coast, and that about a dozen native craft have wrecked or foun-
dered between this and Ganjam.
Abridged Extract from
the
to
Log of the Brig Union, Captain Springer,

Pondicherry, reduced
to civil time.
from Coringa bound
For-
warded by Captain Biden.
The Union
light winds,
left
Coringa on the 19th
May
1843, on which day at

distant,
r.
noon Coringa Light House bore West about 7 miles
m.
and at midnight fresh breezes Eastward.
20/A
p. m.
May. Noon,
wind E., latitude 15
1'
N., longitude 82 37' E.

;
freshening from N. E. Evening and morning with heavy rain
made
N. E.
preparations for bad weather.
Midnight strong
gales, apparently
Vessel very leaky, and heaving cargo overboard.
1844.]
21st
Tenth Memoir on
the
Law
of Storms in India.
77
May.
p.
To
noon gale increasing.

or N. by
No
longitude or latitude
marked,
m. wind marked N.
W.
Vessel scudding, and gale
increasing to midnight.
22nd May.
Westward,
Gale
1 a.
still
continuing, but apparently veering to the

at
for it is
marked
W. N. W.
At
p.
m. vessel scarcely-
kept afloat and
sinking, but always scudding.
23rd May.
m. wind S.
W.
At 7
a. m.
saw the bark Helen,
Captain Driver, and succeeded in getting on board of her, the brig

going down shortly
1
after.
At noon on
this-day,
Helens
latitude
wa3
1 50' N., longitude 82 30' E.
Abridged Report of
the
Master Attendant of Coringa, forwarded by
Capt. Bid en, civil time.
20th May.
a. m.
N. E.
Wind
p.
m. Easterly. 10
p.
m. N. E. fresh
breeze, with thunder
and cloudy weather to the Southward.

heavy squalls throughout; latterly
21st
constant showers of rain.

22c?
a.
Wind N. E. with May. m. Wind N. E.

May.
At 5
p.
m. Easterly heavy gales,
and constant showers of rain throughout.
23rd May.
1 a.
m. wind marked S. E.
3 a. m. Southerly, moderat-
ing to fine weather at midnight.
Abridged Log of
the
Barque Candahar, Capt. Ridey, from Bombay

to Calcutta, civil time.
bound
19th
E. S. E.
May, Friday.
Throughout
light variable breezes E.
N. E.
to
Noon
when
20th
at noon,
May.a.
m. 5 knot breeze N. E. by E. to S. E.
and N. E.
m. Baroall

;
p.
meter had fallen to 29.60, with threatening appearances

for a storm.
made
snug
At 10
p.
m. wind
N. E. by E. increasing
rapidly to
midnight.
21st
May.
a.
m. wind
N.
E.,
storm increasing with violent squalls,
ship lying to.
barque to windward, sea very high, Barometer down
78
to 29.55.
p.
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
of Storms in India.
[No. 146.
No
observation, latitude account 15 40', longitude 82 40' E.
m. to midnight increasing storm, sea making a clear breach over
the vessel.
22nd May.
a. m.
a. m.
heavy gale N. E. weather as before.
wind marked
at S. E.
Barometer at 8 a. m. 29.35.
1
At 10 Noon lap.
titude by account 15 30' N., longitude account 83 00'.
p.
m. " blow-
ing a perfect hurricane at S. E. with a
terrific cross sea."
lh.
30m.
m.
Barometer
at 28.83.
At
2h.
30m.
p.
;
m. "hurricane at
vessel
its
highest,
and
drawing round to the Southward
making very bad weather."

rise
At
4h.
30m.
p. m.
Barometer inclining to
little,
but no change
in the weather.
" Hurricane continuing to blow
if
possible with
more
fury."
At 6
p.
m. " hurricane having shifted to South, wore ship as
we
were drifting
fast in shore."
p. m.
Barometer 29.29, and wind more
moderate. Midnight a heavy gale with squalls at times.
23rd
May
a.
m. hard gale S. S. W., daylight abating, but sea

latitude 15 38', longitude 83 20' E.
very heavy.
Noon
Wind
S. S.
W., strong gale

24*7*
to midnight.
May.
Strong
monsoon from
S.
W.
to
W.
S.
W., latitude
17 42', longitude 85 00'.
On
the 25th, arrived in soundings, and on
26th at noon, Point Palmiras Light House bore N. E. by N. 4 or 5

leagues.
Abridged Log of the Barque Euphrates, Capt. Wilson, from London,
bound
19th
to Calcutta,
reduced
to civil time.
May, 1843.
To
noon
fine weather,
wind from East to N. E.

for the preceding
p.
by
E.,
which had also been about
its direction
24
hours.
Noon
m. to mid-
night the same winds and weather.
20^ May.
Winds from N. E.
W. \
;
to North, freshening from
North at
a. m.
noon, and from latitude 16 2}
N. longitude 81 40' E.
p. m.
At 10
Masulipatam bore
N., 10 miles,
moderate breeze E. N. E.
increasing at 8 with thunder, lightning and rain. Midnight very threa-
tening appearance
the S. Eastward.
wind E. N.
E.,
making
all
snug and standing
to
2\st
May. By
a. m.
hard gale E. N. E.
squalls, with
10 a. m. variable.
At
noon N. Easterly, hard gale and
heavy
rain.
Latitude
1844.]
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
of Storms in India.
52'.
79
by observation 14 40' N., longitude 82

last
"
An
Easterly current the
24 hours, the high Easterly swell preceded the wind about 4 hours,
and the sea got up very rapidly with the wind,"* NoonJBarometer
28.90. Sympiesometer 28.80.
At
the
commencement of
p.
the gale, BaroE., high cross
meter 29.80.
sea.
Sympiesometer 29.60.
m. hard gale
at
N.
Midnight very hard gale.
Wind
p. m. Easterly.
Midnight
E. S. E.
22nd May.
hurricane
a. m. blowing a hurricane. 7 a. m.
wind
S. E. by S.,
wind drawing
still
S. E.
and Southerly in the
squalls.
Noon wind
S. S. E.,
continuing.
Latitude account 14 08'
N., longitude
82 29' E.
1 p.
p. m.
p.
continued heavy hurricane at South. Hail and rain at
m.
m. Barometer rising rapidly, wore and bore

p.
up
to the
N.
E. by E.
m. wind S. S.
W.
8 p. m. Barometer 29.20. Midnight
hard gale and heavy squalls.
23rd May.
and
sail
2
83
a. m.
wind
"
S. S.
W.
S.
a. m. to
noon moderating,
was gradually made, wind S.

44'.
W.
Latitude observation 16
in the last
17', longitude
set of
62 miles South 69 E.
48 hours."
S. S.
To midnight
variable,
and squally from the South to
W.
Abridged Log of the Barque
Lord Elphinstone, Captain Crawford,

civil
from Madras towards Vizagapatam ;

Captain Biden.
21st
time.
Forwarded by
May, Sunday, 1843.
First
part cloudy weather with wind
from N. N. E. to N. E.
p.
Barometer
falling
from 29.98 to 29.55. At 3
m. dark gloomy appearance with sudden gusts of wind, prepared for
bad weather.
At
N.
1 1
p.
m. severe squalls.
Midnight strong gales from

points.
N. N. E.
to
E.,
veering between
the two
Barometer,
Latitude
middle part 29.50 to 29.42, latter part and noon 29.20.

15 45' N., longitude 83 15' E. by dead reckoning.
22nd Monday.
Severe
gales from
N. E.
to E.
N. E. and East ;
at
10 a. m. blowing very hard with a high sea; at 10-30 severe squalls

split
the double reefed topsails; Barometer 29.8 hove the ship to with
* This remark
of the Godavery.
is
worth attention.
The
Easterly set was probably the outpouring
80
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
of Storms in India.
[No. 146.
got
a tarpauling on the weather mizen rigging, at noon
terrific squalls,
the anchors secured with extra lashings, ship behaving very well, Baro-
meter from 28.8 to 29.0, 28.90 and 28.80. At

the back of the rudder, carried
ons, got a
1 p.
M. a heavy sea struck

pintles
away some of the
and gudge;
hawser passed over the stern to keep the rudder steady

blowing harder, the lee side of the fore
;
at
if
possible,
castle,
and topand S. E.
gallant rail under water
wind veering from East
to E. S. E.
blowing very severe.
23rd Tuesday.
Barometer
at
2 a. m., 28.75 wind hauling to S. S.
E. the hawser securing the rudder cut through, the rudder

ing from side to side at a most fearful rate making
all
now
beat-
tremble; at
5 wind South, at 6 broke down the after cabins to get at the rudder,
all
the pintles being gone with the exception of the upper one
lifting it out,
suc-
ceeded in
and
letting
it
go clear of the
;
ship. 8 p. m.
wind
moderating at S. S.
W. Midnight Ditto
Barometer 29.0 to 29.5 and 10.
2Ath Wednesday.
counter stove
the time
gers,
it
Ship making a great deal of water, observed the

all
;
in,
and the rudder case
started in consequence of
all
took to get clear of the rudder

;
hands, with the passen-
employed at the pumps
at
2 getting more moderate, commenced

for a
making a jury rudder with the spanker boom
main piece and

over and
20 fathoms
of chain cable.
25th May.
Employed
at the
pumps and
rudder, got
it it
made
sail
latitude 16 18' longitude 83 18' 45' E.
deemed
proper to
haul up for Coringa to repair damages, at 4 p. m, sighted Coringa

Light.
Noon, anchored
in the Roads, the
crew quite exhausted from
incessant labour.
This hurricane according to Col.
Reid's Theory of Storms, passed

it
from E. N. E. in a
W.
S.
Westerly direction, and the centre of
could have been no great distance from us to the southward, at least
not more than from 6 to 8 miles.

I have seen the
Commander
of the unfortunate Amelia Thompson,
he says this Hurricane commenced with him from N. Westward, vering to
West and
S.
Westward, thereby shewing that the centre of
this
turning wind or hurricane was to the Northward of him.
The Barometer
ment,
its
is
by Troughton and Sims, a most excellent

is
instru-
average range in ordinary weather
from 29.90 to 30.10
and 30.12.
(Signed,)
H. Ckawfobd.
; ;
1844.]
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
of Storms in India.
81
Extract from the Log of the Barque Lyndoch from Madras towards
Vizagapatam, reduced
20th
to civil time.
Forwarded by Capt Biden.

N. E. steady
Mag
Saturday, 1843.
p.
m. of 19th, winds E.
breezes and fine weather; 4 p. m. ditto wind and weather; 6 steady
breezes and cloudy weather; 8 squally; 10 wind E. by S. midnight

squally with rain, wind E. by
N. At 2
a. m.
20th increasing winds and
squally with lightning to the Eastward. Daylight decreasing winds
and
cloudy weather. At 8 winds E. N. E. and ditto weather, at 10 squally.
Noon
p.
steady breezes and
fine,
watch employed bending mainsail. Lati-
tude by observation 18 42' North.
m. Winds E. N. E. fresh breezes and cloudy weather
at
in-
creasing breezes and cloudy.
winds and cloudy

ly.
At 6-30 increasing wind, at 8 fresh with lightning. At 10-30 strong breezes and squal-
At 12
2ist
strong breezes and squally.
Mag.
a.
m.
at
10 strong gales.
;
Wind N. E. by Wind E. N.
E.; at 2 increasing gales; at 3 and
E. squally weather at 11 severe

;
gales
p.
noon, increasing gales and very severe squalls
sun obscured.
m.
Wind
E. N. E. strong gales and squally

squalls.
at 5-45 increasing gales

;
and severe
At 8
severe gales and thick hazy weather
at
increasing gales and very severe squalls with rain, laid the ship to un-
der the close reefed trysail and double reefed spanker; at 12 strong
gales
and very heavy
squalls.
22d Mag,
light
At 4 increasing
Noon
the same.
gales and severe squalls with rain,
Day-
heavy gales and very heavy squalls.

p.
At 8 blowing a tremendous
;
hurricane.
1 p.
m. wind N. E. by E. 30 wore ship
at
m.
shift of
wind from the westward, and the ship under bare poles
at 3
wind
W.
S.
W.
at
4 blowing a tremendous hurricane, and the ship

the larboard quarter boat, cut her
lurching very heavily,

at
filled
away
4-30 ship lurching very heavy, greatly damaged starboard quarter

carpenter prepared his axes
carried
at 8
boat,
to cut
at
away masts
if
necessary.
At 5
little;
away the spanker gaff;

very
strong gales
6 the hurricane abated a
and severe squalls with thick hazy
weather.
weather.
Midnight strong gales and severe squalls with thick hazy
23d Mag.
Daylight
;
inclined to moderate with decreasing squalls.
At 10 more moderate
ed.
at
noon decreasing wind and cloudy, sun obscur;
7 a. m. wind S. S.
W.
10 S.
W.
82
p.
Tenth Memoir on the

m.
Law
S.
of Storms in India.
{_
No. 146.
Wind
S.
W.
by
S.
At 7
by
;
W.
at 5
p.
m. strong gales heavy

;
squalls, rain,
and a heavy swell running
more moderate
at 10
increasing gale. Midnight increasing squalls with rain.
2th May.
At
4
S.
p.
m. moderate with
;
a fine clear sky
daylight
;
moderate
10 wind
by E.
11
South
Noon moderate and
fine
lati-
tude by observation 16 24' N.
To
"
I
the foregoing Log, Captain Biden adds the following valuable
notes obtained by him from Captain Corney.
have just got hold of Captain Corney of the Lord Lyndoch,
he says at J past Noon on Monday the 22d, the Barometer fell from 28.35 to 27.95 at 10 a.m. it was at 28.35 he says the strongest
gusts were about
p.
m. when there were intermitting severe gusts,

terrible heat
accompanied by great and
and there were alternate gusts

after
of heat and cold after the hurricane veered to S. W.* " The commencement of the Gale was from N. E. by N., just Midnight on the 20th
all
the 21st the Easterly gale continued
the change was preceded by a dead calm which lasted J of an hour.
and the
shift
was about one p. m. on Monday, when the Barometer
was
at its
minimum
a tremendous
W.
drift of sea
cross sea arose at this time, but
the swell from the S.
soon subdued that which had got up from the
Eastward.
Rain and
accompanied the hurricane, darkenwere blown away from the yards,

&c.
Poultry drowned on lee
ing the atmosphere very
much
sails
though well secured with studding
sail gear,
Ship was nearly thrown on her beam ends.

side of the Poop."
Abridged Log of the Ship Julia, Capt. Jones, from Calcutta

Mauritius, reduced
18th
to
to the
Civil time.
May. Noon
in latitude 18 29' longitude 89 38'.
Calms and
light rains to midnight.
" Heavy clouds rising from S. E. quarter.

is
Barometer only 29.75, which

night light S.
\9th
lower than
it
stands generally."
Mid-
W.
breeze.
a. m. light S.
May.
E. breeze to noon when latitude 18 05'

p.
longitude 89 06' observation. 7

to S. S.
m. freshening, vivid lightning S. S. E.

S. E.
W.
midnight steady breeze

*
The
italics are
mine.
H.
P.
1844.]
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
of Storms in India.
83
20th May.
a.
m. Barometer 29.72. Noon, increasing breeze S. E.

/
by E. squally and heavy head sea; latitude 1609 longitude 88 13'
Barometer 29.75.
p.
m. hard squalls wind E. S. E. threatening app. m. severe gusts

1
pearance to the Eastward. 7

1 1 p.
with rain and lightning;

;
m. wind S. E. by E.
;
p.
m. Barometer 29.55
at 6 p. m. 29.50
at 9, 29.50
midnight 29.50.
Thermometer 86 throughout.
heavy cross sea 2 a. m.
;
21 st
S. E.
May.
S. E.
by E.
;
gale, with increasing
Noon strong gale latitude account 13 50' longitude 86 46' Barometer 1a.m. 29.50 4 a. m. 29.50 6 a.m. 29.49 9 a. m. 29.48
; ;
;
Thermometer
86.
p.
m. wind
S. E. to S. S. E. severe gale.
p.
m.
severe gale with squalls at times " attended with a thick fog."
Mid-
night the same weather

22c?
1 p.
m. Barometer 29.48
p.
m. 29.48.
May.
1
To
a. m.
noon, wind S. E. to S. S. E. severe gale with
heavy cross sea; latitude account 13 47' longitude account 86 05' E.
Barometer
86.
p.
29.50; 6
a. m.
29.50; 10 a.-m. 29.50. Thermometer
m. wind S. E. to South, strong gales and sea as before.

little
;
p.
m.
moderating a
7 gale increasing again, midnight strong gale and

p. m.
clear weather,
wind about South.
Barometer 29.45
p.
m.
29.45
11 p. m. 29.40.
Thermometer 86.
gale from South. Barometer 5 a. m.
23c?
May.
a. m.
The same
;
29.40.
11 a. m. 29.40
Ther. 86.
Noon
latitude observation 15 47'
longitude 85 20'.
The Log remarks
that the Vessel had suffered
much by
the heavy cross sea arising from a S. E. and S.
W.
;
swell
for the last
24 hours,
p.
m. wind Southerly, more moderate

1 p.
5 p.m.
again increasing. Barometer
m. 29.55.
;
p.
24/^
May.
m. 29.55
to
Ther. 86.
lati-
a. m.
becoming
fine
wind South
Noon, when
tude observation 15 42' N., longitude 8551' E.
Barometer at 2
a. m.
29.60; 11 a. m. the same.
Thermometer
86.
Extracts
from
the
Log
of the Transport Champion,
Captain Budd,
reduced
\8th
to civil time.
Forwarded by Captain Biden.

hot, sultry
May.
Light
airs
from E. N. E. and
weather
strong
set to the
Northward, and much swell from the Eastward, latitude
14
6'.
Barometer 29.9.
84
19th,
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
of Storms in India.
[No. 146.
Friday.
Light
airs
from E. N. E. and sultry weather, latitude

p.
15 29'.
Barometer 29.85.
m. light breeze from the Eastward and
heavy wind.
20th Saturday.
a. m.
Cloudy weather and much lightning with

;
heavy swell from the Eastward
latter
parts squally with distant
thunder and vivid lightning and suspicious looking weather; saw the
land offNarsapour Point.
p.
Latitude 16
9'.
Barometer 29.85
to 29.75.
m. fresh increasing breeze from N. E. and heavy swell, exchanged
signals with the " Inez ;" prepared for bad weather.
Throughout the
night hard squalls from Eastward and E. N. E. with a heavy sea

getting up and
2\st
much rain and lightning. Sunday. From daylight to noon blowing a
strong gale with
occasional hard squalls and rain

close reefed mizen.
p.
under a close reef main topsail and
Latitude by account 15 31'.
Barometer 29.70.
m. heavy gale and increasing, with
much
sea,
and ship labouring
greatly,
wind drawing
to E. S. E.
Midnight, increasing in violence
with tremendous squalls and rain.
22d Monday,
ing
Ship now labouring

to the
greatly with the heavy seas, lashassist in
ed one half of the new poop awning to the Gaff to

to.
keep-
Barometer 29.60.
p.
m.
Wind drawing round
Southward and inclining
to lull
suspecting a sudden shift round to the S.
W.
immediately wore ship,

it
which no sooner done, and, had the yards again secured, when
commenced blowing a
the
boat.
vessel
I
perfect hurricane from South, accompanied with

sea,
dark weather, and tremendous heavy rain and high

completely on
fully
which threw
the
her
beam
ends,
instant
staving in
to
quarter
all
now
expected every
see the
masts
go by the board, as from the great and constant labouring of the

vessel
the rigging had
become quite
;
slack,
and the topmasts were

the precaution
pressed
over like a
bow
fortunately
we had taken
previous to have swifters on,
as in righting again and rolling sudall
denly to windward,
it
would
have snapped during the tremento distinguish
dous gusts, and
after, it
was impossible
any thing the
length of the vessel, from the violent rain and drift of the sea which
completely washed over

drift
all.
From our
position by reckoning, and great
which we have experienced whilst lying to from the commenceS. E.
ment, and heavy seas from the eastward and
and which
still
in-
1844.]
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
of Storms in India.
I
85
fully ex-
creased in force carrying the vessel right before them,

pected, should the wind not
draw round
to the S.
W.
that
we should be
hung
so
driven before night upon Narsapour Point, for the wind had
constantly to the Eastward that with difficulty
offing
;
we could obtain an
immediately after the vessel righted
got below to
my
cabin
and found the Barometer had
fallen suddenly from 29.60 to 29.20.* the
gale continued without intermission with hard squalls and rain with
tremendous cross sea until midnight.

23c? Tuesday.
Midnight drawing round

when we made a
decreasing, but
to S. S.
W. and
abating in
strength afterwards,
little sail
and kept away East.

at work.
During most part of the night the pumps were constantly
From
daylight to
0'
Noon
still
hard squalls
by
indift obsn.
Latitude 16
lee current.f
Longitude 83 20': found we had experienced a strong
24^ Wednesday. p. m. decreasing sea, wind S. S. W. Barometer 29.60.

25th Thursday.
siding,
with passing squalls and
much
The weather commenced moderating and sea subVincent Budd,

Commander.
anchored at Vizagapatam, Barometer 29.60. to 29.90.
Report from the Bark Chatham, Copt. Gifford, forwarded by the
Marine Board.
In the
Bay
experienced a severe gale from N. E. to S. E. com-
mencing on Saturday the 20th

day the 22d
May
it
at
10
p.
m. and lasting to
Mon-
May
in
noon, when
moderated.
My
it
Latitude was 16
Longitude 84
the height of the gale, by dead reckoning, and by

I
comparing logs with the Euphrates.

miles S.
find
was more severe 30
W.
of our position.
Wm.
Gifford.
Report from Masulipatam by R. Alexander, Esq forwarded by

Capt. Biden.
Masulipatam 23d May, 1843.
From
the weather
we have experienced here
fear that
you have
had a gale at Madras, and bad weather both to the Northward and
* The
italics are
mine, for
this
remarkable
fall is
a very curious phcenomenon.
f The storm wave.
H.
P.
86
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
of Storms in India.
[No. 146.
Eastward, the weather has been unsettled here for some days, and
since the 20th the wind has been from the
N. E.
On
the 21st
we had
yester-
heavy squalls with
rain,
with the Barometer falling.

fell
From
day morning the Barometer

following
rapidly as you will observe by the
memorandum.
at
22nd May
p. m.
Bar.
29.080
.050
4.30
5. gale,
increasing and blowing in violent gusts.
Violent Gusts 6.24 Bar.
28.900
.875
6.30
7.
.820 much lightning to

S.
S.
and
E. and thunder.
7.30
8.
.730
.760 .730 .760
8.30
9.
10.
.760
.760
10.30
P.
M.
11. Bar.
28.774
.820
.940
11.30
12.
23rd
A. M.
.980
2
E. S. E. and then to S. and S. b
drizzling rain.
29.050 |
p,
m. 2 wind changing to
W.
blowing with great violence with
3 a. m.
29.100
.150
.175
4
5
Noon
the Barometer
is
now up
to
29.300 blowing fresh from the Southward.

lost
Two
their
Brigs and one Sloop are on shore, and four Brigs have
;
main masts
several of the cargo boats are driven inland, as well
as a sailing boat of
my own
;
missing, with large stores of firewood and

in consequence of the sea having
first
timber. Great
damage has been done
inundated the place

of Garden Houses,
the inundation extended beyond the
range
and the Causeway

it
is
rendered useless, the sea

in
having flowed over
and breached the retaining walls
several
places, besides carrying
away
all
the stone coating
the
Bund
leading
1844.]
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
of Storms in India.
is
87
from the Fort to the Village of Gillumdindee

sea flowed into the Fort through the East
is left
also breached.
gates,
The
lying
and sea
one doney
is
close to the brick
work of the pettah
gate, a large boat
against the Causeway, and part of a

half a mile from the Fort.
Lower mast
lying on the causeway
Trees in every direction have been blown up by the roots, windows
and doors of substantial houses blown

huts and buildings destroyed.
in,
and a number of Native
From Noon
I
of the 21st to 5 p. m. 22nd,
we had 2.025
inches of rain.
all
have just received a report of one Brig
having foundered with
on board, with the exception of one Lascar
who saved himself on a
plank.
Masulipatam,
5th Sept. 1843.
My
dear
Sir,
The
greatest violence of the gale on the coast,
appears to have been
felt here,
although
it
was
felt as far
North
as
it
Culingapatam.
have no information with regard to the distance
extended to the Westward, and in the Guntoor and Patnaud Districts

the
damage appears
all
to
have been caused by the torrents of

fell
rain, while
here
the rain that
during the gale did not amount to 2\

gale,
inches, there
was thunder and lightning during the

gale
but not
much.
at S.
The
commenced from N. E. and N. N. E. and ended
W.
Report from the Acting Master Attendant at Pulicat.

Capt. Biden.
Forwarded by
which
We
had a strong gale here, accompanied with heavy
rain,
commenced on Sunday morning
the 21st at about 11 o'clock

at noon.
I
blowing
to
N. N. W., and abated the following day

that,
am happy
fell
add
with the exception of a few old buildings which

;
down, no
other material injury was done at this place
no
vessels
were in these
roads on the day of the gale.
Abridged Reports from Madras, by Captain Biden.
The range
from 29.67 to
of the Barometer at
Madras during the
late gale
was
29.37 and
at Ennore, about 8 miles to the
Northward
88
of Madras
Tenth Memoir on the

it
Law
of Storms in India.
[No. 146.
fell
as low as 29.30 at
3 a. m. on the 22d instant.
Wind
veering throughout the 21st from
N. N. W.
to
W. N. W.
the
quantity of rain which has fallen in 48 hours

vessels put to sea
is Fourteen 10J inches. from these Roads between 11-30 and 1 p. m. on the
21st May.
Cordelia. Went
rometer
fell
as far out as 82 20' E. Latitude 11 30' N. Ba-
to 29.0 and continued as low as 29.20 two days.
The
heaviest of the gale was from
N.
W.
ending at S.
W. on
Tuesday.
During the gale the sea was very heavy and confused, more so than
commonly
in
such gales.
Brahmin from Singapore to Madras, Saturday 20th May, squalls at 4 p. m. midnight dark cloudy weather. Wind throughout veering from Noon gale S. W. to S. S. W. 6 a. m. heavy'squalls with much rain increasing wind S. by W. Sunday 2 1st Strong gale and squalls with much rain. Wind S. by
W.
Midnight ditto weather. 6 a.m. more moderate, noon
clear, latitude
observation 8 16'
N.
with unsettled weather, heavy squalls
22d Monday.
with
Commenced
W.
much
S.
rain,
throughout squalls and unsettled weather, wind veering
from
W.
to S. S.
Tuesday 23d.
Strong breezes and
squalls,
wind
S. S.
W. Midnight
Noon wind
S.
dark cloudy weather.
4 a. m. more moderate and
clear.
W.
clear weather, latitude observation 8 38'.
The Barque Braemar

N. N. W., N.
slipped from
Madras Roads with the wind

laid
at
W.
and
finally
W. N. W., She was
on her beam ends
and righted only by cutting away her masts, the wreck of which carried
away her rudder.
The Vessel became water-logged and
nearly
unma-
nageable and was driven by noon 23rd

12 55'
1
May
to latitude
by observation
S.
N.
Wind
S.
at 1 p. m.
on 22d
civil time,
being
W.
W. and at
a. m.
23d
W.
by
S.
She was
finally driven
on shore and wrecked
near False Point Divy.
Ship Henry.
Put
to sea
1 p.
from Madras Roads, and had the wind

m. on the 21st May, to
S.
veering from N. N. E. at
W. by W.
At
at
noon on the 22d, when the Barometer was at 28.90.
midnight,
wind
S.
W. Barometer
;
29.20, the gale moderating towards daylight

in latitude
on the 23rd
at
noon of which day she was

in latitude 12 26'
13 18' and at
noon of the 24th
N. longitude 81 57' E.
1844.]
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
of Storms in India.
to sea
89
Brig Briton.
at
This
p.
vessel slipped
and ran
civil
with the wind
N.
W.
the
at
1.
30.
m. on the 21st
May
time.
At 7
the wind
was North, and
at 10
N. N. E. Vessel steering E. by S.
On
22d
at 5 a. m. the
gale, latitude
wind
shifted
to
West
in
a hard squall.
At noon hard
by indifferent observation 12 15'
N;
by
account 12 35': longitude account 82 51'.
Barometer 29.20, having
made by
log 158 miles E. by S. and E. S. E. from

S.
Madras
roads.
The wind marked
W.
fresh gales at midnight, moderating.
On
the
23d
at
noon latitude observation 11 36' N.
Account 12
7'
Barometer 29
40',
Chronometer 83.25. Account 83.52.

increasing gales as she proceeded to the East-
Ship Baboo
had
ward, and at 2 a. m. on
Monday
21st May, had
it
blowing very hard
from
W.
N.
W.
with continued sleet showers, thunder and lightning.
Two
obs.
Barometers at their lowest 28.29.
On Monday 22d at noon,
latitude
12 33' N. and longitude per 2 chros. 82 0 E.

S. S.
Since then
had the wind mostly from
W.
to
it
West. Baboo's Barometer when

stood, then at 29.57
;
she slipped was at 29.20, and here
her Baro-
meter is therefore .37 below the true range.

report.
N. B. See subsequently her
Report of Capt. Stuart of the Barque Baboo,
to
Capt Biden. For-
warded by
that Officer.
On Sunday
to sea.
at
12-30 we slipped from 80 fathoms cable and went
Had an
increasing gale as
we went
to the
Eastward, and at 2 a.m.
on Monday 21st
May had
it
blowing very heavy from
W.
N.
continued sleet showers and
much thunder and
lightning.
W. with My two
Barometers at their lowest 28.29.
The
Kyd
was the
last of the ships seen
by us on Sunday evening,
I
and none of them were seen afterwards.

broke part of the wheel and got the
laid
my
ship to,
having
man
steering
maimed, otherwise
we had no
casualties.
90
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
of Storms in India.
[No. 146.
On Monday
at
noon
my
latitude
was per observation 12 33' N. and
longitude per two Chronometers 82.0 E., since then had mostly the
winds from S. S.
W.
to
West.
Ship Isabella Watson, Capt.

Calcutta
:
J.
A.
Macdonald, from Madias

to civil time.
to
report from her
Commander, reduced
19th
May
1843, Friday.
The weather
was close and
sultry with
a heavy swell rolling in on the beach indicating the approach of a
storm.
Thermometer
a.
at
noon 8343', sympiesometer 29.36.

sail
20^ Saturday.
with heavy rain
;
m. hove short and made
from Covelong
7 a. m. came to anchor in Madras Roads, hard squalls from the N.
W.
m.
observed the flag flying at the fort for
all
ships
P.
to prepare for sea.
Thermometer
N. E.
to
48, sympiesometer 29.26.
squally and variable from
North with heavy
rain. a.
2\st Sunday.
a.
m.
made
sail
from Madras Roads, at 4

;
m.
hard squalls and rain from N. N. E.

squalls
10
a.
m. blew very hard with
and rain from N. E. to N. and a high turbulent sea running.

close reefed
Under
29.16.
main top
sail
noon blowing very hard with a
high cross sea and heavy rain.
Thermometer 8330', sympiesometer
A
8
p.
continuance of the N. E. gale.
At 2-30
p.
m. Thermometer 84
sympiesometer 28.96.
The
ship labouring this
time most fearfully,

p.
m. Thermometer 83 sympiesometer 28.84. 9
m.
Thermometer
83, sympiesometer 28.0 a fearful sea running.
22nd May.
a
a. m. a
heavy squall with
hail
and rain
8 a. m. the
gale blowing with greater violence with a turbulent cross sea,

fair
making
breach over the ship, and straining her very much.
Thermo-
meter 83, sympiesometer 28.64.
Madras bearing
2
p.
Noon ditto weather. by account West and by North 70 miles.

sea, the
m. Thermometer 8330', sympiesometer 28.70. 3 p. m. sympie-
someter 28.84, the weather more moderate, but a turbulent
wind flew suddenly from N.W.
to
West.
At 4
rain.
p.
m.
it
came from
S.
W.
and continued so with dark weather and
23rd
May. At noon Thermometer
8430', sympiesometer 29.11.
1844.]
Tenth Memoir on
the
Law
of Storms in India.
the
91
Abridged Report from Capt. Onslow, of
Ship General Kyd,
to the Secretary to the Marine Board, Calcutta.
The
left
ship General Kyd, of
1318 tons burthen, (old measurement)
the Bengal passage, Acheen Head, on the evening of the 9th May,
civil time,
with a pleasant breeze and very sultry weather from the N.
Eastward.
This continued for some days with squalls and variable weather at
times,
and sudden sharp squalls and
rain,
and that throughout the pasin
sage
from Acheen
from China.
to
Madras,
to
which place we were bound
ballast
The weather continued so unsettled, although the

stood at 96 in
Barometer continued high, between 29.70 and 29.90 and the thermometer never
below 84, and on one afternoon at 3 o'clock

I
it
my
cabin that
was led
to
apprehend a gale of wind during the whole

the 19th
passage of eight days.
On
May
anchored in Madras roads,
and immediately received a notice from the Master Attendant to be

prepared for bad weather.
On
the 20th
May
the weather was squally

at
I
and unsettled from the Northward, Barometer
29.70.
did
not.
In
the
evening the appearances becoming more favourable

shore, but
leave the
is
on the morning of Sunday the 21st the sea which
a sure
forerunner of a gale on that coast, rose tremendously high, insomuch

that I
was once capsized
in trying to get
through the
surf,
and was
very nearly one hour and a half in getting through the second time,
with the boat nearly
full
of water
at
noon got on board the
ship, the
wind then from N. N.

sail,
W.
blowing
p.
fresh,
shipped the cable and made
stood E. by S.
At 3
m. gradually increasing with thick rain at
times and most turbulent sea.
At 7-30
p. m.,
much
lightning to the
Eastward, but the sky gathering up thick in the Westward, and very
unsettled and squally, with a furious sea.
squall
At about 8-30
a tremendous
difficulty
and a sudden
shift to
W.
by N.
Clued up and with
furled the
main
topsail
and rounded to with head to the N. Eastward,
ship labouring awfully.

till
Continued strong gale and tremendous sea
about 2-30 a. m. on the 22d, when the wind in a tremendous
squall shifted suddenly to the S.
W.
by
W.
causing the sea to rise in
perfect mountains and in a
most confused irregular manner,

I
the
ship
then rolling and plunging that
sometimes thought she would not re-
cover herself.
About 3-30
the
mainmast went over the

;
side followed
by every stick except the foremast, bowsprit and fore yard
the ship then
92
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
of Storms in India.
[No. 146.
till
rolled her gunnels under.
The
strength of this hurricane lasted
about 8
a.
m. when
it
become a
little
more moderate, but the sea runfrom Madras. Soon after
ning with unabated fury.
Had no
observation that day, but the rec-J
koning at noon made us about 68 miles E.

sunset the wind and sea moderated a
S.
little,
and by daylight on Tuesand

set as
day the 23d, we were enabled to get a

sail
foresail bent,
much
in
various
ways as
we
could,
and
at
noon by observation
3'
found ourselves in latitude 13 47' N. longitude 82

29.44.
E. Barometer
to S.S.E.
The
m.
breeze settled into a fresh monsoon from

till
S.W.
which weather continued pretty steady
the 31st May,
when
at
9-30
p.
we made
the Light Vessel at the Sandheads.
State of the Barometer on board the General Kyd, during the late
gale,
corrected by comparison with that of the Surveyor General's
Office, Calcutta.
May
21st at Noon,
at 3 P. M.
29.45
29.38
29.28
29.26
5
7
5?
55
9
11
55
29.19
29.17
29.11 29.11
55
12
55
55
May 22d
at noon,
29.18
M.
2
5
P.
55
29.19
29.27
May
23d, noon,
29.42
to 88.
Thermometer ranging from 82

Ship Protomelia.
at 10 p. m.
Slipped from Madras roads
at
noon 21st
May
hove
to.
22nd.
a. m. blowing a hurricane with
heavy thunder, lightning

49',
and
81
rain,
41'.
Barometer 28 noon latitude account 12
longitude
23d.
Barometer
8'
rising, latitude
noon 12
56',
longitude 82
;
4'.
This vessel ran, and was driven to 82 30' East longitude

12 49' N. to 14
and from
N.
She returned
safely to
Madras.
;;
1844.]
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
of Storms in India.
her, to Capt.
93
Brig Dora, report by Capt. Harvey, Commanding

BlDEN.
On Sunday
4
p.
night I experienced a hard gale about N. West, attendrain,
ed with constant
hove to with head
to the
Northward. Monday, at
m. sudden change of wind from the S. West and more moderate at noon latitude by observation 12 50' longitude 82 25' E. Tuesday
exchanged colours with the ship Henry, latitude 12
56'.
Wednesday
10 p. m. made Madras Light bearing S. West, but owing to the 5', night's looking so dirty I stood off, and have been in latitude 14
found the current setting strong to the N. Eastward
I
;
during the whole
have not lost or strained a rope yarn.
Yours
respectfully,
May
30th.
Wm. Harvey.
;
No
Barometer
Sympiesometer injured with
sea.
C. B.
Barque Coaxer, Capt Ridley.
The
heaviest of the gale

to
commenced about midnight on Sunday, when

p.
we hove
under bare poles. 4

sail
m. on
Monday
the gale moderated
when we made
Chronometer.
gradually
;
our Barometer was as low as 29. during

as far to the Eastward, as 8226' by
the heaviest of the gale
we were
The Bark Orpheus at Anchor at Ennore, forwarded by Captain

Biden.
20th
May.
May.
to
Begins with
W.
N.
gales,
light
winds from
at
S. S.
W. and
ends with
strong gales from

2\st
W.
Barometer
29.305 and
falling.
Strong
N.
is
heavy rain and thunder and lightning, wind
N.
W.
W.
W.
throughout, but " strong swell setting in from the

p. m.
;
Eastward"*
noted in the log at 2
when heavy
gales which
continued to midnight, Barometer 29.4.
* These and the other italics are mine. The " strong swell from the Eastward setting in on the Coast with a gale blowing directly offshore, is a remarkable phenomenon, which can only I think be explained by the progressive motion of the Storm "Wave.
-See Eighth Memoir,
p. 398, Vol.
XII, Jour. As. Soc.
94
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
of Storms in India.
p.
[No. 146.
22nd May.
midnight
;
a.
m.
wind N.
W.
;
m.
W.
N.
W.
and West at
the
strong gales throughout
and heavy swell from
Eastward.
Barometer 29.3.
23c?
May. Winds West, W.
S.
S.
W.
and
finally S. S.
a.
W. mo-
derating at 6 a. m. to clear weather.

29.5.
Barometer
a.
m. 29.4 and p. m.
is
Strong swell from the Eastward
m. which
noted as going
down about noon.

Coringa.
et
On the night of the 22d May, the French Barque Joseph

to Calcutta with a car-
Victor,
Captain Honey, 360 tons, belonging to Messrs. La For-
que and Co. of Nantes; bound from Bourbon
go of 1000 bags of Cloves and a good deal of Specie, was driven on

shore to the Southward of the Coringa Light House.
About 700 bags

;
of Cloves have been saved as well as the crew and passengers

believed that
it
was
day the
of
salt,
much more property would be rescued. On the same Native Brig Hamsamalah of Chittagong, laden with a cargo
to the
was driven ashore 12 miles
Northward of Coringa, one
man
had
lost.
On
the 26th the
Lord Elphinstone> Capt. Crawford, bound

put in at Coringa in distress
from Madras to Vizagapatam,

lost topsail
she
yards and
all
her sails in the gale which set in from
N.
E., veering
to E. S. E.
and blowing a furious hurricane from
S. S. E.
The Amelia Thompson foundered
at
Sea about 80 miles E. by N. of

at
Madras on Tuesday morning the 23d ultimo
a. m.
Part of the
crew, consisting of the Captain and 15 men, have been saved, having
been in open boats from Tuesday morning until Friday morning, when
they were picked up by a native vessel, on board of which they were
treated with great kindness,
and they ultimately landed
at Coringa on
Monday
last.
The remaining
portion of the crew, seven in number,
have met with a watery grave.

Effect of the Recent Gale in the Interior.- As
we had
feared would
be the case, we regret to say that accounts are daily being received
from the interior of the
loss of life
and property from the recent gale

it
and heavy
fall
of rain with which
was accompanied
Villages had
in
been swept away and property destroyed to a very large amount,
value, as well in building, as in cattle and grain, &c. &c. and in addition
we
regret
much
to add, the loss of
human
life.
The
following
extract from the Spectator tells a serious tale of disasters.

Law
1844.]
Tenth Memoir on the
of Storms in India.
95
ult.,
"
We
regret to learn by a letter dated Poorshottapolium, 27th
that terrible destruction has been caused in the Guntoor. district in
consequence of the inundation attending the late storm
many
villages
having been swept away or sustained great damage by the floods which
came down suddenly on the morning

or swept
perty, of
of the 23d.
Swelled by the pre-
vious rains, four nullahs and sixteen tanks near Inacondah, overflowed
away
their banks, causing a lamentable loss of life
and pro-
which the following details are given.
" Rajahpett.
lost.
Three hundred houses destroyed

injured, two lives lost.
or injured, seven lives

lost.
Poorshottapolium, 200 houses injured, seven lives
Chilkloor-
pett,
300 houses
lives lost.
Pusmorroo, 20 houses injured,

injured,
four
Annanarum and Toolapanee, 200 houses

In addition to the above
and
seventeen lives lost.
damage or destruction of
lives, it is stated,
above a thousand houses, and the loss of thirty- seven
that 2,800 head of cattle and horses and 9,000 sheep perished, and that
2,700 candies of grain were more or
less injured.
The whole amount of
damage being estimated by our informant at above 100,000 Rupees.
The
total destruction occasioned
by the inundation was indeed hardly
ascertained,
many
villages having
been damaged or swept away, of
which no perfect account had yet been received. " From the notices now received from distant parts of the country
is
it
evident, that the gale
and heavy rain
felt
here about a fortnight ago,
formed merely part of a great atmospheric disturbance ushering in the
South-West Monsoon, and traversing the

to South,
entire peninsula
from North
marked throughout
its
course by considerable, though hap-
pily only locally, destructive violence.
At Delhi on
the 17th, unusual
weather prevailed.
High North- West and Easterly winds and occaatmosphere being, for the
later,
sional storms of rain, the coolness of the
time of the year, very extraordinary/

the
At Hyderabad a few days

and
at Coringa,
Monsoon
set in with great violence,
Masulipatam,
Guntoor and Pondicherry, in

South
line,
fact all along the coast in a
North and
heavy gales and torrents of rain simultaneously prevailed."
We
'
glean the following from the
Bombay Times
of
May 24
The Weather.
Since the evening

The wind
of Thursday, the sky has looked
so troubled,
and the barometer

to be at hand.
fallen so steadily, that
we supposed
the
Monsoon
has got round nearly to South-
west,
and the alternating land and sea breezes have ceased.
Our
sea
96
Tenth Memoir on
the
Law
of Storms in India.
[No. 146.
breeze, which blows with so
much
regularity from the North-west for
seven months in the year, has disappeared.

light showers
fell,
On Sunday
all is,
evening some
and the sky has ever since continued black and

singular
cloudy.
The most
fall
phenomenon of
the remarkable and
steady
of the barometer, which has been gradually sinking for four
days, and has
now
got to a point rarely attained by
it.
The
following
are the readings of the Observatory Standard since Thursday,
when
it
began to
fall
they
are given both as read from the scale,
and as
corrected for temperatures, capillarity, &c.
The hours
are very nearly
those of daily
maximum
and minimum
Th.
F.
S.
10 P.M. 4 A.M. 10 A.M. 4 P.M. Read. Cor. Read. Read. Cor. Cor. R ead. Cor. 18, 29.736 29.586 29.792 29.633 29.686 29.529 29.722 29.568
19,
20,
M.
22,
Tu. 23,
"
678 688 575 510
526 538
421
357
746 768 630 572
594 586
471
412
462 632 494 489
488 475 338 331
710 710 566
557 555
411
As no tempest
four
has presented itself here, such as these indications

to expect,
would have inclined us

last
we
are led to infer that within the
days a hurricane has been raging within a few hundred
miles of us, the effect of which has only been manifested here on the
barometer.
The
influence of the
Madras hurricane
last
October was
very conspicuous, but nothing like this."

" For the following accounts from Cochin and Tellicherry,
we
:
are
indebted to the kindness of Capt. Biden, the Master Attendant

" Cochin.
The Ship
Hero of Malown, which
left
these
Roads on
the 25th ultimo, was wrecked on the 26th or 27th near Alleppee
all
the crew with one exception were saved, and they have arrived here
this day.
" Tellicherry.
During
little to
the night of the 31st, two Pattimars were
driven on shore a
the southward of the flag

surf.
staff,
and were
soon knocked to pieces by the heavy
On
the 1st instant, another

flag staff,
Pattimar was driven on shore to the Southward of the
and
the
on the 2d, one was swamped at her anchors and went to pieces
above wrecks have been caused by a heavy rolling sea."
Athenceum.
Madras
1844.]
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
of Storms in India.
97
April,
12th June,
Ship Julius
Caesar, Wingate, from
Aden 18th
and Mocha 11th May.
Remarks. Julius
which continued
Lost
all
till
Caesar in latitude 12 51'
experienced a heavy gale of wind from S. E.
N longitude 5828 E. to W. on the 25th May,

/
the 29th, in latitude 9 56' longitude 66 30' E.
our
sails,
and sprung the head of the main mast.
Saw the
to
Hindostan steam ship pass Mocha on the 7th May.
At Hyderabad,
and
S.
the storm
at
commenced
at
N. E. veered
fall
N.
W.
W., and then
N.
W.
again with a greater
of rain than
had been known

in
at this season for
many
years,
upwards of 9 inches
all
36 hours.
letter.
Gale commenced on the 22d, and lasted
the
23d as
per
Ship Hyderabad from Bombay.

at
The Hyderabed had bad weather

W.
to West,
Mangalore on
Barometer
report.
21st,
fell
22nd and 23rd, wind N.
much
rain.
on 21st to 29.41, rose on 21st.

ship Hyderabad, Captain Harrison, was at an-
Another
The
chor at Mangalore at noon.

2\st
May.
Dark gloomy weather, and To noon

a. m.
fresh sea breeze, p. m.
N. W.,
cloudy and rain increasing towards midnight.
22nd May.
gales.
fresh breeze (wind not marked.) p. m. strong
p.
m. heavy gales, hard squalls, and a very heavy sea.
23rd May.
unable to ride longer with safety, weighed at 8
a. m. with uncertain weather.
10 anchored again,
p.m. fresh
1
1
W.N.W.
gales
and cloudy
stood to the S. S.
W. and
South
miles, with
heavy weather noon 25th, in latitude 6 57', having carried the same
W. by N. and W. by
S.
Monsoon
to that parellel.
The following
is
from Captain Newbold, Assistant Resident Kurnool, Madras territory.
at
am
sorry to say, that
my
efforts to obtain information

last
regarding
the storm of the 22d,

I therefore lose
23d and 24th of May
have been unavailing,

observations
no time in sending you
my own
made
at
Yelgode, a village at the western base of the Eastern Ghauts, lying
between 78 and 79 E. longitude

sheltered on the East
and 15 and 16
hills at
N. latitude,
and North by ranges of
from 7 and 10
98
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
of Storms in India.
[No. 146.
miles distance, sufficiently high,
(from 500 to 1500 feet above the
plain,) to influence the direction of ordinary aerial currents.
These
observations only go to note the fact of the storm's influence having
been severely
felt in this latitude
so far inland,
its
duration, and ge-
neral direction.
larly
much
regret the absence of a Barometer, particu-
on
this occasion,
where the atmospheric depression appears to

felt
have been so remarkable, and so extensively and simultaneously

over the greater part of Peninsular India
;
the
fall
of the Barometer hav-
ing been noted at Calcutta, Madras and Bombay.
From what
can
glean from
my
correspondents,
I find that its
chief fury was experienced
between 15 and 19 N. latitude and from 76 to 84 E. longitude.
At Yelgode
it
was ushered
in
by two days of cold drizzly weather,
the atmosphere was charged with low clouds that
came from the West-
ward and hung

meter
fell
in
wreaths on the Eastern Ghauts.

p.
The Thermo-
from 99 at 2
it
m. the hottest part of the day to 76.

to
On
the 22d at 8 p. m.
at
commenced
blow strongly from the N. and
N. W., increasing
p.
m. to a perfect gale, attended with rain, but

little
no thunder, which continued with

of the night.
hour's duration.
intermission during the whole
The next morning,

At
11 a. m. it
fiercely as before,
at 10 a. m, a lull took place of an
recommenced, rain and wind unattended

never ceasing
till
by thunder, as
ing,
the following
morn-
the 24th,
when
the sky cleared.
The wind however continued
strong from the N. and N.
W.
during the day. 25th was cloudy, rainy
and stormy, strong gusts of wind from the

heavily with thunder and lightning.
tled rain, light
W.
In the night
rain,
it
rained
26th settled
calm. 27th set-
winds variable. 28th clear
in the afternoon,
and wea-
ther gradually assumed its usual tone.
Though
the storm's chief force
was expended on the Coromandel coast

it
in the latitudes mentioned, yet

far
was also
felt
on the Western coast so
South as
1.
Near
Telli-
cherry between the 21st and 25th of May, about 15 Patimars were
wrecked along the
coast.
From Tellicherey
J.
I
on
the
Malabar
Coast,
I have
the following notice
with a register of the weather at Cannanore, kindly forwarded by
W. Fkaser,
month
of
Esq., Collector.
to enclose
do myself the pleasure
some atmospheric observations

notice from the public
for the
May
last.
You may have taken
1844.]
prints, that
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
of Storms in India.
99
the month,
we had unusual and very heavy weather during

lost to the
and much
loss to the native craft
on the coast in consequence, and
one English ship was
Southward near Cochin.
With us
the wind was not remarkable,
May
in
being always a boisterous month,

;
from the surf and swell rolling

high
;
the tides
were most remarkably
the bad weather also set in very early, and not from the usual
I
quarter.
chiefly,
however, forward the enclosed to inform you, that
such statements are
now monthly
all
transmitted to Madras, and that I
should think copies could at

sources should you
P. S.
times be obtained from the authentic
deem such
expedient.
Many
of the old inhabitants believe the
bad weather they
for
ten days experienced and suffered so
much
from, not to have been the
regular " Monsoon."
Your's truly,
Tellicherry,
July
\2th, 1843.
W. H. Fraser.
'
100
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
CO CD
of Storms in India.
S3 CO
CO
Cti
QNo. 146.
-c-a a
.t3
hot, dark
still
44
C3
â IS
s
CD
a
OT
bfi--
"3
fl
c!
t2
3^
4-1
CJ
2 be
a a ^ a CO -a
fct
EU
CD
o o
CO
_a
CO
a -3 a o CO
S3
CO
-a
o
"o bo
"
CO
a >
s-
2^r3
 > O
a 3 o ^ a r to a =3 -a 1.2 s^ *H a-o a> o O *o cu a CO a S3 "3 c .a s o CD & a co a > u a S en 3 Jr. qq ^3 o a 0) a) "2 rt & CD Si >?V a S3 -a Cl -a -a 2^j 3 a rr ^ a o a >.t3 CD a U 4-> a. *i a br s ~ a-a O CD co -^2 .S O fe J
3
> o
CD
a"
cpC-
5 "3
CO
a c ^3 a >>a a
>-> CD
C ^ o be
..
lis
-O
fcs
00
&,
H3
T3
HMsl
^ -
.
>-o
S3
"3
.2^3 a a
K
'fe
"fe.
ss
> ' a* a a> o * p Sd^^-2 be u c 2 d 'SJs-g-S a i- 5 fl fl so u ss rt o

fe
ctf
"o
S3
^
 ^-2 ^-S >5 >-.2 a sS"S: '3 2 o s:s.s ot > a ooS(j
<
^^ S .a
j-a
a o
c*
â^>,2^
a
1
spurn
JO
aqi
UOrpailQ
apeas
2 2
"5 )
X
in
So
coo
125
^3 io
5
ss
Hi
<B
V
0)
o
CD
;
CO
OS CO
;
P o
o CM
o
*
auj ui sqjQT
S 4
bX)
U8Q
o
'.
^
CO
i s
5
I
sotpuj
e
5s
"se
a ^ Ir.
S1U8Q
o
1
co
:
CO CO
00 oo
;
!q
S8U0UJ
CO
iO
uoou OJ uoou U KMJ suionT P U1S sauaui ut aâraoiAnjj
O "^
irt
%n <*
o CO
11
c5
UJ
?
CO
CO
lO
u
<t>
uinraiut^
mnraiXBj\f
:
r^
OTO"
00
t>-
00
t>.
t>
CO
G-i
o
as 00
CO 00 00
bfl
.2
a>
00
CM
00
co
00 CO
00 CO
CM CO CM
-2
JMX59A\J
uoissajd8Q
KTX
-HCO
- 1
*d\
CO t^
OOi
OS
CO
l>.
Cm
C5
co
00
J3UJ, Xj(J
p-H
00
oooo
.iO
00
o 00
co
t
t>-
r>. t>.
t>.
S
"*
s
.1
unauj, ?3A\ U0TSS9jda(j

.UI ia*TX 1 8
-f
-1*
1
roo
00 00
CM
OS
1ft
o CO
OS
CO
A\
OS
00 on
o 00
lO
2 F
ft*
cu
-}
unaifj,
iq
1
1
rt<
ao CO
Of)
00 00
00 in to
00
00
uaiauiojnjg
'
oo as to CD
CTSCT5
0<M
00 CO o5 CO 00
00
CO
CO CM
CO
CO CO
as CM
(MCJ
CM
CO
OS CO
CO
o.
raj3tIX
ÂV
1
TF
oo
jo
^ lOTSSajd9Q
t wa^TX 5 a A\ B [iiaqX
00
on
COO
oooo
CO
oooo
3
(
^ J (I
ao CO 00
ti< t>.
OS CO CO OS
CO
00 CO
00
00
o
3 *
(M CO
oco iT5
C3S
^
CO
00
CO
aaiaraojBg
| 1
sa^Q
1^ OS CM 00
t^.t^ CTXJi
iMCM
CT>
CO
CO r^ CO OS CO CM
so
o o
t>.
t~
CO
CM
CO
CO
CO
CO
1844.]
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
1843.
of Storms in India.
101
Bombay.
Ship news 4th June

sea.
Ship
Caroline, J. Constable
Master from
Intelligence.
Cut away main-mast

feet
in latitude 19 30'
N. longitude
70 45'
W.
five
Vessel struck by a heavy Hurricane, and on her beamminutes, until main-mast was cut away.
ends for
On
sounding
Pumps, found four
water in the Hold.
now arrange
and on the
in the tabular
form the logs of the different vessels
at sea
coast, so as to
show
at a glance the progress of the
gale, with the state of the

far as
weather at the same moment of time, as
our records extend.
102
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
of Storms in India.
a
[No. 146.
.
^^ *j
.#s
2fc
sa>
'3
a;
ed
.a
$
a
CO
3
-a
I*
P/-T
cti
H B
-3
OiO
as >^:n
-B
a O
d
be
co CM aS CM
J be
"3
"2
co
o
0)
a o
iO be
Mai
a
0)
a
a
be
^cM -2
3
o
0)
S u
ei
cd
|&
to "3
5 00
cm
> o -3
13
*a j"2
00
;
HI
s
rt
a" W
'.
<x>
be
>->
^
i
CD
>*j3
S
J
co GO
3i
GO
;
o
0>
as o
a,
O
H
-3
rf-=3
re _q
Ha
oo CO
r w
CD
00
CO CO ai CM

*
CO
CM
be CM
o
c5
o GO
CM
cd
Ph
en CM
CM
:
CO CM as CM
CM ai CM
O
ai CM
a
0)
ft
CQ
:
*
ITS
Ed
bo
GO CM
o *M 00
CO CO
CO
"-H
ooo . CM CO-
CO
CO
as
ifi
GO 00
OS
J
O
H>2
43
t3
*>
N
cu
ed
be
-o
03 ri
^~ -3 be aTCO J *& 2
ojcxi
-5co
j.
2i 03 a :*' -13
H
S
1
a
..
'
is
'a
to
-&;
.^s*
>
be
m >
o> >_
S a cp
b(0)
- *s to en
o5
si
co 13'
O
>
<!
.a co ig
*â
a ^ o5
- 13
a
I
be CO
J '33
1
0-
| B ft ^^ -S o S a 13 ^ S > 13 a ^
isa
^3
co
"cs
^
J o
cs
H S
* I
>%-c u-a j3 oâ co
CO
a
cd
CJ nj
a a O
,
a
O)
CTJ
_a
cy
ja
v. 0)
CO as
-1
3
2q
a j
ed
o
as
:
:
CO CD
13
fl
a"
<d rt
a
-a
et$
S-c
o
ed
o
a
c
ci
Oh be
O
'3 a*
ta
-a
l/J
o CO 3
Q3
K5
'a?
cs
a o
bfi
o N
C4
^B ed -3
43
3 H o W^
o S
O 3
CO CO
ed
QQ
M U a
ass
9^
o
CM
844. J
Tenth Memoir on the

be
Law
of Storms in India.
-i
103
M d
t
-a
_a
CO
s
-a
3
CO
<a
d ^3 3 3 3
CU
-3
CO
as cu
o o
a
o
'B
3 O 3
CO
I-.
.*
3*
1"!
CQ
a
CO
a
T3
a
'a
be
a
4)
E*|
.-3
a
13
cu
-a
3 a
CU
a 3
uT
Q
^.
CB
si
-3
15
cu
bc^
'5 SoJS
0)
ho .a
CO
Ja
s O
^_
QJ
3
yj
<
t*,
cd
or"
S
-3
cu
Z
3
2 "2
cu-a
a 3 5 be
tf
13
be*"*
o 3 a *^ cu o
i3
co
3 w . CU
s-
-3
5 >
e 3
be
3 "2 CU
a
cu
> a 3
.*
S.S 8 - 3 -3
5 be
"3 "2
41
:m
co
CU -4J
S *
ft,
.bc
t>
CU
CO
.*
O
;
3
I
S
; j
.
a
CO 00
c5
> 3
CU
CD
5 be
.
3
35
-S.SP
-3
355
<
t^
-!
EC
o5S
: *
-3
to 00
;
.
.
*
00
* <x>
.
CM
<T>
a
,
co
>
CM
uTD
to CU
CO
o
M
a,
o
I
<n i^
cri
O CO
Os CM
o
t>.
3 a o 3
CQ
o
t^
o5
OS
"M
CM
o
Irt
CM
:
00
o5
:
CM
CO
00
:
H
be
o o
00
*
o 00
t^ CO CM 00,
530
>r:
^3
GO
5N QO
o r? _
CO
CO
GO
*
CM
GO
*
..
CO
o
'
iO
in
to CO
M
CM CO
C75
co
en CO
CO co
COi
O5 0O
OCM
fc
5
v0)
13
3
Cfl
o
'S,
:
-a
11
cu
-S3
1
c CO 3
a
CD to
be be
cu cu
a
'a
CU
be
a
:a :a
CO
!Z5
O 3
bfl
be
a 3
co'
a*
a o
cu a.
c3 0)
15
cu
be
2 a ns 3 CU
a.
^
co
CO
'Si
CO
^ -3
o
3 O CO 3
be
. .
'a
S
zi
a,"
a.,1
CO
|
co
I*
"5s
"2
a
cu
bo
'a
1
1 l
CO CO
*S
cu
a
<
>
o bicd * be*- a o a . CO t> w "3 CO 2.S "Sa 13 3 CU > be O o 8* S
M o
'3
^ aco
.
bc^
G
'3
bt
3
CO
j-
be
OT
3 O
f>>
s K
cu
CCJ
a %
a
.
s
.
g
<
.
a
.
o 3 4 ~ 2 -a CO 3 to <
ft,
a
.
o
cu
=-
1 1
cd
a
3 a bo C
0)
-3
a o CO
a 3 -a o
CU
Bfl"
til CO
1

03
a 3
N 3
CU
a"
a
t3
"Sh
-3
3 3^J 3
a
S3
CO
S3 o 3 5
f-1
P < O
a a
3
-3
3
-9
< <
O Z z
3 M O CO 3
3
3
CO
a a
>i
6
15
1
en
~f
Q
i
O CM
a ^co OS? -f O*55 GO
104
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
of Storms in India.
[No. 146.
&c
^4
3 >
.2 00 cS
ai bfl (M a> .-a
3 so "g
S
.O
n3
<X>
00
Me
cog
1.5CO
..^
<o
..
gJJ **
a
P-.0
a o
0)
^^ a c O cS *j C7i OS O O c3CM<M
J3
^j
<J
CJiOOÔfl aj t> aj
t>
i*
55
o*
a> t a> f
to
o o
*i *S o
s
n
<D
*
:
pposed
* s- =-3&
.
^M S
> a o
l
o> s-
'
'
bJDM
be
a>
S3
III
SCO
c
s-i
W.
idnigh
s^'Sfl
.
S.
co
:
y-
-!> be
a.
05
-.
cr
be -J
Sbfi
.
rt
fcj
> "c3
r
a5
13
X
to
C*^
c3
>a.
fa
2*
K
a
a
C5
_o>3
.2
O
*
<
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
of Storms in India.
105
8
2 S
inmidsevere
roads
m. p.
28.96.
E.
after 29.48
gale
.eter28.84.Ther-
22
a'
cd
T3
-
CO 03
to
cd E5
<->
.a
bjj
g '8
0)
fog.
N.
Madras
West,
Si
CO
N.
03
20th
iastward.
and
ometer
J2
s-
"ed
a
ed cd 03
N.
to
-dla
soon
by to s
2 ed
ed
'a
&
td
13
03
aJ
a
03
a
!z;co
OT
be
03
j3
a o
oT
C3
03
iO
p
c3
Po. CO cd
3
s~ 03
a o
5 ea
-a
03
.
o w
00 o>
*>
- -J3
n
55
.
>>
a o Sen o To
.
03
-a a
o Mc ? oco
oj
as bC
J .
-a,
fl
00
.e*
to
s
.
S
03
03
5
.
flj.SPgld 13 fl S bx CQ
a o
cd
o,
ca
ao^ O -CO
.
->"
cd 03 CO
13 be
>
ed 03
a o o CO o
a
5
X3 nn
^
I1ICS
aoo^
CO
Hia
a
3
S-r
23
c-aS
<j
1
>->
s09
to
J3 *<
.
00
*
CO
00
i
O s
l-H
a,
CO
C75
lO
rl
CO
g
o M
.2
a
cc
CO
cn2cn
CO
*
*
H O)
0)
s
c o o
o <*
o 1^ 5
:
a 2
ed
23
Z
:
. .
9 &
:
'3 .a
..
O
:
: .
:
.
:
a cS
a
bio
iO
CO
<*
,_
X)
CO
Xi
o
. I
ni
co
!>.
3
P.
J
525
s o
o CO
00
*
CO
_< 00
o
;
<M
a s
00
*
-2
o
1ft
o
CO
ro
uO
"ed
iO
to
o CM ro
CO CO CO
o o
CO
03
O
a
Pi
'
Tj
a
ft
EU
-d
3
.3
3
03
-s
a
o
'
la
la
:
03
,a
2
03
:
ag
: '
la
en
"oj
oT
!a
â
a
"S
03
03
s
ed
09 CJ
13
be
o
ClJ
d
ed
cc
a a
be
a o i*
be
be
13
be
. ed CO
^
03
Sa be
03
a
cc
>
03
co
o
CO
-c
H
ao
a2 bo C d
Jz-r
ed
.'ed
bX)
-a
03
'i*
j^j
&cju
B
Oj
o
'o
5)
03
-Q be
f5_a bXed
_a
_bc
C o
a O a o o
CJ
>
CD
>
a
bo
'{?
O 2 -a CO
a a
cd
.
o
1-3
to
0)
'3
09
a o o
53
;
s
; :
"ed
<
sa
O
:
:
i
:
|Z
00
;
S'-edOJ <
*
5
o
Si
O
03
CO
o
cd
c
z
a <! H
J3
<
'
c o _co
ed
a
IS
O g
: eef
0.
o T3
Id
Ci3
a ed o
_>>
a
cd
p o
S
ed
<
03 cd
-3
25
s
-4J
J 3
QU
<!
M M O 2
OJ
a
ed
n
1+ CJ
r
Sbi
-tj
J
1
3
1-5
'C
a
cd
a
<d
o
CD CO
e
03
<3CQ
03
cd
03
3
23
0)
3
1
00 "
F
co
a o o
-r îOO
i
edCO
-i
ri
z
*
106
Tenth Memoir on
the
Law
of Storms in India.
[No. 146.
Jfl w
ci <M
S-f bo
a.
* s g a
Bar
midn
Hurric
00^
bc=3
1%
co
4>CT>
M. to
.
"So"
a,
be
Soo.e
to CO to
.o4 o
a3
bO
T2
0)
-*-;
>-
fi-S;
o H
-3
o
*-i
O J
js
tf CO
n o i*
En
rj
Mo O -fl-d S 3a
I .
.
a O O
to
H
a.
'.
1
.
i ,
,
I
>
9 CO
2 co
W
C5
CO
o
ITS
00
00
o y
.
cu
bD_3
CO
.
I.Ss bfifl
r
3
t:
.S
" :
O o
a-o .o 3
cd 03
CO
^"bJDO
_a
tî
co*
^
bx
_
<"!
alJi
a3
o
3 n
'O
73
el
^ ^
fe
CO
krt
bc*S
3 >
>,*
*
CD
5S
a,
o
11
***
.
"^ > J3
co
(^ *. .SH,
bJ0_ej
'co
3
<
S ^>-C
Cn co
o n o
cri
r/j
fi M
â a~
CO
CO
ol!>
CO
CO
u
C3
B
o
U
CO
fe'
a
CO
-<
"S
CU
CO
is
at
be
o
CJ
CO
HP
<j
'
1844.]
Tenth Memoir on
the
Law
of Storms in India.
107
n oo -o
GO
g
jg
.
GO
a,
.
o
C
r
3 O
*j

:tf
"*
O MM " > o JS a a w P o a a
o
.o <*
a 2 C-S
ed
o S
2 a
a s
g. S co
13 b)3
rt
o o
;
Soo a
~-a
OS (M
a a g
H
3 O
cu
.
.CO
a.
cd' cd
C a> o
a)-d
Wo
5
a 2
bo
>co
=
a^
>^ CO
8*5 J
Ms
0.0
H
CO
-I
130
"S.S
j
<
<:
<
W
'S QQ
d
-;
<
q
**
D
a,
a
J2
,5"^ co
108
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
of Storms in India.
[No.
46.
bî
^
Co
09
-
biiiM
2&>
0>
in iO OS CM
"S
55
-4->
-s 3
,2
OS
S
o5
rl
S^
-a
^<
a o o
d o
bq
o CO
OS
<M
rl"
o
00 OS co
(M
*3"
OS <M
OS
CN
8 3
=!
CO
<*
O rj
to
COO
s
a
&q 5
13
'
a>
1:^
tJD
.
.S
sis
COcrt
5
"S
o.j oo .
^co
-rS s^co

3 o
'
be
2 S
CO
-,
s s
p.
.
O a
be
eg
" a s o o
otfi
."2-rJ bx co g.S.S
*
*****
eco-> B 0) C M O 2 S3
,'S
.3
'-S
<"
co
.
gS
o
iO
;a
55
co
55
<J
< fl'3
S3
33
(M
<M
nj
-S
2
^
3!
o w J
S3 J3
&.
t3
S O
"C
O
H
1844.]
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
of Storms in India.
109
SUMMARY.
I proceed now
The
mark
which
first
to
consider in detail the evidence
afforded by
these
it.
documents for laying down the track of this storm as 1 have traced
log
is
that of the Bussorah Merchant, which
notice to re-
that she
was evidently carrying a heavy monsoon from the 19th

Galle, to the
May, on which day she reached Point de

last
22nd and 23rd on
day she had reached 14 34' N. longitude 86 30' E. steerit
ing thus as
were from the South point of Ceylon towards the
middle of the Bay on those days, and before the monsoon.
The next
1'
document
is
the log of the Rajasthan, which ship being bound to the
Southward, was from the 19th at noon, when in latitude 9

tude 88 16' East, standing to the S. S.
N. longiS.
W.
with the wind from
E.
by E. to E. and N. E. At 9 a. m. on the 20th she had the wind at N. E.
which at 4 shifted
to the
Westward, and was a strong gale
at
West by
noon, the Barometer having fallen very considerably, the ship running
to the Eastward.
The
80,
tudes,
fall
it
of the Barometer
is
somewhat
loosely given as being about

for those
lati-
but
must have been a very remarkable one

I
and
am
thus inclined to suppose that this vessel had a storm
passing to the Northward of her at about noon on the 20th,
when she
may
have been in latitude 8 35' N. longitude 88 55' E. She was
standing to the Eastward from 5 to 7 knots per hour, and the storm
travelling the other way,
fall,
which
will
account for the suddenness of the
as also that by
noon of the 21st she had the storm moderating.

for as seen by the chart the
It
was of small extent,
Seringapatam was
South of the
only bringing up a heavy monsoon, about
90 miles
to the
'supposed centre for this day, which was most probably the date of the
beginning of the vortex.
Passing over the curious log of the Coringa Packet and that of the
Tenasserim, both of which
for these days, the 19th,
I shall
notice in another place,
we have next
and 20th the log of the transport Teazer, which
vessel
in latitude
hove to on the 19th May, on account of the threatening weather 12 N. 81 28' E. her Barometer at 29.72 and having stood
;
on a
to
little
again, hove to on the 20th, on which day at
noon
take her
In the
have been about in latitude 11 18' N. longitude 82 40' E.
afternoon of this day the storm had
commenced with her
in a gale
s
from
110
Tenth Memoir on the

she scudded with
it
Law
to the
of Storms in India.
E.S.E.
[No. 146.
N.
log
I
W. and
We
shall return to her
when discussing the place of

here, that
the centre of the storm for the 21st, but
may remark
we can
barely suppose the storm of the Rajas-
than and that of Teazer to have been the same.
On
the 21st,
we have
the Teazer with a gale from

at
N.W.
since the
afternoon of the
N.W. and
noon on
this day, after
scudding with
a tremendous heavy gale from the Westward, broaching to in a hurricane, with the Barometer at 29.20, and afterwards rising.
This must
place her position on that day very close to the centre, and that centre
about due North of her.
The
ships
Lord
Elphinstone,
all
Lyndoch,
off the will
Candahar,
Champion
and Euphrates * were
on
this
day
it
low land at the mouth
of the Godavery and Kistnah, and
be noted that the trending
of the coast just to the South of their position, or in latitude 15
North, from N. E. and
S.
W., becomes North and South, and the high
land recommences in about Lat. 15 to the Southward, leaving the

valley
and delta of the Godavery
to
form a wide extent of low land.
The Euphrates,
N. E. with
the outermost of these vessels, was at noon on the 21st

all
about 120 miles from False Point. They had

falling Barometers,
in the
gales from E. N. E. to
far to the
and the
Julia,
which ship was
N. Eastward, and about
middle of the Bay, had the wind at S. E.

be far wrong
if
We
shall thus, I conceive, not
we
consider the centre of
the storm at noon on the 21st to have been about in longitude 85 and
in latitude
1
1 20'.
There
is
perhaps a
little
anomaly
is
in the
wind
marked
in the log of the
Bussorah Merchant, which
said to have been
S.W.
by
a.
m. and South
p.
m. which would allow us to call the wind S.
S. at noon, while in strictness she should
have the wind S.

is
W.
by
W. W.
I
or two points farther to the Westward.
This
not of any great im-
portance when we
recollect that she was bringing up a heavy monsoon,

(if
and that the small storm of the Rajasthan on the 20th
there was
|
one) would necessarily occasion some irregularity hereabouts.
On
the other side of the circle also

in the
we have some
slight anomalies
of the same kind,
winds marked
in the logs of the Bittern,
Baboo,
&c. which were evidently, at this time, in part those deflected from the
* I have
marked only the tracks
of the Candahar, Euphrates, and
Union
to
avoid
confusing the chart with too
many
of them.
1844.]
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
of Storms in India.
first
1 1
shore and in part the monsoon.

the ships off the
For the 22d we have
the logs of
mouth of the Godavery
as before, all of which had had
the storm
ly to E.
commencing on the 21st

S.
at about
N. E. and drawing gradual-
N. E. and E.
it
E. according to their positions.
They had
veering
the
on
this day,
by noon, a hurricane
S. S.
at
S.
E. to S. S. E.
rapidly
to
South and
W.
it
as
it
passed them.
shift of wind,
"With
Lord Lyndoch and Champion indeed
was a
but
we
have not unfortunately their positions to any accuracy; indeed those

positions
which are given, though most creditable to the care and
attention of the
commanders of the
for, in
ships,
must
still
be taken with
much allowance
usual causes,
the position they were, there was not only the
drift,
leeway and heave of the sea operating, but more" storm current" and probably an outset
all
over the
" storm wave,"
from the floods of the Godavery,

position of the vessels.
combining to
affect the calculated
As however
the whole of the ships were, like

it
a dispersed
fleet,
within a circle of 120 miles in diameter,
will
be seen
in
by
the
chart that in placing the centre for this day
at
noon
latitude 15 45',
longitude 82
we
shall as nearly as possible give
the ships the winds veering as they really did, as well as to the three
stations of
Masulipatam and Coringa, at the
first
and Southermost of
which, Masulipatam, the storm was increasing at 5 p. m. of the day
from the N. E. and N. N. E. shewing evidently that

the shore was to the South of that port.
its
track towards
On
the 23rd
we have the storm moderating, with
all
the ships in the
offing, to
a regular monsoon gale, and on shore at Masulipatam veer-
ing also to the E. S. E. and subsequently to the S. and S. by
W.
:
We
it is
do not learn where the centre passed inland, as there are no European
stations
between Masulipatam and Ongole, a distance of 95 miles
probable that the centre landed somewhere between these two stations.
I
have carried
my
strait line
near to Ongole, but not meaning thereby to

of the exact point at which the
indicate that
we have any knowledge

the shore.
It
centre struck
was
think more to the North, as the
storm would probably travel up the valley of the Kistnah.
At Madras and with
the ships which put to sea from the roads of

it
that port, the storm was, as
should be, on the Southern quadrants of
a circular, one passing to the North East and North of that point, a gale
veering from N. N.
W.
to
N.
W. and
West, and subsiding into the
re-
12
Tenth Memoir on the
Law
of Storms in India.
[No. 146.
gular monsoon, which

effects of a
we must always allow

season of the year.
all
for in considering the
storm at
this
For
its
track inland,
we can
say
is,
that
it
was, as appears by
the newspaper report, most
severely
felt,
both as a storm
and
in
the shape of inundations arising from excessive rains,
through the
less in a line
Guntoor and neighbouring
districts,
which are more or

it
between Ongole and Hydrabad, and that
must have passed
to the
North of that
city,
being there
first
a gale from N. E. and veering to

1
N.
W.
and
at Yelgode,
which
is
situated about
10 miles South of Hyit
drabad and thus on the Southern side of the track,

storm from North and N.
was always a
W.
in
The heavy
letter,
surfs
on the Malabar coast, alluded to
Mr. Fraser's
with the threatening weather at the ports of Mangalore and
Tellicherry,
and the remarkable depression of the Barometer at Bombay,

its
are
all
proofs that the storm was very widely felt as to

;
general
atmospheric influence
but
we cannot
for
want of a date connect the
dismasting of the Caroline or the storm of the Julius Caesar with our
data,
from distance, time, and the want of

it
all
intermediate evidence.
We
may presume
it
not improbable that like the Calcutta storm of

lifted
June 1842,
was "
up" by the table land of the Deccan, and

sea,
perhaps descended again in the Arabian
but of this we have no eviit is
dence
such as
we
have, I have placed
upon record, because

it
of great
importance to have even the imperfect notion which

curious passages of storms over the Ghauts.
gives of these
Rate of Travelling.
We have only one

is
day, 2 1st to 22nd, from which
we can take any
safe data for its rate of travelling at sea.
The
distance
between these two centres
240
miles,
which gives exactly 10 miles an

instant to a supposed point
hour, and from the centre of the
22nd
50 miles
to the
North of Hydrabad, where we may take the centre to

is
have been at some time on the 23d instant,
about 350 miles, which for

this last
36 hours
is
also about the
same
rate.
need not add that

it
datum
is
of course almost guess work, but

this instance,
serves to shew that the
storm probably had not, in

in its course
experienced
much
retardation,
fol-
up the
valley of the Godavery,
which
it
seems to have
lowed at
least for
some
distance.
It is then
an instance, and to these researches a new one, of a storm
apparently generated in the centre of the Bay at the change of the
1844.]
Tenth Memoir on the

travelling
is
Law
of Storms in India.
113
monsoon and
up on a N. Westerly course, the track from the
21st to the 22d
N. 48
W.
it
towards the low lands of the Deltas of
the great coast rivers, and

charts,
I
forms thus a new track on our storm
and an addition of much importance to our knowledge.

close
must not
my remarks
without adverting to the very curious
log of the Coringa Packet, which vessel evidently had on the 19th one of those small hurricanes (for
we may
so
term them) which though of
limited extent, are, during the short time they last, excessively severe.
My
readers will probably recollect that of the Cashmere Merchant off
the Island of Preparis on the 21st
November, 1839, which
is
described
and delineated on the Chart

ix.
to
my Second Memoir,
Memoir also
H. M.
Jour. As. Soc. Vol.
pp. 107, 397.
and that
in the Sixth
there are instances of
their occurring in the
China
seas.
These
sort of hurricanes are not unS.
common
it
would appear
off Ceylon, for
Centurion was totally
dismasted, and nearly foundered in one on the 4th

lasted only a few hours
;
December 1803, which
and
have other instances of the kind on re-
cord amongst
my
materials for a
Memoir on " The Old Storms
of the
Bay of Bengal."
The
rise of the
Barometer when the water spout had passed under the
stern of the Coringa Packet,

it,
and the heavy rain which
it
brought with
are facts of
much
interest.
The
gale of the 21st

it
consider to have
been the usual monsoon one, as though severe

a rise of the Barometer.
was accompanied by
The hot and
cold blasts noted in the log of
the Lyndoch, and the fact that Masulipatam was inundated from the sea,
are also of
much
interest.
The Lyndoch's Latitude on

42', it
the 30th has
been by mistake printed 18
should have been 13 42'.
An
Inscription from
a Tablet in a Buddhist Monastery at Ningpo
in
China.
Hospital.
By
lost
D. J.
Macgowan, Esq. M. D. Surgeon of the Ningpo

Plate.
this curious inscription, so as to
With a
We have
the learned.
la of
no time in lithographing
have,
submit
it
to
We
we
think, recognised two of the characters in the

as written in the
Lama
formu-
Om-Ma-Ni-Pud-mi-Om
Uchen
character, of which a plate
will
appear in the next or following number, accompanying remarks by Lieut.
Cunningham, B. E. on Moorcroft's Travels, &c.

tablet will be
We
incline to the opinion that the
found
to
be a mystic form of the Buddhist Lama's ejaculation in which
14
Tablet in a Buddhist Monastery at Ningpo.

?
[No. 146.
perhaps the elements of the letters have been subdivided

forms
?
or are written in their primitive
To Dr McGowan's
is
closing paragraph
we
heartily respond,
and our readers
will
have seen that the Asiatic Society has not been wholly inattentive
research which
to the great field of
opened in China.
We trust that amongst

it
the
many Europeans
of
learning and talent
who
are
now
resorting there,
will not be forgotten that our Jour-
nal and Researches offer a ready
means
of publication.
Eds.
It is
The
tablet
is
of
wood painted
is
black, the characters are red.
about six inches square and
placed in a small frame.

is
light is
kept burning constantly before the Tablet, which

great veneration.
regarded with
At
u
the margin
is
an inscription in Chinese, of which the following

:
is
offered as a translation
mysterious
Tablet to dispel the evil influences of northern
realms."
The
priests in charge of the temple can give

it
no further information
concerning the Tablet than that

than a century.
has been in their Temple for more
The
priesthood, as well as all foreigners
who have
seen
it,
are anxious
possible to
to ascertain to
what language the characters belong, and

It
if
obtain a translation.
has been shown to

it
;
many
philologists in China,
it
but none could throw any light upon
some supposed
to
be Thi-
betan, but Dr. Hseberlin of this city informs
me
that he cannot re-
cognize in the inscription any one of the three form of characters
which have been or are now employed
in Thibet.
With
some of
this explanation I take the liberty of presenting the
accom-
panying copy of the inscription to the Asiatic Society, trusting that

its
learned
members may be
able to decipher
it.
The
investigations of the
members
of that institution have been pur-
sued with so
much
zeal in India,
and have been attended with so much

it
success, that there is
abundant reason to hope that
will not
be inat-
tentive to the great field for scientific research which has been opened
in the
neighbouring empire of China, perhaps at the present time the

to orientalists.
most interesting part of Asia
Danl.
J.
Macgowan.
yri
115
Description of the Country of Seisthan,
By
Lieutenant R. Leech,
to
Bombay
Engineers, Assistant on a Mission
Cabool.
From
the
Political Secretariat of the
The
nal
:
first
published description of Seisthan appeared in Vol.
ix.
No. 103 of
112,
this
Jour-
it
was by the late Lieut. E. Conolly, and was followed in No.
by a Journal of
his route. Our readers will find a comparison of this notice with Lieut. Conolly's far from uninteresting, as corroboration of the sound observations of both Lieut. Leech and
his predecessor in this isolated,
and unknown tract. Eds.
The
ancient
name
of this country by the Hindoos was Shivasthan
Description of Seis-
d%*TWR)
called
and
{t is
said to have
had many Kings
of that Sect, of
whom
the most famous was Rajah

it
Saspal
the
Mahomedans
was
it
Zabulisthan, and boast that
pro-
duced the father of Rustom.

the waste to which
it
The country has never recovered from

by Tamerlane.
laid
The
Seistanees are divided into three tribes; viz. the Kaiyanees,

the Sarbandees, and the Sarkees.
Tribes.
The boundaries
Boundary.
of Seisthan,
are
Jalalabad,
Nasirabad,
Zerkoh
Sekwa, Dashtak, Burj Alam Khan, Janabad, and Jalalabad.

is
The western boundary
the Koh-i-Khaja, on the top of which
is
the
ruin of a populous city said to have been captured from the infidel
Hindoos by the fabulous Rustom; the place

called
fort
is
inhabited by a tribe
chief.
Arbaba, in small
families,
having no
This
is
the
from which Nadir Shah was obliged to retire after a two years
This
hill fort is
siege.
situated in the lake of
Amoo,
into which the

viz.
streams of the following valleys discharge themselves,
Arghastan
Zarnak, Arghandav, Helman, Khash Rodh, Zarnak Adraskan, Rod-igaz. In the time of
Norshirwan the Just; Kila-i-beest was the northern
boundary.
The
phet,
Seistanees are said to have torn the mandate of the Arabian proto
and
have been cursed that they should never reign themselves,
or enjoy peace under another reign.
The domestic animals

Domestic Animals.
of Seistan, are cattle in abundance,

:
Dumba
Sheep and Goats
there are no Buffaloes, and Horses
116
Description of the Country of Seisthan.

live long,
[No. 146.
flies
and Camels do not

attack them.
on account of swarms of white
that
The country
Produce, &c.
is flat
and
sterile
in
general
rice,
wheat, and barley
are however produced in
some
parts.
Among
plentiful
the fruits, grapes are scarce, and
Melons of both kinds
and good.
The
Wild
wild animals are hogs and hares, of which there are a great abundanimals.
ance, jackals, foxes and others (in lake
Amoo.)
In
the same lake, are also fish of a large kind, and wild fowls in great
number, among which
is
a large bird called
Koo
(3") 3* of which are

is
caught on an average a day.
The down
of this bird
for
much esteemed
the Tabreez
for stuffing pillows, it is sold in
Candahar
Rupees
maund.
sold in
About 300 others are

Candahar
for 8
also caught a-year, a large skin being
Rupees
about 3000 other wild fowl are caught

:
a-day on the lake in the following manner
The
lake for
some distance from the shore

and each fowler has
spaces
are
his
is
covered with reeds,

f<> w l in g
Method
wild fowl.
of catching
own
g round
>
cleared
in
the
reeds in
which the
able
snares are
set.
The water
of the lake being clear the fowl are
to distinguish the small fish
on which they feed in these small pools,
for
which they
dive,
and thus are caught.
The
inhabitants of Seisthan are for the most part Sheea Muselmans.
Creed,
There are few Hindoos and a few Belochees (who are
Sunnee Mahomedans.)
The language
Language.
the
of Seisthan
is
broken Persian.
fifty
In a vocabulary of
only failed to
trace
tow hundred and

to
words
following
Persian, viz.
gocha,
a boy;
kenja a girl; maka,
mother; khurroo, a cock;

cooked egg
breast
; ;
kara, kind; magas, a calf; toor

;
murgh, a
;
khaya, a raw egg

;
dokh, unburnt brick

;
kang, back
;
kul,
lambas, cheek
damakh, nose
galov, melon
katic,
cooked
meat; koodh, deaf;
kul,
crooked; bapeer, grandfather; too

;
in tabare;
there, garang, heavy, paz
cook (imperative) baghan
make smooth,
(imperative) tertarata, nine (9); zyada, thirteen (13.)

Principal men.
The
principal
men
of Seistan are as follows viz.
Jalaladeon Khan, of the tribe of Kanjance (the tribe of the former * Note. So
in
MSS.
1844.]
117
Royal family) he has a brother
Hamza Khan, both

;
are sons of
Bahram
Khan, and grandsons of Suleman Khan, descendants of Malic
Macon-
mood
Seistanee,
Shah of Meschid
he holds the
fort of Jalalabad
taining
500 houses, Bangar 400 houses, Shaitan 50 houses, and other

;
smaller forts
he could collect 3000
men
all
armed with matchlocks.

on friendly
He some
Khan,
terms,
in
time ago, gave the daughter of his deceased uncle, Nasir
marriage to Shah Kamran, with

assists
whom
he
is
and
him with men, when required.
About four years ago
Mahomed Razad Khan, Sarbandee Seistanee, and Aly Khan the son of Khan Jan Saiyaranee Baloch, by Mahomed Razad Khan's sister, and Hasham Khan Sharkee, of Seistan, joined their forces, and expelled Jalaladeen from Jalalabad, Nasirabad, Kackhoon, &c. &c. forc-
ing him to take refuge in Joaeen, a place belonging partly to Seistanees
and partly
to Polalzais.
The Jalaladeen despatched
his
son Nasir
Khan
to
Kamran
for succour,
who granted
The
it,
invaded Seistan and re-
seated Jalaladeen in his possessions.
chief has lately adopted the
Sunnee creed.
Hamza Khan was

Hamza Khan.
formerly at enmity with his brother, the above:
mentioned Jalaladeen
is
but was reconciled to him by
Shah Kamran, and
now
subject to him.
He
has married the sister
of Mahomed Razad Khan, but he and
his brother are not
on good terms
is.
with the
latter, neither are
they so popular in Seisthan as he

Seistanee,
i
Mahomed Razad Khan Larbandee

Maho
Khan.
d Razad
has the districts of
Sekwa Husenabad, Pusht

Doulatabad,
Dasht Shiling, Warmal
Chung
Murghan, Burji Hajie, &c. &c.
He
could collect 5000 men, 100 of which would be cavalry.
He
is
on friendly terms with Aly
Khan Sanjaranee
Baloch,
who has
lately
taken the fort of Chalknasoor from Kamran, since the latter has been
besieged by the Persians. Lulf Aly 'Khan, the son of
Mahomed Razad
Khan, was a hostage with Kamran, he was released with the sons of
the other Seistanee Chiefs in the Shah's late
campaign against Canda-
Mahomed Razad Khan's daughters in Kamran marriage to a son of vizir Yar Mahomed Khan, and has himself marBefore Kamran invaded Seistan, Maried a sister of Aly Khan's. homed Razad Khan was on good terms with the Sirdars of Candahar, and in the war between Kamran and Persia, is neutral. Hasham Khan Sharkee, Seistanee, holds Dashtak, Palgee, Kimmak,
har ;
has given one of
118
Hasham Khan.
Description of the Country of Seistkam
[No. 146.
is
Wasilan, &c. &c.
He
could collect 400 men, he
of
old a dependant of
tribute
;
Shah Kamran, and gives succour of troops and not
he
is
on good terms with the Balochees, and has a superficial
friendly intercourse with the Sirdars of Candahar.
Ardab Husena was governor of Khash.

four years ago and him prisoner
;
Kamran
took the place
he afterwards set him at liberty and
gave
his
daughter in marriage to Ghulam Khan, son of Ata
Mahomed
tribu-
Khan, the Chief of the Alakszais.

tary to
Arbab Husena was formerly
Khan Jan
Baloch, he has
now a
superficial intercourse with
Candahar.
Chalknasoor was formerly under Meer Alam Khan, Noorzai, the

brother-in-law of vizier Tottah Khan, he also held
Khash and Kada,
he was afterwards killed at Jugdalik,

Chalkhnasoor to Khan Jan, Baloch,
called Bajie.
Vizier Futteh
Khan then gave
for
marrying a cast-off mistress,
Ally
Khan
is
on good terms with the Sirdars of Candahar
he does
Ally Khan.
is
not pay tribute or deference to them, one of his sisters
the wife of Shah Pashand Khan, Governor of Lash, and another has
married Assadullah
of
Khan
of Kain, (a place famous for Saffron) the son
Meer Alam Khan, Kainie. Kada is almost desolate, it
is
held by
Arab Husen Khan.
Three miles from Janabad are the ruins of several towns, called
Coins.
Boonak, where old Coins are found, as also at the ancient
seat of the Kairjanee kings, Jarakoo, four miles from Burj
Alam Khan.
;
Dost Mahomed Narvooce, Baloch, could

Dost Mohamed
Narvooce..
collect
400 men
he holds
Burj
Alam, &c. &c.

his
He
married the
sister to
sister of
Razad
Khan, and gave
own
Aly Bhan, Baloch,
he
is
under Kamran.
is
There
follows
:
a road from Candahar
to
Seistan, through Greeskh, as
Candahar.
Kishki Nakhud,
40
Miles.
several villa S es I gets of Springs J of Noorzais.
Greesk.
strong
of
fort,
Govern--,
Lid- V 40 Miles
A
of
large
Tovvnl
ment
Mahomed
p anc hpaees. J
^^
deek Khan.
1844.]
119
Chae,
Dewala,
20 Miles.
No
houses,
well on the road.

ditto.
Chae,
Chae,
Kurkee,
Hasaddee,
..
20
ditto. ditto.
ditto,
ditto,
ditto,
ditto,
i
ditto.
Fort of Kash,
16 ditto.
400 houses of
Arbabzais.
River of Kash.
J
^
Kadah,
46
16
ditto.
300 houses of
Arbabzais.
ditto,
ditto,
Chalknasoor,
...
ditto.
500 houses of \
Meer Tajacks.J
400
Janabad,
houses"|
ditto,
ditto.
large river,
rivers
the of
16 Miles.
of
Baloch
Seis-
different
and
tanee.
Seistan having join

J ed.
Here
the road divides into two, the right
is
Jalalabad
10 Miles.
?is-l 400housesofSeis-
large
ri-
tanee Kaiyanee
ver, ditto.
ditto, ditto.
J-
ford of Afzalabad,
...
16 Miles.
200 houses of Arbabzais.
Hohi Khaja
by water
There
is
:
in the lake)
J
1Q Mileg
another road from Candahar to Seistan, through Garmser,
as follows
Candahar.
Band
Kila
Timur,
...
...
20 Miles.
Several forts
of Isadezais.
)
'
River of Arghandav.
ditto.
Sha Meer,
...
12
ditto.
small village conJ
taining salt pans.
Desert.
...
...
Gumbat,
Hazar
Juft,
40
ditto. ditto.
No
houses,
River of Helman.
ditto.
\
24
Scattered hamlets,
Myan
Pushta,
...
...
12 ditto.
300 huts of Balochees,

in the Spring.
ditto.
Lakkee,
...
20
ditto.
400
huts, all the year, \

in the
1000
Spring of >
J
ditto.
Balochees,
Sappa,...
...
16
ditto.
200 huts
of Kanozais,
ditto.
ditto.
ditto.
Behadar,
...
i
12 ditto.
8
ditto.
100 huts of Noorzais,

Ditto,
Be Nadir
Lateef,
120
Deeshoo,
QNo. 146.
River of Hel-
24 Miles.
400 huts of
dif-1
ferent tribes,
} man. J
dJtt
J
PaLalak,
Islam Khan,
ditto.
100 huts of Balocheesl

Baretsees,
Hila
...
32
ditto.
100 houses of Noorzai Balochees,
i
J
ditto. dil
One stage on the road, 50 ditto. Dak Delee, Sakwa belonging to Ma- ^ homed Razad Khan, V 24 ditto.
Seistanee.
No
houses,
ditto.
ditto.
ditto.
(Signed.)
R. Leech,
Assistant.
1844.]
Routes from Candahar

55
to
j3
Herat.
~<2 8 > -" O
*DO
CT5 (d
121
K \ 0) C ft*
,#s
T3
-3
-fl
>
t->
2.JJ-S
|3 *s
J3 _Q
+f
-tf
a--
CD- _Q <u.H
-^"2 ô'HS
a)
t-i
co u ~* 5 2 S 3
3
G
o>
2 *
o>
1
 cufa 3 O

co
JG
a B s
<D
^
J^Q^flJ^

CO
_?S
_
M "
_, -
^^
.M
3 o 2
aoS^ja M cd^ m.h.2 g

3 OM ga^g-s-dg^gs
'^
*CD +-> r-
0)
s*"'
-3
2
CD
"* CD
-3 13
03
_fl
-3 _
0-
p^^J
M T3c^nSaSî2flâ. <om iJ ? w S ifell
-So- -3
<
fl-fl
60-S <2,fl
co
ftol
-o
^-^
s-
fl
b q
CD
s1
j=j
-bis o
.J
aj
>u
"5
m
c->
CD
o o o-cs X ." CO
-d
oS
3
O)
5
ML
^S 05
"3 r
a>
ftbc
bo o T3 M
S 3
O
"SI
hn &
o QiJ
<,

sr
cu
!-3-fl
SS.B
o-3
|-j
3t!
0)
.2-3
O
s
fl
3
1 ":
a-
>^-fl
tiCja
a)
nS
h
<
?3
J3
-,
J3
b
^3
OJ
8-cS
-2-3
o
60.
2 "g
e^>*) b Cd Mc
s ,0^,-"
o
m
rt
0)
o ^
cS
fl
S S-3 O -2
^g
ts
fcJ3jg.2 ,J a^ g
co
co
flO
etf
0_fl *j
so
a 2
CD-j:
-fl
-
m
CD fl CD
g-^.2
i:-lsii| s ^
5Sofl
ft
b > >
fl '
^s'a^
a,
5
2
U m ts 0;
a.s o
t?
~ hr
_fl
mÔ O O o3-Q a a^ CD O CD > 0<0 3-3 b &,*J *>ZZ co'd

-
CD co
" 3 b CD 2 3
os-
a)
a
t-
CD
-tfi-3 - * *
a c g*"^ S-ScS o
CD co
7 CD-M ^ 6Cg
fl
6jc -fl s- /,,
S S
<*
w
ra
*j
rt
2i -3_^
0)
JS.S o * o-
O-fl *.
CD^-cT
S.J3
o "3
23
Uh 2t!
Cj
(
a 2
CD-
w
OJ
"
**"g-2
a, as 03
eej
fl
a g 3
-3 a,
03
,-.
CM
ft
_.
.^
Sf ^
0-0CO g o >
cs
*->
gr
,2 tUOo
d s
n^
s3 g f& to o
:
<
CD
CO
s ? 3 p
2Pa>
=g
a
CO
"'
03
2,P
ot
*
g.S P
^
CJ
* _ te -3 Jp
H (
s * O CD
S3
2- ^ o
A3 "u3 w ,Xi 03tt O
s;_
23
-a-rs
cs
-3
3 o o.
03
03
n<
3 3 sods 3
3.
CO
J)
to
ja
<03
U
re
CO
00
'
CU
03 a) cu 33
3 s 3 5
13
so
o &
03
S3 o>
S _ OO
3
<
'3
to
03
03
03
t; d :0 S3 o be =
<
bCCO
3
fl
a>
60
"S ja
s 2-
-S iS co
-3
S*.3
20?
2
to
bJ0 OT
-3.2
cu
<"
O 3,3
03
co
-r
-
O 3 o s n
-a
g?
S3
2.2.^'^
SX53-3' iT3
03
<Mc
3
cO ri
3 3
-2
3 2-
S^*
<D
03
-3
fcd
i#j
cu
J* .2 -3
e->
3>g
o _ 3
2^
** w
cuPh
CO
cu
J<
a O
SB
S3
~ o S ~
33
5
CO
co^ 03 ^-O O UJS 3 ,- 3 a, 03 2 8 S S 3^ ^ O ^
BO.cu^
03
^^
03*"
"3
rt
'a
j-3.3 O
CUTS
>*
s b 3 3 s5 |23
3s5>
|.9
s|l s ^^
cO
t;(
&0-T3-3 2 > M
"f
^3 2^
%
CU
^^ ^w
CO
3 cjj g^ cos u a o
MS ^ '^st
cu S3
<2.S3cO
cu CO -2-3 s 2 2 a.s 3 * Sao -g fi > 2 s
3^5 ra i s 03 3 -2 9 bco g.S d -a g- b 5 &.0 fl 3*- g fl T3 t32-S oo ^

CO
CO
bfi
<
44 03,3
CO
oo03
3-a
3 _
= aâ a
!
cr'03
rt-2a3--03_-:53ai
S-s
03
as^g-
u 5
^45
03
cu
co
as
*,
ot
w
<s
,.
o o co
be
'
*J
3 O
cu
- 03
03
rt
3 >^2
a>
be
CO
-&
cO
_,
*h
s
cO
-2
48
OJ
JTbjc
o
Z
CO
.^sxj
J^^lo 8
3 Sf S a s=
tS
^S
CD
.
S3
^,03
co fe
**
03 C S j- s a 3 o
-3
.
cO
go,
3 3
sl"*
g^ ^
fl
A3
3 2
2,- 5
fl^
3-2 o
?3
>*
t>
-2
.2^
bc^J
a^
P 3
-a
CZ3
53
oo
III
i
_g
H "^
03
- g g ^^S fe 3 ,S co q 03 ^ 3 "^ s: k ss -^ 3 .s ^ 2^ o 3- oT rt s S a *-S Q3 g S .

0)
SS -w-3. _ ^ 3
P
cdeO
CO-"^ bfirj 3 - 3 CO O J>3 O

03
*~2SpO O
2 CO 3 3 03
cu_^ co-3
-
^03
03
t3
5
.
T3
3 3 O
}h
^
.2
C0&03 ? 3 S^ 2-
03
0QT3
O03
^ P
co 03
T3
6 Z,
43
c2 03 J3
So 3 mSLS^S 03.3
, ..
15
00
-a
CO 03
o O
(M
O o
*
in
00
00 OS
rj
3
CO
co
3
Eh
o
Oi
-3^2
M be
j
CO
3"S
=3^
2 ^3
CJ
to
Herat.
123
-a
>%3
t-
J,P
CD a > CD o a a
bfi eg
'
o
cd
et
a>
Ov^T
-=3-7!
CST3
 co fl
.,
-a a*
I*
>
-i
O Ova
-a
-'
ait*-,
. JJ3
o
eS
* ~d
^^
CD
si
&~oôfi-a
a
j3
g 3 u S
>,^ **.-S
asiiii.ir^
es3
cd
^
es$
0V-<
-
w o a * B
.2
$&
-=
aj3
&
'eu
Mils
Sl-S-Ssi
-a
S2g o a a
dl^ o
a 2
i
5^
o -^
* 2 >
I
q
j-*-*
co
'S.
.2 ^^
a-ajS o 5 o
eD
S^^2 Wi? .2l3â^2;^.^ I|I||-o| |;ll r ^ 5 BT3 a a c

2
es
1
cD'a
.a
oj
-3
-a *"
o s-d
-ft
a ^ i * f
J2
CSS
M 2 CO u
be
S.S-s
a
ee
bc^ bco
^
03-3
t^.-IS bog
M .2^
S^ J.2^- S
.
;S5
at
co
v B u H
O O " Oa *3 a m 0=*- > a S -3 ' - o 3 e

csJ
t3 3
-0.:
s
fl
J*
"3
a
astj
"
eu
a"^ s
a
-a
'-,
es!
5(/j>-'3
agJ^2
8
3^-3.^
cl,
2^1 a a
OT
73
^7 2
M 2 o a H3
52
fl-d
eu
g2S-g
S4-I
Is
a a 2 ^-2 -d 2
te
sco
3 . bc^ a S a a o g g
^Sla"
^^
^.2 a
2
es? rf
=2
co
% S 2
o^fa
_CD -*
!T
Cm
-2
c a ^ 5 3 o
5
ess
*T^-,2
5*a
a*
-
*-
be
P-S-- 2 5cw g % g ? s
ja
2 G CL, 3 CD CO 3 cj-2 co 0,0 O)

esi
ess
esi
eo
<u
aes5
^"a
CSS
^j
co
es
3
-
r
eu
_^
eD
a a
53
^
cd co cd
esS
rj
co "ti
to
eS
S S
ffo.s
Q<
S-a a-s a
CJ
fl
be
o
CO
o^
3-2-3,2^
OJTS22 53*5
rt-2
'a
esi
eo
g'3 S
w -H a
kra
T3
CO CD
CO
CJ5
00
10
O
rf
a
cd
CO
CO
^
l
eo
co
p
eo
"~
1-*
cqS
bB
~
J as a.
2 rf-2
X
>Ch 3 a
CD
S33
'
124
r*

cu 6c
[No. 146.
e
en
d
1)
005
,
->-3
a
os
.a
-a -o oo
co
-d_e
.S
<
>vSg
co -d~
* b_.
be
_o
o
bo 60
be
-a
o
"a 'S
co a - cu 2
bo
Sfl
2 o^ Sao, 2 a & go J o_^-r;^2

!g
ed
"91^ >" -3 M3i aôt o tj5p<2 g ?> 0^.0 m ^=2.21

fl
6c>
CD
^.s
""
6oC, i>_5
CD
O
-
fl a 2! * * *
^ 1
S13 d^s s^
a>
5j
8^2-3 *fcd5fc^^
_,
ctf
rt
a)
"Sjj *
flu
<d
cis
-3.^
cue o >
-rt.2
=*-- ^4 g
O o
fl
--
cS
aj
CU' .^
*>
ctj
*i
'ri
_~
6c3
fl
MG
^
-d
-Z
>*. i
in
.-.
CU
..-I* _a
scd
-fl
is
cufe
8 SPSS fl.S q g
a
fl
o.a 5
S S
if
O O
ga^2 Svo
03
bo
> J(,C- g S-2 2'g jh co * B *-3^ a & CU"

:
CD
2S-a2o.3 fl>Cu U l0 -flS

,
faf,^
^J
CD
CO to
CUbCO-d^
f>
CU^
c3
_
-d
CD fl
iO
PH
to
in 00
to
'"
.2
a
-fl
co
t>.
CO
cr> CJ5
MS
J2
iO
t>.
o (M
r
a3
CS
cd
o=2
i
I
cu
, i
<
1844.]
w a
a; a)
to
Herat.
JL 0,
125
-d uo
-3
2
* 2
o
s
to
oo _- tj -s j,
a
**
* g h 2
M a gen g-d
CD -i.
o
fac *ri
*~
** "3 "p 2
be
>> 2 2 d>*c 2 h gcS sil| îsES"|g^^^ fg V oj p S-S S be " F o J3 5 o ^B B- 3 _ = 3 O^jj O

q,
_.
J-
0)
-,
<"
-2

o
d
3-e
CD
"3
S3
2-
Old
__
be w R-P -^
--a a 5 a s * "" <iw_c3 J; g g 2:3 d s 3 O 2 O CD^ o O-
S3 3 41
a>
>
0>
05
- 3
,.
|<aa.3:3g*
.
s a "2^.î2j3 P &
g 3 S
(D
S & u cd
CO
to
oT
00
r2
a-
^ S a bej, o -~ a S.S.S'g
a=sT3
_C ro Z! *= -B *- - o
^^
k>i
fl
7
to
ra
OT y D
(3
22-
W
'a
""'
0>
*3
to
"*
0)
g 2 p
.
J ^^^|"S
1
Ss
i
: a
fl
.2-a
1^ si
* 2
bcâS&-2>S_g-3p
IZl
T3 J3
.C ,3=2
JssJS ^*1-
a a s ^ 0) -d 03 o beg o a j3^3 in "[*

m 5?^.a*-t:o a-flcQ-^
2 & J3 h
^Q
2t4
rj
2
to
to
to
OT.S2
P-
0)
0)^.
S3
> B.2 >

rt
3^ o
O
?>
M-2 MiS^Tg > es.3.2 & p 2 ^ E o-flrh -2 3 a o,J3 <^ o B cu w-~ 2

S.ti
;
2 o X a .s 3
S.
-e-3 be
e 2--P.3 d--2
3 5 3 fH O O OS c s d .2. Sô d-5^ a " aB S S g

0)
to
r
I
ai
O m
a>
be
5^
cu,
jS
03 *03
d B<L
^
s
l2^3
S
03
a>
5^
bo-"
S
O
CO
m-2^
s y
-fh
""
oa^3^ bC*'n3rf
co
w S m
3"-0
p-
eo^
03
*
o3
S3
OJ
03
-^
C<2 N o-S .-.^ J) 0)*"S O

'
S2-2
.2
cs
w^
-J a "H - -a
2 s_o3o3
,2
3*5^^
CL
"
* * 3 a 5-a ^ B 3 ^ J5
cj o3
s
ia)
8a& o
-
o
l'
*?
d s P ^-^"îto*-* = a-a.Sa; a o^
a)
ri-P,^
j= jd-2 J3
rt
^ ^
"^
S-C03 be
1-5>-jpilSap-2 ^"3bci;o3?i5-- = o-o_oj a.-2 a o^3 H ac &. * o
<N
43
bo
o o
..
1844.]
to
Herat.
o
127
c*-
rt
"S
aT
^ g
-2 a 5 ^rS 3 .
S,
6 03
3 O ($ O ^ g 
^-abes^g^csj<v
^.SP-g
2^--â 5 ^=213 g
"2 -2 co-n
>~
'-3
as ^=i
be
s:> o a eLs 2=2 -3,2 a a"-o 3
aStw
3 ^
a ^^-g o a t*^
o^3 ^ a o 2 S ^.foa S >

<fl
Ms Hall 3 *
a.oo
d
**
=5
o
ja
j
i 2;io c
i5
cs
ra) rj
03.2^-z:=~ a? ' G 5 5 -S ,-a S >>
cS ^>-a
*-
S-o
<n
03
PI
0,0.
v S-3
n > a -a S
.
a
>

1 Is S a 2 S o -
C3
xS '5 "^ "O
ooflÔ n _^ ^33 a o-e^-g
a
rt
^3
0)
f>
2
o>
oS^ 5:a- M^^-g S *

w 3-2
03
bfi
^2 2
^33^3
t5i30
c*-<
^
"CS
T3
^3
SiJ.
P.O.
a
'"^
c2gSl -a"
*-
-^5 a^-a
p
*>
bc"3
a bos ^"S
.2J5-S
fa
cs
m a ^
a g s-g
co.a
cs
as
^^5 5
<j
(0.2
"? -S 03-d,2 5 o a 2 FhS S g
>iâ3
.a
c S a e-3 g-
a|
cs
w,
fa
rf
SJ2
S "
o
1
^3
s o
a
5JD
u>a
a>
be*-
a
an
J23
o
2 a
bo
la-Sgl60S
a>
U~4 w O O
S^
g"g S ^.2
"-
gs.5si
a,
-llil
m H -d c.s-S 2 > * a
2^t;a a s.o -ism ri'5 ^ w P a*-. i-CS'SrSJ - I epg g
S-siis-sgl bo. a S a 3 > ^ o
o bO^ <D -n "5 2 a occ cs o 3 *- ^ * w

<
03
3-h a cs
cS
52;
O 3 O <
fa
28
Route from Candahar

"S c ai fl c "^ 3 *r .. ^ J! & .2 2.- ,2 a* 5 p
bC"
25
[No. 146.
>>
-a >>-a
*_r
Oj-B
.3
5
p, '3 t3 rt-2 o
d. 5.^,2'?.
35
o-S
s.s s $ ij
g^j g!
&,s=s
5
*- 13
ojie u j "^
d
f _,^
_p ^'
3
S3
-" .o
C S >>-a " eS -> ^ *

.
&-^
co
o
co
_a 03 Xi
"
<
O m -^wwaSa
-3"2
jj-u m^H
--a
-5
c i: ocd ^ 3 ., a --Srl4 B - s a - is _a
s3 S3
rfl 13
-g
as
iq^^-S-ScsSo .3
5
8 2
-g 12 -a
i-s o
33
^ O ^ p^ &
33
.
CD
"^
a d"" d 5 a
"bo
JH Odd
-tJ
d-g ,o a be- 3.2<S 2 be a; - 2

7=' z?x>
-a
5 a _S
a a -
ss
lias's
03 .-
*&
as
co
~
1
3^-B^ o o a-^3
g
CD
"g
a.-?.
d s B 2
S3-
33 a
-as
|
> O
aj i_
^3
O p p p S rf rf
-s5
a a-"
a
S3
m a o
-3^3
co
:_<13 ~3 2= -"
CD
05
iJ=,
cp
.S
a 3 *s * --e
-a e
'
a)
0)
giJ
be
-S
33
"p. l-o
33 ,^3
-a
o rt 13 5
=r
-
3 bD p c . o a^j 'S.a-^ a .2 ^
co
33
o d
*f
-rt
33
""
rt
O M-
&(
b!
be
oj
n bio
- M
J3^
Si ? >-3 -.2d
3
t>*e
oja-aîScua
33-.'m
t-
^2 m 5*^ ^ > S."S.2'a-2

?">.rH CO
co 33
d
bc-s3
gS2-
:5
J
O
o
be
a
so,
U
.
s
_3
"o3
4^
s s w a a ".S o
? _- oco ^r^^' '-a 2 "2 S ^^ * * g * >^ a -o S o ~a o

1>->
^S^
>-^
î-
fl
T5 T3
^'5
2
o o
be
^
2 "^3^
CD
rj
a fl o a^ 33^ > S3-0 d

''
8
.
>2
3-5 1
(M
"~<
&
-Ccoo3fc-r"caci; bX) ^3 beU S-bC" OT t > -S S .J3 .-t3 2 ^ a S 3 "3 s-S-E s a & 2-s.S tS-dJ3 33J2.Sc^ >-2 M'
-.
i
3^7
o ^
bo p <a
fe
-S
"3J
w*5
CD
<~
4
ft
g S3 O n "3 "^ =3 S * d a p. bo -a d _ 3 3 f -! 33 O
f[1
d j3 -5 g o
^ "2 d p ^ a a o -^ 3 tJ a a 2 ? * te- ^ j^^3 _p

,
>H
o> iO
i/3
CO ao
a n
CO
CO
T}<
o
iO ^
^ o
%
O
CT>
fe;
^
ejfl
SOh
*:'m d
'EE
<
844.]
1
to
Herat.
fl.JS" 3
129
e 3 c o.g &,
OT-fl
*"'
'
T)
a *
BB
1
2
O
1
GO
- -e
-2,-*S
g a.
2?
rf
o w
_..-,
3 O o> o
CO ^_>
o
-fl
2-fl
^-3-2 'a.ico ?J
t>*
^
1
3
eao^
+3
&
Cm
-f;
>,_ n
>,
-u
3
j:
bniH so
SOT _ 2 O 3 C3 3
fl J2 ni Q).
L- o
11
~ 3
CO
i 1
3 S^ " s cup w =u *-_ bo m ^ O e, COO) m ^ > ô BBS 3cJi^ a

"*-
| S m 2 , o -Q *CJ -S3 O
<
fl
> O
"nfl
C
rrt
"^
(UTS
fl a o co 0)
J5 Q
CO rH -^^9-^ S-SSXl-jJpÔT

M
tz,
a
.
cs
Si
..
ot tn
to
(J fe
J)
bfifl
BiOC
.-
S ^" S^ ^s o*->S_c3So
CJ
-*-
* ,a3
A
2.
-*->
rO
co
"= <N ^
co
co
cd a!
CO
as
o 2
OCcO
_,-- *-
^r
to
js
0> S_3-5*:2.3-2-S>g.Sjjjgg
^2^3 =!
O
CO
-fl-3
S ^36 g
S^3
.
-
CO
s-- H CO O S -co-ri
fl
.2
b_fl
fl co
Vi
a)
te ^ > 0)
ooS.2S_
>.S *r
fl
^^
3 C3^
4-
be
s
0,
~
fl
-3
E ?'"
n 3
-!-!
a fl
O 3
^3
5*^ "fl"3 -rtaja 2 2
a 2 g 2 s^^
-fl
* -3 ---3 _ 3
Si 00
5d^
A' X.
cS.2
be
'Siico
s a
13^
-a
bjD^^.22-
o ii ;3
'03
.2 ^
co
o u
c3
^ -u
,FH
H
be
"
a
II T3
-y
Jz.
a
0/
^ a^
^>
3 24s ^ 2 s-2 S'*2 fe ^ "3ot _2 rQ *3 OT o^ O bD^grff-d cs ^-3
*j-3
a)
fl^J
5-
3 OT)
a> co
0/
B
I .2-^
CO
rt
o
OT
2S
CO
to
bt
^2 bc^
S
^
fl
a o
*3
5 ^
--a
o^fl ^-"*2
*j
fl a 2 M Q,
^---2
"-"
CO *j ^fl.
fl
S^^ ^ 2'^2
-
o ^ 53 a >
fl
fl
3 to
s^
o
.
S-fl
t-
fl
cS
g
oj
a o
.
j* fl
^3
2 3 G &
to
^-< CO
m g g S fl
gC3g ^3
co
S2^
2
g
t:
Sis'
OT
OT
J3 ^
w "^ o'-g-g*
c3
13
ao
co
3
-flfe
53
a,
.-a
a=2 o fl 5 =>" 2 a s
2~$
fe
CO
> 3
rf
^ ,
ci*
^"5 g
Ph'H.
^x:
a
a^ ^3
CO
OT
O
fl
ej-
eSS
fl
g
^2
64-S,
^fl^ C^
fl
-a
CO
CO
fe -fl
ZC3
-3
0)
OS
CO
CJ
.0
50
e
09
CO
c5 CM
*j
*
C^l
CO
t-
a
bu
-a
"
CO
aîH
3 -a 2 ^
21:
. Ban
-3

-fl
Fur
Road,
5
J
0Q
R.
'the
.0
'
130
Route from Candahar

>^
cs.o-a \
[No. 146.
~_w _
a)
a>
Or?
3,
to
31
Q--Q
o g " 3 > a ^ ~! _~ 3 5 S 2
--*-
Ct-'
^
-
""
MS o
O M > k&c- Ja-S^S ^.^=2 -
*-
sis
?a,-2ô ja oXi*i > 'OM -u ^^m-a-ZO^SOcSC i^ S 5^ ^j: A o ao o
5 o
_
a a s o _a o o-
 g J2.0.C fe
Ji|-s?E^.;t 9 i*
3^ fin
2
c
a
o>
a.
-o *i
a a O 0)
af a
'S
J3 g g | -13 o S3 3 / i; P ^ 3 - M
lS s I1i s 3l|liSlS
^ggfc.aS-S'Sg
0)
o
aij O Ojfi
o?
be
~ w .2 B SJD-j o a
a;
.Sg.>
<2
5 o ti ..2
u c
* M-*.
^=2
a s
o S
'il'^2^^ a 2
!
a o-^s
?> >>5
-o -5
5 *- Jo SS5 S .5 ^5^^ ,h -o .s euDfc
2Ss-?JS
-js
iD'a^'i;
Q)
fl
r*
^3
"3 W>5
La .o m S
-a
a r
8 3"T
-a
e
aJ
S Q0
aS
j a
I
.-
1844.]
8
*>
to
Herat.
131
a;5^ 3^?^ 2
CJ
r2-^co-3co-cJa>
l^lîaâa ^lôâ j-gS-gm

3
.
__
g .2
o3
OT
*3 -a
"fe
cDta_co
5^
2 3
Oh
isl|l5|lsll|g;l||^g
I
03
-ro o cd
Qi
CD <d
c2.
w^-2'a
S
3
aT^
a
<D
-R
-2
g.sJS a SCum^J'"
1
I 2
*
d^"3
_,
o _~
cy
CO aj.-t; p>-+f
erf
"
5
^.
cu
<d"R^ u 3
!
o a <u.2 ^-?^^ "^^^^ Ta I .^gsâj^^-^â^ 3 ^^,,^^^ $&X .sp'3js g i gr^5|^ S

.^s ja
g-S o ES^S-S
<
-a
.S
.J3 J,
03
^
r-,
g-"S
S-O
MR 7^2 W>
OeC ^S
-w
" 'JaiJ cuts ->^ ^3 o
* a^
a a b a 1% QJ CO > o cd 3 CD > CO
CD
03 g fe ^J a 3 a 3 fl^-r a CD HIM O -w
-
V
ft ft
J-g o
o
.
<S ft
S3
11 Sal
-a ^2
03
R >-3 tp co 7 n B (M^
a
ra
Si
r(
oJ
-
a
-
^ ^M
3. S
jo
2.2
4
-3^-S^
2 >-cj T3 -.
a 2 S
2 , co *-R 2<~ g"i 1J P--S g j " CJ ., ai "! Qflti-o.s s aR ft

1
"3 J3
Bj
o o
CO
CD
>
R a
ES
>->
"3
_*2
*" '* CD
co
g
T3
* S > cu
g 5 T.2 a QJ^^cS os g CD _D - *j .8 o <o -a c wld^c* a oj -w -a p-^3 cd < a w itSj oS ^K . cd 'Si_ *j cd -a o"o"3

-*
o-
CD-o
03
oi2
T2
C3
_i
'
co'
X
co -a
co
O^^cl^ J3 ^3 R
o
co
> a^s
fl-oôaa
(
j5 d
5 V, CD
*J
CD
as
CD
>-,
a
o> ^
ga^g^
?2
w
-3
.j
o3
g ekH
cd a)
-S
ts^^
S d "o " S-a ai3 s^ S*s g^ a

,-ni
bD
g a 3J3 ft a
:
cts
^B
CD
,
CU
cd
^<
ID
.O
S
nj.^.rt -a
g 2
o a a. 2
?3
rfa,
ti
ago3T3 2 > o R<R

^
RSo-5-03^^
a a
ll-S
cd
il.s|Jl
^5fe-^G :S
hn
> -
a'-o h o rt 5 2 d R^J3 fc a *- -R"2 bi4 nR cp *j R a CtfRgjCO aj3 l2 =

3
sjcJR
S
i
glf|
J
fll
*>
'J3
""
.ja.-a
03
> a
ft
cu
w_-5-^ T3"3 > a

fac
a r
3
^
i3
.
CO
^r^* 3
^ciCX! &* -d.ea '3gf O._ G <iJ o'' 2R-53 Ba b w -> j- CD m H ^.^ cd a Ti "3 s rt3T(-tJoo3 ft 2oofR *j a S cd o
-
^
>h
<H
*3
c^
o3rb2
as"-
"
132
-3
Route from, Candahar

CXI " 0.0 c ^ "i a M o a
O
d> "53 _i^ o>
'
[No. 146.
a 0) CO 8 *-a -
>
r*5
;
rt+J
8 rfO
0>O
'
-?<o - ...3 a
!: :^'55o
CL,
2P;
^
a)
CQ
cd
2
oS
.8
co
*J
>-
C3^^_C
a>
cd
o>
o>
v,
G'5 ) _ CD O o a> a "J

3
J3
-^
3
3-
cu
*5-d o-ij
a>
o.
"O J3 =2 72
5
?
3 ^T
"
!
_rO
cd o>
cd
*"
a>
2<*iS
0>
^^
&.bcg
.
*Mi:3*Jl!.si:S' aB " B
co
jÔ> 3
E 13 3 - ,o
-^20.a>_(0> ^ ~! V t> o> ~ 0-3

(""!
,
i-',
& fl-3
ed
aJ
8
as
^'S.-s p
.2
S.^
a> a>
CD
*>
c!
1-2* 5 cd
S 5=2 ^ S o -a *^ eu 2 * J3 ^Ja o>

ed
.o> "" ggg'- a
a a' &-5a'Sgag8
io
"
g O >,0
a
J3
't;
"53
ciSqa
^2
"^
03
o^
o
cd
bjo2 be
CO CO
-m a,--a
g
O
tô'.S a o 03
CU
^
^
"3^
._3
,(5j3
0>
^^ & oS ^
^8 3l8l"S
a>
ji
^H
0)
CD
^
3
Pê-<
El
3 3 -
:.
s> -tj
2'S|o H
* s a _3 as " s M ^^ ^
g g S -3cDte't3^*H rO'7?_ti
.
^^S 2 .2 S
be
- 5 8 . g s >a & ^ >
'.i
^M
o> rzj
ed
> ^'K O
_!3 <J rn'-a
.11
o =2
as a>
3 ^
iS
S " g
_
e a 8 " 8 a> o d o u a * S3
O
-73
T3
bfi
;g a -
_ .O ^ 8 -o-a;
1^5 o3X3
co
S 8
S3
^-2 2 d d h S3
s.2
S2-C3
ial
a
as
*-
ss
p a 3
-
1 3 O.bC O * -5 si g=^ co > 3 *i; a oi S rzl a a, 2 a M 8
-5
-a
i5
s
It
^J
a3g-2--l a r-!i;T^-'CO-rH-j
?1 ..
i5
_j
<D
A)
^.sl"=
I
a
a
ot
3 CU>,> O DJ *3
-5
"3
cd
s3
o>^ .-3'C
SCO
cor3
ro
oa.u
" a
i3^ o o
d 5
in =d^ S 2
sis&- 2-5^-
I - a I
aa a^
cri
s^ f^ gJ J a* g.ta
5J
ll q
a
CO
o
C75
CO CM CM
_, CM
"53 co
O
-M
CO
o CO
.
a H 2 3
ctS
ed
&
Si
o
I
1844.]
1
to
Herat.
-^H^rt
"2
133
A
cd
*
CO
s-g*
U 7 "M
cd
cd
o>
5-
o>
-3
15
"M
CO
cd
2% >
CD
rfco
W cd g > jm^.2 a'-Z fc d S .- *J S^S^3 c " &-2 - 2,^.5 ,, o o cd d g - l-ots B*g & g
.2
- -d
<=>
-s^
fe -
u
CD
0)
co CJ
Lo CO
co-^S ^
CD
s=!:5
j2
d -d
cd "t3
> m
-c
g
-M
0)
o m ja
-a
eg
,0 **-'
ffi^-.g
g n g-2.~
b
.
o^Sg
_*
s g o-g
cm
2 d d 1
</T
Cfi
cd
t^
Mo*
13
So M
r^3 .: d.3 P^f-'cD

^"bCiCD
in CD
la
o
(j
-a.
*a
s
f^?
3
5 5'o^ CO o o "S3.S^ 2 -m S.2 P.
CD
""so* *
2
o d a d 0>
S"S S
cd
eD
co
s^-a
_
BO
"Tl""
co
B u
s
c?0
CD
00
o 5
.
J5 o ^d'-H d Q) o
J3
- d
,.
O. Cu
C/>
-3
d
CO CD
O.M o_ CD ro-d , o .2 s eo_C3 O "S^QS
g
a
-5
of a
.
g.2
p^ .
^ ^
3.55
M - rtT3 ^^ co
2 H o>
w S
o
42
2JS
a.Sjs-6'f i .32 53 m 2<M 5 ^2 5 > 03 mi! 3 co H

'
ij
co
OT3m
CD-m 
& cd^ 3 O S^ -d p^
(D co
~"~2
OS'S
co
g^^!ô
& o a
-3 -5 ^
co
cd
a;
p,^ Oh V
bfiti
3
co CD
"a T3 w
O
co
CD
CO
^5
CD
d 3 o m
CD
*->
S-
rt
colu
c .2
S3
S >
<D*-
^
*i
3
"S
'^Q
el -si
cd
cu -a cd m a m . 3 M
-a
csj
^-
cj
be
-2^0)
C*
g^5 s-SSd
ll
2 ^
s
ed
a 2
Itof.S
ea-M
co
SJ8.1 C M & cd C3
1 "
ny
""
bx
^^ b^-s
T3
CD
a
'
S d js'S
m
.
M.Sa-s-.a d "^ co
CT< CO
s sa
C m
<D
JSltf
cs *j-<
.
d-cJ
O '
>>
> 3
tp
'ij
ss
co
fe CD
-S,
bX)
*S & si"! aoa
d ^
'
CD
-H
f-i
-,
CDt3 -g
a,
3 ^ mS
M
_d CD'S
T3
co .2
> 3 O
.2 "
d Si g o O M
CO
^
,
T3
rt)
aM
cd Ji; Pv,
'"CD C!J3
T3 0-"0
m O.m.2-M *J M Z3 cd
~o ju a CO w o g.S d o cm 2-- 0.0 CS & -o > ^3 J3
CO
-*
<M (M 1*
O
CO CO
s
O c
*>'
co
CO
53
g a
borg
CO
*J-3
03 35
t^3
^3
134
Route from Candahar

is
ed
rown
to
Herat.
[No. 146.
rally
ater-
nar-
~
Hi
rs,
1
J2
ge
The
partially
iad
CO
X H^
>
(
tc "3
js.2
(/J
o> CD ca
CD
"5
CO
CD
whic
and
ations
lumerous
CD
>
CD-
trees
of
out,
>
1
ed.
r
been
e
s'om
worn
H c QH z < c
00
So
g
CD
J3
*"
S3
Cm
ed
-a
ed
5
cL
the
sstroy
by
rossed
c
as
OCO
r
ove
de
quite
have
<
CO
and
S
CD
or
s,
2
3
cd
C
lich
wn, lied
urse
is
H
~>
73
09
Q
d
5ed
S3
IsZ
30 AS
d
O
J2
has
^-O^
S
fe
fe
-rs
*-S
* bc ca s 2 <S & - O "C5 <D

sw
Persians
a
cq
>^.
Ed
+2
CD
cd
J3
<D
CO
F
rned.
s
CD
abun
to
la.
a
is
rce.
bti
en
s-T
been
road
'>
is
a
the
Q
Cd
|
ep
a
CD
the
retu horse
sea
Ph
'o
ed
as
c
ed 0)
y hb ei
aving
ry n,
ve
throw
S o
CtJ
CD
<D
be
hav
am
&c.
O
fa
S3* ed
are
valleyhabitants
camels
'o
CD
whom
s r -a c o bctj/c 3.5 o. r
<*<*>
ain,
CD
_d
^4
'ed
CO
*'
o
>, T3
s-
-D
e-
&
l
c
s
to
-
ts
S
S3
J
*>
2
CD
CD
43
dang<
a CD
J3 "S
CD
|>,
fa
2
-13
12
S3 ed
eg CD
B
fro
M
frt
CD
O
&
3 cp 2 S
3 O
practicabl
awkward
surface.
OS
03
dug
^ o
13 CD
a
CD
T2
ed
CD
1
Is
.-H
i OJ
fc
belo
row
S,o
bad,
3
3
Id
be -e
CD
>
CD
O
S3
&
from
CO -53
eo CD
><
CO
00 00
00 00
c
fa
co
o
<=>
cc
33
-
CO
jb be
Brou
forward
?
ames
.
..
01 a>
m
Haiti Place
N
i
!
Total
t*%
2*3 r^
""5
JOURNA L
OF THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY.
Tables for determining the Elastic Force of Aqueous Vapour in the
Atmosphere and the Temperature of the Dew-point, by Observations

of a dry
and wet
bulb
Thermometer ; computed agreeably
to
Dr.
T.
Apjohn's Hygrometric formula, under the direction of CapL

Boileau, of the Bengal Engineers, F.R.S., F.R.A.S.
J.
Superin-
tendent of the Hon'ble E. I. Company's Magnetic Observatory at
Simla.
The formula
the aqueous
of Dr. Apjohn, according to
which the
is
elastic force of
vapour contained in the atmosphere
deduced from the

freely
I.
observed temperature of a dry
and wet bulb Thermometer
exposed to evaporation, was
first
given in the Transactions of the R.
Academy
"
for 1835,
but as a more complete exposition of the theory

is
by which the general expression has been obtained
given in a
Note on the value of the Numerical Co-efficient in the Hygrometric
formula applied to the observations of the dry and wet bulb Ther-
mometer," by Dr. Apjohn, published with some remarks by Professor
Lloyd in the Proceedings of the R.
I.
Academy
for 1840, it will
only
be necessary to notice the latter paper.
The following assumed

gations
:
data, form the basis of Dr. Apjohn's investi-
No. 147.
No. 63,
New
Series.
136
1.
Introduction to Boileaus
[No. 147.
That the
specific
heat of
air,
and the
caloric of elasticity of
aque-
variations of ous vapour are constant, and represented within ordinary and pressure, the former by the number '267, atmospheric temperature
by -1115. That where a dry and moist bulb Thermometer are exposed to the latter has obtained a the influence of the same atmosphere, when vaporizes the water is equal stationary temperature, the caloric which
the latter
2.
which the surrounding gas evolves in descending through that number of degrees at which the moist bulb stands below the dry, i. e.
to that
from the proper temperature of the

3.
air to that of the moist bulb.
That the
is
air so cooled
by the
successive contacts with the mois-
tened bulb
If
saturated with humidity.

air,
now a
t'
represent the specific heat of
vapour, e the latent heat of aqueous

t
and
the observed temperatures of a dry and wet bulb
Thermo-
meter encompassed by atmospheric air of the dew-point, t" the observed temperature
/and/"
the elastic forces of aqueous vapour at
and
t'
the existing pressure in inches and decimals,

in inches,
30 a standard Barometer pressure
of atmospheric then the general expressions for the force
vapour at
of the force of vapour at t' the temperature of the dew-point in terms and of the difference of the temperatures of the wet and dry Thermo-
meter are where
t'
is
greater than 32 Faht.
and where
t'
is less ,,
than 32 F.
(II)
for
e
/
in which e
its
_J 43 a(*-f) A p-f 30
for a, the
by substituting
value assumed above -267 and

is
value at 50 upon the hypothesis that '967
the latent heat

is
of vapour at 212
and that the sum
of the sensible
and latent heat
at every temperature a constant quantity.
Equation (I) becomes
/"=/'_- 01135
and Equation
(II)
(f-OXif
X ^4q
(HI)
becomes
/"=/'
01017 (tf)
(IV)
1844.]
Hygrometric Tables.
137
In the above equations, however, the value of the co-efficient (m)
depends upon the assumed values of a and e which, Dr. Apjohn re-
marks, are in
all
probability not yet
known with
great precision,
and
accordingly he proceeds to deduce values for the co-efficient (m) in

the general equation directly from experiment in three separate
as follows; viz.
1.
ways
By
observations in air, in reference to which
and
t'
had been
accurately noted, the temperature of which was afterwards raised

the observations repeated; the value
observations.
2.
and
of/"
is
here constant for both
By
is
observations of
and
t'
in perfectly
dry
air
where the value
of/"
3.
of course
== o.
By
observations in air saturated with moisture,
where/"
and
in
is
ob-
tained from a simple observation of the temperature,

after its
which
temperature has been raised, the values
and
'
t'
were observed.
From
the above experiments, using Anderson's Table of the elastic
force of vapour,
Edinburgh Encyclopedia, Art.
Hygrometer," three
separate values of
(m)
are obtained
viz.
1st Series,
11 observations
m = '01151
-01150
-01140
2nd
Ditto,
19 ditto
3rd Ditto,
24 ditto
of
The Arithmetical mean
which
is
..
..
g=qg or -01147
The most probable value

three values of
affected
of the final
mean, as deduced by Professor
Lloyd, according to the calculus of probabilities, from the means of all
is
*01145, but since in the second series the result
is
by the
full tabular error in the
value of/ whereas in the
1st
and 3rd
series as
is
expressed in terms of the difference of two
values of/, the tabular error will not sensibly affect the result.
fessor
Pro-
Lloyd considers that the secoifd
series
should be omitted, and
combining the results of the 1st and 3rd

obtains for the value of
series
by the same method,
*01 145.
As my
object in the construction of the
accompanying Tables has
been solely to enable observers to apply Dr. Apjohn's formula, without
138
Introduction
to
Boileaus
[No. 147.
being obliged to go through the labour of computing the value of J for
each observation,
have, for the information of those

his papers
who may
not
have had an opportunity of perusing
on the Dew-point,
given in the above a brief sketch of the steps by which the Hygrometric formula has been obtained, and shall
the
tion
now
proceed to explain
to
manner
in
which the same has been applied

tables.
the computa-
of the accompanying
I
The equation which
have adopted
is
/"=/'_.oii47U-Ox^
in
which as the
co-efficient
employed
is
the arithmetical
mean
of the
three values of
given above, and not the most probable value, as

will be expected for the adop-
computed by Professor Lloyd, a reason

tion of this
number.
of the elastic force of vapour which I have used for
The Table
giving the values of/' that enter into the computation of the second
specially for this purpose
term in the right hand member of the equation, has been computed by Biot's formula, " Traite de Physique,
1816,
Tome
1, p.
278."*
This Table
differs so little
from that employed by Dr. Apjohn, com-
puted by Anderson from the experiments of Dalton and Ure, that

as this latter has been
shewn by Professor Lloyd
to
be more probably
accurate, within the ordinary limits of observation, than either the

table of Kaintz, or that adopted
their Physical
by the Royal Society
in the report of
I
Committee, the employment of the Table which
have
computed, will not materially

point tension or temperature.
affect the resulting values of the
Dew-
By means
of this Table,
and with the three
series of
experiments
* This formula, which
is
deduced from experiments by Dalton,
is
as follows
LogF/=Log30 + a/+6/ + c/3

The numerical
&=
values of the co-efficients are
a= -00854121972
.00002081091
Log.
9315199
573182910
9.7634280 / being the number of degrees of Fahrenheit reckoned from 212 positively below, and N negatively above that point.
c=
+.00000000580
..
1844.]
Hygrometric Tables.
I
139
given in Dr. Apjohn's " Note,"

of the co-efficient
1st Series,
have computed the following values
m;
viz.
11 observations,
.. ..
jw
= *01155
'01156
2nd
Ditto,
19 ditto,
3rd Ditto,
24
ditto,
..
-01143
re-
and adopting the same method

combining
as
was pursued by Professor Lloyd,
ferred to above, the most probable value of the final

all three
mean obtained by
. .
of the values of
is
"01150
'01145
The same value by Anderson's tables, (see above,) The mean of which, being the co-efficient adopted,
Combining the means
most probable value of
of the 1st
is
..
..
is
'01147
and 3rd
.
.
series, the
. .
'01
120
is
The
following table will serve to shew, that the tabular error
not
nearly constant within the ordinary limits of the temperature of observation

to
when
the computed values of the tension are carried out

places of decimals,
more than three
and
it is
on
this
account that
the value of
deduced by the second

final
series of
experiments has not
been omitted, or rather that the

tained by a combination of
all
value of the co-efficient as ob-
three values of
m has
been adopted.
to the
Table of the Elastic Force of Aqueous Vapour, according
expe-
riments of Dalton,
and as computed
Tension of Vapour.
by Biot's formula.
Computed value
Degrees
Fahrenheit.
By Dal ton's
Experiment.
By
Biot's
Formula.
Experiment.
32 4325 5450 6575
0200 0297 0435 0630

0-910
0-19917
029582 043481
0-63239
00083 -00019
-O0O18
+00239
77 8825
995
091001
1-29551 1-82433
1290
1-820 2-540
UO75
122
254097
3-50003
3500
+ 00001 + -00551 + 00433 + -00097 + -00003

of the equation
If the
numerical values in the right hand

it
member
were computed as
is
written,
it
is
evident that the values of/"
140
Introduction to Boileau's
of
[No. 147.
would be obtained by the simple subtraction
two tabular numbers
but since p and/' are both variable, and the possible number of
ferent readings of each within the limits of observation
is
dif-
very great,
latter in
the former being recorded in inches
and thousandths, the
degrees and tenths of Fahrenheit's scale, the adoption of such an ar-
rangement would not only have very much enhanced the labour of
computation, but would have swelled the table to a very inconvenient
size.
Accordingly as regards this term, the table has been separated
into
two parts; the first part (Table I) contains the values of .01147 x fj which have been computed for all values of (t t') to tenths of a degree of Fahrenheit's Thermometer between 0 and 30
(*?)
and
for
a range of pressure between 20 and 3 1 inches, the
full
numeri-
cal values being given for
whole inches of pressure, and the proporto *001
tional parts
(which can be taken out
of
an inch) in separate
columns
the second part (Table II) contains the corrections necessary
on account of the quantity
/' omitted
1
in the above computations,
and
which being comparatively small, are given only

for values of
t
for single degrees

t'
t'
between
and 30, and
for
a range of
between
10
and 129 the numbers

and
1
in this table
were computed
t'
for depressions
of 1 Fahrenheit
for all the values of
corresponding thereto, and
the
numbers
t
t'
for higher
depressions being simple multiples of the

this
value of
have been obtained in
manner,
t.
e.
by mul-
tiplication.
Table III contains the
elastic force of
aqueous vapour or
of Fahrenheit's
"ho
values of/' for every degree and tenth part between 03*9 and 145*9
Thermometer, and in
this table
each
number has been
computed
It
directly
by the formula above-mentioned.

have been extended unof the
may
at first sight appear, that the tables
necessarily, both as regards their range

entries,
and the numerical value

the computed
but the depressions at

*')
this station
have compelled their extenif
sion to values of (t
= 30
in
Faht. and
numbers
had been carried out
Table
I, to less
than 5 places of decimals, they
would not have exhibited, with

the elastic force of vapour
of Fahrenheit's
sufficient precision, the variations of

to the tenth part of
due either
a degree
Thermometer, or
to several
thousandths of an inch of
pressure
this
number
of figures in the decimal places has therefore

:
necessarily been retained
the range of temperature has been taken
to include all possible contingencies.
1844.]
Hygrometric Tables.
141
single
example
will suffice to render the use of the Tables fa-
miliar.
Example.
Required
the elastic force of vapour in the atmosphere
and the temperature

F.
of dew-point, the observed temperature of a
dry
bulb Thermometer being 49 58 F. of a wet bulb Thermometer 36 65,
and the height of the Barometer 23*278 4958 3665 == I293 Here (* *')
inches.
Enter Table
I,
and under the nearest depression 129 take out the

to the
numbers corresponding
height of the Barometer; viz.

for
23000
200
ins.
011344
99
34
4
070 008
whichgivesthe valueof -01147 {tt')y^
ioY
23*278 ins.=01148I
Correction for/ Table II, for 129 and 36*6 (always negative) 115
(a)
(b)
01147
/' from table III for 366
(*OX^-'=
X ^p
-.
diff.
0-11366
023444
(a-b)
=/" =/'-01 147

for t" the
(t *')
diff.
0*12078
which gives
temperature of dew-point
18 17, F.
By
Anderson's Table, going through the computations for this
example,
we
should have obtained/"
=
to
0*12106
and
*"=
example requires
1820Fahrt.
When
however the wet bulb Thermometer stands below 32 Fahrt.
the quantity
in the foregoing
be corrected for
;
the difference of the co-efficient above

it
and below the freezing point

from the number
will suffice for all practical purposes, to subtract

its
a,
obtained as above,
10 3~th part, the remainder taken from the
tabular value of/' will give the tension of atmospheric vapour
and
deduced temperature of the dew-point as before

hension an example
is
to
prevent misappre-
given.
Example 2nd.
Required
inches.
the tension of the atmospheric vapour

for the following ob-
and the deduced temperature of the dew-point

servations of a dry
Thermometer 285
F. wet bulb do. 237, Fahrt.
and Barometer 23*104
142
Introduction to Boileau's Hygrometric Tables.
[No. 147.
Here (tt')
= 4.8;
enter Table
I,
under
this head,
and take out

04221
18
1
numbers
as follows, for
23*000
ins.
100
004
01147,
(f-Oxffc
for,
23-104
for 4.8
04240
27
Correction for/' (Table II)

(a)
and 23.7
= -01147 (t-0 X^=

.. ..
04213
a/10
..
..
00421
-00014
a/300
Sum
435
(a) Corrected for reading of wet bulb below 32=diff.
0377#
14779 11001
15.7
/' (Table III) for
237 /"
t"
= =
The computed value of/"
using the co-efficient for values of
t'
be-
low 32 F. would have been '11003, and the difference in the temperature of the dew-point from the approximate value obtained above,
is
not equal to the 200th of a degree of Fahrenheit.

J. T.
Boileau.
Table
Barorn.
I,
Apjohns Hygrometric
Tables.
(t. .')=00.
(t-t')p
(t- t')=01.
Barom.
.
CO
"3 -a
X00
co'o-fl
(SI
87.18 3( ft.S
>
87.18
x-)* xO lt-t')p ."*-!

to
CO
co Qj
(t-t')p
.O
if
CO
(t-t')p
71 _c
t>
Xl.5
.M 8
co
co
G.
"o _c
to
t:
3(
87.18
3(
87.18 30
5q
u c
i Js Q^ J
20
21
0.5
l.0
20
21
.1
22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30
31
.2 .3 .4
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
0.1
20
21
.1
.00076
.2 .3
.4
.00382 .00401 .00420 .00440 .00459 .00479 .00497 .00516 .00535 .00554 .00574 .00593 0.6 .00459
1
2 4 6 8 10
11
13 15 17
.00765 .00803 .00841 .00879 .00918 .00956 .00994 .01032 .01071 .01109 .01147 .01185
l.l
4. 8.
11. 15.
19. 23. 27. 31. 34.
.01147 .01204 .01262 .01319 .01376 .01434 .01491 .01548 .01606 .01663 .01721 .01778
l.6
6.
11. 17.
.2
.3
23. 29. 34. 40. 46. 52.
A
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
20
2 5
7
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
00080 00084 00088 00092 00096 00099 0U103 00107 00111 00115
.00118 0.2 .00153
00482 00505 00528

00551
2 2 2 3 3 3
9
11
.00883 .00925 .00967 .01009

.01051 .01093 .01136 .01178 .01220 .01262 .01304
I.2
4 8 13
17
00573 00596 00610 00642 00665 00688 00711

0.7 .00535
21
14 J6 18 21
26 29 34 38
01285 01346 01407 01468 01529 01591 01652 01713 01774 01835 01896
l.7
6 12 18
21
24
31 37
2 3 4 5
6 7
43 49 55
8 9
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
20
21
1
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
2 3 4 5 6
7
00161 00168 00176 00183

00191
29 30
31
8 9
00199 00206 00214 00222 00229 00237

0.3
2 2 3 4 5 5
6
7
00562 00589 00616 00642 00669 00696 00723 00749 00776 00803 00830
0.8
3
5 8
11
13
16 19 21
00918 00963 01009 01055 01101 01147 01193 01239

.01285
9 14 19 23
28 33
37 42
24
01331 01376 01422

l.3
01300 01365 01430 01495 01560 01625 01690 01753 01820 01885 01950 02015
l.8
20
7 13
i
21
20 26 33 39 46 52 59
3
4 5 6 7 8 9
22 23 24 25 26
27
28 29 30
31
20
21
1
22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30
31
2 S 4 5 6
7 8
00229 00241 00252 00264 00275 00287 00298 0U310 00321 0U333 00344 00356
0.4
.00612
1
2 3
5 6 7 8 9 10
00642 00673 00703 00734 00765 00795 00826 00856 00887 00918 00948
0.9 .00688
3 6 9 12
15 18 21
24 28
00994 01044 01093 01143 01193 01243 01292 01342 01392 01441 01491 01541
l.4
5 10 15 20 25
30
35 40 45
01376 01445 01514 01583 01652 01721 01789 01858 01927 01996 02065 02133
l.9
20
7
1
21
14
21
28 34
41
3 4
5 6
7
48 55 62
8 9
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
20
21
1
22 23 24 25 26
27
2 3 4 5 6
7
28 29 30
31
8 9
00306 00321 00336 00352 00367 00382 00398 00413 00428 00443 00459 00474
01071
2 3 5 6
8
00723 00757
00791 00826
3
i
01124 01178
01231
5
11 16 21
01453 01526 01598

01671
20
7 15
1
21
10
14 17 21
9
11
12 14
J
00860 00895 00929 00963 00998 01032 01067

6 3.
24 28
31
i
01285 0J338 01392 01445 01499 01552 01606 01659
27
32 37
01743 01816 01889

01961
22 29 36 44
51
2 3 4 5 6
7
43
48
02034 02107 02179 02252
58 65
8 9
|
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 SO
31
Nc). 147
New
S EK1ES
Table
Barom.
CO
I,
Apjohns Hygrometric Tables.
(Continued.)
|
(t.-t.'j =02.
(t.-t.( =03.
Barom.
i oJ3
CO a>
CJ
.3
2 8 y ja
C
(t-t')p.
3!
X- gg^ 87.18 30
:
O H
Si
Ol
co J)
ft t')
:
t~
7
87.18 30
2.5
X-
.01912 .02007 .02103 .02199 .02294 .02390 .02485 .02581 .02676 .02772 .02868 .02963
2.6
p. 2
i g-S
;
3 (t-t')p. ,5
ml-
en
X37.18 30 3.0 .02294 .02409 .02523 .02638 .02753 .02868 .02982 .03097 .03212 .03326 .03441 .03556
3.l
(t t')p.
87.18 30
3.5 .02676 .02810 .02944 .03078 .03212 .03346 .03479 .03613 .03747
.03881 .04015
2
->
<
*
.
Q~
X-,
q OS
S S O
20
21
1
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9
2.0 .01529 .01606 .01682 .01759 .01835 .01912 .01988 .02065

.02141
20
13
.1
'.2
10
19
11
21
15
22 30
37 45
29 38 48
57 67 76 86
23 34 46
57 69 80 92 103
27
40 54
67
.3
.4
.5
52 60
67
80 94
107 120
.6 .7
.8 .9
22 23 24 25 26
27
.02218 .02294
.02371
2.1
28 29 30
31
20
21
1
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
2 3 4 5 6
7
8 9
20
21
1
22 23 24
25 26 27
2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
28 29 30
31
20
21
1
22 23 24 25 26
27
3 4
5 6
7
28 39 30
31
8 9
.01606 .01686 .01766 .01847 .01927 .02007 .02088 .02168 .02248 .02328 .02409 .02489 2.2 .01682 .01766 .01851 .01935 .02019 .02103 .02187 .02271 .02355 .02439 .02523 .02608 2.3 .01759 .01847 .01935 .02023 .02110 .02198 .02286 .02374 .02462 .02550 .02638 .02726
2.4 .01835 .01927 .02019 .02111
8
16
24 32 40 48 56 64 72
8
17
25 34 42 50 59
67
.02088 .02187 .02286 .02386 .02485 .02585 .02684 .02783 .02883 .02982 .03082 2.7 .02065 .02168 .02271 .02374 .02478
.02581
10
20 30 40 50 60 70 80 89
10 21
31
.02489 .02608 .02726 .02845 .02963 .03082 .03200 .03319 .03437 .03556 .03674 3.2 .02247 .02569 .02692 .02814
12
24 36
47 59 71 83
95
107
.04148 3.6 .02753 .02891 .03028 .03166 .03303 .03441 .03579 .03716 .03854 .03992 .04120 .04268
3.7 .02791 .02931
20
14
1
21
28
41
2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
55
22 23 24
25 26 27
69 83 96
110 124
28 29 30
31
20
14
1
12
21
24
37 49 61
41
02936
.03059 .03181 .03303 .03426 .03548
.03671
76
9 18
26 35 44 53 62 70 79
.02684 .02787 .02891 .02994 .03097 .03200 2.8 .02141 .02248 .02355 .02462 .02569 .02676 .02783 .02891 .02998 .03105 .03212 .03319
2.9
52 62 72 83
93
73 86 98 110
11
21
32 43 54 64 75 86 96
.03793 3.3 .02523 .02650 .02776 .02902 .03028 .03154

.03281 .03407
.03070 .03210 .03349 .03489 .03628 .03768 .03908 .04047 .04187 .04326
3.8
28 42 56 70 84 98
i
2 3 4 5 6
7 8
22 23 24 25 26
27
102 126
28 29 30
31
13 25 38 50 63 76 88
101
20
21
1
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
,
9 18
.02202 .02294 .02386 .02478 .02569 .02661 .02753 .02847
28 37 46 55
64
.02218 .02328 .02439 .02550

.02651
11
22 33 44
55 67 78
73 83
.02772 .02883 .02994 .03105 .03216 .03325 .03437
.03533 .03659 .03785 .03911 3.4 .02600 .02730 .02850 .02980 .03120 .03250
113
.02906 .03051 .03196 .03342 .03487 .03632 .03778 .03923 .04068 .04213 .04359 .04504
3.9
15
29 44 58 73
87 102 116
131
2
3 4 5 6
7
20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29
8 9
30
31
02982
13
20
15
1
26 39 52
65 78 9* 104
117
1
1
03380
.03510 .03640 .03770 .03900 .04030
!
89 100
.03131 .03281 .03430 .03579 .03728 .03877 .04026 04175 .04324 .04473 .04623
21
30 45 60 75 89 104
119 134,
2 3 4
5 6 7 8
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31

(Continued.)
)=05.
(t-t')p.
87.18 30
5.5
SW
CO
Table
Bar om.
.
I,
Apjohns Hygrometric
Tables.
(t.-t.' )=U4.
(t.-t.'
Barom.
O
co
(t-t')p. .
a?
-a
~ J3
Q>5
X4.0
to
87.18 30
x(t-t')p.
4.5
S*H
CO
to 
CO
co'o ^3
X87.18 30
'
tf
~G
87.18 30
I"
Q>2
5.0
17
20
21
1
22 23 24 25 26
27
2 3 4 5 6
7
28 29 30
31
8
9
03059 03212 03365 035 8 03671 03823 03976 04129 04282 04435 04588 04741
J
03441
15 31
46
61
76 92
107
122 138
03613 03785 03957 04129 04301 04473 04646 04818 04990 05162 05334
4.6
34 52 69 86
103 120 138 155
03823 04015 04206 04397 04588 04779 04970 05162 05353 05544 05735 05926
5.1
19
38
57 76
96
115
134 153 172
04206 04416 04626 04837 05047 05257 05468 05678 05888 06098 06309 06519
5.6
20
21
1
21
42 63 84
105 126 147 168 189
2 3 4 5 6
7
8 9
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
4.1
20
21
1
22 23
3
4
5 6
7
24 25 26
27
28 29 30
31
8 9
03135 03292 03449 03606 03762 03919 04076 04233 04389 04546 04703 04860
4.2
16
31
47 63 78 94 110
125 141
03518 03693 03869 04045 04221 04397 04573 04749 04925 05101 05276 05452
4.7
18
35
53
70 88 106 123
141 158
'
03900 04095 04290 04485 04680 04875 05070 05265 05460 05655 05850 05945
5.2
20 39 59 78 99
117 137 156 176
04282 04496 04711 04925 05139 05353 05367 05781 05995 06209 06423 06638
5,7
20
21
1
21
43 64 86
107 128 150
171
2 3 4 5
6
7
193
8 9
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
20
21
1
22 23 24 25 26
27
2 3 4
5
6
7
28 29 30
31
8 9
03212 03372 03533 03693 03854 04015 04175 04336 04496 04657 04818 04978
4.3
16
32 48 64 80 96 112 128
145
03556 03734 03911 04089 04267 04445 04623 04800 04978 05156 05334 05512
4.8
18
36 53
71
89
107 125 142
161
20
21
1
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
2 3 4
5
6
7
8
9
03288 03453 03617 03781 03946 04110 04275 04439 04603 04768 04932 05U97
4.4
16 33 49 66 82 99 115 132 148
03671 03854 04038 04221 04405 04588 04772 04955 05139 05322 05506 05689
4.9
18 37
55 73 92
110 128 147 165
03976 04175 04374 04573 04772 04971 05169 05368 05567 05766 05965 06163 5.3 04053 04256 04458 04661 04863 05066 05269 05471 05674 0577 06079 06282
5.4
20 40 60 80 99 119 139 159 179
04359 04577 04795 05013 05230 05448 05666 05884 06102 06320 06538 06756
5.8
20
22 44 65
87 109 131 153
]
.
21
2 3 4
5 6 7
22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30
31
174 196
8
9
20
41 61 81 101 122 142 162
04435 04657 04879

05101 05322 05544 05766 05988 06209 06431 06653 06875
5.9
20
22 44 67 89
111
1
21
2 3 4 5
6
7
133 155 177
182
200
8 9
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
20
21
1
22
23
24
25
26
27
2 3 4 5 6
7 8
03365 03533 03701 03869 04038 04206 04374 04542

04711
17
34 50
67
84
101
28 29 30
31
118 135
151
1
04879 05047 05215
03747 03934 04122 04309 04496 04684 04871 05058 05246 05433 05620 05808
19
37
56
75 94 112
131
04129 04336 04542 04749 04955 05162 05368 05575

05781
21 41
62 83 103 124
145 165 186
04512 04737 04963 05188 05414 05640 05865

06091
20
23 45 68 90 113 135 158 180 203
1
21
2 3
4
5 6
7
150 169
05988 06194 06400
06316 06542 06768 06993
8 9
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
Table
Bai om.
I,
Apjohns Hygrometic
Tables.
t'
(Continued.)
(t. 1.')=06.
(t-t')P.O
(t )=07.
(t-t')p.
Barom.
.O
-<
$
-B
13
CO
co
1-s
X87.18 30
6.U .04588 .04818 .05047 .05276 .05506 .05735 .05965 .06194 .06423 .06653 .06882 .07112
6.1
.O.o? (t-t')p. -*i _CO 0)
co'o -C
X-
co
"o -a
87.18 30
6.5
X- ~s 87.18 30 rtQ B
7.0
M i
(t-t')p.
CO
oo 03
CO
QJ
CO
x87.18 30
7.5
co
"^ -B
a;
Q29 57 86
115 143 172
201
1-g Q,5
-a
20
21
1
04971
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
2 3 4 5 6
7
23 46 69
921
115 138
161
8 9
184 206
05219 05468 05716 05965 06213 06462 06710 06959 07207 07456 07704
6-6
25 50 75 99
124 149 174 199 224
05353 05620 05888 06156 06423

06691
27
54 80
107 134
161
06959 07226 07494 07762 08U29 08297

7.1
187
214
241
05735 06022 06309 06595 06882 07169 07456 07743 08029 08316 08603 08890
7.6
20
1
21
2 3
4 5 6
7
229 258
8 9
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
20
21
1
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
2 3 4 5 6
7
8 9
20
21
1
22 23
24
25 26 27 28 29
2 3 4 5
6
7
8 9
30
31
.04665 .04898 .05131 .05364 05598 .05831 .06064 .06297 .06530 .06764 .06997 .07230 6.2 .04741 .04978 .05215 .05452 .05689 .05926 .06163 .06400 .06638 .06875 .07112 .07349
6.3
20
23
47
70 93
117 140 163 187
210
05299 05552 05804 06056 06309 06561 06813 07066 07318 07570 07823
6.7
25 50 76
101 126 151 177
05701
27
202 227
05972 06244 06515 06787 07058 07330 07601 07873 08144 08415
7.2
54
81
109 136 163 190 217
244
06102 06393 06683 06974 07265 07555 07846 08136 08427 08718 09008
7.7
29 58
81
21
2 3
4 5 6
7
116 145 174
203 232 262
22 23 24 25 26 27
8 9
28 29 30
31
24 47
71
95 119 142 166 190 213
05213 05380 05636 05892 06148 06404 06660 06917 07173 07429 07685 07941
6.8
26 51
77 102 128
154 179 205 231
05506 05781 06056 06332 06607 06882 07158 07433 07708 07903 08259 08534
7.3
28 55 83 110 138
165
193 220 248
05888 06183 06477 06771 07066 07360 07655 07949 08243 08638 08832 09127
7.8
20 29 59 88 118
147
1
21
2 3
4 5 6
7
177
22 23 24 25 26
27
206 235 265
8 9
28 29 30
31
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
2 3 4 5 6
7
8 9
20
21
1
22 23 24 25 26
27
2 3 4 5 6
7
28 29 30
1
8 9
.04818 .05058 .05299 .05840 .05781 .06022 .06263 .06504 .06745 .06985 .07226 .07467 6.4 .04894 .05139 .05383 .05628 .05873 .06118 .06362 .06607 .06852 .07096 .07341 .07586
24 48
72 96 120
145 169 193
217
05200 05460 05720 05980 06240 06500 06760 07020 07280 07540 07800 08060
6.9
26 52
78 104 130 156 182 208
234
05582 05861 06140 06420 06699 06978 07257 07536 07815 08094 08373 08653
7.4
28 56 84 112 140
167 195
05965 06263
06561
20
223
251
06859 07158 07456 07754 08052 08350 08649 08947 09245

7.9
30 60 89 119
149
21
179 209 239 268
2 3 4 5 6
7
22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
8 9
24 49 73 98 122
147 171
196
220
05276 05540 05804 06068 06332 06595 06859 07123 07387 07651 07915 08178
26 53 79 106 132 158

185 211 137
05659 05942 06225 06508 06790 07073 07356 07639 07922 08205 08488
08771
28 57 85 113
141
170 198
226 255
06041 06343 06645 06947 07249 07551 07853 08155 08458 08760 09062 09364
20
30 60
91 121 151 181 211
21
2 3 4 5 6
7
22 23 24
25 26
27 28
242 272
8 9
29 30
31

(Continued.)
Barom.
p. 2
Table
Barom.
CO a>
I,
Apjohns Hygrometric
Tables.
(t.-t. )=08.
(t. t. ')=09.
(t-f) P
g'J <2 u -5 a
(t-t')p.
j3
u a
X-
aS-g
87.18 30
8.0
SQ
87.18 30
a,
x8.5
*-s
S X- SS| 87.18 30
9.0
(t-f)
p. 2-5
(t-f)
X- JN 87.18 30
Oh
5
0)
JS
CO CD .Jd
QJ3
9.5
20
21
.1
22 23 24 25 26
27
.2
.3
.4
.5 .6
.7
28 29 30
31
.8
.9
06118 06423 06729 07035 07341 07647 07953 08259 08565 08870 09176 09482
8.1
31 61
92 122 153 184
214 245 275
06500 06825 07150 07475 07800 08125 08450 08775 09100 09425 09750 10075
8.6
33 65 98 130
163 195
228 260 293
06882 07226 07670 07915 08259 08603 08947 09291 09635 09979 10223 10667
9.1
34 69 103
138 172 206 241 275 310
07265 07625 07991 08354 08718 09081 09444 09807 10170 10534 10897 11260
9.6
20 36 73 109
145 182
l
21
2 3 4
5
218 254 291 327
6
7
22 23 24 25 26
27
8 9
28 29 30
31
20
21
1
22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29
2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
30
31
06194 06504 06813 07123 07433 07743 08052 08362 08672 08981 09291 09591
8.2
20
31
62 93
124 155 186 217 248
279
06905 07234 07563 07892 08220 08549 08878 09207 09536 09865 10193
8.7
33 66 99
132 164
197
230 253 296
07307 07655 08003 08350 08608 09046 09394 09742 10090 10438 10786
9.2
35 70
104 139 174 209
244 278 313
07708 08075 08442 08809 09176 09543 09910 10278

10645 11012 11379
9.7
37 73 110 147 184 220 257 294 330
21
2 3 4
5 6
7
22 23 24 25 26 27
8 9
28 29 30
31
20
21
1
22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
2 3
4
5 6
7
8
9
06270 06584 06898 07211 07525 07838 08152 08465 08779 09092 09406 09719
8.3
31
63 94
125 157 188 219 251
282
06653 06985 07318 07651 07983 08316 08649 08981 09314 09647 09979 10312
8.8
33
67 99 133 166
200 233 266 299
07035 07387 07739 08090 08442 08794 09146 09498 09849

10291
35 70 106
141
176 211
246
281
10553 10995
9.3
317 352
07418 07788 08159 08530 08901 09272 09643 10014 10385 10755 11126 11497
37
74 111 148 185
2 3
4
5 6
7
223 260 297 334
8
9
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
98
36
71 107 142 178
20
21
1
22 23 24
'25
26
27
2 3 4 5 6
7
28 29 30
31
8 9
06347 06664 06982 07299 07616 07934 08251 08568 08886 09203 09520 09838
8.4
32 63 95
127 159 190
222 254 286
06729 07066 07402 07739 08075 08412 08748 09085 09421 09758
10094 10430
8.9
34 67
101 135 168
202 236 269 303
07112 07467 07823 08178 08534 08890 09249 09691 09956 10312 10668 11023
9.4
213 249 284 320
07494 07819 08243 08618 08993 09368 09742

10117 10492 10866 11241 11616
9.9
20
37 75 112 150 187 225
1
21
2 3 4 5 6
7
22 23 24
25 26 27
262 300 337
8 9
28 29 30
31
2)
21
1
22 23 24
25 26 27
3 4
5 6
7
28 29 30
31
8 9
06423 06745 07066 07387 07708 08029 08350 08672 08993 09314 09635 09956
32 64 96 128
161
193 225 257 289
06806 07146 07486 07827 08167 08507 08848 09188 09528 09968 10209 10549
63.
34 68 102 136 170 204 238
272 306
1
07188 07548 07907 08266 08626 08985 09345 09704 10063 10423 10782 11142
36
72
108 144 180
216 252 288 323
07570 07949 08328 08706 09085 09463 09842 10220 10599

10977 11356 11734
20
38 76 114
151
1
21
2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
189 227
265 303
341
No. 147.
New
Series
Table
Barom.
CO
I,
Apjohn's Hygrometric Tables.- -(Continued,)

(t.-t.' )=11.
(t.-t.' )=10.
,0
Barom.
t4
(t-t')p.
co
(t-t')p. c2~:
(t-t')p.
Inch
Parts
CO
(t-t')p-
.O
co
co
-a
S3
.a
x87.18 30
io.o .07647 .08029 .08412 .08794 .09176 .09559 .09941 .10323 .10706 .11088 .11470 .11853
10.1
Dec
Parts
Inch
X87.18 30
10. 5 .08029 .08431 .08832 .09234 .09635 .10037 .10438 .10840 .11241 .11643 .12044 .12445 10. 6 .08106 .08511 .08916 .09322 .09727 .10132 .10538 .10943 .11348 .11753 .12159 .12564
10. 7
Part
Dei
X87.18 30
11. 0 .08412 .08832 .09253 .09673 .10094 .10515 .10935 .11356 .11776 .12097 .12618 .13038
Dec
Inch
X87.18 30
11. 5 .08794 .09284 .09673 .10113 .10553 .10993 .11432 .11872 .12312 .12751
Dec
Parts
Inch
QJ
.1
M O
c
CO 0>
20
21
.1
20 44 88 132 176 220 264 308 352 396

21
.2
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
.2 .3
.4
.5
38 76 115 153
191
40 80 120
161
42 84
126 168
.3 .4
.5
201
241 281 321 361
.6
.7
.8 .9
229 268 306 344
210 252 294 336 379
.6
.7
.8
.9
ll.l
.13191 .13631 11. 6
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
20
21
.1
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
.2
.3
.4
.5 .6
.7
.8
.9
20
21
.1
22 23 24
25 26 27 28
.2 .3
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
29 30
31
.07723 .08110 .08496 .08882 .09268 .09654 .10040 .10427 .10813 .11199 .11585 .11979 10.2 .07800 .08190 .08580 .08970 .09360 .09750 .10140 .10530 .10920 .11310 .11700 .12090
10.3
39
77 116 154 193
41 81
122 162 203
232 270 309 348
243 284 324 365
39 78 117
156
195
234 273 312

351
.08182 .08591 .09000 .09410 .09819 .10228 .10637 .11046 .11455 .11864 .12273 .12683
10.8
41
82 123
164
205 245 286

327
368
20
21
.1
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
.2 .3
.4 .5 .6
.7
.8
.9
.07876 .08270 .08664 .09058 .09452 .09845 .10239 .10633 .11027 .11421 .11815 .12208
10.4
29 79
118 158 197
236 276 315 354
.08259 .08672 .09685 .09494 .09910 .10323 .10736 .11493 .11562 ,11975 .12388 .12801
10.9 .08335
41
83 124 165 206 248 289 330 372
20
21
.1
26 23
.2 .3
.4
.5
24 25
26 27 28 29
.6
.7
.8
.9
30
31
.07953 .08350 08748 .09146 .09543 .09941 .10339 .10736 .11134 11532 .11929 .12327
40 80
119 159
199
239 278 318 358
.08752 ,09169 .09585 .10002 .10409 .10836 .11253 .11669 .12086 .12503 .12920
42 83
125 167
.08488 .08913 .09337 .09761 .10186 .10610 .11035 .11459 .11883 .12308 .12732 .13157 11. 2 .08565 .08993 .09421 .09849 .10278 .10706 .11134 .11562 .11990 .12419 .12847 .13275 11. 3 .08641 .09073 .09505 .09937 .10369 .10801 .11233 .11665 .12098 .12530 .12962 .13394 11.04 .08718 .09153 .09589 .10025 .10461
.10897
42 85 127 170 212 255 297 240 382
.08870 .09314 .09758 .10201 .10645 .11088 .11532 .11975 .12419 .12862 .13306 .13750
ll.7
20
44 89
133 177
.1
21
.2 .3
.4
222 266 310 355 399
.5
.6
.7
.8 .9
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
43 86 128
171
214 257 300 343 385
43 86 130 173 216 259 302 346 389
44 87
131 174
208 250 292 333 375
.11333 .11769 .12205 .12640 .13076 .13512
218 262 305 349 392
.08947 .09394 .09842 .10289 .10736 .11184 .11631 .12078 .12526 .12973 .13420 .13868 11. 8 .09023 .09475 .09926 .10337 .10828 .11279 .11730 .12182 .12633 .13084 .13535 .13986 11. 9 .09100 .09555 .10010 .10465 .10920 .11375 .11830 .12285 12740 .13195 13650 .14105
.
20
45 89 134 179 224 268 313 358 403
.1
21
.2
.3
.4
.5
.6 .7
.8
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29
.9
30
31
20
45 90
135 180
.1
21
.2
226 271 316'

361
.3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8
.9
22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30
31
406
20
46
91 137 182
.1
2'
.2
.3
.4
.5
228 273 319 364 410
.6
.7
.8
.9
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30
31
!
Table
Barom.
co
I,
Apjohn's Hygrometric Tables. -( Continued.)
(t-t.')
= 12.
(t-t')P(t-t') p-
(t
t.
')=13.
(t-t')p.
Barom.
.
V o
(t-t')p-
X87.18 30
12,0
S ^
X87.18 30
12.5 .09559 .10037 .10515 .10993 .11470 .11948 .12426 .12904 .13382 .13860 .14338 .14816 12.6 .09635 .10117 .10599 .11080 .11562 .12044 .12526 .13008 .13489 .13971 .14453 .14935 12. 7 .09712 .10197 .10683 .11168 .11654 .12140 .12625 .13111 .13596 .14082 .14568 .15053 12. 8
X87-18
30
13..0
&~i S-a
i2
CO
X87.18 30
13.5 .10323 .10840 .11356 .11872 .12388 .12904 .13420 .13937 .14453 .14969 .15485 .16001 13.6 .10400 .10920 .11440 .11960 .12480 .13000 .13520 .14040 .14560 .15080 .15600 .16120 13-07 .10476 .11000 .11524 .12048 .12572 .13095 .13619 .14143 .14667 .15191 .15715 .16238 13.8 .10553 .11080 .11608 .12136 .12663 .13191 .13719 .14246 .14774 .15302 .15839 .16357
13. 9
.2
S-s
in
20
21
.1
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
.2 ,3 .4
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
09176 09635 10094 10553 11012 11470 11927 12388 12847 13306 13765 14223
12.1
46 92 138 184 229 275

321
48 95
143 191
367 414
239 287 335 382 430
.09941 .10438 .10935 .11432 .11928 .12426
20
52 103
155
.1
50 99
149 199
21
.2 .3
.4
.12923 .13420 .13818 .14415 .14912 .15409

13.1
249 298 348 398 447
206 258 310

361
.5
.6
.7
413 463
.8 .9
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
20
21
.1
22 23 24
25 26 27
.2
.3 .4
.5 .6
.7
09253 09715 10178

10641 11103
Hb66
12029 12492 12954 13417 13879 14342
12.2
28 29 30
31
,8 .9
46 93 139 185 231 278 324 370 416
48 96
145 193 241 289 337 385
434
.100186 .105181 .11019 .11520 .12021 .12522 .13023 .13524 .14025 .14525 .15026 .15527
13.2 .10094 .10599 .11103 .11608 .12113 .12618 .13122 .13627 .14132 .14636 .15141 .15646 13.3 .10170 .10679 .11188 .11696 .12205 .12713 .13222 .13730 .14239 .14747 .15256 .15764 13. 4 .10247 .10759 .11272 .11784 .12296 .12809
.13321
20
52 104 156 208 260 312 364 416 468
.1
50
100 150 200 250
301 351 401 451
21
.2
.3
.4
.5 .6
.7
22 23 24 25 26
27
.8
.9
28 29 30
31
20
21
.1
22 23 24 25 26
27
.2
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7
09329 09796 10252 10719 11185 11652 12128 12595

13061
20
52
105 157
.1
47
93
140 187
49 97
146 194
50
101 151
21
.2
.3
.4
28 29 30
31
.8 .9
13528 13994 14460

12.3
233 280 325 373 420
243
291
340 388 437
202 252 303 353 404 454
210 262 314 367 419

471
.5 .6
.7
.8
.9
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 33
31
20
21
.1
22 23 24 25 26
27
.2
.3
09406 09876 10346 10817

11287 11757 12228 12698 13168 13638 14109 14579 12.4
47
94
141
.4
.5
.6
188
.7
28 29 30
31
.8 .9
235 282 329 376 423
.09788 .10278 .10767 .11256 .11746 .12235 .12725 .13214 .13703 .14193 .14682 .15172
12.o9
20 53 106 158 211 264 317 369 422 475

.1
49
98
147 196 245
51 102
153
21
.2
.3
294 343
392 440
203 254 305 356 407 458
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8 .9
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
20
21
.1
22 23 24
25
.2
.8
.4 .5
26 27 28 29 30
31
.6
.7
09482 09564 10430 10905 11379 11853 12327

12801 13275 13749 14223 14698
.8
.9
47. 95. 142. 190. 237. 284. 332. 379. 427.
.09865 .10358 .10851 .11344 .11838 .12331 .12824 .13317 .13810 .14304 .14797 15290
49 99
148 197 247 296 345 395
444
.13833 .14346 .14858 .15370 .15883
51 102 154 205 256 307 359 410 461
.10629 .11161 .11692 .12224 .12755 .13287 .13818 .14350 .14881 .15412 .15944 .16475
20
53
106 159
.]
21
.2
.3
213 266 319 372 425 478
.4
.5
.6
.7 .8 .9
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
'
31
Table
Barom.
(A
I.
dpjohns Hygrometric Tables

|
-(Continued.)
(t-t')= =14.
S-i
(t-f) =15.
(t-t')p.
Barom.
p. <2
<
U3 <B
(t-t')p. 2
J3
X87.18 30
14.0 .10706 .11241 .11776 .12312 .12847 .13382 .13918 .14453 .14988 .15523 .16059 .16594
14.1
i2
o-c
HH
3
"**
JH
(t-t')p. 2_; w 71 2 v-G 87.18 30 hh
(t-f)
o<
"5
X-
X87.18 30
15.0
x87.18 30
3u
.
t
to a>
CO
(Do
**
-a
'"
Oh
o a H
20
21
.1
'.2
54
107 161
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
.3
.4
.5
214 268
321
.6
.7
.8
.9
29 30
31
375 428 482
20
21
.1
22
.2
23 24
25 26
27 28
.3 .4
.5
.6
.7
.8 .9
29 30
31
20
21
%
22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
.2 .3 .4
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
.10783 .11322 .11861 .12400 .12939 .13479 .14018 .14557 .15096 .15635 .16174 .16713 14.2 10859 .11402 .11945 .12488 .13030 .13573 .14116 .14659 .15202 .15745 .16288 .16831
.
54
108 162
14.5 ,11088 .11643 .12197 .12751 .13306 .13860 .14415 .14969 .15523 .16078 .16632 .17169 14.6 .11165 .11723
.12281
15.5
55
111
.11470 .12044 .22618

.13191 .13765
166 222 277 333 388 444 499
57 115 172
.11853 .12445 .13038

.13631
59 119
178 237
.1
20 21
.2
.3
.4
.14338 .14912 .15485 .16059 .16632 .17206 .17789
229 287 344

401 459
.14223 .14816 .15409 .16001 .16594

.17187 .17779
516
296 256 415 474 533
.5
.6
.7
22 23 24 25 26
27
.8 .9
28 29 30
31
151
56 112
167
.11547 .12124
216 270 323 377

431
485
.12839 .13398 .13956 .14514 .15072 .15630 .16189 .16747 .17305

14.7
12702 .13279
.
58 115
173 231 289
223 279 335

391 447
502
54 109 163 217 271 326 380
.11241 .11803 .12365 .12927 .13489

.14051 .14613 .15175 .15737 .16300 .16862 .17424 14. u 8 .11318
56
112 169 225 281 337
434 489
393 450 506
14.3
20
21
.1
22 23 24 25 26
27
.2 .3 .4
.5 .6
.7
28 29 30
31
.8
.9
20
21
.1
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
.2
.3 .4
.5
.6
.7
.8 .9
.10935 .11482 .12029 .12575 .13122 .13669 .14216 .14763 .15309 .15856 .16403 .16950 14.4 .11012 .11562 .12113 .12663 .13214 .13765 .14314 .14866 .15416 .15969 .16517 .17068
55 109 164
219 273 328 383 437 492
.11833 .12449 .13015 .13581 .14147 .14713 .15279 .15845 .16410 .16976 .17542
14.9
57 113 170 226 283 340 396 453 509
.13856 .14434 .15011 .15588 .16166 .16743 .17320 .17898 15.2 .11623 .12205 .12786 .13367 .13948 .14529 .15110 .15692 .16273 .16854 .17435 .18016 15.3 .11700 .12285 .12870 .13455 .14040 .14625 .15210 .15795 .16380 .16965 .17550 .18135
15.4
346 404 462 520
.18372 15.6 11929 12526 .13122 .13719 .14315 .14912 .15508 .16105
.16701 .17297
20 60
119 179 239 298 358
.1
21
.2 .3
.4
22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
.5
.6
.7
418 477
537
.8
.9
.17894 .18490
15.7
58 116 174
232
291 349 407 465
.12006 .12606 .13206 .13807 .14407

.15007 .15607 .16208 .16808 .17408 .18009 .18609 15.8 .12082 .12686 .13290 .13895 .14499 .15103 .15707 .16311 .16915 .17519 .18123 .18727 15.9 .12159 .12767 .13375 .13983 .14590 .15198 .15806 .16414 .17022 .17630 .18238 .18846
20
60
120 180
.1
21
.2
.3
523
240 300 360 420 480 540
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
20
59
117 176
60
121 181
.1
21
.2
.3
234 293 351 410 468 527
242 302 362 423 483 544
.4
.5
.6
22 23 24 25 26
27
,7 .8
.9
28
'29
30
31
55 110 165
220 275 330 385 440 496
.11394 .11964 .12533 .13103 .13673 .14243 .14812 .15382 .15952 .16521 .17091 .17661
57 114
171
228 285 342 399 456 513
.11776 .12365 .12954 .13543 .14132 .14720 .15309 .15898 .16487 .17076 .17665 .1825?
20
59
118 177
61
.1
21
122 182
.2 .3
.4
.5 .6
.7
236 294 353 412

471
530
' 1
243 304 365 426 486 547
22 23 24 25 26
27
.8 .9
28 29 30
31
<
Table
Baroin.
I,
Apjohn's Hygrometric Tables.
(Continued.)
Barom.
(t. t. ')=14.
(t-t')p.
\.0
(t 1')=15.
S-"
A J3
X87.18 30 sqa
16.0 .12235 12847
yJ3 a> 5J 87.18 30 5Q C

"1 sZ
x16.5 .12618 .13248 .13879 .14510 .15141 .15772 .16403 .17034 .17665 .18295 .18926 .19557 16.6 .12694 .13329 .13963 .14598 .15233 .15867 .16502 .17137 .17772 .18406 .19041 .19676 16.7 .12770 .13407 .14048 .14686 .15325 .15963 .16602 .17240 .17879 .18517 .19156 .19794
16.8
(t-t')p. .
EQ
(t-t')p.
X87.18 30
17.0 .13000 .13650 .14300 .14950 .15600 .16250 .16900 .17550 .18200 .18850 .19500 .20150
17.1
(t-f) p
Qh
Wm
X-
ts
"
87.18 30
17.5 .13882 .14051 .14720 .15390 .16059 .16728 .17397 .18066 .18735 .19404 .20073 .20742 17.6 .13459 .14132 .14805 .15475 .16150 .16823 .17496 .18169 .18842 .19515 .20188
.20861 17.7
61
63
126 189 252 315
13459 14070 14682 15294 15906 16517 17129 17741 18353 18965
16.1
122 184 245 306 367
428 489
55 J
379 442 505 568
65 130 195 260 325 390 455 520 585
67 134
201
268 335 401 468 535 602
12312 12927
.13543 .14158 .14774 .15390 .16005 .16621 .17236 .17852 .18467 .19083 16.2 .12388 .13008 .13627 .14246 .14866 .15485 .16105 .16724 .17343 .17963 .18582 .19202
16.3
62 123 185 246 308 369 431 492 554
63
127
190 254 317 381 444 508 571
62 134 186
248 310 372 434 496 557
64 128 192 255 319 383 447 511
575
,12465 .13088 .13711 .14334 .14958

.15581
62 125
187
.16204 .16827 .17450 .18074 .18697 .19320

16.4 .12541 .13168 .13795 .14422 .15049 .15676 .16303 .16930 .17557 .18185 .18812 .19439
249 312 374

436 499 561
63
125 188 251
314 376 439 502 564
.12847 .13493 .14132 .14774 .15416 .16059 .16701 .17343 .17986 .18628 .19270 .19913 16.9 .12923 .13570 .14216 .14862 .15508 .16154 .16800 17447 .18093 .18739 .19385 .20031
63.
64 128 193 257

321
385 450 514 578
.13072 .13726 .14380 .15033 .15687 .16340 .16994 .17648 .18301 .18955 .19609 .20262 17.2 .13153 .13810 .14468 .15126 .15783 .16441 .17099 .17756 .18414 .19072 .19729 .20387 17.3 .13229 .13891 .14552 .15214 .15875 .16537 .17198 .17860
.18521
65
131
67 135
196
262 327 392 458 523 588
202 269 336 404

471
538 606
66
132 197
263 329 395 460 526 592
.13535 .14212 .14839 .15565 .16246 .16919 .17596 .18272 .18949 .19626 .20303 .20980
17.8
68 135 203 271 338 406
474
541
609
66 132
198 265 331 397 463 529 595
65 129 194 258 323 388 452 517 582
.19182 .19843 .20504 17.4 .13306 .13971 .14636 .15302 .15967 .16632 .17297 .17963 .18628 .19293 .19959 .20624
67 133
.13612 .14292 .14973 .15653 .16334 .17015 .17695 .18376 .19056 .19737 .20417 .21091 17.9 .13688 .14373 .15057
.15741 .16426 .17110 .17795
68 136 204 272
340 408 476 544

613
137
200 266 333 399 466 532 599
205 274 342

411
.18479 .19163 .19848 .20532 .21217
479 548
616
No.
147.
New
Series
Table
Barom.
m
d
I,
Apjohn's Hygrometric Tables. -(Continued.)

(t.-t.'
S-.
(t.-t.' )=18.
S-c
)=19.
(t-t')p.
.O
co
Barom.
u
<S
(t-t')p.
87.18
O
=4-r
CO
CO 0>
c;"
aJ
x30
Q~
fil-S
87.18 30
18.5
X
ft t') p.
.14147 .14854 .15562 .16269 .16976 .17684 .18391 .19098 .19806 .20513 .21220 .21928
18.6
,o
CO
CO
(t-t')p.
O *
CO
Fh
91
v 1'
co
"o -
87.18 30 ,d
19.0 .14529 .15256 .15982 .16709 .17435 .18162 .18888 .19615 .20341 .21067 .21794 .22520
19.1
X-
t,
o -d s
X87.18 30
19.5
o -O
J2
>
3 -d CD O
co 0}
JS
Qh5
Q.5
20
21
.1
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
.2 .3 .4
.5
.6
.7
.8 .9
18.0 .13765 .14453 .15141 .15829 .16517 .17206 .17894 .18582 .19270 .19959 .20647 .21335
18.1
69
138 206 275 344 413 482 551 619
71 141
73
145
212 283 354 424

495 566 637 707
218 291 363 436 509 581 654
.14912 .15657 .16403 .17148 .17894 .18640 .19385 .20131 .20896 .21622 .22367 .23113
19.6
20
75 149 224 298 373 447
.1
21
.2
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7
522 596 671
.8 .9
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
20
21
.1
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
.2
.3 .4
.5
.6
.7
.8
.13841 .14533 .15225 .15917 .16609 .17301 .17993 .18685 .19375
69
138
.9
.20070 .20762 .21454

18.2 .13918
208 277 346 415 484 554 623
20
21
.1
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
.2
.3 .4
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
.14613 .15309 .16005 .16701 .17397 .18093 .18789 .19485 .20180 .20876 .21572
18.3
70
139
209 278 348 418 487 557 626
20
21
.1
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 39 30
31
.2
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
.13994 .14693 .15393 .16093 .16793 .17492 .18192 .18892 .19592 .20291 .20991 .21691
18.4
70 140 210 280
350 420 490 560 630
.14223 .14935 .15646 .16357 .17068 .17779 .18490 .19202 .19913 .20624 .21335 .22046 18.7 .14300 .15015 .15730 .16445 .17160 .17875 .18590 .19305 .20020 .20735 .21450 .22165 18. 8 .14376 .15095 .15814 .16533 .17252 .17970 .18689 .19408 .20127 .20846 .21564 .22283
18.9
71 142
213 284 356 427 498 569 640
72 143 215
286 358 429

501 572
644
72 144 216 288 359 431 503 575 647
20
21
.1
22 23 24 25 26
27
.2
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7
28 29 30
31
.8 .9
.14070 .14774 .15477 .16181 .16885 .17538 .18292 18995 .19699 .20402 .21106 .21809
.
70
141
.14453 .15175 .15898

.16621
72
145 217 289 361 434 506 577 650
1
211 281 352 422 492 563
.17343 .18066 .18789

.19511 .20234 .20957 .21679
633
.22402
.14606 .15336 .16066 .16797 .17527 .18257 .18987 .19718 .20448 .21178 .21909 .22639 19.2 .14682 .15416 .16050 .16885 .17619 .18353 .19087 .19821 .20555 .21289 .22023 .22757 19.3 .14759 .15497 .16235 .16972 .17710 .18448 .19186 .19924 .20662 .21400 .22138 .22876 19.4 .14835 .15577 .16319 .17060 .17802 .18544 .19286 .20027 .20769 .21511 .22253 .22995
73
146
219 292 365 438

511
584
657
.14988 .15737 .16487 .17236 .17986 .18735 .19485 .20234 .20983 .21733 .22482 .23232
19.7
20
75 150 225
.1
21
.2 .3
300
375 450 525 600
.4
.5
22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29
.6
.7
.8 .9
674
30
31
73
147
220 294
367 440 514 587 661
74 148 221
295 369 443 577 590 664
74
148 223 297
371
.15065 .15818 .16571 .17324 .18077 .18831 .19584 .20337 .21090 .21844 .22597 .23350 19.8 .15141 .15898 .16655 .17412 .18169 .18926 .19683 .20440 .21197 .21955 .22712 .23469 19.9 .15218 .15978 .16739 .17500
.18261
20
75
151
.1
21
.2
226
301
.3 .4
377 452
527
.5 .6
.7
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
603 678
.8
.9
29 30
31
20
76
151
.1
21
.2
.3
227 303 379 454 530 606 681
.4
.5 .6
.7
22 23 24
25 26
27 28 29
.8
.9
30
31
20
445 519 593 668
.19022 .19783 .20544 .21305 .22065 .22826 .23587
76 152 228 304 380 457 533 609 685
.1
21
.2
.3 .4
.5
.6
.7
22 23 24 25 26 27
'
.8 .9
29 30
31
10
Table
rom.
I,
Apjohns Hygrometric
Tables.
t/> (1)
(Continued.) Barom.
+-I
(t.-t.' )=20.
(t. 1.')=21.
"
co
co CD
h (t-t')p. O
87.18 30
20.0 .15294 .16059 .16823 .17588 .18353 .19117 .19882 .20447 .21412 .22176
.22941 .23707 20.1 .15370
-a
X-
<s-i
CO
co hj
m o
x- %1"
(t-t')p.
.
u O
co
(t-t')p.
4-1
CO
(t-t')p.
CO
co QJ
CO
CO
-X87.18 30
21. 0 .16059 .16862 .17665 .18467 .19270 .20073 .20876 .21679 .22482 .23285 .24088 .24891 21.1 .16135 .16942 .17749 .18555 .19362 .20169 .20976 .21782 .22589 .23396 .24203 .25010 21.2 .16212 .17022 .17833 .18643 .19454 .20265 .21075 .21886 .22696 .23507 .24317 .25128 21.3 .16288 .17102 .17917
to
-O
X87.18 30
21.5 .16441 .17263 .18085 .18907 .19729 .20551 .21373 .22195 .23017
co
* -C
QJS
v c
riJ
Q*5
87.18 30
20.5 .15676 .16460 .17244 .18028 .18812 .19595 .20379 .21163 .21947 .22731 .23514 .24298 20.6 .15753 .16540 .17328 .18116 .18903 .19691 .20479 .21266 .22054 .22842 .23629 .24417 20.7 .15829 .16621 .17412 .18204 .18995 .19787 .20578 .21370 .22161 .22952 .23544 .24535 20. 8 .15906 .16701 .17496 .18292 .19087 .19882 .20677 .21473 .22268 .23063 .23859 .24654 20. 9 .15982 .16781 .17580 .18380 .19179 .19978 .20777 .21576 .22375 .23174 .23973 .24772
20
82 164 247 329 411 493 575 658 740
.1
.1
.2
76 153
.3 .4
.5 .6 .7
.8
.9
229 306 382 459 535 612 688
78 157 235 314 392 470 549 627 705
80
161
21
241 321 401
.2 .3 .4 .5
.6
482 562 642 723
.7
.8 .9
.1
2
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
.1
.2
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
.1
.2
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
.16139 .16907 .17676 .18445 .19213 .19982 .20750 .21519 .22287 .23056 .23824 20.2 .15447 .16219 .16992 .17764 .18536 .19309 .20081 .20853 .21626 .22398 .23170 .23943 20.3 .15523 .16300 .17076 .17852 .18628 .19404 .20180 .20957 .21733 .22509 .23285
.24061
20. 4 .15600 .16380 .17160 .17940 .18720 .19500 .20280 .21060 .21840 .22620 .23300 .24180
77 154 231 307 384 461 538 615 692
79
158 236 315 394
81 161
473
551
630 709
242 323 403 484 565 645 726
.23840 .24662 .25434 21.6 .16517 .17343 .18169 .18995

.19821
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
20
83
165
.1
21
.2
.3
77
154 232 309 386 463

541
79 158 237 317 396 475
81 162
618 695
554 633 712
243 324 405 486 567 648 730
78
153
80
159 239
81
233 310 388 466 543

621
.18731
699
318 398 477 557 636 716
.1
78
.2 .3 .4
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
156 234 312 390 468 546 624 702

(
80 160 240 320 400 479 559 639 718

i
19546 .20360 .21175 .21989 .22803 .2361 .24432 .25247 21.4 .16365 .17183 .18001 .18819 .19637 .20456 .21174 .22092 .22910 .23729 .24547 .25365
163 244 326 407 489 570 652 733
82 164 245 327 40J

491
.20646 .21473 .22299 .23125 .23950 .24776 .25602 2l,7 .16594 .17424 .18253 .19083 .19913 .20742 .21572 .22402 .23232 .24061 .24891 .25721 21. 8 .16670 .17504 .18337 .19171 .20005 .20838 .21672 .22505 .23339 .24172 .25006 .25839 21. 9 .16747 .17584 8422 .19259 .20096 .20934
.
248 330 413 496 578

661
.4
.5
22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30
31
.6
.7
.8
.9
743
20
83 166 249
.1
21
.2
.3 .4
.5
332 415 498

581
22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30
31
.6
.7
664
747
.8
.9
20 83
167
.1
21
.2 .3 .4
.5 .6
.7
250 333
417
500 583 667 750
.8
.9
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
20
84
167 251
.1
.2 .3
.4
21 22
.21771
573 655 736
.22608 .23446 .24283 .25120 .25958
335 419 502 586 670 754
.5
.6
.7
23 24 25 26
27
.8 .9
28 29 30
31

(Continued.)
Barom.
S03 03
Table
Barom.
CO
I,
Apjohns Hygrometric
Tables.
(t.-t/ )=22.
(t-t')p.
87.18
2
(-J
(t-tf )=23.
o5
-a
1* fi
J3
X 30
(t-t')p.
(t-t')p.
v O
-O
fill
X87.18 30
22.5
X87.18 30
23. 0
(t-t')p.
rl-5
x- s! 87.18 30 Q a
23. 5 .17970 .18869 .19767 .20666 .21565 .22463 .23362 .24260 .25159 .26057 .26956 .27854 23. 6
Q~
S-S
-C
S3
20
21
.1
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
.2
.3 .4
.5
.6
.9 .7
.8
22.0 .16823 .17665 .18506 .19347 .20188 .21029 .21870 .22712 .23553 .24394 .25235 .26076
22.1 .16900 .17745 .18590 .19435 20280 .21125 .21970 .22815 .23660 .24505 .25350 .26195 22.2 .16976 .17825 .18674
84 168 252 336 421 505 589 673 757
.17206 .18066 .18926 .19787 .20647 .21507 .22367 .23228 .24088 .24948 .25809 .26669 22-6
.18146 .19010 .19875 .20739 .21603 .22467 .23331 .24195 .25059 .25923 .26787 22.7 .17359 .18227 .19095 .19962 .20830 .21698 .22566 .23434 .24302 .25170 .26038 .26906 22.8 .17435 .18307 .19179 .20050 ,20322 .21794 .22666 .23537 .24409 .25281 .26153 .27024 22.9
86 172 258 344 430 516 602 688 774
.17588 .18467 .19347 .20226 .21106 .21985 .22865 .23744 .24623 .25503 .26382 .27262
23. 1
20
90. 180.
.1
88 176 264 252 440 528 616
21
.2
270.
359. 449. 539. 629. 719. 809.
.3
.4 .5 .6
.7
704
791
.8
.9
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
20.
21
.1
20
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
.2
.3
85 170
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8 .9
254 338 423 507 592 675

761
86 173 259 346
432 518 605

691
29 30
31
778
20
21
.1
22 23
.2
.3
24
25 26 27 28 29
.4
.5
.19528 .20372 .21220

.22069 .22918 .23767 .24616 .25465 .26313 22.3 .17053 .17905 .18758 .19611 .20463 .21316 .22160 .23021 .23874 .24727 .25579 .26432 22.4 .17129 .17986 .18842 .19699 .20555 .21412 .22268 .23125 .23981 .24837 .25694 .26550
.6
.7
.8
.9
85 170 255 340 424 509 594 678 764
86 174 260 347 434 521 608 694 781
30
31
.18548 .19431 .20314 .21197 .22081 .22964 .23847 .24730 .25614 .26497 .27380 23.2 .17741 .18628 .19515 .20402 .21289 .22176 .23063 .23950 .24837 .25724 .26612 .27499 23. 3
.17817 .18708 .19599 .20490 .21381 .22272 .23163 .24054 .24944 .25835 .26726 .27617 22.4 .17894 .18789 .19683 .20578 .21473 .22367 .23262 .24157 .25052 .25946 .26841 .27736
88
177
265 353 442 530 618 707 795
89
177
266 355 444 532 621 710 798
.18949 .19852 .20754 .21656 .22559 .23461 .24363 .25266 .26168 .27070 .27973 23.7 .18123 .19030 .19936 .20842 .21748 .22654 .23560 .24467 .25373 .26279 .27185 .28091 23. 8
90 180 271 361 451

541
.1
21
.2 .3
.4
.5
.6
.7
632 722 812 902
.8 .9
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
20
91 181
.1
21
272 362 453 544 634 725 816
.2 .3
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
20 21 22 23
.1
85
171
.2
.3
.4
.5
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
.6
.7
.8
.9
256 341 426 512 597 682 767
87 174 262 349
89
178 267
436 523 610

697 785
256 445 535 624 713 802
20
21
.1
J7512
86
171
22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30
31
.2
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8 .9
257 343 428 514 600 685 771
.18387 .19263 .20138 .21014 .21890 .22765 .23641 .24516 .25392 .26267 27143
88
175
263 350 438 525 613 700 788
89 179 268
358 447 537 626 716 805
.18200 .19110 .20020 .20930 .21840 .22750 .23660 .24570 .25480 .26390 .27300 .28210 23.9 .18276 .19190 .20104 .21018 .21932 .22845 .23759 .24673 .25587
.26501 .27414 .28328
12
20
91
.1
21
182 273
.2
.3
.4
.5 .6
.7
364 455 546 637 728 819
.8
.9
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
20
91
.1
21
183
.2 .3
274 366 457 548 640

731
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
822
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
Table
Barom.
.
I,
Apjohns Hygrometric Tables

24.
-{Continued.)
t.')
(t.-t.' )
(t
(t-t')p.
.2
=25.
(t-t')P
O
. co
Barom.
"71
55
(t t')p.
CD
-3
a;
X
24 .0 .18353 .19270 .20188 .21106 .22023 .22941 .23859 .24776 .25694 .26612 .27529 .28447
24. 1
O (t-t')P- *"3 H &
S-g
X-
j-,
CD -fl
1
20
21
.1
87.18 30 J3A.5
87.18 30
24. 5
PL,
cUMC *-
X-
X- SI!
3h
CD
09 CD
-a
J3
87.18 30 SQ.J3 25.0 .19117 .20073 .21029 .21985 .22941 .23897 .24853 .25809 .26764 .27720 .28676 .29632 25. 1 .19194 .20154 .21113 .22073 .23033 .24992 .24952 .25912 .26872 .27831
87.18 30
25. 5 .19500 .20475 .21450 .22425 .23400 .24375 .25350 .26325 .27300 .28275 .29250 .30225 25.6 .19576 .20555 .21534 .22513 .23492 .24470 .25449 .26428 .27407 .28386 .29364 .30343 25.7 .19653 .20635 .21618 .22600 .23583 .24566 .25549 .26529 .27514 .28497 .29479 .30462 25.8 .19729 .20716 .21702 .22689 .23675 .24662 .25648 .26634
O a
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
.2
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
92 184 275 367 460 551 642 734 826
.18735 .19672 .20609 .21545 .22482 .23420 .24356 .25292 .26229 .27166 .28103 .29039 24. 6 .18812 .19752 .20693 .21633 .22574 .23515 .24455 .25396 .26336 .27277 .28217 .29158
24. 7
20 98 195
.1
94
187
96
191
21
.2
281 375
287
468 562 656 749 843
382 478 574 669 765 860
293 390 488 585 683 780 878
.3
.4
.5
22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29
.6
.7
.8
.9
30
31
20
21
#
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
.2 .3
.4
.5
.6
.7
.18429 .19351 .20272 .21194 .22115 .23037 .23958 .24879

.25801 .26722 .27644 .28565 24.2 .18506 .19431 .20356 .21282 .22207 .23132 .24057
20
.8
.9
92 184 276 369 461 553 645 737 829
94
188
96 192
98
196
.1
21
.2
.3
.4
282 376 470 564 658 753 847
288 384 490 576 672 768 864
294 392 489 587 685 783

881
22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
.5 .6
.7
.8
.9
28791
.29751 25.2 .19270
20
21
.1
93
185
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 80
31
.2 .3
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
20
21
.1
22
.2
23 24
25 26 27 28
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
29 30
31
.24983 .25908 .26833 .27759 .28684 24 .3 .28582 .29511 .20440 .21370 .22299 .23228 .24157 .25086 .26015 .26944 .27873 .28802 24. 4
.18659 .19592 20524 .21457 .22390 .23323 .24256 .25189 .26122 27055 .27988
.28921
278 370 463 555 648 740 833
93
186
279 372
465 558 650 743 836
.18888 .19832 .20777 .21721 .22666 .23610 .24555 .25499 .26443 .27388 .28332 .29277 24.8 .18965 .19913 .20861 .21809 .22757 .23707 .24654 .25602 .26550 .27499 .28447 .29359 24.9
.19041
20 98
197
.1
94
189
.20234
.21197 .22161
283 378 472 566

661 756 851
96 193 289
21
95 190 285 379 474 569 664 759 853
20
21
.1
26 23 24 25
26 27 28 29
.2 .3 .4
.5
95 189
.6
.7
284 379 473 568 662

757
.8
.9
852
30
31
.19993 .20945 .21897 .22849 .23801 .24753 .25705 .26657 .27609 .28562 .29514
63.
95 190
286
381
470
571
660 762 857
.23124 .24088 .25052 .26015 .26979 .27942 .28906 .29869 25.3 .19347 .20314 .21282 .22249 .23216 .24184 .25151 .26118 .27086 .28053 .29020 .29988 25. 4 .19423 .20394 .21366 .22337 .23308 .24279 .25250 .26222 .27193 .28164 .29135 .30106
385 482 578 675

771
295 393
491
.2 .3
.4 .5 .6 .7
.8
867
590 688 786 884
22 23 24 25 26
27
.9
28 29 30
31
20 99
197
.1
97 194
21
.2
290
387 484 580 677 774 871
296
395 493 592 691 789 888
.3
.4 .5
.6 .7 .8
.9
.27621
97 194
291
389 486 583 680 777 874

1
.28607 .29594 .30580 25.9 .19806 .20796 .23179 .22777 .23767 .24757 .25747 .26738
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
20
99 198 297 396
.1
21
.2 .3 .4
.5
495 594
693 792
891
'
.6
.7
22 23 24 25 26
27
!
27728
.28718 .29709 .30699
.8
.9
28 29 30
31
> lo.
U 7. New
Series
13
Table
Ba 'om.
CO
I,
Apjohns Hygrometric Tables.- ( Continued.
(t-t.')
= 26.
(t
(t-t') p.
')=27.
(t-t')p.
Barom.
CO
(t-t') p.
_a
CJ S3
2-c
!
.1
-g 87.18 30 J3Q c
26.0 .19882 .20876 .21870 .22864 .23859 .24853 .25847 .26841 .27835 .28829 .29823 .30817
26.1
X-
&~
-
X t^ 87.18 30 \ Q 5
1*
26.5 .20264 .21278 .22298 .23304 .24317 .25331 .26344 .27357 .28370 .29384 .30397 .31400 26. 6
101
(t-t')p. 1**8
S-g 87-18 30 J3Q p

27.0 .20647 .21679 .22712 .23744 .24776 .25809 .26841 .27873 .28906 .29938 .30970 .32003 27.1
X-
"3
*>
X (J
.
<
CO
a>
V
.a
<u
87.18 30
"S
fl
20
21
99
199
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
.2 ,3
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
298 398 497 597 696 795 895
203 304 405

507 608 709 811
103 207
912
310 413 516 619 723 826 929
27.5 .21029 .22081 .23132 .24184 .25235 .26287 .27338 .28389 .29441 .30492 .31545 .32595 27.6
.22162 .23217 .24272 .25328 .26383 .27438 .28494 .29549 .30604 .31660 .32715 27-7 .21182 .22241 .23300 .24359 .25419 .26478 .27537 .28596
20
105
.1
21
210 315
421
.2 .3
.4
526
631 736
841
.5
.6
.7
.8
946
.9
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
20
21
.1
22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30
31
.2
.3
.4
.5 .6
.7
.8 .9
.19959 .20957 .21955 .22952 .23950 .24948 .25946 .26944 .27943 .28940 .29938 .30936
26. 2
20
100
200 299 399 499 599 699 798 898
.21358 .22375 .23392 .24409
102
25426
.26443 .27460 ,28477 .29494 .30511 .31529 26.7 .20417 .21438 .22459 .23480 .24501 .25522 .26543 .27564 .28584 .29605 .30626 .31647 26. 8
202 305 407 509 610 712 814 915
.21759 .22796 .23832 .24868 .25904 .26940 .27977 .29013 .30049 .31085
.32121
27. 2 .20800 .21840 .22880 .23920 .24960 .26000 .27040 .28080 .29120 .30160 .31020 .32240 27. 3
104 207 311 415
106 211 317
.1
21
.2 .3
518 622 725 829 933
422 528 633 739 844 950
.4
.5
.6
.7
22 23 24 25 26
27
.8
.9
28 29 30
31
20
21
.1
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
.2
.3 .4
.5
.6 .7
.8 .9
20
21
.1
22 23 24 25 26
27
.2
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7 .8 .9
28 29 30
31
20
21
.1
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
.2
.3
.4 .5
.6
.7
.8
.9
29 30
31
.20085 .21037 .22039 .23041 .24042 .25044 .26046 .27047 .28049 .29051 .30053 .31054 26.3 .20112 .21117 .22123 .23128 .24134 .25139 .26145 .27151 .28156 .29162 .30167 .31173 26.4 .20188 .21197 .22207 .23216 .24226 .25235 .26244 .27254 .28263 .29273 .30282
1
20
106
.1
100
102
200
301 401 501 601 701 801 902
204 306 408 510 613

715 817 919
104 208 312 416 520 624 728 832 936
21
212 318 424 530 636

741
.2
.3
.4 .5
.6
.7
29655
.30714 .31773 .32832 27. 8 .21259 .22322 .23384 .24447 .25510 .26573 .27636 .28699 .29762 .30825 .31880 .32951 27.9 .21335 .22402 .23469 .24535 .25601 .26669 .27736 .28802 .29869 .30936 .32003 .33069
14
847 953
.8
.9
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 33 31
101
201
302 402 503 603 704 805 905
.20494 .21519 .22543 .23568 .24593 .25617 .26646 .27677 .28691 .29717
.30741 .3)776 26.9 .20570 .21599 .22627
103
205 307 410 512 615 717 820 922
101
103
202 303 404 505 606

707
808 909
.31291
.23656 .24684 .25713 .26742 .27770 .28799 .29827 .30856 31884
206 309 411 514 617 720 823 926
.20876 .21920 .22964 .24008 .25052 .26095 .27139 .28183 .29227 .30271 .31314 .32358 27. 4 .20953 .22000 .23048 .24096 .25143
.26191 .27239
20
106
.1
104 209 313 418 522 626

731
21
835 939
213 319 425 531 638 744 850 957
.2 .3
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
20
105
107
21
210 314 419

524 629 733 838 943
I
213 320
427 533 640
747 153 960
.2 .3
.4
.5
.6
.7
.28286 .29334
.30381 .31429 .32477
.8 .9
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
Table
Barom.
CO 0>
co
I,
Apjohn's Hygrometric Tables
-( Continued.
(t.-t ')=280.
(t-t')p.
e2
.2
<
(t. t. ')=29.
(t-t')p- 2
Barom.
.O
.
1-c
X87.18 30
28. 0
"7!
o g-
87.18 30
28. 5
x- z~i o
(t-t')POh
X87.18 30
29.0 .22176 .23285 .24394 .25503 .26612 .27721 .28829 .29938 .31047 .32156 .33264 .34373
29.1
Ti
CO CD
(t-t')p.
co
to
5
CD
SQj
"S-5
X87.18 30
r
3h
m Q
& u
CO 0)
JS
20
21
.1
22 23 24 25 26
27
.2
.3
.4
.5 .6
.7
28 29 30
31
.8
.9
20
21
.1
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
.2 .3 .4
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
20
21
.1
22 23 24 25 26
27
28
.2 .3
.4 .5 .6
.7
.8
.9
29 30
31
20
21
.1
22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
3'J
.2
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
31
2)
21
.1
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
.2
.3 .4
.5
.21412 .22482 .23553 .24623 .25694 .26764 .27835 .28906 .29976 .31047 .32117 .33188 28. .21488 .22562 .23637 .24711 .25786 .26860 .27934 .29009 .30083 .31157 .32232 .33306 28.2 .21564 .22643 .23721 .24799 .25877 .26956 .28034 .29112 .30190 .31269 .32347 .33425 28.3 .21641 .22723 .23805 .24887 .25969 .27051 .28133 .29215 .30297 .31379 .32461 .33544 28.4 .21717 .22803 .23889 .24975 .26061
J
107
214 321
428 535 642 749

857
.21794 .22884 .23973 .25063 .26153 .27242 .28332 .29122

.30511 .31600 .32691 .33781 28. 6
.22961 .24054 .25148 .26242 .27336 .28430 .29524 .30618 .31712 .32806 .33899 28.7 .21947 .23044 .24144 .25239 .26336
109
111
218 327
436 545 654 763 872

981
222 333 444 554

665 776 887
964
998
29.5 .22559 .23687 .24814 .25942 .27070 .28198 .29326 .30454 .31582 .32710 .33838 .34965 29. 6
.23767 .24899 .26030 .27162 .28294 .29426 .30559 .31689 .32821 .33953 .35084
29.7 .22712
20
113
.1
21
226 338
451
.2 .3
.4
.5
564
677 790 902 1015
.6 .7 .8 .9
22 23 24 25 26
27
28 29 30
31
20
107
109
215 322 430 537 645 752 860 967
219 328 438 547 656 766 875 984
108 216 324

431
539 647 755 863 970
.27434
.28531 .29628 .30726 .31823 .32920 .34018 28.8
110 220 329 439 549 658 768 879 988
108 216 325 433

541 649 757 866
974
109 217 326
.'27147
.6
.7
.8
.9
.28233 .29319 .30404 .31490 .32576 .33652
434 543 652 760 869 977
.22023 .23124 .24226 .25327 .26428 .27529 .28630 .29731 .30833 .31934 .33035 .34136 28.9 .22100 .23205 .24310 .25415 .26520 .27625 .28730 .29835 .30940 .32045 .33150 .34255
110 220 330 440

551 66 i 771 881 991
111
221 332 442
553 663 774 884 995
.33365 .24478 .25591 .26703 .27816 .28929 .30041 .31154 .32266 .33379 .34492 29.2 .22329 .23446 .24562 .25679 .26795 .27912 .29028 .30144 .31261 .32377 .33494 .34610 29.3 .22406 .23526 .24646 .25767 .26887 .28007 .29127 .30248 .31368 .32488 .33609 .34729 29.4 .22482 .23606 .24730 .25854 .26979 .28103 .29327 .30351 .31475 .32599 .33723 .34857
111
113
.1
21
223 334 445 556 668 779 890

1001
226 340 453 566 679 792 905 1019
.2 .3
.4
.5
.6 .7
.8
.9
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
20
114 227 341
.1
112 223 335 447 558 670 782 893 1006
112
224 336 448 560 672 784 896

1008
112 225 337
450 562 675 787 899 1012
.23847 .24983 .26118 .27254 .28389 .29525 .30661 .31796 .32932 .34067 .35203 29.8 .22788 .23927 .25067 .26206 .27346 .28485 .29624 .30764 .31903 .33043 .34182 .35321 29. 9 .22864 .24008 .25151 .26294 .27437
.28581
21
.2
454 568
681 795
.3 .4
.5
.6
.7
22 23 24 25 26
27
909 1022
.8 .9
28 29 30
31
20
114 228 342 456
.1
21
.2 .3
.4
.5
.6 .7 .8 .9
570 684 798

912 1026
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
20
114 229 343 457 572 686 800 915 1029
.1
.29724 .30867 .32010 .33154 .34297 .35440
.2 .3 .4 .5 .6
.7 .8
21 22
.9
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
15
Table
II,
Apjohns Hygrometric
Tables.
Wet
Bulb.
Depression of Bulb below
Dry Thermometer
in degrees, Fahrenheit.
Wet
Bulb.
2
7 7 7
3
11
10
11
12 13 14
15
16
17 18
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6
11
11 11
4 14 14
15 15 16 16 17 18 18 19
5
18 18 19 19
6
21
7 25
19
*20
21
8 8 8 9 9 9 10 10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
20
21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
14 14 15 15 16
17 17
20
20
21
22 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29
22 22 23 24 25 26 26 28 29 29
31
25 26
27
8 28 29 30
28 29 30
31
30 32 33 34 35
37
32 34 34
36 37 39 40 41 43 45 46 48 50 52 54 57 58 60 62 64 66 69
71
38 39
41
11
6 6
7 7 7
12 12
13
13
14
14 15 15 16
17 17
18 19 19 20 21 21
32 33 34 35 36
37
38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
51
7 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 10 10
11
11
18 18 19
22 23 24 25 26 26
27
22 23 24 25 26 26 28 28 30
31
30
31 32
33 35 36 37 39
41
32 33 34 35 37 38 40
41
42 44 46
47
50
51
53 55
57
20 20
21
12 12 12 13 13 14 14
15 15 16 16 17 17
22 22 23 24 25 26
27
28 29 30 32 32 34 35 36
37
39 40
41 43 44
28 29 29
31
32 33 34 35 36 38 39 40 42 43 45 46 48 50 52 53 55 57 59
61
42 43 44 46 47 49 51 53 54 56 58 60 62 65 67 69 72 74
77 79
43 44 46 49 50
51
53 55 56 59
61
59 62 65 66 68 70 73 75 78
81
63 65
67
74
76 78
81
70 72 74
77
52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
61
46
47
18
19 19
20
21 21
62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
22 23 24 24 25 26
27 28
32 33 34 35 36 37 39 40 42 43 44 46 48 49 50 52 54 56
49
51
53 54 56 58 60 62 64
66 68
71
63 66 68 70 72 75
77
82 85 88
91
80 83 86 88 92 95 98
101 105
84 87 90 93 97 100
103 107 111 115 118 123 127
131
84 86 90 93 96 99 103 106 110

114 118
122
126 131
94
97
109 112
116 120 125 128 133 137 143 146
151 156 161 167
135 140 145 150

154
80 83 86 88
91
100 104 107

111
95
114 119
122 126 130 135 139
135 140 146 150 155 160 167

171
160 166
171 177
73 76 78
81
98
101
182 190 195
104 108
111
82
177 182 18 195
202 208 215 222
1-6
Table
II,
Apjohns Hygrometric
Tables.
(Continued.)
Depression of
Wet
Bulb below Dry Thermometer,
in degrees Fahrenheit.
10
32
32 33 34 36 37 39 40
41
35 36
37
11 39 40
41
12
42 43 44 46 48 49 52 53 55 58 59
61
38 40
41
43 44 46 48 50
51
43 44 46 48 49
51
42 44 45 47 48
51
53 54
56 58
61
13 46 47 48 49 52 53 56 57 60 62
14
15
16
49 50 52 53 56 57 60 62 64
67 69
71
53 54 56
57
56 58 59
61
53
55 57 59 62 64 66 69
71
63
65
64 66 68
71
64 66 69
72 74 77
81
60 62 65 66 69 72 74
77
64 66 69 70 74
77
78 82
85
74
77
53 56 58 59 62 64 67 69 73 75
77
80 83
87
68
71 73
74
77
76 78
81
74 77 81 83
85 89
91
79 83 85 89 92
97 100
83 86 90 92 96
100 105 108
111
90 92
97
80 83 86 89 93 96 99
104 107
111
88
91
94 99
102 106 110 114 118 123 130 133 136 141 146 150 157 162 168 173 179 186 192 198
99
104 108 113 116 119 123
127
79 82 85 88
91
85 88
91
94 98
101 105 108 112 116 120 124 129 133 138 143
147 153
94 97 100 103 108

111
102 106 109 113 118

121
114 118 122 127

131
116 122 125 128 132 137

141 147
182 137
141 147 151 157 162 168
95 97
101
104 108 112 116 120 124 129 132 138 142 148 152
158 163 168 174 180 187
158 164 169 175

181 187
116 119 123 128 132 136 142 146 152 157 162 168 174 180 186 193 199
126 130
134
139
144 149 155 160 166 172 176 184 190

197
137 140 146 151 156 161 168 173 179
174
181 186
186
191
193 200
193
199 205 214
208 214
221 228
206 212 220 229 235 243

251
203 210 217 224 232 240 250

257 265 274 286 293
199 205 213 220 228 235 243

251
193 200 206 214

221
230
237 245 253 262 270 280
291
152 158 162 168 174 180 186 194 200 207 215 221 230 237 246 254 263 272
281
206 213
221
220
227 234
242 250
238 244 252 260 269 278
262 268 277 286 296 306
302 312 323 334
260 270 278 287 296 309 317 328 338 350
361
290 300 312

321
300 309 319 333 342 353 364 377 389
332 342
357 366 378 390 404 417
229 235 245 253 262 270 280 290 299 309 320 333 342 354 365 381 390 403 416 430 445
No.
47.
Nei v Series
63.
Table
II, -Apjohn's Hygrometric Tables. -( Continued.
Wet
Bulb.
Depression of
Wet Bulb
below Dry Thermometer, in degrees Fahrenheit.
Wet
Bulb
70
71
72 73 74 75 76
77 78 79 80 81
28 29 30
31
2 56 57 59
61
4
111
83
86
89 92
95 98
101
32 33 34 35 36
37
63 65 67 69 72
115 118 123 127

131
5 139 144 148 154 159
104 108
111
135 139
74
77 79
81
38 40
41
82 83
84
42
43 45 46 48 49
51
84
87
85 86
87
88 89 90
91
90 92 95 98
101
115 119 122 126 130 134 139 143 148 152
157 162 167 172 177
144 148 153 158 162

168
174 179 185

191 197
92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 loo
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109
52 54 56
57
105 108
111
59
61
63 65
67 69 71 73 75 77
80 82 85
87
no in
112 113 114 115 116
117
90 92 95 98
101 104 107
115 118 122 126 129 133 137 142 146 150 154 160 164 169 174 179 185 190 196 201 207
118 119 120

121 122 123 124 125 126 J 27 128 129 130
110 113 116 120 123

127
130 134 138 142 146 150 154 158 162

167
213 220 226 282 239 247 253 260 268 275 283
291
299
3(17
183 188 194 200 206 212 219 226 232 239 246 254 260 269 277 285 293 301 311 320 329 339 349 359 370 379 390 401 413 425 437 449
461
203 209 216 222 229 236 244

251
259 267 275 283 292

301 310 319 328 338 347
164 169 174 180 186 192 198 203 211 217 224 231 239 246 254 262 270 278 287 296 305 314 324 334 344 254 365 375 387 399
411
6 167 172 178 184 190 196
7 195 201 207
200 208 214 223 230 237 244 253 260 269 277 286 295 304 314 323 334 344 356 365 377 388 400 412 425
215 222 229 236 243

251
260 268 277 284 295 304 314 323 334 344 355 366 377
391 401
414 426 440 453 467

481
438
451
359 370 380

391
403 415 427 439 452 465 478 494 506 520 535 550 566 582 598 615
,632
423 434 449 462 476 490 504 519 534 549 565
581
466 479 493 508

521
538 554
571
587
604 622 640 659 678

697 718 740 759
781 803
496 511 526 542 559 575 592 608 628 647 666 684 705 726 747 769
791
8 222 230 237 246 254 262 270 278 287 297 306 316 325 337 347 358 370 382 394 406 418 431 446 458 473 487 502 518 536 550 566 584 602 619 638 657 677 694 718 739
761 780 806
70
71
72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
81
82 83 84 85 86
87 88 b9 90
91
92 93 94 95 96
97
98 99 100
101
102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110
HI
112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126
127
316 325 334
474 487
501
650 668
598 617 633 651 669 688 708 728 748 769 790 812 835
826 849 873 898 922 947 974

1001
813 837 864 896 911 937 963

981 1018 1047 1076 1105 1137 1168
830 854 878 904 930

957 987 1012
1041 1071 1101
1122 1164 1197 1230 1263 1299 1335
128 129 130
20
Table
II,
Apjohns Hygrometric
Tables. -- (Continued.)
Depression of
Wet Bulb
below Dry Thermometer, in degrees Fahrenheit.
9 250 258 266 276 285 294 303 312 323 334 345 356 365 379
391
403 416 429 443 456

461
475 508 516 532 548

565 582 600 618 637 657 677 697 718 739
761 781 807
10 278 287 296 307 317 327 337 347 359 371 383 395 406 411 434 448 462 477 492 507 523 539 557 573
591
11
12
306 316 326 338 349 360

371
382
395 408
421
609 628 647 667 687 708 730 752 774 798
821
435 447 463 477 493 508 525 541 558 575 593 612 630 650 670
691
334 344 355 368 380 392 404 416 431 445 460 474 487 505
521
13 361
14
373 385 399 412 425 438

451
538 554 572 590 608 628 647 667 688 709
731
467 482 498 514 528 547 564 582

601
389 402 414 430 444 458 472 486 503 519 536 553 568 589 608 627
647 668 689 710 732 755 778 802 827 853 879 906 934 962
991 1022 1053 1084 1117 1149 1184 12151256 1294
1331
15 417 431 444 461 476

491
16
506
521
539 557 575 593 609 632

651
712 734 756 779 S03 827

851
878 903
931
846
832 856 880 906 933 960 988 1017 1046 1076
924
951
mi
1171
978 1007 1037 1067 1098 1130 1162 1196 1234

1265 1301
955 987 1016 1046 1076 1108

1141
754 776 800 824 850 876 902 929 958 985 1015 1042 1076 1109
1141
620 640 659 680 701 723 745 768 792 816
841
672 693 716 738 761 785 809 834 860 887 914 942
971 1001 1031
867 893 920 949 978 1006 1037

1067 1100 1128 1166
1201 1236
1271
1139
1174 1208 1243 1278 1316 1357 1392

1431
1174 1208 1244 1280 1318 1356 1394 1435

1481
1309 1348
1387 1427 1469 1511 1555 1604 1645
1691
1369 1410 1452 1494 1537 1582 1627 1674 1728

1771 1821
1062 1095 1128 1161 1197 1232 1269 1302 1346 1386 1427 1467
1511
1556
1601 1647
1695 1743 1794

1851
1518
1561
1898
1952
445 459 474 491 507 523 539 555 574 594 613 632 650 674 694 717 739 763 787 811 837 862 890 917 946 974 1004 1035 1067 1099 1133 1168 1203 1238 1277 1314 1354 1389 1435 1478 1522 1565 1611 1659 1707 1757 1808 1859 1914 1974 2024 2082
2141
1204 1238 1264 1310 1346 1383

1421 1462 1502
1338 1376 1415 1455 1496

1537 1579 1624 1699
1472 1514 1537

1601 1646 1691 1737 1786
1606
1651 1698
1746 1795 1844

1895
1739 1789 1840 1892 1945 1998
1873 1926
1981
2037 2094 2152

2211
2053
2111
1836
1949 2003
2170
2274 2337
2007 2064 2123 2183 2244 2306 2:69 2436 2504
2202 2264 2328 2394 2459 2526 2598 2670
No. 147.
New
Seuies
63.
21
Table
II,
Apjohns Hygrometric
Tables.
(Continued.)
deg rees Fahrenheit.
Wet
Bulb.
Depression of
Wet Bulb
below Dry
T hermometer,
in
Wet
Bulb.
17
18
19
20
.
70
71
72 73 74 75 76
77
78 79 80
81
473 488 503 522 539 556 573 590 610

631 651
500
517
533 553 571 589 607 625 646 668 689

711 731
528 545 562 583 602

621 640 659
682 705 728

751 771
82 83 84 85 86
87
672 690 716 738 762 785

811
,
88 89 90
91
92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
101
102 103 104 105 106

107 108 109
110 111 112 113

114 115
836 862 889 916 945 974 1005 1035 1068 1100 1134 1168 1204 1241 1278 1316 1357 1396 1438 1476 1525 1571 1617 1663 1712 763 1814 1867
1
758 781 806 832 859 886 913 941 970

1001
1031
800 825
851
1064
1096 1130 1165 1201 1237 1274 1314 1354 1393 1436 1478 1523 1562
'
1614 1663 1712 1760

1813 1867
1921
116
117 118 1)9
1921 1975
2033 2098
2151
120
121
122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129

130
2212 2275 2339 2406 2474 2543 2613 2684

2761
2837
1976 2034 2092 2153 2221 2277 2342 2408 2477 2547 2619 2693 2767 2842 2923 3004
878 906 935 963 994 1024 1050 1089 1123 1157 1193 1229 1267 1305 1345 1389 1429 1471 1516 1560 1607 1649 1704 1756 1807 1858 1913 1970 2027 2086 2147 2208 2272 2345 2404 2472 2542 2614 2689 2765 2842 2920 3000 3086 3171
556 574 592 614 634 654 674 694 718 742 766 790 812 842 868 896 924 954 984
1014 1046 1078 1112 1146 1182 1218 1256 1294 1334 1374 1416 1460 1504 1548 1596 1642 1692 1736 1794 1848 1902 1956
21 584 603 622 645 666 687 708 729
22 612
631 651
675 697 719

741
754 779 804 830 853 884

911 941 970 1002 1033 1065 1098 1132 1168 1203 1241 1279 1319 1359
1401
763 790 816 843 869
23 639 660 681 706 729 752 775 798 826 853
881
893 926
955 986 1016 1049 1082 1115
1151
909 934 968 998 1050 1063

1097 1132 1166 1203 1240 1279 1318 1359
1401
24 667 689 710 737 761 785 809 833 862 890 919 948 974 1010 1042 1075 1109 1145
1181
70
71
72 73 74 75 76
77
78 79 80
81
82 83 84 85 86
87 88 89 90
91
1186 1223 1261 1300 1340 1382 1423 1467

1511
1443 1487 1533 1579 1625 1676 1724

1777 1823 1884 1940 1997 2054
1558 1606 1654 1703 1756 1806

1861
1910 1973 2033
2014 2074 2134 2196 2260 2324 2392 2468 2530 2602 2676 2752 2830 2910 2992 3074 3158 3248 3338
2115 2178
2241 2306
2092 2152 2215

2281 2347
2373 2440 2512

2591
2416 2486 2556

2631
2657 2732 2810 2890 2972 3056 3142 3228 3316 3410 3505
2715 2783 2862 2944 3027 3113 3201 3291

3381
1444 1488 1534 1580 1628 1679 1730 1780 1835 1888 1946 1996 2063 2125 2187 2249 2316 2385 2454 2525 2599 2673 2751 2838 2910 2992 3077 3165 3255 3346
1217 1255 1294 1334 1375 1418 1462 1507 1553

1601 1649
92 93 94 95 96
97 98
99
100
101
1699 1752 1805 1858 1915 1970 2030 2083 2153 2218 2282 2347 2417 2489 2561 2635 2712 2789 2870 2962 3036 3122
3211
102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116
117
118 119 120

121 122
3474 3573 3672
3440 3535 3632 3735 3839
3302 3396 3492 3590 3689 3790 3898 4006
123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130
Table
II,
Apjohns Hygrometric Tables.
(Continued.)
25 695 718 740 768 793 818 843 868 898 928 958 988 1015 1053 1085 1120 1155 1193 1230 1268 1308
1348 1390 1433 1478 1523 1570 1618 1668 1718 1770 1825 1880 1935 1995
26 723 746 770 798 824 850 876 902 933 965 996 1027 1056 1095 1128 1165 1201 1240 1279 1318 1360
1401
27 751
775 799 829 856 883 910 937 969 1002 1034
1067 1096 1137 1172 1210 1247 1288 1328 1369 1412 1455
1501 1547
2053 2115 2170 2243 2310 2378 2445 2518 2593 2668 2745 2825 2905 2990 3085 3163 3253 3345 3440 3538 3638 3740 3843 3948 4060
1446 1490 1537 1583 1633 1682 1734 1786 1841 1898 1955 2012 2075 2135
1596 1644 1696 1747 1801 1855 1912 1971
28 778 804 829 860 888 916 944 972 1005 1039 1072 1106 1137 1179 1215 1254 1294 1336 1378 1420 1464 1509 1557 1604 1655
1705 1758 1812 1868 J 924 1982 2044
29 806 832 858 890 919 948 977 1006

1041
30
00
00
00
834
861
888
921 951 981 1011 1041 1077 1113 1149 1185 1218 1263 1302 1344 1386 1431 1476
1521
1076
1111
1146 1177
1221
1259 1299 1340 1383

1427 1470 1517 1563 1612
1662 1714 1766

1821
1569 1617 1668 1719 1773 1827 1884

1941
2030 2090 2155

2217 2234
2200
2257 2332 2402 2473 2543 2618 2696 2774 2855 2938
3021
2344 2422 2495 2568 2641 2719 2800 2881 2965

3051
3110 3208 3289 33S3 3479 3578 3679 3783 3890 3996 4105 4222
3137 3229 3332 3416 3513 3613 3715

3821
3929 4039 4150 4263 4385
2106 2167 2234 2299 2369 2430 2512 2587 2663 2738 2820 2904 2988 3074 3164 3254 3349 3455 3542 3643 3746 3853 3962 4074 4189 4304
4421
4547
1876 1934 1992 2053 2117 2181 2245 2314 2381 2453 2517 2601 2680' 2758 2836 2920 3007 3094 3184 3277 3370 3468 3579 3669 3773 3880 3990 4104 4220 4338 4457 4579 4710
2001 2061
2124 2190 2256 2322 2394 2463 2538 2604

2691
2772 2853 2934

3021 3111 3201
3294 3390 3486 3588 3702 3795 3903 4014 4128 4245 4365 4488
4611 4737 4872
Table
III, -Apjohn's Hygrometric Tables.

in Inches of
Degrees of Fahrenheit's Thermometer, and Tension of Vapour
Mercury.
Ther.
Tension.
Ther.
Tension.
Ther.
Tension.
Ther.
Tension
Ther.
Tension.
In. decls.
In.
decls.
In. decls.
In. decls.
In. decls.
"TO)
03.9 8
7
0.05246
02.0
1
0.06598
0.06623 0.06648 0.06674 0.06699 0.06725 0.06750 0.06776 0.06802 0.06828 0.06853
08.0
1
0.05277
14.0
1
0.10354
20.0
1
12915
0.12962 0.13010 0.13057 0.13105 0.13153 0.13201 0.13249 0.13298 0.13347 0-13395
6 5 4 3 2
I
03.0
0.05266 0.05286 0.05307 0.U5326 0.05346 0.05367 0.05388 0.05408 0.05429 0.05450
0.05471 0.05492 0.05513 0.05535 0.05556 0.05577 0.05599 0.05620 0.05642 05663
2 3 4 5 6
7
2 3 4 5 6
7
8
02.9 03.0
1
8
08.9 09.0
1
0.08308 0.08340 0.08371 0.08402 0.08434 0.08466 0.08498 0.08529 0.08561 0.08594 0.08626 0.08658
0.08691
2 3 4
5 6
7
8
14.9 15.0
1
0.10393 0.10431 0.10470 0.10599 0.10548 0.10587 0.10626 0. 10665 0.10705 0.10745
0.10784 0.10824 0.10864 0.10905 10945 0.10986 0.11026 0.11067 0.11108 0.11149
0.11190 0.11232 0.11273 0.11315 0.11357 0.11399
0.11441 0.11483 0.11525 0.11568
2 3 4 5 6
7
209
21.0
1
02.9 8
7
6 5 4 3 2
1
2 3 4
5
0.06880 0.06906 0.06932 0.06958 0.06985

0.07011
6
7
2 3 4 5 6
7
8
03.9 04.0
1
02.0
01-9 8
7
0.07038 0.07065 0.07091 0.07118 0.07145 0.07172 0.07200 0.07227 0.07254 0.07282 0.07309 0.07337 0.07365 0.07393
0.07421 0.07449 0.07477 0.07505 0.07533 0.07562 0.07590 0.07619 0.07648 0.07677 0.07706 0.07735 0.07764 0.07794 0.07823 07853 0.07882 0.07912 0.07942 0.07972 0.08002 0.08032 0.08062 0.08093 0.08123 0.08154 0.08185 0.08215 0.08246
8 09.9 10.0
1
0.08723 0.08756 0.08789 0.08822 0.08855 0.08888 0.08921

0.08955 0.08988 0.09022 0.09056 0.09090 0.09124 0.09158 0.09192 0.09226 0.09261 0.09296 0.09330 0.09365
2 3 4 5 6
7
2 3
4
5 6
7
8
15.9 16.0
1
8 21.9 22.0
1
0.13444 0.13494 0.13543 0.13592 0.13642 0.13692 0.13742 0.13792 0.13843 0.13893
0.13944 0.13995 0.14046 0.14097 0.14148 0.14200 0.14252 0.14304 0.14356 0.14408
0.14460 0.14513 0.14566 0.14619 0.14672 0.14725 0.14779 0.14833 0.14887 0.14941 0.14995 0.15050 0.15105 0.15160 0.15215 0.15269 0.15324 0.15380 0.15436 0.15492 0.15548 0.15604 0.15661 0.15718 0.15775 0.15832 0.15889 0.15947 0.J 6004
6 5 4 3 2
1
01.0
00.9
0.05685 0.05707 0.05729 0.05751 0.05773 0.05795 0.05818 0.05840 0.05862 0.05885
0.05907 0.05930 0.05952 0.05975 0.05998 0.06021 0.06044 0.06067 0.06091 0.06114 0.06137 0.06161 0.06184 0.06208
2 3 4
5 6 7
2 3 4 5 6
7
2 3 4 5 6
7
2 3 4 5 6
7
8
04.9 05.0
1
8
10.9 11.0
1
8
16.9
8
22.9 23.0
1
17.0
1
8
7 6 5
4 3 2
1
2 3 4 5 6
7
2 3 4 5 6
7
09400
0.09435 0.09470 0.09506 0.09541 0.09577 0.09612 0.09648 0.09684 0.09721 0.09757 0.09793 0.09830 0.09866 0.09913 0.09940 0.09977 0.10014 0.10051 0.10089 0.10126 0.10164 0-10202 0.10240 0.10277 0.10316
2 3 4 5 6
7
00.0
8 05.9 06.0
1
8
11.9 12.0
1
8
17.9 18.0
1
+.1
2 3 4 5 6
7 8 00.9 0.10
1
3 4
5 6
7
2 3
4 5 6
7
2 3 4
5 6
7 8
2 3 4
5
6
7 8
01.9
0.06232 0.06255 0.06279 0.06303 0.06327 0.06352 0.06376 0.06400 0.06425 0.06449 0.06474 0.06498 0.06523 0.06548 0.06573
8
06.9 07.0
1
8
12.9 13.0
1
18.9 19.0
1
2 3 4 5
6
7
2 3 4
5 6
7
2 3
4
5 6
7
8
07.9
8
13.9
8
19.9
0.11610 0.11653 0.11696 0.11739 0.11783 0.11826 0.11870 0.11913 0.11957 0.12001 0.12046 0.12090 0.12135 0.12179 0.12224 0.12269 0.12314 0.12359 12405 0.12450 0.12496 0-12542 0.12588 0.12634 0.12680 0.12727 0.12774 0.12820 0.12867
2 3 4
5 6
7
8 23.9 24.0
1
3 4
5 6 7 8 24.9 25
1
<
2 3
4 5
6
7
8
25.9
1
i
24

(Continued.)
in Inches of
Table
III,
Apjohns Hygrometric
Tables.
Degrees of Farenheit's Thermometer, and Tension of Vapour
Mercury.
Tber.
Tension.
Ther.
Tension.
Ther.
Tension.
Ther.
Tens
Ther
Tension.
26
1
2 3 4 5 6
7
8
26 9 27
1
2 3 4 5 6
7 8 27 9 28
1
2 3 4
5 6 7 8 28 9 29
1
2 3 4 5
6
7
8 29 9 30
1
2 3
4 5 6
7
8 30 9
31
1
16062 16120 16178 16237 16296 16355 16414 16473 16532 16592 16652 16712 6772 16833 16894 16954 17016 17077 17138 17200 17262 17324 17387 17449 17512 17575 17638 17702 17765 17829 17893 17957 18022 18087 18151 18217 18282 18348 18413 18480 18546 18612 18679 18746 18813 18880 18948 19016 19084
J
32
1
2 3
4 5 6
7
8 32 9 33
1
2 3 4
5 6
7
8 33 9 34
1
2 3
4 5 6
7 8 34 9
35
1
2 3 4 5 6
7
8 35 9 36
1
2
3
4
5 6
7
1915-2
3
*
6
7
8
31 9
19221 19289 19358 19427 19497 19567 19637 19707 19777 19848
8 36 9 37
1
2
3 4 5 6
7
8 37 9
19918 19989 20061 20132 20204 20276 20348 20421 20494 20567 20640 20713 20787 20861 20935 21010 21084 21159 21234 21310 21386 21462 21538 21614 21691 21768 21854 21923 22000 22078 22157 22235 22314 22393 22472 22552 22632 22712 22792 22873 22953 23035 23116 23198 23280 23362 23444 23527 23610 23694 23777 23861 23945 24029 24114 24199 24284 24370 24456 24542
38
1
2 3 4
5 6 7
8 38 9 39
1
2 3 4 5 6
7
39 9 40
1
2 3 4 5 6
7
8 40 9
41
]
2 3
4 5 6
7
24628 24715 24802 24889 24978 25064 25152 25241 25329 25418 25508 25597 25687 25777 25868 25958 26049 26141 26232 26324 26416 26509 26602 26695 26788 26882 26976 27070 27165 27260 27355 27451 27547 27643 27739 27836 27933
28031 28129 28227
44
1
2 3
4 5 6
7
8
44 9 45
1
30362 30467 30573 30679 30785 30892 30999 31107 31214 31322
31431
50
1
2 3
4 5 6
7
8 50 9
51
1
2 3 4
5 6
7
31540 31649 31758 31868 31978 32089 32200

32311
2 3 4
5 6
7
8
45 9 46
1
8
51 9
2 3 4 5 6
J
8 46 9 47
1
2 3 4 5
6 7
8 41 9 42 o
1
8 47 9
32423 32534 32647 32760 32873 32986 33100 33214 33328 33443 33559 33674 33790 33906 34023 34140 34258 34376 34494 34613
34731 34851 34971
52
1
2 3 4 5 6
7
8 52 9
53
1
2 3
4 5
6
7
2 3 4
5 6
7
8 42 9 43 o
1
28325 28424 28523 28622 28722 28822 28922 29023 29124 29225
29327
48
1
53 9 54
1
2
3 4 5
6
7 8 48 9
49
1
2 3 4 5 6
7
8 43 9
29429 29531 29634 29737 29840 29944 30048 30152 30257
2 3 4 5 6
7
8 49 9
35091 35211 35332 35453 35575 35697 35820 35943 36066 36190 36313 36438 36563 36688 36814 36940 37066 37193
2 3 4 5 6
7
8 54 9 55
1
3
4 5 6
7
8 55 9
37320 37447 37576 37704 37833 37962 38092 38222 38352 38483 38614 38746 38878 39011 39144 39277 39411 39545 39680 39815 39951 40087 40223 40360 40497 40635 40773 40911 41050 41190 41330 41470 41611 41752 41893 42035 42178 42321 42464 42608 42753 42898 43043 43188 43334 43481 43628 43775 43923 44072 44221 44370 44520 44671 44821 4497 4512 4527 454
41
No.
147.
New
Series
63.
25

Table
III,
Apjokn's Hygrometric Tables.
(Continued.)
Tension.
Degrees of Fahrenheit's Thermometer, and Tension of Vapour in Inches of Mercury.
Ther.
Tension.
Ther.
Tension.
Ther.
Tension.
Ther.
Ther.
Tension.
56.0
.1
0.45736 .0.45890
.0.46045 .0.46200 .0.46355 .0.46511 .0.46668 .0.46825 .0.46982 .0.47140 .0.47299 .0.47458 .0.47617 .0.47777 .0.47937 .0.48098 .0.48260 .0.48422 .0.48584 .0.48747 .0.48911 .0.49075 .0.49239 .0.49404 .0.49570 .0.49736 .0.49902 .0.50070 .0.50237 .0.50405 .0.50574 .0.50743 .0.50912 .0.51083 .0.51253 .0.51425 .0.51596 .0.51769 .0.51942 .0.52115 .0.52289 .0.52463 .0.52638 .0.52814 .0.52990 .0.53166 .0.53343 .0.53521 .0.53699 .0.53878 .0.54058 .0.54238 .0.54418 .0.54599 .0.54781 .0.54963 .0.55145 .0.55328 .0.55512 .0.55697
62.0
.1
.2 .3
.2 .3 .4
.5 .6 .7
.4
.5
.6 .7
.8
.8
56.9 57.0
.1
62.9 63.0
.1
.2
.3
.4 .5 .6 .7
.2 .3
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8
.8
57.9 58.0
.1
63.9 64.0
.1
.2 .3
.2
.3
.4
.5 .6
.7
.4 .5
.6
!
.7
.8
.8
58.9 59.0
.1
64.9 65.0
.1
.2 .3 .4 .5 .6
.7
.2
.3 .4 .5 .6
.8
.7 .8
59.9 60.0
.1
65.9 66.0
.1
.2
.3
.2
.3
.4 .5
.6
.7
.4
.5
.6
.7
60.8 6U.9 61.0

.1
.8
66.9 67.0
.1
.2
.2
.3
.3
.4
.5
.4
.5
.6
.7
.6
.7
.8
.8
61.9
67.9
0.55881 0.56067 0.56253 0.56440 0.56627 0.56815 0.57003 0.57192 0.57381 0.57572 0.57762 0.57954 0.58145 0.58338 0.58531 0.58724 0.58918 0.59113 0.59308 0.59504 0.59701 0.59898 0.60096 0.60295 0.60493 0,60693 0.60893 0.61093 0.61295 0.61497 0.61700 0.61903 0.62107 0.62311 0.62516 0.62722 0.62928 0.63135 0.63343 0.63551 0.63760 0.63970 0.64180 0.64390 0.64702 0.64814 0.65026 0.65240 0.65454 0.65668 0.65884 0.66099 0.66316 0.66534 0.66751 0.66970 0.67189 0.67409 0.67629 0.67850
68.0
.1
.2
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8
68.9 69-0
.1
.2
.3
.4
.5 .6
.7
.8
69.9 70.0
.1
.2
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8
70-9 71-0
.1
.2
.3
.4 .5
.6
.7
.8
0.68072 0.68295 0.68518 0.68742 0.68966 0.69191 0.69417 0.69644 0.69871 0.70099 0.70328 0.70557 0.70787 0.71017 0.71249 0.71481 0.71713 0-71947 0.72181 0-72416 0.72651 0.72888 0.73125 0.73362 0.73601 0.73840 0.74079 0.74320 0.74561 0.74803 0.75046 0.75289 0.75533 0.75778 0.76024 0.76270 0.76517 0.76765 0.77013
74.0
.1
.2
.3
.4 .5 .6
.7
.8
74.9 75.0
.1
.2
.3
.4
.5 .6
.7
0^82671 0.82937 0.83204 0.83472 0.83740 0.84009 0.84279 0.84550 0.84821 0.85094 0.85367 0.85640 0.85915 0.86191 0.86467 0.86744 0.87022
80.0
.1
.2 .3
.4 .5
.6
.7
.8
80.9 81-0
.1 .2
.3 .4
.5 .6 .7 .8
.8
75.9 76.0
.1
.2 .3 .4
.5 .6
.7
.8
76.9 77.0
.1
.2 .3 .4
.5
.6
.7
.8
71.9 72-0
.1
077262
0.77572 0.77763 0.78015 0.78267 0.78520 0.78774 0.79028 0.79283 0.79539 0.79796 0.80054 0.80312 0.80571 0.80831 0.81091 0.81353 0.81615 0.81878 0.82141 0.82406
77.9 78.0
.1
.2 .3 .4
.5
.2
.3
.4 .5
.6
.7
.6
.7 .8
.8
72.9 73.0
.1
78.9 79.0
.1
.2 .3 .4
.5
.2 .3 .4
.5
.6
.7
.6 .7
.8
.8
73.9
79.9
87301 0.87581 0.87861 0.88143 0.88425 0.88708 0.88992 0.89276 0.89562 0.89848 0.90135 0.90423 0.90712 0.91001 0.91292 0.91583 0-91875 0.92168 0.92462 0.92757 0.93053 0.93349 0.93647 0.93945 0.94244 0.94544 0.94845 0.15146 0.95449 0.95752 0.96057 0.96362 0.96668 0.96975 97283 0.97592 0.97902 0.98212 0.98523 0.98836 0.99149 0.99463 0.99778
81-9 82.0
.1
.2
.3 .4
.5
.6
.7
.8
82.9 83-0
.1
.2
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8
83.9 84.0
.1
.2
.3
1.00094 1.00411 1.00729 1.01048 1.01368 1.01688 1.02010 1.02333 1.02656 1.02980 1.03306 1.03632 1.03959 1.04287 1.04616 1.04946 1.05277 1.05609 1.05942 1.06276 1.06611 1.06946 1.07283 1.07621 1.07959 1.08399 1.08640 1.08981 1.09324 1.09668 1.10012 1.10357 1.10704 1.11052 1.11400 1.11750 1.12100 1.12452 1.12804 1.13158 1.13512 1.13868 1.14224 1.14582
1.14941 1.15300 1.15661 1-15923 1.16385 1.16749 1.17114 1.17480 1.17846 1.18214 1.18583 1.18953 1.19324 1.19696 1:20070 1.20444
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8
84.9 85.0
.1
.2
.3
.4
.5 .6 .7
.8
85.9
26

(Continued.)
in Inches of
Table
III,
Degrees of Fahrenheit's Thermometer, and Tension of Vapour
Mercury.
Ther.
Tension.
Ther.
Tension
Tin
Tension,
Ther.
Tension.
Ther.
Tension.
86.0
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 86 9 87
1
1
1 1
1
1
1 1
20819 21196 21573 21952 22331 22712 23093 23476 23860 24245
24631
92
1
1 1
2 3 4 5 6
7
1 I 1
1
1
45385 45831 46277 46725 47174
98
1
1 1
1
47624 48076 48529
2 3 4 5 6
7 8
1
1
1 1 1
1
1
1
1
8 92 9 93 2 3 4 5
3 4 5 6
7
8 87 9
88
1
2 3 4
5 6
7
8 88 9 89
1
3 4
5 6
7
8 89 9
90
1
2 3
4
25018 25407 1 25796 1 26186 1 26578 1 26971 1 27364 1 27759 I 28155 28552 28950 1 29350 1 29751 1 30152 1 30555 1 30959 1 31364 1 31770 1 32177 1 32585 1 32995 1 33406 33818 1 1 34231 1 34645 1 35060 1 35477 1 35895 36313 J 1 36733 37155 1 1 37577 1 38001 1 38425
1
93 9 94
1
2
3 4
5 6
7
94 9
95
1
3
4 5 6
7 8
95 9 96
1
5 6
7
1
I
8 9
1
1
1
38851 39278 39707 40136 40567
2 3 4 5 6
7
49438 49895 1 50353 1 50812 1 51272 1 51734 1 52197 1 52661 1 53127 53593 1 1 54061 54531 1 1 55002 1 55474 1 55947 1 56422 1 56898 1 57375 1 57853 1 58333 1 58814 59297 1 59781 1 60266 1 60752 1 61240 1 61729 1 62220 1 62712 1 63205 63700 1 64195 ] 64693 1 1 65191
1
98 9 99
1
74404 74929 75456 75984 76513 77044 77577 78111 78646 79182
79721
104
1
3 4
5 6 7 8 104 9 105
1
1
1
3
4 5 6
7
1
1
1
1
8 99 9 100
1 1
1
1
2
3 4 5 6
7
80260 80801 81344 81888 82433 82980 83529 84079 84630 85183 85738 86294
86851
2 3 4 5 6
7
11041 11665 12291 2 12918 2 13546 2 14177 2 14809 2 15442 2 16078 2 16715
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
08563 09180 09799 10419
110
1
2 3 4 5 6
7
8
110 9 111
1
8
105 9 106
1
1
1
1
1
8 100 9
101
1
1
1
1
1 1 1 1 1
1
2 3 4 5 6
7
1
1
8 101 9 102
1
1
1 1
1
1
1
65691
1
1
1 1
1
8 96 9
97
1
1 1
2 3 4 5 6
7
I
1
1
1
1 1
1
8
91 9
40999 41432 41867 42302 42739 43177 43616 44057 44498 44941
66193 66696 67200 67705 68212 68721 69230

69741 70254 70768
2 3 4 5 6
7
1
1
87410 87970 88532 89095 89660 90227 90795 91364 91935 92508 93082 93658 94235 94814 95394 95976 96560 97145 97732 98320 98909
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 106 9
107
1
2 3 4
5
6
7
8 107 9
108
1
2 3 4
5 6 7 8 108 9 109
1
2 17354 2 17994 2 18636 2 19280 2 19926 2 20573 2 21222 2 21873 2 22525 2 23179 2 23835 2 24493 2 25152 2 25813 2 26476 2 27141 2 27807 2 28475 2 29145 2 29817 2 30490 2 31165 2 31842 2 32521 2 33201 2 33883 2 34567 2 35253 2 35941
2 2 2 2
'^
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 111 9 112
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 112 9 113
1
2 3 4 5 6
7
8 113 9 114
1
36631
102 9 103
I
2 3 4 5 6
7 8
1 1
1 1
1
1
97 9
71283 71800 72318 72837 73358 73880
2 3 4 5 6
7 8
103 9
1 99501 2 00094 2 00688 2 01284 2 01882 2 02482 2 03083 2 03685 2 04289 2 04895 2 G5502 2 06111 2 06772 2 07334 2 07948
3
4
5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
6
7
8
109 9
2 2 2 2
37322 38015 38710 39406 40105 40805 41507 42211 42917 43625 44335 45046 45759 46474 47192 47909
2 3 4 5
6
7
8 114 9
1150
1
2 3 4
5 6 7 8 115 9
2 48630 2 49353 2 50078 2 50805 2 51533 2 52363 2 52995 2 53729 2 54465 2 55202 2 55942 2 56684 2 57427 2 58173 2 58920 2 59669 2 60421 2 61174 2 61929 2 62686 2 63445 2 64206 2 64969 2 65734 2 66501 2 67270 2 68041 2 68814 2 69589 2 70365 2 71144 2 71925 2 72708 2 73493 2 74280 2 75069 2 75860 2 76653 2 77448 2 78245 2 70944 2 79845 2 80648 2 81453 2 82261 2 83070 2 83882 2 84695 2 85511 2 86329 2 87148 2 87970 2 88794 2 89621 2 90449 2 91279 2 92111 2 92946 2 93783 2 94622

Table
Degrees
III,
(Continued.)
in Inches of
of Fahrenheit's
Thermometer, and Tension of Vapour
Mercury.
Ther.
Tension.
Ther.
Tension.
Ther.
Tension.
Ther.
Tension.
Ther.
Tension.
^n.
decls.
In decls.
o
128.0
1
In. decls.
In. decls.
In. decls.
116.0
1
2 3 4
5 6
7
8
116.9 117.0
1
2 3
4
5 6
7
8
117.9 118.0
1
2 3 4
5
6
7 8 118.9 119.0
1
2 3 4 5 6
7 8 119.9 120.0
1
2 3
4
5 6
7
8
120.9 12 1.0
1
2 3 4
5 6
7
2.95462 2.96306 2.97131 2.97998 2.98848 2.99699 3.00553 3.01409 3.02267 3.03128 3.03990 3.04855 3.05722 3.06591 3.07463 3.08336 3.09212 3.10090 3.10970 3.11852 3.12737 3.13624 3.14513 3.15404 3.16297 3.17193 3.18091 3.18992 3.19894 3.20799 3.21706 3.22616 3.23527 3.24441 3.25358 3.26276 3.27197 3.28120 3.29046 3.29974 3.30904 3.31836 3.32771 3.33708 3.34648 3.35590 3.36534 3.37480 3.38429 3.39381 3.40334 3.41290 3.42249 3. 432 JO 3.44173 3.45139
3.46 107
122.0
1
2 3 4
5 6
7
8
122.9 123.0
1
2 3 4 5 6
7
3.50003 3.50983 3.51965 3.52950 3.53938 3.54928 3.55920 3.56915 3.57912 3.58911 3.59913 3.60918 3.61926 3.62935 3.63947 3.64962 3.65979 3.66999
3.68021 3.69045 3.70072 3.71102 3.72134 3.73179 3.74206 3.75247
2 3 4 5 6 7
8 128.9 129.0
2 3 4 5 6
7
8
123.9 124.0
1
8
129.9 130.0
1
2 3 4 5 6
7
2 3 4 5
6 7 8 130.9 131.0
1
8 124.9 125.0
1
2 3 4 5 6
7
8
125.9 126.0
1
2 3 4 5 6
7
8 126.9
127.0
1
2 3 4 5 6
7
8 121.9
3.47077 3 48050 3.43025
8
127.9
3.76289 3.77334 3.78382 3.79431 3.80484 3.81539 3.82597 3.83658 3.84721 3.85787 3.86855 3.87926 3.88999 3.90076 3.91154 3.922 i6 3.93320 3.94406 3.95496 3.96588 3.97682 3.98780 3.99880 4.00982 4.02087 4.03196 4.04306 4.05420 4.06536 4.07655 4.08776 4.09901 4.11028 4.12157
j
2 3 4 5 6
7
8
131.9
1320
I
4.13290 134.0 4.14425 1 4.15563 2 4.16704 3 4.17847 4 4.18993 5 4.20142 6 4.21294 7 b 4.22449 4.23606 134.9 4.24766 135.0 4.25929 1 4.27095 2 4.28264 3 4.29435 4 4.30609 5 4.31786 6 4.32966 7 4.34149 8 4.35334 135.9 4.36522 136.0 4.37713 1 4.38908 2 4.40105 3 4.41305 4 4.42507 5 4.43713 6 4.44921 7 4.46133 8 4.47347 136.9 4.48564 137.0 4.49784 1 4.51007 2 4.52233 3 4.53462 4 4.54694 f> 4.55928 6 4-57166 7 4.58407 8 4.59650 137.9 4.60896 138.0
462146
4.63399 4.64654 4.65912 4.67174 4.68438 4.69706 4.70976 4.72249 4.73526 4.74805 4.76088 4.77373 4.78662 4.79954 4.81248 4.82546 4.83847 4.85151
2 3 4
5 6
7
2 3 4
5 6
7
8
132.9 133.0
1
8
138.9 139.0
1
2 3 4 5 6
7
2 3
4.86758 4.87768 4.89081 4.90397 4.91716 4.93039 4.94364 4.95693 4.97025 4.98360 4.99698 5.01039 5.02383 5.03731 5.05082 5.06435 5.07792 5.09152 5.10516 5.11882 5.13252 5.14625 5.16001 5.17381 5.18764 5.20149 5.21538 5.22931 5.24326 5.25725 5.25127 5.25532 5.29941 5.31353 5.32768 5.34187 5.35608 5.37033 5.38462 5.39893 5.41328 5.42767 5.44208 5.45653 5.47102 5.48553 5.50008 5.51467 5.52928 5.54394 5.55862 5.57334 5.58809 5.60288
140.0
1
2
3 4 5 6
7
8
140.9 141.0
1
2 3 4 5 6
7 8 141.9 142.0
1
2 3
4 5 6 7 8 142.9 143.0
1
2 3 4 5 6
7
8
143.9 144.0
1
2 3 4 5 6
7 8 144.9 145.0
1
5.70735 5.72242 5.73751 5.75264 5.76181 5.78301 5.79824 5.81351 5.82882 5.84416 5.85953 5.87494 5.89038 5.90587 5.92138 5.93693 5.95252 5.96814 5.98380 5.99950 6.01522 6.03099 6,04079 6.06263 6.07850 6.09441 6.11036 6.12634 6.14236 6.15841 6.17450 6.19063 6.20679 6.22299 6.23923 6.25550 6.27181 6.28816 6.30454 6.32096 6.33742 6.35391 6.37045
6.38701 6.40362 9.42027 6.43695
4 5 6
7
561770
5.63256 5.64745 5.66237 5.67733 5.69232
2 3 4
5 6 7
6.45366 6.47042 6.48722 6.50406 6.52093 6.53785 6.55480 6.57179 6.58878

6.60584 6.62293 6.64007 6.65725
8
133.9
8
139.9
8
145.9
28

171
Geological
Map
of Captain Herbert's Himalaya Survey.

the Journal have the ex-
With
the present
number the Editors of
treme satisfaction of presenting to
its readers,
and
to the
scientific
world in general, Captain Herbert's Geological
Map
of his Survey, of
which the Report was published by the

gratis to subscribers, as a supplementary
late Editor
and Proprietor,
number
to Vol.
XI
of the
Journal.*
The
introductory notice to that report will fully explain

it
under what circumstances
was obtained and published.
It is
to
the attentive recommendation of the
Government
of India,
and the ever
ready assistance of the Court of Directors, that the Asiatic Society and
the scientific world are indebted for this noble proof of what has been
done
in
former days by the Government for the advancement of this

;
branch of science and

date nearly
it,)
if it
be considered that the
Map and Memoir now

we have
of
twenty years
it is still
back, (the Survey was of course previous to
and that
the only connected geological sketch
this great
and interesting tract of country, where so many magnificent

lie
geological problems yet

its
unsolved, and perhaps even unthought
of,
importance as a preliminary draft for more detailed and accurate
delineation,
may, as we have elsewhere stated,f be best appreciated by

or refer to the geological labours of Smith and
those
who can remember
the earlier Continental geologists, not
many
years before
its date.
We
should not also forget that the Report

therefore, like the
itself
was but a first one, and

detailed
Map, but a sketch of what more

Eds.
and minute
examination are wanting to render perfect.
*
that
A
it
large margin has been purposely
made on
the left
hand margin of the

its
plate, so
can be taken out of
this
number, and pasted

it
into the volume, in
place at the
end of the Report, by those who have
f Proceedings Asiatic Society logical Departments.
for
bound up. March, Report Curator Geological and Minera-
2 D
172
Notes on Moorcrofi s Travels in Ladakk, and on Gerard's Account of
Kunawar, including a general

Lieutenant
J.
description of the latter district.

the Engineers,
By
Com-
D. Cunningham, of
1843.
municated by the Government of India.
GENERAL ACCOUNT OF KUNAWAR.

Situation, $c. of the holy
miles,
it is
The Sutlej
Himalayas
rises in central
Tibet
among
the ravines
hill of
Grangi, and after a north-westerly course of 150

its way among The Himalayas are
enabled to turn at right angles, and to thread

to the plains of India.
the steeps of the
about
fifty
leagues in breadth,
and the upper but smaller half of the
basin of the river within them,
may
be considered as the district of
Kunawar. When about

mountains,
to quit Tibet, the Sutlej receives

its
a considerable
the
accession of water from the north-west, but on

it
way through
by
has no tributary of a greater length than thirty-five miles,

said to be about seventy miles long
its
and Kunawar may be

and twenty broad
tively.
forty
at
northern and southern extremities respec-
The hydrographical basin of the Sutlej no where opens into a broad plain, and Kunawar consists of a series of rocky and precipitous The ravines descending rapidly to the bed of the principal river.
greater part of the district lies to the north of the
main
ridge of the
their
mountains, and
the moderate
off-shoots
rains
which aid in covering

forests, are unfelt
its
southern and central
with
towards the
Tibet border.
Vegetation thus loses
great encourager,
and the
natural disintegration of the granite, gneiss, slate and other ancient

rocks scarcely
anywhere
affords a sufficient
substratum of
soil.
Trees
which are numerous in Lower Kunawar, disappear towards the north
and where the

Scenery,
district
bounds with Ladakh and Garo, scarcely one

scenery
is
to be seen that has not been planted by the hand of man.

fyc.
The
is
indeed grand, but
its
vastness and
barrenness in Upper
Kunawar
are fatiguing.
Steep rises above steep,
and the
lofty
;
summits of the
hill,
the fancied abode of spirits, are lost

is
in clouds
while far below the broad and foaming river

line.
only distinto
guishable as a silver-like
rock, turning
Torrents da9h swiftly from rock
and writhing
in
yawning gulphs amid the ruins
of
1844.]
hills, or
Notes on Moorcroffs Travels in Ladakh,

leaping from high impending
cliffs,
fyc.
173
they are dissipated in

to
spray.
So
vast indeed are these mountains,
and
such heights do they
at once attain, that

grass,
gloomy
forests of the tallest pines
appear but as
and give a
colour, rather than a feature, to the precipitous sides.
Among
the northernmost Himalayas, scenes of such
naked grandeur
are frequent, but I do not

or such as
remember any
pleasing from their variety,

;
we would term
picturesque from their contrasts
and the
admirer of nature adorned, should not perhaps go beyond Nachar, and

certainly not
beyond Chini, where he may
revel
amid scenes of sur-
passing luxuriance
and beauty.
Cidturable Spots.
first
It
used
it,
to
be an opinion, that the world was at

of rivers
;
made
as
we now
find
and that the channels
were at
once created of the depth and breadth

cal research has proved, that nature
is
we now
see
them
but geologi-
usually slow in her operations
that the
Himalayas may have been
raised from the bottom of
an ocean
the last
and that the Sutlej certainly was, at a time subsequent

great movements, a
river to
series of lakes of various sizes.
all its
to
Time
has enabled the

feet
wear away
impediments, sometimes four hundred

it
perpendicular through rock, and
now
forms one stream of rapid but

course.
is
equable descent throughout

lakes in the Sutlej
its
mountain
The
existence of the
and
its
tributaries
still
attested
by horizontal
deposits of alluvium at various heights above their present channels,
and the beds

in
of these pools
for
still
form almost the only cultivated land

soil,
Upper Kunawar,
they yield a good
and admit
to
of a stream of
water from one torrent or another being brought

clined
bear on their in-
and non-terraced
surfaces.
In Middle and Lower Kunawar,

to the
moderate rain and decaying vegetation give more aid
husband-
man, and hanging gardens, vineyards, and

variety and richness to the landscape.
fields of
many
colours
add
Climate, Seasons,
layas
sea,
it
its
fyc.
When the Sutlej

The
turns to cross the
Hima-
channel
in
its
is
about eight thousand
five
hundred
feet
above the
and
direct course of seventy miles to the limits of
Kunawar,
descends to half that elevation.
villages are usually
much
higher than this base line, and fields of grain are produced almost two
miles and a half above the level of the sea.
cultivated spots have
feet,
In Middle Kunawar, the
an average altitude of about seven thousand
and
it is
here in a genial climate, and remote from the heavy rains
174
Notes on
Moorcroft's
Travels in Ladakh,
[No. 147.
of the south, that grapes are produced in abundance.
Here during the

pleasing.
summer and autumn,
the air
is
cool
and the scenery
The
and
winters too are comparatively mild, and had nature expanded the basis
of the Sutlej, so as to allow of plains
torrents,
and brooks, instead
of steeps
the district
would have
rivalled the
most favoured valleys
of the Himalayas.
In
all
countries the spring
and summer are welcome, but
in this
land of snow the reviving vegetation, the tender shoots of each well-
known
some
him.
tree,
and the coming buds of each simple flower impart
to
man
of the cheerfulness of the birds
which
flutter
and twitter around and
The
scanty and laborious cultivation of each solitary hamlet
appears as a
slight
gem
of price
amid the wilderness of
hills
rocks, the
;
and occasional tinge of green gives a beauty

life,
to the desert
it
is
the evidence of renewed

joy.
and the heart of the peasant expands with

the
is
He may
well
remember
season gone
by, for in
Upper
be
Kunawar and
in Tibet, the winter
long and rigorous.

it
Snow may
fall
;
expected by the middle of November, and
continues to
until the
end of February, accompanied by a strong and piercing wind
the
mercury descends below

heaped high upon
lieves the drear
zero,
"the
air
burns
frore,"
and
man
almost
are
envies the torpidity of the less perfect animals.

hills,
Hills of
snow
range retires far beyond range, and naught reor interferes with the awful stillness of
and hoary waste
the scene, save perhaps a dark
and frowning
precipice, or the voice of
the blue river below, struggling with
its fetters
of rocks
and
ice.
In
contemplating these vast solitudes, illumined by the setting sun, the
mind
of
sublimity.
man is He
for a
moment
raised,
and he
feels
and admires
their
stands majestic, the sole living being on the circum.
ference of a world, but of a world half-formed or in ruin, or not fitted

for
him.
The broad expanse

and the waning day
to seek relief
of desolation wearies
recal other thoughts,
and appals; the

silent
fatal cold
and he turns
and subdued and
and sympathy among

life.
his fellow-mortals,
in the ordinary occupations of
In Kunawar, thunder and lightning are rare; but they sometimes

occur at short intervals during the
regions, however, the flash
is
summer months.
is
In these
lofty
dim, and the sound
unheeded by the
beasts of the field.

ber,
Light showers occur in April, June, and Septemin other
and sometimes
months
but they are not sufficient
for
1844.]
and on GeraroVs Account of Kunawar.
175
the purposes of agriculture.
The wind
it
is
usually or nearly always
from the
S. or S.
W., and
in winter
is
blows with great violence.

field to
Geology Metals.
geologist.
Kunawar
an interesting
the venturous
The accumulation
of ages in the dark recesses of a dis-
placed ocean are
now
in middle air,
and
their structure, chemical or
mechanical, stands revealed in sections, broad, high, and precipitous.
The
vast extent of the strata in breadth
and depth,
their tortuousness,
their great dip,
and
their occasional approach to perpendicularity, all

forces surpass;
declare, that they
have been raised from the deep by
ing far the subterraneous efforts of Italy and Iceland
while torrents
of molten mineral have been urged with volcanic fury through the
heavy and rending bed of the ocean, and now appear as veins of
granite
and quartz, ramifying from the base towards the summit of

slate.
mountains of gneiss and
The
granite
is
always seen, (and

hills,)
sometimes in large masses which might elsewhere be termed

it
but
does not constitute the bulk of a mountain, or everywhere compose
the crest of a range, as
we
are usually told of this "first of rocks."
The
limits of the primeval floods of
middle Asia, and the successive
geological conditions of the tract are yet to be ascertained, but about the
junction of the Petti and Sutlej, the gneiss would seem to yield by
degrees to limestone,
also
slate,
gypsum and
crystalline sandstone, (see
Captain Hutton's Report.)
Shining shallows and shingly beaches
may
here have been found investing some ancient promontory, or
forming the coast of an inland sea, for multitudes of ammonites and

other shells give proof of organic
life
and of the means
of sustaining
it,
while abundance of pebbles and rounded rocks, various in size and in

kind, scattered about the highest Passes, give some evidence of tidal
action.
Veins of copper occur in one place in Kunawar, and some grains of

gold have been found in the beds of
its
streams.
There
is
a lead
to
mine
in the adjoining district of Petti.
Other metals are perhaps

all
be met with, but difficulty of access would render
unproductive as
merchandize, save those of the precious or rarer kinds.
Animals.
lower
Kunawar
has no animals peculiar to
itself.
In the
districts, several of the
deer kind are found, including the one

leopards, jackalls,
foxes,
which produces musk.

horses are not
Bears and
and
uncommon, and
the wolf or gaunt, wild dog occasion-
76
Notes on
Moor croft's Travels
in
Ladakh,
[No. 147.
ally appears in search of food.
The
feathered tribes are numerous, but
the soaring eagle, the Piara of the pheasant kinds, and the king of
birds as
he
is
called,
need only be particularly mentioned.

to lay in
Nu-
merous flowers enable the industrious bee

honey.
a goodly store of
In Upper Kunawar, the animal kingdom

the ibex
is less
rich
and
varied, but
and wild sheep
baffle the
impatient and wearied sportsman,
and the hair

rowing
rat,
of a blueish tinge betokens
an
arctic climate.
The bur-
a few jackalls, and perhaps foxes, an occasional leopard
of a pale colour,
list
and the brighter
spotted, lynx-like, cat, complete the
of resident animals.
Packs of wild dogs sometimes show themis
selves,
but the Keang, or wild ass of the rocky desert,
found only
to
the northward of the British possessions.

fined to crows
The
birds are almost convarieties of
and ravens, the sparrows, and two beautiful
the red-breast, to pale blue and white pigeons, to the gigantic partridge
dwelling near the snow, and the red-legged francoline of delicious

flavour.
Occasionally, a black
plumed
eagle
may
be seem swooping
on his prey, a few hawks show themselves, and the ripening crops
bring to each village some of the pigeons and doves of India
the wild-duck
is
;
while
sometimes met winging
its
way from
that country to
the lakes of Tibet.

prise the reptile
few snakes,
lizards,
and scorpions almost commore various ; but

beetles,
kingdom.
The
insects are
moths and
butterflies, grasshoppers, spiders,

fly,
and a diminutive gnat or
musquito, added to the ubiquitous house

the
the indefatigable ants, and

to.
numerous
parasites,
need only be alluded
Of
fish it
may
be
said,
speaking generally, that there are none in the remotest parts of

is
Kunawar, and yet a few must exist, as an otter The mysterious gangball, or snow fish, with
sometimes met with.
four short legs and a

;
human
talked
face,
of,
may
be in fact as in description, a fabled animal
but
it is
and
it is
said to dwell only about the limits of the snow.

it is
Of
domestic animals,
sufficient to
mention the shawl-wool

goat,
goat,
and the yak

ever,
is
or grunting ox.
inferior to the
much
The under-clothing of the " pushm" of more northerly

is
howand
and
tracts,
the hybrid produce of the yak
of
more value, both

itself.
;
for transport
the dairy than the genuine animal

asses,
The
people have horses,
black cattle, sheep, dogs and cats
but there are no domestic
fowls in these districts.
1844.]
Trees,
and on Gerard's Account of Kundwar.

c.
177
In Lower K una war,

and various other
;
forests of
trees,
oaks and pines cover the
sides of the hills,
shrubs and plants are found

district,
in every direction
but in the northern parts of the
spontaneous
vegetation almost disappears.

pines,
An
occasional juniper, a few scattered

places, a
and now and then, in the highest
clump
of
dwarf birches
or of the
mountain
ash, relieve the eye of the traveller.
Among
the
few shrubs, the spreading juniper, and the bush producing a leaf of a
tea-like quality, are of
most
interest.
In the adjacent Bhotee
districts,
these
become more
rare,
and a few poplars and willows, and perhaps a

can readily be found, and they shew not the
few apricot
trees are all that
luxuriance of nature but the industry of man.
The
patches of furze,
the scanty grass, a currant, a gooseberry or a rose bush, the broad leaf of
either kind of rhubarb, a few
hardy
creepers,
some pleasing flowers and
a variety of shrubs and herbs which appear of no value, give a tinge
only to the side

are
of.
the lofty hills

to
green things, and even flowers, there

to
many
if
we begin
and
ennumerate them, but

they
all
man who wants

and
food
and
shelter
clothing,
seem
profitless,
to the casual
observer the barrenness seems entire.
Grains and Fruits.
Most kinds of
grain, excepting rice, are culti-
vated throughout Kunawar. In the north, the varieties of the cockscomb

or
amaranthus are not found, but every available spot

peas, beans,
is
cut into steps
and covered with wheat, barley,
buck- wheat, and millet.

of a
The
millet
and buck-wheat are the second crop

are
few favoured
places,
and peas and beans
grown
in small quantities as a pleasing
addition to the daily food.
Here
are several kinds of barley, but the
beardless variety yields perhaps the best crop. Turnips are
sown when
fresh or
the
wheat and barley have been reaped, and they are eaten
partially dried,
is
and
laid
by
as store for early winter.
kind of onion
cultivated,
and where there are no apricot

mustard plant
and
apricots,
for the
trees, the people
endeavour
oil.
to raise the surson or
purpose of obtaining
Abundance
of grapes
some walnuts, apples and peaches

is
are produced in
Upper and Middle Kunawar, and the Chilghoza pine

forest.
here met with as a principal tree of the

frontier the fruits decrease in quantity,
Towards the Tibet
and
in the adjoining districts
of
Ladkh and Garo they

9,000.
disappear altogether.
feet,
The
apricot does not

in-
produce at a greater elevation than 10,500

ferior at
and the grapes are
178
Notes on Moorcroft's Travels in Ladakh,

fyc.
[No. 147.
is,
Race,
The Kunawarees are

by the broad
of the Caucasian race, that
they
are not characterized

of
features of the Tibetans,
and may be
Hindoo and
origin, as they claim to be;
but Brahminism has not yet obare
tained a mastery
ners
among them, and they
more tinged with the man-
religion of Tibet than
with those of India.
They know
little
or nothing of their
own
history,
but they are most likely
colonists,
and
they have
still
among them
a separate race regarded as inferior.
The
people though possessed of some spirit are not warlike, they are peaceful
agriculturists,
rare,
and not a race of

it
robbers.
Crimes of great atrocity are
nor can
be said, that those which affect property are common.

of the plains of India, they
Compared with the people
may
be termed a
simple race, without supposing them unimbued with the ordinary evil
passions of our nature, as might be inferred from descriptions of
travellers.
some
Kunawar is the largest subdivision of the Bissehir The chief is absolute, but here as elsewhere, he must be guided by immemorial usage. The district is managed by hereditary superintendents or viziers, who collect the revenues which are fixed,
Government.
principality.
and
head
levied chiefly in cash, but partly in kind.
man
responsible for
its
good behaviour.
Each village has its The lands are divided

taxes,
among a
certain
number
of families,
and each house, besides the
provides the Raja with a soldier, and also with a servant or porter
when required. The Bissehir
principality
had
for ages subsisted as independent,
carrying on occasional wars with the adjacent states of Kulu, Ladakh,
Chaprang and Garhwal

clusion of our
It
but
it
yielded to the Gorkhas, and on the conit
war with the Nepalese,
became a British dependency.

;
pays to the Indian Government a tribute of rupees 15,000 annually

recently
the revenues of the principality have been
estimated at
1,40,000 rupees.
Religion.
lent,
In
northern Kunawar, Buddhistic
Lamaism
left
is
preva-
but in the middle and south, the people are
to their local
hill is
gods,
and
to the oracular priests of these divinities.

deo'td,
Every
sup-
posed to be the abode of a
who owns
the undefined power of
some mighty Being above

Social relations.
all.
The
Kunawarees
are all Polyandrists,

is
i.
e.
one
house or family has usually but one wife only, and she
considered
844.]
and on Gerard's Account of Kund war.

particularly the wife of the eldest brother.
it is
179
as
is
more
This institution
necessary to limit population, where
impossible to extend agri-
culture,
where mineral wealth has not been developed, and where the
people have scarcely begun to carry on an extensive and profitable trade.
Trade,
8$c.
The want of organized priesthood, and the institution

They
are
as
of Polyandry are the only circumstances connected with the social
condition of this people that need be separately mentioned.
mostly agriculturists, but do not on the whole produce as

they consume;
all
much
to
have some
flocks
and herds, and the people of the
north have of late become enterprizing traders.

to
They proceed
For
Leh
buy the drug
called
charas, and
to
to
Goro, and almost to the foot

these, they give
of the
in
Karakorum range
procure shawl. wool.
exchange money,
cloths,
and
spices,
and were the dangerous and

the
difficult roads
improved and kept in
repair,
Kunawarees might
soon become the principal carriers of the trade between middle Tartary and Upper India.
At
present, the paths are scarcely practicable for

is
loaded mules, and the merchandize

of sheep
chiefly carried
on the backs
and
goats.
All the people trade in a petty way, for they

fruits for grain
exchange woollens and

Food, Clothing,
but meat
is
and
salt.
and Houses. The Kunawarees
live chiefly
on corn,
lat-
occasionally used by those in fair circumstances,
and the
ter also occasionally
indulge in tea procured from Lassa.
The
people
dress in woollens of their
own manufacture
at all seasons of the year,
and towards the north, they add a skeepskin cloak during the winter.
beads.
The women have a profusion of brass ornaments, and of shell or The men carry a flint and steel at their waist, and both
French marigold.
In the neighbourhood of the
stone,
other
sexes
love to adorn
after being the
themselves with gaudy flowers, the one most sought

forests,
their houses are built of
wood and
and
their temples are pretty
in themselves,
and picturesque
in connection with the surrounding
scenery.
In the extreme north, the scarcity of wood makes the people
content with mere hovels of
mud and unhewn
stone.
Notes on Moorcroft's Travels in Ladakh and on Gerard's account of kunawar.

Religion of the Kunawarees,
Caste or Race in Kunawar and Tiis
fo*. The religion of the mass of inhabitants (of Kunawar,)

2 E
Hin-
180
Notes on Moorcrofts Travels in Ladakh,
[No. 147.
rather burn
erect
dooism, but they have no minute distinctions of caste.

or
They
bury the dead

;
at
some distance from the
villages
religion,
where they
gravestones
some
of
them
profess the
Lama
but that properly

is
belongs to the Tartars.

in
The
to
goddess in greatest repute
Kalee
offered
her
most horrid form,

I
whom human
sacrifices
were
at
no distant period.
have heard of their taking place not more
than twelve years ago, (1806-10?), and they existed at the famous
temple of
in
Bheema Kalee at Sooran, where summer at a later time, and were not
Government
the Bussehur Raja resides

finally abolished until the
British
got possession of the hill states in 1815.
Gerard,
p. 83-86.
The Kunawarees
class
proper, rich
and
poor, call themselves Kauits, a
which in the
hills
appears to take rank next to Rajpoots.
They
consider themselves of Indian origin, but they have no
Brahmins
are chiefly
among them, and

placed
the hopes and fears of the

local
Kunawarees
on their
root,
gods.
In Upper
Kunawar Bhuddhism
In
all
has
taken deep
but
it
has not yet overcome the reverence of the peo-
ple for the deotas or spirits of the hills.
Kunawar
and
is
there are
but three temples dedicated

these
is
to
a divinity of the Brahmins.
One
of
in the Bhotee district belonging to Bisseher,

fort.
maintain-
ed by the Rajah in his frontier
The
other two are at
Ropeh near
bank
form
Sungnam, and
at
Kotee near Chini on the right bank of the Sutlej.
(Captain Gerard, I observe, also places one in his

of the river a few miles above Chini).
map on
the
left
ministered by Brahmins, nor are
None of these three human sacrifices offered

are, as I
temples are
to the
of Kali {Chundika,) there worshipped.
Sarahan, which contains the
temple of Bheemakali
is
not in
Kunawar. There
have
said,
no
Brahmins
priesthood,
in
Kunawar, and Lamaism
prevails in the upper-third of
the district only.
In the other two-thirds the people are without a

village worships one or
and each
more equal
faith,
gods.
These
districts are
under a prince of the Brahminical
but such a con-
dition of society offers a fairer field to a Christian Missionary than
the plains of India, where he has to encounter an organised priest-
hood, and the prejudices of a people satisfied with their present chance
of salvation.
Caste, or at least distinction of race,
is
not
unknown
in
Kunawar,
and one,
if
not two separate tribes appear to have escaped Captain
1844.]
and on Gerard's Account of Kunawar.
181
Gerard's observation.
These are the Kohlis, Chumars, or Chamangs

carpenters.
and the mechanics subdivided into smiths and

Kohlis are so called by the people of the lower
the people about
selves
hills;
The
by
in the plains
Rampoor they
are called
Chumars; and by themand no Kauit

will interto cross his
and by the Kunawarees, Chumangs.

are regarded as out-casts
;
The Kohlis
marry
threshold.
with them, or eat with them, or even allow
them
They
are in every
way
for
a distinct race in
Kunawar, and
have a language of their own, essentially Hindi, although mixed with
some Arabic and Persian terms

count.
which
it
may
be difficult to ac-
To
the southward, their language merges in that of the hill
tribes generally.
specimen of their vocabulary

It is not
is
given under the
heading " Language."
known whether
they entered
;
Kuna-
war
as refugees, or
have been
left in it as
a remnant
but they are
most likely of the ancient Sudra stock of India.

ion
is
Their complex-
usually darker than that of the Kauits, and some are said to
hair,
have woolly
hills.
as
is
the .case with the
tribes of the
Vindhya
Family Polyandryism
is
established
among
the Kohlis.
Some few
hold lands directly of the Government, and are otherwise on the same
footing as Kauits, except that they are the first pressed as porters, a
mode
are
of rendering service to the chief usual in the Himalayas.
They
commonly
labourers
and weavers.
There are some families of
Kohlis in almost every Kunawaree village; but they are not found
in
the adjoining Bhotee districts.
They
domaug
are the musicians of the
villages.
The smiths
casts equally
or lohars are called
in
Kunawaree, and the
carpenters are termed oras.
In the eyes of the Kauits, they are out-
with the Kohlis, neither do the artisans and Kohlis
intermarry or eat with one another.

of mechanics in each village.
is
There are two or more

is
families
Polyandry
established.
The
language
the
Kunawaree
of the district in
which they
reside.
They
is
are
pressed as labourers before the Kauits.
In the Bhotee
districts adjoining
is
Kunawar,
the
same person
both
is
smith and carpenter, but he
usually styled smith or lok.
He
regarded as unclean by the Bhotee cultivators, and
they do not eat or
intermarry with his family.
His language
is
Bhotee, and Polyan-
182
[No. 147.
dryism obtains.
In
practice his sons
and daughters do not become

is
Lamas and Nuns, but

them.
I
the priesthood
not formally barred against
heard that about Lassa and other considerable places, the potters
outcasts,
(kumhars,) were regarded as

artisans.
and
as
separate from
the
In Kunawar where wood
is
plentiful, every one,
however poor,
is
burnt, unless he die of a certain disease called rimz, (of the nature of
which
save
No one I made no note, but I remember it was not leprosy.) Lamas have tombs or grave-stones in Kunawar ; but the heirs of
jointly
to his
man of substance, may, in the Buddist districts, build a temple memory and to the glory of an emanation of Sakya.
Tribes
The
is
Kampas,
and
the Zjakpas.
Near
our encampment, a
Champa
tents
or shepherd
his family
II, 47-
had encamped, and several other
were near.
Moor croft,
There
a sect of wandering Tartars called
some
respects similar to the Jogees of Hindoosthan.
cred places,
and many of them
subsist
Kampa, who are in They visit the sawholly by begging. Some are
a mask, &c. &c.
very humourous fellows, they put on

P-
Gerard,
H7. Now, (1842)
the
Kampas may
be said
to
resemble the Kotchis of
Affghanistan, rather than the Jogees of India, and Gerard's compari-
son
may
be particular rather than general.
The Kampas
are wander-
ing shepherd traders.
They
are the chief carriers
of borax.
In
winter they graze their flocks in the southern Himalayas, and in
summer they
some other
proceed to Rohtak, Hanleb, &c. to procure borax and
articles.
They
are Tibetans, and intermarry with Bhotees
and with Kunawarees,

Ill, 17.)
I
see also Captain Hutton's Tour, (Jour. As. Soc.
am
not certain whether the jugglers or maskers of Tibet

I
are
Kampas
or not, but I think they are.

Pitti to
saw but one party only,
and they considered
be their home, but wandered over a
great extent of country.

I
may
here mention another tribe of
men found
in Tibet.
infest the
These
country
to
are the Zjakpas, a race of
mounted plunderers, who
between Leh and Lassa, but whose chief strongholds appear

in the neighbourhood of the
be
Mansarawar Lake.
occasionally finds
it
advisable to employ these
The Government men in the service
1844.]
of the state,

and during the
late
183
of
war with the Sikhs, a band
them
In
accompanied the Lassa force under a leader named Pan Aghim.
Zjakpa we may
Uchakka, a
Tribes
thief.
find the
same
root as in
Kazzak, a robber, and as in
the
Kalmaks and
said that
the people of
Hor
considerable por-
tion of the population of

tars,
Khoten
consisted formerly of
Kalmak Tar-
but
it
is
they deported the

the
when the Chinese subjugated the province Kalmaks to the cities, which collectively constitute
modern
city of
Ua on
the river of the
same name, and

of the
to the
ad-
jacent districts.
Moorcrqft, 1,381.
The
people of Tibet
whom
saw always, spoke
Kalmaks
or
Sokos as a people dwelling in the countries beyond the Kavakorum

range, and whose principal place was 'Eli.'
of the
They described them
as
Gelukpa
sect of
Lamaism, and
said, their present chief
was a
or
Lama named Jipchun Tampa, with the title Kaka, (i. e. Khakan Chagan. Tampa may have some relation to the horse, Ta.)
In Sokpo we have no doubt the ancient Sacae,
ae,
for
po
is
equally with
a termination.
Our
last
maps
place the Sacae between
Imans and
Emodus
or in western Tibet, but I
doubt whether that country could
ever have maintained hordes of horsemen, and the tracts north of
Imans are perhaps
their original, as they are their present, seats.
have indeed heard of a few Sokpos about Garo, but they are, so far as
I could ascertain, emigrants, or the families of
a paid soldiery.
in western of Ladakh,
The country about Yarkand and Eli, or Ila, is known Tibet, under the name of Hor, and the permanent conquest
or frequent inroads into
in the
it
by these northern
This tax
;
tribes, is still preserved
memories of the Tibetans by the continued exaction of a tax

or the
named Hortal
Hor
tax.
is
levied at the present
day
in for instance the district of Pitti
but
I
it
have not heard that the from Ladakh as the peo-
Chinese Government of Yarkand receives

ple of
Hor
did of old
nor was
able to ascertain whether the imposi-
tion of the
tax in question, was antecedent, or subsequent, to the
Kalmak conquest of Ladakh, about the end of the 17th century. In our maps, we place the mountains of Khor or Hor, and in our
geographies, a
Mongol
tribe of the
same name,
little
to the north-east of the this
Mansarawar
lake.
There can be
doubt of the identity of

in Tibet
tribe of our histories,
and of the people now known
under

[No. 147.
184
the
name
of Hor, but the well- watered tracts about
Yarkand seem
better able to rear

sterile
and
to
maintain a, race of conquerors, than the

near the heads of the Indus and Burram-
and rugged
district
pooter.
The
present position of the
Hor
or
Khor
race also agrees well

I
with that ascribed to the Chawranei of the ancients, and
think
we
may presume them

identified the
to
be the same
Csoma-de-Koros' Gram. 6-19-6,

it
Hors with the Turks, and
may
be worth enquiry
whether Khorassan, Khwarizm, &c. be not connected with this race,
and even whether the Gorkhas are not a colony of the same
notwithstanding their alleged Indian descent.
people,
co-
There are such
lonies of distant Tartars in the Himalayas, as for instance the Lepchas
near Darjeeling.
Religion,
their order.
Lamaism. The Lamas wear red

The
dress of the grand
in
or yellow according to
is
Lama
at Lassa
yellow, but that
of the chief
Lamas
Ladahk
is
red
Moorcroft, II, 323.
The
religion of
Ladakh,
like
that of Tibet
and China,
is
the
in
is
worship of Buddha under a peculiar Hierarchy.
Every family
or
which there
is
more than one
son, furnishes a
priest,
Lama
Gehem, who
at once a Canobite,
stitution
ple,
and a family
attached to a monastic in-
under a
Lama
or Abbot, ordinarily living amongst the peorites

is
and conducting the
of their daily worship in their
own
houses, in which a
chamber
usually appropriated to an image and
attendant
priest.
The
chief
Lamas
are appointed from Lassa, and

city-
continue to acknowledge the supremacy of the pontiff of that
They
ried,
all profess
is
poverty and celibacy, but a
man who
has been mar-
admissible into their order.
There are
also establishments of
religious females called
Chumas
Anis.
The Lamas, Gelums and

into
Anis,
or priests, monks,
and nuns, are divided
two
sects; the red, or old,
and new or yellow priesthood.
Moorcroft, II, 339-40.

in
I
The
religion
is
Lama.
The Lamas
Kunawar
are of three sects
Geeloopa, Dookpa, and
Neengma, but
could not hear of that called

or Gelookpas are reck-
Shammar by
Captain Turner.
The Geloopas
sect.
oned the highest, since the heads of their

boo and Lahassa are of the same
ments, and caps of
dressed indifferently
LoomThey wear yellow cloth garthe same of various shapes. The Dookpas are but have red caps, and the Neengmas wear the
religion at Teshoo,
;
same, or go bare-headed
the two former do not marry, but there
is
no
1844.]
restriction
and on Gerard's Account of Kundwar,

on the Neengmas.
185
The Lamas admit

would admit me.
proselytes at all
;
ages,
and any one can become a Dookpa, Geloopa, or Neengma
the
chief Gelong of
Kamun
caps.
said he
There are two

red,
is
other sects peculiar to Chinese Tartary, Sakeea
who wear
and
Degooma, yellow
In Tibet, the chief of a monastery
called
Lama, and
the inferior orders are styled Gelong.
Here, (Kunawur,)
most of the clergy are named Lama, and the heads of the convents of
Kamun, Labrung and

roo.
Shealkur, are denominated Gelong and Ge-
Neither Gelongs nor nuns smoke tobacco, although the

neither of
do
them drink
spirituous liquors.
Lamas The Grand Lama of

is
Lahassa, called Gealong

chief pontiff of all the
Rimboche, who resides at Potala,
the
Lamas.
The next
in succession to the
Grand
Lama
of Lahassa
is
is
Panchin Rimboche, of Teshoo Loomboo.
The
third in order
Lochawa Rimboche,
these three personages are all of
the Geloopa sect.
Gerard, p.
17-21.
say, should be read, as well as the
(All that Moorcroft
and Gerard
above extracts.)
I
am
imperfectly acquainted with the results of the enquiries of the

I
it
late
Csoma-de-Koros, but we do not,
think, yet possess a full

exists in Tibet,
and
our
accurate knowledge of
Buddhism
as
and
all
accounts perhaps contain, like the above extracts, some error and
confusion.
light
for
Mr. Hodgson indeed, and others have thrown much

religion, but it
on Buddhism as a speculative
may be
as difficult
us to explain the variety of sects at present existing from the study

it
of Sanscrit or Tibetan books, as

to infer
would be
for
a learned stranger
Popery and Protestantism from a simple perusal of our own
Scriptures.
complete knowledge of the present sects might enable
our scholars to trace in

orders to their sources,
many
and
instances the peculiar tenets of different

so give us
much
curious information re-
garding the progress of error from philosophical refinement to gross superstition

I
;
but
this
knowledge however desirable,

1st
is still
to
be acquired.
heard of four principal sects of Lamas,

to
Gelukpa, 2nd Dukpa,

be added the peculiar
3rd Ningma, and 4th Sakhia,

sects of the
which
may
Banbos and Pitchobas or Nangbatchos.
Turner (Embassy,
all
314) mentions the Shammars, and says they include
the red sects.
The word
cients.
is,
presume, connected with the Shamanism of the anto
Gerard alludes
" Decgromas," but of this sect
did not learn,
186

it,
[No. 147.
any thing and neither
nor three of those I have mentioned are in-
cluded by Csoma-de-Koros among his nine principal sects, (Grammar,

p.
175.)
Afterwards indeed
(p.
194) that scholar says, there ^.re/our disects,
visions
comprehending eighteen
and
it
may be
that these divisions
correspond with Mr. Hodgson's four systems of speculative Buddhism.

(Lit.
and
Rel.
of the Buddists, p. 33. )

its
Notwithstanding
fine
wide diffusion and great authority,
would de-
Buddhism
to
be the religion of a priesthood rather than of a

it
people.
it
In the abstract
little
does not diligently seek for proselytes,
and
has but
active interest in the welfare of
mankind.
Its precepts
appear to be silent about reclaiming the unbeliever, and about comforting the lowly
and
those
who
pass their days in

it insists
toil.
Its exhorta-
tions are towards asceticism,
and
on a
to
solitary
communing
with oneself and with God, as the surest road

or to a speedy incorporation with the deity.
a happy immortality,
This passive excellence
produces indeed an indirect
effect
on the people,
who
believe their
priests to be the chosen of Heaven, and
who
see that they avoid

It
is
much
is
of the fraud and violence usual in the world.
also true, that the
people are told of the punishment awaiting evil deeds, but the priest
always more intent on his own salvation than on exhorting the people
to
be good.
He
The
does not consider himself to be a teacher from God, or
that he should seek to explain to others the

cellence.
means
of attaining to ex-
poor are without pastors, and can only be specta-
tors of the religious service of the
brotherhood of monks, nor perhaps

to
do the devotions of the rich bring them nearer
God, although they

priests offer
have
their private chapels,
and attend while the
their
supplications to the Almighty.
The
indifference of the
belief or practice of the people is well exhibited in
Lamas to the Kunawar; temples

monuments,
erected to the spirits of the hills appear close to Buddhistic
and the
priest of
a hierarchy share the veneration of the villagers with
the creations of ignorance and fancy.
The
votaries of
or
to
Buddhism being taught

a speedy
affairs
that in order to attain
to divinity,
salvation,
they must wholly abstract

;
themselves from
the
of the world
it
forms a curious en-
quiry
how
this
inactive
and self-denying system became mixed

of millions.
with other
faiths,
and took a hold upon the mind
If the persecuted Buddhists entered Tibet,
and found a race without a
1844.]
and on Gerald's Account of Kundwar.
187
regular priesthood, the necessity of mixing with others, and the

bition natural to the
am-
human mind, may have

to take to institute
led the successors of the
more enthusiastic anchorites

people,
advantage of the ignorance of the

a sort of hierarchy
;
and by degrees
not however,
complete or rigorous, for persevering asceticism, or direct inspiration,

will even
now
when
elevate the poor
and the ignorant above the wealthy
and the
of Tibet
learned.
it
On
the other hand,
we know but
votaries of
little
of the state
was entered by the
Buddha, and they

speculatists.
may
have met with a waning ministry of congenial
subsequent union with the missionaries of another faith
may have
lasting
taken place, and

hierarchy
effects
;
may have
encouraged the progress towards a regular
and
if
the Nestorian Christians have produced
any
on the
belief or practices of
Chinese Tartary, the impress will
probably be found
among
the Gelukpa, a sect of Lamas, notwithstand-
ing their celibacy, and the

church.
allowance of marriage by the Greek
With
the Gelukpas, priestcraft has, I think advanced further
than with the others, and they

or system brought about
may
bear some marks of the training

after
it
by the heresies of the Church,

I
had
obtained authority and place in the empire.
am, however, very
doubtful whether any certain trace of a corrupted Christianity can be
found in Tibet
itself,
and
am
not aware that auricular confession,
or the worship of relics, obtains in the sense of the eastern
and the
have
western Churches.
All the three
fallen in, insist
sects,
Gelukpa, Ningma, and Dukpa, with which

of transmigration
upon the doctrines
and of absorption,
and maintain a gradation of animals ending in man, through which

the soul
must pass
before its final
emancipation.
During
certain
ceremonies, (corrupted ones indeed,)
with the divinity.
have seen
Lamas are seemingly possessed one who has been considered from his
All
childhood as a "preseus Divus," and the ready faith of the people

lays the
mind
prostrate in either case.
Lamas
refuse
to
take
animal
life,
and some of superior sanctity observe

;
their doctrine,
and
they
also refuse to take vegetable life
that
is,
they will not themselves cut
down
ripen.
trees until they wither, or gather fruits or grains until
Wine
is
forbidden to
is
all
Lamas.
Of
the three sects aboveall
mentioned, celibacy
tice it
incumbent on the Gelukpa only, but

All
prac-
who wish
to attain to superior sanctity.
Lamas
fast in the
2f
188
Notes on Mooter ofUs Travels in Ladakh,
[No. 147.
Hindoo month Flagon, (February-March,) on the 15th day of the This day is called nenas ; and the great feast of the general prayers of the Gelukpa sect in the beginning of the year may be conmoon.
nected with
it.
(Csoma de Koros' Grammar,
p. 197).
All good
Lamas
raw
not
if
also fast twice in each

fruits.
month, but on these days they
may
eat
The
bodies of
Lamas
are usually burnt, and in general
always, tombs called dungkang are erected over their ashes ; but the
bodies of priests of great holiness are sometimes cut in pieces,
and
dis-
persed on the top of a

birds
;
hill,
or the surface of a barren plain, as food for
and
all sects,
who
are admitted to be of great purity
and excel-
lence, are privileged to eat
and drink out
of the skulls of those
whose
bodies have been scattered to the winds, or they

of portions of the skulls of these good
may have
beads
made
628,
men. (Malte Brun,
II,
quotes Rubinquis as saying, that in Tibet the people drank out of the
skulls of their ancestors; this story
may
be an exaggeration of the pre-
sent practice of the holiest Lamas.)
The
all
doctrines
and observances above-mentioned, are applicable

so far as I
to
orders of
Lamas,
have
learnt.
have not
fallen in with
any of the Sukkias or Banboo,

mention some particulars of each
or Pitchoba sects, but I have always

I will
heard that the Sakkias greatly resemble the Ningmas.

class.
:
now
Of
the Gelukpas, there are six orders
the 1st (or highest) Ghehsheh,

or
2d Chogzirkpa, 3d Katchin, 4th Gelong, 5th Gichul, and the 6th

lowest,
Chunba. The
following table shews the lower ranks or orders,

in
and the books they read

before attaining to each
:
villages
and provincial establishments
Order.
Names
of
Books.
Subject.
Remarks.
Chunba,
Dohna,
Forms of prayers
procuring
ings
for bless-
Do
not wear a robe, but a yellow frock, (or chola orchapkan,)a conical yellow cap without lappets, head shaved.
Sharrah, Ningho
On
Dukar,..
..
abstraction and nothingness the
of this world.
1844.]
and
Names
Books.
o?i
Gerard's Account of
Kundwar.
Remarks.
189
Order.
of
Subject.
Gichul,
Saugdu,
Prayers gods
sin.
to the five to
forgive
Vest red, robe or "chader" composed of two cloths, the inside one yellow, the outside one red.
Zhjikchid,
On
abstraction
as
evil
to
keeping away
andprolonginglife.
Ganbo,
Forms of prayers
Yellow string round the

pets,
avert evil, procure advantages, and a general exhorta-
waist, conical yellow cap with short lap-
heads shaved.
Chargil,
Similar
tion to holiness to the above.
Gelong,
Lamo,
Similar in
tents to
its
con<
Cap, termed Panju, conical with

lappets reaching to the breast, yellow cloth or silk lappets,sometimes have Aummani padme horn on them. Under dress, red.
Consists of two sheets or robes, both yellow, the inside one called chehgo of woollen or serge, the outside one called namber of silk.
Ganbo.
Zhjaljiba,.
Similar in
tents to
its
con- Robe.
observances
Ganbo, on and
prohibitions.
Dua, (and sometimes)

shinjj, ..
On
the necessity of
Cham.
submission to the
will of Chamshing, i. e. God.
The Gelongs and superior ranks must always have the chehgo or
inner robe with them, they must not sleep without it. Both robes are worn as one, right arm free, fastened over the left shoulder, head shaved.
Katchin,
Rangtanglu,
Chaumadupelu,
Subject not ascertained, but I understood

that
to
Gunsumlu
Zintonlu,
and
becomeaKatchin, it was necessary

to repeat the four books by heart be-
fore the Grand Lama, or the superior of one of the four monasteries near Lassa.
To become
Lama,
a Gelong,
to
it
does not appear necessary that the aspirant
should submit
an examination by priests chosen by the Grand
or that they should have been educated at a monastery.
Any
to
Gelong can ascertain the acquirements of a person who wishes

be admitted to the rank, and
if
he
is satisfied,
the Gichul takes
upon
himself the dress and functions of a Gelong.
This indeed
may
be the
190
Notes on Moorcrofis Travels in Ladakh,
[No. 147.
practice in remote districts rather than near Lassa.
Concerning the
:
degree of learning required of a Chogzukpa, I did not inquire

is
there
I
only one of that rank in Kunawar, and
did not meet him.
am
also equally ignorant of the

is
knowledge required of a Ghehsheh, there

west of Mansarawar
;
but one in the Chinese
districts
viz. the
kanbo
by
or superior of the Teshigang monastery.
The names
of the books given in the tabular statement, are those

in the
which they are known
Teshigang monastery
but the powers
of the English letters only give an approximation to the pronunciation

of the words.
I
may
not be correct with regard to the contents of the
books.
My
informants, (Gesongs,) though probably as well acquainted
as others of that
rank usually are in

little
villages,
with their holy books,

I
evidently
knew but
it
of
them besides the names.
have never-
theless thought
as well to give
what
learnt on the subject.

;
No Gelukpa should
and
a3 a Gichul, he
use tobacco as a
must
in addition not
Chimba he must not take life, know woman; these two
ranks
may
the
first
be considered as initiatory.
;
Gelong
is
a qualified
it.
priest,
so to speak
most reach that rank, and few get above

I
Of They
that
Ningmas and Dukpas,

learn to read
procured but
little
information.
and
to repeat certain
;
prayers.
They
then
attend in a temple for three years
they never leave the place during
time, nor are allowed to speak to
any one save
their fellow-
students and their teacher.

qualified priests or
At
the end of the three years, they are

is
Lamas,
differ,
their dress
red.
The
doctrines of the
two
sects
somewhat
and
their great Superiors or Incarnations of
Sakyamuni
are different.
They do not cut

is
or shave their hair like

sects.
the Gelukpas,
and marriage
I believe
allowed
to
both
The Sakkias
marriage
is
;
resemble the Ningmas in their doctrines,
not prohibited, they wear a red dress.

in Pitti there
is
There are none

to
in
Kunawar but The Banbos
one temple belonging

I
them.
they have
to
are a sect of
I
whom
of,
could learn but
little;
no temples, that
could hear
west of the lakes, but are said
exist in considerable
numbers
ney N. or N. E. of Lassa.
Kamp, a place about a month's jourThey perform the circuit of Gangri hill
at
and
of
Mansarawar lake
This at
in
an opposite direction
to that followed
by
other pilgrims.
least in the eyes of the vulgar constitute their
chief peculiarity.
They apparently
represent the
Cf
Bons," and the
1844.]

faith
191
Bonpo
of the
Tibetans before
the ascendancy of
Buddhism.
(Csoma de Koros' Grammar, 177- J 78).

son entitled to reverence,
is,
The
Sanscrit Bandya, a per-
Mr. Hodgson
says, the real

p. 40,
and
significant
form of the Chinese Bonze. (Lit. and Rel.
Note).
or Nangtchos,) are, I
The
Pitchobas, (or Pitchos
and Nangbatchos,
apprehend, fakirs or ascetics of different countries and religions,
who
frequent the great monasteries for the sake of the alms regularly distributed. I sometimes heard they
;
were Mahometans, and sometimes

;
people of China Proper
but pipa means any foreigner
nanga,
(i. e.
nihang, pure,) means a Hindoo or
man
of India equally with a

foreign religionists
Buddhist; while tcho

or holy
is religion,
and we thus have
men
of India
and other countries.

or
The Grand Lamas,

in
Supreme
Pontiffs of the Gelukpasect, are
two
number, and reside
at Lassa
and Teshi Lonbo.
They would seem

spiritual adviser of
;
to be of equal rank, or rather priority of incarnation decides their
relative superiority,
and the younger becomes the
the elder.
Their functions in the state are perhaps different

is
the one
;
whose residence
while the
sect
is
;
in
Lassa
may
be the temporal lord of the country
Lama
of Teshi Lonbo,
may
be the religious superior of the
but
this point is
by no means
clear to
is
me.
The Lassa Lama
termed Gheawang Rimbotcheh.
Gheawa
said to be equivalent to
Sakya, and
phet
of,
Ghewang
;
to the
emanation from, or incarnation or pro-
Sakya
but the word seems identical with the " rgyelva,"
(the victorious, or a
Buddha or emanation,)
it is
of
Csoma de Koros, (Gram.

I
148-198,) although
not understood by the people
have met, as
simply equivalent to rgyelpo or king. (Tib. Gram. 157)

a termination, however,
vulgar.
ness,
The power
of
may
be too subtle for the apprehensions of the
The
people understand Rinbotcheh to be expressive of greatit
and Csoma de Koros gives
as
equal
to precious
or holy.
(Gram. 191, &c.)
The Teshi Lonbo Lama

no doubt, the Panchhew
is
called
of
Panchin Rimbocheh Csoma de Koros, (Gram.
Panchin
p.
is
202,) and
both are perhaps the Phanchajnyana, (or he of the five sorts of wis-
dom)
of the
of Hodgson, (Lit. and Rel. p. 40)
and whether the application

not impossible that Presbyter
term be general or particular,
it is
or Pastor
John may be a
and western
joint corruption of the

travellers.
same words by
orien-
tal sectaries
The Bhootees have some
notion
192
Notes on Mooreroffs Travels in Ladakh,
[No. 147.
great
of the import of
Panchim Rinbotcheh,
to be pearls
as they say
it
means the
one of the five jewels, but these five jewels they conceive to relate to
this
world only, and
and
coral, gold, silver
and copper
Tesho or Teshi means goodness, and Lonbo, (or Chunpo, Tib. Gram.
198,)
is
title
of
eminence or authority, as the
Le*
Lonbo
I,
or Lonpo, or
Lompa,
that
is,
the governor of Leh, (see Moorcroft,

;
334.) Tesho or
Teshi, occurs again in Teshigang
teshi as before, being goodness,
and
gang equivalent to full of; and perhaps also in the Tassisudon of Turner, Teshi Lonbo is one of the four great monasteries of the GelukThe three others are Dapung and Gaddan (or Galdan respectivepas.
ly,
one and two days distant from, and Sehra close

II, 625, for sera thence seres, &c.)
(a. d. 1417,)
to,
Lassa, (see Malte

to
Brun.
but the monastery appears
be of recent foundation,
Each
of the four
is
ruled over by a
Csoma de Koros' Gram. p. Kanho {Nukanpo or principal,
187-
(Ti-
betan Gram.
p. 198.)
Our books and maps

it
give Patala as the great
monastery or temple near Lassa, and
has also been considered as the

in
name
of a sacred hill, but from the
way
a,
which
it is
mentioned by
it
Purangir Gosayen, (Turner's Embassy, pp. 459, 467,)

that the that
it is
seems
clear,
word
the
is
only equivalent
to
monastery or a temple, and not
name
of a particular establishment or of a holy mountain,
or of the residence of the

is,
Grand Lama
as
Csoma de Koros
says
it
and further derives

p.
its
name from
the Patala or Tatta of the
Greeks, (Gram.
198.)
of the
The
chief
Lamas
Ningmas, Dukpas, and Sakkias,

different
reside
at different places,
and pass under
names, but the particuto
lars I ascertained are
not so satisfactory to myself as
be worth
re-
peating.
The Gelukpas admit,

principal emanations, or
hal, Rahjoo,
that
Sakya
or Sakyatna,
(i.
e.
Sakyat'hub-
pa, the sage Sakya,) as he is
commonly
called in the villages,

:
had
five
made
five great divinities
Sharibu, Meyung-
Kung'ghas, and Phakpa Datchumba, or simply Datchis,
umba, (Phakpa
of the
believe, equivalent to
Nath, in Hindi), but
could learn no particulars.
The
five
may
Lit.
be the same as the creations
Supreme Buddha, (Hodgson's

would
and Rel.
p. 40,)
but from
other circumstances I
divinities
infer, that
among
the vulgar, the five
mean
the middle, and the four quarters, of the world, and
are simply expressive of the greatness of the Supreme God.
1844.]
I
and on
Gerard's Account of
Kundwar.
I
193
must again
hesitation,
repeat, that I
communicate what
have learnt with

if
some
and
shall
not be greatly surprized
my
errors
or misapprehensions are frequent
and
considerable.
It is difficult to
obtain a complete and accurate description even of ordinary things
from the ignorant, and although

repute,
it
spoke with some
men
of good local of the
was plain they knew nothing of the philosophy
system they professed, or of the origin or meaning of the practices they

daily followed;
as, for instance,
ses,
much
of this
may
indeed have been
my own
fault
two Lamas
in the
Hangrang
district calculated eclip-
and although suspicious of
their ability to
do
so, I
was unable
of the
to detect
them
in
mere plagiarism, yet they were ignorant
lunar cycle, and had the most preposterous notions of the relative sizes
and distances of the sun, moon, and

It
planets.
may
nevertheless be gathered from
what
have
said, that
Moor-
croft does not fully discriminate
between the
sects,
although he says
their exist-
there are
ence,
two of them
and that Gerard, while aware of

in
his enquiries as he
was not
is
so careful
might have been.

either Gelong, a
Lama
monk Lama
a general appellation, and does not
mean
of a particular order, or Abbot, the superior of a monastery.
indeed should be confined to
men
of reputed sanctity,
and
superiors seldom or never address their inferiors as
Lamas, while the

Celibacy
is
lower grades always apply the

not incumbent on
all
title to
those above them.

all called
Lamas, neither are
" Gelongs," nor are
they necessarily attached to a monastery.
Ani, simply means
woman
while
jamo
or
jhomo,
II,
or
chimma,
is
the proper equivalent of nun.
Mr. Vigne Travels,
340, infers a difference between red and yelto
low Lamas, but Turner appears

sects,
tells
confound the individuals of the
(Embassy,
pp. 86, 103,
170, 242,
250 and 261,) although he
us of the existence of the two, and of a characteristic difference
in their discipline, (p. 314-15).
The Gooroo
among them.
seen a
of
Gerard
tery, belonging to the
is a Hindu term, while the Labbrang monasDukpa sect, cannot have Gelongs or Gelukpas
Gerard's description of the dress
is
not accurate
I
he
has given what he saw on poor
Lamas
at their
every-day work.
have
Lama
in black.
Lamaism
within the
is
perhaps extending
of the
itself in the
Himalayas, and
it
has
memory
Kunawarees progressed some miles down

194
the Sutlej.

It is
QNo. 147.
introduction
now
as
low as Panggi near Chini

;
its
even at Sungram
tice
is still
remembered
and among a people who pracregular priesthood,

religions.
is
it
Polyandrism, and
who have no
some other
is
more
there
likely to extend itself than
In
Kunawar
are no Brahmins, and half of the district
without other priests than
the oracular ministers of the local divinities.
At
p.
118, Captain Gerard says, the
Lamas wear
is
necklaces of two
sorts of beads,
raksha and thu, the seed of some plant, and that these
reckoned a sacred number.
all
necklaces contain 108 beads, which
There are
said to be
108 sacred books of the Buddhists, containing

it is
the knowledge which

of the beads
is
desirable to possess,
and that the number
connected with the

is
number
of the volumes.
The number
equally important in the eyes of the Hindoos, and

it is
with them, as perhaps with the Buddhists,

the attributes of the divinity.
the numerical
sum
of
Raksha
is
is
most likely a corruption of rudraksh

it is
; at all
events
it
the same seed or berry, and
brought from India.
The
necklace
should be composed of the rudraksh.
The
string
" beads'* in our monkish sense, are
commonly
of wood,
I
and the
may
contain seven or nine, or any odd number, but

this includes,
am
is
un-
certain
whether
as in India,
the larger middle one.
The Kunawaree name

chikor.
of this
sumram
or
remembrancer
lak-
In the annexed plate
is
the sentence
Aum Mani Padme

and
in the
Horn, in the
Ranga
and
character, as
it
appears on the cap of a Gelong bought at Lassa,
also in variations of that character
Uchhen, disposed
circularly, as I
this circular
itself.
had
it
written by two Lamas. It will be observed, that

shi, as well as the
form contains the word

ordinarily
mystic sentence
The Lamas
it
know
nothing of the import of the

syllable
is
formulary, but say
means God, while each
considered as a
spell, or as efficacious in
averting different kinds of evil.
Emanations
Lotchawa and Kushuh. The Kushuk Lama presided

priests
and was seated above the other
Moorcroft,
I.
342.
The Lotchawa
children had
nized.
resides at
Teshoo Loomboo, and
for
many
to
years past
he has appeared in Kunawar, he then appeared in Nako, and two

the
same marks by which he

121.
is
said
be recog-
Gerard, p.
AUN\ MANI
vUi in one caje lAt
PADME HOM
*Mi&vn
,rf
Shi
in the
HAIT7A Or LAWTSA CHARACTER.
&mw
>
1844.]

or
195
Kashuk
usually given
Kushuk means I to pious Lamas ;
believe the all-knowing,

it
and
is
name
may
be equivalent to your holiness,

it.
in which sense however, Moorcroft hardly uses

lar
Lotcha has a simi-
meaning.
called
One
of the Lotcha, as mentioned

is
by Gerard
is
com-
monly
by the
Gelong
Kushuk; he
the one finally decided upon as the true

to
Lotchawa, but the other person continues

villagers.
;
have respect paid

rose
to
to
him
The
true
Lotchawa never
the
rank of
but he nevertheless became the reader or household priest of
one of the eight dappans, or military commanders of Lassa; and
who
was engaged
in the
war with the Sikhs
in 1841-42.
Afterwards, the
Lotchawa married, and

although
in
still
in consequence lost in reality all his efficacy,
considered as the vesture of a divinity.

also
While
is
was
Hangrang, he
committed adultery; but so great
the supersti-
tion of the people, that these lapses did not greatly reduce his sanctity
in their eyes
and
have seen strangers prostrate themselves before
him, touch the earth with their foreheads, and crave his blessing,
which he bestowed by putting
his
hand on
in
their uncovered heads.
This same word (Kushuk) appears
Turner, (Embassy, 232-459,
&c), but
it is
correctly a title
and not a proper name.
Religion
Deotas
or Local Gods.
The
temples of the deotas are
magnificent and adorned with a profusion of costly ornaments.

are
There
two
or three in every village; each god has generally three distinct
houses, one for himself

festivals.
and the
third in
which he
is
placed on grand
Gerard, at p. 85-6.
hills,
Deotas, or spirits of the

Sutlej.
are worshipped every where along the

of
These
districts fall
more particularly within the sphere

;
my
in
enquiries, but they are
no doubt more extensively reverenced

seem
to
and
the southern Himalayas, the local divinities
have been includ-
ed by the Brahmins in their Pantheon, and changed into Devi, one of

the forms of the wife of Siva.
This adoption of various superstitions

also
and
deifications
by an organized and ambitious priesthood has

I,
taken place in India, (see particularly Elphinstone's Hist.

in a portion of bitants,
still
179
first
;)
but
Kunawar,
the
many and
equal gods of the
inhaaffect-
maintain their ancient but limited sway, not

side, or
much
ed by
Buddhism on one
Brahminism on
the other.
The
people, however, have the idea of one great god, or rather perto
haps of several divinities,
whom
the deotas are subordinate; and
2 G
196

1st to the
[No. 147.
from the
ed
to
15th of the Hindoo month Magh, they are suppos-
be absent in the upper sky, soliciting these divinities to confirm
or to grant blessings.
The
people also talk of
demons
of
power greater
than the deotas.
This system seems
to correspond
with the present
Shamanism
or
of Arctic Asia.
Deotas can reward and punish in this world, but not in the next,
more
correctly during this
life
only
for in
Upper Kunawar
souls.
at least,
they have borrowed the Buddhistic transmigration of
Deotas are propitiated by
sacrifices,
and
it is
usual for the villagers
collectively, to offer a goat or a sheep
when
also
the crops appear above
ground.
offering.
When
the grain
is
cut, each
house or family makes a similar

is
In some places, an offering
made
at this season of
rejoicing on account of the birth, then or previously, of a
male
child.
Offerings are
evil, or
made
at
any time by individuals
to avert
a particular
procure a special blessing.
The
be
deotas themselves also oc-
casionally desire that a sacrifice
may
made through them
to the
greater gods, to propitiate or appease these higher powers.
The
will of a deota
is
sought and declared by his priest or minister.

;
Fortunate days, as
rally, people
for marriages, are similarly ascertained

to learn
and gene-
endeavour
whether they will be fortunate or not,
by
resorting to the priest at the temple,
and receiving from him a few
grains of
wheat
or barley.
An
odd number implies good fortune, an

In Chini in Kuna-
even one, the reverse.
The
priest
may
be of any tribe of the country.

is
war, the present minister
chumar
is
or out-caste.
The
Hindoo
will of th(
deota in the selection of his priest
generally ascertained as follows

festivals is
On
a particular day, the period of one of the great
preferred, the majority of the villagers bathe,
and putting some water

miraculously rapt, or
is
only in the drinking cup of the deota, they invoke him in his temple
by words and
inspired
gestures.
He who
it
is
chosen,
is
by the god ; and taking up the cup he

it,
able to distribute
grain from
(although
contained nothing but water.)
The
deota
his
may
also declare his pleasure in this matter,
by imbuing one of
votaries with the
power of thrusting unharmed and unmarked, an
iron rod through

village I
some portion
of his flesh.
It is the
custom in one
know
of to ask the deota from time to time after the death

to
of his priest,
whether he wishes a successor
be appointed.
The
1844.]
and on Gerard s Account of Kunawar.

is
197
the god press;
image
raised
upon the shoulders of the
people,
to
and
if
es heavily to the left,
he wishes the election

it
be postponed
if
he
presses to the right, he wishes that

Strictly speaking,
may
take place without delay.
the will of the deota can only be ascertained

is
through his
priest,
but an irregular election

it
sometimes made, and an
opinion forced, as
were, from the reluctant god.
The
priest gets the skin
and one-fourth
of the flesh of the animal
sacrificed.
After being chosen for the
office,
he does not give up his
daily occupation as a
husbandman
or mechanic.
The
priesthood
alone would not subsist him.
The
wife
deotas are masculine, and the people do not talk of local female
divinities
; yet in Lower Kunawar, a certain deota, Mansharash, has a named Durga, and one of the Hindoo Devis of Kunawar is his sister. The relationship and gender, however, are Brahminical innova-
tions,
introduced by the people of the neighbourhood doing service

is
about the person of the Raja. The Devi in question
the one at Koti,
mentioned under the head of Religion.

In two
villages,
is
named Dala
and Lamas
their books.
is
worshipped.
as dwelling with,
Kanam and Shasso, of Upper Kunawar, a deota He is considered as the companion of, or the Supreme God. No sacrifices are offered to him,
endeavour
to ascertain his pleasure
will
by consulting
In another village Shalkar, of Upper Kunawar, a

to
Lama
relat-
supposed
be possessed by a deota on certain occasions, as
is
ed under the head of Festivals. These are instances of Buddhism struggling with local superstition.
In Bhotee, the term for deota

is
is e.
Lah.
In Kunawar, the same term

is
used as also Sath and Shu,

in
i.
Shib. In Bhotee, the priest
term-
ed Labdak, and
the
Kunawaree, Grukchu.
The Kunawarees
or
teazer
give as
trouble-
Hindoostanee equivalent ch'hernawala,
or
giver.
In local gods may be deserving of more research. we appear to have not only the equivalent, but the sound of The deota has also the Roman Lares, and of the Arabian Illah. some features in common with the Grecian oracle. Lah is evidently
This system of
Lah,
the root of lagang
and labrang, the present Tibetan terms
for
a Bud-
dhist temple, as also of lapcha, the only altar the Bhotees continue
to raise to their
ancient deities.
Lah
is
also a
term
for
a pass in the
198

is
still
QNo. 147.
of,
mountains, which
considered as under the care
and
as the
place, of the lah or deota, or god.
Temples,
Sj-c
There are many kinds

of loose stones,
of buildings
and temples pe-
culiar to the
sisting of a
Lamas, the most common are tumuli,
called mane, con-
dyke
mane,
and upon
their tops, are
numerous
There
pieces of slate covered with sentences in the

ter.
Oochen
or sacred characis
it.
Oom
fyc.
is
the most frequent inscription.
often a pole or
two
in the middle,
is
and sometimes a
flag attached to
Chosten or Chokten,
tion,
found in the vicinity of every

heights.
It
is
Lama
habita-
and on the surrounding
an enclosure formed of
of clay, shaped
three walls
like
and a roof;
inside are one or
more buildings
:
urns or pyramids of different colours
yellow, light blue and
white.
Douktens, are pyramids in

than the chostens
;
steps,
with a kind of urn above larger
rarely inclosed, never covered.

is
Labrang,
is
applied to two kinds of buildings, one
a square pile of
feet in
stones six or eight feet high,

ter.
and one and a half
or
two
diame-
They
are erected in
fche
fields to propitiate the deities for

is
an
abundant harvest.
sizes.
The
other sort
a place of worship of various
Lagang,
is
a square flat-roofed house, containing a temple of

it is
Mahadeo
the
according to the Kunawarees, but

Tartars.
called
Mahamoonee by
Lapcha
On
the tops of
many
of the houses, are square piles of
stones adorned with juniper branches,
and on the road
sides, are
heaps
of stones with poles, rags, or flags inscribed with mystic words.
Darchut.
to
At the corners of almost

flag
all
the Tartar houses,

is
is
a pole
which a
painted with
Oom Mane pad mee oom

common
j
attached,
with a
tuft of black yak's hair above.
Cylinders, called mane, are
they are nothing more than
hollow wooden barrels, inside of which are sacred sentences painted
on paper or cloth
east.
they are always turned from the north towards the
There
is
a smaller sort with a projecting piece of wood below,
these are carried about
by the wandering Tartars
called
kawpa.
Gerard,
I
p.
123-127-
do not
know what
and
I
has determined the form of the monuments

little to
called mani,
have but
add
to Captain Gerard's descrip-
.11
A/
l/./.VS
,,.,
KIDA/E
nJ-erHd
I
//OA/
Shi.
'
v /////.. \
r/4RJCTE/i
1844.]
tion.
199
From
the centre of the mani, a dungten frequently rises over
the ashes of a
Lama.
The mystic
sentence,
Aum
Ma?ii padme horn,

is
occurs in varieties of the Oochen and Ranja characters, and
somedo not
times disposed circularly with the word shi in the centre.
think that the inscriptions usually contain any thing beyond a repetition of the sentence, excepting
on each declaring when and by
whom
the
mani was made.
As Captain Gerard has

their right
observed, the people are

it.
careful to leave a
mani on
hand
as they pass
The
chosten or chokten, or choksten,
may
be considered an altar to
the glory of God.

consist of a
colors
:
They
are not always enclosed or covered,
and usually
are of three
It will
pyramid surmounted by a large urn.

;
They
red or yellow, lonku
blue or grey, tulku

is
white, choku.
for image.
be observed, that the termination ku

chokten, the
the
word
Inside the
Lamas
place grain, pieces of metal, formularies or spells,
and
have
or
also noticed
is
images in such as were ruinous.
kang
dungten
the
tomb
of a
or
to
Lama
or
rather
the
The dungmonu-
ment
burnt.
erected
over his
ashes,
on the
be the
spot
on which he was
The
They
Gelukpas appear
most regular in erect-
ing such tombs.

grain.
They
place in them, formularies
and three kinds of

have seen are
occur by themselves or arise from the centre of a mani,
or from either end.
Moorcroft,
II. 245.
Such
as I
square and flat-topped, and always of a white colour, but Moorcroft,
II
does
367,
so,
when he
infers that the
'
topes" of Afghanistan are tombs,
because they resemble the tombs of the Rajahs of
Ladakh and
to
great
Lamas.
What Gerard
describes as a
dungkang, appears
be a
large uncovered chokten, but Moorcroft could scarcely be in error.
Labrang means simply a temple containing the image

the one described as a square
ten, or
pile of stones
of
God, and
by Gerard, must be a dung-
Lama's tomb.
is
Lagang
of the
of precisely the
same import
as
Labrang;
viz. the
temple
God.
is
The lapcha
but
I
not Buddhist,
it is
erected to the spirits of the hills
or passes, or on the tops of the houses,
and perhaps by the road

Embassy,
side
do not remember any so situated, except on salient points, where
the road turns
and descends.
is
See
also Turner's
p.
197-8.
The darchah
same
merely a
flag or sign,
and the word may have the

These
flags
root as the
Hindi dhajja of similar import.
may
200
also
[No. 147.
have some connection with the former condition of the people, as

in tents.
marauders and dwellers

hair of the horse or
The
flag
surmounted by the long
yak forms the usual standard, and adorns the
formidable spear of the
Nomade
warriors of this age.
The
worthy
small
to
cylinder called
mani
is
carried
by any one thought

have heard that
do so by the Lamas.
Captain Gerard was misinformed

I
regarding the Rampas, (see under that head).

these cylinders are
made
to revolve, in order, that
motion
may
be com-
municated
to the contained supplications as it is supposed,
and that no
prayer can reach

or otherwise.
God unless an impulse be given to it by the tongue Mani seems to have a meaning in connection with this
is
explanation, but the same term
applied to the fixed pile of stones

it
it
does not seem sufficient, unless indeed
be a custom of the
it
Lamas
to
beseech the Almighty by encircling the pile, and
appears that the
mani
at that time only, deserves the
name.
under that head,) has no connec-
To
recapitulate the shagri, (see
tion with
any
religious faith.
is
The The
lapcha or lapchas
in
honor of the
deities of the hills.
darchah, lagung, labrang, dungkang, chokten and mani are
Buddhistic.
TEMPLES.
Shagris or Piles of Stones or Eminences.
there are a
At
all the
elevated piles,
number
of square piles of stones called shughar,
upon
to
which passengers usually place a piece of quartz, or attach rags

poles
which are fixed in the middle.
There are
to
also several shugars
on the neighbouring heights, sacred

mountains.
the deotas or spirits of the
The shughars
at the passes are erected
by
travellers,
but
those on the higher peaks, are
commonly made
at the expence of
some
wealthy pilgrim, not much accustomed

p.
to the
mountains
Gerard,
59.
In
this description,
two
different things
seem
to
be confounded.
The
is
shughar, (or rather shagri in Kunawaree, and toyur in Bhotee,)

built
to
by shepherds
generally, but
exploit.
by any
one, to
amuse themselves
or
commemorate an
They
are usually placed on peaks, or on
salient points.

201
1844.]
The
pile
of stones with quartz, rags, &c.

in
is
termed lapchas in
Kunawaree, and
Gerard at
p. 126.
Bhotee lapcha, and
is
afterwards referred to by
Monastaries
is
Convents. The
344.
religious service of the

to
Lamas, which
monasteries
performed daily at the gom-pas or temples attached

II,
Moor croft,
called
ing.
The Lamas and Gelongs who

Gerard, p. 119.
states,
is
profess celibacy reside in a monastery,
ghonpa or goomba, and the nuns in a convent called chomol-
As Gerard
temple.
gom-pa
the
or
gunba
is
the monastery,
and not the
Labrang
word
for temple.
sides.
Chomoling simply means the nuns

being "nun," and ling, "side."
I
Chomo or jomo or zhjomo

I
have not observed that the convents,
so to call them, are separate buildings.
Gunba comprehends
think
monastery and convents; different parts of the same building being

appropriated to each.
Festivals.
it is
The
grandest festival (in
Kunawar)
I
is
called
mentiko;
held in the beginning of September, but
could get no account of
its origin.
All the people

hill
who
;
are able to move, leave their villages
and ascend the nearest

several days,
they proceed slowly making a circuit of
and
this is the
time of the greatest festivity
they adorn
themselves with garlands and flowers, and sing and dance to the sounds
of music
;
they run horse and foot races
perform feats of agility, feast
and drink.
Gerard, p. 81.
In Kunawar, this festival commences on the 19th or 20th of the
month Bhador,
in,
that
is,
as
Gerard says, early in September, and
it
usual-
ly lasts five days.
It takes place after the first crop has
been gathered
hills,
and
is
held in honor of the spirits of the surrounding
who
are
thanked
for past blessings
and propitiated
for the future.

it is
The Bhotees have

gham.
It is not,
a similar festival, and
called
by them nam.
however, the same as that witnessed by Mr. Trebeck.
(Moor croft,
complete, for
II. 75, fyc.J If the description given

it
by that gentleman
is
was held
in August,
and had apparently no connection

any where, superseded the
with religion.
As Buddhism
worship of the
has not every where,
if
local divinities, it
;
has in part yielded to the super-
stitions of the people
and
at Shalkar, for instance, they suppose that a
202
certain
[No. 147.
mountain
Lassa,
is
spirit is
an emanation of Shakyamuni, and that he
came from
some generations ago with a

called
Lama
is
of great sanctity.
This emanation
Durjeh Chimno, and
further supposed to be
to turn the adora-
the patron of agriculture.
The Lamas endeavour

god alone
is
;
tion of the people towards this hill
and
to
in imitation of the
deota system, one of their

of the divinity,
number
supposed
is
be the chosen priest
and on proper occasions
duly rapt or possessed.

their
They do
not, however, care to give
any emanation of
supreme
being a local habitation and an authority with geographical limits,
and when the people proceed

plicate one lord
to
a particular pass or eminence to supthe
among many
equals,
Lamas
is,
take no share in
the ceremony.
The
greatest festival of the

It
is
Kunawarees
that called
sherkan
by them.
of Asonj,
held on the 10th day of the
moon
in the
month
(September-October,) and corresponds with the Hindoo
Dasehra.
Polyandry Marriage
domestic institutions.
They
When
(the Ladakhees) have
some singular
an eldest son marries, the property

is
of his father descends to him,

of his parents.
and he
charged with the maintenance
wife please,
younger son
They may continue to live with him if he and his if not he provides them with a separate dwelling. A is usually made a Lama. Should there be more brothers,
to the
and they agree
arrangement, juniors become inferior husbands

All the children, however, are considered as
to the wife of the elder.
belonging to the head of the family.

rity
;
The young
brothers have no autho-
they wait upon the elder as his servants, and can be turned out
of doors at his pleasure, without its being

for
incumbent on him
to
provide
them.
On
the death of the eldest brother, his property, authority

his next brother.
and widow, devolve upon
Moorcroft, II. 321-2.

I
In this account, there are several things which
did not observe
near the junction of the Sutlej and Pitti, and some of the customs are
not
I
think reconcileable
to
reason or to necessity.
Polyandryism appears
to be essential in a
is
country in which the

in
quantity of culturable land

not extensive
;
limited,
and
which pastures are

carrying on
in
which there are but few

is
facilities for
commerce, and in which there

available.
no mineral wealth readily made
This
is
the case in Tibet, and in
many
portions of the
1844.]

;
203
Himalayas
and
as the people are not of a warlike character, nor of a

races, they
more ingenious turn of mind than neighbouring
have but
few resources, and are almost entirely dependent on a scanty and laborious cultivation for their
means
of subsistence.
this is
It is therefore neces-
sary to limit the population,
and
most simply done by allowing

Necessity gives rise to the
in the circum-
one wife only
to
each house or family.

it
law, and custom renders
more binding; but a change
stances of the people, produced by whatever means,
may
render the
custom
partial in its application.

to the recent
Thus
the people of
Upper Kunavvar,
owing
demands
for
shawl-wool and charas, (a drug,)

extending carrying trade
in comfort
in India, are
now engaged
in a rapidly
they accumulate
in
their
villages
money; and can maintain themselves

by importing
articles
of food.
Two
or
three
brothers
may
thus each become rich, and seek to found a family
dependent on trading enterprize,

livelihood.
and not on
agriculture, for
its
Polyandrism as
have observed
districts, is
it
in
Upper Kunawar, and
in the
neighbouring Bhotee
Moorcroft.
certain
not exactly the same as described by
The lands of a village are divided unequally among a number of houses, and these are assessed in a fixed sum by
Each house has usually one wife only, but sometimes
the state.
two
or three.
The master
or father of the family, that
is,
the eldest
son or brother, retains the authority as long as he retains his faculties,
although his son
may have
is
been married for sometime.
On
the death
of the father, the eldest son, if arrived at

tership
;
manhood, succeeds
to the
I
mas-
but
if
he
a minor, the father's brother succeeds.
This
should
say
is
the rule, but as the civil relations of the people are not
com-
plicated, the right to the mastership has not
been very
strictly defined,
and nephew and uncle,
so to speak, act indifferently as superior; the
most talented being usually put forward as the representative of the

family or house.
If a
woman
survives her husband, she continues to live with her
son
it is
her right to
do
so,
and she cannot be put away with a main-
tenance at his pleasure.
A
;
young brother can
establish himself sepa-
rately if he desires to do so
his share of the land
and
of the moveable
property, as also his proportion of the state assessment, being deter-
mined by a
sort of jury, subject to
the approval of the Chief or
2h
204
Government.
numerous.

I
[No. 147.
know
instances of such a separation, but they are not
Should a wife prove barren, a second can be chosen, or should she

have daughters only, a second can be chosen similarly
three or
;
custom allows
more wives.
know
of a
man who
first
took a third wife, having
been disappointed of a male heir by his
and second.
A man
first,
also
sometimes takes a second wife with the consent of the

she
although
in
to
practice, a
may have brought him male heirs. Custom allows this, and man will take a second or a third wife, if he is disposed
against the consent of his
first
do
so,
one
he
is
amenable
to opinion
only,
and not
to a well-defined
law
strictly administered.
Divorce takes place on the wife committing adultery, or by the
mutual consent of the

Chastity
is
parties.
;
not held in high esteem
that
is,
the loss of
it is
not con-
sidered a great disgrace in the eyes of the

case of an unmarried
common
people.
In the
woman,
the
man must
support her and the child,
unless he can arrange for her return to her family by the
payment
to
of
sum
of
money, (from
If the
five rupees or so
is
upwards, according
is
circum-
stances.)
woman
a nun, a similar fine
also paid to the
temple to which she was attached.

fined for the benefit of the state,
A man
who commits
also
adultery
is
and he must payment

of a
maintain the
of
woman,
I
unless he can arrange by the

to
sum
money
for
her return to her husband, or
her
own
family.
am
not aware that the Buddhist books declare aught concerning
marriage, or the social relations, and in the absence of a law, the practice of
a rude people will necessarily vary.

;
Marriages usually take place at the age of 15 or 16

parties are
but one or both
sometimes betrothed at an earlier age.
Young men and

The
women
than
is
are left to the exercise of their
own
choice in a greater degree
the custom in India, but they are not absolutely free.

is
usual dower
generally withheld
when
the girl marries without the
consent of her parents, custom requires that the parents of the young
man
offer
should go three several times to the house of the

a piece of silk and some wine
is
;
girl's father,
first
and
if
they are accepted a

to
and a
second time, the marriage

of the girl
;
understood
be agreeable to the parents

is
and
if
accepted the third time, the betrothal
complete,
and
is
considered binding.
Lamas
fix
an auspicious day
for the
mar-
1844.]
riage,

and on the evening previous an entertainment
;
205
is
given in the
house of the bride
the
Lamas
are invited to this feast, they read cer-
tain prayers, or at least invoke a blessing on the union,
and
their pre-
sence
is
also considered necessary at the feast given
by the bridegroom's
parents after the ceremony.
The above
proximates
is
the custom
is
among
the Bhootees.
Among
the
Kuna-
warees, the practice
similar, but not precisely so,
and gradually ap-
to that of India.
In Lower Kunawar, there are neither

priests of the spirits of the hills take
Brahmins nor Lamas, but the

their place in such ceremonies.
Polyandry
Population Bastardy. The

Moorcroft, II, 322.
women
of
Ladakh
in
consequence of their great proportionate

obtain subsistence.
number, find
it difficult to
But
of
the mean (number of inhabitants to a house) in various parts Kunawar gives six, which will not appear too many, since Polyan-
dry, or a plurality of husbands, prevails.
Gerard, p.
3.
is
Besides this
drawback on the increase of population, there

professed
another peculiar to Chinese Tartary and the adjoining countries, that

is
celibacy,
which
3, Note.
is
by numbers
of the inhabitants.
Gerard, p.
Moorcroft's remark does not appear to have been
made with
his
usual discernment. Polyandry cannot
affect the proportion of males
and
re-
females born, and no system of emigration on the part of the
men
duces the relative numbers of the sexes.
The women have no
diffi-
culty in obtaining a subsistence, for they are a robust race; they are
equal to most kinds of out- door work, and the care of the fields
chiefly in their
is
hands
socially the condition of
unmarried
sisters
and
of younger brothers
is
the
same
both must be maintained by the
head of the house,
who
has a right to their labor.
Family Polyandry should increase the number of souls per house, instead of decreasing it as Gerard observes ; for besides the husband
(eldest brother)
and wife and

be,
their children, as in a house in Europe,

sisters
;
there are, or
may
younger brothers and unmarried
there
may
be uncles
(so to call
them) and aunts; there
may
be more than
one wife; and finally, there
may be a mother and

established.
also a step-mother.
affect the
The
celibacy of one or
is
more brothers cannot
population
wife,
where family Polyandry
Every house has a
and
20()
Notes on Moor crofts Travels in Ladakh,
[No. 147.
it is
only
when
there are several brothers, that the younger ones beis
come monks.
celibacy
If there
but one son, he will not, (as the rule,) become

is still
a Lama, so that the house or family

is
maintained
besides which,
only enjoined on one out of the four orders of
prevail west of the
Mansarawar Lake.
took the census of the
Lamas which Hangpopulation in
rang
district of
Bhotees subject to Bisseher.

of
The
total
1842 was 760, and
whom 373
I
were males, and 387 were females, an
excess of less than four in the hundred. Another census taken less earfully,
in
which indeed
had but
little
reason
to place confidence,
gave nine more females than males.
Polyandry
in spite of the seclusion of the people of the hills
and
a general simplicity of manners, has a

bastardy.
is
marked
effect in increasing
Of
the 760 people of Hangrang,
26 are
bastards,
which
one in about 29, and as a comparatively few grown-up people

to be illegitimate, I
only were admitted
apprehend there may be more
than 26.
In 1835, the population of England and Wales was about 14,750,000,
and
the
number
of bastards affiliated, (before the
New
Poor
Law came
even
if
into operation,)
was 65,475, which
gives one in about
226
the
still
number born should double

British History, p. 1041
those affiliated, the proportion

to
would
(
speak strongly against Polyandry in regard
female purity.
Wade's
and
1055.) It
is
not clear whether the

for
num-
ber of bastards
is
given for England only, or
England and Wales,
but
this
circumstance would not greatly affect the result.

p. 3,
Gerard,
estimates the population of
Hangrang
it
at 1056.
This
was upwards
of
twenty years ago, and although
may
have been
somewhat
greater than
now,
do not believe
it
could differ one-third
of his total, or one-half of mine.
Characters of the Kunawarees

are
and
Bhotees.
Thieves
and robbers
implicitly
unknown
(in
Kunawar,) and a
person's
word may be
relied
on in any thing regarding money matters.
They have
not the
least distrust or suspicion.
(Captain Gerard then quotes two instances,

to
in
which a few rupees were advanced
him by Kunawarees.)
The Kunawarees pride themselves on their country, and well know how superior they are to the other mountaineers. Gerard,
p. 76-77I
did not like them (the Bhotees) so well at
first
as the
Kunawarees, but they improved on further acquaintance with them
1844.]
and on Gerard's Account of Kitndwar.

and
I
207
and
their language,
hills,
now
think them by far the finest race of

to the
people in the
of India.
and much superior

102.
inhabitants of the plains
Gerard, p.
Cheating, lying, and thieving are
unknown; they have
the nicest
notions of honesty of any people in the world.

also p. 108.
Gerard, p. 106, see
That Captain Gerard was not himself robbed, and that

faith
his good
was trusted
position
;
is
not surprising; he was an officer of
known rank
among a
and
he was accompanied by agents on the part of the Raja,

is
and a courteous and wealthy stranger
usually welcome
secluded agricultural people, but had he
made more
careful inquiries
than he seems to have done, he would have found that the Kunawarees
can
lie,
cheat, steal,
of
and commit murder.
During the
last
15 or 18
years,
two men
K una war
(of proscribed races indeed, lohars
and
chumars,) have been hanged, and Kunawarees Proper are almost
monthly punished
less
for different
crimes by the
to
loss of
a hand, or in a
severe manner. Similar remarks apply

off
the Bhotees.
Bhotee
boy very dexterously carried
a powder flask of mine, and half of
my
servants as well as a more respectable
man, the Lahore Vakeel with

as pure gold
me, had a mixed metal palmed

ous Bhotees.
off
upon them
by
vari-
In this metal there was some gold, which was obtained

in monasteries
by stealing the books
and temples, and then burning
them
&c.
for the
sake of the gold leaf used in "illuminating" the margins,
See
also
Captain Hutlon's Tour, III,
2.
Jour. As. Soc.
The Bhotees and Kunawarees have some

development.
of
of the usual virtues of
other secluded races, but their evil passions are latent,
and only want
The Bhotees
like other
are I think a people without the spirits

Still I don't
men, and
cowards they are cruel.

if
think
them beyond redemption, and

their energies
their
country continues distracted,
may
be roused.
Of
the
Kunawarees
have a higher
opinion.
origin,
They have some

also
pride of race, due perhaps to their Indian
and they have
some
intelligence
and enterprize, which
have latterly been turned towards trade, and a few
men
in
Upper
Kunawar
are possessed of
some wealth.
This trade received a considerable impulse on the emigration of
many thousand Cashmere weavers to the plains about 1818 and 1820, and by the late increasing demand in the plains for the charas of
208
Notes on MoorcrofCs Travels in Ladakh,
[No.
47.
Yarkand. The Kunawarees gradually became

wool, and of the drug in
large carriers of shawl-
question;
but want of capital obliged

in
many
to
borrow money, and want of experience
such
affairs,
with a
general ignorance of the world, rendered them no match for the Hin-
doo mahajans of
Ram pur, and
the Gashmeree dealers of Leh, and
most
of
them have
direct
in consequence
run into debt.

the
Latterly, they have

the
become
purchasers from
Government farmers and
Yarkand
traders,
and are emancipating themselves by degrees, while
some have
every one
realized fortunes so to speak.

effect
:
This increase of trade has had one bad

to
the profits induced

better sort bor-
become buyers and

in
sellers,
and while the
rowed hundreds
Rampur, they
in debt,
lent tens to their poor village neigh-
bours on the mortgage of the produce of their lands.
Every
village in
Upper Kunawar
monied men
is
and
its
crops belong as fully to a few
as the harvest of India belongs to the bankers of its towns.

p. 108,
What
and
Captain Gerard observes at
regarding the hospitality

to alter,
liberality of the Tartars,
he might have found occasion
had he
village,
lived longer
among them.
He was
then at Shipke, a Chinese
and the people were desirous that he should get into the
is
British territory again as speedily as possible. It

to
besides the custom

travelling, that
force
is,
supply the ordinary wants of great
men when
first
to bring a
nazzur of gram, a sheep, &c. levied by

local authority.
from the
villagers
by the
visit
After the
novelty of his ap-
pearance or
had worn
off,
he would have found, that they could
use short weights, adulterate flour, and drive hard bargains in every
sense of the word.
In making these remarks,

consider the
would not have
it
inferred, that I
Kunawarees and the Tartars
as essentially dishonest,
or as usually grasping, but simply as not deserving the great
commen-
dation bestowed on them.
Employment of the Kunawarees.

and
The Kunawarees are

and
all traders,
their chief riches consist in large flocks of sheep

to
goats.
In
November, many come

they likewise
Garoo. In the
Rampur with
wool, and a few go to the
plains to purchase merchandize for the markets of

visit the fair at
Garo and Leh, and
Hurdwar; most of them go to Leh or summer months, the people who stay at home look after
and attend
to their flocks
;
their vineyards,
the shepherds live in small
1844.]
a?id
on Gerard's Account of Kunawar.
209
in
houses called dogree or shumung, where they employ themselves
making
a
butter.
Gerard, p. 79-80.
are rather all agriculturists than all traders,
The Kunawarees
strict
and
Polyandry
at once implies, that the people
have a limited sup-
The people of ply of food at home, and scarcely any from abroad. Lower Kunawar are not traders in the sense meant by Gerard even now very few of them go to Garoo and Leh, and their traffic consists The flocks of in exchanging woollens and fruits, or gram and butter.
;
sheep and goats do not furnish much,
if
any, butter, and the greater

is
portion of that article, used in southern Tibet,

via
taken across the hills
Ram pur
and other
places.
A
is
mere sheep-fold
it,
is
called shirnang, but

is
where a
little
cultivation
attached to
the term
dogree.
(of
Trade of Kunawar. Almost all the trade Gerard, p. 181. ducted by barter.
Kunawar)
is
con-
This was more particularly the case when Gerard wrote than at
present.
The
increasing trade in shawl-wool and charas render the

it is
export of coin necessary, but

lasted, the value of exports
probable that whrfle the opium trade
and imports was nearly the same.
The
trade in charas has arisen, and that in shawl-wool has greatly
increased, within the last few years.
The accompanying
exports from Tibet to
table will give
some information regarding the
Rampur.
210
Notes on Moot-croft's Travels in Ladakh,
[No. 147-
O CNo .n o o oo OCO i
cnco cn
ta
5
t)
91
SS
09
>
r_ o
rt
B.
- AO
,
ill
'
be
a;
>>
3
.
.
S-OJ3 2 S3 ^
o,
oj
rt
CO
"'245
as
o
fer
^ o
.
.
13
fe
^
o-a o.S
co rt
I^S^S g -2- Mg^

o
fcA-5 ss
s|.
|
J3
PS
,-cJ
SO
saadnii
(OtON t^ noo
to
asOi tOOJO
'>
n3
C3
S99dng ux anjBA
pgjBtxiijsg
Pi2
ssgdny
ui
anjBA
4,
I
00OM
B5l>lBj -sjs
o?a
qOB9
S.I99S
jS
I
jo ijjBg
-s
o'eed ^"^^^
^TS^J?
agd
f9
XjijuBnf)
B^BJ
i-*
!3
co
9i jo *spra leqiB^j
ut 9njBj\.
sggdng
maooa n* ao n
o o o o
8
J
-3

sis
-3 "s
,
sagdng ui
s-
911112 A.
co cooo
XjijuiGnf)
91BH
'99d J9d BqD SI99S g -B}[

-lift
o o o o
-a -a -a "O
co c^ en en
3.1Q-S3
'S
m & w
oooo r^
ot
s.i99s
j
9j jo -spai eqoB}!
r-~ r^
o
"
&C-3
saadng ui 9n^^\
ct5
O vp
rj
(M
OcoeNCO Tf .O CO iO O0000O5
COCM
"TK
3
A"jijUEn)
I
3
"
^H
6 B^JJBJ SJ99S 6 ^- 6 6 Z ao i^g"

J9d
-s^f
(NCOÔ
^
cn
q3B9 BJl^BJ S.199S 9[ jo -sput t?qoBî

ui
lO t
~ CO aj
OCT5
iri
S99dny
, !
gnjBA
|
O 00 m CO
BJJJJ18J SJ99S
*OO OiOlOO
CM
2Sgg t^ oo
rl<
PjJ
M O H _i 3fe C FJ * ^ en 5
tt>
6 o 6 6
oJcj-
as
.I9d
-s>|
XlHUlGH^
qOB9
SJ99S 9f jo
'.1B9A
t;5J5fB t^
m 00
fg
ÔQOO
-woo ooco oo
CO CO ^1* *1* 00 TO 00 00
00CT)
O y
Cm
OS fO, <
2=5 o _
'+-.
spui RqoR>i
X SS^-n
-G -q -g
s3
<;>
b g -
<N
1844.]
211
REVENUES OF
Statistics
PITTI.
of a
Bhotee Village.
The
whole revenue of
to eight
Pitti
is
collected in grain,
by a measure called khal, equal
pakka
seers,
and
of the value of thirteen annas.
The revenue
is
levied
upon but 267
houses, the total will be 2,937 khals, or in value 2,386 rupees.
Moor croft,
II,
p.
70-71-
" Estimated" should perhaps have been used by Mr. Trebeck instead of " collected," see also
Pitti
Gerard p.
147. In 1841-42, there
were in
about 250 paying houses, and of that number, the revenues of

agreeably to an arrangement
fifty-two or fifty-three were appropriated to the five monasteries of the

district,
Pitti
to
Ladakh,
(see Chanthan, history
made by Lassa on the transfer of The sum demanded of.)
from the 197 or 198 houses was 398 rupees, and about 30 pieces of
woollen. This tax
of
is
denominated mattal ; besides the above, the Rajah
Ladakh
levied from all Pitti a tax

to
named
Hortal, and a second
mattal,
amounting
36 and 18 rupees
respectively.
Hortal means the

real or
I
tax of Hor, the country about Yarkand.

principal or original tax.
Mattal means the
Mah
being the same as mul in Hindee.

to the
am
unable to explain the application of the term
small tax of
rupees 18.
The Rajah
gives
of
Ladakh
further
demands a quantity
whole of the
of iron, cotton
goods, paper, madder, &c. from the
district, for
which he
50 rupees, taking however 200 rupees' worth of goods.

pays to the Abbot of Teshingang on the Indus,
Besides the revenues appropriated to the monasteries, the division of

Pitti,
called
Pin,
a quantity of grain.
The Abbot
to the
also sends a quantity of tea to the
houses or families of the valley, for

price.
which he asks and gets double

dependency, 32
pieces of
Teshigang belongs
Chinese.
to Bissehir, a British
;
This same division Pin, pays

pieces of woollen
and one sheep
the sheep
and two of the
cloth being the perquisite of the Bissehir authorities sent to collect the
tax.
Kulu, (a Lahore dependency,) demands from the whole of
Pitti in-
cluding the houses attached to monasteries, one^w ovjao of gold, equal

to
8 or 9 rupees, and also 4 pieces of woollen. 2

i
212
[No. 147.
As my statement
of
of the revenues differs greatly from the estimate

;
Mr. Trebeck,
purposely misled
I incline to
may be wrong me. From what

I
that
I
is,
my
informants
may have
parts,
have seen however of these

one.
the smaller
sums
as the
more probable
In Pitti and
the adjoining districts, I
would say
that eight seers of
wheat are now
worth eight annas, instead of thirteen, and that eight seers of barley are
worth
five or six
annas only.
The
various claims on the people of Pitti are a good specimen of the
complicated relations of the different districts along the
Snowy Range,
notwithstanding the approximation of the large and consolidated empires of

I
England and China.

table exhibiting the
annex a
of
number
;
of people,
and the agricultural some other

parti-
means
culars
Changgo on the
Pitti river
if
together with
which may
be curious,
not of
it
much
value.
Changgo proits
duces somewhat more grain than

bitants are traders.
consumes, and several of

in
inha-
The
village
is
Hangrang, the Bhotee
district
subject to Biss^hir.
With
as
reference to the
Hangrang
district, I
may
here say, that in-
stead of five spots, and
some narrow
strips
capable of cultivation,
Gerard says,
p. 15,
there are seven separate villages, one temple

least three
with lands attached, and at
detached pieces of land belong-
ing to one or other of the villages.
1844.]
213
Statistics of
Chdnggo in Hangrang on the
Pitti River,
a Bhotee
dis-
trict subject to Bissehir.
CO
T3
CO
-3
;t3
a
-a
"5
 o
0)
o
pCD
CM
'-3
^3
o
T3 -3
'eS
o
*<
Remarks.
-a
bfl
CO
cu
,
CO
o3
1 **
g O
-C
CO
T3
bjt
o 6
"3
S3
73
a
a;
a
cd
CO
CO
5
a o
S3
3 O
Oh
is
V CO
CO
3 O
-a
t
pq
<
2 Annual Demands of Government. 24 Rupees, 35 4 2 3 PakkMnewool-J , piMe
2
3
1
2
3 3 2 2 3 2 3
1
'2
1
2
1
1
1
3
CJ
2 3
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
o
15
1
1
1
>
25
p
5 6
7
3 2
1
2
(J
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
]
1
1
1
4 5 13
1
1
1
Pi jg
o
eg
8 9
10
2
1
3
1
1 1
6
1
2
]
2 3
1 1
2
1
1
1
3 3
3 3
1
4 21
3
1
l Productions of the Village. 7
IS
2
1
U
12
13 14
15
1
i
3 O
EC
2 3 2 2
'2
o
1
o
1
2
1
]
3 2
18 17
1
2 2 2 2 2
1
14 8 15 3
4
11
3 Fruits. Ap rico ts. Vegetables. Turnips, Oni2 ons. 3 Principal Grains, #c. 2 Wheat, barley, jammar, and lona (kinds of barley) 3
3
12
34
16
2
'23
3
1
chineh, chastang(beans, dao or fabra, and perhaps occasionally some

others.
34
5 17
10 14
9 27
Note. A few
135
6
4
stalks of
48
Kunawaree, and Kassam in Bhotee, are found in every field, but the grain is nowhere
oats, pea, in
cultivated.
bf)
>
1 CD
*g gS
Lohar
2 3
4
2 2
]
Illegitimate
7
...
2
2
1
2
1
4 Males,
'
( J 1 3 Boys.
...
^ an
3 Females,
Girls.
Lamas, ... 16) Ningmas, Nuns, (none,) / a red sect.
_
\
42 32 21 20
5|l7 10 14
9 27
135
48i
Grand S 137 Souls.

Total.
68
lal es,
69 Fe ns.
Pitti Authorities.
The house belonged to the taoche, or head of the carriers, and he with Khaza Khan, the manager of the district, and the paon or scribe,
paid
me every civility in whom I had left at Leh
the absence of the chief of Pitti, Sultan Beg,
Moor croft,
II. 60.
214

taoche, or togotcheh, or dogotcheh, is
[No. 147.
The
simply the deputy of the

is
resident
manager
of the Pitti
district;
he
however particularly
the porters and beasts
in person with
charged with the collection of the

griot,
revenue under the karrpan or
chief or
manager
and he
also collects
of burden for the use of the Rajah,

if
and proceeds
them
of
many
;
are required.
Khaza Khan was

Pitti
if
the father of the present karrpan, or
manager
he was a Buddhist and not a Mahometan as might be supposed,

;
we looked upon Khan with our Indian experience only his real name was Teshi (or Tashi) Dandup. Paon is not known as the word for scribe in Pitti or its neighbouris still
hood, but the individual alluded to by Mr. Trebeck,
remember-
ed as a skilful carver, &c.
He was
the eldest son of
Khaza Khan,
above-mentioned.
The Bhotee
for scribe is
dunghi.
;
Sultan Begh was of a family of Shia Mahometans settled near Leh

his grand-daughter or great-grand-daughter
married Gholam Khan,

Sikhs
subsequently
made
to
chief of Pitti, an active partisan of the
and who was put

Food.
sists
death by the Chinese after their victory in De-
cember 1841, near the Mansarawar Lake.
All
;
classes of
Tibetans eat three meals a day

if
the
first
con-
of tea
;
the second of tea or of meal porridge,
that cannot be
afforded
the third of meat, rice, vegetables
and bread by the upper,

classes.
and soup porridge and bread by the lower

never drink plain water
age called chang.
if
The Tibetans
they can afford
it
the poorer drink a bever-

Kunawar)
is
The
food of the people (of
bannocks of different kinds

of
of grain, kitchen vegetables,
and a great proportion
meat;
their
most
usual drink
liquor,
is
tea,
and they occasionally take a dram of spirituous

Gerard, p. 77*
is
and
at their festivals they indulge pretty freely.

(i. e.
The
wholly
food of the people,

flesh, for
of the
little
Hangrang Bhotees,)
grain produced
is
almost
even a part of the
exported, and
most of the
take their
rest
made
into an intoxicating liquor
named
chong.
1
They
13-1 14.
dram
of spirits in the cold mornings.
Gerard, p.
Flesh of
khees.
I
all
kinds forms the principal part of the food of the Lada-
Gerard, p. 154.
think the above observations are applicable only to the better
classes,
and not
to the poor people; that
is,
to
nearly
all
the people.
1844.]

sort in
215
Indeed a family of the better

or a goat once in a month.
Kunawar
will only kill a sheep

districts,
In the adjoining Bhotee
the
people
may do
so once in 18 or
20 days,
their flocks being larger
and
more
easily fed.
Tea
is
not regularly drunk by more than ten
families in all
some perhaps
Kunawar; some drink it occasionally, some rarely, and never. Chong is drunk by the poor people on par
ticular occasions only
but there are dissipated people every where,
and some men may take a dram every morning.

able to admit of
I
its
Grain
is
too valu-
consumption
in the
manufacture of
spirits.
think that the poorer people in Upper
Kunawar and
in Tibet, live
chiefly on the
meal
of parched grain
mixed with water.
They
don't
often or regularly bake cakes, although those in better circumstances
may
frequently do
so.
In times of scarcity, they eat chestnuts in

in
;
Lower Kunawar, and
Upper Kunawar and the adjoining

that
is,
districts,
they use apricot kernels
if
they have them, for apricots do not

feet.
bear at a greater elevation than 10,500
Drink of
the
Kunawar ees
Sore Eyes. For although

as
the
Kuna-
warees can get nothing but snow for some months

are not so subject
to goitre
in the year, they in the
the people that live
damp
grounds. In winter, the eyes are frequently inflamed by the reflection

of the snow,
and the people travelling
at this time, protect
them with
large leaves, generally of the rhubarb.

It
Gerard, p. 82.
to
may
be safely said, that the Kunawarees are never reduced
drink snow water for more than a few days in a year, and a few small
villages only are necessitated to
do that
every village
is
near a stream
or spring,
and both streams and springs flow

frost.
is
in winter, notwithstand-
ing
snow and
The rhubarb
not green in winter, and

;
if it
had leaves at that season,
they could not easily be got at
being buried at great heights under
snow. Hair spectacles, juniper twigs, &c. are used to protect the eyes.
Customs as
no
to
Food. The
to asses.
present did not include
some
hares, for
other reason as far as I could learn, than that the length of their
ears assimilated
them
Moorcroft,
I,
424-5.
fish.
The Bhotees do
Rohtak, our
hill
not eat hares, nor birds of any kind, nor

;
To-
wards our borders, however, they are somewhat lax

traders are good
but towards
eat
humouredly
reviled,
when they
the fish of the lakes of that neighbourhood.
216
I

did not learn the origin of these customs, but they
effort
No. 147.
may
be the
it
result of an
of
Buddhism,
to spare
life
in
whatever shape
appears.
Scarcity of
Grain The Potatoe.The
crops (in
Kunawar)
for the
most part are poor, and a great want of grain pervades the whole
country.
for
In times of scarcity, horse chestnuts, after being steeped

to
two or three days
take
away
their bitterness, are dried
and
ground into flour,

of the people.
I
and
apricots
and walnuts also form part of the food

a rupee, but the
in October
Gerard, p. 64-5.
for
have seen wheat flour as cheap as sixty pounds
average price in
Kunawar
scarcely
is
from thirty
to forty,
and
and
November,
p. 65.
it
is
to
be procured for any money.
Gerard,
Kunawar
portion of
has a few villages which produce more grain than their
inhabitants require, but considered as a whole, the district imports a

its food.
The
people never willingly part with their grain,
and during
20
my
residence in
Upper Kunawar and the adjacent Bhotee
districts, I got it
lbs.)
compulsorily at the rate of 8 J and 10 seers, (17 and the rupee, and what I required for the few people with me,
of
was sometimes brought from a distance

Scarcities are occasioned
60 miles.
by a want of rain in April, but sometimes

eats the stalk.
I
by a destructive
insect
which
heard also that about
25 years ago, (1817-18,) a

apricot stones, treated the
flight of locusts appeared.
The
kernels of
same way
as
Gerard says of horse chest-
nuts, are likewise used to economize grain,
and the people dig up

I
roots,
and make use

in II an gran g.
of the wild pea
named
charek, which
have met with
Gerard laments
vated as
times
it
(p. 65,)
that the potatoe
was not
so extensive
by culti-
ought
to be, considering that his
brother had at different
distributed
upwards
It
;
of 2,000 lbs.
weight of that vegetable
among
reason
the people.
is
now
scarcely if at all cultivated,

it is
and the
may
be simple
it
as a first crop,
not so productive as gram,
and
as a second
cannot perhaps be matured.

article of
Tea.
The next
importance in the trade of Ladakh,
is
tea
brought in square masses or lumps, packed (in Lassa) in the raw

skins of yaks, the hair inwards.
miris,
Each block
called
dom
by the Kashseers, less
and Ponkah by the Lassans, weighs about 4 Delhi
1844.]
and on Gerard's Account of Kwid war.

lbs.
217
than 8
seer,
avoirdupois
the green sold wholesale at three rupees per
and the black
at less than
two rupees, and the
retail price is
nearly double.

tea brought from Lassa, called severally
There are three kinds of

zangcha, chungchu
and
kopinjeh.
The former two may

the Garo
fair,
be called
black teas, the kopinjeh green.
At
a block of the black
may
also
be bought for six rupees, and of the green for 18 rupees.
See
Mr. Vigne's Travels,

is
II, 345.
;
Chadam
parka
is I
the
name
given to the block in Ladakh
and about Garo,
heard the Lassan name, and ponkah
Chabbas
Tea
may
be a misprint.
Merchants.
In the course of October, a caravan of

many
II, 252.
i.
chabbas, as they are called, traders from Lassa, arrived with
yaks laden with
tea.
Moor croft,
Chabbas means
literally tea-ees,
e.
tea merchants, cha or zhja

arrives annually from Lassa,
is
being the Bhotee for tea.
The caravan
returning however the next year; and the investment

property of the principal
public authorities.
chiefly the
men
in the place,
i.
e.
in this case of the

catted jung-c hung,
lac
An
officer of the
I
Government,
comes
in charge of the caravan.
have heard that about a
and a
for
half of rupees worth,

the
Leh
price,
was formerly required annually

late,
Cashmir market, but that of
the Sikh authorities in
Ladakh,
;
in emulation of the functionaries of Lassa, as in the first instance, to diminish the
monopolized the trade

article,
so
consumption of the
and
afterwards the value of the trade in
Bissehir
Tea
it.
It
appeared that a considerable importation of a
vegetable product used as tea, took place from the British dependency
of Bisahar.
According
to
information obtained from two intelligent

is
natives of that province, the tea of Bisahar

black.
of
two kinds, green and
The
green grows in greatest abundance about Jaghul, between

Sarai, (Sarahan).
Rampur and
I
Moorcroft, II, 352.
understand that the
Bisahar tea was produced chiefly about
Lippa, that of Jukhul being a greenish variety.

called pangcha.
The
sun
tea or
for
bush
is
The
leaves are
exposed in the
two days.
done
They
give
are then
mixed with a gum
called changta or jatta,
which oozes
is
from a tree called trin found near Lippa.

it
This,
it is
said,
to
a colour.
is
The bark
of a tree called sangcha, (found about
Rampur,)
used instead of cinnamon.
218

Bissehir tea
is
[No. 147.
tea,
The
or
is
it is
drank by those who cannot procure Chinese
mixed with the superior kind.
At Garo when Chinese

(or
tea
lbs.
scarce, that of Bissehir will sell for three seers katcha
good) the Rupee.
Bissehir Cups.
lain, or
Each man has
his
own
cup, either of China porceof the horse
which
is
more common, made out of the knot
chestnut, edged or lined with silver, or plain.
About
five
thousand
sold at
of these are annually exported from Bissehir to Gardokh,
and
the rate of six for the rupee.

Inferior cups only are
Moor croft,
I,
329-30.
;
made
of the chestnut
they are also
made
of
of
the apricot tree and of other woods, but the best kinds are
the knot or excrescence of a tree called in
made
Kunawar, kauzal, and about

puriveh.
Rampur,
on
Idbr.
The cup
is
itself is called
Gerard, p.
1812,
calls the vessels
porwa, and says, they are made of juniper wood, but

certainly mistaken,
if
this point
he
he means that they are made
of the juniper only.
Pashm
Tus.
Although the
it
fleece of the
is
sheep affords a material
similar to that of the goat,
not in sufficient proportion, nor of

fit
adequate length,
to
be considered
for the
manufacture of shawls.
Besides the fleece of the domesticated goat, that of the wild goat un-
der the denomination of asali tus
is
exported in smaller quantities to
Kashmir.
Moorcroft,
/,
348-9.
;
The
wool.
dogs are of a large ferocious breed
they are covered with black
Gerard, p. 73.
the shawl-wool of the sheep I could never learn, or at least learn
as
Of
of
it
an
article of trade.
It
may
exist in nature,
and yet
appre-
hend that such animals only
as
have coats of hair are provided with

to be called
an under-coating of what deserves
shawl-wool.
Thus the~
inferior
dogs of Tibet which are covered with black hair, and not wool as
Gerard perhaps inadvertently says, have an under-coating of

shawl-wool.
Asali tus
for the
color.
is
a Kashmiree,
i.
e.
Persian or rather Arabic, expression,
wool of the wild goat.

In the Punjab tusi
is
Tusi means simply a kind of brown

applied to any kind of broad cloths re-
taining the natural color of the wool, which
may
;
be called
tus.
Pat
is
the term given to the wool of the goats of Afghanistan and Turkistan,
and the
cloth
made from
it
is
called pattu
similarly,
barak
is
1844.]
the

given to the cloth
219
name
made
of the wool of the camel of Central
Asia.
The
seen,
cloth
made
of the wool of wild goat of Tibet,

smell.
which
have
had always a strong
Gold.
The
province (Chanthan) also produces gold in considerit is
able quantities, but the search after

stition,
discouraged by local superII, 364.
and by the Chinese
authorities.
Moor croft,
The
search for gold seems to be discouraged by a tax only, for the
local superstition
simply says, that pieces of extraordinary size belong
to the genii of the spot,
and should not be removed.

all
The
The
gold
is
found deep in the ground, and the well-sinkers
come from Lassa,

tax on
and are employed
chiefly
by merchants
is
of that place.
each pit or well, or party of diggers,
a sirrjao or jao of gold, the jao

spot,
weighing about 7i niashas, and being worth about 8 rupees on the and about 9 rupees in Rampur.
The
tax
is
collected
by a
special authority
named
the sirrpan, or
gold manager.
Sirr appears to be the term for gold throughout Central Asia and in
Tibet
;
as in Persia
it is
the root of the term for yellow.

first
Natural Tinder.
At
I used a flint
and match paper, but
afterwards exchanged
it for
the flower of a plant that grows near the
snow.
Gerard, p. 110.
plant
is
The
called bachow-chi, that
is
bachow-grass.
tinder
is
It
grows at
low levels as well as near the snow.
The
is
called bacha in
Kunawar, and
of the plant.
this tinder.
kvfri towards
Rampur, and
the leaf not the flower
There are three plants similar in kind which produce
Animals
hares,
Wool HybridsThere are some white

of
bears,
and hogs,
and deer
many
to
sorts are plentiful
there
is
one species of deer
called sar that
seems
be the wild goat.
There are animals about

are
the
size
of a
dog called chungkoo and mangsa, the former
white, the latter are red.
The common and musk

hawks,
deer.
Gerard,
74.
The
birds are pheasants,
eagles, crows, kites, pigeons,

is
and
chukors.
The most
I
beautiful bird I have seen in the hills

it
named
peeara, the natives call

dant, and
the king of the birds.
Fish are not abunr 7. >.
have seen only one kind.
Gerard, p.
220
I
Notes on
Moor croft's Travels
in
Ladakh,
I
[No. 147.
never saw the bears mentioned by Gerard, but
have usually
heard them described as of a reddish colour, with a white crescent
on the breast.
sar, are not
The ordinary
deer, the
musk
deer,
is
;
and that termed

the Bhotee, and
found in Upper Kunawar.

for
Chanku
mangsa the Kunawaree term

therefore one
the wild dog
the animals are
and the same,
{see also
Captain Hutton, II, 16, Jour. As.

to
Soc.)
In Upper Kunawar, they are said
be of a brownish or redare considered as coming
dish color,
and are but seldom
seen.
They
from the neighbourhood of the Indus, and

haunts should
lie
it is
natural that their chief
near the large flocks of sheep and goats kept be-
tween Garo and Rohtak.
The ordinary wild animals

jackall,
in
Upper Kunawar are the
hare, the
(and perhaps the fox,)
the wild sheep, {war male, and namo
female,) the wild goat or ibex, {kin male, and
danmo
female,) the
leopard and the leopard-cat.
The wild sheep

it
subsists chiefly on grass,
and the wild goat

of trees
as
;
much
it
as
can on the leaves and tender branches
and shrubs
more
and
prefers the
mountain ash.
difficult to get at
Of
the wild goats
there are not
many, and they are

accessible.
with a gun.
The
wild sheep
is
The
bear
is
not to be found beyond the
limits of the forest, but the grapes of the villages near the junction
of the Sutlej
Pitti, attract it
towards the
fall
of the year.
I
few
others are to be
met with
in
some
of the ravines.
its
have not noticed
the rat alluded to
by Gerard, but
existence in particular localities
has been also well ascertained by others.

the Churnoril lake,
The wild
in
ass ranges about
and towards the sources of the

is
Sutlej.
The
it
gigantic chakor
frequently
met with
Upper Kunawar, but
keeps close to the snow.
The ordinary
to the heights
chakors are found in great
numbers, but they retreat
during the breeding season.

of
During the harvest, pigeons appear from the southward, but a few
a particular kind with light plumage remain throughout the year. The
common dove
and
also a
rieties
of India,
;
and a small sparrow appear in the summer,

but crows of different kinds and several va-
few eagles
of small birds are
more numerous about the
villages in the
winter than at another period.
In Upper Kunawar, large

considerably below
its
fish are
only
to
be met with in the Sutlej,
junction with the Pitti.

in pools,
few of the
size of
minnows may be found
and perhaps in the smaller streams.
1844.]
and on Gerard's Account of Kundivar.
221
The ordinary domestic animals

nary
hill bulls,
are ponies, asses, a few mules, ordigoats.
yaks, sheep, and
To
these
may
be added dogs
and
cats.
The
ponies are small but hardy; a better kind comes from
the valley of the Indus,

range.
and a
better
still
from beyond the Karakorum

are as
The
asses are small.
The yaks
hills,
numerous
as the
com;
mon
black cattle of the lower
but they are chiefly imported
and
the most valuable animals
for
draught and dairy produce are the
male and female hybrids of the yak and cow.
There
is
nothing pe;
culiar to a casual observer in the ordinary sheep
and goats
is
but the
sheep of the highlands near the Indus on either side
not uncommon,
(about
and
is
famous
failed,
for its long silky wool.

to bring this
The Government agency

to
it
1820)
however,
wool
Kotghar, (six marches above
Simlah,) at such a price as to render
a profitable export to England.

the dirty state of the wool
;
For
this there
may
be two reasons
1st,
and
2nd, the very large prices necessarily given, by suddenly increasing
ad
libitum, the
firms this,
demand for the article. Captain Gerard himself conwhen he says, (p. 19,) the Kunawarees found it more prowool
to
fitable to take their

see also
Rampur
(or
Kotghar) than
to
Gurhwal,
Captain Hutton's Tour, II, 12, Journal Asiatic Society.

of the goat of this quarter (Hangrang, &c.)
is
The
in-
pashm
ferior.
short
and
The
dogs are of the kind
known
as
the Tibet mastiff, but
somewhat smaller.
tic
The
cat does not appear to differ from the
domes-
animal of India.
I
annex a statement
of the hybrids
districts
:
common
in
Upper Kunawar
and the adjacent Bhotee
Yak Cow.
"
t
Bull Zoino.
\\
i
Yak Zomo.
Zho (male), Zomo (female.) Milk betterl Superior

for carriage.
Trolpo, (male.)
Trolmeh,
(female.) Milk equal to that of
the
Gano.
(male.)
Gareh.
and more] Good for carHage, but abundant

than that the of
slow.
common
Cow.
common
Cow.
(female.) Die in a gear or two. I add this as indirectly corroborative of the incapacity of Hybrids to continue their mixed race.
Bull Tkolmhh.
Produce scarcely distinguish able from that of the common
Hull and Cow.
222
Notes on Moorcroft' s Travels in Ladakh,

of the
fyc.
[No. 147.
in
The female
Bhotee.
in
It
is
yak
is
called hrimo in
Kunawaree, and dimo

it is
not used for hybrid produce, and as

to
said not to live
Upper
K una war, very few are
be seen.
Hill Ass.
Yarkand Ass.
Yarkand Mare.
to
Hill Mare.
in Garo.
Gheareh.
Deh.
Rs. in Garo.
Bring from
60
200
Worth about 50 Rs.
The female The mules

chance one
is
in either case superior to the male.
are chiefly purchased by the Lassa traders.
It is not
if
considered proper by the Tibetans of Lassa to breed mules, and
by
born among their herds, some purifying ceremonies are
gone through by the owner.
lity in
The subjoined table shows the ordinary price of animals of a Upper Kunawar, together with the loads they usually
Animals.
Price.
fair
qua-
carry:
Load.
16 to 201bs. 16 to 201bs.
641bs. 1281bs. 1281bs. 12blbs.
Ram,
He-Goat,
Ass,....
....
3
....
....
....
Mule, Poney, Zho,
4 10 50 50
16
5
16
80 60
17
man
;
carries 641bs. as a fair average burden.
Wild Animals
keang
asses,
The
Ass.
;
In
these elevated regions wild horses,
goorkhar
plentiful.
is,
and yaks, dong ; besides innumerable hares

Gerard, p. 117.
only animal of the kind found along the
and deer, are
The keang
Upper Indus,
I think, the
or indeed in Tibet generally,
and
it is
an
ass,
not a horse.
Turner (204-5) and Moorcroft, (II, 295 and 443,) evidently saw but
one animal, notwithstanding the different designations used by the
in his account of his journey in 1812.
latter
The
descriptions given by
tail is
Moorcroft seem to be accurate, excepting that the
terminated by
a tuft of long hair, and that there
is
one stripe only along the back,
and none
sent
across the shoulders.

to
procured two skins of the keang, and
them
Dr. Jameson, Officiating Superintendent of the Botanical
Gardens at Seharanpore.
There are wild yaks north and

tricts visited
east of Garo, but

I
none in the
dis-
by Captain Gerard, and
doubt
the existence of deer,

goats and
properly so called, and of the

sheep,
numbers innumerable of wild

be continued.
which do however
exist in small herds in these parts.
To
JOURNAL
ASIATIC SOCIETY
Notes on Moorcroft's Travels in Ladakh, and on GeraraVs Account of
Kundwar, including a general

Lieutenant J. D.
description of the latter district.
By
Cunningham, of the Engineers,

[Concluded from page 222.]
1843.
Language.
There are
five different dialects
spoken in Kunawar, the words are
monosyllabic or dissyllabic.
1st
The Milchan,
or
common
the chief characteristics are the ter-
minations ang, ing, ung.
The
2nd.
infinitives of the verbs
end
in
mig and
nig.
is
The Theburskud spoken

and the
end
at
Soongnum,
very different from

pufig.
infini-
the Milchan,
infinitives terminate in
hung and
in
3rd.
The
dialect used in
in
Lubrung and Kannur,

na.
which the
tives of verbs
4th.
ma and
at
That spoken
Leedung, where the terminations of the
infini-
tives are ens.
5th. The Bhoteea or Tartar. The Milchan and Bhoteea are
distinct tongues,
;
and the same may

dialects of the
be almost said of the
Theburskud
the other
two are
No. 148.
No. 64,
New
Series.
* 2 l
224

differ principally in
[No. 148.
Milchan, and
nouns.
the tenses of verbs and cases of
Gerard, p. 87, 88.

;
Captain Gerard might have added a sixth language or dialect

that of the Kohlis or
Caste.
viz.
Chumars, noticed under the head of Religion and
This
differs as
much from
the
Kunawaree,
as that does
from
the Bhotee.
The
different dialects of
Kunawar show how

localities of
various the speech of a
rude people
may
be
and the
each kind of infinitive
may
first
prove, that the tract of country was occupied

instance,
by one
race in the
and that
in the three fertile, but secluded valleys of the
N.E.,
a difference of speech arose.
Lappa,
principal places in these valleys, and
Kanam and Sungnam are the each has its own tongue, the two
to the
former differing chiefly in the modifications of the nouns and verbs,

while the dialect of
Sungnam owes much

is
neighbouring language
as
of Tibet. Shassb, however,

to
it,
in the
same valley
Sungnam and
near
and
as the
migration to that place

In what
left
is
Kanam dialect prevails there, a comparatively may be inferred. now called Upper Kunawar, there are five villages
fifth, all
recent
on the
bank
of the Sutlej, half of the inhabitants of four of
which are
Bhotees, while of the
are of that race.

is
a village on the right bank in what

instead of seven in
all, as
called
p.
The Bhotees have also Kunawar Proper, (i. e. six

and
I
Gerard says,
101,)
think
it
likely
that they formerly occupied the Sutlej valley as low
down
as Cihni,
but gave way before the Kunawarees.

This would explain the Bhotee derivatives of the Upper
dialects.
Kunawar
in that
Milchan
is
the
Rampur term
is
for the
I
common Kunawaree
would say that the
language the term
Milchanang.
infinitives
end
in miti
and
niti, rather
than in mig and nig.
Theburskud,
but
is
or correctly Tibberkad, is also called

all
Sungnam-pa-kad,
frequently applied to
is
the dialects differing from the
common.
as ent
Kad, not shad,
The
infinitives
Kunawaree term for speech, language. of the Lidung or Lippa verbs, I would write
or enh\ rather than ens.
The annexed
table gives a specimen of the dialects of
Kunawar,
(including those of the Bhotees and Kohlis,) while the note appended
1844.]
to it

their different localities.
:
225
shows
add
to this
a specimen of the
infinitives of verbs
English,
To speak.
Lonhmih',
Lodenh', or lodent,
Common Kunawaree,
Lippa
dialect,
Kanam ditto, Sungnam ditto,

Bhotee,
Logma,
Lopang,
Zarcha,
Comparative Table of Words of Kunawar and the adjoining Bhotee

Districts,
(see
also
Mr. Hodgson's
Literature and Religion of the
Buddhists.)
KUNAWAKEE.
Tibberkad,
J
English.
Milchdng, or
common.
fers
from the
1
the
f.
Kohhs
or
Bhotee of Pitti, Hangrang, Rungchung, &c.
common
specified.
as
Chumars.
Diinia, or
The World,
God,
Dunia,
Isar,
Des
zjameh
is,
insa,
that
'Ishar,
> Mimang
Kontcho. Mi.
Najiing.
Des, jameh insdn.
Man,
I Quadruped
Bird,
Insect,
\
Woman
Mi, Chasmi, Chachatch, a young
Mahadeo, Manush,
..
.|Dt
woman,
Poshu,
Pia, Piatch, asmallbird,
bean tchan S
I
.
|
Saktamtchuk
>
Semtchan.
Jia.
S"
"
5 jChoreh, or cho-/ t\ ren chotiing, .. 5
Worm
Fire, Air,
.. ..
..
Yung, winged, Ong, not winged, Kahong,
( \
....
J
Maki,
kir,
patung,
..
(Downg,winged. \Bu,notwinged.
Meh
Lan, Matang,
.. ..
Earth,.. Water,
.
.... Kahong, kira, .. .... Ag, .... Baghur .... Mat! .... Pani,
1st.
Meh.
Lungpo.
Sa.
Chu.
The Milchanang or ordinary diabank of the Sutlej in Upper Kunawar. 2nd. The Tibberkad, whicli is applied chiefly to that of Sungnam and the adjacent villages, Taling and Rushklang, but which includes, 1st, the dialect of Kanam of Labrang and Pilo, lower down on the same stream, and of Sliasso in the Sungnam valley 2nd, the dialect of Lippa of Asrang above, and of Janghi and Akpa below Lippa the 8rd dialect is that of the Chumars or Kohlis, a
Note. In Kunawar
there are three principal dialects.

in
lect,
which prevails chiefly
Lower Kundwar, and on the
left
separate race.
In
this
(j
Table
S. signifies
The
is
always hard, and ch
Sungnam, K. Kanam, and L. Lippa. is always sounded as in choose, or
as tch in thatch.
. . .
.. . .
..
. .
226
Notes on Moorcrofis Travels in Ladakh,
[No. 148.
KUNAWAREE.
Tibberkad,
English.
or
Milchang, or
particular,
it
when
Chamangee,
Chumars.
or
Bhotee of
Pitti,
common.
differs
from the that of the Kohlis

as speci- or
Han gran g,
Rungchung,&c.
common
fied.
Sun,
Yuneh,
..
. .
.
nih,
..
Dews, dewz
Zot, zjot,
.
Moon,
Stars,
Goltchang, Kar, !.
Karma, L. K.
Apa, L. K. S.
S.
Tareh, taro
Mountain,
River, Father,
..
..
..
. ,
Dokang, . Samundrang,
Dungkang,LKS. Donk,..
.
Mother,
Baba Ama,
Tehteh, mehmeh,
Baba,
..
..
Ama,
..
Nima. Dowa. Karma. Dak. Sangpo. Aqu. Ma.
Grandfather,
Grandmother,
Child,
. .
,
Tehgo, api, Chang, chanh,
Tehteh, Owh-ai, Cheldo,

i
Mehmeh.
Abi.
Boy,..
Girl,
Chongchang,
$ 1
/
)
Pomlangchang, L. K. .
S.
Pushu, cheldo,
i.e.
(
( Poshrichang,S. J
male child,)
cheldo,
TugU.
}
Chihchang, . . chimeh,
Chameh, L.K.
Dein,
t i.e.female child,
Bumo.
Uncle(father's) brother, ) . J
.
Gato, Baba,
Chipa, L. K. S.
Baba,
J I
Aqu, chungga.
\
Aunt,
Naneh
..
(
Aneh, L. K. S.
Mama, kant
chiiain,
.J
Majung.
Summer,..
Winter,
Grain
Rice,
..
..
Ka,ngdea.ro, that
Xiswarm
i.
season.
Rabang K. S
dearo, L.
Zaow orRzaow-
<
..
Liasku dearo
e.
cold season )
Katidearo,
LKS.
S.
..
radearo, i. e. Chatpa. . t hot season, Shelo-ra dearo, ( } Dangmo. 1 cold season, .
Choa,
..
Bru,
.
L.K.
Naj,
Du.
..
..
Wheat,
Barley,
..
Ral-ralh Zot Rozat,
Rhowl,
..
.
D.
Takh,
Tern,
I
<
Ta, L. K. Zat S
Gheow, Nasal,.. Do. Zho or zhaw, . Soa.
Marriage,
Birth of man or animals,
Zarmfanmf,
Groh,
Samcha,L. Nam> Zjanetch, ranekh, Bangma. sha, K. S. r Zarmi'anmaLKS, Zoramnow, .. .. Kehj.

. c
Death, House,
Stone,
..
..
..
.
Kim, kewm,
Rak,
It,
Groh, Ghor,
Kangba.
i
..
Rah, L. K. Gai..
ning, S.
Zani,
Brick,
Doa. 5 Poxv(unburnt
(_
brick.
Temple,
Image,
Bridge, Tree, Leaf, Flower, Fruit Horse,
Bull,
..
..
..
Labrang, tha-\ Labrang. l kur choara, > Kunda, L.K. S. Kunda, muk'h, .. Ku. .. Mtirat, Cham, jampa, of C Jampa of wood C Jampa ofwood ? Sanggo, zangtran torang, wood, tran to- 3 < chazam of ^ cham, zhotto, ^ rang, of rope, . (.rope or chain. of rope, t Bhotang Pang. Bhot,
..
Labrang,
. .
^Patlang, patflang
Phalang, Rang,
..
*. .. ..
..
Patrang, Ments, L. K. S, P'hal, L. K. S, Phol,' '.! Shang, L. K. S Ghoro
pat eh,
'.'.
Loma. Mendo.
Dhi'abo.
V.
Ta.
\
..
Dammas,
Lang,
Cow,
Buffalo,
..
Ehtong, L. K. S \ Rad, L. K. bahang, S. .. \

Kaoi,
Fishi, L.
Dam,
i
Langgu,
langgu.
or
Ghoru, ghow,
..
..
Ba.
Dog,
Cat, Jackal,
..
.
Mosh, moe'sh, Kwf, .. ..

Fishi, ..
..
Moysh,
.. ..
Maheh.
Ki. Pushu.
K...
K.
S...
Fishi,
..
..
Shalik,
Ganuk,
Shalti
..
Mazeh, hajeh.
. . .
.. .
. . .
1844.]
and on Gerard's Account of Kundwar
227
KUNAWAREE.
Tibberkad,
English.
ov
f
Milchdng,
or
'
particular,
it differs
whenj Chamangee, or Bhotee of Pitti, from the that of the Kohlis Hangrang
as speci- or
common.
common
fied.
Chumars
Rungchung.&c.
Sister,
..
Rings, shing,
Bhaia,
Boen, (nasal,).. Shingmo.

Beteh, L.
Brother,..
K.
S.
Own
Family,,
folk,
..
Pehrang,
SBhai,(ahteh,e/dest brother, ) JNo. Peri tabar, or S Jingkang. tabar kabila, } \

(
Kinsfolk,
Strange
Hair, Face, Eye, Nose,
Ang, pehrang, Hehdeh, pardesi

Bal,.... Karra,
,
The Head,
Pisha, L.
K.
S.
Narang, grea. Miyulna. Mutkan, mund, .. Go.

Bal,
Ta.
. .
Toh, .. Mik, .. Takus,
Mamih.'L. K.*S. Ru,

Mih, L. K. S. .. Murh, L. K. S.. Aqat, L. K.ah.S, Oskeo, L.K. S.. Rippang, L. K.S.
Gondong.
Na. Ka.
..
..
Akhi, (nasal,).. Mik, mih.
Mouth,
..
Chin, .. Ear, Forehead, Boy, ..
Kaggang, Chipkang Kanang,

Piah,
..
Nak, Kahk,
Choth,
Kanh,
Niral,
Namjok.
Piai.
Arm,
Leg,
Left,
.. ..
Right,..
..
apran Dehanj Gudh, Bang, .. Zahong, Dehlang,

Gol,
..
Month,
Year,
.
Borshang,
Dair, . Ratting,
Id,
Yanpa. L.K S. .. Masaro, maswaro, Dah. Boshang, L. K.S. Boras, borash, . Lo.
La,
.
Deh, Hath, Kundi, Dhakhna, Bhaon,
Jukpo. Lakpa,
Kangba.
.
Yafa.
Day, .. Night, One,

.
Gunga, L. K.
Tih, S Nishi, S Hum, L,
Gnaii,
?
(
S.
Diar, Rat, rateh,
Juh or juk. Ghanmo.

Chik. Ni.
....
.. ..
Ek
Two,
..
Nish,
Three, Four, ..
Five,
Six,
.. ..
Sum,
K
pi, S.
Doi, Tron,
Sum.
..
.
Pu
Gua, Gnai
Pui, L. K.
Tuk,
Tish,
S $Tuh,
<Snish,
Char Panch,
|
..
Gn^.,
(nasal.)
L.
L.
K.
..
..
..
tuggi, S.
Choh,
Duk.
Seven,
Eight,
K.
K.
..
nashlS
L.
ghal, S.
} Sath,
Dun.
Ghent.
Rhai,
Sai,
..
iGheh,
)
Ath,
Nine, .. Ten, Eleven,

.
Gui, gui,
.
Gu, L. K Now, (nasal,) Sa,L. K. ChuiS, Dos

Sai,
\
Sihi,
..
Twelve,
Thirteen,
Sonish,
rSanash,
L.K. chuti'S L. K.
..
Gu. Chu. Chukshik.

Chiini.
chuni, S.
S.
S or urn,
Sapli, ..
jSahom, L. K.
(chopsum,
Chopi, S
..
Chuksum.
Chubji.
Fourteen,
Fifteen,
Songha,
Soriikh,
Sastish,
Sixteen,
Seventeen, Eighteen,
Nineteen,
Sarai,
fSangha, L. K. Ichowang, S. .. Satu, L. K, ^churu, S. c ;.. /Sastish, L. K. chubdan, S jSarget, L. K

(
*
Chonggo.
Chuni.
Chubdan.
Chiibghcnt.
jSasgur,
(Sagu,
I
chobgent, L. churgu, S.
S,
K
,
Churgu.
Bis,
Nishii.
Twentv,
Thirty!
Niza, .. Deornisa,
Nisa,
Sumchu.
..
228
Notes on
Moor croft's
Travels in Ladakh,
[No. 148.
KUNAWAREE.
Tibberkad,
Milchdng,
English.
or
particular,
it
differs
Common.
common
fied.
when Chamangee, or Bhotee of Pitti Hangrang, from the that of the Kohlis Rungchung,&c. as speci- or Chumars.
or
Forty,
Fifty,
. .
Ninisa, Dhai'nisa,
..
JNishnisa, S.
.,
Zjipchu.
One hundred, R'ha, ghe'a, One thousand Hazar, Ten thousand, Sai hazar, One hundred! Lak'h,
thousand,
.
Do-b s-o-dos, Ra panch bis,
Haz
r,
Gnapchu. Ghea. Tong. Tongchu.
Bum.
Biimchu.
One
million,
Sai' lak'h,
Monday,
Tuesday,
Suarang,
Manglarang,
.
Dowa. Mingmar.
Lakpa. Purbu. Paksang. Penpa.
Wednesday,
Thursday,
Friday, Saturday,
Biidarang,
Brespati,
Shukarang,
Sanishras,
Chetrang, April, Bai'sakh, Baisagang, May, (Jet'h,). Jeshtang, June, (Assar,) Asharang,
July,
Sept. Oct.,
Sunday, Jan., (Magh,) Feb., (Fagun,) March, (Gheit)
Etwarang,
Nima. Dowa,
Dovrachungniba dungbo.
Mahang,
Fauang,
(Sawan) Shownang,
August, Bador, Badrang, (Asowj) Indromang, fKatik.) Katung, Nov. (Maggar) Mokshirang, Dec.,'(Poh,).. Poshang,
Dowa niba. Dowa sumba. Dowa zjiba. Dowa girapa. Dowa dukpa. Dowa dunpa. Dowa ghetpa. Dowa giipa. Dowa chiipa. Dowa chukchikpa.
Tibet,
Cashmir
Name
is
of.
Europeans. Gnaree
call
the country between
Busehurand
is
Mansarawar, and the people
themselves Keao.
Tartar or Tatar
their
unknown here, and so is Tibet. Captain Turner says, the Tibetans call own country Pue-kocham, and Bootan is named by them Dukba.
is
Tibet
to
understood by very few people, but the Cashmeerians apply
it
Ladakh.
Tibet
is
Gerard, p. 101.
the English form of a Persian term.
Tenboot
is
quoted by
Malte Brun, II, 618, as equivalent to the kingdom of Boot, and thence
perhaps, he says Tibet.
rather perhaps servants
theless a good one.
Ten
and
or tan
now
signifies ryots, subjects, or
followers, but the derivation seems neverI see,
Mr. Vigne,
and bod.
derives Tibet from tibba,

II, 248.
(or
tepc in Turki,) a peak,
Travels,

1844.]
I

I
229
get a
never heard of the term Pue Koachim, nor could
meaning
to Pue as a single word.
The Keao
of Gerard seems to be connected
with Koachim, and both

is
may
be so with
Ghea
or
Gheaneh, by which
allowed by Gerard,
understood China, or the country of the Emperor.
Gnaree, (Gnari,)
(see
is
of greater extent than
is
under the head chanthan, name.)
It is called
to
Beang by
the
Kunawarees, and hence beanghee, applied
wool
Gerard, p. 115.
it
Dukpa
I
is
the term applied to shepherd tribes generally, and
must
have been erroneously identified with Bootan.
may
here add a word regarding Cashmir.
It is called
by the
Bhotees and Kunawarees, Katch or Katchi simply, or Katch-yul,

i.
e.
the country of Katch.
Mr. Vigne {Travels II, 44-46) enlarges

;
on the frequent occurrence of the word Kash

the
but without giving
it
many
it is
geographical positions which he does,
and even he omits

possessed the whole
some,
probable that a tribe of the

if
name once
the
course of the Indus,
indeed the word has not a more general mean-
ing and a wider application.

migration, moving about, &c.
tribe of
Kotch
is
common
Persian term for

is is
Richardson says, there

to the present
a wandering
in Afghanis-
Arabs
so called,
and
day there
tan,
a race of
wandering Mahometans termed Kotchi.

to
Katch,
to
however, might at one time have been applied
Cashmir,
Cutch
its
Bhooj, to Cutch Gandwa, and to the greater part of Chachar in

signification of a
swamp
or low country,
and
this
would leave Kotchi
unencumbered, and meaning simply wanderer.

It appears
till
within the last 70 or 80 years, the Cashmirees traded

still to
through Kunawar, and in several villages there are

the graves of these carriers or dealers.
be found
In
Kanam,
a temple sacred to
a deota or
hill spirit,
has been erected on the site of a house which

to the present time, the villagers
belonged to the Cashmirees, and up

sacrifice
a goat to the god of their former guests, in imitation, they say,
of their practice.
Throughout Tibet, Europeans are

Vigne, II, 326).
inquiry,
as
I
catted filing, (feeling, see also

is
Mr,
The
origin of this appellation
worthy of some
have been informed, by a

it is
man
of
knowledge and
research, that
used by the Chinese writers before the conquests of

familiar to
the
Mahometans could have made Fwang,

and that
it
the ears of
orientals;
may have
a more direct connection with the
230
QNo. 148.
Varangians, well
known
to
us as the guards of the Byzantine

of
Em-
perors, than with the
Franks
Charlemagne or
of Godfrey,
through
a Persian medium.
Kunawar, Name
At Le
Bishahar.
this is called
of.
maun,
tea
maun
being one of their names for
Moor croft,
II, 353.
Kunawar called also Koorpa. Gerard, p. 1. Maun, I have usually heard pronounced Man {maun). Kunuisthe ordinary Bhotee for Kunawar, and Kunupa or Kunpa means Kunawaree, or a man or thing of Kunawar. Kurha is the Kunawaree for pusi, a kind of bread fried in oil.
Chanthan,
i.
e.
Zjangtang
Name. Along
the eastern frontier of
Ladakh
in
an almost semicircular
line is the province of
Chan than,
{Moorcroft, II, 360-1), or
snow country,
known
to
the Bhotias as
Hundes, and
to
is
the Tibetans as Nari.
Ditto, Note.
is
Chanthan
properly Zjangtang, and
a descriptive, not a geogra-
phical, division of Tibet.
Zjang means north, and tang means a plain and the

tracts
or open hill or broad valley,
between Gano and the
Karakoram
Garo.
range, are denominated Zjangtang, or the northern plains,

flatness,
from their comparative
and from
their position relative to
The shepherd
tribes of
Tibet are called in Bhotee zjangpa
and dukpa, and Changtang
or Zjangtang
would thus become equiva-
lent to the shepherds of the plains, but I prefer the derivation of the
northern plains, (see also Changpa, Mr.
Vigne's Travels, II, 343).

give their
The Sikhs have
corrupted Zjangpa into

signification.
Champa, and
Chan-
than a very wide
Nari includes these
plains, as also the limited
Chang
of the Bhotees,
and indeed
all
Tibet between Ladakh and Zunga, eight days' journey
down
the Burampooter.
This place
may
be the Chang-hai Kanagher

for
of the maps,
which
is
about eight days' journey
a horseman from the
sources of the river,

of our maps,
and Zjang
or
Chang
is
no doubt the Dzang, &c.

to
by which term the Chinese seem
understand Tibet
generally;
but towards Garo and Lassa, Chang and Zjang mean

only.
two subdivisions
The
finest
goats
which graze on the plains of Zjangtang produce the
shawl- wool.
1844.]

i.
231
formerly
Chanthan,
e.
Zjangtang, History
of.
Chan than was

at Lassa.
subject to independent princes, but their authority gradually

into
merged
II.
the
supremacy of the chief pontiff
Moorcroft,
364.
These independent princes were Hindoos, and claimed a Rajpoot

descent, (see also As. Res.
XII. 434.)
Their chief place was Chapdistricts
rang on
the Sutlej,
lake,
and they ruled over the

far as
around the
Pitti valley
Mansarawar
was
pressed,
and westward as
Ladakh.
The
also their's.
In a war with the Ladakhees, the Raja was hard;
and he asked aid from Lassa
but before assistance arrived,

it,
he was accidentally killed, or as one story has
he was put to death
by the Ladakhees while in the act of offering tribute.

force
The Lassa
advanced and expelled the Ladakhees, but as the Chaprang
family was extinct, the Lassa authorities retained the country in their
own
to
hands.
treaty
was formed with the Ladakh Raja, and he married
a daughter of the Lassa commander.
The
district of Pitti
was given
Ladakh
Menser
as the bride's dower,
and 20 houses
to
it.
in the neighbourhood
of
or Misser were
added
Raja named Kehar Singh,
of Bissehir,
was
at this time on a pilgrimage to the
Mansarawar lake
time two
vil-
he formed a friendship with the Lassa leader, and perhaps gave his
countenance
to the
usurpation of Chapran
for at this
lages on the left
bank
of the Pitti river are said to have fallen under
Bisseher.
The whole
are said to
of the above
is
the
common
story only,
and the events

last
have taken place towards the beginning of the

Pitti.
century
with regard to the possession of
Another account
states, that it
was given
to
Ladakh, on the occasion of one of the sons of the Raja

Gerard
that certain villages of Tartars on the
becoming the Grand Lama.
At
p.
101,
says,
Sutlej, after
many
contentions between the
Kunawarees and Chinese,
were given up by the Grand
Lama
of Lassa for the support of the
Teshigang temple, and adds in a note, that this temple although in
Kunawar,
is
still
partly supported by the
Grand Lama.
It
is
not
so at present, for the
temple
is
maintained from the produce of the

neighbouring village
lands attached to
it,
aided by
its
;
the contributions of the pious

of the
nor would the Grand Lama,
Namghea and who is

to
yellow
sect,
give assistance in his religious capacity
the
232
temple of a red
Notes on Moor croft's Travels in Ladakh,

sect.
[No. 148.
He may,
however, have interfered in the dispute
mentioned.
Garo,
itself
is
Name
little
of.
Gardokh,
called also Gartokh, Ghertope or Garo,
else
than an encampment, &c.
Moorcroft, II, 363.

is
Garoo, Gartop, Gur, Yoogar, Zhoogar or Gurtokh,
a collection of
black tents inhabited by pastoral tribes for six months.

the Tartars retire to Eegoong,
In winter,
two
stages
down
the stream, and the
Chinese governors reside at the

houses,
fort of
Tuzheegong, where they have
Gerard, p. 144.
fair is held,
There are two Garos, one an encampment where the

the right
on
bank
of the
or
Eegong or Higong
Garo,
(
river
this is called
Garyersa
by the Bhotees
the Higong,
Ram
Yerram.)
The
is
other on the
left
bank
of
and two marches lower down,
a permanent place, and Gar-gunsa, or snow
the winter residence of the governors.
It is called
Garo by the Bhotees, {gun, snow.)

Gardokh, Gartokh, Ghertope, Gartop, &c. are variations of Gartohs
(the h being aspirated.)
Toh, denotes place, and
is
equivalent to
abad
or
in Persian,
and thus we have Gartoh, Rohtoh, (not Rohtuk

or places. The name Gartoh is Kemaon and Gurhwal as I have heard,
Rohdokh,) and perhaps other towns
chiefly used
by the traders
of
Garo
is the*
term usually given by the Kunawarees.
Yoogar, Zhoogar or Jugher means, par excellence, the residence of

the governors.
Jugh indeed
is
implies the residence of any great
man,
but
its
simple meaning
is
to sit, to remain, as I
have heard.
Eegong or Higong
23, Gerard,) and
I
a river, not a town, (see Eekong-choo, p. 6 and

is
have not heard that there

a monastery.
a fort at Tazheegung or
Teshigang, which
is
Uchang, Lassa.
The
court of
Ouchong
or Lahassa,
have sent the most particular
in-
structions.
Gerard, p. 105.
is
Uchang, (or Utsang, Tib. Gr. p. 197,)

tion,
a term of frequent applica-
and
it
includes both Lassa and Teshi Lonbo.
U,
is
the province or
district
containing Lassa, and
name
of the one containing Teshi
Chang (Dzang, Dshan, &c &c.) is the Lonbo and Uchang may be used as
;
a short
mode
of expressing the union of the civil
and
spiritual powers.
1844.]

of
233
The Yul-sung
Mr. Vigne, Travels, II, 249,

the Indus,
is
imagine another
village.
fyc.,J
form of Uchang, although yul means country, and also
The four Rivers,
(i.
e.
Burrampooter,
fyc.
and
the
Mansarawar Lake.
The
river that
may
be regarded as the most strikis
ing and important feature in the geography of Ladakh,
the great
rises
eastern branch of the Indus or Sinh Khabab, the river that
from
the Lion's mouth, in reference to
the Tibetan notion, borrowed perhaps
from the Hindus, of the origin of four great rivers from the mouths of
as
many
animals; as the Indus from the
lion's
mouth; the Ganges,
Mab-cha Kha-bab, from that of the peacock ; the Sutlej, Lang chin Khabab, from that of the elephant ; and the Ster-chuk Khabab, or
river of Tibet,
from the mouth of the horse. Moorcroft, II. 261.

says,
Major Rennel
Lanka, lake
of
the
river
is
that
runs from Lanken, that

or
is,
Du
Halde,
named Lantshon,
by Dr.
Gilchrist's
way
ged.
of spelling,
Lankchoo
or Langchoo, for k
and gare interchanis
Now
this is little different

is,
from what the Sutlej

or
called in
I
Chinese Tartary, that
Lang Zhingchoo,
Langhing Kampa.
it
could not ascertain the meaning of Zhing, but
appears to have
is
nothing to do with the
name
of the river, for the Indus
named
Singhechoo or Singzhingchoo, as well as

the last
Singzing
Kamper, and
word means
usual
river.
Gerard, p. 23, 24.
The
it is
name
of this river (the Indus) has been mentioned, but
likewise called
in the
Kampa-choo and Sampoo,

river.
or Sangpo, all of
which
words
Tartar language signify

is
The
first
third river
said to be larger than the Indus,

;
and
is
called
Tamjoo, Damchoo or Erechumbo
that
is,
the Brahmapootra.
The
word
is
recognized in the Tzango or Tzancire of Father Georgi,

it
who
crossed
on his way
to
Lhassa, and Captain Turner mentions
the last at
Teshoo Loomboo.
is
The The
the
fourth river
the Gogra.
Gerard, p.
133, 134.
four rivers are the Indus, the Sutlej, the Kali or Gogra,
;
and
Burrampooter
or
and the names
are as follows
the Indus, Singchin
Kabab
Kampa;
the Sutlej, Langchin

;
Kabab
or
Kampa;
Tacho
the Gogra,
or
Mamchin Kabab or Kampa and Kabab or Kampa.

Sing
is
the Berampooter,
Tamjood
lion,
lang
is
bull, (not elephant, although the

I
Tibetan
is
for
;
elephant simply means, as
hear, great bull).
Mam,
peacock
234
tacho
Notes on Moorcroft* s Travels in Ladakh,
[No. 148.
for horse,
may
be interpreted holy horse
ta being the
Tibetan
and cho being

Gerard)
the
religion or the religious books.
Chin, (the zhing of
is great, and khabab or kabab, and khampa or kampa are same word, and mean " out of the mouth of." Ka or ka is mouth, and " bob" is " out of," or " issuing from ;" and khampa or kampa is
got by pronouncing
kabab" short, and adding the usual termination,
"pa,
could
" thus
I
kababpa or kampa.
it
Kampa
is
therefore a vulgarism, nor
ever hear that
means a
river, as
Gerard says.
The common legend, connected with these rivers are, that the Indus is named of the lion, from the bravery of the people who dwell along its banks. The Sutlej is named of the bull, from the violence of its stream, which roars and foams over rocks. The Gogra of the peacock, from the beauty of the women of the country through which it
runs; while the Burrampooter
is
designated of the horse, from the

its
excellence of the horses which pasture on
banks.
The
Sutlej in-
deed
still
rushes along with
much
of
its
ancient fury. Peacocks are

its
still to
be found on the banks of the Gogra, and

;
women may
still
be beautiful
but the people along the Upper Indus are no longer
a valiant race, and the

the horses of
men
of the Burrampooter eagerly purchase
Yarkand and
other places, as superior to their own.
The name
of the
Burrampooter may require more examination.

a certain horse
Ta
meaning, as
I hear,
known
to tradition or history, as
is it
well as horse
in general.
The
designation
rendered more parti-
cular by the addition of cho or religious, and
may have some
con-
nection with a settlement or conquest of the country by the horsemen

of the northern plains.
Concerning the sources of the four

fice,
rivers, a
few words should
suf-
as
we have but few
certain foundations to build upon, but the
following extracts from Gerard
may
be quoted.
out, that
Mr. Moorcroft subsequently found

issues
the
stream which
from
the
Rawun Rudd
27-
is
the Sutlej, p. 23.
All accounts agree
that
largest
stream issues from the western corner of
Rawan
Rudd, or Langa, p.
this lake, (the
Mr. Moorcroft could discover no outlet to
Mansarawar,) although he formerly heard that a com-
munication existed between

is
Mapang and Lanka.

it
My
information
positive, that
about twenty years ago, a stream which was rapid

into the
and crossed by bridges, ran from
Rawun Rudd,
but
is
1844.]
since dried up,

and
the
235
Lamas who
reside
on the banks, have an idea,
that a subterraneous communication exists.
The water
all
of this lake,
(the Mansarawar,)
to
is
said
by Mr. Moorcroft and
my
informants,
be quite fresh and well-tasted, while according to the Quarterly

salt.
Reviewers, every lake without an outlet must be

posing an outlet,
lake,
it is
Without sup-
difficult to
account for the
rise
and
fall
of the
which are mentioned by every one, p. 138-9, (other extracts
of a similar tenor might be made.)

say, the sources of the
The
is
natives, speaking generally,
above three rivers, and also of the Gogra, are at
Mansarawar, by which nothing more

of that place.
meant than
in the vicinity
Gerard, p. 135.
call the Mansarawar lake, Mapang, and the Rawan The name of the latter lake, if unconnected with Lanka and Rama's expedition, is perhaps the strongest argument we
The Tibetans
Hrad, Langa.
yet have for
its
being the source of the Sutlej, that river being term-
ed by
the Tibetans of the lang or bull.
After
many
inquiries, I
could not satisfy myself that the two lakes communicated, the one or
the other, although traditions were mentioned to
me
to
that effect,
of
and
my
present belief
is,
that they are separated

to
by a ridge
some
elevation,
an impression
which
I think the perusal of Moorcroft's

I also feel
Journal, (As. Res. Vol. XII,) would likewise lead.

ed, after
rise to
persuadgives
many
river.
inquiries
made with
same time
care, that the

I
Rawan Hrad
no
At
the
confess, that
my
informants had
never paid any attention to the point, they being quite satisfied with
the legends which
made
the rivers
rise
in
the
holy
lake
under-
gound, or in some way.

Captain Gerard observes, that the natives, speaking generally, place
the sources of the four great rivers at Mansarawar.
the holy hill of Gangri, the circuit of
He may mean
that
which
is
the north of the lakes, and to
make
I
which
is
a religious merit, gives rise to the four rivers.
Such
is
agreeable to the majority of the descriptions or legends
have
rises
heard,
to the
least
and such
is
moreover
literally true of the
Indus which
north of the mountain of the Sutlej, which has one source at

its
among
western ravines, and perhaps also of the Burrampooter,

probability
which takes
its rise in all
among its
eastern off-shoots, while
have heard the story made good by the assertion, that the Gogra arose
in the
Mansarawar
lakes,
i. e.
on the southern slopes of Gangri.
236
[No. 148.
to these
Captain Gerard remarks, that the existence of an outlet

lakes
is
evident, because their waters rise
and
fall.
;
This argument,
the tendency of
however, would rather prove there was no outlet

such an opening being to reduce the
case, if the outlet
rise
and
fall,
while in the present
were very
free, it
might reduce the variation of
heights to almost nothing, for the feeders of the lakes are not large, and
the slow melting of
influx of water.
snow does
not, like
heavy
rains, cause a
sudden
rise
Now
Moorcroft in August, (1812,) considered the
and
fall
to
amount
as
to four feet,
and
as the lakes are not I
would
say, (judging from the analogy of such of the streams north of the
Himalayas
have seen,) at their lowest until the middle of Novemfall
ber, the rise
and
of the
Mansarawar may be estimated
at six
or seven feet, a difference
which in
my
opinion precludes the probabiliit
ty of a free egress for

there
is
its
waters, although
does not absolutely prove
no such
egress.
The
rise
and
fall
however of Rawan Hrad
are not known, and this argument does not affect the rise of the Sutlej
in
it.
My
belief,
however, at present
is,
that the river has no consays, that the Sutlej has
nection with the lake,

its
and Gerard, when he
origin in the lake, (pp.

to
27 and 137,) and adds, that Moorcroft
found such
be the
case, (p. 23,) asserts
more than Moorcroft's narraand
tive warrants.
He
distinctly says, he left the point unsettled,
does not appear to argue either way.
( See As. Bes. XII. 473. J

or
The main
hill,
eastern branch of the Indus rises to the north of the Gangri
and
is
joined
by the Higong (Heegong)
Garo branch
at Teshi-
gang. This eastern branch of the Indus, even
when
joined by the Garo

is
branch,
is
not a broad, a deep, or a rapid stream, and
generally
or the
fordable until within a few marches of Leh.
The Shayuk,
branch rising in the Karakoram
hills, is
described as a more turbulent,
and perhaps
as a larger stream. the Pitti River.
The Feeders of
branches.
This
river, (the Pitti,) has five

;
First the
Para, issuing from Chumorcreel lake

is
it
runs
about sixty miles, and
then joined by the Zang-cham, a large
and rapid stream;

stream
six or eight miles lower
down
it
receives the Speetee,
formed of two principal branches.

is
Little further
down, the united
joined by the Chaladokpo.

is
Gerard, p. 30, 31.
There
no separate feeder of the Para, termed the Zangcham,

is
but Zangcham
a place on the right bank of the Para, about 3
1844.]
237
or 4 miles above its junction with the Pitti,
where there are sulphurous
hot springs on both sides of the river, (temperature about 120.)
The
Chaladokpo
is
an inconsiderable rivulet, and docpo
is
indeed the word
for a brook or torrent.
The Lee
or Pitti,is
composed of three principal branches only;

;
1st,
is
it
the Lossar or Pitti Proper
2nd, the Pin
and 3rd, the Para, which
nearly equal in volume to the united stream of the other two where
joins them.
The
three streams are laid
down
with,
think, consider,
able accuracy in the
map accompanying
and rapid
Moorcroft's Travels.
Ti or
Tee
( Water). From
or
Lingti.
a valley to the south

river.
descended
the Gnuinthichu, a deep
Moorcroft,
I.
209
The
other
is
other (river,) the Kakthi. the
Ditto, p. 214,
which
221,
(river) then takes
name
of Sar
Ditto, p.
(and
in
also
in
places.)
In Kunawaree
ti is
water, and from the

it is
way
it
which the word
used in the above quotations,

in
is
probable
has the same meaning
Kulu,
the
(in
which
district
Moorcroft was at the time.)

;
Gnzun,p. 209,
name
of a species of wild goat
not however the skin or kin
of p. 311, vol. I.
Lingti or Falung
Dinda. It (an
insulated rock)
is
called Lingti
by the people of Kulu, and by those of Ludakh, Falung Dinda.

Moorcroft, I. 220.
Lingti
is
perhaps wrongly applied here;
it is
probably the Sar or
Lingti, p. 221.
Lingti
may
be,
water of separation
thus Ling seems

:
to
be used in
composition in Upper
are equivalent to
side ;"
Kunawar, and
in English
the adjacent Bhotee districts

as " the north side," or " this
" side"
and
in the
same
tract, the four cardinal points are called lingji.

;
Ti
is
most likely water
see observations
on the word.
Falung means simply a

so the
large block,
and dinda means, "even with,"
term
may
be " the block even with boundary," or " the block
on the boundary."
Climate.
Frost with snow and

little
sleet
commences early
in September,
and continues with

the middle of
intermission to the beginning of

to the
May. From
the
1st
January
beginning of February,
we found
thermometer out of doors at night seldom above 15, and on the

February,
it
was
as
low as 9^, &c. &c.
Moorcroft, 11. 267,
fyc.
238

(in
[No. 148.
The winter
direction
is
Kunawar)
is
often rigorous.
The winds blow

Their
with the greatest violence in October, and later in the year.
of- course influenced by the valleys, but on peaks upwards
of 20,000,
and
at heights of 16,000, the
winds were always
W.
or S.
W.** Gerard, p. 62.

In the Hungrung, district (of Kunawar,) with the exception of
March and
April, in which
months there are a few showers, the unirest of the
form report of the inhabitants represents the
year to be al-
most perpetual sunshine, the few clouds hang about the highest mountains,
and a heavy
is
fall
of
snow
or rain
is
almost unknown.
rare.
feet
The depth
of
snow
usually a
in
foot,
and two are very
Gerard, p. 95.
sea, the therJ
At Changgo
mometer
zero.
Hangrang, about 10,000
above the
at day-break on the 15th
December
841, was 6 below
At Churet on
the Para, 16 miles above Changgo, and above
12,000 feet above the sea, the thermometer was 13 below zero on the
17th December at day-break, and
it
never
fell
lower during
It was,
my
resi-
dence there, that
is,
until the 11th
February 1842.
however,
very often below zero, as for instance, at day-break, on December 25th

1841,
it
was minus
12,
and on February 6th 1842,
it
was minus
6.
At Churet during January,

highest.
the thermometer, so suspended that the
sun's rays played freely on the bulb, varied from 50' to 58
when
Churet
is
at the
bottom of a deep and narrow valley.

districts, in
In the Hangrang and surrounding
1841, snow comthat date until the
end of February 1842,
menced regularly on the 27th November. it snowed more or

for
From
less
heavily,
and nearly
all
day and night,
39 days ;
it
was cloudy
or hazy,
and snowing on the
heights for 34 days, leaving 21 fine clear days only out of 94.
The
days of heavy snow were days of comparative warmth, the thermometer
being 20 or 25 at day-break.
feet.
The snow where not
drifted, did
not any where exceed 2^
At Shalkan on
the Pitti river, about 10,500 feet above the sea, the
thermometer in June, July, and August 1842,
may
be said
to
have
ranged at sun-rise from 45 to 55, and at sun-set from 60 to 70.
The temperature
85.
of the air
when warmest was

it
in the shade about
On
two or three occasions particular circumstances raised the

below,
the
mercury above, or depressed

given.
mean
figures
have

1844.]

in the districts above-mentioned,
239
blew
During 1841-42, the winds
almost constantly from the South or South-west, as noticed by Gerard.
northerly
wind was
of rare occurrence.
During the winter

it
months, the wind was such as would be termed high or strong, and
was frequently varied by gusts of great

the
violence.
During the summer,
wind usually
arose about noon, blew with moderate force,

in.
and
subsided
when
night had fairly set
The constancy
and
of the
wind
from one quarter deserved some attention.
Of
the seasons towards the junction of the Sutlej
Pitti rivers
it
may
be said, that there
is
frequent snow from the middle of

;
Novem-
ber to the middle of

to the elevation,
till
March
occasional light
;
snow
or rain according
the end of April
but
May
is fine,
and a very
early in
pleasing
month
after the dreariness of winter.
In June and
September, there are some light showers.
In July, August, and duris
ing half of October, showers are rare, but the sky

or overcast.
frequently cloudy
The
occasional showers of the lower spots are falls of

;
snow
in the higher hills
and the ranges may be seen

remain
all
hoary
down
to a certain level, the division being horizontal
and well defined, while

on the
it
in early spring, the valleys
filled
with snow while the ridges
are clear.
Towards the middle

to time,
of October,
snow begins
to fall
lower peaks from time
and towards the end of November,
may
be looked for every where; years however have been

fell,
known
in
which no snow
or at least
none
to
speak
of.
Rain and Snow Mud

snow, (in the Bhotee
that
Walls.
As a proof of the absence of rain and

Kunawar,)
I
districts adjoining
may
mention,
the upper
the houses in Spitti are half-built of stones, with
story of
unburnt bricks
falls
Gerard, p. 95, Note.
Snow
frequently or almost constantly in these districts in the
months of December, January and February.

bricks are besides
Walls of unburnt
no argument
for the
absence of
snow and
rain.
In
India, the walls of houses are of

the roofs are also of the
mud, and
in the
N. W. Provinces
same
rain
material.
In the Bhotee districts in
question, as elsewhere, the people clear the roofs of their houses of
snow
any
after each
fall.
The
is
seldom
if
ever so heavy as to have
effect.
Snow
Glaciers.
Divided
by precipitous mountains of amazing

;
height most usually veiled in everlasting snow, Gerard, p. 5
vast
240
impending

cliffs
QNo. 148.
fringed with dark forest and topped with mountains

Ditto, p. 12.
of indestructible snow, appear on every side.
The snow
beds that occurred on the road to the Pass must have been the accu-
mulation of
ages.
Ditto, p. 159.
It is to be regretted that the
Gerards did not employ the same

to
accuracy in general description, which they brought
bear with so
much
success, in ascertaining positions
and
in
measuring the heights

it
of mountains.
Were snow
everlasting or indestructible, or did
con-
tinually accumulate, the hills

covered.
hills are
fall,
would always, and not usually, be

which they do
is
They would
also increase in height,
not.
The
indeed perpetually covered, but this

to the indestructibility of
owing
to the
annual
and not
is
it
snow.
it falls
Snow
melts, or
blown from the
tops of hills, or
half-ice
in avalanches,
and
becomes a mass of
and half-snow, gradually meltthe slopes of hills, the water so

;
ing above and below, owing to the superior heat of the atmosphere and
of the earth on either side of
it.
On
produced, sinks and re-appears in springs at lower levels
in ravines,
where there
is
always an accumulation of frozen snow, of some, but

thickness,
not of a perpetually increasing
the superior
warmth
of
the rocks aided by springs, melts the frozen mass,
and forms a stream
below
it;
while the atmosphere melts and forms a stream on the
upper surface of the congealed snow.
In the steep, narrow, and irregular sided ravines of Upper Kunawar,

I
cannot say that
have seen any
glaciers properly so called
but the masses of frozen snow at the bottoms of these ravines, are
glaciers in every respect save in
motion
the smallness of their bulk,
and the varying width of the ravines do not admit of gravity overcoming
friction,
and the mass
is
unable
to
descend.
In the higher
parts of the hills, there are no doubt glaciers on a small scale.
Winter Travelling.
The people say, that the highest Passes might

it
be traversed even in the middle of winter, were

frost that prevails in these serene regions,
not for the severe
which
sensible from the great scarcity of firewood.

(in
is made more keenly The road from Shealkar
Kunawar)
to
Ladakh
is
travelled throughout the year,

in
and indeed
January and February are the usual months

rees visit Leh, the capital.
which the Kunawaroad

to
Gerard
/?.
96.
The
Ladakh
is
never shut by snow.
Gerard, p. 111.
1844.]
and on Gerard's Account of Kunawar,
241
The
highest Passes could be traversed in the depth of winter in spite

it
of cold, were
not for the violent winds and uncertainty of the
weather.
The
drifting
snow
conceals the track or road,
and over-
whelms
wind.
the bewildered traveller, already

If,
benumbed by
the piercing
however, a calm day be chosen, and a number of cattle
be driven before to tread
down
the soft snow,
any Pass may be crossed

March,
with comparative safety.

After the
April,
ed,
falls of
snow and
the strong winds cease, that

of the
is
in
and May, the surface

people go from
snow on the
hills
becomes harden-
and admits
of travelling with ease.
No
who can
avoid doing
so.
Kunawar to Leh in January and February, The Kunawarees set out on their journies in
in
April and
May, and return
August, September and October

Travellers in
some
remain at Leh over the
winter.
the winter should

local
always be accompanied by villagers of correct

otherwise, a person
knowledge, as
may
attempt
soft
to cross
a deep ravine or gully,
and become
lost in the
fyc.
deep
snow.
The
Sutlej,
it
arrested by frost.
frost,
In
winter, most of the streams

itself is
that join
for
are arrested by
and the Sutlej

at least.
even frozen
200 miles during two months

upon the
Gerard, p.
is
27-
Andthe
two
people proceeding between these places, (Buseherand Chuprung,) in the

cold season, travel
Sutlej,
which
entirely frozen for
months
at least.
Ditto, p. 146.
is
The
or
surface of every small stream
frozen over during the winter,
rather frozen spray forms an irregular archway,
beneath which
there is a stream.
The streams
are never arrested so far as I have
observed, nor
is, I
is it
probable they should be.

;
The
its
surface of the Sutlej
am
sure, never continuously frozen

;
edges are, and form the

is
road alluded to by Gerard

there
and
its
whole breadth
still.
frozen here
is
and
where the water
is
comparatively
ice,
The
Sutlej
either too
rapid to admit of surface
or too broad to allow the spray to form
an arch over
its
stream.
Rapidity of Rivers, Theory of
The
rapidity of the large rivers,
such as the Sutlej and the Para, cannot

like that of the
be expected to increase
Teedong and Taglakhar,

is
since the country through
which they flow

Note.
not
of so rugged
a nature.
Gerard,
p.
97,
242

scarcely bear on this point.
[No. 148.
truth seems to
The ruggedness can

same
The
be, that all the streams in question
have their origin at nearly the
height, but the large ones have long,
and the small ones have
short courses, in which to find the
same
level.
Thus
the Taglakhar
and Darbung
torrents rise in the neighbourhood of Passes 18,000 feet
high, as high perhaps as the remoter sources of the Pitti river, and yet
they have to find the level of that river continued in the Sutlej.
This
sample of equal descent
in
unequal distances, seems generally applicable.
Former Lakes.-The
people have a vague tradition that this valley
(of the Buspa,) was once a sheet of water.
Gerard, p.
18.
There can be no reasonable doubt of the former existence of a

of lakes
series
along the present courses of the Sutlej and
its
principal
feeders in the hills.
The
Sutlej has
now
indeed attained an equiliits
brium, and forms one continued rapid from
source to the plains
but the traces of sheets of standing water are everywhere apparent,

in parallel rally,
and horizontal deposits

existed.
of pebbles, earth,
cleft at
and debris gene-
which a narrow gorge, or a
one end of these deposits,
shew where the obstruction

ed in
size until the
These lakes gradually diminish-
lowermost barrier was burst or worn through by
the continued action of water, and the bottom of these old pools
now
form the richest and almost the only cultivated lands

hills.
in the northern
In these
hills,
the natural disintegration of the rocks scarcely

;
anywhere
affords a stratum of soil
and although
feet or
have in some
of vegetable
it,
places, near the flat tops of hills,
found two
more
earth, yet as
fine
no stream of water can be brought

useless to the people generally;
it
to
bear on
this
mould
is
some of the more
in-
dustrious, however, carry a little of
away
as a
manure
to their
low-
situated fields.
The want
4, Note,
of available water
is
the greatest bar to an extension of
cultivation in these cold dry countries, but on this subject, Gerard, p.
and Moorcroft,
Vol. I, p. 270,
may
be consulted.
to.
Captain
Hutton's Tour (Jour. As. Soc.J
may
also be referred
The annexed
cut will explain the present evidence of the former
existence of lakes in the ravine of the Sutlej
and
its
tributaries.
Titles.
Garpan,
fyc.
The garpan
of
Gardokh
Moorcroft, II, 251.
i.
AA
'
'
'
wic&wb
-.-."
...
.-'
.-'..,..,
. .
<. \
>
I\
t.
E
IP
;
Z?
/
..,..<)
0f
/*,4<?s>'>%sZ<>li-
1844.]

officers,
243
From Lhassa two

dokh as garpans.
natives of the country, are sent to GarII,
Moorcroft,
is
365.
The subordinate manageofficers, called
ment
vazir.
of the districts
entrusted to two
the deba and
Moorcroft,
II,
365.
And two amhans

p. 364-5.
sent
from Pekin,
now permanently
The Chinese
resident at Lhassa, and engross the political
admin-
istration of the state.
Moorcroft,
Tartars have officers of various designations
1st,
umba,
superior to the rest; there are several at
Yarkand and Lassa; 2d,

of a fort;
garpan, military commander, of

deva, governor of a town;
4th,
whom
there are two at Garoo; 3d, 5th,

vil-
zougpun, governor
poupon,
lages.
in charge of
a district; 6th, lassa, chief of one or more

p.
145.
Gerard's
Kunawar,
of,
garpun
or governor stays
here (Speetee) on the part
&c.
Ditto, 147-
The zougspun
sistance to the
of
Rodokh.
Moorcroft, II, p. 436.

I
Their governor,
the goba of Mirak.
Moorcroft, p. 437-
applied therefore for as-
karphan
Moorcroft, p. 448.
The karpun
The
chief
man
or
gar-
pan.
Moorcroft,
II, 42.
to
II. p. 16.
or local governor.
Moorexactly
croft,
Garpan means
equivalent
called garpans.
in
the
u holder" or a doer" of Garo.
Pan
is
the Persian dar, and the governors of Garo only are
The term
does not
mean any
governor, as
is
implied
some
of the above quotations.
The garpans as mentioned by Mr. Traill, As. Res. XVII, 46, also called urgu-ma and urgu-la, which I understand to mean
persons right and
left
are
the
of the great one
i.
e.
the honored
and
confi-
dential servants of the

correctly written
la
to,
is
Raja or Emperor.
The words would

is
is
be more
uku-ma and uku-la.
Ku
the Bhotee for image;
given as right and

of.
ma
as
left,
while u
considered as equivalent
on the head
Pan
as equivalent to
dar
in
Persian enters into other words, as
zungpan, equal
Tibetan of Lassa
in Tibetan, as
to killada.
;
Zung
being
fort in
Chinese, or in the
fort
also
karrpan has the same meaning, karr being

in Pitti, lake.
is
dankarr
shalkarr in Upper Kunawar, tah-
lakarr near the
Mansarawar
There are two ambans (the n
scarcely sounded) in Lassa.
They
com-
are usually relieved every three years.
They
are nominally the
mandants of the guard of honor of the Gheawang Rinbotcheh, com-
244
Notes on Moorcroft!s Travels in Ladahh,
[No. 148.
posed of Chinese or
ties of
Mantchu
soldiers; but they are really the
depu-
the Emperor, although orders do not run in their names.

or deva
is
Deba
a rank only, and the possessor

is I
may
or
may
not be
the governor of a town or district. It
suspect a term applied by the
people of India only.
Paupon, or
Lassa
is
as
have heard
it
paupo, appears
to
be applied to the
manager of one
is
district
only about Garo;
viz. that of
Chumurti.
the deputy of the
head-man
of a village.
The head-man
to
called
goba or gatpo, but the
signification of
goba appears
be
of
extended occasionally,
and the head-man of the Rupshu

448; garpun,
district
Ladakh is called goba. The karpaun, Moorcroft,

kapun,
vol. II, p. 42,
vol. I, p.
vol. II, p. 16;
and
appears to
mean karrpan
large
or killadar, as above
explained.
small.
The zungpani are The different

to
I
placed over
districts,
the
karpan over
designations however of petty local authorities
seem
be very numerous.
here add, what I have heard of the different authorities
as
may
at Lassa,
my
information somewhat differs from that given by
Hamilton
lowed
in his Gazetteer, almost the only

to refer to.
book
my
position has al-
me
Under
or
the
Gheawang Rinbotcheh, comes
the
Bhot ghelpo
or Raja,
King
of Bhot.
He
is
usually an incarnation, but
if any delay takes
place in the spirit of the deceased finding a habitation, the
Gheawang
Rinbotcheh
selects
is
a person from one of the four great monasteries.
Whether he
form,
I
deposed on the re-appearance of the divinity in a
human
These
cannot say.
the ghelpo are four kolons or sawangs,
i.
Under
four
e.
vazirs.
men form
the executive government of the country.
Under
manders.
the kolons or sawangs, are eight dappans or military
com-
There are
six
changzuds or treasurers.
The
Nuna.
subdivisions of the country are
managed by zungpans over
the large,
and karrpans over the smaller.

administered by the khalun or prime
One of whom was the nunaov deputy khalun, Moorcroft, 1,248.

is
The
business of the government
minister, assisted
by the nuna khalun or deputy.
Moorcroft, II, 334.
1844.]

or
245
title
Nuna
and
nonu does not mean deputy, but

is
is
simply a
of respect,
as such,
applied very generally.
Banka, Narpa.
is
The banka
or master of the horse.
The magistracy
334-5.
discharged by
officers called
narpas.
Moor
croft, I,
Banka
visit,
is
a village and not a rank; but at the time of Moorcroft's
the banha-ha or wala, or master of Banka,
was the master
of the
horse in Ladakh. This bankaha's

prefix nonu.
name was
tanzin, with the respectful
Narpa
is
or nirrpa
I
is
rather I think a sort of treasurer or steward than

or zungpa, that
is,
a magistrate.
would say that karrpan
killahdar,
the proper equivalent of thanahdar or magistrate.
Khaga, Tanzin.
And
is is
the khaga
tanzin. Moorcroft, II, 230.
The
administration
I, 335.
entrusted to inferior khaluns, tanzins, or Rajas.
Do.
And
he with khaga khan. Do. II, 60.

a
title
Khaga
or
gaga
of respect.
it
The Tibetans
also call the
chief of the
Kalmuks gaga, and
may have some

is
connection with
the chagan
of the Avars, for all are no doubt modifications of the
terms khakan.
In Ladakh, &c. khaga or gaga
title
very com-
monly bestowed.
Tanzin, at p. 335,
p. 230, 408, &c.
it
vol. I, is
given as the
name
of an office, but at
It is indeed in
appears rather as a proper name.
common
Art.
use as a proper name, and although Hamilton in his Gazetteer,

it
" Tibet," applies
to
an appointment or
station,
and gives
I
its
meaning
as equal to a great
man, yet
after
some enquiry
either
could not
hear of the word being applied to an
office,
i.
in Lassa or in
Laudakh.
" Yin" indeed
may
be tchin,
e.
" great," and tan, means
a subject (ryot) or rather a personal dependent.
Bridges.
The
of
different sorts of (bridges) are first sango, or

is
wooden
bridge,
which there
a print given by Captain Turner; 2nd, the jhoola,
or rope bridge; 3rd,
suzum
is
formed of twigs very indifferently twisted;
4th,
chukhzum
Sango
It is
or chain bridge.
There
is
one over the
iSutlej
under
Tholing.
1st.
The above
is
are used over large rivers.
Gerard, p. 33-35.
wooden
I
not the
Kunawaree
I
or Bhotee term for a
bridge.
used in the Southern Himalayas for

it is
think any permasi mi-
nent bridge, and
derived
presume from a Sanscrit word of
2 [6
lar import.
Notes on
Moorcroft's
Travels in Ladakh.
to, is
[No. 148.
bridge of the kind alluded
called in
Kunawaree
not
and
in Bhotee, j&mpa or jambah.

is
2nd. Jhoola
not a
Kunawaree term, and
the sort of bridge
is
known
term
is
or used in the Bhotee district in question.
The Kunawaree
torang.
Sazam or chazam, is the Bhotee term for a bridge of twisted In Kunawaree such a bridge is called Iran. twigs. Chakzam means, as Captain Gerard remarks, iron bridge, 4th. but although I never saw the particular bridge alluded to by him,
3rd.
I
have every reason

It
to
suppose
it is
an ordinary wooden one with an
iron hand-rail.
is,
however, familiarly called the iron bridge.
Customs.
Ears of Grain suspended,

is
6}c.
The top of which

I
(pillars of
wood)
in
the houses of the peasantry encircled by a band of straw

It is the
and
ears of wheat.
custom,
was
told,
to consecrate the
two or
three
first
handsful of the
last year's
crop to a spirit which presides
over agriculture, and these bands are thus deposited.
Moor croft,
II,
317-18.
The Tartar husbandmen have

of the Scotch farmers
a custom similar to those of some
who, &c. &c.
The
Tartars use three ears of
barley,
which they paste outside over the door. Gerard, p. 98.

could not hear of the exact custom mentioned
;
This superstition apparently takes various forms along the lower

course of the Pitti.
I
by Gerard as prevailing at Nissang on the Sutlej

of that
nor could
hear
mentioned by Moorcroft.
saw, however, in temples, bunches

in each bunch,)
itself,
of ears of barley, (always an

before images,
larly
odd number
hung up
and
understood that in Pitti
bunches were simi-
hung up
in the houses.
Presentation of Silk Scarfs.

visited
This
person
who was
is
styled
Lafa,
me
is
twice,
and we exchanged
in Tibet of the
scarfs,
which
an invariable cus-
tom.
Gerard, p. 104.
the
title
is
Lafa
village,
deputy of the head-man of the
and he
a very small functionary indeed; but Captain Gerard

illusive
seems
to
have seen things in these countries through an

Elegant houses, magnificent temples, and honest
me-
dium.
men
1844.]

scarfs or smaller pieces of silk;
;
247
Equals exchange
inferiors present
them
as they approach
and superiors bestow
them when they
dismiss.
See also Captain Turner, 72, 233, and Captain Huttons Tour, III, 17,
Journal of the Asiatic Society.

variably sent with a
letter,
scarf (or kattak in Bhotee)

it.
is
in-
and under the same cover with
Prefixing the s in Bhotee and
Kunawaree
Pitti.
The
principal pergun-
nas or divisions are and Spitti or
Moorcroft, I, 315.
The male
croft,I,3l\.
(ibex)
is
called skin,
and the female Vdanmo.

ropa
Moor-
The
spooee
Tartars often
add
k, for
instance,
is
called
by them
ropak, and they have a

;
way
of prefixing s to
some words as pooee,
peetee, speetee ;
and tango, stango.
Gerard, p. 99, Note.

is
The pronunciation of the Tibetan language admits of a slightly hissing or aspirated commencement to many words, but I would say
that the custom of prefixing a clear
and
distinct s
prevalent rather
about
Ram pur
on the Sutlej than in Tibet.
The
habit has, however,
been largely followed by our travellers through Kunawar, as they are

generally accompanied by some people of the Bissehir Rajas,
who by
long residence about Rampur,
(if
they are not natives of that quarter,)
have adopted the custom.

as
is
Pitti
and not
Spitti,
is
the correct term,

I
likewise kin (or kin) and not skin.

is
But although
could
not ascertain that the prefixing of the s

districts
a custom in the Bhotee

obtain in other parts of
for kin.
adjacent to Upper
Kunawar,
it
may
Tibet, as Moorcroft
and
also
Mr. Vigne, write skin
The
former moreover uses zongspun instead of zungpan, a killahdar, (II,

436,) and says Pitti
people, I
is
called Spitti.
Pitti.
In the writings of respectable
always found
The custom mentioned by Gerard

think, rather than general,
of adding a
is
is
occasional, I
and the addition
rather an aspirated
h than a
are
full
k ; such
irregularities or uncertainties of pronunciation
common among
in
illiterate people,
I
and
in
trying to ascertain the
true pronunciation of words,
have been perplexed by the different
ways
which the same person often pronounced the same word.

Pooee or Spooee, quoted by Gerard as a proof of the pre.
The
village
fixing of the s being a
custom of the Bhotee,

e.
is
an unfortunate
in-
stance; the Bhotees,
i.
the inhabitants, call their village pura, or
puba, the Kunawarees and others lower
down pueh and
spueh.
2o
248
[No. 148.
to
Captain T. Button's Tour.
have more than once referred
Captain Hutton's Tour in Kunawar, performed under the auspices of

the Asiatic Society
;
and while
am
about
to
conclude this paper
by
correcting or modifying
some
of his statements, I
must
in the first
instance bear witness to the general accuracy of the impressions he
conveys.
Rampur.
Ram pur
vol. I,
is
a considerable entrepot as well as a

is
manu-
facturing town,
p. 4, as
also evident
from what
is
subsequently
p.
5,
said of the fair, p. 5.
Among
the Tibet exports to
Rampur,
Charas should have a permanent

cluded in an et cetera.
place, instead of being omitted or in-
Raja of
as well as
Bissehir,
fyc.
The Rajah
of Bissehir
has a legitimate son,
an illegitimate one,
vol. II, p.
he has &\so four chief vizeers

placed over the Tartar
instead of three, the fourth being a

district,
officer
Kunawaree
to
and now changed from time

vizeer
time.
The only
inferior
called
by
courtesy,
may
be
the
person placed
over
Rampur.
Charias.
The charias,
ought
to be,
vol. I, p. 6,
were originally chosen from the
wealthiest families,
are, that
is,
but several have
now
80
fallen
to
decay.
There
upwards
of
of them, as
50 are required
In
from Kunawar Proper, and about 40 from Dassow.

revenue
is
Kunawar
the
fixed,
and
in that district the assessment cannot therefore
depend on the report of a charia.

Revenues
a hazri,
British
Tribute.
All houses which pay revenue supply

which furnish a charia each. They
I
vol. I, p. 7,
same
all.
as those
muster about 300 in
In Kunawar, no house pays
think
less
than 8 annas on account
of the British tribute, vol. I, p. 7, and none more than 9 rupees.

vizeers
vizeers,
The
for
pay nine, and these are the limits instead of twelve rupees
and from ten rupees

I
to four
annas
for other people, as
Captain
Hutton was informed.

meet
may
here mention, that the Raja
when we
to
imposed a tribute on him, did not lessen his own expences in order
it,
but levied an additional tax on his subjects

is
for the purpose.
Our
rule
therefore felt as a grievance
by the people, and not by
the
Raja.
Captain
Hutton
says, the
whole revenues of Bissehir
may
be
estimated at 50 or 55,000 annually.
In 1817, they were estimated at
844.]
and on Gerard's Account

official
oj
Kunawar.
2 49
67,000, and that quasi

teer" for 1841, gives
authority, the " Bengal
and Agra Gazet-
them
at 1,40,000.
vol.
I,
No
raisins
wool or neozas are levied as revenue,
p. 7, neither are
demanded, but the lands attached

In stating
this, I
to forts
supply the wants of the
Raja.
do not mean that the Raja does not make his

fruits,
people supply
him with
but merely that the taxes, proper and
understood, do not include them.
Punishment.
For
of the
crimes and misdemeanours, people are hanged,

vol. I, p. 7-8.
mutilated and imprisoned, as well as fined,
Sarahan.
Sarahan,
vol. I,
p. 10,
is
not in
Kunawar, but
in Dassow.
The boundary
pur, shur in
in the last
two
districts is the
Murad Ghat,
;
above Sarahan.
The Juniper.
The juniper,
vol. I, p. 29, is called
lewr about
Ram-
Kunawar, and shukpa
in
Bhot
and not lewr and shur

not
named
districts respectively.
The Gigantic Chakor.

called bheir in
The gigantic chakor,

It is so called
;
vol. I, p. 37, is
Kunawaree.
is
about Rampur.
In Lower
;
Kunawar,
Bhotee,
Apricots.
it
called
lipaia
in
Upper Kunawar, kuleh
and in
gungmo
or homo.
is
Leeo
comes
not the last village towards Pitti where apricots
occur, vol. I, p. 41.
At Shalkar
to
there are
abundance of
;
fair apricots,
and
also
some
trees at
Sumra, twenty miles above Lio

maturity.
but there the
fruit scarcely
Changgo, declining.
drawn. There are
tain
The picture of Changgo,

121 souls in
it,
vol. I,
p. 41,
is
over-
now
was
that
is,
21 more thorn
when Capgone
Hutton
said
it
so populous.
i.
Its decline is not
continuous, but
may have
away
been temporary,
e.
some poor
families
may have
its
for a season or two.

is
It
now
produces more than
people eat.
rotation of crops
practised in Changgo,
and the inhabitants have

their out-
a very
fair proportion of cattle,
which they graze towards
village of Changrezing.
still
The
fields of
bare and hardened sand are
occasionally cultivated, but one crop exhausts them, or their prois
duce
weakly, and of no value.
The Para.
The Para
river, vol. I, p. 45, does not in all probability
come from the Chumorenil

and Moorcroft, II, 52.
Frost Rivers.
lake, see As.
Res.
XVIII,
Pt. II. 259,
The severity
of frost can scarcely affect the
supply of
water to a river, as Capt. Hutton supposes with reference
to the Pitti,
250
vol. II,
Notes on Itfoorcrofts Travels in Ladakh,
[No. 148.
flat
p. 47, unless indeed a spring or a stream be dispersed over a
surface,
rested,
ter
and turned into

I
ice
but
have never seen any stream so ar-
and
have seen
zero.
many
small ones flowing
when
the thermomeis
was below
comparison between the Pitti and Sutlej
not
easily
made, but where Captain Hutton saw the two
rivers, the Pitti
was the broader, and

pose, be
therefore the larger looking; but I think that duris
ing the winter, the Sutlej
really the larger. Dr.

to the Sutlej in the
Gerard must,
lower
hills,
sup-
quoted with reference

least
where he
says
its
breadth
is
211
feet.
Captain Gerard (Account of Kunawar,
p. 26,) gives the breadth at

Pitti as
106
feet,
and
at
Namptu, a little below the junction of the Wangto as 92 only. Near Dubling, the united
vol. II,
streams rush between rocks scarcely twenty feet apart.

I
do not agree with Captain Hutton, in what he says,
pp. 2-3,
fall
regarding the rise of the rivers of the plains in June, &c. or their
in January.
The melting
of
snow
is
a slow operation, but the descent
of rain
is
rapid,
and the streams
so formed, soon reach the larger rivers
and swell
their volumes. I
am
clearly of opinion, that four-fifths of the

flood, is the
water in the Sutlej, when mfull
produce of rain, and not of
snow; and that no severe

in the
frosts
in
any Himalayan regions could

Indus in Sindh; but while
fell
month
and
in
of
January
affect the river
snow
sides
fell
on the tops of
the
hills
and was slowly melted, rain and was quickly
on their
valleys,
carried into the
main
streams.
Shawl-wool Goats.
The shawl- wool goats are not

really good
often four or five

is
horned, vol. II, p. 4, but occasionally so only, as a
man
in
I
sometimes
found with six
fingers.
Lamas.
Pitti, as
There may not be any

it is
Lamas
Hangrang
or
Captain Hutton says,
vol. II, p. 23,
although
presume
his in-
formants simply meant, none of eminence or sufficiently versed in their

scriptures; but
not the custom to

is
make any wealthy
family
man
a priest, and marriage
allowed to certain sects of Lamas,

I could not learn that
Pargyul Mountain.
vol. II.
Pargyul meant
conical,
is
p. 24, but connected with this high and holy hill there
saying, that goats whose horns meet at top, salaam or

to
it.
make
obeisance
This story and the joining of his informant's hands in imitation
of the goat's horns,
may have
been in Captain Hutton's head
when he
wrote.
1844]
and on Gerard s Account of
K una war.
Hanggo
251
Ripening of Crops.
for the sickle in all
The crops of Changgo and Lio are usually ready

vol. II,
July,
p. 25; but those of
certainly
are not until a
The
crops of
month Hanggo were green
or six weeks afterwards, see also vol. Ill, p. 19. in 1842, while those of
I
Sungeram and
&c. were being cut.

inference regarding
Captain Gerard, p. 66, leads
think to a wrong
the crops of
Namghea and Shipkeh. He says, that in August Namghea (9,300 feet) were green, while those of Shipkeh,
Captain Gerard perhaps found the
1,400 feet higher, were being cut.

second crop at
the
first
Namghea
well advanced, as on the 15th July 1842,
crop was nearly
all cut.
Bhotees Bathing.
Captain
Hutton was fortunate

vol.
in seeing
what
never beheld
I
viz.
Bhotees bathing,
Ill, p. 6
this
that he
saw them,
to the
know,
as he has himself told
me
so,
but
was the exception
rule,
and they themselves

that their
confess, that
it is
not their custom to bathe,

clothes
and
more respectable people only put on new
when
their old ones are
much worn and
very dirty.
The Snow
fish,
Fish.
Captain
;
Hutton somewhere mentions the snow

to
but
cannot at present refer
what he says regarding

;
it.
It is
called ganghal in Bhotee and Kunawaree
it is if
said to live at the
lower limits of the snow only

of
ple
to
be seldom
ever found alive (a slip

;
snow
occasionally carries one
know, one only has been found

it
down with it) and in Kunawar.

Its flesh is
so far as the peo-
They say
no marked
has a face resembling that of a man, four

(as a lizard has.)
legs,
and
tail,
considered efficacious in
certain diseases,
and such
as are found, are usually taken to the holiest

it
Lamas, who distribute
pieces of
as specifics.
The
skin
is
said to be
used for some ornamental purposes.
ADDENDA.
Hassan Abdal,
valuable book,
I
the
Indus
at Attock.
Before
leaving Moorcroft's
I
will go
somewhat further than

he,
at first intended,
and point out the errors into which

volumes
I
and even Elphinstone, whose

fallen regarding
always take up with respect, have
two
places well II, 319,
known
to those
who
have crossed the Punjab.
Moorcroft,
in
and Elphinstone,
II, 99, say, that the
tomb of Baba Waliis

and not
a square enclosure at the foot of the hill which rises above Hassan
Abdal.
The tomb
of the saint
is
on the top of the
hill,
at the
2*2
bottom
;

it is
fyc.
[No. 148.
forms a con-
kept in repair, and owing to
its
white
color,
spicuous object at a distance.
The tomb below

It
is,
is I
believe that of a
to fall to
lady of rank, but there
is
no
inscription.
allowed
decay.
Elphinstone was probably unacquainted with the legend which

Moorcroft gives.
He
does not relate
it,
and
this increases the reason;
ableness of a modification of Moorcroft's suspicion

is of recent
viz. that the story
Sikh adoption, and that the stone bearing the impress of a

to satisfy the superstition of believers.
hand, has been lately produced
There
place
said he
is
Mahometan
legend, that Abdal the fakir

for
came
to the
and asked Hassan, the cowherd,
a draught of milk; Hassan

his
would gladly give him one, but that
cows were dry.
The
fakir pleased with the disposition of Hassan, placed his
hands on one
so,
of the cows,
and desired him
to
milk the animal
he did
and gave
Abdal a good draught.

in his neighbourhood,
Abdal then asked the cowherd what he would
chose as his reward, Hassan said they were
much
straitened for water
and
that a supply of that necessary element

to others.
would
be valuable to himself and
he had been refreshed, and also at
The saint struck the hills where Wah-wah, and water gushed forth.
;
This legend
may have
existed before the rise of the Sikhs as a sect
but as they extended their power, they desired to increase the fame of
their apostle.
They found a
miracle to appropriate, and they did so at
the expense of the Mahometans, their predecessors.
The
saint of the
new
faith performs the old miracle,
and shews
to his rival the superi-
ority of his power.
The granth
or shrines of the
I
Sikh scriptures was established
at
his
Hassan Abdal about 1813.
do not agree with Moorcroft in
reasons for his suspicions about the legend.
He
says, a
few years
only have elapsed since the place was in the possession of the Affghans,
whose
fierce
Mahometanism would have

their boundary.
tolerated
no Sikh pilgrims
itself,
or shrines within places visited
In Affghanistan
there are
by the Hindoos; the
fierce spirit of the
Mohametans
shews
itself
upon rare occasions only; and
in populous tracts, the
Mus-
sulmans everywhere admit, and sometimes participate

stitions of the vulgar.
in, the super-
As an
instance, I
may
quote the Ziarat at
Jellalabad,
also the
which
is
visited
by both Hindoos and Mahometans, and
Hindoo temple
of that town, said to produce 40,000 rupees
annually, (see Journal of (he Asiatic Society of Bengal,
CXXII,
128.)
844.]

325,
vol. II,
253
(of the
At jo.
to
it
Moorcroft says, "

it
On
is
the right
bank
At-
tock,) at the place
where
turns,
is
the rock of Jelalia, and opposite

said
to
that
of Kamalia, between
which
be a dangerous
whirlpool."
Elphinstone, II,
Jelalia
96, says,
" In the midst are the famous rocks

so
and Kamalia, but the whirlpool of which we had heard

did not rage at the season
much,
when we
passed."
These rocks
are not in the middle of the river as stated by Elphinstone, nor on

opposite sides as mentioned
by Moorcroft
but both are in the right
bank
nor, excepting in a sort of bay, could a whirlpool be formed in
a narrow and rapid river.
The danger
object
is to
consists in crossing the
stream
when
flooded, for to be dashed against the projecting rocks
would be
certain destruction,
and the
direct the boat free of the up-
per rock, and into the bay above the lower one, so as to effect a land-
ing where the water
is
comparatively quiet, that
is,
just below
and
under shelter of Kamalia.

that
is,
There
is
no whirlpool properly
so called,
the rocks and rapid stream are to be feared, and not the in-
gulping powers of the eddy.
Report on the Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa.
By
Captain
Graham, Bengal N.
11
I.
of the Mission to Abyssinia.
Natura beatis
si
Omnibus
esse dedit,
quis cognoveret uti."
1.
The
different
modes of
tilling the
ground practised among the

re-
various nations of the earth, are well
worthy of observation and
mark, as the progress of agriculture exhibits the progress

population in comfort and civilization, and thus
of the
forms one of the

;
most important chapters in the history of national manners

indeed the tracing
its
and
gradations through the various customs of dif-
ferent people, from the first
glimmering bestowed upon the located
savage, to the full development of the science of husbandry in the
most
civilized society, is a curious as well as a profitable task, for its
present state
may
be taken as a tolerable criterion, whereby to judge
of the relative position
which the people hold
in the scale of nations.
254
2.
Agricultural
and Land produce of Shoa.
QNo. 148.
fill
In a populous country where there are no wild animals to
up
the deficiency,
and but few spontaneous

for
fruits to mitigate the
pangs
of hunger;
and where the search
wild roots would prove but an
unprofitable labour, the pursuit of agriculture
must
necessarily be
deemed
of high importance,
and carried
to that point
;
which places
is
the nation in a state of comparative plenty

to be filled
but there
a wide gap
up between
this period
and the time when those causes Abys-
are developed, which render agriculture purely commercial, and

sinia remains at present in this lethargic position.
3.
Still
is
she has emerged considerably from that state of society

far
which
denominated barbarian, and elevated
above the hunting
or savage,
by the power
of
taming and subjecting the lower animals,
and by practising a
soil
species of agriculture, to
which the
fertility of the
has hitherto granted an abundant return.

is
The
extent of cultivation
also
very considerable throughout the kingdom, and this important
branch of industry has progressed far beyond any art hitherto discovered amongst the nations on the western coast.
4.
Private property in the land

;
is
everywhere sanctioned, allow-
ed and established
there are few forests or wastes, excepting those
impracticable for pasture or cultivation.
Farm-steadings and indivi-
dual dwelling houses embellish the aspect of the landscape, reposing

secure from predatory bands, or hostile neighbours
great part of the population
is
;
and although a
villages,
collected in
towns and large
yet the country
is
also
abundantly inhabited.
;
The
processes of preis
paring the ground are somewhat complex
the plough
in use to the
is
exclusion of the African hoe, and considerable industry

collecting
evinced in
and distributing the waters
in artificial irrigation.
The
grains which on
seeds than grain,
the other coast are coarse and small, rather like
and
fitted
less
for
bread than pottage, are here of
a large and full pickle, and in every variety.
The
people are possess-
ed of a written language, and the king of the country inhabits stone

houses, which rise
5.
soil
two
stories
above his
fortifications.
Unburdened by an over-population, and

and favourable
is
possessed of a fertile
seasons, in the absence of all luxuries a sufficient

for the
is little
abundance
produced
mere maintenance
of
life.
Yet
still
the science of husbandry

are few,
understood, the implements

;
of culture
and
of the rudest construction
the various methods of assist-
1844.]
Agricultural and
Land produce
of Shoa.
255
ing nature are entirely unknown, the capabilities of the country are
not taken due advantage

feres for
of,
and unless some European power
inter-
good with the strong hand, a great length of time must in-
evitably elapse before the habits and prejudices of this uncivilized
nation be overcome for

6.
its
own
benefit.
is
The
climate of the Abyssinian mountains and table land

is
alto-
gether favorable for cultivation; here there

" Such
as
no winter,
when
birds die
In the deep
forests,
and the
fishes lie
Stiffened in the translucent ice."
Neither does the sun blaze in malignant light on the head of the
husbandman, nor do burning

and the timely
tion,
blasts unseasonably wither the crops

is
but the coolness of the mountain breeze
pleasant and refreshing,
cessation of the rain allows a healthful rest to vegetaperiodical return, soon produces the usual displays of
flowers.
while
its
young
7.
shoots
and budding
The
seasons are regular,
and the atmospheric changes
so distinct-
ly
marked, that the inhabitants are enabled
to calculate
when
the
rains will
commence and when they
will cease,
to
and are thus fully
acquainted with the amount of labour

arrival of the stated period.
be performed, before the
The
rain of " bounty,"
and the rain
of
" covenant," are each
in their turn taken

after these
advantage of by the hus-
bandman, and immediately

had remained bound up
bursts
forth
in
down-pourings, nature
who
and
the
rigidity of the preceding drought,
into
a thousand
interesting
forms;
the
pastures
meadows
are clothed in cheering green, the hills
and dales adorned
with myriads of beautiful flowers, and the sides of the mountains

appear one sheet of the most luxuriant cultivation.
8.
The
soil
is
fertile,
and without
artificial
manures or any great
expenditure of bodily fatigue and exertion produces a plentiful supply of food for
man and
beast; but notwithstanding all these local
advantages
first
the
ignorant Abyssinian has hardly emerged
from the
rudiments of the art of husbandry, and although nature has been

the
so prodigal,
prejudiced inhabitant
has taken
gifts
is
little
thought
to
benefit his condition

9.
by a proper use of her
and
favours.
Every thing
in the climate of Africa

soil
in extremes, but bar-
renness and fertility of
border upon each other with a degree of
2p
256
Agricultural and
Land produce
of Shoa.
[No. 148.
suddenness, of which the inhabitants of temperate climes can form

little
conception.
Passing in an instant from the burning plains of
the Adaiel to a rich landscape in which flocks and towns and villages
abound, the strange sight
is
afforded of regularly
marked
fields,
mounting
in terraces from the very base of the Abyssinian mountains,

five
throughout a steep ascent of

veller to
thousand
feet
which leads the

is
tra-
an unlimited table land, where the eye
perfectly satiated
with the endless succession of waving crop and rich green meadow.
10.
And
to
although the
soil
on the mountain
side requires artificial
support
preserve the earth from being washed away, and in
many
the
places reposes in
an angle where
it
seems hardly possible

in a
for
plough
with a
to pass, yet
fair
wheat and barley delight

te
dry stony ground, and
proportion of the
former" and the " latter" rains, will
yield an
to
abundant return
to those
who
feel their
industry called forth,
emulate the prosperity of their more happily located neighbours.

11. Situated in the
middle of the torrid zone, and surrounded by

tribes
trackless regions, or
by
whose cruelty and bigotry are more

remained almost a sealed book
;
dangerous
to the
intruder than the poisonous blast and the burning

to the
desert, secluded Abyssinia has

arts
and
sciences of the civilized world
and composed
of groups
and
ranges of very high mountains overlooking wide plains and deep

vallies,
and being under the complete influence of the

is
tropical rains,
the difference of the climate in her relative parts

description.
12.
of the most varied
The high
table land
which
is
clothed with moderate vegetation,

is
destitute of
wood and
freely ventilated,
;
at all times cool
and heal-
thy,
close,
and often extremely cold
whilst the low wooded vallies are

hot.
unwholesome, and insufferably
During the cold season and
the thermometer on the
summit
frost
of the range stands about 30,
a thin coating of ice covers the pools,
and the country appears white
under a mantle
of hoar
and
whilst in the vallies, the quicksilver

still
mounts
to 90,
and the
total
absence of breeze renders the heat
further oppressive.
At
the termination of the rains, fever with all
her attendant horrors spreads her pestilential wing over those beautiful locations,
and during the month of September, even the wild

genial climate of the upper regions.
birds
forsake
to the
for
a time the poisoned atmosphere, and betake themselves
more
1844.]
13.
Agricultural

beyond
all
257
conception,
;
The amazing
and
the
fertility of these vales is
every species of crop attaining the most gigantic proportions

soil,
the rich
nurturing shelter,
of the sun, all
the
abundant supply of water,

to
and the ardent rays

the
combining
crown the hopes of

as
husbandman
and
these situations
would have stood prominent
perfect in the creation,
had nature
blessed
them with a climate
cor-
responding in character to their lovely appearance.
" But putrefaction into

riads,"
life
ferments, and breeds destructive
my-
and
like the apples of the Asphaltus, the inviting
beauty of
the exterior forms but a gossamer covering to the seeds of death
which lurk within.

14.
On
the sides of the
mountains, the vegetation seems
to
be
somewhat
inferior in luxuriance,
and may be accounted
for
from the
reason, that the angle at which the sun's rays strike the ground,
and
consequently their power of imparting caloric, varies with the exposure of the
soil relatively to
the luminary.
The
eastern face of the
mountains
rising almost perpendicularly, can only for half the

its
day
receive the rays running even parallel to

therefore be trifling,
surface, their effect
must
and
is
for
many
is
hours in the warmest part of the
afternoon, the surface

15.
entirely obscured in shadow.

as varied as the climate.
The
aspect of the country
On
the
elevated plateau, a succession of gentle undulations of pasture

arable lands, intersected by green
rills
and
the
swampy meadows with

rise in endless
bare banked
to
streaming through the centre,

tree disturbs the
continuation
view; not a
wide prospect, although the individual

the centre in magniin
farm-steadings proclaim a country which has long enjoyed the blessings of peace.
ficent ranges,
The craggy mountains
rise in
and are divided by a thousand chasms,
whose depths
run clear gushing water, and tangled bushes and evergreen shrubs
diversify
the
cliffs,
many
of
which are covered with magnificent

to
woods.
In every nook and coigne of vantage, are
be seen and scentstore of
ed the eglantine and the jessamine, and an inexhaustible
sweet-smelling flowers; the strips of intervening slope, the most desirable sites for residence, are clothed in luxuriant crop
and herbage,
and smiling
fed
by the oozing streams

from the gigantic
of the
mountain
and the
rich
vallies repose at the foot of the range, hid in all the

foliage
ticus,
exuberance of
of forty feet in
whose stem
is
upwards
258
circumference,
prized
16.
Agricultural and
to
Land produce
of Shoa.
[No. 148.
the light elegant acacias which distil the
much-
gum.
The
absolute necessity of taking due advantage of the appointed
season of rain, rather than any fixed purpose of economizing time
and labour, enforces some
faint attempts at
arrangement and division
of employment for the various
months
seed-time and harvest, however,
form the two great periods of exertion, and there are but few other
agricultural operations to
mark
the remaining seasons of the year.
Whilst not actually employed

led to attend the king
upon the ground, or when not compel-
on his military expeditions, the Abyssinian pea-
sant drives a wandering trade throughout the country, disposing of his
farm produce, horses, mules,

out holiday, or
J
asses,
&c,
or leads an idle
life,
with-
much amusement
at
home.
7.
The
following table will serve as a register of work and wea:
ther in general accordance with Abyssinian custom and observance
1841.
Teok.
January.
for the
Fine cold dry weather, sow barley
February
rain,
make
heaps of top parings, burn and plough in the ashes, gather in the
September crop of
cotton.
Great Military expedition.
Yekkateet.
February.
to
Rain of "bounty" from the 5th

beans, grain
2d March; sow barley,
peas,
and wheat.
Mugabeet.
March.
heavy rain on the
17th, 23d,
Fine weather from the 2d

24th and 25th
;
to 16th,
sow barley and red wheat.

Maazia.
April.
Light shower during the month; 23d, two slight shocks of earth-
quake; sow cotton; gather
in
September crop of
Ginebate.
May.
cotton.
Wind N. E.
month
;
very strong and cold, rain towards the end of the

in the valley.
sow juwaree and other grains

Sunnee.
June.
till
Occasional heavy storms of rain, hail and wind

the rain of " covenant" regularly sets in.
of barley, &c.
;
the 25th,
when
Gather the January crops
sow
teff,
barley, wheat, juwaree, peas
and beans shear

;
sheep, extract honey from the hives.
Military expedition.
1844.]
Agricultural
and Land produce

Amlee.
of Shoa.
259
July.
chillies,
Heavy
plant.
rain
and
fog,
sun seldom seen, weed crops, and make trench-
es in the fields, plant tobacco,
goomun, gourds,
onions and
oil
Naasie.
August.
with occasional sunshine during
Heavy
the day
;
rain
and
fog, chiefly at night,
weed
crops.
Muscaram.
September.
sow
cotton.
Heavy
of Troops.
rain
till
the 15th, plough,
Grand annual review
Tecumpt.
October.
Clear, cold weather with piercing
wind from E., hoar
frost
dur-
ing the nights, cut grass for winter hay.

early
Commence
gathering in the
June
crops.
Commence
the
ploughing.
Hedar.
No vember.
Great Military expedition.
Heavy
rain on
12th, gather in remains of July crops, also
the April cotton crop.
Shear sheep, continue ploughing, extract honey
from the hives.

Tessas.
December.
in
A
18.
dry cold month with strong easterly winds, a slight covering
of ice appearing
on the
pools,
continue ploughing for February rains.
There does not
exist
any land measurement

;
the country,
nor any returns whatever of produce or population

observation during
but from a careful

I
many
journeys in every direction,
have calculat-
ed that one-fifth of the whole surface of Shoa

to
may
be fairly considered
be under cultivation, whilst two-fifths are preserved as good mealand,
dow
and the remaining
two-fifths
may
be stated
to
be very indif-
ferent soil, forest or impracticable rock.

19.
The
Christian population of Shoa and
its
dependencies, has
in a former despatch
been roughly estimated at a million of souls, and

tributaries at a million
the
Moslem and Galla

its
and a
half.
As
this posoil,
pulation derives
entire subsistence
(2)
from the produce of the
even allowing two

al,
pounds
of grain per
diem
to
each individu-
(and any Abyssinian will devour double the quantity,) the amount
annually consumed,
fourth
would be 1,825,000,000
In countries where the
lbs.,
and giving onehusbandry has
more
for
beasts of labour
and burden, the amount would be

art of
2,281,250,000
lbs.
260
Agricultural and
Land produce
of Skoa.
is
\_No. 148.
made
the highest advances, six (0) pounds of grain
reckoned a high
weight of crop per ninety-nine (99) square
feet,
and granting
of grain
to
the imperfect cultivation of Abyssinia one-half of this produce, the extent of ground required to realize the above
amount
would be
is
2,700 square miles, and as calculating that the Shoan population

scattered over
an area of about 159 miles in length by about 90

this
in
breadth,
it
would appear from
rough calculation, as well as from

is
actual observation, that about one-fifth of the country
under the
plough.
The
surplus of product annually imported into the country
of the Adaiel
ficiently
vest,
and elsewhere, together with the seed

for,
corn, will be suf-
accounted
is
by the produce of the supplementary har-
which
always taken advantage of by the more industrious
farmer.
20.
The ground
belongs partly to the king, partly to the temporary
resident governors of the districts,

selves.
and partly
to the inhabitants
field
them-
Where
there
is
no previous right existing, a
can be pur-
chased by a private individual on payment to the governor of a regulated
present of honey, cloth or pieces of

;
salt,
and subject
to
an
annual taxation of produce
but
all
the
more favored
spots of the
country already appertain to his majesty, whether in pasture or arable land,
and the royal magazines

course varies according to
in the district
for grain
and farm produce,
are
profusely studded over every portion of the kingdom.
The
price of
field of
its size
and
locality, bearing a no-
minal value
from three
to
is
twenty-five
ever in the
German crowns
first
but neither money nor value in kind
instance paid
down by
the purchaser, the present

fee,
is
alone
the village as an entrance
and the holder
made to is made
the governor of
accountable
for
rent, according to the will
and pleasure
of the
Government
authority.
the
Neither can a
man
part with his field to
any individual without

be
first
express consent of the governor,

present,
who must
propitiated by a
and
in the event of compliance, the half of the
annual rent
is
assigned to the original proprietor as the

21.
payment
by
of his land.
his
The
king's fields are cultivated either
numerous
slaves
who who
receive but a scanty pittance of food for their labour
by the
vo-
luntary working of the whole district en masse, or by free peasants

receive as compensation a portion of rent-free
ground
for their
subsistence
and expenses
a third of their labour being demanded by
1844.]
Agricultural
261
lots of land,
the king, they are allowed to
work two days on

day
is
their
own
is
whilst the labour of the third

property.
appropriated to his majesty's
The produce
of the different allotments,
however quite
sufficient for their subsistence,
and
for the
establishment which they
are obliged to entertain
The
possession of a donkey, a pair of bullocks,
a slave, and a
woman
to grind grain being absolutely indispensable,
as all the various offices of farmer
and
miller,
from the preparation of the

class.
ground,
scribe
is
to the
sacking of the flour, are performed by this
A king's
alone retained in each district, to enter into his books the

received into the royal magazines under his charge.
the
amount
22.
The governors armed with

and
omnipotent authority of the

fashion their
despot, each play the autocrat in their
own domains, and
habits
privileges after those of their royal master.
Their
fields
are cultivated in the
same manner
as those of his majesty,
with the
additional facility of enforcing the oppressed inhabitants to grant, for
a very inadequate compensation in grain,
many days
labour in each
of the great agricultural operations of ploughing, sowing, reaping,
win-
nowing, &c. &c.

23. All other persons possessing ground, are obliged to pay a certain
fluctuating tribute to the governor, according to the will
and option
of that great officer of the state, in grain, honey, farm-stock, cloth, or

salt pieces;
and
as
his
majesty besides taking from
his
governor
is
as an inauguration fee
from four
to six
hundred crowns,
(unless
presents are frequently

for
cattle,
and voluntarily made) continually sending

in quantities, these offerings fall
and honey, and sheep,

all classes
;
hard upon
for
should the governor give entirely from his

himself soon totally impoverished
;
own means, he would
find
and
gift,
should he tax the people too roughly in the preparation of this
complaints would invariably reach the royal ear, which are certain to
strip the offender of his
government and remaining property.

the mountains are generally
to
24.
The
fields are
not measured, but merely divided by means of small
ditches
and
stones,
and on the
it
face of
of so diminutive a size, that
has been found necessary

falling
enact an
ordinance
regarding
the
accidental
of seed
upon a neigh-
bour's field,
will of
and
it
has been decreed by the king, that such being the
Providence, no squabbling, nor disturbance shall henceforward
take place, but that each shall enjoy in peace
what
is
found
in his
own
262
field.
Agricultural and
Land produce
in a
of Shoa.
[No. 148.
Hedges are unknown, except
few of the greatest thorough;
fares to enclose
and render more impassable the muddy lanes
and
the boundaries in pasture land are simply

erected apart at great intervals.
marked by
large
stones
25. In consequence of this

ally trespassing
want
of enslosure animals are continu-
among
and
the grain, and the regulations on this point

stricly
is
are clearly defined
adhered
;
to.
If the stray animal be a
horse or a mule, the bridle
the forfeit
if
a donkey, a dowla of grain
must be paid
the animal
is
and
if
a goat or sheep, one of the legs being tied up,
carried before the governor,

is
who
ascertains the damage,
and the proprietor
compelled to pay the exact amount of destrucbeing moreover obliged to swear by the king's
tion, called affelama,

life,
that the animal shall in future be kept in
due
is
restraint.
26.
The
process
of
paring and
burning
in
general
soil,
practice,
without reference
to the
quantity or quality of the
a portion of
ashes in some
which by
this operation,
becomes reduced
to ashes.
The
situations,
and
the
in the absence of extended

effect of
means
as a
of conveyance,
have
certainly
acting favorably
manure, and besides

soil
obtaining in some degree the object of fertilizing the

is
the process
also
advantageous in destroying the weeds and rubbish.

to fatten the soil, is
This their
only attempt
mentioned as being in use in the
most ancient recorded system of agriculture,

" Saepe etiam
steriles
incendere profuit agros,
Cotque levem stipulam crepitantitrio urere flammis."
But
the system in
modern husbandry has been very nearly exploded

bog lands.
Shovels
after-
as erroneous
and
inefficacious, except in obstinate
and spades are unknown
in
this
land,
and the heaps are
wards scattered over the surface of the ground, by the hands

the village urchins,
of
who may
be seen scratching and scraping at the

little
earth like dogs, their utter nakedness being but
concealed by the
enveloping cloud of red dust.

27- In all the districts of Shoa, a regular system of cropping has been
established,
and these
rotations of crops are scarcely ever departed from,

soil
founded on the principle of preserving the
from becoming utterly
impoverished, and depending also upon the qualities and the diversity
of the situations; but altogether indicating the very small
advancement
made by
the Abyssinian in the art of agriculture.
1844.]
Agricultural
teff,

jewarree, cotton,
oil
263
28. In the valleys,

succession.
and wheat follow in

in alternate seasons,
is left
On
the high country, barley and wheat

of the table land, the
and in the cold moors

one year
ground
fallow for
to recover itself, before a fresh crop be
taken from the exhaustis
ed material.
Every quality
of soil, however,
at
not adapted
to the
growth of wheat, nor would the crop arrive

tion,
fogs,
maturity in every situa-
owing
to the
bleakness of the elevation and the tempestuous blasts,

crest of these high
and vapours which cover the
mountains
and
in these districts, peas, beans,
and barley form the successive

soil is hills,
crops.
29.
On
the table land, the best
of a rich
brown
color,
which
is
found on the sheltered sides of the
and the loamy

Black
soil
is
alluvial deposit
running along the banks of the

on this mountains, and
forests,
river.
rarely
met with
but
may
probably be the decomposition of those

as once existing in
which tradition gives
ancient days,
of
which now no other vestige remains.
Stones are plentifully spread

fall
over the surface of the field to break the
of the
heavy
soil
rains,
and
compact walls are built on every

carried
slope, to
prevent the
from being
away by
the impetuous rush of the water.
30. In the valleys,
and more especially

soil
in the
governments of Ged-
dem and
Geshe, the richest black
prevails throughout,
and with the

val-
aid of a plentiful supply of water,

leys appear
all
is
and a mild genial climate, the
one continuous scene of the most luxurious cultivation of
the produce
light, loose,
known
in Abyssinia.
On
the mountain sides the soil

for the
and gravelly, and well adapted

fair
growth of
coffee
and tea; besides granting a

are deposited.
return of the various grains which
Manure
is
difficult of
conveyance, without the con-
venience of wheel carriages, which are entirely
unknown
is
in Shoa,
and
with the exception of the ashes of the top paring,
seldom applied in
common
tical
cultivation, as
it is
fully believed that the cattle
and sheep,
all
during their daily pasturage, afford a sufficiency of manure for

purposes.
is
prac-
31. Artificial irrigation
resorted to in every situation
where a
supply of water can be obtained without

onions, chillies
much
trouble,
and crops of
river sides,
and gourds are grown
in patches
its
by the
bed.
where the water can be easily diverted from

farms are in general, from their choice
The
king's
localities,
well watered and

for the
clearly cultivated; the slopes of the hills are
admirably adapted
2q
264
dispersion
side.
Agricultural
of the
and Land produce of

rills
Shoa.
No. 148.
the mountain
numerous
which
trickle
down
The
valleys in the low country are completely intersected with
tiny canals,
and the extent

is
of ground,
which by a judicious opening

is
of artificial trenches,
ing.
watered by these small runnels
surpris-
32.
But
the divisions of the field are neither neatly made, nor care;
fully kept in order
there
is
no levelling of the ground, and no raised
banks
sists
to enclose the
smaller plots, in the preservation of which con-
the perfection of this system, and in consequence the water flows

entirely
floating
very irregularly,
field,
some of the lower parts

left
of
the
whilst the more elevated
are
destitute of
the
requisite
moisture.
33.
At
all
convenient spots where the banks are level with the
stream, a few rocks are rudely placed in the water, jutting out a few paces from the bank, and by this simple contrivance, a sufficiency of
fluid
is
diverted from the overflowing stream.

water-course, which in
is
The
ladder,"
Amharic
is
denominated " the water
elaborately built with loose stones
and much and carefully

These canals are
supported in difficult places by wooden buttresses.

built
and kept
;
in repair
by the united
efforts of all
who
desire benefit
to their lands
but the tribute paid to the governor being taken ac-
cording to the value of the ground, the superior location to the middle class
is
of no advantage whatever, but merely entails a greater
portion of labour.
34.
A
and
moderately dry season
is
reckoned the most favorable
for a
superabundant crop of wheat and barley, but beans and jewarree, cotton,
grain
oil
require a plentiful rain.
A return
from the
field of
twentythir-
one times the quantity of deposited seed on the high land, and of
ty-four in the valley,
is
considered a most excellent crop for wheat,

;
barley
and
all
other grains, with the exception of jewarree
whilst a bad
season reduces the produce to ten or twelve in the former, and fifteen
or
twenty in the
latter situation.
is
35. Abyssinia, however,
happy
in a
most copious supply of water,
(the rains descending twice during the year,) in the flooding of all the
rivers
and streams, and the complete breaking of the entire

lasts for
earth.
The
with
" rain of bounty" commences in February and
one month,
and the
" rain cf covenant/'
commencing
in June, pours
down
844.]
Agricultural
265
extreme violence during July, August, and September, thus affording

during twelve months an abundant moisture
the succeeding sun soon brings to maturity.
36.
for
two harvests, which

ploughed at four
The ground
according to universal custom,
is
different times of the season,

cast; the seed is
and when the sky
is
cloudy and over-
committed
to the earth,
without the ceremony of har;
rowing, or otherwise pulverizing the large clods
where the steepness of

is
the mountains prevents the use of bullocks, the ground
broken up
with the pick-axe by the hand of the husbandman, but the instru-
ments of culture are of an exceedingly primitive fashion, and the impression
made upon
the hard baked
soil,
is
of a very imperfect
and
evanescent nature.
37.
The
oldest forms of the plough of
which we have any descrip;
tion in ancient authors, are very simple indeed
a mere wedge with

it
crooked handle
to
guide
it,
and a
short
beam by which
was drawn,
forming the component parts of the entire instrument, and the plough
now
used in Abyssinia seems to differ very slightly from the old model.
38. This
struction,
machine,
called
airsea,
is
extremely rude in
it
its
con-
and
so slight, that
a child might carry
in his
arms; the
share
is
of
wood and
slightly
armed with a tiny
bit of iron,
;
and
it
has
only one handle or shaft for the guiding hand of the driver
with such
an instrument, the peasant

double, and loading
pression whatever
it
is
under the necessity of bending almost
with his
own
weight, in order to
it
make any im-
upon the
soil,
otherwise
would glide innocuous
over the surface.

39.
From
the imperfect construction of this quaint
and primitive
plough, a clean furrow cannot be cut up and turned over, a rugged

rut being the utmost effect of the rude instrument
fore
it is
:
the soil can therefield,
only be broken by frequent crossing and recrossing the
and
evident, that however often traversed by a machine of this sort,
the wild roots of

that this
any tenacity can never be
entirely removed, so
mode
It is
of culture
so
must be always very
imperfect,
and the
necessity of
working
indeed.
many crossings a very great waste of labour no uncommon sight to see on the king's or governor's
work
together,
extensive domains, fifty or a hundred ploughs at

the fields are never divided into ridges,
and as
and neither order nor regu-
266
Agricultural and
Land produce
is
of Shoa.
[No. 148.
larity preserved, the feeble scratching
carried on in every direction

to turn.
wherever the animals can find the requisite room

40.
The
pick-axe, called
" domah,"
is
fashioned from
the tough
wood of the " Lobinsa," having a crooked head inclining at an angle

of 45 towards the shaft, which
in length
;
is
straight,
is
and from two
to three feet
the head of the crook
armed with a heavy
piece of shar-
pened
iron,
which can be fixed either perpendicularly or horizontally,

at pleasure into a hatchet or a hoe.
called
and transformed
41.
The
sickle,
"
maachet"
;
is it
short, slightly curved, with

is
the edge indented, or cut into teeth

description of crop, cutting grass
employed
in reaping
every
and hay, and even
at times used for
lopping
42.
away branches and bushes. The seed is covered in by one

which
for this
of the light scratchy performances

is
of the plough,
purpose
driven rapidly over the

is
field,
and during the prevalence of the monsoon, the farmer

in ploughing trenches
employed
through the wheat
fields, to
carry off the super-
abundant moisture. The women and children are

ripening on the ground, a basket-work
in
fully occupied in hoeis
ing the crops, and keeping them clear of weeds; and whilst the grain
is
erected
of
upon a high tripod
every
field,
and the ingenious youth
the district are posted
on these stages with slings and whips

ing the day-time.
to frighten
away
the birds dur-
When
the fields in the vallies are situated near the
haunts of elephants, the largest trees are selected, and rude ladders
bound along the trunks leading

ches
for
to a place of refuge
amongst the branthe crops

is
the labourer, during
the
inroads
made on
by
the huge
monarch
fires
of the forest,
who
in this country
not easily
turned by
and shouting, and whose displeasure

is
at being distursacrifice
bed at his meals,

intruders.
generally manifested
by the
of the
43.
On
the crop arriving at maturity, a bundle of grain

in
is
is
cut,
and fastened up
" animete," and
to
an elaborate and handsome form.
This
is
called
presented as a token of joy to the governor, or

;
some near
relation
the reaping thus

as
commences with every
availis
able
hand on the farm, female
well as male, and the grain

is
cut high up in the stalk, the half of which

root for the use of the cattle,
left
attached to the
and the remainder with the ear stored
1844.^)
Agricultural and
Land produce
of Shoa.
267
dried
in piles
on
the
field,
for
the purpose
of being
thoroughly
and hardened
44.
in the sun.
is
The
is
threshing out of the wheat, barley and jewarree,

field
per-
formed in the
by the tramp of muzzled oxen, and the other proopen air by means of long crooked sticks
duce
also cleaned in the
wielded by the arms of the sturdy peasants, in as short a time as possible; bread
and beer being prepared
in great quantities.
to his
The farmer
;
hires
his
immediate neighbours according
means
hundreds
assemble on the spot, the process commences with an uproarious song

of exultation,
and a most animated scene of

is
noise, labour
and confusion
It
is
ensues, until the grain

strange, that the
entirely separated from

their emigration
the straw.
Jews on
did
not introduce
rollers
into
Abyssinia,
among
their other
improvements, the
and wheels of
wood, and the more perfect system in use at the time in their
own
is
country, to facilitate the operations of threshing; but here, as in the

earliest
days of patriarchal
simplicity,
the same pristine fashion
preserved.
" And round and round, with never- wearied pain,
The trampling
45. After the grain
steer breaks out the

is
unnumbered grain."
it
trodden out,
is
winnowed, by throwing
it
up against the breeze with a wooden

tinued until the pure wheat
is
ladle, the operation being conIt
is
entirely separated from the chaff.

to the
then gathered into a heap, and carried in skins
dwelling of
the owners, to be stored
up within
the walls of the domicile in wicker

is
baskets and large earthen jars; for a detached barn

seen in Abyssinia belonging to a private individual.
is
nowhere
to
be
The
treading floor
usually an open area, well levelled and consolidated with white
earth
and cow-dung; but notwithstanding
this operation,
some particles
of the earth are often

gritty
mixed with the
grain,
which makes the bread
and
disagreeable.
46. After the
wheat
is
well cleared,
it
is
exposed
to the
sun on a
white skin, for the purpose of completely hardening the pickles, and
pounded
in a
deep narrow wooden mortar,
to
remove the husk,
this
operation being performed by two

long
women, who
alternately ply their
wooden
pestles to the notes of a

is
most monotonous song. The pro-
cess of
grinding the grain
also allotted to the females, as well as
that of preparing the bread.
268
47.
Agricultural
QNo. 148.
The grinding mill is in shape like the shoe worn in the days Queen Elizabeth. The frame-work, about two feet in height, is composed of wood, straw, and mud, and supports a large smooth slab of
of
stone, inclining at a considerable angle from the heel to the toe.
The
female stands at the heel of this gigantic slipper, and with a loose
fragment of hard rock, held between both her hands, contrives by dint
of great personal
exertion,
and by rocking
herself to
and
fro in
truly uncomfortable position, to bruise the grain into a form some-
what resembling
48.
flour,
which descends
in scanty streams over the toe

its
of the machine, into the vessel placed for
reception.
yeast,
The
flour
is
then
mixed with water and
(sour dough
foot
macerated in hot- water,) and worked up into large thick cakes, a
and a half
leaves
in diameter,
which are very carefully covered with the
of the
plantain.
Each cake
is
then
individually
enclosed
is
between two earthen pans, a strong
fire
of charcoal
and cow-dung
next heaped about the locomotive oven, and in half an hour the crushed
matter
is
considered ready for use, which a well-fed Indian elephant

reject,
would most probably

baking in future.
49.
classes,
with some hint
to his keeper, of better
The
and
foregoing
is
is the most superior bread used by the wealthy denominated " daboo ;" but there are numerous other
methods of preparing grain
for food,
from the mere roasting the
pickles,
and mixing the

to
this
different sorts according to the palate of the proprietor,
grand
attempt in the art of bakery, running through
all
the grades of
sa,"
" heliot," " anababroo" " anabroot" " deffoo" " ame" debeema" " deemookta" and " kilta," the first four of these
teff,
being composed of wheaten flour, and the remainder of

jewarree, barley, and peas.
50.
gram,
The
various flours used in the preparation of all these
cakes
being mixed up with water until they form a batter of moderate consistency are poured upon the griddle, somewhat like pancakes, and excepting those
of eyes,
and considerably
ticular in
made from pea and gram flour, are all spungy and full sour. The natives, however, are not very parthese preparations, and the grain in a raw state, more especiand
barley, appear to satisfy their cravings equally
in use.
ally gram, beans,

as the
most refined method
51.
The
following
table
gives
the generic
English and Amharic
)..
1844.]
Agricultural

and useful products
269
at present
names
of forty-three species of grain
cultivated in Shoa.
Besides supplying their
own immediate
is
wants,
and those
working
of a herd of clerical drones,
who devour
salt lake,
the fruits of the
classes, there is still
a considerable surplus, which
bartered
to the lazy
Adaiel for the product of his

;
which
yields her
restrictions
crop without ploughing or sowing
and were the despotic
but removed from the subject, and a small portion of European know,
ledge instilled into the
minds
of the cultivators, the
kingdom
of
Shoa
might be made one inexhaustible granary
for all the fruits of the earth.
52. Table of useful products, cultivated in Shoa:
Genera.
English.
Amharic.
Missur.
..
Ervum
lens,
..
Vetch,
Cicer arietinum,
Gram,
Pea,
Coriander,
Sh umbra.
Allur.
Pisum sativum,
Coriandrum sativum,
Sinapis nigra,
1.
Dimbilal.
Mustard,
Senna
fetch.
Triticum,
Wheat,
" 2nd
" 3rd
sort,
Sendi azazee.
Aboolsee.
2.
3.
1.
sort,
Zohcongumber.
Gebs.
Hordeum
hexastichon,
. .
Barley,
2.
3.
" 2nd " 3rd

Oats,
sort, sort,
Zujulkupsoo.
Mooga.
A vena
pullens
..
. .
Gerama.
Tef.
Poa Abyssinica,
Vicia faba,
. .
Beans,
Tobacco,
Bakkela.
Nicotiana tabaccum,
1.
Tumbaco.
Mashilla.
2.
Zea Mais, " ..

"
" "
..
..
..
.. ..
Jowarree, "
Waggare.
.
3.
4.
..
. .
White
large fruit,
stalk,
..
.
Gorondjo.
..
..
Very long
. .
Yakkun
Tehara
ehliel.
5.
..
Perfectly white,
..
..
kit.
..
7.
8.
. .
Mixed red and white, .. Kultatoo. Red used for making beer, Zungada.
Short-stalk large fruit,
.
Atchara.
Koliey.
,j
9.
. .
Red used
for
making
beer,
10.
Fruit hanging on sepa,a.|

rate threads,
Tattare<
270
11.
12.
Agricultural

..
[No. 148.
Zea Mais, "
..
..
Black, very sweet,
Tikureta.
Effailash.
Linum
usitatissimum,
tinctoria,
. .
Lint,
Safflower,
Tulliah.
Lorf.
Carthamus
..
.. ..
Oil Plant,
Ditto,
Noog.
Sulleit.
Musa
paradisiaica,
..
. .
Banana,
Moos.
Berberri.
Capsicum,
Red Pepper,
Tameesh.
Geviega.
Unkerdad.
"
Citrus medica,
Citrus, var
. .
..
.
Small beans
Citron,
Affdaugooriz.
Thuringa.
Lime,
Loomy.
Yehburkeel.
Cucurbita pepo,
Pumkin,
Larger cane,
...
Saccharum officinarum,
Cucurbita lagenaria,
.
Shumgool. Khul.
of Hops,
.
Gourd,
Used instead
Coffee,
Gesho.
Coffea Arabica,
..
?
. .
..
. .
..
Boon.
Till.
Gossypium
53.
Cotton,
The sugar cane

is
is
planted at any time of the

in the
year
where
water
obtainable, but
more particularly
month
of June, be-
fore the
commencement
of the
monsoon
the slips are set in the ground
about a foot apart, and are suffered

of wild seeds.
to root
and grow up
like a
it is
bunch
near the
stick,
The cane is ground, and new

to
tall,
ripe in the second year,
when
cut over
old
shoots allowed to spring
up from the
which come
is
maturity after a lapse of two or three seasons.
The cane
other,
scraggy,
and
thin, the joints being closely set to each
and containing
little
saccharine juice, owing to the want of
skill in cultivation,
is
and
to
a proper attention
to the soil.
The
is
cane
used in
its
natural state, as the manufacture of sugar

is,
entirely
unknown
men, the
in Shoa. It
gift of
however, highly prized, and among the great

is
a very small bundle of sugar-cane
esteemed a great
token of love.
54.
Tradition gives to the country of Enarca and Caffa the indi-
genous residence of the coffee plant, spread by the Civet cat over
the various localities
occupied
by the
Illoo
and Aroose Galla
it
1844.]
Agricultural

all
271
has flourished for ages in wild profusion over
the mountains,
and
was thence transported,
five
hundred years
ago,
by an enterprising
is
trader to the coast of Arabia.
In Shoa Proper, the cultivation
directly interdicted, as savouring too strongly of the abhorred
Mahoin
medan
and although the plant grows strong and healthy

is
the
proper situations, the Christian inhabitant

freshing
debarred from this redistricts,
and valuable produce.
In the bordering
is
however,
subject to the despot, the restriction
not enforced
is
the plantations are
numerous, and among

ply of the sober berry.
all
the Galla tribes, there
a never-failing sup-
55. Planted before the rains, the seed soon appears above ground,
and when
of
six
months
old, the seedling

tree.
is
transferred to take the place
some old and decayed
Water and
crop,
is
the
manure
full
of sheep are
is
plentifully supplied,
and the
which from a
bearing tree
generally from thirty to forty pounds,
gathered in March and April.

is
The shrub
averages from eight to ten feet in height, the foliage
dark
It
and shining, and the branches are thickly studded with

crop in the second season
fruit.
takes six years to arrive at full maturity, although producing a slight

;
it
grows luxuriantly
in
any sheltered
situa-
tion in the vallies, delighting in the soil
which has been gradually
washed down from the adjacent

of the trap rock.
56.
heights, produced by a decomposition
The
berries are in the first instance of a dark green,
which
becomes red before pulling, and at the same time, a whitish milkylooking pulp called " gullabroo,"
cle
it
fills
up the place between the
cuti-
and seed
is
after the crop
is
shaken and gathered from the branches,

dries
spread out in the sun until the pulp
upon the berry

from
the
the seeds are kept one

the pulp,
month
in the sun, before being extracted
and during the drying operation are never placed

;
in
house, but kept freely ventilated outside
they are afterwards packed in
dry leather bags, and carried
to the
market.
The
seeds intended for
the plantation are retained enclosed in the dry pulp,
and are planted

welloften
by the hand-full
watered.
in a small plot,
is
which
is
carefully
manured and
and
is
The
used mixed
57.
sold separately from the bean, with the decoction of the " chaat"
" gullaba"
The
ruler of
Hurrur does not

;
suffer
any importation
2 R
of coffee
into his
own dominions
neither from Shoa nor from the country of
272
Agricultural
[No. 148.
in this article
the Gallas. For the better security of his

at the ports of
own monopoly
is
is
Zayla and Berberri, the plant

;
successfully
and excompa-
tensively cultivated
rison with
but the price given at Hurrur
high in
what
is
paid in Abyssinia, and the average prices demandat
ed
ri,
for the
commodity by the Hurrur merchants

be exactly those customary at
Zayla and Berberin the
seem
to
Maysawa
Red
Sea,
varying from five pence to seven pence a pound.

58.
The
impracticable state of the tedious road to the sea coast,
the lazy indifferent character of the Danatiel camel owners, who, regardless of the value of time, spend
months upon the journey, and
the
fitful
caprice
continually displayed
by the various
chieftains
to
throughout the whole tract which the caravans are necessitated

pass, all
form great obstacles
to
the conveyance of the cheaper produce
from Abyssinia, which might, however, be overcome by British power
and
British perseverance.
59.
But according
coffee
to all
collected
native reports, in Caffu and
Enarea the
try
;
grows like a weed over the rich surface of the counis
the beverage
is
in universal use
among
the inhabitants, the price
paid
almost nominal, and the conveyance of water carriage, which

is
may
be afforded by means of the great river Gochof,
alone requisite
to transport the
product to any quantity to every portion of the globe,
to the great profit of the speculator,
and
to the
honor of the Govern-
ment which should
carried this beneficial measure into effect.
60. Cotton grows in the sheltered nooks, on the eastern face of the
mountains, and in the vallies at the extreme foot of the range
but
from the superior luxuriance of the plant, and the amount of crop
which
is
produced in the valley ground, the natural climate seems
to
be in those sheltered spots which
much
resemble, in atmosphere, the
more favored
which varies
parts of
Kandeesh and Guzarat. upwards of seven
The
plant
is
a shrub
in size according to the locality

;
and supply of water, from

it
three feet in height to
assumes generally the

to
shape of a pyramid, the lowermost branches extending in width

nearly the entire height of the bush, the leaves are of a large
stalk appears
size, the
more
ever
soft
and yielding, and the whole appearance

is
of the
of
plant in every situation

the species
cotton, to
I
more healthy and luxuriant than any
saw
in India, with the exception of the
Bourbon
which the Abyssinian cotton bears a considerable external
844.]
Agricultural and
Land produce of Shoa.

is
;
273
resemblance.
In some spots the plant
gigantic,
measuring seven,
of a very
eight, and nine inches in circumference
and the advantages
productive crop twice during the year, and the existence of the plant
during
five seasons, together

first
with the heavy crop of particularly fine

season, give this species a most deserved
wool, even during the
pre-eminence.
61.
The
cotton seed
is
placed for a time in
wood
ashes,
and then
is
well rubbed with red earth before planting, and when the locality
favorable for irrigation, water
are two kinds, the
fashion,
is
invariably given to the plant.
There
Gondar
species
which grows in a spreading dwarfy
and the other that
of Efat,
which
rises tall
and
straight from
the ground, but the seeds of both are planted together in the
field,
same
though the produce

species
is
is
separated in gathering in the crop.
The
Gondar
finer
reckoned the superior of the two, the wool being
and the
cloth produced softer
and more
elastic;
but the plant en-
joys a shorter existence, as the Efat species remains productive in the
ground
for four
;
and
it
is
five years, whilst that of
Gondar
is
exhausted
after the third
also
customary
to
cut the Efat plant over on

is
the fifth year, close to the ground, which
ploughed up and sown
with wheat or other grain, and on the removal of the crop, the young
cotton shoots have appeared well above the ground,
and produce
for
two
further seasons.
62.
The pod when

off,
ripe
is
cut with a knife, the husk immediately

in a bag.
taken
and the wool forthwith deposited

pod
is
No
dirt
is
any
where
discernible, as the
cut directly from the tree and great
care taken in conveying the cotton wool into the sack.
One
full bear-
ing bush produces between four
and
five
pounds of raw
stuff,
twice
during the twelve months.
The
processes of cleaning, teasing,
bowing
and twisting are entirely performed by the women, who extract the
seeds in a house
is
by means
of a
smooth stone and an iron spindle, which

without bruising them,
is
merely rolled over small portions at a time, the strength of the
female
or in
arm being
sufficient to expel the seeds,

fibre.
any way injuring the
common bow
then used in the
process of teasing this wool,
and
as spinning wheels are
unknown
in this
country, the thread

is
is
twisted by
means
of the ancient spindle,
which
the
same now
in use
among
the Indian
hammauls and
brinjarris;
left
the spinning
motion being given by a rapid pressure between the
274
Agricultural

hand
is
[No. 148.
palm and naked

air, for
thigh, whilst the right
carried high in the
the operation of roving.
63.
Where time
is
not of value, and where the labour of

is
women
is
held exceedingly cheap, the want of machinery
in a
;
by these enduring and hard-working creatures

utmost
or four
efforts of
manner supplied and although the

cleaned in due
is
a female can but prepare the small quantity of three

still
pounds during the day,
the crop
is
all
season,
and the manufacture of
cloth,
though coarse,
exceedingly
durable, and at present forms the great staple of exportation from
Shoa.
ing so
At
this present
juncture when the Government are expend-
much
treasure to enable the East India merchant to compete
with the American in the British market, an extended experiment

of the qualities
and
properties of the Abyssinian cotton

it is
might be ad-
vantageously made, and

will prove satisfactory,
natural to be supposed, that the result

consider the greater attention paid to
the great assimilation of climate,
at present practis-
when we
preparing and manuring the
soil,
and the mode

ed in India.
64.
of gathering in
and cleaning the crop
The
following
is
the description of the two cotton plants found

seeds sprinkled
;
in Abyssinia,
hairs, cotton
Gossypium Gondarense,
lobes
with short
white; capsules three-celled, three- valved

;
flowers large,
yellow, leaves three-five lobed
seeds completely covered with a close

three-celled, three-valved
three-five lobed.
;
commonly obtuse. " Efatense," down; cotton white, capsules

Leaves
flowers, small with a red fundus.
Lobes accuminated.
sorts of
65.
There are two prime
wheat, the white called " azazee,"

is
is
and the red " zohoon goombar" (elephant tusk,) which

denomination of a species
also the
common
in Syria; the white
the more
prized of the two, possessing the ingredients of a finer flour, easier of

digestion,
and from
its color,
being entirely used in the bread of the
more wealthy
classes.
is
The
red species, however, possesses an exceeding sweet flavor,

plant,
the
more hardy
and grows generally
in situations
where the white

is
wheat cannot
thrive.
third,
but inferior species, called " abolsee"

;
cultivated only by the poorer classes of people
of barley also there exists

is
three kinds, but this grain, together with oats, use of the slaves
raised rather for the
and farm
stock, than as food for the farmer, all other
1844.]
Agricultural
and Laud produce of Shoa.
275
is
grain being preferred to this, which
when employed
for
family use,
added in very minute quantities

species.*
66.
to
a large proportion of some other
There
is
no perceptible difference between either the Abyssinian
or the various oil plants,
and
those
common
'
in India
the
gram
is
re-
served exclusively for the food of man, and used either parched or
ground into
flour.
oil,
The
is
seed of the
loof or safflower, besides supply-
ing a fine clear
also prepared for food,
and being mixed with

salt,
the roasted pickles of
gram and red wheat, and seasoned with

'
forms the
the
common subsistence called kolo,' which is always taken by Amhara on his journeys and military expeditions. In the aball
sence of
machinery, the
is
oil is
extracted in a very simple manner,
although the process
tedious
and unprofitable, and of course attend-
ed with considerable bodily exertion.

stance slightly roasted over a slow
The
seeds are in the
first in-
fire,
then pounded in a wooden
mortar, and afterwards ground into a pulp on the hand-mill.

consistency
is
This
mixed with a modicum
of water
and boiled
in
an earth-
en pot, until the water be entirely absorbed in the operation.

oil
The
remains at the bottom of the
vessel,
and
is
refined
by repeated
strainings through a series of cloths.

67-
Tef bears much resemblance in
its
external appearance to rice,

situations.
and and
like that plant, delights in
low moist hot
The
color
size of the stalk also, in all its
forms and seasons, and the pecu;
liar aspect of
the light waving ear further increases the deception

is
but the grain
very minute indeed in
size,
is
oblong in shape, and pos-
sesses a pleasant
sweet
flavor,
and
as
it
one of the most expensive
articles of food, it is
seldom used individually in the preparation of

grain.
sorts are distinguished, reaches
bread, but
68.
mixed with some cheap

of
The juwarree,
which twelve
feet,
the enormous height of 15 and 18
the head
is
gigantic,
and
often
weighs
many
pounds, and the natives are fond of chewing the green
stalk, the juice of
which
is
agreeably sweet and refreshing.
Some of the
the
varieties
are used for food, whilst others,
and more
especially
* Secale nostrate carent Habessini, panem ex isto factum quum olfacerit Gregoverum tefum esse, et ipsissimum ten' odorem olere ajebat. Avenam satione indignam censebat, et a suis spemi dicebat. Hordeum enim, vel gramina plicata, equorum ibi pabulum est. Sobi Ludolfi Hist. JEth. Lib. 1. Ch, 3 and 4.
rius
276
Agricultural
[No. 148.
" zungada" and the "kolye'' are employed solely in the manufacture of beer.
lated at eight
The expected produce during
a good season,
is
calcuto the
;
hundred times the quantity of seed committed
ground, and a bad season produces half of the above enormous return
but the plant will not grow on the elevated plateaus, and
confined to the vallies below.
69.
is
entirely
Beans are eaten raw in the green

fast time.
state, or stored
up
for use
during
getable,
They
are very inferior in size to the European vecolor.

;
and are invariably of a dusky white
The
plants
themselves grow erect to about the height of two feet
the flowers of
a white color have dark spots in the centre, and the pods grow up-
wards in bunches.
Peas are used in the same manner as beans.

field,
They
are
sown broad-cast on the

any
and are
suffered to creep tan-
gled over the surface, without

70. Tobacco thrives well
is
artificial
support whatever.
all
and luxuriantly over
the country, and
cultivated
among the enclosures and gardens

priests,
to a considerable extent,
notwithstanding the anathemas of the
who having
falsely inter-
preted the words of Jesus Christ, " That which comethout of the mouth
of a
man
defileth
him," have interdicted the use of this narcotic, under
the penalty of exclusion from the churches.
There
is
a considerable
demand, however, among the Moslem part of the population, who are
freely addicted to its use,
to
and many of the Christians are even willing

leaf.
pay the penalty of inhaling the seductive

is
The
seed in Abysripe
sinia
for
planted during the
month
of July,
and the leaves are

greenand moist
plucking in December.
Whilst yet
in the
state, af-
they are pounded in a wooden mortar to a perfect paste, and
terwards worked up into small thin squares, like indigo cakes, which
are well dried in the sun, amongst a sprinkling of
tobacco grown at Hurrur, and
is
wood
ashes
but the
among
the mountains of the Ilto Galla,

is
cured in the leaf with saltpetre,
of a
bright yellow
colour,
of a remarkably good flavor,
resembling the finer sorts raised in
Arabia and Persia, and

from
71.
is
a great article of import into Shoa.
Cara-
vans continually arriving at Alio
Amba,
laden with this produce
Humur
The
and Churchur,
leaves of the "
gromum"
a gigantic species of very coarse
low cabbage, which grows

as onions, chillies,
to the height of eight or ten feet, as well tasteless gourd, are
and a kind of
used as
articles
1844.]
Agricultural and La7id produce of Shoa.
277
strictly
of sustenance during the long
weary
fastings
which are
im-
posed on the Abyssinian subject, but are rarely on other occasions
produced as adjuncts
to the
dinner board.
are thrown about the enclosure before the

season,
filth
The seeds of commencement
the
goomum
of the rainy
and soon
afford a supply of green food in the
accumulation of
which
encircles every hut, whilst the onions, chillies,
and gourds
are invariably raised in the immediate vicinity of running streams.

72.
The " chaat"
is
a shrub very extensively cultivated in Shoa
and the adjacent
countries,
and
is it
much
used by
all
the inhabitants
as a substitute for tea,

qualities.
for the
which
resembles in
all its properties
and
The
affinity in the
is
name with
the Hindoostanee term used
China plant,
passing strange, though
many words
of the
Amto
haric and Ethiopic,

possess a
and more particularly the Galla language, seem

This plant
is
common
origin.
said to
have been originally
brought from the western mountains, the elevation of which agree with
that of the Chinese tea districts, being from five to eight thousand feet
above the level of the

plain, or boiled in
qualities
sea.
The
leaves are alone used, either
chewed
milk or water, and sweetened with honey; the

bitter
and properties are

and
if
and stimulative,
like those of the
tea plant,
used in excess, prevent sleep entirely during the

is
night.
The shrub
cultivated in plantations, where the average heat
of the year
may
be about 60 in the shade; although the rays of the

;
sun are very powerful
it
thrives best in a light gravelly
soil,
and
and
grows
the
to the
height of twelve feet from the ground.
Planted during
month
of June, the leaves are plucked during the dry season,

;
simply exposed on a skin, until well dried in the sun
one pound
weight costing from one-penny

73.
to
two-pence in the bazaar.
The diminished import
of tea into
England has introduced the
" yerba mate" from Brazil and Paraguay.
The
virtues of the
it
'
chaat"
are equally to be appreciated; the beverage produced from

sion has a pleasant flavour, not unlike
by infu-
some of the eastern
teas,
and
as
the plant
'
is
said to be indigenous in
it
the countries watered
by the
Gochob,"
might be found convenient as a medium of exchange
for British
it
manufactures.
it is
From
the following description of the plant

as that used
will be seen, that
of the
same family
by the lower
is
orders
of the Chinese,
is
and that the climate
in
which the one
produced,
most suitable
for the cultivation of the
higher flavored,
278
Agricultural
[No. 148.
" Chaat,"
and more
delicate species so prized for foreign exportation.

is
the Abyssinian tea plant,
a shrubby plant
known
already under
the appellation " Celastrus eudules," and belongs to Pentandria
mono-
gynia, Linn, and to the natural family of " Celastrineae," or to that
sub-family "
ing with the petals.

itself supplies
Rhamnea" which have in the flower the stamens alternatThe family Rhamneae; viz the genus Rhamnus,
a substitute for tea to poor people in China, and
the
is
known under
gis,
name
of
Rhamnus
theozans.
Our
plant
may
be cha-
racterized as follows: frutex inermis, foliis oppositis, petiolatis oblon-
servato dentatis glabris.
Calys minimus, persistens.
Petala, 5
Stamina
locularis,
5, Petalis alternantia.
Fructus superns, oblonga, bacca, 8

Inflorescentia axil-
polyspermus vel abortive monospermus.
laris-cymosa, cymiredina stipulati.

tea
is
The
plant supplying the Paraguay
a species of Ilex, and belongs to the same family, Celastrinae,
sub order Aquifoliacese.

74.
The Lime
tree
grows wild in the
forests,
and seems
to
form a
favorite morsel for the elephant.
It is also cultivated in the gardens,
and used by the inhabitants

the preparation of leather,
for
many
culinary purposes, as well as in

of metals.
and the cleaning
species of
plantain, resembling in size the horse plantain of India, produces a

large description of luscious fruit in great
lies,
abundance among the

is
val-
and from the wild
species,
a stout light cordage
manufactur-
ed from the exterior coarse

of eight feet
;
fibres of the
stem which
rises to the height
but the inner
fibres are of
a very fine texture indeed,

stuff for
and might be used with advantage in the fabrication of

clothing.
The Abyssinian
is
flax,
however,
is
of a good quality, although

for the
at present only cultivated
on the face of the mountains

filled
;
sake of
the seed, which
large
is
and well
the stalk
is
very short, as no
importance whatever
attached to the growth of the plant for other

oil.
purposes than that of extracting the
In a moist spot, the reverse

it
would take
place,
and from the
fine
appearance of the seeds
may
be presumed, that a lengthy fibre could be very easily produced

country.
in the
Peaches do not attain any size in their present

is
localities;
and the vine

to the
only to be met with in some of the gardens belonging
Abyssinian epicures. There are three kinds, a large red, a very
small currant, and a small yellow grape.

sour,
it
But
the fruit
is
harsh and
ripens in April,
and
as
no care
is
taken of the plant in any of
1844.]
Agricultural
279
the delicate operations which long experience has proved in all countries to
be imperative, the result of the crop
is
one which might be
expected.
75.
The
grub, called tempash,
is
very destructive
to the crops,
eating
up
the roots of the
young plants
before they have acquired strength
and consistency.
finite
Baboons
the
exist in
numerous
fields;
colonies,
and
inflict in-
damage on
surrounding
troops of
two and three
hundred descend upon the grain during the night, and leave but
a small remnant for the proprietor.
flight to these elevated regions,
Locusts temporarily wing their
and devour every green herb; and

blights the hopes of the
a mildew called
(i
uramasioo^
husbandman,
fly also,
when
which
there happens to be
is
a scarcity of rain.
The Galla
as large as a bee,
abounds;
a great pest
to the cattle, sting-
ing them to the effusion of
much
blood,
and causing great pain and

advance made
bleeding from the puncture
but considering the very indifferent instru-
ments used
in
in the cultivation of the ground, the small
assisting the soil,

is
and the drawbacks just mentioned, the return
given
one which could hardly be anticipated.
76. Indeed, the seasons of Abyssinia, as well as the system of cultivation, are truly anomalous.
their copious floods
tils
Two
;
monsoons annually pour down
upon the earth
a plentiful exhalation of
for
dew
dis-
from the moist ground during the night
months
after the sup-
ply of water has been drained from the skies, and under this vivifying
influence, the plants shoot
alike
up with amazing luxuriance, refreshed
by the pure coolness of the morning breeze, and strengthened by
the strong heat of the

in
mid-day sun.
Two
harvests are yearly garnered

fat land,
by the provident husbandman from the
without
is
its
utter
exhaustion and impoverishment.
Whilst the ripe grain
being reaped
from one
field,
the seed
in
is
but just deposited in the next adjacent one

fertile soil in
its
the cattle
employed
ploughing up the
one location,
whilst the muzzled oxen are trampling out

in the
lately yielded treasures
next; and
all
the various processes of husbandry,
from
the
breaking up of the ground, to the winnowing of the grain,

witnessed in one small locality simultaneously.
" Hie ver assiduura, atque alienis mensibus acstas," " Bis gravidae pecudes,
bis
may
be
pomis
utilis
arbos."
77-
Although the keeping bees may
not, strictly
speaking,
come
2s
280
Agricultural and
Land produce
of
Shoa.
[No. 148.
within the range of agricultural pursuits, yet

to
it
appertains in general
li-
rural occupation, and in a country where vinous and spirituous
quors are not in use,
much honey
is
expended
in the fabrication of
hydromel, and forms a large item in the
profits of the farmer.
The
same customs
tised since the
prevail in this country
which have been generally prac-
days of Virgil
the whimsical one of

to settle,
making
a confused
clamour
to
induce the swarm
and that
to
of rubbing the inteto
rior of the hive
with sweet-scented herbs

is
induce the bees
remain.
78.
When
the juwarree
ripe in
November,
long stout seeds cover-
ed with the leaves of the sweet smelling kuskus, mingled with the
bruised stocks of other savory herbs, are set in the fields near the habitations of the wild insect,
flight
and when the young swarms take

is
their
from the parent nest, a loud shouting and noise

is
kept up until
is
a lodgment
made upon one

is
of the lures.
The swarm
then shak-
en into a hive, which

der, carried
to
fashioned of long grass in the form of a cylin-
the residency,
and suspended from the eaves
of the
house.
"
Hue
tu jussos asperge sapores,
Trita raelisphylla, et cerinthae ignobile gramen.
Tinnitusque
cie, et
Matris quate cymbala circum,
Ipsa? consident uaedicatis sedibus."
79.
The
hives are robbed of their treasures twice during the year,

is
once in June and again in November; but the queen bee

in the first instance extracted from her dominions,
invariably
and carefully secur-
ed in a reed, and after the remnant of the family has been expelled by
means
of
smoke and
the
honeycomb
despoiled, the hives are plentifully

to her
besmeared with sweet herbs, and the queen being restored

dwelling place, her liege subjects never
turn to their plundered homes.
80.
fail
on the following day
to re-
Mead formed
the nectar
all their
of the
It
northern nations, and was
celebrated in song by
to
bards.
was the drink they expected

liber-
quaff in heaven, out of the skulls of their enemies, and was
ally patronized
upon
earth. In Shoa,
it is
considered as
much
too
sump-
tuous for the

the right
lip of the
common
people,
and
his majesty alone possesses
and
privilege of preparing the highly-prized liquor.

it
Unless
brewed with the greatest care and attention,
has a sweet mawkish
flavour, particularly disagreeable to the palate,
and few strangers can,
1844.]
Agricultural and
Land produce
;
of Shoa.
281
in the first instance, relish the composition

tion to the native
to
is
but the great recommenda-
its
power
of intoxication,
which does not seem

of the
be attended by those after- feelings of disgust concomitant on the

use of other potent liquors, no
if
free
Amhara
upper classes
ever goes sober to bed,

his reach.
the
means
of intoxication be placed within
81.
The branches
of the "gesho" plant are dried, pounded,

is
and
boiled with water, until a strong bitter decoction

is
produced, which
thus placed in another vessel to cool.
Equal quantities of honey

in three days.
is
and water are then added, and fermentation takes place

Chillies
and pepper are next thrown and
in,
and the mixture

and cow-dung.
shut up
strength
in earthen vessels, well closed with
mud
The
increases with the age,
his majesty's cellars are well stocked
with
jars filled in the days of his father,
Hoosun Suggud,
thirty years ago,
which
is little
inferior in potency to
brandy, and which furnishes the

the royal palace.
materials
for
the
nightly orgies in
is
In northern
Abyssinia, the bitter ingredient
made from the root of the plant " izade" from whence is derived the name of the liquor "iziddy." It is much more powerful than that made in Shoa, but is not used in
such disgusting quantities.
82.
The " boussa,"

the
or beer of the country, also possesses a slight

in
intoxicating quality,
in
and being taken

effect.
enormous quantities, produces

leaves
the end
desired
The
and branches
of the
" gesho" are pounded and mixed with water, and the barley or juwaree,
being buried for a few days under-ground, until the grain begins
is
to sprout,
bruised and added to the bitter decoction.

is
After ferclosed
mentation, which takes place in four days, the liquor

earthen vessels, and
is
up
in
ready for use, according
to the
temperature of
the heat, in ten or fifteen days.
The
capacity of an Abyssinian to
is
swallow
are
this sour, disagreeable
mixture
truly wonderful.
Gallons
consumed every evening
in every house,
and serious
rioting,
and
often-times bloodshed, are the general result of the evening festivity.

83.
The Abyssinian breed
of horses
would be considered
in
England
somewhat undersized, and

tirely
deficient in
make and bone
they are en-
kept for the saddle, the want of roads militating against the use of
waggons, and established custom forbids their employment in agricultural purposes.
With long shaggy
coats from exposure to the seasons,
282
geldings
are
Agricultural and
Land produce
of Shoa.
;
[No. 148.
the mares
alone employed in journey or the foray
and
stallions being
kept at
home
exclusively for the sake of breeding.
The animals
are hardy, enduring,
and sure-footed, and from

to
their ex-
cessive cheapness,
might be exported with advantage Those reared among the Galla
some
of our
Eastern colonies.
ly considered
riders
tribes are deserved-
the most superior, the reckless character of those wild
impelling the colts over the most difficult ground in their

to the
youth, and thus during their education, imparting

degree of boldness and confidence, which
is
animal a
not to be found
among
the
Amhara steeds. 84. The animal

his second year.
intended
for
the saddle,
is
is
castrated on reaching
knife,
The opening
is
made with a sharp
and
after
the operation, actual cautery

blood.
lost
freely applied to stop the effusion of
Although the
practice appears rough, yet very few horses are
from subsequent disease; and indeed from long use and expethe
art
rience
of castration
has
made
considerable
advance as a
science in Abyssinia, every available animal being operated
upon by
these amateurs, from the hapless Galla prisoner taken in the foray, to
the domestic fowl which creeps
moping about the farm yard.

is
85. Horses are never shod, nor

or fashioning the hoof,
any attention paid

for
to
cutting
which being exceedingly hard,

;
a time bids
defiance to all rocks and inequality of ground
but at the end of a
long expedition,
many
of
the animals suffer

bridle
is
considerably from the
want
of the farrier.
The
particularly severe,
and
possesses
even greater power than the most potent Mahratta

pieces being fixed to an indented bit,
bit,
long cheek
which
is
inserted into the
mouth,
like
and secured round the lower jaw by means
of
an iron
ring,
which
a tightened curb, acts to the complete restraint of the most violent

animal.
The
saddle
is
of the Tartar
form and fashion, two
light
boards connected by a high wooden
pommel and cantel, leaving an open

sown together; a skin
covers
space for the back bone, and all tightly
the construction, and the stirrup irons are very minute indeed, as the
toe of the
horseman
horse
is
is
alone placed in rest during the exercise.
86.
The
soft,
considered a very inferior animal to the mule,
whose
agreeable pace suits better with the general lazy habits of
the Abyssinians, and whose patience and surety of step

steep rocky mountains are sufficiently appreciated
;
among
the
the prices given
1844.]
for
Agricultural
283
a mule are consequently higher, and the care taken of the animal
proportionally greater.
Whilst the horse
is
allowed
to
run in his
pasture ground during all the seasons of the year,
and scantily sup-
plied with old straw, on the failure of the herbage, the
mule
is
fed
upon barley and the
best
tef fodder;
is
a continual inmate of the
master's dwelling, sheltered from the cold bleak wind, and living on
most familiar terms with the other members of the family.

Horses and mules are afflicted with few diseases in these Alpine " faroo" and worms in the ear called regions; strangles called
87-
" dhadick" being the only local diseases to be feared.
The former
is
cured by fumigating the nostrils with dung, pea straw and the bark
of the " kolynal" (" Euphorbia heptagona,") and the latter by the
application of oil
erful
and the
fruit of the
" cesso" which
is
a most pow-
purgative medicine
in general use
among
the natives for the
expulsion of the
88.
droves,
legs,
worms which
their
raw meat
diet so freely engenders.
The common
is
breed of cattle which cover ihe plains in great
chiefly of a black colour, with long thick horns, short stout

carcases,
and deep
fifty)
weighing probably from 250 (two hundred
and
to
400 (four hundred) pounds.
The " sanza"
so justly
celebrated for his

to the
sities
immense horns,
is
is
a native of the Galla countries

in Shoa, except as curio-
northward, and
rarely
I
met with
among
the royal herds.
have occasionally seen them among
the " Kureio Galla/' a monastic tribe dwelling in the plains to the
south-eastward of Efat.
The horns
and spreading
is
are truly magnificent, stretching

to
up four
feet in height,
tips.
a like distance in width be-
tween the
The animal
of a fine large breed,

his well-defended
and has a wild

free posi-
and noble appearance, carrying

tion, like the stag
head in a
proud of his twelve tynes.

cattle pick
;
89.
ful
During the rains and spring season, the
up a
plenti-
support
among
is
the green hills

;
and meadows
but the verdure
of Abyssinia
very fleeting
during the dry season the grass becomes
completely withered up and destroyed, and
many
cattle die
from the
lean herd from sheer lack of pasture, as the grass
and straw from the and no

shelter
winter fodder
is
scantily dealt out to the bullocks,
whatever allowed them from the inclemencies of the weather.

90.
The
cows, however, are fed on cotton seed, barley, salt and grass,
is
as their
milk
a great article of food, and the butter
is
a valuable
284
object of
Agricultural and
traffic.
Land produce
is
of Shoa.
No. 148. an earthen

pot,
The cream
allowed
to settle in
and
is
stirred
up with a
stick spiit at the

is
end into several
points, to
which a quick rotatory motion
given, between
the palms of the
hands, and the butter-milk being strained through a cloth, tied over
the neck of the vessel, the particles of butter are collected
and packed
up
in a
gourd.
Being prepared
with
no attention
to cleanliness,
soon acquires a rancid smell, which, according to the taste of the

inhabitants greatly enhances
its
it
value.
as
Besides being used in their

for the hair,
culinary purposes, they employ
pomatum
and without
a plentiful supply of the glistening grease upon their heads, they consider that there
is
something particularly deficient
in
their personal
appearance and external decorations.

91.
The
cattle disease
fails,
is
is
called " abba sanga," the legs swell, the
appetite entirely
dies.
and becoming thinner and thinner, the animal

either infectious or epidemic,
it
;
This disease
and no remedy has
been discovered to cure
at the expense of his Galla
Amhara The neighbour.

but the
soon recruits his droves

last military expedition
procured an
addition
of
twelve thousand
beeves
to his
majesty's
wealth in
subjects.
kine, and a proportional
benefit also accrued to his robber
92. There
is
some
slight attention paid to the comfort of the sheep,

;
which
also exist in
numerous flocks throughout the country

tail
they are of
a small size, without the ponderous
of fat,
and
in general are of
a black and white colour.
In the dry season, they are during the night
enclosed in an open pen, but during the prevalence of the rainy weather, they are
frost
admitted
to
the shelter of a roof; for although the hoar

of
is
nightly covers
the surface of the land during the months
October,
November and December,
yet ice
is
seldom seen.
There
plenty of food upon the ground, and the cold does not seem to be so
injurious to the flock, as exposure to a continuation of rainy weather.
The pregnant ewes

the
are always kept in the house until eight days after
lamb
is
produced,
when they
is
are again permitted to join the
flock.
93.
The Abyssinian sheep
found in
all parts of the
country
the
ewes are very
prolific indeed, lambing twice a year, and having often
two or more lambs

salt
is
at a time;
and a
tolerable supply of grass
and
stored
up
for their
sustenance, during the season of drought.
1844.]
Agricultural and
is
Land produce of Shoa.

week
for
285 two months
The
flock
regularly washed in a river once a
previous to
the year, in
shearing, an operation which is performed twice during June and November, and whilst in this state of prepar-
ation, the sheep are kept in a cleanly littered pen.
The wool
varies
considerably in texture, that of some being very coarse, whilst that of

others
is
extremely
is
fine.
No
care,
however,
is
taken of the quality,
but nature
take her
left in this respect, as in all others in this country, to
own
course.
The animals The
are
much
afflicted
with an in-
curable disease called "koakoot," which particularly in the dry season carries off large numbers.
throat swells to an
enormous
size,
and becoming
94.
filled
with water, the victim expires in a few hours.

sheep,
called
The
long-haired
" baa/a lovisa,"
inhabits
the
hair
high cold countries of Maus, Lako, and the Wolle Galla.

is
The
so lengthy, that
it
reaches the ground on every side,
and
gives the
animal the form and appearance of a large baboon.

kept in a clean pen, and frequently washed.
It is carefully
As
to
the value of this
animal
is
comparatively high, in the event of confinement producis
ing great corpulence one of the legs

ness of habit, which
is
broken
reduce the grossis
supposed
to injure
the hair; this coat

artificial
of a
reddish
hue,
it
but
afterwards
blackened in an
are fabricated,
manner,
and from
the
size
the
handsome cloaks
which are worn by

also of superior
more wealthy inhabitants

and
fleece exist
of Shoa.
Other breeds
among
the Galla tribes, which are highly esteemis
ed at the royal table;
but the Abyssinian
not
fond of altering
for
the faith or the custom of his forefathers,
and the necessity
any
improvement
in the present small scraggy flock, has not as yet enter-
ed the current of his ideas.

95- Goats are considered a very inferior farm stock to sheep
are subjected to
;
they
of
more
diseases,
and the
flesh is
supposed (by
many
the inhabitants,) to possess the most baneful properties, in proudcing in

the
human frame
the venereal disease.

is
The
hides, however, are held in
esteem, and the milk
reckoned of
;
utility as
an internal remedy during
the prevalence of small-pox

sufferer are constantly
whilst at the same time, the eyes of the

application.
washed and fomented by a warm

reckoned highly disgraceful
the food
pliable,
to
At
all
other times
it is
touch the milk of
either goats
or ewes, or abstract goat skin

is soft
from
the
young animal.
to water, it
The prepared
and
and impervious
286
is
Agricultural

all articles,
[No. 148.
used for the conveyance of
and
its
peculiar softness
may
be attributed to the astringent qualities of the plant " keemit," with
which
96.
it is
tanned.
On
account of the steepness and ruggedness of the ground, the

is
patient ass
chiefly
employed
in carrying burdens,
which are invari-
ably packed up in skins, and roughly tied with thongs on the bare
back, producing sores and ulcers during the very
is
first stage.
The
His
ass
small, hardy, and very frequently of a piebald
color.
lot is
the
same here
as in
more favored
spots of the globe, having to perform
the greatest
quantum
of labour on the least supply of food possible,

in
and the animal must remain

mountains, until
bondage and dreary work among the
Amhara
courage be sufficiently pitched to attempt
the subjection of the elephant, whose strength
and
docility
would
point
him out
of the
to
any but such a
race, as the
animal of burden, reared
by nature
mainder
in these parts for the express purpose of transport.
The
reto
farm stock consists of a few fowls, which are allowed
nestle in the interior of the domicile.
Although guinea fowls run
wild in every copse, no attempt has ever been

useful breed,
Christians, are
97-
made
to domesticate this
and
pigs
and ducks being held impure by these Jewto be seen in their
nowhere
is
reclaimed state.
The hay
cut with a sickle in October, before the grass beafter being well dried
trefoil,
is
comes withered, and

the fields
grasses
;
heaped in stacks on
but although clover,

in
and many other nutritious

and the natives are
it
grown wild
many
situations,
fully
aware of
their nourishing qualities,
and confess that
would be most
grass
desirable to obtain a
is
permanent supply, yet the coarse meadow

state, in
allowed
field,
to
remain in the
which nature originally covered
the
affording another striking proof of the slowness with which
uncivilized
man
is
admits of any improvement when contrary to ancient
habit and custom.

98. There
little
known
or attended to in fattening of cattle for
slaughter
salt
those intended for the royal table alone have a portion of

their fodder, as also the large breed of Galla sheep
for
mixed with
kept for the like purpose are
a short time fed on roasted barley

is
but
otherwise, the meanness of the national character
fully displayed in
choosing the leanest of the herd for consumption, and the craving of
the savage
is
satisfied
by the quantity of raw
flesh
without any
refer-
1844.]
ence
Agricultural and
Land
produce of Shoa.
287
be mainly de-
to the qualities of the
meat, which, however,
may
veloped in the different methods of eivilized preparations.

99.
The
following table contains
the
names
of plants
and
trees
which
flourish wild in the forests
and meadows, but which
are graduof
ally disappearing before the axe of the wood-cutter,
and the plough
the undiscerning farmer.
savoury herbs
The endote, the cope, the edible fruits and which now grow unreclaimed in the waste, might,
specific quality,
by cultivation, be increased in value and

their
and many
in
improved
diet.
state,
would serve
as a pleasant addition to the Abyssi-
nian
But
in the absence of precept
and example, prejudice and
disinclination to alter the customs of his ancestors deters the native
from progressing in the arts of
civil life,
and
his social state of existence
appears even to have retrograded from ancient times, and more especially in the habit, or necessity,
which
first
induced the use of raw meat as

he
is
the grand aliment of life.

tains the
On
this point
truly patriotic,
and enteruncooked
in gene-
most sovereign contempt towards

It
is,
all
those
who
reject
animal
ral are
food.
however, remarkable,
;
how
little
mankind
agreed in the matter of food

flesh
for the very Abyssinian devourer

to
of
raw
would allow the quivering morsel
drop in horror from
his lips at the sight of a roasted duck, or a well-cooked piece of pork.
100. Table of useful wild plants
Amharic.
Cosse,
Generic.
Purgative,
..
.. .. ..
. .
..
Hygenia Abyssinica.
Glinno, Nov. Spec.
Endote,
Used
.*
as soap,
..
..
Wanzey,
Injore,
..
Fruit, edible,
Cordia Abyssinica.
Ditto ditto,
. .
. .
..
. .
Rubrus pinnatus.
Flacourtia Shoa.
Corissa Shoa.
?
Roshim,
Ditto ditto,
Ajam,
Lozi,
Callao,
Ditto ditto,
Ditto ditto,
. .
. .
Purgative,
...
. .
Rhammus
Musa
Shoa.
?
Cuscusso,
Sweet herb,
Plantain,
..
.. ..
..
Ensete,
Tete,
paradisiaca.
Timber
tree,
Juniperus excelsa.
Lyba,
Weisa,
Ditto ditto,
Tascus elongata.
Ditto ditto,
Clover,
. .
. .
Balm,
Mint,
Thyme.
Trefoil.
2t
288
101.
Agricultural and
Land produce
of Shoa.
[No. 148.
There are few edible
sorts to
be found wild among the fields;
and
as in other countries possessing a moist
and cold climate, the scanty

fruits.
forests
produce no abundance of spontaneous
A variety of grasses,
on the meadow
the neigh-
however, and
land.
many
of a superior quality, vegetate

is
The
root of the ensete
held in high esteem
among
bouring countries, and more especially in Garague, being scraped and

preserved in large quantities in excavations under ground
;
the bread
made from this substance is said to be very sweet and nourishing* The bramble berry, the corinda, and a species of the pear flourish on
the eastern face of the mountains
fruit
;
but the remaining varieties of wild
may
be considered, in their present state, more properly the food

other denizens of the wilderness, being insipid and
of the
monkey and
unfit for the sustenance of
man.
Clover and
trefoil,
balm and mint,
luxuriate wild in
102.
all
the meadows.
The houses
are larger than savages in general take the trouble
to build,
but the low and
damp
condition of the floor, appears re-
markable in a country so
parts of Shoa.
liable to cold
and rheumatism
as the upper
Instead of their being raised above the level of the sur-
rounding surface, the rocks are invariably scooped away, and the descent
of a foot from the outside, leads into the interior of the hovel.
The
house of the husbandman
is
composed of wattle and dab, and covered
by a
grass thatch.
It is
always fashioned in a circular form, having

all
a closed verandah of from four to eight feet

apertures into this from the inside
;
round
there are four
two which lead out of the house,

as dormitories
and two into the dark alcoves which are used

heads of the family.
floor
by
the
The
slaves
and
inferiors repose in a
fire
heap on the
requisite
of the
inside apartment,
where the
and the few

There
utensils for kitchen
and farm purposes, together with the mule and

lively group.
is
the hens
and chickens, form a very
no chim;
ney, and the household furniture must be described negatively
no bed,
the
no
table,
no chair ; these the Abyssinian does not reckon among

life,
necessaries of
as he can
make
the earth serve
him
for all three;
*Sed non
oryziarum
inessunt
est.
sine admiratione dicenda est arbor Ensete, Indicae ficui similis
duarum
crassitie.
Nam
truncata enumeris tot vicibus sponte renascitur
quae omnes
ut
arbor hie alium fructum proferre opus non habeat: tota enira prodere
Nam
consisa abcocta viliorum
hominum famem
sedat, qui ut folia conclusa
cum
farina depsunt, ac pullis inserere dant
.Sobi Ludolfe Hist Aetheop.
1844.]
Agricultural and
Land produce
of Shoa.
air
289
and
altogether, the inhabitant of countries
where wholesome
and
freedom from vermin are ranked a
mong
conveniences, must object
highly to the want of either, under the roof of the Shoan farmer.
103. There
is
a dreary look of desertion also in the external ap-
pearance of all the lone farm-steadings

country, and the absence of
all tidiness
which are scattered over the
and comfort
in the arrange-
ment
of the yards, as well in the interior of the houses further en-
hances the picture of desolation.

inhabitants,
all reside
The
cattle, the
farm
stock,
and the
under the shelter of one
roof,
not particularly to
the comfort or cleanliness of any party.
which
the
in other countries
is
carried far
is
The unseemly dunghill, away to improve the soil and

poisoning
the atmosphere
means
of the proprietor,
to
here suffered to accumulate and rot

dwelling,
adjoining the entrance
the
with
its
baneful exhalations, until carried by the descending torrents
a few yards from the door, to feed the rank weeds which batten in
the
filth.
There
is
no attempt at the small trim garden or the
neat rustic porch; but bare
mud
walls and slovenly thatch rise from
the midst of a straggling wattle stockade, which completely surround-
ing the premises,
is
intended to preserve the inmates from the night
attacks of the prowling hyena, but which imparts an idea of utter
confinement and misery.

of this rural scene;
tle
There are few
trees to
break the monotony
no busy
hum
of glad labour;
and the want

of
of bus-
and noise among the
elders,
and the sounds

to
merry games and
amusements among the children, appears

strange, savage,
the
European
visitor,
and unnatural.
104. Rough-clad and devoid of every finer art

the original proprietor of the sheep
still
and elegance of
life,
wears but the raw skin of the
animal,
which
is
shifted over the shoulders according to the vicis;
situdes of the weather
a pair of coarse cotton trowsers, barely reach-
ing to the knees, and a scanty cotton waistcloth
summing up
is
the
remaining
cient for
fat
articles of the
wardrobe
which, however,
perfectly suffi-
the purpose required as the dearly-beloved coat of rancid

to
seems
form a most effectual preventive against the extremes

If
of either heat or cold.

is
but a small portion of
this grease,
which
so plentifully
besmeared over their Christian persons, was more

idle
usefully
ings
employed in the fabrication of candles, the long,
even-
might be passed in a more pleasant and profitable manner,
290
Agricultural and
Land produce
of Shoa.
[No. 148.
than in the swilling of beer, like hogs, and in those brawling contentions
which at present stigmatize
their nocturnal meetings.
105. All sleep stark naked, stretched
upon bullock
hides,
and hud-
dled close together for mutual warmth, covered with coarse black
cumlies; and as the use of the candle

the use of
oil
is
but imperfectly known, and

carousing at a neighbour's
a royal prerogative,
to repose,
when not
and
start
house, they hurry soon
with the
first call
of the
cock to lounge idly about the premises.

evil spirits in
fall
Their fear of wild beasts and
some measure tends
to restrain individuals after night-
within their
own
walls.
fire
They
will on
no account touch food in a
dark hut, and unless a

their hunger,
be lighted, refrain for hours from satisfying

superstition, that
under the strange
the devil would
otherwise enter in the dark,

the meal.
106. It
is
and that there would be no blessing upon
the province of the
men
to
plough, sow, and reap, split the
wood, and cut the grass; whilst
to the
women,
all
the other heavy
work
and
his
is
accorded:
making
butter and bread, fetching wood, water,
grass, spinning,
pounding, and grinding.
When
released from
village, sits
immediate avocations the peasant lounges about the
in conversation at a neighbour's house,

called " gebeta ;"
and amuses himself with a game
and
at other times, attends the markets,
which are
held weekly in various parts of the kingdom, the funeral feasts, and
the groupes which assemble in the public square to narrate scandalous
stories.
107all
He
is
obliged to follow to the field his immediate governor in
Military expeditions, under a forfeit of eight pieces of salt (20d.)

is strictly
which
enforced.
Leave of absence
is,
however, sometimes ob-
tainable by
means
of a small bribe in cloth or

is
honey; but unless unand willing

for
avoidably detained, the peasant
at all times ready
the foray, although obliged to furnish arms, conveyance and provision'
without payment whatever from the State; yet there always exists the
chance of being able
to
capture a slave or a flock of sheep, of obtaining
honour
in the sight of the king, or of satisfying his brutal, inherent,
lust for blood of the
heathen Galla.
]08.
The
usual food of the

tef,
Amhara
farmer consists of sour bread
made from
barley,
and wheat, and eaten with a strong decoction

;
of onions, pepper
and
salt
milk, eggs and butter are
much
in use, but
1844.]
Agricultural and
Land produce
of Shoa.
291
meat
is
seldom provided
for
family use, though constantly to be had

feasts,
gratis at the
" tescars" or public funeral
where
cattle
are
slaughtered and devoured in honour of the deceased, and where any
one
who
choose
is
may
but
be a partaker.
little
109. There
relaxation or
amusement
for the
Abyssini-
an peasant.
to his song,
Seed cake,' and " twice a week roast" form no joyous burden
as yet
and and
no discerning poet has addressed himself

lot of the
to the
feelings to render
more fortunate the
husbandman.
Instead
festivals
of holiday
feasting, saints'
days and fasting are the high
in Christian
idleness,
Shoa,
half the
year being strictly reserved for utter

of all
and sternly marked by an exclusion

called the
meat
diet
under
the fearful
penalty of excommunication. Eggs and butter are

is
'
especially
forbidden, and also milk, which
cow's son."
There
is
nothing whatever eaten on these numerous occasions between sunrise
and sun-set; and even
at the appointed time a scanty
mess of
boiled wheat, dried peas, or the leaves of the

little
cow cabbage, with a

the year,
vegetable
oil, is
alone permitted by the bigotted priesthood.
110. Besides
Wednesdays
and Fridays throughout
which are observed
as holydays, the fast of the Apostles
continues
eighteen days, that of the
Holy Virgin
Lent
sixteen,
Christmas seven,
Nineveh
four,
and the
fast of
fifty-six;
during which, working-
men
if
are strictly prohibited from all employment,
and are obliged
to
live like anchorites, (to the great
diminution of their bodily strength,)
they desire their souls to be saved from eternal damnation.

is
En-
couraged and tolerated by the king, there

that of devoting so
no system so baneful as
to idleness
many
precious
and
full
days of the year

to
and
vice,
and none forming a more
fatal obstacle
the ameliois
ration of the people.
When
such an awful waste of time

laid
sanctified
by the name of
religion,
!
how deeply
must be the foundation

last generation
of
mental indolence
is
One-half of the year devoted

evil.
to listless idleness,
indeed an enormous source of

particle of
The
has not
;
added one
knowledge
to the
ignorance of the former
the
same
gross superstitions exist, the
same prejudices against introducing

to ancestral
any improvement or novelty, the same eternal reference

custom
;
and thus the Abyssinian

to their
peasants
live
and die without
adding one jot
small portion of wealth, or one item to their
narrow stock
of
knowledge.
292
11
1.
Agricultural
[No. 148.
But although not
that earthly paradise which Jesuitical fancy

to be,
had pourtrayed the country

pillars of
and although the majestic
palaces, the
porphyry and the Corinthian domes exist only in the imagistill
nation, yet
Abyssinia possesses the fresh vegetation of a northern
climate, the vivifying ardor of a tropical sun,
and the cloudless azure
of a southern sky.
The
palaces
and
fanes, the gardens
and gushing
fountains have departed with Prester

still
John and
his glories, yet there

capabilities,
remains a
fertile
country, with
most amazing
healthful climate, and a race of beings who, having stopped at the satis-
fying point "of barren bare necessity/' are at least less sensible to that
desire for filching so peculiarly evinced
by the inhabitants of
rich
and
luxurious
arts, the
cities
and though poor
as to the state of the country
and
inhabitants remain uncivilized
wkhout experiencing much

the contrast between their
is
comfort even in their highest enjoyment, and possessing no antidote for
sorrow in their debased condition

existence under an absolute
still
and complete despotism
striking,
when
compared with that of
their neighbours, the Adaiel,
selves on being the free citizens of independent tribes.

are,
who The
pride them-
Abyssinians
comparatively speaking, numerous, powerful, and somewhat adlife;
vanced in the arts and improvements of
whilst the others are
barbarous, idle, improvident, and licentious; and bad therefore as absolute
power
is
in
itself,
there appears something salutary in
any doto
minion over uncivilized minds, which tends so considerably

ultimate improvement of the savage.
112.
the
But
it
cannot be expected that Abyssinia should, for a
length of time, take rank
among
those countries which are peculiarly

all
happy, wealthy or abundant, as

tices are at utter
the prevailing customs and prac-
variance with the laws for the production, consump-
tion
and
distribution of wealth.
;
heavy taxation
clerical
is
enforced on
the produce of the field
monastic and
establishments are
fostered to the ruin of the people; the venal judges are paid
by
fees
on the causes which they decide
and popular superstition and imposabuse; whilst, on the other, not

is
ture have the royal sanction for
a vestige of aught that might be useful

tion.
ever taken into considera-
Here are no roads constructed

traffic;
for the
conveyance of produce
;
and
and
no schools founded
for the benefit of the rising generation
fear
and prejudice alike prevent the inhabitants from
travelling
.. .
1844.]
Agricultural and
Land produce
of Shoa.
293
in-
to foreign countries to enlighten
their ignorant
minds by modern
transfer of
vention, or to improve their benighted country

art
by a
modern
and
science.
Appendix, No.
Table of prices
of
for
1.
farm produce and farm stock in the kingdom
Shoa
Quantity.
Names of
..
.
Articles.
...
.
Price.
36
55
lbs
lbs.
Wheat,
Barley,
Oats,
Tef,
2d. Sterling.
,
2\d. ditto.
60
lbs
2d. ditto.
30
45
lbs
lbs.
2d. ditto.
..
.
Juwarree,
2\d. ditto.
30 30
25
lbs
Gram,
. .
2\d.
ditto.
lbs lbs
Peas,
2\d. ditto.
2\d. ditto. 2\d. ditto.
2\d. ditto.
Beans,
Coffee,
lib lib
Cotton,
lib
lib
5 lbs
.
Honey,
Tobacco,
.
2\d. ditto.
2\d. ditto.
2\d. ditto.
Mustard,
Coriander,
lib
5
lbs
2\d. ditto.
2\d. ditto.
2\d. ditto.
Linseed,
Safflower,
10 lbs
lbs
.
.
Red
Pepper,
2\d. ditto.
\d. ditto.
lib.
10 stalks. ..
..
Onions,
Sugar-cane,
Plantains,
Citrons,
.
. .
20
4
2\d. ditto.
200
4 lbs
1 lb.
1
Limes,
Milk,
Butter,
%d.
ditto.
lb.
Ghee,
Bullock Hide,
2\d. ditto.
7\d. ditto.
Goat or Sheep Sk in.
A\d.
ditto.
294
Agricultural
QNo.
48.
Slaves and
1
1
Farm
Stock.
Male
Mule,
Slave,
34
to
64 Shillings.
100
ditto. ditto.
ditto.
Female Slave,
..
.
48
to
to
1
1
20
.
. .
60
Horse,
Ass,
..
..
. .
4 to
40
8
..
..
..
..
..
..
. .
to
ditto.
1
1
Ox,
4 to
..
,
12 ditto.
Cow,
Sheep,
4 to
5d. to
6d. to
2s. to
12 ditto.
1
J s.
1
1
..
..
. .
ditto.
Goat,
..
..
6d.
10 Fowls,
1
2s. Sterg.
Set of Agricultural Implements,
..
..2s.\d.
Appendix, No.
Ludolf
Hist. Aetheop.
fertility of the soil in
is
2.
Extract on the Agriculture of Abyssinia, translated from the works of
The
ground
Abyssinia
is
remarkable, for wherever the
fit
for culture, it brings forth all
manner
of fruits.
The
summer
of so long duration being exceedingly conducive to vegetation,

spot,
sowing and reaping are performed together in one
and two, and
even three harvests are reaped during the year. The Abyssinians have
grain
and leguminous
plants, not only such as are
others, such as tef, very useful in
making bread, which
known with us, but is unknown in

when
Germany.
Gregorius
The
first
seed
is
very minute, even smaller than that of the

possess our corn, for
it,
poppy, but oblong.
They do not seem to smelt the bread made from
he said "
this is real tef,
and has the

said,
like flavour."
He
thought oats unworthy of cultivation, and
"
it is
like darnel, despised
by
my
countrymen,"
for there barley
and
grass form the food of the horses.
The Abyssinians do
;
not sow
for
the express food of the domestic animals

situations grass
is
as in all the
more temperate
very abundant, on account of the perpetual warmth,
and the continual moisture running under ground from the mountains.
The
solid rock does not absorb the rain water,
which sinking under

remain
their
fertile soil
wonderfully refreshes the plants
on the contrary, when the

sterile.
is
moisture subsides into a rock
full of holes, the hills
The meadows
are evergreen
and redolent of flowers; there
plenty
of food for the bees,
and
for this reason
an abundance of honey. With
. .
1844.]
Agricultural
29j
such a plentiful supply of
fruits,
they neither spare nor keep aught for
the following year, probably because they are confident in the fertility
of their
soil,
or because, as yet they have
no sheds
for its protection.
Nor
is
are they in the habit of bringing in their hay, although this
highly necessary on
many
occasions on account of the locusts, for
that pest eating
hunger.
up fodder and seed, destroys men and beasts with, Herbs of every kind grow there not only the sweet smelling
;
and medicinal ones
of Europe, but others besides of remarkable pro.
perties peculiar to the country.
Amadangda,
as
Tully says, heals broken
or dislocated bones, the contrary of the ossifraga of
Norway, which
all curiosities in
breaks the bones of the cattle treading upon

the shape of plants are naught
is
it.
But
when compared
rest,
to the assaffzoe,
which
were
so efficacious against
snake poison, that the most noxious serpents
touched with this herb are set at

dead, and even more than
so
this,
and
lay as though they
the shade of the plants stupifies vipers,
that
you are able
to lift
them without harm from the ground;

root of this herb, can
and whoever has eaten of the
walk without
fear
among hydras, and will for many years be The Abyssinians are well acquainted with
were shewn
oil
secured from their bites.

the saffron
;
grains of
it
to
us by Gregorius as a curiosity.
He
said, the expressed
was
useful in hypochondria
and obstructions of the milk. They have

this addition.
no hops, but brew beer without

are excellent, although they
The
vines
and grapes
make no wine,
is
partly because the grapes
ripen in
summer when
is
fermentation
hastened by the intense heat,

of sugar, but no pepper,
and the must
destroyed.
They have plenty
ginger or other aromatic herbs.
Plantains grow there, and I strongly
suppose this tree to be the madragora of Reuben.
Another
tree is
mentioned by N. Godynius, which
is
very useful against intestinal

of eating
worms,
for
these
abound from the habit
raw meat; but
the Abyssinians purge the belly with the fruit of this tree every month,
and
in that
way
destroy the worms.
Appendix No.
3.
List of plants used as medicines in Abyssinia:
Names
of Plants.
.
Diseases.
.
Ashkak Goomun,
Weynagooft,
Kurrut,
.
Epilepsy.
Ringworm.
Procuring abortion.
2 u
... .. . .
296
Hoolgub,
Tullinch,
Agricultural

Sore throats.
QNo. 148.
Styptic.
Baskimmes,
Took,
Purgative.
Procuring abortion.
.
.
Yih
vuglat,
Fever.
Deet,
Fomentation.
Darakoos,
Indehalaloo,
Fever.
Diseased lungs.
Boils.
Ekoolkussy,
Luluffee,
Ulcers.
.
Esadefteru,
Cracked skin.
Cosha
sheila,
Iccoor tullinch,
Rheumatism.
}
Venereal.
Ahia endote,
Yemendy roomboy,
Dedhie,
Venereal.
Khut
khulla,
Chiffey,
Ringworm.
.
Serabuzzoo,
Gzimeh,
Epilepsy.
Kumbo,
Kuklunggemaro,
Toolulut,
Chickogole,
.
Epilepsy.
.
Fever.
Misreth,
Kunchul,
Kolkqual,
Venereal.
. .
Amararul,
Tuccazzee,
Issagoe,
Emetic.
.
Serpent Bite.
Sores.
Ahmadmadoo,
Tucksoe,
Kuffericho,
Fever.
.
Yehzemmerkoos,
Chifferey,
.
Aphrodisiacs.
Dague,
Fula Fedi,
Cosso,
Cattle Medicine.
Purgative.
Report on
the
Route from
C.
Seersa
I.
to
Bahawulpore, by Major F.
Mackeson,
Territory.
B., B.
N.
Officiating Superintendent
Bhutty
Communicated by
the
From Major
F.
Territory, to R.
Mackeson, C. B. Officiating Superintendent Bhutty N C. Hamilton, Esq. late Agent to the Goverto
nor General, on special Mission

Sir,
Seersa
and Bahawulpore.
of the route surveyed by
have the honor to submit a
map
Abstvctct.
me from
Seersa to Bahawulpore, with an abstract
Submits survey of road through the desert, with list of
statement of the different stages.

sion that your mission
From an impresto
would be accompanied by a
provide
Surveyor,
took no measures
myself
with instruments for taking observations for latitude and longitude,

the survey has therefore been laid
down from bearings with
a survey-
ing compass, on distances measured by a perambulator, but no care has
been spared on
my
part to
of.
make
it
as correct as the instruments at
my
on
command would admit

2.
In submitting this survey
beg to
offer a
;
few remarks;
first,
the general features of the country traversed
secondly, on the nature

effect
and capabilities of the road that has been opened, and on the
its
opening
3.
is
calculated to have on different channels of commerce.

of
The
tract
country traversed from Seersa to Bahawulpore,
General feature of the
measures
south,
first
in extent,
from east by north to west by

miles.
country its Inhabitants
two hundred and twenty-seven
The
of
forty-three miles are through British territo-
ry, the
next eighty-seven miles are through the N. E. portion

state
the
Hindoo
of Bikaneer,
and the
last
ninety- seven miles are

is
through the Mussulman principality of Bahawulpore. This tract

as has been thought, a desert of
not,
deep sand
the heavy sand bears no
proportion to the hard
soil.
From
Seersa to Bhatner, though void of

is
large trees, the country near the road
covered with underwood of

is
jhand,
karil
and ban
beyond Bhatner, the stunted underwood

hills
partial, while
bare shifting sand
on a substrata of hard
is
soil
are the
common
feature.
The population
scanty.
In the British territory
the inhabitants
met
with, are Bhattis, (Mussulmans,)
and Bagri
Jats,
298
(Hindoos).
Route from Secrsa
to
Bahawulpore.
[No. 148.
In Bikanir, the zemindars are Mussulmans from the Nai,

In Bahawulpore, the prevailing caste
is
and Bagris from Bagar-des.
Mussulman.
merchants.
The
The
tahseil
small towns on the road are inhabited by

chief places are
station,
Hindoo
Raneeah
in the British territory, a

in
Thana and
Maroth
in
Bhatner and Sooratgurh
Bikanir, and
Bahawulpore.
Sooratgurh and Maroth are the marts to

to dispose of their
life.
which the scattered inhabitants of the desert resort

produce, chiefly ghee, and
to purchase in return the necessaries of

is
The
4.
principal food of the inhabitants of the desert
bajra.
Between Seersa and Sooratgurh, the country bears traces of hav.
to
Tract from Seersa Sooratgurh des-
ing once been well inhabited. &

period, the waters of the
At no very J
distant
Guggur
.
river reached as far
cribed Its capabilities and prospects of

improve
as Sooratgurh, and old wells are
numerous as
far
west as Bhatner.
large belt of
meadow
land, four
flood-
miles in breadth, extends from Seersa to Sooratgurh, which
when
ed by the Guggur,
is
capable of producing crops of wheat, barley, gram

;
and
oats,
and
after the rainy season, rich crops of rice
while the Rohi
or high lands, north and south of it, yield excellent crops of bajra, moot
and
til.
The progress
it
of improvement in this district has been
much
retarded since
came under
British sway, by the unjust system that
has prevailed in the Putteala and Kaithat states, of bunding the upper
course of the
Guggur
river,
notwithstanding remonstrances from the
British authorities running through a twelve years' correspondence.

Villages' that enjoyed the benefit of the
Guggur inundation when under

maintained that no new bunds
it is
Patteala, have within the last six years, since their transfer to us, been
nearly ruined for the want of
it
yet
it is
have been constructed.

advantages
if
The above
tract has,
seen, great natural
not unjustly deprived of them, and only requires the introit
duction of capital, and a more industrious race of cultivators to render
exceedingly valuable.
It
has suffered
much from
lived
the disorders following

its late
the cessation of regular Government, and from the misrule of

masters, the predatory Bhattis,
bours.
who
by plundering their neigh-
The
Bhattis checked in their predatory habits by the strong
arm
must
of the British Government, are
now
slowly, but gradually, being
displaced by the
either
more industrious Seikh Jaths and

to necessity,
Bagris, and they

retire with
bend
and become cultivators, or and across the
their herds of cattle further into the desert
Sutlej.
1844.]
5.
Route from Seersa
to
Bahaivulpore.
299
the Suratgurh
it
As regards
the barren waste extending
West from
.
to Bahawulpore, the prospects of reclaiming

Tract from the Suratgurh to Bahawul.
.
are
not vei7 promising
not that
,,
..
it is
altogether unpro-
ment Canal propos- are ra i se(i on
lZv"^7o\l
clay,
d " ctive
>
for luxuriant cr P s of bajra,

t
moot and
til
h e portions of light sandy
soil that
occur here and there spread over a substrata of hard

but
these crops depending entirely on the monsoon, which
is
uncertain, are subject to frequent failures, and the water to be found

in wells
is
at too great a depth,
and too brackish
in
most
places, to
be of use either for drinking or agricultural purposes.
The measure
Roofall
best calculated to change the face of a large portion of this country
would
be,
the digging a canal from the
river Sutlej near
pur, which should pass South of Bhatinda
and Farid Koth, and
into the forsaken bed of an old river called the Slakro near Bhatner.
The
line of
country this canal would pass through
is
clear of all the rain to
torrents from the
Himalaya range, and the slope continues favorable

soil it
within two marches of Bahawulpore, while the rich
would pass
through
6.
in its
upper course, should amply repay the outlay.

to be noticed
There remains
one remarkable feature
in the
is
coun-
Kemarkable feature try traversed to Bahawulpore, which

in the
the traces
ed The
a
country travers, deserted bed that exist in it of the

,
course of some former river
Called
tL
slakroBln!'
and as
it
is to
the forsaken bed of this river that
we
are indebted for the opening to us of a road through the desert, I
shall
venture to give a more particular description of
it
than
it
would
otherwise deserve.
On
looking at a
map
of the desert,
it,
we
find
many
scattered hamlets and ponds and wells
marked on
which the people
dwelling north and south of the desert
may have founded and dug
either for watering their cattle at graze, or for the convenience of inter-
communication and
traffic
but in no part of the desert, save to the
road from Seersa to Bahawulpore, shall we observe a continuous line

of villages traversing
its
whole extent from E. by N. to

road must,
I
W.
by
S.,
and their existence on
this
think, be attributed to the
facilities afforded for settling
by the desert bed of the river before-
mentioned.
All the villages and koths, or forts on the road, which
since Maroth, have been constructed within the last thirty years, stand
either in or close to this deserted channel,
and
for the reason that wells
dug
in it are generally
found to have sweet water, while the water
300
of wells
brackish.
7.
Route from Seersa
to
Bahawulpore.
No. 148.
is
dug
at a distance
from
it
either
North or South,
usually
The
,.
.
deserted bed of the river alluded to in the foregoing para.
Particular
tion of the
descrip-
graph
is
known
,.'
.
as far East as Seersa

is
by the name J
,
. .
channel of the Slakro Ban.
of Slakro Ban, and

-
pointed out by old inhabi,
tants as distinct from the smaller channels in
it,
confined within which, the
Guggur
river
now
flows. to
The
distinction
continues to a few miles
West
is
of Raneea,
whence
Sooratgurh the
whole breadth of Slakro

sites of villages
distinctly
marked by numerous elevated
on
its
banks, although the banks themselves

is
now
ap-
pear low and ill-defined. At Bannee, the Slakro

of the
joined by the dry bed
War
nali,
and
at.
Manak, four miles
east of Sooratgurh, by the dry

to
bed of the Chittang

is
river.
From Sooratgurh
marked
lines of high
Anopgurh
hills
;
its
course
well defined by strongly
sand
those on the
south bank being more conspicuous and uninterrupted than those on

the north. After leaving Sooratgurh
it
bears but the one
name
of Slakro
Ban
the
names of
its
feeders, the
Guggur and Chittang, being units
known.
From Anopgurh
to
;
Chapao and Kalepahar,
banks and
course are less easily traced
its
bed spreads considerably, and divides
into branches, exhibiting large expanses of flat hard soil entirely bare,
called by the natives of the country, Chitrang or
Duhar, and which, after
the sun has risen high above the horizon, have the appearance of sheets of
water, displaying
all
the deceptive and varying images of the Mirage.

this part of its
The breadth
course
is
to
which the bed of the Slakro attains at

it
such as to favor the idea that

it
was a larger river than
the Sutlej, which
may have resembled

;
in the lowness of its banks,
and
its
in
its
winding and slow current
opposed to the conclusion of

is
having ever been a permanent stream,

feeders, the
the fact of
its
principal
known
Guggur and Chittang, having been
ascertained
to be merely rain streams, taking their sources from within the lower
range of the Himalaya.

will,
glance at the
map
of the
Upper Provinces
however, shew the numerous streams by which the whole country

is
between the Sutlej and the Jumna

the Slakro, and
sessed a
it is
drained off into the
bed of
possible that
some
of these streams formerly pos-
more permanent
character, and that their sources
may
not yet
have been traced. Even
if
not permanent, the body of water accumulat-
ed in these streams in former years
may have been
sufficient to
have
1844.]
Route from Seersa

for itself a well-defined
still
to
Bahawulpore.
301
worked
channel through the desert, the traces

this river
of which
flow,
remain.
Ages have elapsed since
ceased to
and
shall leave to those
who
care to prosecute the inquiry,

its
to establish
the permanency or
otherwise of
character,
merely
in
observing here, that from excursions
made north and south
the
desert to a distance of fifteen miles from the river bed, and a compari-
son of the face of the country met with, with that in the bed
I
itself,
traced to
my
entire satisfaction the deserted course of a large river
as far as the Kalipahar wells.
From
built
that point
its
course was reportpassing Delawur
ed to
me
to continue on the
same W. by
on
S. direction,
its
and other
in the
forts in the desert,
channel; perhaps joining
end some forsaken bed of the ever-changing Indus, near where
that river empties itself in the ocean.

8.
The road from Seersa

.
.
to
the wells at Kalipahar, within two
marches of Bahawulpore follows the dry bed of the
Description of the road from Seersa to
Bahawulpore.
*,..
West by South
it,
;
Slakro, conforming to
it
its
windings.
.
Its direction is
sometimes
runs
it
in
.it-. the bed,
sometimes crosses
and sometimes runs
parallel with
on the right
or left bank, never deviating from one or the other of its banks
more
it
than four miles.

is less
On
a comparison with the average run of marches,
heavy for wheel carriages than the road from Kurnaul to Feit
rozepore, and
would continue good

little
at all seasons.
It
runs through
an open country with
or no cultivation, and
it fifty
may
be increased to
any breadth
camels
may march by
abreast on either side of a
column of
9.
troops.
The present supply

y o
of water from wells would suffice for the pas-
sage of a kafila of three hundred camels, and Supp

water.
we
k ave Q
tQ
j ncrease tne
number
it
;
of wells on the
road to admit of large bodies of troops moving by

tion of the stage of Bila-chian the water
is
with the excep-
every where drinkable and
generally good.
10.
There would be no
kindS
difficulty as to supplies of all kinds
on due
notice being given.

U
Such as are not procurable

it
how
p?ocur'aWe.
on the road, can be brought to any point on
in
two days or
horses
is
less
from the Ghara
river.
Gram
for
not procurable beyond Raneeah, but barley and moot, or bajra

substituted.
may be
Forage
for
camels, and grass for bullocks and
302
horses,
Route from Seersa
to
Bahawulpore.
[No. 148.
may be
said to be plentiful throughout the march, unless in sea-
sons of unusual drought.
The
grass
is
of a kind that requires to be

it
cut with a sickle, and notice should be given to have

if
cut and stored,
required for troops.
Barley-bhoosa and moot-bhoosa are plentiful
as far as
11.
Anopgurh, but scarce beyond that stage.
Koss-minars are now being erected at every two miles, to shew

the direction of the road by day
:
Precautions necessary in marching troops
for troops
march-
ing at night,
tion of
it
would
be well to take the precauintervals of four
having
fires lighted at
miles, for the road
once
lost in the desert is not easily recovered.
In
the
march of
troops, the strictest orders should be issued
and enforced
to secure the few people inhabiting along the road
from molestation,
and
will
all
persons employed as guides, for
whom
at first a great
demand
be made, should be liberally paid and encouraged by kind treat-
ment.
12.
Whether viewed with reference

.
to the
march of
troops, or to
..
the dispatch of military stores from the heart of
Advantages of the direct road from Delhi to
our Upper Provinces at Delhi to Scindh, or to a

.
Bahawulpore through the desert much still

required to be done to draw forth its capabilities *
direct line 01 dak from Delhi to bukkur, the adr vantages ot the new road are too obvious to re.,
quire to be dwelt on.
The saving
of time in march-
ing troops by this road instead of by Ferozepore would be ten days, to

say nothing of the vast expense which has hitherto attended the drag-
ging of
fleets of boats
up
to Ferozepore
from Bahawulpore and Sukkur
being avoided,
The time saved in
the conveyance of the dak would be up-
wards of three days.
The advantages
;
of the road as a channel of comI
merce
will
be separately noticed
meanwhile
may
observe, that
if it
be
an object with Government to make the road a thoroughfare,

requires to be done to improve
wells
its
much
still
resources.
greater
number
of
must be dug than

and
kafilas,
will barely suffice to supply the
wants of
tra-
vellers
settle
and encouragement must be held out
to people to
near them.
The
practice hitherto in force with the zemindars on
the road, of exacting payment at discretion from travellers and kafilas

for watering cattle at their wells,
must be put a stop
to.
The zeminown
dars should receive an allowance on the duties levied from their
Governments
for
without remuneration they cannot be expected to

for other people's cattle
draw water from a great depth
which they
re-
1844.]
Route from Seersa

if
to
Bahawulpore.
303
quire for their own, while
their exactions continue, the road will not
be travelled by merchants.*
13. I
have now
to
remark on the
effect
which the opening of the direct
in^fêê^S
have upon commerce, and first on
will
road from Delhi throu g h Seersa to Bahawulpore
w ill have upon commerce.

,
.
This
effect
can only J
,
the commerce between
be fully developed when steam boats plying be-
Bombay, Delhi & Amritsir.
tween Bombay and the Mouth of the Indus, and
,.,-,-',,.
hence to Bhawulpore, shall have rendered the transport of European

manufactures and other articles of commerce by that channel both
safe
and expeditious.
We
may
then expect, from a comparison with
the various routes by which the products and manufactures of Europe
reach the great marts in the Upper Provinces and in the Punjaub,
that the route from
Bombay
to
Bahawulpore by water, and thence by

all
land through Seersa to Delhi, will have the advantage over

in rapidity of
it is
others
communication and
in other respects.
In point of safety,
now much to be preferred to the long land route traversed by kqfilas from Bombay via Pali to Bhiana and Amritsir, which is seldom The trade from Bombay free from the apprehension of plunderers.
by the river route to Bahawulpore, and to the countries North-east of
that mart, has hitherto been trifling in amount, a circumstance that
may
be accounted
for
by the unsettled state of the countries West of the
Indus, since that river was opened in 1832, and by the natural difficulties
of the upward navigation of the rivers with
the unskilful en-
* Several Icafilas returning from
Delhi within the

left
last
month, have gone from
Seersa round by Abohar, and along the
bank
of the Sutlej to
Bahawulpore, alleg-
ing as their reason for not taking the direct road through the desert, their fear of exactions
from zemindars
for
watering their cattle.
The
chief advantage of the desert road for
Jcafilas is its directness.
The duty
levied on
it is
8 annas per camel more than by the

is
circuitous route on
which the Bikanir

is
territory
avoided.
Add
to this, that forage

is
though not scarce in the desert road,

ter
;
more abundant
in the circuitous road, as
wa-
and when we consider how
little it
requires in the shape of exaction or obstruction
to turn trade off its direct channel, it is
obvious that the road through the desert must be

it
cleared from all obstacles of this nature before

sessing greater natural advantages, even
can successfully contend with roads posall
when
has been done for it, that can be done.

it,
Part of the
traffic
from Afghanistan that would otherwise have come by
may now
since our acquisition of territory at Asafwalla on the Ghara, cross to that place direct
from Multan by Pukputtan

Bikanir
states.
thus avoiding the duties to be paid in the Bahawulpore and
At
present, however, the duties
between Multan and Pukputtan are
much
heavier than they are between Multan and Seersa by Bahawulpore.
304
terprize
Route from Seersa
to
Bahawulpore.
[No. 148.
of native merchants unused to the risks of water-carriage.
Early in 1836, a firm of our merchants established at Bahawulpore,
opened a commercial intercourse with Bombay by the river route

meeting with some
loss
but
from the sinking of a cargo on the outset, they
for a time suspended their transactions.

ever, this firm has annually got
For the
last three years,
how-
up an investment of three boat-loads of

cloths,
goods from Bombay, consisting of Europe long
(suphedi,J bars
and
sheets of iron, spices, cocoanuts,
&c.
but they shew a great want of
enterprize in selecting for their voyage the season

its
when the
river
is
at
lowest,
where there
is,
is
less risk,
and they can load
their boats heavi-
ly.
The consequence
that their voyage from
Bombay
to
Bahawulpore
occupies seven months.

the market, and
They
lose the advantage of being first in
much
of their profit is eaten
up by the wages of boat-
men.
Goomsai
Ram
Seth of Luchmungurh, who has branch firms at
Seersa and at Bombay, has
now
sent for an experimental cargo from
Bombay,
in order to
prove in how short a time goods shipped at

river in boats lightly laden,
Bom-
bay, and brought
up the
and taking advan
tage of the season of favorable winds, can be landed at Bahawulpore, and
conveyed thence to the markets at Bhiana and Delhi. Should the result
of his venture be favorable, his example will no doubt have
lowers, and
many
fol-
we
shall in course of time see this
channel of commerce vie
with that from Calcutta to Delhi, and in a great measure supersede the
long and expensive land route from

14.
Bombay
via Pali.
Of
the traffic created between the marts of Bahawulpore and
Seersa by the opening of the

merc<T between
Bahawulpore.
the
new
road, I have
little
t0 sa y*
*n
tne outset > tn e Seersa merchants antici-
marts of Seersa and
p ate d a n great r
demand
for the groceries
which they j
bring
from
near
Shamli,
and export Westwards.
Their anticipations have not been realized.
The consumption
is
at
Bahawulpore
itself is
not very great, and that place
already well sup-
plied by the channel of the Sutlej, from Lodiana
and the Jalindar Dooab

Suk-
and when our merchants would have sent on
their investments to
kur where a demand for them existed, they discovered that the heavy
duties they would have to pay in clearing out of Bahawulpore, would
leave
them
little
or no profit on the investments.
To
avoid these
ruinous duties, they are
now put
to the inconvenience of sending their

side,
goods outside of Bahawulpore to the river
and there keeping them
1844.]
Route from Seersa
to
Bahawulpore.
to
305
;
until they can hire a boat to take
them on
that
Sukkur
and yet
carts
in spite
of this drawback
my
impression
is,
when bullock
it
come
to be
used instead of camels on the new road,
may
successfully
compete
with the river route in supplying Upper Scindh with the groceries and
drugs
in
demand
there,
which can be procured cheaper, and of better
quality from the eastward of Seersa, than from the neighbourhood of
Loodhiana and Jalindar.
The Seersa merchants
will also
have the
advantage of bringing back a return cargo, thus making two profits
when
the river-going trade only yields one.
In addition to sugar,
molasses, cotton, and other groceries, the Seersa merchants should be

able to export to Bahawulpore the indigo
of superior quality to that
grown about Hansi, which
is
now purchased
will
by the Lohani merchants at
Bahawulpore and Shudabad

15.
for export to the western markets.
Another branch of trade that
be more immediately affected
by the opening of the new route, is that from AffJ e s 3dly. On the Combetween Af- ghanistan to India carried on by the Lohanis. This merce
ghanistan and India.
.
,.
is
so well known, that a detailed account of
..
_.
it is
not
requisite.
ally pass
The number of camels laden with merchandize
that annu-
through Dera Ismael Khan towards India, led by these enter-
prizing traders, has been estimated at 7,000.
Those who bring
horses,
are compelled by the Sikh government to take the road to Lahore;
very few of them come by Multan and Bahawulpore.
Those who bring
green and dried

their
fruits,
madder,
assafcetida,
and other merchandize, find
way
to our frontier
from numerous directions, driven by exactions
into circuitous routes, and travelling any distance,
and undergoing any
hardships, rather than pay duties.
Besides the Lohani kqfilas engaged
in this trade, there are kafilas belonging to
Mooltan Affghans, amount-
ing to about
700 camels,
that go annually to Candahar,

in our provinces.
and as
far as
Lucknow and Cawnpore

at
There are
also
merchants
in
Bahawulpore and at Sawulghur
in the desert,
whose camels, 300
number, ply between Dera Ismael Khan, Jang Mani, Multan and our
provinces,
making journies
later in the season,
and purchasing the goods

the duties in the
all dif-
they import from the Lohanis.
The reduction of
Bahawulpore and Bikanir

ficulties in the
states, followed
up by the removal of
supply of water to caravans, should have the effect of
concentrating in the
cribed
;
new road
a great part of the trade above des-
and the Lohanis freed
in a great
measure from former exactions,
306
Route from Seersa
to
Bahawulpore.
[No. 148.
should be able considerably to increase the amount of their imports
and exports.
16. It has been suggested, that the opening of the direct road across
the reference the wants of Commerce on the channels above described, suggests the establishment of a mart or annual fair on the frontier.
to
w With
.
4,
.,
the desert, would enable the Lohanis to
make two
journies to India instead of one.

affords
.
The time saved

.
no ground
..
,
.
for such
.
an expectation, nor
is it
possible in their present
for
they caQ Qnly crogs
mode
...
of travelling;
Suliman range with
their families previous to, or after, the heavy falls of snow,
and they
must leave
is
their families to
;
spend the depth of winter in Damoun, that

but
if it
on
this side the Passes
has not effected what was imprac-
ticable,
as a measure facilitating the access of the Lohanis to our
marts and the supply of their wants, the opening of a direct road, together with the reduction of duties through two of the three foreign
states intervening
between Affghanistan and India, must be admitted

for
I
to have effected
much
commerce between those
countries.
Much
eventual benefit will

to the trade
am
persuaded also arise from this measure
between Bombay and the marts of Upper India and the

if I
Punjab
and
might be permitted to suggest a further measure

it
by which commerce by these two channels might be promoted,

a mart or annual
should be the revival of an old proposition for the establishment of

fair at
a convenient position on the frontier, at which
the merchants from Affghanistan, from Hindoostan, and from Bombay,
might meet and exchange
their
goods free from the vexatious exactions
practised by native governments.
The inconvenience
at
suffered
by our merchants trading
between
Seersa and Upper Scinde, from the want of an intermediate mart
which they might store or dispose of their goods free of exorbitant
duties has been already noticed, and this inconvenience would be more
severely felt should the
Bombay
trade with Delhi and Amritsir follow
the
new
it
channel.
As regards
the effect of a mart or fair in the Lohani
trade,
may be remarked,
that though generally the Lohanis are indif-
ferent to the distance they have to travel to supply their wants, there
are
many
their
of them, even now,
who
find
it
their interest to dispose of

duties,
their
goods at marts nearer home, where they have to pay heavy wants are but indifferently supplied.
and
Many
of them
who
cross the Suliman range with the last kqfila of the season,
may
wish to
1844.]
return with the
Route from Seersa

first,
to
Bahawulpore.
307
and
will dispose of their
goods at Deera Ismael
Khan, at Multan and at Bahawulpore, as has been observed, to the merr

chants of those places, rather than undertake a long march into Hindoostan.
tan,
Others again, whose wants are supplied at Jang Miani, Mul-
Shujabad and Bahawulpore, never come beyond those marts.

after disposing of their
At
Jang Miani,
own
goods, they purchase large

dosooti,
quantities of a particularly
strong coarse cloth, resembling
which, dyed in indigo,
is
the
common wear
indigo,
of the Affghan peasantry.
At Shujabad, they purchase
and
at
Multan and Bahawulpore

It is there-
indigo and coarse chintz, which are exported to Bokhara.
fore obvious, that were a mart once established in a convenient locality
on the
frontier,
where no duties should be
levied, the
number of Lohanis
who would
dispose of their goods there instead of coming on to India,
would be much increased, indeed that the number might be expected

to increase in proportion to the ability of our
merchants to supply their
wants.
17.
Should the foregoing remarks dispose you to view the establish-
Proposes Bahawulpore as the best position tor the mart.
ment ^ a mart
couragement,
position.
it
as a practical object deserving of enwill not
be
difficult to
determine
its its
The town
of Bahawulpore, or a site in
immediate neighbourhood, would unite advantages that could not be

found in any other place.
It is situated
both on the high road of
the trade from Affghanistan to India, and on what promises at no distant

period,
and with due encouragement,
to
become the high road
of trade
It
from Bombay to Delhi, or from Europe to the marts in Upper India.

is
moreover
easily accessible
is
from the capitals of Raj pootana, from Delhi,

itself
and from Amritsir, and

18.
near to Multan,
a great mart.
In conclusion, as connected with the subjects adverted to in this

letter, I
Submits a short tabular statement,
beg
to
draw your attention
to the
annexed
tabular
statement obtained from the Government
traffic
on the rivers Sutlej and Indus above Sukkur.from

1833
to
Native Agent at Bahawulpore, shewing the increase of trade in the Of increase o rivers Sutlej and Indus, since the opening of those r o
rivers early in 1833.
,
,
It will
,
be seen, that in the

.
first
1843.
year the number of boats that descended the river
was
four, laden with
2700 maunds
of merchandize, which, I
may
ob-
serve by the way, was sold at a dead loss,
owing
to the obstacles op-
posed to our merchants by the jealous fears of the Ameers of Scindh. In
303
Route from Seersa
to
Bahawulpore.
is
[[No. 148.
the last year, 1843, the
number
of boats
stated at 1125,
and the
quantity of merchandize at 2,14,416 maunds.
All the 1125 boats,
save the three alluded to in a former part of this letter as bringing
cargoes from
Bombay up
the Indus, are downward-going boats, en-
gaged in carrying groceries and drugs from near Ferozepore and

Lodiana, and grain from near Sutpore and Mithankote to Scindh.
It
must be admitted,
that the greater portion of the 2,14,416

is
maunds
of
merchandize so-called
grain, the
demand
for
which in Scindh arises

;
from the presence there of a large body of our troops
that the trade
up the
on the
rivers
from Bombay
is
at present trifling
that the population
rivers is too scanty
and too poor
to be able for
many
;
years to
I
come
still
to purchase
any quantity of our Europe manufactures
but
would
draw your attention
to the general progress of traffic on the rivers.
In 1833, on the course of the Sutlej and Ghara from Loodiana to
near Bahawulpore, there were no boats but one or two at each of the
ferries,
ten or twelve miles apart, used for crossing the river.
The use
of oars
and masts and
sails
was unknown, and a voyage down or up the
river to any distance unheard of.
We
now see
the boatmen of the upper

sailors,
course of the Gharra and Sutlej become expert
and making
a voyage to Sukkur and back
is
common
occurrence, while the actual
number
to
of boats between Loodiana and
Sukkur has increased from 250

to
upwards of 750.
These are results which appear
me
to justify
our entertaining sanguine hopes of one day seeing the neglected rivers
to the N.
W.
of the Indian Continent vie with those to the East, as
channels of commerce and civilization.

I
have, &c.
F.
(Signed)
Pol. Dept. Supt. Office,
Mackeson,
Off. Supt. Bhutteeana.
Bhuttee Territory, Seersa, \5th April, 1844.
1844.]
Route from Seersa

0J
to
Bahawulpore.
309
?88A\s
t
bn
la
Efl
-a ^5
o
3
-S
CJ
~co
a > o
5c
co"
CD
CD
CD
CD
o
cd 0) cd
0) to
3 3
-a CQ *J
U a
CO
aa^B^V
*
s->
3
be
-J
J2
..
CD
"*
"^
be
CO
3 O
T#
-3
>
0)
3
CD
IS
o A
a o
O 00
-3'
CD CD
&
cd
co
CM
-
i
>
5R
3^
CO CD co .
CD
.3
S'SSIS
CD
co
a
=*-<
.
ed
-
a 5 m
.2">
CD CD
-t-i
n S-3
CD
s a cd
CD.2^
'?
00
&I
Q
>-3
O io>00
CO
cd
cd
t.
J*-.
3
-2
O
-a
ITS
. *
3 4-1 O O
3
ri<J
3 O
H8M
J3
| i
t
ui aa^B/W
CO
O "
l
. *
Q*
cd
"a> r>
ooBjans
M0[8q
aa?B^\.
oo
ex. t-
. *
.
*
*3 o
a
o
ft
a.
c
lO
CO
3*
53
o3 CD M 3 3 O
a
55
.^j
s
*j
Cd
cd &fi *
^!
cd
s
-I
CN
*-'
H
SJ9AI>J
Cd
. t
cd
.a
o 3
Sh
CO
-a
cd
*d
bD
O
PS
2 > *"
CC
* *J
t^cd -3 &4
CO
-a
cd
o-3 o
be
s
CD
P jb
04
*"*
o o
O eo
<#
OS
(3 bS
sim^
sa^lM
t^
CM
5f
sdoq S Jo
-on
<M
^
o
snopf
ON
CO cd bfi cd
Bo o2
j
f
. .
CC
o
CO
cd
OS
a
cd
cu cu
CD CD
cd"
a s 3
PQ
CD
55
s;
DODfl
CD CD
-oqin V
HMD
^
1
BSJ39S IT Aio}\ud ^
oaûqq 'luapuaiuuadng
X aoiuiax
qsiiug
'
310
Route from Seersa

+S
to
Bahawulpore.
!3ja>
.2
[No. 148.
CO
* >
rt
o ^
03
lu
ft?,
o?
~~2
M & _ a) > co a co 0) O a r ooja o^ a
s 2 S o * 2
-a
^00 g3^ ~0
03 ,
.ts
be
<
3 O a G .a o
io
S3.
^>CQ
a 2
"
'.
In oT
JN,- * STS
a s O
03" o -a -a * " : a g o cocq^ b U 3 CO 2 eao-j a e'Tl a coq a g-2 0) CQ 2 a â a >-, a .2 c0 03 ro

'
Sft
<"
c* 3
CO
<c
05
^ o
2.
"5"
w ;^y= '<-afa c
OV
CO
pfs-a.
f-
t3
cOi
SJpM
CO
CD
CO
-a
,
J3
i
aottjin s
2tf
Q ^
MOjaq
JajAV
O O O
*"' *-
03
*^
jfl a
rt
to
t^ 3 strg-E
03
!_ * CO
rt
&
sp a o s-
. ^
SJ8AT>]
rt
-a-S-g
t
CO
o
&
spaÂ
'sjin^
'
I
S8 I!W
ft?
sdoqg jo -oî
sssnofj jo -on
tUD rt
o
CO 03
a
rt
to
sauu -oqiny Iiato

It?
ajaraty
BU'BioodrB^ ui
ûa^v s^^janar) joujaAO*)

jo Bfr?^j
X aoji.ua j,
Xjojujaj,
sôaunôig
1844.]
Route from Seersa
to
Bahawulpore.
311
\i
3
a.
<=>
OT3
;
St
O p
e o o
J3
bcH
-:a
gjtrg
*3
;_
<H
o 2 ^ O d
rj
bfi~
is
co
to
&-5 US' 3 a > >. Q S 4 a3 M o

*>
O f
IN
:
CO
CO
o
,
-e _
&
0)
Sfad
MOpq
cr>
00
i 00 00
CO 00
.a
a o
-3
gg*
S
J 9 AI>T
|
*>
"C3
-o
-c
6-6
O O o o
b/obc
>
be

t*
PÂ
o CM
CO
to
o CM
rrj<
OO ^CM
iO
>
o
CO
t>
3
Cb
-spnj
Q
|
'"TOW
(JiOi
sdoqsJO"ON
sasnoH
1
O a o
GO
4C0<N
iO
e: 0)
-a
so
CU
o
*
I
CO CU
: I
^
: !
CM CM
: r
-
!
.
&0
at
rt
GO
S 3
bC
i^
j-
3
-fl
a
be
3
-3
bfl
o
CO
CD 0)
"ffl
SB
3
00
a s
55
2 u
cu
Cm
.~ a> cxffl
<
s^jauar)
o o s
saqu
OlflllV ITAX0
j
W TÛBioodft?}]
ui
maSy
.loiuaAOt)
'Aaoiujlbj,
2 Y
'
312
Route from Seersa
to
Bahawulpore.
03
[No. 148.
co
r
be J5
s p
SM
ri
S
o3
is
OJ
cj
03
>
OJ
4
03
CO CD
OJ OJ en
oS
be
cm
oS
13
=3
=3
O
OJ
S3 o.
fl
OJ CJ
>
03^
co
CO
oJ-O "C T3
i S3
CO
OJ
T3
O 3 CO
o g
a3
aT
OJ
^5 ri
n3
5=5
eS
 s
s-
03
73
S o-o*" 5 bc^-o .
<D
at
oj
of
o =3 S PiO
J3
A3
1
be--3
2
co
1
Po 4
fe5
O
S3
2
.a
Q
1^
u-5
^ 2 Z B 03 g S o
CO^
.-9
pa
S3
(MO>
"
'SJI8AY
CO
*
!o
T*
^
CO
coco
CO
**
w'S
G
o
Mopq
J9^M
S3
CO
t^-
o
t>.
co
<ct<
o <*
(M CO
(M
d.
d
<*
d.^
^*
d, in
:m
COfo
*
f
3 -r* 0)
"^
a
03
. ;
.
*
II
-'
CO
9AIH
'.
*
:
,
:
,
,
<3
T3
o>
T3 -a
O
23
o o
be
8
-o
o o
bo
T3"d
3 03
j3
gs
T3
^j
o o o o
bJ3bc
O
:
be
:
mi
Si
U 5
>
03
co oj
J3
O o
be
ffl'a
PA
00
CMO 1 r
1
o
f
-*
00
"*
o
CO
S3
sjanj
co
:
COCO
:
l>.
Q
r<
S9ip\[
cM
^
o o
3
: I
in
1-4
05
C<J
Ift
co
Tf
T*
O
-d*
sdoq S
-ON
S9
sno^
*N
an
O o
Â^N
=-
8
; *
oo
CM
;
o
;
;
JO
be
o3
Cfl
OS
Si
o3
OJ
^3
03 0)
o
co
O a
33
V.
S3
S--0
bxi
si
3
*
o o
CL.
Cu
be
OJ
.Cj
rt
^-3 3t3
a*
r=5
So
*
O d
3 &
01
Pu jq
r2
03
OS o)
,3
oS
UJ
cu
Q
-
3T1TJ
-oqin V
HAK3
1
A iq J-U9.L
Ajojuuax
s t aaod[
riAveqa jo
qM^
1844.]
Route from Seersa
to
Bahawulpore.
313
Statement of number of Boats laden with Merchandise and with quantity of ditto,
which have passed down and up the rivers Sutlej and Indus, from Loodeeana,
Ferozepore, Bahawulpore, Mithen/cote to SuJckur and bade, and in each year
from
a. d.
1833
to 1843.
No. of
Boats.
Quantity of Merchandise.
M.
S.
C.
From From From From From From From From From From From
January January January January January January January January January January January
to to
to to to to to to to to to
December, December, December, December, December, December, December, December, December, December, December,
1833, 1834, 1835, 1836, 1837, 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1 842, 1843,
4 3
7
9
11
,r
20 350 500 650 495 1125

(Signed)
F.
2,700 2,200 5,800 6,800 8,700 11,000 1,97,525 1,99,764 2,40,476 2,17,385 2,44,416
Mackeson,
Officiating Superintendent.
Note on a recent Fossil Fresh-water Deposit in Southern India, with a
few remarks on
the origin
and age of the Kunker, and on
the
supposed
decrease of Thermal Temperature in India.
By
Capt.
Newbold,
M. N.
I.
Assistant Resident, Kurnool,
Madras
Territory.
The geographical
locality of this deposit is in the
Kurnool
territory,
about a mile easterly from the village of Lunjabunda, in about latitude
N. 15 30' and longitude E. 78
3'.
It lies in a jungly defile, or transverse valley, crossing the

hills
range of
which, running nearly N. by E. and S. by
W.
divides Kurnool
into
two portions. This range commences about

after traversing the
five miles S. of the city,
and
whole length of the Kurnool
territory, passes
it
below the Zurairoo valley, to the E. of Gooty, where
is
connected
with the Cuddapah chains, which, curving easterly, terminate near the
coast in the Naggery ranges.
These ranges consist principally of the diamond-sandstone and

limestone, and comprise within their area the
diamond mines of Con-
dapetta,Chinnoor, Ovalumpully, Munimudgoo, Banganpilly, Ramulacota,
and others of
less
note.
The
fossil
deposit rests on this sandstone

is
conglomerate, which at no great distance

with a dip of 10 to the S. of E.
seen reposing on granite,
31
Recent Fossil Fresh-water deposit,

little to
fyc.
[No. 148.
the E. of this, the
diamond limestone intervenes between
the granite and sandstone, underlying the latter in conformable dip and
stratification.
spring rising from the foot of a
mound
of conglomerate,
composed
of fragments of the sandstone rocks cemented by kunker, marks the

site of the fossil bed,
which
lies in
a slight depression above this mound,

in its present state.
and considerably out of the reach of the spring

It
is
only a few yards in extent, and has evidently been deposited

I shall allude present-
by the spring under former conditions, to which

ly.
The imbedding matter
is
also a kunker, but one of a
much
harder,
compact, and siliceous nature than that at present seen around the
margin of the spring, and below the
mud
at the bottom.
Portions of
it
are sometimes so siliceous, as to give
fire
with steel and scratch glass
other portions of the rock contain more lime, are less compact, and
effervesce freely with acids.
The colour
is
a light brownish-grey
fracture varying from flat-conchoidal to earthy.
The
shells
imbedded are fresh-water, principally melania, with a

all
few small planorbes, and are

the former
is
of existing genera.
The number
of
so proportionally great, as to excite surprise in persons
who have
not studied the segregarious habits of the inhabitants of freshshells.
water and terrestrial
Besides the shells there are impressions
and casts of the stems of

bonate of lime.
grasses, reeds, &c. perfectly fossilized by car-
The
shells
afford
instructive
examples of the various stages of
fossilization.
Some
of their coats have been completely converted into

;
sparry carbonate of lime

paste,
others have been filled with the imbedding

shell
is
which,
when the
broken
off,
exhibit
a cast with a
highly polished exterior.

of quartz
;
Others again are lined with drusy crystals

is
in
some, this siliceous crystallization

interior,
just beginning to
roughen the surface of the

the aid of a lens
;
and
is
hardly perceptible without
thus exhibiting interesting examples of the processes
by which
fissures in rocks are lined
and
filled
;
up with minerals which

geodes of calcedony and
zeolite in the midst
we look
in vain for in the enclosing walls
agate, with calc spar
and crystals of quartz and
of calc spar.
have seen a solitary and beautiful pyramidal hexagon of

in the whitest
rock crystal, glittering like a diamond

the saccharine marble of Carrara.
snow, in a mass of
None
of the shells have lost their carbonic acid, although they have
1844.]
Recent Fossil Fresh- water deposit, c.

;
315
as
if
parted with most of their colour
and some are quite empty
imbed-
ded but yesterday
most have been evidently entombed in a dead state.

proceeded to examine the
of the fossil bed.
Its
As no
trap or other volcanic rock was at hand to account for the
silicification of this fresh- water limestone, I
present deposit of the spring a few yards
West
water
85
3'
I discovered
to
is
be
slightly thermal,
having a temperature of
Farht. which
a few degrees above the mean temperature of the

;
spot, isothermally calculated
the height above the sea as roughly apis
proximated by the boiling point of water,
about 1250
feet,
and the
average temperature of the ordinary wells about 80 Farht.
The
present deposit of these waters

six inches thick,
is
a brownish-grey calcareous
mud, about
mingled with sand, imbedding similar fresh-
water shells and a minute specimen of paludina.

leaves were also found
ed, while others are
in
it
;
Stems of grasses and
some of the
latter apparently just decay;
blackened by carbonization
lay
none were
fossilized.
Below the mud

in character
a deposit of nodular kunker, quite distinct

fossil bed,
from that of the
being white and earthy, externally

I
pulverulent or chalky, but internally compact and hard.
did not
observe any shells or plants in
it.
The depth
of this layer could not
be ascertained for want of leisure, and better instruments for digging
under water than a geological hammer.
The water
bubbles
line,
;
of the spring
is tasteless,
inodorous, and free from gaseous

is
and, instead of any free carbonic acid gas,
slightly alka;
turning reddened litmus paper into a faint greenish blue
oxalate
of ammonia, and muriate of baryta produced

precipitate.
nitric acid,
slice of gall
a considerable
white
dilute
That from the muriate of baryta effervesced with

shewing the precipitate to be carbonate of lime.
nut suspended
silica in the water,
thin
detected a trace of iron.
minute portion of
remained after evaporation.
The present
layer of
mud
then, as
we have
just seen,
is
is
more of a
evidently
mechanical deposit than the subjacent white kunker, which
a chemical precipitate, and concretionary in character, while that which
has fossilized the shells and plants,

deed, as to resemble in
is far
more
siliceous
so
much
so in-
some parts the
siliceous tufa deposited
by the hot
India.
springs of Iceland,
more than the common calcareous kunker of
The
the
natives declare, that both the volume and heat of these thermal
springs, (of which I have within the last
two years discovered several

There
is
in
diamond formation,) are on
the decrease.
no question
316

is
fyc.
[No. 148.
that the spring under description
fast
drying up, for the
Reddy
of
the village pointed out to

forty years,
me
land,
it.
now
It
waste, which, within the last
had been irrigated by
to the cattle
and
the beasts of the forest.
now yields but a scant supply The traditionary accounts of
the diminishing temperature are by no means so satisfactory, since Hindoos had no means of measuring warmth or cold.
However, the examination of the deposits in and around the mouth the natives say, assuming that of this spring goes to support what
the fossils is of an older date the more siliceous deposit containing and formed when the spring the two at the bottom of the spring,
than
was more abundant, and
its
water hot enough to hold a considerable
possibly combined. quantity of silica as well as lime in solution,
As
the
most of heat decreased, the water would lose

the lime
;
its silica,
but
still
retain
at this period
it
may be
inferred, that the
kunker was preci-
As the heat still earth's surface. pitated as the water cooled on the solution decreased to the diminished, the portion of lime brought up in That such is the fact appears from it. state in which we now see of two other and warmer springs, which the circumstance of the water considerably in the same formation, holding I have since discovered
more lime
in solution than this.
formation still of two other thermal springs in the same on their sides and on the rocks deposit lime as a kunkrous incrustation
The waters
in their course.
These had a higher temperature
viz.
90 and 91
3'
the minerals
greater.
One proportion of lime is held in solution are similar, but the containwere all slightly alkaline, and fact is worthy of note, that they
ed no perceptible free carbonic acid.
problem, as indicated by the traIn order to ascertain the interesting between the quantity and quality ditions of natives, and the difference part of deposits; viz. that the heat of this of the present and ancient desirable to keep a the globe is decreasing, it would be
the interior of
springs of S. India, but of those far register not only of the thermal great Southern line of dislocation of hotter fountains that gush from the Central and Western India. strata, and the trap hills of
the Himalayan
The
with
heat of the springs might be compared thermometers. After
annually or triennially noted
many
experiments,
find ex-
such generally affect the temperature of isting meteorological causes care should be taken, in great springs in a sensible degree; and
1844.]
fyc.
317
making successive experiments,

far as possible similar.
that the meteorological conditions be as
The time
of the year should be the dry season
and the time of day, sun-set and sun-rise.
The
ker,
it
plains and valleys of India are often covered with sheets of kunfeet deep, overspreading places
;
sometimes upwards of 70
where
could never have been deposited by rivers or rivulets

is to
and where
now, not a spring or drop of water

trap dykes,
be seen.
Along the edges of
we
occasionally observe
mounds
of kunker precisely resem-
bling those around the mouths of existing kunker-depositing^ springs,
but we look in vain for the springs that deposited the former.
Still
these dwindled remains of springs are generally to be found

surface,
where kunker prevails at no great depth from the

of their heat
deprived
and of the greater part of
their mineral character,
which
renders the water better adapted for the use of
man and
animals.
Most of the native diggers

almost a sure
sign of
in boring for a well, consider If there
kunker as
the vicinity of water.
can be any
doubt after what has been said of the certainty of the vast sheets of
kunker at present seen covering waterless
plains,
and the arid summits
of hills of S. India having been formed by springs,
many
of which are
now
dried
up or
diverted,
it
will be removed on an inspection of a
vertical section of the rocks
which underlie
it.
These, whether trap,
granite,
the hypogene schists, sandstone or limestone, will be found
invariably to be penetrated by nearly vertical fissures, through which the
kunker appears to
rise like trap in a
dyke and
to overflow the surround-
ing surface, and like
trap,
to introduce itself into
any horizontal or
other seams, imparting the appearance of beds of kunker alternating
with gneiss, &c.
On
more minute inspection
it
will
be found, that
the kunker has in reality been precipitated chemically from the water
of springs that now, or formerly, found vent to the surface through

these fissures.
The thermal waters holding
the lime in solution as they
cooled in approaching the surface deposited the lime as they ascended.

I
had an opportunity
in 1840, of studying the formation of travertine
in the old volcanic area
around Rome, and found

the leading facts.
it
to assimilate that of
the Indian kunker in
all
The
calcareous conglomerates
at present forming along the shores of the
Red Sea and Mediterranean,

whether of the
are
little different
from the present kunkrous conglomerates of India.
It
may
also be added, that the surface soils of S. India,
red alluvial, or the black regur, are frequently so strongly impregnated
318
fyc.
QNo. 148.
with muriate and carbonate of soda, as to be utterly unfit for the purposes of agriculture.
Many
of the springs in such situations are

;
still
brackish, holding a portion of these salts in solution
but are quite insoil to
adequate to have caused their diffusion in the superincumbent

the present
immense amount.
going on, and to
it
It is difficult to classify a formation still
fix
the
period,
geologically,
when
it
commenced, as
is
seen in
all
rocks
from the granite to alluvium.

to divide
it
We
viz.
have sufficient evidence, however,
into
two periods
which
it
that immediately prior to the depo-
sition of the regur,
often underlies in thick beds,
and the pre-
sent formation, going on.
The kunker
characterized by the remains
of the mastodon at Hingoli, and the kunker conglomerate imbedding

the
mammoth
may be
near Nursingapore, like the travertin of Rome, which

this
imbeds the remains of

shells,
animal and of existing species of fresh-water
referred to the post pleiocene period.

first fossil
Since the discovery of the
bed
have found another near the
temple of Hoodelaity on the same range, of considerably greater extent,

being more than ten feet thick, resting on the ledge of a precipice thirty
feet
above the present level of a stream formed by a thermal spring.

vestige of the spring that deposited this bed
is
But not a
to be seen.
The stems and

fect form,
plants
it fossilizes
are in a
much more
I
distinct
and per-
and in addition to Melania and Planorbis,

shell
;
found fragments
of Unio,
and a
having the suborbicular shape of Cyrena with the
thinness of Cyclas
into each other
;
two forms of fresh-water Conchifer that often pass
the hinge was not visible.
very perfect impression

reni-
of a leaf,
and a number of curious cylindrical bulbiform and
form bodies, probably vegetable forms, were found.

face of this cliff presents in its layers all the curved
The
vertical sur-
and geodic forms
seen in oriental agate, and imbeds solid fragments of a more ancient
kunker.
fissure,
The
height of the sandstone

I
cliffs
forming the sides of the
(probably a fault,)
found, by a trigonometrical observation, to
be 75 feet from the bed of the stream.
Specimens of some of the
fossil shells,
and supposed
petrified vege-
table forms have been forwarded to the

I
Museum
have
little
doubt of the longer and thinner cylindrical bodies being stems
of grasses.
They are seen
in the
rock fossilized
in clusters
upright as
they grew, with fresh-water shells half entangled about their roots.
~'a>"~
11
^fyyf
::$
-.
JOURNAL
ASIATIC SOCIETY
Note on
the Mijjertheyn Somalees.
By
Lieut. C. J.
Cruttenden,
Assistant Political Agent, at Aden.
The Mijjertheyn Somalees

Taweel, a
flat belt
inhabit the tract of country extending
from the small port of Bunder Tegadah on the Northern coast of Seef
of land in latitude 6 30' N. and longitude 48 4'
E. (Owen,) on the Eastern side of Africa, where they are bounded by

the
Hameea
their
tribe.
The province
of
Murregham forms
their limit to
the South, and the warlike tribes of the Dulbahante and Wursungeli,
mark The
from
Western boundary.
is
country, generally speaking,
composed of continuous limestone

N. W., and varying
in altitude
ranges, mostly running E. S. E. and

1,
W.
500
to
6,000
feet.
In some parts, especially at Bunder Murayah,
the mountains near their summits are almost entirely composed of pure
white marble; they form naked sheets on which
may be
seen the "lubarC
or frankincense tree, growing without any visible
means of nourishits roots.
ment, or any apparent fissure in the rock to support
No. 149.
No
65,
New
Series.
2 z
320
Note on
[No. 149.
The
valleys between these ranges are uniformly well

acacias,
wooded with
in-
mimosas and
and exhibit
in the
rugged water-courses that
tersect them, strong proofs of occasional heavy torrents from the hills.
An ample
supply of pasturage for the flocks
is
afforded by these valleys
during the N. E. monsoon, but during the hot months they are alike
destitute of water and grass.
On
the extreme Eastern point of Africa, a tract of sandy country
extends about nine miles to the North of the range of Jerd Hafoon,
(commonly Guardafui,) forming the promontory of Ras Asseyr, which

a limestone
cliff
is
perpendicular in
its
Northern
face,
and gradually
sloping away to the Southward.
few stunted bushes scattered over
the sand hills somewhat relieve the eye, and after a few showers of
rain, sufficient grass springs
up
to support a few half-starved goats

I
and
sheep.
I
During an excursion that
made up
the Jerd Hafoon range,
found the frankincense and
gum
arable growing at a
very
trifling
elevation above the sea, certainly not

feet the dragon's blood tree cotra,
more than 400
feet.
At 1,500
was found, exactly similar

in
to that of So-
and on the summit of the table land, aloes
abundance, with the
gum
tragacanth, &c.
tribe apparently
The
know
little
or nothing of their origin
their
traditions indeed give their descent from the
noble Arab
family of
flee
Hasheur, whose grand-son, Jabarti bin Ismail, being obliged to
from his own country, was wrecked on

fisherman of the
this coast,
and
falling in with a
Haweea
tribe,
married his daughter, who with her
father embraced the religion of Islam.
Their descendants gradually
expelled the original tenants of the country, and eventually became
masters of the
soil.
it
In speaking of their country, they frequently give
the
name
of
"
Darroad" which was one

still
of the names of Jabarti bin Ismail, and some
two or three houses
exist in
Mecca, which the Mijjertheyn
affect
to consider as peculiarly belonging to the pilgrims from their tribe, on
account of their having been erected by their great Arab forefathers.
They
repel with scorn the supposition that they were probably at
one time a branch of the Galla, but always speak with great complacency of their Arab descent, especially dwelling upon their early acceptance of the tenets of Islam.
1844.]
Note on the Mijjertheyn Somalees.

is
321
This
the only Somalee tribe that
have met with who acknow-
ledge the
the days
name
of Sultan; and though
some years have elapsed

still
since
when one man governed
the entire country,
the
title
has
descended in the direct
line of the eldest son,
down
to its present pos-
sessor, a lad of eleven years of age.
As
in
Arabia, so in this country, the people

viz.
may be
divided into two
classes;
those
who
reside at the different Bunders,
and employ
themselves in trade with India, and the
Red Sea; and
the Bedouin part
of the population, whose only wealth consists in their horses, camels,

sheep,
&c, and
the
gums which
their
mountains produce so abundantly.
Regarding the town's-people, they are precisely the same as the
town-Arabs
the
worst specimens of the
tribe.
Intolerant (from
(if
ignorance) in their religion, avaricious to excess, and

equalling
the Dunkali tribe at Tajoora in
life
possible)
duplicity
and falsehood,
they lead a
of utter indolence
their only care being to get a
good
price for their gums, which the
more industrious Bedouin brings from
the mountains, and which are carried for them to the
Red Sea and

this
Indian markets in bugalas, navigated chiefly by Arabs.
We
had many opportunities of seeing and judging of
class
during our protracted stay on this coast at the wreck of the Memnon, and
by every one,
think
of
can safely say, we were more or
less deceived. live
Though many
in the coarsest
them are men of considerable property, they

possible; a
little
manner
jowari bread, and a few dates

Mangalore
form their
rice
common
food, varied occasionally by a dish of

salt shark.
and a piece of
Meat
is
too valuable amongst

is
them
to
form a
in
common
article of food,
but a sheep
generally slaughtered
honor of a guest who may be reasonably supposed to be able and
willing to pay for the
same by a return present.
In the N. E.
mon-
soon they have a tolerable supply of milk, which forms an agreeable

addition to their daily fare.
They never smoke, but many chew
to-
bacco to excess, and some of them adopt the Dunkali custom of mixing
a small quantity of
wood ashes with
the leaf to increase
its
pungency.
The Bedouin
them, they
flocks is
portion of the tribe are strictly a race of shepherds,

;
with no fixed habitation
and carrying
all
their worldly goods with
much resemble
the Arabs of Nejd.
The number
of their
re-
immense, and they form a large moving population, rarely
322
Note on

in
[No. 149.
maining more than three weeks
one place, and regulating their change
of pasture so as to leave the table lands untouched until the end of the
N. E. monsoon, or about the middle of February, by which time the

grass there has
become abundant, and
if
a moderate quantity of rain

season, or about the
has
fallen, sufficient to last
them during the hot

are on an average a
end of November.
They
mean looking race
of
men, not to be compared with the Somalees to the Westward, nor have
their
women much
pretension to beauty.
The men,
generally speaking,
are undersized, of slight but compact make, and the fatigue and pri-
vation that they will endure without repining
is
almost incredible.
Nominally Mohammedans, hardly one
in
thirty
can correctly repeat
the prescribed formula of daily prayer, and the lucky
man who
has
been taught to read and write, steals from hut to hut with a well-
thumbed copy of the Koran slung over

skin to do duty as a prayer carpet.
his shoulders in a leather bag,
a huge wooden ink bottle dangling at his girdle, and a dressed goat's
One
of these learned individuals

title
whom we met
at Toh6n,
I
was dignified with the
of " Doctor," but
with what reason
could not discover.
The Bedouins
thing else
article
;
live
almost entirely upon milk, and prefer
it
to any
so long as they can procure a moderate supply of this

else,
from their flocks they rarely touch any thing
save
when
they visit the coast.

tities
Rice, jowari and dates are imported in large quan-
from India and Arabia, but they rarely use them until the dry
season diminishes the quantity of milk.
For the same reason, except

flocks,
during the hot season, they are unwilling to part with their
and
though we experienced but
little difficulty in procuring a sufficient
and regular supply of fresh meat, our success
imagine ought to be
attributed to the magic influence of dollars instead of rice and coarse
dungaree cloth, which form the

coast.
common
articles of barter
on
this
As
the season advanced, however, even

sell
money began
to fail to
induce the people to

that
I
their fat sheep
and goats, and

to send a
at the time
am
writing
this,
we have been compelled

and
man
three days'
journey to procure them.
The Bedouins
good.
" If
rarely drink
coffee,
their
reasons
shall
are
it
rather
again,
we drink
coffee once," say they, "
we
want
and where are we
to get it from."
1844.]
323
solely
is
This abstemiousness
their
amongst them when dependent
upon
own
resources,
vanishes as soon as a hearty meal

else,
offered
at the expense of
any one
when they
will
consume an immense
quantity of meat, rice and ghee, on the prudent principle of profiting
by the opportunity
and the man who
sells
a sheep to a traveller on
a journey, always considers himself fully entitled to a share of the

same.
We
made
frequent short excursions inland during the operations on
the wreck, and
we were never molested by any

we found
of these people, though
I should not feel disposed to place entire confidence in them.
That
they are all arrant thieves
out, certainly to our cost at our
camp, where a regular system of plunder went on for a short time.
They were
all
so miserably poor, that any thing like hospitality could

;
hardly be looked for

if
but we always experienced
civility
from them
we approached their huts, and entered into conversation with them.

few spoonfuls of sugar to the children generally had the
effect of
bringing out the females of the ghurrea, (a place where the shepherd
resides,)
and
in a
few minutes we were the best friends in the world.

girl
On
of
one occasion, a
was brought who had
lost her foot
and ancle
by the
bite of a snake,
sticks.
and who was hopping about with the help
two
On
Captain Powell proposing that she should have
a wooden leg, and offering to get one made, the crowd of listeners
at first
were
lost in
wonder, but when the principle and the advantages

leg
of the said
wooden
were explained, they were beyond measure
delighted, and declaring that so astonishing a conception never would
have entered their thick heads, they begged that the carpenter, might
be set to work directly
;
handsome wooden leg was accordingly
made, and under the superintendence of the surgeon, strapped on

properly
;
but what afterwards became of the young lady

it
never heard.
Ignorant and simple as these people are,

their jealousy
is
not surprising that
should
occasionally
have been awakened
when
they
saw a strange people, so superior
in every
way
to themselves,
wander-
ing about their country without any apparent reason for so doing.
Contented as they were with their stony mountains, they naturally

alarmed at the preference we appeared to shew
that
for them,
felt
and the idea
we were about
to take the country,
was seriously discussed.
324
I
Note on

after
I
[No. 149.
had returned from the Jerd Hafoon range
two or three days'
stay there, and where, owing to the heavy rain,

to take a tent,
had been compelled
and
in
company with Captain Powell, was on my way

from our
one,
to an assemblage of the chiefs at a considerable distance
camp, when we were overtaken by a party of Bedouins, of

by name Noor, was a chief of some importance at Murayah.
whom
Leaning
upon
halt
all
his
two spears, he
in the first place peremptorily ordered us to
where we were and proceed no
farther,
which,
in-as-much-as
our baggage had gone on, we thought proper to decline.
With
his
eyes flashing and in a towering rage, he then said, " If you are men,
also are
other,
we
men, and therefore

I
it is
wajib that we should understand each
and now
wish to be informed by what right you have built
three forts on Jerd Hafoon, and what you
mean by wandering over
the
country as
if
you were the owners of

and requested him
it."
We
told
him that any thing
he might have to say, we should be glad to hear at the end of our

day's march,
to follow us,
to which,
after
some
demur, he consented.
On
the road, however, he
made some
came
inquiries
from one of our followers, which apparently made him heartily ashamed
of himself, and on our arrival at the halting place, he
at once,
into our tent
and
said,
that the Bedouins had seen
my
tent pitched
it
on
the Jerd Hafoon range at three different points, and taking
for a
chunamed
him
building,
had reported
it
as such to him.
We
laughed at
for his folly,
and became good friends again.

form the only fighting men
Though
of
the town's-people affect to despise the Bedouins, and speak

race, they
in the
them as a treacherous
event of war. Their elders, moreover, are descended from the Sultan, and
their voice has sufficient weight at a great national
meeting to drown the
clamours of the arrogant chiefs who reside on the coast.

of the Sultan
The name
remind them
among
the Bedouins
is
highly venerated, and certain cusstill
toms handed down from time immemorial

of the respect due to the family.
exist to
short account of the division of the country will serve to shew

their power.
whence these Bedouins derive

Sultan
Mohamed,
the last chief
who governed
the entire country, and
whose death took place some 300 years ago,
at his death divided the
country equally between his three eldest sons, Othman, Esa and Omar.
1844.]

allotted the
325
To Othman was
Ghassim
to
Northern portion, extending from Bunder

Esa, the part between the country of
;
Ras Hafoon.
the
To
Othman and
Wadi Nogal
and
to
Oman,
the belt of country
from Wadi Nogal to the province of Murreyhan.
From Esa and Omar sprung

have just mentioned,
whilst
the Bedouin chiefs,

posterity
whose influence
the
Bunders and the trade with the opposite

pass through four generations,
Othman enjoyed the coast. From Othman we

of
which brings us to another,
Sultan
Mohamed, who died 25 years
ago.
The
living.
chief had had six wives and
17 sons, of
whom
12 are
now
Prior to his death, he portioned out his territory amongst his

allotting a
children,
separate village to the sons by each wife, but
enjoining them to pay obedience to the authority of his eldest son,
who would be
of the Sultan
his successor.
Bunder Murayah became the residence
Othman on
the death of his father, and the villages of
Aloolla, Feeluk, Geyseli,

his brothers.
Gursah and Wurbah were divided between
Sultan Othman, in conjunction with a
Somah merchant
Murayah,
named Fatha Abdi,
built seven or eight fortified houses at port.
and considerably increased the trade of the
He
slain
died at about the age of 50, and was succeeded by his eldest
son Yusuf,
who
after a turbulent reign of
two
years,
was treacherously
by an individual of the Ali Seliman branch of the Mijjertheyn,
inhabiting Bunder Khor. His only son, a boy of four or five years of age,
being too young to be considered of

with the
uncles
much
importance, was dignified
name
of Sultan, which,
will
when he
attains to
manhood,
his great
probably
not permit him to enjoy.
He
is
under the
guardianship of Noor Othman, his uncle,

mother, and who
in
who
has also married his
striving to maintain the importance
due
to the
Sultan, has succeeded in causing a bitter and irreconcileable feud with

the other branches of the house of
Othman.
To
found
account for the large number of children that are frequently

in
one family,
it
must be borne
is
in
mind, that polygamy, which

is
to the extent of four wives
tolerated
by the Mahomedan law,
here
in a powerful chief considered indispensable.
Four wives are there-
fore married as soon as possible after he arrives at
manhood
is
any wife
proving barren, or who has given over bearing,
at once divorced,
326
Note on
[No. 149.
and another substituted.
In
some
cases, especially
when a
is
chief has
lost several children in battle, a
much
greater licence
allowed, and
the
number
of wives
is
unlimited.
I have
mentioned that Sultan

is
Mohamed had
17 sons; but
in
if
my
information
correct, he
had also 19 daughters, who
accordance
with eastern custom, do not " count" as part of the family.
When
the
Steam
frigate
Memnon was wrecked on

disaster,
this coast
on
the 1st of August
last,
the chiefs of Feeluk, Aloolla, and Geyseli, and
from their vicinity to the scene of the

profited
were the people who
most by plunder, &c, of which the inhabitants of Bunder

partake, owing to their being at a greater distance.
to induce their greedy brethren to give them a share, they
Murayah could not

Unable
affected a virtuous spirit,
and thanked God they were not robbers of

cast
strangers
who had been
away on
their coast,
and that had they
only been there, not even a copper bolt would have been stolen, but
most carefully preserved
until
the English
came
for
it.
The
less
scrupulous chiefs of Aloolla and the other villages, perfectly Content

with their rich booty, laughed to scorn the disinterested remonstrances
of their brothers at
Bunder Murayah
but to their great astonishment
and chagrin, at the annual meeting that took place at Ghoraal on the
Jerd Hafoon range in January
last,
they were severally fined by the
assembled elders and chiefs of the tribe for daring to appropriate to

themselves property cast on the shore by the
of the " Sultan's house," and this
each, they were obliged to pay.
fine,
sea,
without the consent
which consisted of one horse
The Mijjertheyn
pride themselves upon being a peaceful nation, and
are fond of speaking of their country as " Urdel
Aman"
the
title
which
in
when compared with
the
Edoor Hebrawul and Esa Somalis, they
some measure deserve.
Murder
by
is
uncommon, and
" reesh" or
ostrich feather in the hair,* which to the westward denotes that the
wearer has killed a man,
is
this
tribe
considered
if
both
unholy
(haram) and unmanly.

voked,
is
The
fine
for
murder,
considered unpro-
a hundred she-camels with young, or a corresponding
sum
gestrik-
of money.
Blood feuds are unfrequent
commutation by
is
fine
*Note
ing of the
This coincidence in custom with the

proofs of the
Abyssinians
one of the most
many
Arab origin of the latter. Eds.
1844.]
Note on the Mijjertkeyn Somalees.

if
327 During
bran-
nerally being preferred, and are carefully avoided

their
possible.
debates,
quarrels almost
invariably
arise,
daggers
are
dished, spears poised, and a stranger would expect an immediate conflict,
but the old
men
generally step in and prevent the parties from
injuring each other, by taking
away
their arms,
which after a decent
show
of reluctance are given
up with much
is
secret satisfaction, as the
necessity for fighting " a Voulrance"

light
thus avoided; their arms are two

bull's hide,
spears,
and a shield of rhinoceros or
with a long
straight double-edged dagger.
Numbers
of the lower class of Bedouins
carry a
bow and quiver of poisoned
arrows, and some few are to be
seen with marvellously ill-looking swords.
Matchlocks being beyond
their reach, they affect to despise, as cowardly,
weapons that
kill
from
a distance
that very quality, however, considerably enhanced the resrifles
pect paid to our
and double-barrelled
pistols;
and one of the
chiefs
was so captivated with a revolving 6-barrelled

officer of the Constance, that
pistol belonging to
an
he offered him a horse in exchange.
Their arrows are tipped with an iron head, just below the barb of
which they fasten a black glutinous substance made of the pounded

bark of a tree and the white milky juice of one of the Cactus
tribe,
which forms a deadly poison.

a specimen of this
Jibel Wursungeli.
tree,
made many
fruitless efforts to
procure
which grows chiefly in the
lofty
ranges of the
Armed
antelope,
with these tiny weapons, like the
Bushman
of South Africa,
the Bedouin posts himself in a thick bush near the haunts of the large
called
here the gurnook.
companion
with
camel
takes a wide circuit, looking out carefully for game, which

sees,
when he
he contrives to drive up by degrees towards the ambush, always
taking care to keep under the lee of the camel.

a camel, gradually retreats without being
The antelope
disliking
feet
alarmed until within 20
of the bush,
when
the spin of the unerring arrow through the shoulder
brings
down
the quarry, which dies in three minutes.
In this way the
Bedouins frequently provide themselves with an abundant supply of

fresh
meat
many
his
of these antelopes weighing
70 and 80 pounds.
The
and
effect of this poison
on a man
is
the dropping off of his hair

excisions and sears from
sufficiently
nails,
and
speedy death.
The deep
burning that are so

attest the
common on
the limbs of the men,

this
dread in which they hold
deadly poison.
The
instant a
328
Note on
is
No. 149.
man
and
wounded by an arrow, the part injured

applied to the
is
is
cut out with a dagger,

;
fire
wound
as soon as possible
and yet when an
antelope
killed
with one of these arrows, they content themselves
with merely cutting away that part of the flesh to which the arrow
adheres, and which on the specimen that Captain Powell and
I
saw,
had a deep purple appearance.

at about eighteen or twenty,
Marriage with the
men
takes place
and with the women
at fourteen to sixteen.
young man of property wishing to marry, and not finding a wife
to suit
tribe,
him
in his
neighbourhood, sends a trusty messenger to another
who
selects a fitting maiden,
and demands her
in
marriage in the
is
name
ger,
of his master.
If the terms are accepted, the
young lady
sent
to her future husband's
encampment, under the escort of the messenby the family,

the
and on her
arrival there, is treated with all respect

to celebrate
and her friends and relations are invited

feast,
marriage
which generally
lasts
seven days.
The sum
paid to the father of
the bride, frequently amounts to 150 dollars, given partly in money,
and partly
in kind.
The
bride
is
required to provide mats for the
hut and bed, with a few wicker bowls gaily ornamented with white
couries for milk.
Her wedding
officiates
finery,
consisting of a few beads,
is
contributed by her friends. In the absence of the cazee, any person
who
can read the koran,
and frequently
to spare the
modesty of
the bride, her brother or
some near male
relation acts for her during
the ceremony, as wakeel or proxy.
In the event of the husband dying, his brother

the widow, and by
that one of their
is
expected to marry
many
the obligation
is
is
considered so imperative,
own wives
divorced to
make room
for the
new
comer, and yet strange to say, marriage between cousins
is strictly for-
bidden amongst these people. Divorces are common, and not considered
disgraceful.
sufficient,
The
triple oath
sworn
in the presence of
two witnesses
is
is
and at the expiration of three months the woman
at liberty
to
to
marry again.
On
the birth of a child, the mother
is
compelled
seclude herself for a period of seven days, after which she resumes her
ordinary daily employment.
Circumcision takes place at seven years,

is
and they
affirm, that it
was practised before the Hejira, which
most
improbable.
The
duties of the
women
consist in watching their flocks

all
of sheep and goats, fetching
wood and water and doing
the drudgery.
The she-camels
are under the care of the
men
entirely,
whose only
1844.]
other employment
is
Note on
is
329
Great care
gathering
gums
in the hot weather.
required in tending the sheep and goats, on account of the
number
of cheetas that prowl about in the neighbourhood.
On
one of the
savage animals being seen, the alarm

sally forth
is
instantly given,
and the men
well
armed
to dislodge the intruder.
desperate fight
takes place which ends in the death of the tiger, after he has fearfully
clawed one or two of
his assailants.
Some
of the principal Bedouin chiefs possess upwards of a thousand
she-camels, which
in different pastures
may be valued at two or three many days distant from each
dollars each, located

other,
and under the
care of one of the wives, and a few followers belonging to the family.
They
are generally found in droves of 50 to 80.
are divided in the same manner, a

in
man
rarely keeping
is
The sheep and goats more than 500
one place, and thus the
life
of the chief
spent in continually wan-
dering from gkurreea to ghurreea, visiting his different folds as well as

his different wives.
The number
less
of sheep and goats exported from this

is
coast,
still
though not one-tenth so great as from Kurreem and Berbura,

than 15,000 head per
enormous, and not
annum; but
the
sheep for export generally come from the
Wadi Mogul, and
the fertile
plains bordering on the province of Murreyhan.
They have
large droves of horned cattle, the milk of which
is
almost
entirely used for the purpose of
making
ghee.
They are
fine animals,
and one that we purchased at Ras Assey weighed above 300 pounds.
Horses are abundant amongst them, and highly valued.
description frequently selling for 150 dollars, (in kind.)
The
They
best
are of
a small breed, and so villainously treated, that whatever beauty they
may have when

five years old.
very young, completely disappears by the time they are
To
ride violently to your tent three or four times beis
fore finally dismounting
considered a great compliment, and the same
ceremony
is
observed on leaving.
Springing into his saddle,

first
(if
he has
one) with his spears and shield, the Somali cavalier
endeavours
to infuse a little spirit into his half-starved hack, by persuading
him
to
accomplish a few plunges and capers, and then his heels raining a hurricane of blows against the animal's ribs, and occasionally using his
spear point as a spur,
away he
gallops,
and after a short
circuit in
which he endeavours
to
shew himself
off to the best advantage, returns

bit
l<
to his starting point at full speed,
when the heavy Arab
brings up"
330
Note on
the Mijjertheijn
Somalees
[No. 149.
fills
the blown horse with a shock that half breaks his jaw, and
his
mouth with blood.
The
affection of the true
Arab
I
for his horse is proverbial
the cruelty
of the Somali to his, may,
think, be considered equally so.
During the hot season, the men and boys are

collecting
daily
:
employed
in
gums, which process
is
carried on as follows
About
visit
all
the end of February, or the beginning of March, the Bedouins
the trees in succession and
make
a deep incision in each,
peeling off a narrow strip of bark for about five inches below the wound.
This
is
left for
a month, when a fresh incision
is
made
in the
is
same
again
place, but deeper.
third
month
is
elapses,
and the operation
repeated, after which the
gum
supposed to have attained a proper
degree of consistency.
The mountain
boys,
sides are immediately covered with parties of
men and
who
scrape off the large clear globules into one basket, whilst the
inferior quality, that has ran
down
the tree,
is
packed separately.
The gum when first taken from the tree is very soft, but hardens quickly. The flame is clear and brilliant, and the traveller is frequently
amused by seeing a miserable Bedouin family cowering under a

Every fortnight the
wretched hovel, or hole in the rocks, eating their scanty meal by the
light
of half a
dozen frankincense torches.
mountains
ties as
first
are visited in this
manner, the trees producing large quanti-
the season advances, until the middle of September,
when
the
shower of rain puts a close to the gathering that year.

first arrival here, I
On my
tity
made many
inquiries regarding the quan-
of
gums annually shipped from

I
this coast for
the
Red Sea and

I
Indian markets, but the accounts

placed no confidence in them.
received were so surprising, that
merchants here,
certained the
I
was able
to
As I became more acquainted with make more minute inquiries. I first

and
the
as-
number
of boats belonging to the tribe,
their owners,
then,
by visiting the different ports, found out
how many boats had

and by comgot afterwards
taken cargoes of
gums
at the
opening of the
fair season,
I
paring their statement with different accounts that
from the shippers,

in
was enabled
to
form a tolerably just estimate,

this
round numbers, of the large quantity annually exported from
coast,
and which export trade
is
almost entirely in
the hands of those
never-failing speculators, the banians of Porebunder and
Bombay.
1844.]
Note on
331
At
the close of the N. E. monsoon, a party of these banians arrive

settle at Feeluk, Geyseli,
on the coast, and
Bunder Murayah, Wurbah,

visit
and Bunder Khor.

them, and as there
The Bedouins from the interior immediately

is
no one
to
compete with them, they manage
to
engross the greater part of the trade.
As
the season draws on, the

is
Bedouin
to last
credit,
finds that his
gums
are finished, and he
fain to
purchase food
him through the hot weather, before the setting

and thus a running account
is
in of the grass,
on
carried on from year to year, which
of course the wary creditor takes care never to settle.

perfectly aware
The people
are
how much they

to
;
are pillaged, and earnestly hope that
some of the
might
ships that they so frequently see passing along their coast,
might be induced
easily
come
in
and trade with them.
small vessel
do
this
but to ensure her cargo being ready for her, an
agent must be established on shore.
The
rice,
articles
that should
be
brought for the purpose of barter are
both coarse Mangalore

;
and Bengal,
in
gunnies
dates from the gulf; Surat tobacco
double
dungaree, and coarse white American sheeting cloth, with a few Surat
blue striped turbans and loongees, and a small quantity of the iron
called
hindiwan.
Money
should also be forthcoming
if
preferred.
;
German
crowns (without holes in them) are the only coin
though
during our stay, rupees were often accepted.
vessel arriving at
to
fill
Bunder Murayah about the end
of September,
would be enabled
up a cargo
of
gums
in three or four days, if the
agent had been mode-
rately diligent during the hot weather.

I
annex a
list
;
of
the boats
I
employed, and
the quantity actually
shipped in each
and
now
offer a
rough estimate of the quantity

ton.
shipped this year, taking the weight of the bahar at 10 to the
Between the
of
1st
September 1843 to the

as follows
:
1st
March
1844, the quantity
gums exported was
To Bombay,
the the
. .
3,770 bahars.
Red
Sea,
..
...
2,350
1,200
Arab Coast,
Total,
..
7,320 bahars which
at 10 to the ton, gives
..
732
tons.
332
[No. 149.
The
season of 1843 was considered as very unfavorable, owing to
the drought, and the crop of

quantity, and
I ;
gums
not more than half the average
was assured that three years ago the export exceeded

but taking every thing into consideration,
set
I
20,000 bahars
think
from 900 to 1,000 tons may be
down
as a fair estimate.
The
viz.
trees that produce the luban, or frankincense, are of
two kinds
the luban meyeti,
and luban bedoui, of

is
it is
these,
the meyeti which
grows out of the naked rock,

picked, and of good quality,
for
the most valuable, and
when
clean,
sold by the merchants on the coast
\ dollar per
frasila
is
of
1
20
pounds.
The
luban
bedoui
;
of
the
the best quality,

palest colour
is
sold for
dollar per frasila of both kinds
preferred.
The
trees vary greatly in height, but I
never saw one above 20
feet,
with a stem of nine inches diameter.
Their form
is
very graceful, and when springing from a mass of

is
marble on the brink of a precipice, their appearance

picturesque.
especially
The gum
at
is
arabic, or
summuk,
is
of three kinds; viz. the ad-ad,

is
wadi
sells
and aukokib, of which the aukokib
considered the best.

frasila of
It
Bunder Murayah
for
li dollar per
sides,
20 pounds.
soil,
The
tree
in
found on the mountain

feet.
in
a good red
and varies
height from 10 to 20
The
rate,
inferior qualities of
it is
gums
of course are sold at a
much lower
but when
remembered
that the merchant
who
resides at the
Bunder, purchases two pounds of frankincense for one pound of dates,
and one pound of summuk

easily imagined
;
for
two pounds of
dates, the profits
may be
frasi-
for instance, a
man
purchases a bag of Muscat dates
weighing
las
120 pounds
for
dollar,
with this he purchases 12
of luban, which he sells to the traders,
who
sell for
it
at the rate
of one frasila per \ dollar.
Myrrh
is
brought from
Wadi Nogal, and from Murreyhan and

mountains at the back of
It is sold at
Agahora; some few
trees are found on the
Bunder Murayah, about 50 miles from the Levant.

Murayah, when well picked and clean, at 4 pounds
inland
Bunder
I
for a dollar.
sent
when
at
Bunder Murayah, and succeeded

which
is I
in getting
two
speci-
mens of the
tree,
believe,
but slightly known.

is
The quantity
trifling to
of the ghee that

It
is,
brought down
for
sale
is
too
merit any remark.
however, singularly clear and good,
1844.]
Note on
333
perfectly free from the disagreeable smell that distinguishes the ghee
from Kurachee, though the major part of that originally comes from
Berbura.
The banians from Pore Bunder, who

fair,
regularly attend the

for the Indian
Berbura
ket,
carry back
immense supplies of ghee
mar-
and as the Somahs are celebrated

fat
for melting
down
sheep's tails
and mixing the
with the ghee to increase the quantity, the dis-
agreeable odour that attends "ghee, Kurachee 1st sort,"
may perhaps
be accounted
for.
Of
the countries to the South and
West
little
of the Mijjertheyn tribe, no-
thing is as yet
to pick
known, and as what
information
have been able
up would only swell the mass

any
rivers, &c. that
of hearsay evidence that already
exists without establishing
fact, I refrain
from making any remark
on the
have afforded such
field for discussion.
Of
the
practicability of exploring the course of these rivers, I have

Since
this
no doubt,
was writ- nor should I
apprehend any
hostility
tl^Mr
suffered
cently sailed above 200 miles up the Jub, and
d .TngXo'f f the nativeS > if the traveller waS Zanzibar, who has re- tended by a Mijjertheyn chief. Repeated offers J
on the part
^^
were made to
,
me
to visit the stream generally called

,
.
no
ill-treat-
ment.
,,_ /T _, the " Wabi, ( Wabi or Webbi in the

,
Somal language
to
means a
river,)
and
only regretted that
was unable
do
so.
most interesting journey might be made from a few miles South-
west of Hafoon, along the
Wadi Nagal to Kurrum on
the Berbura coast.
In this valley the best kinds of myrrh grow, and as the inhabitants are
of the Mijjertheyn tribe, no danger need be apprehended.
My
is
principal reason for offering this brief
memoir
to
Government
was
to point out the advantageous trade that
might be carried on with

I
this hitherto
imperfectly
known
country, and
much
regret that
to
unable from other duties to
visit the interior.
would wish
make one
is
concluding remark.
Though
I
the general
if
character of the Somalis
by no means good,
much doubt
a vessel were wrecked on any
other coast inhabited
by perfect savages, such as the Mijjertheyn,
whether the crew would have fared as well as that of the steam frigate
Memnon.
During a residence of
six
months amongst them we experiallowed to quit the coast on our

all.
enced no opposition, and were
finally
own
terms, and in perfect friendship with
(Signed)
C.
J.
Cruttenden, Lieutenant,
Assistant Political Agent, Aden,
334
Note on the Mijjertheyn Somulees.

of boats laden with
[No. 149.
Number
eir
gums during
the season of 1843, and
owners.
To Bombay.
Robea bin Salem,

Lalla,
... ...
...
Mahri,
Kyeti, Alii Myjee, .. Ayal Rocknah,...
...
..
...
Shea Khan,
Aial Tarba Hersee,
...
..
One name unknown,
...
...
700 600 600 300 500 300 300 270 200

3,770
To the Shermakhi, Bon Saloom, Adthiya bin Ahmed, Doongoorna,
Bed
Sea.
..
..
..
.. ..
Several small Vessels,
..
800 250 200 200 700

2,350
To the Arab Coast.

Vessels
owners residing at Shahrj

1,200
...
... ...
and Maculla,
Grand
Total,
...
7,320 bahars, which
at 10 to a ton,..
732 tons of gums.
List of Boats
Aloolla,
owned by "
"
the Mijjertheyn tribe.

1
2 Boats,
Alii Yoosuf,
Esa Tyah.
Geyseli,
Esa Dohel.
Shermarkhi Fyah.
Gursah,
Marrayah,
...
Tatha Abdi.
"
11
Bundi Khor,...
Tarha Kersee.
Abdulla Farha.
Bunder Baad,. Bunder Ghassim,
"
Ahmed
Shabhah.
"
Shermarkhi.
Abdialli.
Bunder Zeyadal,
"
Mahammed Woorsuma.
Nahleyah Bon Beker.
(Signed)
C. J.
I-
"
Cruttenden.
1844.]
Note on the Mijjertheyn HSomulees.
335
la
r|
a o
^
o
1
bJtt
<
& i-*
^
ei
K -=J
*->
K
-g
*
z s a *> Q &
j"**
N3^
i
-i
J3
_5
a O
03
-a
*"
Ho
a
12
|
E*
f 1 So
Is
!
^
r-
* >
-a
J3
2
-
<"
e
rJi
a^
^5
>>
t-
~3
as c3
"
33 -d
18a
03Q
o
o
TO
03
15
12 IS
a
>
03
03
a
03
GO
"3
03
ja
bfl
O
bfi rf
"3
a
a a
03 jg
'G
03
cfl
in
-*
i-O
<r*
ts
a
o
-2q _e
<
M
eS
-a
-d
-5
-a
is
*3
V3 ti 0>
*".
-a
-a
<u
<u
a
rt
2-2 -
JH
-iJ c8
O
o ^
"
-a
<u
3 Q^ M 5? o 3b
a a
336
Examination of a remarkable Red Sandstone from the junction of the Diamond Limestone and Sandstone at Nurnoor in the Kurnool Territory,
Southern India.
Received for the
Museum of Economic Geo~

Assistant
logy,
from Capt. Newbold, M. N.
I.
Commissioner,
Kurnool.
By Henry
Piddington, Curator Museum of Economic
Geology of India and of Geological and Mineralogical Departments, Asiatic Society

It is
Museum.
writers,
with
many good
and
I
is
think with justice, a subject of

so
little
regret that the chemistry of geology
attended
to.
One
of
the reasons for this
may perhaps
be, that the results are often unsatis-
factory, or at least offer nothing striking,
and we are thus much tempted
when we have bestowed our labour

them
aside,
scientific world,
in researches of this kind to put
being unwilling to obtrude them on the notice of the
which has indeed so many more
brilliant
and
at first
sight
It
more
interesting things to occupy its attention.
well
may however be doubted whether in so doing we do rightly and for although our results may be always, as results, of little moment,
this is
(and
our
not always certain,) yet
if
we consider
that by recording
work
own work, even when obtaining mere negative results, we may to others we might perhaps oftener do so, and this with
benefit to science
save
that
amount of
which
arises
from sparing the labours of
our brother workmen, and informing them where our researches quan-
tum
valeant,
may have
failed to elicit
any thing
striking,
though ap-
pearances might lead us to suspect that a rock did contain more re-
markable constituents.
it
It is
from
this
motive then that

this
have thought
right to place
upon record
my
examination of
remarkable sand-
stone,
which would certainly attract the attention of any geologist or
mineralogist,
in the
who might meet with

tracts,
it
in situ.
Its geological position,
diamond
also adds
something to the interest of the
specimen.
Capt.
Newbold thus
describes
it,
and
quote his description as one
conveying very
" Examining
it
faithfully, as far as it goes, the
appearance of the rock
hastily, the
rock appears to be composed of a dark red
earthy and sometimes spongy-looking mineral, veined
and streaked
with a dark green chert, and imbedding curious crystals of a flesh-likelooking mineral with a fracture resembling that of rock crystal."
I
should further add, as to appearance,
844. J
It
Examination of a remarkable Red Sandstone.
337
appears " peppered" over with minute black grains, which by the
little
magnifier are seen to be

it is
nests of protoxide of iron, and exteriorly

is
covered with a red, and in some places a black varnish, which
often
somewhat
it is
shining.
Where
the stone
is
weathered, below this
varnish,
a reddish grey sandstone, evidently shewing traces of la-
mination in the line of the chert laminae and veins.
The foregoing
are
its
most remarkable appearances as

it
to sight.
proceed now to describe
more
regularly.
Its fresh fracture has but a little fresher colour than the internal part
of the hand specimen.

en,
It gives out a peculiar faint
odour when brok-
which resembles that of iodine (or seaweed?) more nearly than any
thing which occurs either to Capt.
Newbold
or myself; the fracture

It has
'
is
somewhat
splintery
and angular rather than cubical.
no
dis-
position to break in laminee.

It is
opaque, the streak a dirty yellowish, or orange, white.

:
It
does
not
soil
hardness about that of Fluor.

is easily
It is
It
not tough, except about
the cherty veins, and
powdered.
does not adhere to the
tongue.
It feels
meagre but greasy on the external varnish.

2.64 at
It specific gravity is
Temp
84
Its smell I
have described above.
Its taste to the
tongue
is
very earthy, and
it
gives an earthy odour,
though not strong, when breathed upon.

It is
silex,
pounded with tolerable
ease, scarcely
last.
shewing the hardness of
except in a few grains at the

off,
In washing
the
first
water
is
of a dull brick red, like the usual feris
ruginous mineral washings, the residuum
a dull greyish and denser

in the water, but
is,
powder, which by long rubbing also diffuses
espe-
cially the last portions, of a very bright (almost vermillion) red.
This powder however gives nothing but oxide of iron.
The whole washings being mixed and allowed

Blowpipe.
to settle.
Open
tube.
;
Very
;
little
or no smell, and that rather turfy and peaty
than iodic
no sublimate.
Bulb
tube.
Water
it
abundant. Litmus paper discolored

;
turmeric
paper not affected
smell that of peat, but not strong
silver leaf is dis-
coloured, shewing the presence of sulphur, probably from
some peaty
mixture with
when
deposited.,
338

the forceps
[No. 149.
In
With Soda on Charcoal.

part
is
Fuses into a metallic looking slag Fuses with considerable

soft,
at the edges.
ebullition,
and a
reduced, giving bright white, and
metallic grains and streaks
in the
mortar
these dissolve quickly in nitric acid, but give no precipi:
tate with
mur
acid.
iron.
With
prussiate of potass, dark blue precipitate
and are therefore
The powder of
tinum Wire.
the
washing before
the
Blowpipe, with Soda on Pla-
Fuses with
effervescence into an opaque and dirty olive
green wrinkled bead, which in the reducing flame becomes speckled

with dark spots.
greyish.
With more soda
the same.
In the reducing flame
The bead allowed
to deliquesce takes a bright olive (or grass)
green, and in the mortar gives metallic traces as before.
Via humida.
Powder
Dark
boiled in
mur
acid, the red colour
changes
bottom.
tested by
to a dull yellow or dirty orange,
with a
white powder at
;
When
cool and settled, the acid

blue.
is
of a clear yellow orange
prussiate potass.
Tinct. Galls.
clear
brown which by the addition of lime water,
becomes purple and black.

Hydrosulph. Potass.
Hydrosulph. Ammonia.
A black brown. The same.

dirty
The The
solution filtered left a greyish white
powder which was
silex.
solution was evaporated, re-dissolved
and precipitated by benlight buff colour
zoate of ammonia.
solution left clear.
The
precipitate
was of a
and the
This solution and the precipitate gave no trace of

iron
titanium, but a
little
was found
in
it
the benzoate of
ammonia
not having, apparently, precipitated the whole of the oxide.
For
salt
Iodine.
The powder
heated gradually with concentrated sul-
phuric acid evolved no vapour, and before the blowpipe with microcosmic
and oxide of copper gave also no trace of Iodine.

sulphuric acid solution gave no trace but of iron.
Veins.
The
The cherty -looking
A vein giving both with the
soft iron of a
knife and a steel edge-tool, a greenish metallic streak, was selected.
small triangular fragment fuses into a black slag at the apex,
the assay becoming black and iron-like. Fused with soda an olive colour-
ed bead, with borax clear pale-green glass, shewing only

Result.
grains,
silica
and
iron.
The rock
is
a red ferruginous sandstone, with pure

?) in little
silica in
and protoxide of iron (Haematitic
black specks and
1844.]
nests,

and
chert, (hydrate of silica,) in veins
its
339
It is slightly
and
is
spots.
impregnated with peaty matter, and
smell
probably owing to this
and to the minute proportion of sulphur which peat contains, and which
in the
specimen just discolours
silver foil in the
neck of the bulb tube.
H. Piddington.
Report of a Journey from Herat

the
to
Simla, via Candahar, Cabool
and
Punjaub, undertaken in
the
year 1838, by order of His Excel-
lency
John McNeill, Esq. H. B. M. Envoy Extraordinary and
Minister Plenipotentiary at the Court of Persia.
By Major
Todd,
Acting Secretary of Legation.
The
circumstances under which this journey was undertaken, the

it
short time (sixty days) which
occupied, and the disturbed state of
some of the
districts
on
my
route, prevented
I
my
way.
taking more than a
hasty survey of the countries through which

information beyond what chance threw in
passed, or obtaining
any
my
The
following rough notes were mostly jotted
down
either on horse-
back, or after being in the saddle from twelve to fifteen hours out of
the twenty-four.
I left the
Persian
camp
of
before Herat, on the
22nd May, and
arriv-
ed at
Simla on the 20th of July.

city
The
and valley
It
Herat have been minutely described by sucI
cessive travellers.
may, however, be required, that
should say a
few words on the defences of a place which, garrisoned by a small
band
of determined
men, had up
to the date of
our
latest authentic in-
telligence, successfully resisted the

for
whole concentrated power of Persia
upwards
of seven months.
The
strength of the besieging

<>
army may be estimated
at
from 12
to
15,000 regular infantry, 7
8,000 irregular horse, and
about 50
pieces of brass ordnance, 24, 18, 14, 12, 6
and 4-pounders, about half

with half a dozen 5|-inch
being of
mortars.
fighting
the two
I
last
mentioned
calibres,
do not think that the besieged mustered more than 2,500
men, actually under arms.

to
They had no
artillery,
and
their
horsemen had been sent away

soon after the
Korook, Subzavvaur, and other places
commencement
of the siege.
340
Journey from Herat

city of
to
Simla,
[No. 149.
The
cial
Herat
is
of an oblong shape, about 1,600 yards in length

in breadth.
and 13 or 14,000 yards
The
to
place
is
encircled
by an
artifi-
mound
of earth, varying
from 40
60
feet in height,
on the sum.
mit of which stands the wall of the town.

bastions on each face, circular
There are about thirty

;
and
built of
unburnt brick
those at the
angles of the place being

ate ones.
much
larger
and higher than the intermedi-
The
height of the bastions, and walls about the

feet.
mound,
varies from 25 to 35
The
a.
following rude section of the defences will illustrate
my
des-
cription of
them
The
The
c.
artificial
mound mentioned
above, which
forms
the real
circle of defence.
b.
c.
walls of the place.
Trenches cut in the mound, or what

the rampart, about 6^ or
may
feet
be called the ex-
terior slope of
deep, and running
entirely round the place. These are called the upper
and lower Sheer
Hajee, or Sheerazah, and in them are stationed nearly the whole of

the garrison.
The Sheer Hajees communicate with one another and

passages,
with the town by subterranean
and
since the
commence-
ment
d.
e.
of the siege, they
have been partly traversed.
The
ditch.
The town.
saw the ditch only
at
I
it
two
points, at the S. E. angle of the place

in
it,
was about nine yards broad, with water
but not
filled.
The
Affghans had established a covered way, or place of arms on the counterscarp,
communicating with the scarp by means of a plank thrown
across
the ditch.
The
Persians had worked up to within ten or
twelve yards of this work, and both parties were incessantly engaged
in
mining and countermining.
I also
saw the
is
ditch between the S.
W.
angle and the Candahar gate, which
situated in the centre of the
southern
broad.
face.
It
was dry
at
this point,
and about twelve yards
The
Persians had here advanced a covered gallery half
way
across the ditch.
The
of
exterior slope of the artificial

to 45,
mound
or rampart
is
at an angle
for
from 35
forming in most places too steep an ascent

in face of a
its
men
encumbered with arms,
determined enemy.
be from 90
to
The
feet.
breadth
of this mass of earth, at
base,
may
100
There
1844.]
via Candahar, Cabool

is
and
the
Punjaub.
341
are some places where the ascent the Persians, in a late
not so steep, and at one of these,

to the
attempt at assault, clambered up
upper
Sheer Hajee, of which they kept possession for some time.
The
citadel of
Herat
is
built
upon a mound
at the northern
end of
the town, surrounded by a wet ditch, said to be of considerable depth,
and about 36
feet
wide, and flanked by large massive towers of burnt
brick, 60 or 70
feet high.
The
position
is
a strong one,
fall
and might be
held for some days, or even weeks, after the
of the town.
The
only entrance to the citadel
is
on
its
Southern
face, over
a bridge,
which might be destroyed in a few minutes.
On
del,
the northern face of the town, an
outwork has of
citadel.
late years
been
cita-
constructed, called the Ark-i-no, or
new
This covers the
and one of the gates of the town.
From the above rough sketch of the defences of Herat, some idea may be formed of its strength. It would be very difficult, if not impossible
to
breach
it
with
artillery,
and the immense quantity
of
powder which would be necessary

as
in order to establish such a
mine
may be estimated from the dimenFrom the size of the place, it would require an army of 25 or 30,000 men to invest it effectually. Herat is not, however, without its weak points. The ruined walls
would
effect
a practicable breach,
sions of the
rampart above given.
of houses
siegers,
and gardens surround the
place,
and
afford shelter to the be-
almost up to the edge of the ditch.
On
the northern side of the
town
is
an immense mound called the Tull-i-bunjee, which was

I
thrown up
walls,
believe by
Nadir Shah, about 4 or 500 yards from the

of regiments
and behind which a couple

fire of
might be encamped,
size of
completely screened from the

is
the town.
The very
Herat
also a
weakness
it
it
would require a garrison of
at least 10,000
men
to
defend
against an active
and enterprizing enemy.

ricochet fire be rendered in
The Sheer Hajees

places, untenable.
are not traversed throughout their whole extent,
and might therefore by an enfilading

Nearly
some
all
the
weak
points above-mentioned, might, however, be
remedied by a
skilful engineer,
and
if
time were allowed for
this,
the place supplied with guns, and a sufficiency of ammunition, and
the works defended with
common
bravery, the capture of Herat even

difficult enterprize.
with European troops, would be a tedious and
342
Journey from Herat
to
Simla,
[No. 149.
Names
Stations,
of
&c
U
GO f^4
Remarks.
5
Herat,
On leaving the town, the road to Candahar leads due south, through a succession of gardens and fields, intersected by nuAbout three miles merous water-courses. from the town, the Herirood or Pul-i-MaFormerly a fine larun river is crossed. bridge of burnt brick spanned the stream at this point, but the river has formed for itself a new channel, and now flows round one end of the bridge. The breadth of the river, at the place where I crossed, was about 150 yards, the stream was exceedingly rapid, and water reached to our saddle flaps
:
several fatal accidents
had
lately occurred
to persons who had attempted to ford the stream, when it had been swollen by a in the adjacent mountains. fall of rain To the south of the river is a fine tract of pasture land, thickly studded: with villages and gardens.
Houz,
14
(reservoir of
hills, to
Situated in an opening of the range of the south of the town.
water,)
MeerDaoud
Caravanserai in good repair, with a fine stream of clear water from a kahreez or succession of wells, connected by an underground passage, which conducts the stream from its source.
12 12
Shah Beg,
JUeer Allah,
Ruined caravanserai; abundance of water. Ruined caravanserai, h\ miles beyond Shah Beg a spring of sweet water on the left of the road. The caravanserai of Meer Allah surrounded by cultivation, and a
fine
stream
of
water
runs
under
the
walls.
Rood-i-Guz, Rood-i-Adruscund,
A rapid stream 15 or 20 yards broad. Stream one mile beyond Rood-i-Adruscund, a rocky pass with springs of fresh
water.
Khajeh Ou~
rieh.
A
A
Ziaret-gah, or place of pilgrimage. ruin perched on the summit of a rocky
1844.]
and
the
Punjaub
343
Names
of
Stations, &c.
5g
hill,
Remarks.
Khajeh Ourieh.
at
the
foot
which runs a stream
slightly brackish.
(continued.)
Road turns
left.
off to
that which leads direct to
Subzawaur, leaving Candahar on the
Houz, .... Subzawaur,
7
10
s.
w.
w.
ss.
Reservoir of water ruined. A small mud fort, 200 or 250 yards square, with seven circular bastions, on each face one gate. On the Southern face scarcely any ditch, the walls in a state of dilapidation. A small ark or citadel, the residence of the Prince governor in the Subzawaur is a place centre of the place. of no strength, and might be taken with little loss by a coup de main. It is situated in the midst of a richly cultivated tract of country studded with innumerable villages, which are inhabited by Noorzyes. Each village is about sixty yards square, surrounded by a mud wall, with towers at A range of hills of inconsiderthe angles. able elevation to the south of the town, distant about two miles. The road between
Herat and Subzawaur is good and level, and passable for wheel carriages of every
description.
Abundance
of this route
;
of fresh water in every part
but provisions are not procurable at any point between Herat and Subzawaur. Shahzadeh Iskunder, a son of Shah Kamran was nominally the governor of this district. When I passed
through it, he possessed, however, little weight or influence anywhere, and none beyond the walls of his fort; he seemed to
be a half-witted and imbecile person. He had made no attempt to succour his father,
or even to divert the attention of the Per-
sians.
ers
The surrounding country was

Bands
in
in a
state of utter disorder.
of plunder-
were roving about
every direction,
3 c
344 a
Journey from Herat
to
Simla,
[No. 149.
Names
Stations,
of
9.
&c
Remarks
5
Subzawaur,
(continued.)
10
and those men were described

ledging neither
as
acknow-
God nor king
J3
At
joins
this point, the road
the
from Subzawaur main road between Herat and
Candahar.
of
The range of hills to the south Subzawaur terminates four miles from the town in a long spur, upon which the
remains of an extensive fort are visible. This is called the Kulla-i-Dookhter, or maiden's castle, and at a short distance from it, on a mound in the plain, are the ruins of another castle called Kulla-i-Pisr, or
the youth's fort
of Noorzyes.
fectly level.
;
the plain
is
thickly stud-
ded with villages and khails (encampment)
Abundance of
water, road per-
Kharuck,
30
S.
E.
grove of khunjuck trees, with a fine stream of water situated under a range of hills running W. S. W. and E. N. E. Wells or springs at every six or eight miles, but no provisions procurable. For the last 4 or 5 miles, the road hilly and difficult for wheel carriages ; but a road which is described as being good and level, strikes
off to
the right three miles before Kharuck, and after turning the Kharuck range crosses the plain to Dowlutabad, where it again joins the road which I followed. Encampments of Noorzyes are occasionally formed in the vicinity of Kharuck, but these cannot be depended on for furnish-
Summit
Pass.
of
3
15
S.
ing supplies even to a small force. Road or rather pathway impassable for
Dowlutabad
S. E.
wheel carriages. A ruined fort on the right bank of the Furrah, and several large encampments in the vicinity. The valley of the Furrah road runs from N. E. to S. W., and is said
be richly cultivated in the vicinity of town of Furrah, about 40 miles below Dowlutabad. Supplies to almost any extent and every description might be drawn
to
the
1844.J
via
Candahar, Cabool and
the
Puujaub.
'45
Names
of
Stations, &c.
Remarks.
Dowlutabad
(continued.)
Checkaub,
22
from the district of Furrah. A son of Kamran, with the title of Saadut-ool-Moolk, resides at Furrah, and is the governor of the district. He, like the Subzawaur prince, has not attempted to aid his father. S. E. On the 29th of May, the river was fordby E. able at a point where it was divided into five streams about 300 yards above a large solitary tree which stands on the water's edge, and is remarkable as being the only tree near Dowlutabad.
Checkaub is the name given to a fine spring of water, near which was an encampment of Noorzyes. The road from Dowlutabad passable for wheel carriages. No water between the Furrah road and Checkaub, except a few brackish streams. Abundance of water, and a good deal of cultivation, wheat and barley, in the imLargebur
Kahreez,
E.
Carwan
Cazee, Toot-i-Gus-
4
10
S.
E.
mediate vicinity of Checkaub. Gardens \ mile to the right of the road, with abundance of water. Some encampments of Atchikzyes in the vicinity. Water.
Several encampments near some mulberry trees, which are said to mark the half way distance between Herat and Candahar.
E.
serman,
Abundance of water and cultivation. Road from Largebur Kahreez hilly and stony, difficult for wheel carriages.
S.
Gunnee. murgh,
Ibrahim-joee River.
Tull-i
E.
Gardens and encampments of Atchikzyes

near a fine stream
good.
;
country hilly, but road
8.8. E.
We
point,
turned off the main road at this and ascended the right bank of the
stream.
Ku
:n. e.
man.
Mud fort belonging to Khan, a chief of Noorzyes, on the left bank of the stream. There are about thirty other forts higher up the stream inhabited by the
Mem
346
Journey from Herat
to
Simla,
[No. 149.
Names
of
Of
co
Stations, &c.
3^
rs
Remarks.
Tull-i-Ku-
man.
{continued.)
Baderzyes branch of the Noorzyes. There two branches of the Noorzyes, the iChulakzyes and the Baderzyes. The head of the former is Mahomed Haleem Khan,
are
(at
present
in
the
Persian
camp
before
Herat; he was with Sheer Mahomed Khan when Ghorian was given up to Mahomed Shah,) and Hassan Khan, at present in Herat, is the head of the latter. It is said that the two branches of this tribe muster from 600 to 700 families. There is no such fort as Killa Suffeed, as mentioned by Lieutenant Conolly, and inserted in Arrowsmith's map but I was told that
;
the of
Tull-i-Kuman was built upon the site what has once been the Killa Suffeed,
which like all the other Killa Suffeeds, is assigned to the days of Rustam and the
white demon.
The Tull-i-Kuman is surrounded by encampments, and is used as a keep for the flocks and herds of the chief and his
people. In times of danger, these people retire
to
caves and hiding places in the adhills.
jacent
S.
&
s.
Khaushrood
River,
ES.E.
its dependent nominally under the authority of the Syfool Moolk, (a son of Shah Kamran,) who resides at Ghore, said to be about 35 miles north of Toot-i-Gusserman, but he has not been able for a long time past to extract any thing from them in the shape of revenue or taxes, and they enjoy their fields and their flocks, without paying any regard to the constituted authority, which is too weak to enforce its demands. Came again upon the high road ; abundance of water on the road between the Tull-i-Kuman and this point; passed several gardens and encampments. A fine stream 20 or 30 yards broad running from the north, fordable this is the
The Tull-i-Kuman and
forts are
1844.]
via Ca?idahar, Cabool
and
the Purtjaub.
347
Names,
of
<v
Stations, &c.
Remarks.
2S
E. S. E. boundary between Kamran's territory and that of the Candahar sirdars.
Khaushrood
River, {continued. J
Washeer,
14
E-b
S.
'
Four forts situated on a fine stream, and surrounded by rich cultivation and gardens.
Byabanck,
24
Dooshaukh,
Lur,
Village with a stream from a kahreez. in some places rugged, but passNo fresh water able for wheel carriages. during the first 10 or 12 miles. This road is to the south of that followed by Conolly, which leads through the villages of Poo|sand and Numzand. Village surrounded by a mud-wall and E towers. 3| Deserted fort with a stream from kahE. reez ; no encampments in the vicinity. Stream near a deserted fort, and some 7 E.S.E.
E.
The road
encampments
ly level.
of Barukzyes.
Road
perfect-
E.8.E.
Fort small, but strong and in good repair. This fort was built by Futteh Khan Barukzye for his mother, who is said to have
held a petty court here. Abundance of water. The fort of Girishk is built upon a mound about two miles from the right bank of the Helmund. Girishk is a place of considerable strength, and if properly garrisoned, would require a force of three or four thousand men, with a small train of artillery, (4 iron guns and 2 or 3 mortars would be sufficient,) to ensure its capture. There are four or five old guns in the fort, but they appeared to be in an unserviceable
state.
Girishk,
21
S.
E.
Between chummun,
the river and the fort is a fine (pasture land,) intersected by water-courses, and dotted with gardens, and graves, and villages. The country
round the
fort
might be
it
easily flooded,
and
the approach to
thus rendered exceeding-
348
Journey from Herat
to
Simla,
[No. 149.
Names
of
Stations, &c.
R KM ARKS.
Girishk, (continued.)
.
21
ly difficult to a besieging force.
Mahomed
Siddick Khan, a clever intelligent young man, one of the sons of Sirdar Kohundil
Khan,
(the
eldest of the
thers,) rules at Girishk,
Candahar broand is the gover-
nor of the frontier district. He is attempting to form a corps of infantry, to be drilled and disciplined after the European manner. I saw about a hundred of his re-
armed with sticks in lieu of musbeing drilled by a fellow who looked very much like a runaway sepoy dressed When I passed in a gay English uniform. through Girishk, Mahomed Omar Khan
cruits,
kets,
and Mahomed Osman Khan, two sons of Kohundil Khan, were encamped in the vicinity, with about two hundred followers,
on the way fore Herat.
popular,
sufficient
to join the
Persian army beThe measure was most un-
and
it
force
young
chiefs
was given out that after a had been collected, the would in the first instance
undertake a plundering expedition against
Furrah and Subzawaur.

Rood-i-Hel.
E.
mund,
(River,)
..
The Etymander of the ancients. Broad and exceedingly rapid river not fordable at this season. The distance between the
banks
spring
is
it
about a thousand yards, but in

is
said to spread
its
itself
over the
low ground on
times to yards of the walls of Girishk.
and someapproach within a few hundred

right bank,
The Hel-
takes its rise in the mountains to the west of Cabool, and after a course of 600 miles, during which it is joined by several considerable streams, the principal of which are the Turnuk, the Urghundab, the Shah Bund and the Khaushrood, it falls into the lake of Tumah. There is usually a small boat at this place, by which travellers cross the river
mund
when
the stream
is
not fordable
but this
1844.]
and
the
Punjaub.
349
Names
of
Stations, &c.
Remarks.
Rood-i-Hel-
mund,
(River,) {continued.)
Khak-iChanpan,
Kooshk-i-
24
jhad been destroyed a short time before our .arrival, and we crossed the river on an elephant, the water being in some places about seven feet deep, 3d June. E. S.E. grove of mulberry trees with a small stream ; there is no water between the
E.
A
A
Helmuud and
7
this place.
E.b
S.
Nakhood,
great deal of rich cultivation, and several fine groves and gardens in the vicinity. Abundance of water. The ruins of an ancient fort called the Killa-i-Nadir,
Houz i-Muddud Khan.

Candahar,
U
26
E.
which must have been a place of considerable strength in its day, about 2 miles to the west of Koosh-i-Nakhood. large tank on the right of road.
The Urghundab, a fine stream about half a mile to the right of road, the banks of the river thickly studded with gardens and villages. The Urghandab after passing Candahar, takes a westerly course as far as the Houz-i-Muddud Khan, and then turns to the South, not as it is laid down in Arrowsmith's map. The road from the Houz to Candahar passes through a succession of fields, and gardens, and villages, which cover this fertile and delightful valley, the breadth
of
which varies from 3 to 9 miles. Nearly the whole of the water of the Urghundab is taken off by canals, for the purpose of irrigation.
which I travelled from Candahar, was nearly the same as that followed in 1828 by Lieutenant Conolly, to the accuracy of whose statements and descriptions, I can bear ample
route by
The
Herat
to
testimony.
calculated the distance to be
380^ miles by the average rate of a fastwalking horse, which I found to be 4 miles
an hour on level ground. The journey is performed by horsemen in ten and sometimes in nine days, but ca-
350
a
Journey from Herat
to
Simla,
[No. 149.
i-
Names
of
tion
Stations, &c.
c
a
^3
Remarks.
Q
Candahar,
{continued.)
Q
E.
sixteen
26
ravans of laden mules are usually from or eighteen days between Herat and Candahar. The country is occupied by pastoral tribes, chiefly of the Noorzye, Atchikzye and Barukzye branches of the Dooranee Affghans. They are possessed of
numerous
flocks
cinity of their khails or
and herds, and in the viencampments, they
raise a sufficiency of grain for their own consumption. These khails, which generally consist of from fifteen to fifty tents, are scattered over the face of the country, and as they are usually at some distance from the road, it is impossible for a mere traveller even to make a rough guess at the extent
or the amount of the resources of the country. To the South of the route above described, is another which passes through Bakwa, of population,
and which was followed by Forster in 17#3, since which time I believe no European
road, as
it. The Southern, or Dilaram usually called, is described as being perfectly level, and not more than forty or fifty miles longer than the Northern or more direct one ; but there is a scarcity of water on it, some of the halting places being upwards of thirty miles apart. It is however travelled by caravans and
has travelled
it is
horsemen, and for an army it would have the advantage of passing within a short distance of Furrah and Subzawaur, from which places supplies almost to any extent
are procurable.
The
city of
Candahar
is
of an oblong shape, the length,
North and
South, being about 2,000, and the breadth 1,600 yards.

enclosed
The
is
city
is
by a mud wall with
circular bastions at regular intervals.

feet,
The
height of the walls
may
be about thirty
the ditch
dry,
and
from ten
to sixteen feet deep,
and
fifteen broad, in
some places
less.
1844.]
and
the
Punjaub.
351
wall Joopholed for musquetry, about six feet high, runs round the scarp
of the ditch, between which
and the main wall,

breadth
;
is
a level place or
fausse braye, eight or ten

repair.
feet in
the works are in tolerable
Candahar
is
surrounded by gardens and enclosed
fields,
which would
afford cover to a besieging force almost
up
to the
is
edge of the ditch.

a large walled garin his attempt
About a hundred yards from the

upon Candahar
his troops.
S.
W.
angle,
den, which was taken possession of by

in 1834,
Shah Shooja
and which formed a strong advanced
post for
Candahar
but should
is
a place of no strength, and might be taken by escalade
this be
deemed a hazardous experiment, four

effect
iron guns 12
or 18-pounders,
would
a practicable breach in the course of a
day's firing.
Three or four mortars
(8
and 5J
inches) should be added.
Supplies almost to any extent

country.
may
be
drawn from
the surrounding
.5
Names
of
Direction.
Stations, &c.
Remarks.
5
Kulla-i-khalek-dad 13
E. and E.N.E.
A
first
two
Road for the half ruined village. or three miles led through gar-
Khan,
Kulla-i-A-
b N.
zim Khan,
8
Khail-i-Akhoond, or "Dominie's" Khail,
7
|
E b N. E.N.E. N.E. b
E.
s
dens and cultivation, after which we travelled over an open uncultivated plain. Good level road free from stones; water only amongst the gardens and cultivation. small fort in tolerable repair, with a stream of clear water. Opening in a low range of hills. Road good, but stony. A few houses built round the tomb of a sainted school-master, situated on the
of the
bank of the river Turnuk. The course Turnah, (N. E. and S. W.) is marked by a green line of tamarisk trees. A good deal of cultivation round the
right
village.
352
o
Journey from Herat
to
Simla,
[No. 149.
Names
of
Stations, &c.
Remarks.
S
Bivouac on
the right bank of the
20
N. E.
Turnuk,
Teer Andaz,
4
Road excellent. Cultivation the whole way, but no villages or khails to be seen, the people having retired from the vicinity of the highway, to avoid the extortions of
the great
men who
N. E.
minaret about 40
frequent the road. feet high on the
right of the road, said to
mark
the spot
where an arrow of Ahmed Shah's fell, when that monarch was shooting from an eminence, which is pointed out on the
left
of the road.
Khower
Taneh,
16
N. E.
habitation to be seen. Bivouac on the right bank of the Turnuk, in the

district of
No
Julduk,
Ford,
....
Khower Taneh, two or three miles beyond the minar, at a place called " Jalloogeer," or " the bridle full," the road bad and stony ; for a short distance with this exception, the road perfectly level and good, following the right bank of the Turnuk. The valley of the Turnuk is now, (12th June,) a sheet of waving corn ripe for the sickle. village surrounded by gardens, about N. E. a mile to the left of the road. Crossed the Turnuk near a mill, which N. E. marks the boundary between the country of the Dooranees, and that of the Ghil-
jees.
Here we diverged from the direct road, which leads along the right bank of the Turnuk, and passes Kelat-i-Ghiljee, but which is now seldom taken by travellers, in consequence of its being infested by
robbers,
or
lawless
Ghiljee
chiefs,
who
either send their followers to attack car-
avans, or levy contributions themselves, under various pretences. The principal of these are, the sons of one Shaabadeen Khan, and are considered as the chiefs of this part of the country. They are upwards of twenty in number, and are seldom mentioned by their own names, being gene-
1844.]
and
the
Punjanb.
3o3
Names
of
S3
Stations, &c.j
j
3 00
g ^
e
Remarks.
5
Ford,
.
N. E.
{continued. )
called " Buchachaee Shaabadeen," They reside at the sons of Shaabadeen. Kelat-i-Ghiljee and in the forts of this the territories of the district, between Ameer and the Sirdars, and are unconrally
trolled
Kulla-i-Ra-
mazan
Klian,
..
although nominally their under the rule of the latter. E.bN, A small fort. Our route from the river E.N.E lay amongst low hills road stony, but passable for wheel carriages. Black mail was levied of us at this place by Shaabadeen's men, who had
by
either,
country
is
Koorrum,
22
N. E.
heard of our being in the vicinity. Small garden and khareez in the disPassed several forts trict of Koorrum. and hhails with slips of cultivation. At the 14th mile Deewalik, a ruined fort, which is said to have been once a considerable place.
As
far as
Deewalik the
country is inhabited by the Hotukee branch of the tribe of Ghiljees the district of Koorrum is inhabited by Takhees. The
river
Turnuk two and
three miles distant
Kulla-iJaafferee,
30
behind some low hills to the westward. Several forts ; the road from Koorum N. E. over undulating ground, passable for wheel Khails and forts on either carriages. hand, but at some distance from the road. At the 8th mile, Gloondee, said to be a
passed it in the dark, the residence of one of the sons of Shaabadeen. At the Kulla-i-Jaafferee, we again entered the valley of the Turnuk. Forts and khails are seen in every direction
large village.
rich fertile tract of country
We
on the banks
to
Ford,
II
N. E.
of the stream. Crossed the

horses' knees.
Turnuk, water reaching
WNE.
Gadh
or
The
Cabool.
first fort
of the district of Mookoor,

of the
Ghar,
which forms a part
government of
. .
354
Journey from Herat
to
Simla,
[No. 149.
Names
Stations,
of
&c
Remarks.
Source of the
Turnuk,
..
hills;
Several fine springs under a range of road for the last ten miles lay
fields of
waving corn, (wheat and and madder. Forts thickly spread over the country, and abundance of water at every step. These forts form the district of Mookoor. Road level and free
through
barley,) clover
Kareezinthe
district
14
j
NNE,
of
Obeh
Oba,
or
Chardeh,
16
iNNE.
I
from stones. Road sandy. Obeh is a pastoral district, the whole plain covered with flocks of sheep and goats, and droves of camels, Some Mails but few forts are to be seen. under the hills, on either side of the road, at the distance of 6 or 8 miles. One of the thousand forts of the fertile
[district
of Karabagh, which pled by Hazarehs.
is
chiefly peo-
The whole country as far as the eye can The harreach, one large field of wheat.
vest
is
gathered
in, early in
July.
large
Khareez, Khareez,
6
2
16
N. E. N. E.
Good level road. Road execrable, sandy and

stones.
round
this
Water
Mills,
In the district of Nanee.

district
Between
and Karrabagh
is
is
that of Moorakee,
I
which
contain
it,
said to be very populous,

forts,
it
many
but
and saw nothing
to
of
as I passed
in the dark.
Chehl Buchagan,
.
N. E.
Ghuznee,
NNE.
Fine grove ; a place of pilgrimage, road good, numerous villages chiefly on the right, inhabited by the Underee division of the Ghiljees ; the whole plain covered with green wheat and fine clumps of trees. Abundance of water. The present town of Ghuznee is a small place, not more than 400 yards square,
said to
have been the citadel of a former town. It was built by the Jagatars 400 years ago, and is situated on the Southern slope of a hill, to the S. W. of two minars,
which are said
to
mark
the
spot
upon
which, or near which, stood the bazar of
..
1844.]
and
the
Punjaub.
355
Names
0>
CO
of
Stations, &c.
Remarks.
5
Ghuznee,
.
NNE.
{continued.)
Sultan Mahmood's city. The walls of modern Ghuznee are lofty, and stand upon a
khahreez or fausse braye, of considerable elevation, but the ditch is narrow, and of no depth, and the whole of the works are commanded by some hills to the N. E. and N. of the place. At the Northern and upper end of the town is a hill, upon which has been constructed a small citadel, forming the palace of the governor, (Gholam Hyder Khan,) a son of Ameer Dost Mahomed. I saw one large unmanageable gun and four smaller ones, as I passed from the gate of the town to the citadel. I had no opportunity, however, of examining their state. The approach to Ghuznee from the South is highly picturesque, and the citadel,
from
its
great height, looks formidable.
Ghuznee flows from the North under the Western face of the town ; it supplies the place and the surrounding country with an abundance of water. Ghuznee may contain 900 to 1000 families of Taujiks, Dooranees, and Hindoo shopAs Ghuznee keepers and merchants. commands the high road between Candahar and Caboo), it would be necessary that a force advancing from the former upon
river of
The
the latter place, should take possession of

it;
but
this could be easily accomplished,
as the
works are of no strength, and are commanded as above mentioned.
TombofSul. tan Mahomed,
N. E.
This celebrated place of pilgrimage is situated in the midst of a large village, surrounded by fine gardens with several running streams. N. E. Narrow defile, called the Tung-i-Sheer, a very strong position, but I believe it may be turned.
1*
End
Shushgao, Sydabad,
23
W.
of Pass. Village, water, and cultivation. Village. The country between Shushgao
356
Journey from Herat
to
Simla,
[No.
149.
Names
of
Stations, &c.
Remarks.
Sydabad,
and
{continued.)
Sydabad highly cultivated, a fine valley between low hills, villages at every step, abundance of water. Road good, but
LogUr River,
stony in some places. Bridge called the Pull-i-Shaikhabad. The Logur river runs here from N. W. to S. E. crossing the valley, and entering some hills
to the
Eastward.
Top, River
bool,
of
Ca-
6 12
N. N.
Village.
Mydan,
N.
Ford. Rapid stream, about 20 yards broad, water at this season (June) stirrup deep. The Cabool river comes from a break in the hills to the N. W. of this point, and runs in a South Easterly direction, through a similar break called the Tung-i-" Lullunder," in the Eastern range. collection of villages to the left of the road, rich cultivation, abundance of water.
is
The country between Ghuznee and Mydan chiefly inhabited by Wurdeks, who
claim descent from the Imaum Zeinalabadeen ; they number about 12,000 families, and pay 90,000 rupees to governthree ment ; they are divided into branches.
1.
Malyar
Noaree
Chief,
ditto
Koorum Khan.
Tein Khan. ..Jan Mahomed
2. 3.
Meer Khail
ditto
Khan.
Urghundee,
EN.E.
Cabool,
14
E.
Several fine villages forming the district of Urghundee, about a mile to the North of the high road. Half way from Urghundee, the village of Kulla-i-Hajee. From this place to the city, the road passes through a succession of gardens and fields ; the whole country intersected by water-courses, brought from the river of Cabool ; road excellent, villages and gardens as far as the eye can reach. The approach to Cabool from the West, is through a narrow defile, which forms as
it
were the Western gate of the
city
and
1844.]
and
the
Punjauh.
357
Names
of
<V
en a;
Stations, &c.
Remarks.
Cabool, {continued.)
14
through
bool,
this defile, runs the river of Cawhich afterwards flows through the
centre of the city.
The
hills
on both sides
of
wall,
have been
fortified
with
lines
flanked at regular intervals by massive towers ; but the works which have fallen to decay, are too extensive to be properly defended, and the height may be easily turned. The citadel or Bala Hissar, situated at the Eastern extremity of the city, is a place of no strength, being commanded by heights in the vicinity. There are about 40 guns in Cabool, most of which are in a serviceable state. The route between Candahar and Cabool above described, is generally blocked up by snow during four months of winter, but at the other seasons good, and passable
of wheel carriages. abundant, and supplies are procurable at any season, for an army of 20 or 30,000 men. A caravan travels between Candahar and Cabool in fifteen days, but horsemen perform the journey in 8
for
all
descriptions
Water
is
Cabool Bool,
12
E.bN.
S.E. E.
days, and couriers in 6. I estimated the distance at 317 miles, but the direct route via Kelat-i-Ghiljee is shorter by about ten or fifteen miles. Village road good, through gardens
and
fields.
Khak
zee,
Tee-
25
&
Ditto, situated on the skirt of a range of

lofty hills.
file
At
the 4th mile, entered a de-
Tung-i-Khoord Cabool, about 3 miles in length. Ascended a small stream, which is crossed by the road every 50
called
yards.
enters
After passing the
defile, the
road
an open country, the village of Khoord Cabool two miles to the right. Twelve miles beyond Bootchak, another defile. Road hilly and stony; in some
places impassable for guns.
358
Journey from Herat
to
Simla,
[No.
19.
Names
of
Rej
Stations, &c.
Khak
zee,
Tee-
Between the second

the
defile
and Teezee,
Kothul,
{continued.)
road passes over the Huft or seven Passes. Khood Buksh
Khan
is
Hissaruk, (Pissaruck
of Arrowsmith's
E.b
S.
map?)
the chief of this district. Cluster of villages on the Soorkhrood stream. After leaving Teezee, steep ascent for about 5 miles, mountains covered with pine and holly oak, magnificent scenery, road impassable for guns, abrupt descent for about two miles ; the road or pathway in the bed of a mountain stream. The Soorkhrood flows from afbreak in
The
Ishpan,
the mountains to the East of Hissaruk. skirt of these mountains, covered with
E.S.E
Mookoor
Khail,
12
gardens and villages. Village on the left of the road. Between Cabool and this place the country is inhabited by Ghiljees, but we here enter the Forded districts peopled by Khogianees. the Soorkhrood, clear rapid stream near Hissaruk, water at this season (June) stirrup deep, and about 20 yards broad. The Soorkhrood after being fed by numberless mountain streams, which come down from the ranges called Suffeed Kofi, joins the Cabool river near Jellalabad. E.b S Large village. Abundance of water; fine cultivation, road stony, but passable
for
tain streams,
Wurzeh,
14
E.S.E
wheel carriages, crossed several mounrunning from South to North. Village in a valley running down from
the Suffeed Koh. Abundance of water, gardens and cultivation. After leaving Nookoor Khail, the road descends into a valley with a mountain stream flowing through it. Road stony and bad ; villages and gardens on the Southern side of the valley. At the 6th mile passed the celebrated garden of Neemla, about a mile to the left; at the 10th mile, villages and gardens on the skirts of the Suffeed Koh
range.
1844.]
and
the
Punjaub.
359
Names
Stations,
of
<D
en
&c
Remarks.
A gaum,
E.S.E.
&
S.
E.
Village, situated in a valley similar that of Wurzeh. Fine stream, gardens, and rich cultivation. Villages as far as the eye can reach. Road stony, but passable for guns. Sirto
dar Mahomed Akbar Khan, a son of Ameer Dost Mahomed Khan, was encamped with his troops in the valley of Agaum. This young man although not the eldest, is said to be possessed of more power and influence than any of the other sons. He has acquired a high character for courage, and he certainly displayed this quality in the
affair
of
Jumrood.
The government
of
Jellalabad has been entrusted to him, and if he is not greatly respected by the people, he is certainly the least unpopular of the family. His immediate dependents are said to be devoted to him. His troops were scattered in the different villages near Agaum, when I passed through that place, but I believe he has twelve guns, chiefly 6- pounders, in a serviceable condition ; a corps of about 1500, Jazayurchees, a fine body of men armed with long heavy guns which are fired from a rest, and will carry a ball four hundred yards with precision, and two or three thousand good
horses.
Jellalabad,
24 jNNE.
Village.
The road
or rather
pathway
for the first six miles
led through gardens
and
for
rice fields, the whole country flooded the purpose of irrigation, impassable There is, however, a gun road, for guns. which makes a circuit of some miles between Agaum and Jellalabad, the remainder of the road passable for wheel carriages.
Jellalabad is situated on the right bank of the Cabool river, which here a stream of considerable volume, and about half a mile broad/ Round Jellalabad are the remains of a wall of considerable extent, but the place is now reduced to a mere village, surrounded by extenis
sive ruins.
3 E
360
Journey from Herat
to
Simla, c.
[No. 149.
The
various routes between Jellalabad and
Peshawur have been

year (June,) the
already minutely described.

river route
tious.
is
At
this season of the
generally followed, as being the safest and most expedi-
Rafts are
to a
formed of splinters of wood, which hold together
from twenty
hundred
inflated bullock skins,
and an accident
rarely happens during the
months of May, June and July, when the

which are dangerous
at
water
is
of sufficient depth to cover the rocks,
other seasons.
Near Jellalabad, the

;
river runs in a broad bed with
low banks on each side

mits on either hand.
distant hills with
snow on
their
sumtrees
The
space between the foot of these hills and
the river, covered with villages

scattered along the banks.
and green
stream,
fields.
Fine groves of
I
The
is
when
passed down, was
running at the rate of
six or seven miles
an hour.
few miles below
Jellalabad, the Cabool river
joined by a broad and rapid stream of
considerable volume, called Durya-i-Koower.
The
is
distance between
Jellalabad and
distance
is
Peshawur by the
raft of
river route,
about 90 miles.
This
performed on a
twelve hours.
25
skins, impelled
is
by two
large oars,
in about
Half way
which
the large village of Lalpoor,
situated on the left

chief of the
bank
of the river, the residence of

is
Saadut Khan,
families.
Momund
tribe,
said to
number 4,000
After passing Lalpoor, the river flows for about thirty miles in a deep
narrow channel, walled

height.
in
by precipitous rocky mountains
of great
In
this part of the river are
most of the whirlpools and danor
gerous places.
One
called the
is
Shutr Gurdun, or camel's neck, 26
27 miles below Lalpoor,

is
particularly dreaded by the raftsmen, and
considered even in the best season a place of peril.
Two
or three
miles below Shutr Gurdun, the river debouches from the mountains,
and enters an open cultivated country.

on the
left
At
the village of Muchnee,
bank,
tolls
are levied on rafts passing
down
the river.
From
The
Muttee, a small village on the right bank of the

miles below Shutr Gurdun,
river, seven or eight
Peshawur
is
distant about 14 miles.
country was overflowed for the purpose of irrigation, and the road
which passed through a succession

to laden ponies.
I
of rice fields,
was scarcely
passable
need say nothing of the present state of Peshawur, or of the route

to
through the Punjaub from that place
Loodhiana, both having been
minutely described by others.
3(il
Appendix
to
Mr.
Blyth's Report for

vol.
December Meeting,
p. 1011.]
1842.
[Continued from
XII,
I
Mynahs.
In Vol. XI,
Mynahs
p.
178 (bis),
thought it necessary
to describe
the two Hill

I
of India (genus Gracula, v. Eulabes, Cuv.),

to these
and
have now approximated

:
my
Ampeliceps coronalus (vide XI,
986)
perhaps an enumeration of the other Indian
Mynahs
will not
be unacceptable. These vary considerably in form and habit, and
may
be resolved into different minor groups.
The genus Pastor, Tem;
minck, apud G. R. Gray,

Vieillot,
is
typified by
shall begin
P. roseus
and Acridotheres,
by Acr.
tristis.
with the more bulky, heavy-
formed
species,
which seek
first
their food chiefly or
wholly on the ground.
Of
these, the
two
are distinguished by having a large naked space
under and beyond the eye.

1.
Acr.
tristis,
(Gm.)
Vieillot; Pastor tristoides, Hodgson,

to p. 773. in the
tioned in J. A. S.,
V. note
where abundant throughout India

cultivation,
men(Common Mynah.) Everyvicinity of human abodes and

It rarely nidificates
and remarkable
for its familiarity.
except in the cavities of buildings.

2.
Acr. ginginianus
Turdus ginginianus, Latham
Gracula grL
sea,
Daudin
Cossyphus griseus, Dumeril.
(Bank Mynah.) Common

;
in
Bengal (though not in the immediate neighbourhood of Calcutta),

but has never been
Nepal, Assam, and in the Tenasserim provinces
observed by Mr. Jerdon in the Indian peninsula. It frequents the vicinity of water, at least during the breeding season,
holes in river-banks.
crest less developed
when
it
builds in
The
frontal feathers are erectile, forming a slight
than in the two next species, and those on the

line.
sides of the
head are directed towards the median
The young
and the
are plain greyish-brown,
much
as in the
immature Sturnus vulgaris,

This species
but exhibit a whitish wing-spot and
tips to the tail-feathers,
plumage of the
sides of the
crown
is
disposed as usual.
may
generally be obtained of the Calcutta dealers.

retain the
face,
The two next

short
bulky form of the preceding, but have no

frontal feathers stand up, forming a
naked space on the
and the
and
laterally compressed crest.
362
3.
Appendix
Acr. cristatellus
;
to
Mr.
Blyth's Report
[No. 149.
Gracula
cristatella, Lin.
Pastor griseus, Horsto p.
field; P. cristalloides,
Hodgson, J. A.
S.,
V, note
773. (Subto the

;
crested Mynah.) Common

Chusan Archipelago,
the hollows of trees.
4.
in Bengal, Nepal,
and eastward
also in the
Burmese and Malay countries
but
replaced in Southern India by the next species.
Always
nidificates in
Acr. fuscus ; Pastor fuscus,
Temminck, apud
to
Griffith's
work
P.
Mahrattensis, Sykes.
(Dusky Mynah.)
Closely allied to the
last,
but smaller, with the upper-parts inclining
brown
instead of ashy,
and the
irides greyish- white instead of bright yellow.
Southern India.
Acr. fuliginosus, Nobis.
In a collection of bird-skins procured in
the vicinity of Macao, are two specimens of a

cristatellus,
Mynah
allied to Acr.
but obviously distinct in
species,
though being in a transilatter
tional state of feather
from the immature to the adult garb, the
cannot be fully described at present.
Length about ten inches,

three
of
wing
five
and a quarter, and
tail
inches;
bill
to
gape an
feathers
inch and a quarter, and tarse an inch and a half.
The new
fore,
of the upper-parts were coming dusky-cinereous, of the
breast
and
flanks a purer dark cinereous, resembling in

breast of Acr. cristatellus
:
hue the
neck and
the belly
and vent are uniformly coloured

and the lower
tail-coverts
with the
rest
of the
under-parts,
are
blackish, whereas in both
the preceding species these are nearly or
quite white at
all
ages: the nestling
plumage of the head
is
blackish,
and the form of the feathers indicates that these

developed than in Acr. cristatellus; the
would be slender and

less
elongated in the adult, which has probably a slight frontal crest
new
feathers of the wings are
bronzed black, except the base of the primaries and the coverts im-
pending them, which are white

compressed than in Acr.
is
tail
wholly blackish
the beak
is less
cristatellus,
and the
tip of the
;
upper mandible
more
distinctly incurved
to
and emarginated
the colour of both

for the
mandibles would seem
have been orange at base, and white

is
terminal half: the legs apparently have been yellow. There

skin upon the face; and
its
no naked
superior size, with the total absence of
white upon the
tail
and
its
under-co verts, distinguishes this species
readily from Acr. cristatellus of
any
age.
The next
are smaller and lighter-formed, more allied to Sturnus,

bill.
but having a shorter and more compressed
Their habits are much
1844.]
for December Meeting, 1842.
363
more
arboreal, as they seek their food
upon
trees,
and are very rarely
seen on the ground.

J. St.
They
constitute the Slurnia of Lesson.
pagodarum ; Turdus pagodarum, Lin. (Bhahminee Mynah.)

and under-parts, bright
;
Body
greyish, the ear-coverts, neck,
buff,
with
mesial streaks to the feathers of different texture
the cap black, and

;
bearing a long pendent crest of slender pointed feathers

tail-coverts,
less
thighs, lower
and
tips of the outer tail-feathers, white.
Female rather
deeply coloured, with the crest not quite so long: and young
yellowish-grey, inclining to pale buff on the throat and breast; the cap
at first concolorous or nearly so, afterwards
ed.
dusky-black and not crest-
An
abundant
species in the Carnatic,

:
and occasionally observed

it is
in other parts of Southern India
in
Lower Bengal
chiefly
met
with towards the close of the cool season, frequenting the arboreal cotton
then in blossom.
2.
St.
It
may
:
often be obtained of the Calcutta birddealers.
Malabarica
Turdus Malabaricus, Gm., but not Pastor
Malabaricus, apud Jerdon,

species.*
Madr
J I. XI, 22, which
refers to the
next
(Grey Mynah.)
Upper-parts grey, the forehead
and throat
whitish, the former occasionally pure white; and entire under-parts
from the fore-neck ferruginous-buff, deep and bright-coloured in old

males, and comparatively very faint in the younger females; primaries
slightly green-glossed black
and tipped with grey, and the middle and
tail-
feathers greyish, the rest dusky, successively
more broadly tipped with

in fact the
deep ferruginous.
The wings and
tail,
plumage geneThere are
rally, are quite those of a typical
Sturnus.
Young
pale greyish, light-
er underneath, with rufous tips to the outer tail-feathers.
few birds which abrade their plumage so

ing season comes round
:
much by
in
the time the moult-
the colours fade,

is
and even make a near apBengal, Nepal, and

peninsula of India.
proach to uniformity.
It
very
common
Assam, but apparently rare or perhaps

3.
local in the
St.
dominicana (?);
olim P.
malabaricus
apud Jerdon.
(White-headed Mynah.)
*According
to
Closely allied to the preceding, but dis-
Mr. Jerdon, the Pastor nanus vel Gracula cinerea of Lesson's Traite
appears to refer to this species.
No
tolerably
doubt the Pastor dominicanus apud Lesson, Voy. de Belanger, stated to be common on the Continent of India; but its identity with the Philippine
I
species so named, remains
suspect
to
be ascertained.
In a letter just received from

as described
Mr. Jerdon, that naturalist remarks that '''Pastor dominicanus, [in his Traite ?] can never be my malabaricus."
by Lesson
364
Appendix
to
Mr. Blyth's Report

tail,,
[No. 149.
tinguished structurally by
its
longer
and
in colour
by having the
back of a more
whole head, neck, throat and
breast, silky- white, the

;
albescent grey, and the primaries plain black

tail-coverts,
the flanks, belly, lower
and a portion
of the
tail,
being alone rufous.
Inhabits
coast, so
Southern India, and especially the

that the
lofty jungles of the
Malabar
name malabaricus
list
is
better applicable to this species than to

it
the preceding one.
Gmelin,
may
be remarked, in his long and
heterogeneous
of species assigned to the genus Turdus, has des-
cribed two very different species by the appellation T. malabaricus,
namely, the preceding bird and the Phyllornis (v. Chloropsis) raodernly so
St.
is
named
(XI, 957)p.
elegans ; Pastor elegans, Lesson, Voy. de Belanger,
266. This
a beautiful species of the present group, inhabiting Cochin China
and the Malay peninsula. and

and lower
Colour glistening grey, the forehead,
lores,
throat, medial part of wing,
rump,
tail-tip,
with the belly, flanks,
tail-coverts, bright golden-ferruginous; fore-part of

;
wing
white, and the hinder half, brightly bronzed black
base of
to
tail also
black
bill
lead-coloured,
and
tarsi
yellow.
According
M.
in
Lesson,
"
this
species
was named P. Chinensis, by Temminck,

it
Kuhl's
Catalogue of Dauben ton's Planches Coloriees ;

nensis, sp. 44,
is
both Oriolus Si-
and Sturnussericeus,
where
it is
sp. 8, of
Latham; and Daubenton's

is
figure, pi. dcxvit,
termed Kink of China,

is
so
bad as
I
to
give a false idea."
More
or less of this
certainly erroneous.
have
now
before
me
specimens of both sexes of the true Sturnus sericeus,

as such
Latham, received from Chusan, being evidently that described

by Shaw and
compressed at
St. sericea.
in the Diet, Class.
It
is
a larger bird than any of the

bill less laterally
preceding members of this group, with a stronger

tip,
and may be thus distinguished

inches, of
Length nearly nine

tail
wing four and threebill
quarters,
and
two inches and five-eighths;
to
gape an
inch and one-eighth, and tarsi an inch.

glistening ashy, the wings
Upper
parts of
male
fine
and
tail
bronzed green-black, excepting the

;
coverts of the primaries

fore-neck, a silky
which are white
entire head, throat,
and
subdued white, the feathers of the crown slender

under-parts somewhat paler ashy than the back,
and elongate
rest of
the middle of the belly, under tail-coverts, and fore-part of the under
surface of the wing, white: bill coral-red with a black tip;
and
legs
1844. J
bright yellow.
365
Female rather
smaller, having the ash-colour of the
male replaced by brown, pale on rump, and the head and throat dingy
whitish, passing into ashy-brown on the occiput.
handsome
species,
with delicate silky plumage.*

St.
cana, Nobis.
can only describe
this species
from an imper-
fectly
moulted specimen received from Macao.
Length about seven

tail
inches, of
wing three inches and seven-eighths, and

;
two inches and
three-eighths
bill to
gape an inch, and tarse seven-eighths of an inch.
Colour of the
new
feathers of the
crown and back plain brownish-ash,

the nestling plumage,
;
and
of those of the breast

tinted,
all
and flanks the same but much paler and denot

al-
licately
being rounded as in
this
slender and elongate as usual in bescent

:
group
throat
and belly
the unshed nestling feathers are
uniformly of a paler or
:
browner grey above, and lighter-coloured below
wings and
tail
darker,
the primaries and middle tail-feathers glossy nigrescent: some of the

larger coverts
upon each wing towards the scapularies are white

I
in the
specimen, which however
conceive to be partial albinism, and not to
be a constant character
but the coverts of the primaries are also white
for the greater part of their outer

tertiaries
web, which
is
more probably normal
brownish and pale-edged, and the outer tail-feathers whitish

tips: bill yellowish,
towards their
to
mixed with dusky

is
and
legs
appear
have been sullied yellow.

of the foregoing.
This
obviously a distinct species from
any
The Pastor
Java.
tricolor, Horsfield, Lin.

is
Trans, xiii, 155,
v.
P. mela-
nopterus, Wagler,
probably another species of this group inhabiting
According
edit.), the
to
Mr. G. R. Gray (List of

is
the
Genera of Birds, 2nd

is
type of the genus Pastor

in
P. roseus, (Lin.) Tem., which
very
common
many
parts of India, but visits the neighbourhood
of Calcutta only towards the

this species
end of the
cool season,
when
flocks of
and
of Sturnia
pagodarum
are not unfrequently observed
upon the arboreal cotton then

according to
in blossom.
Nearly related
to
this,
M. Lesson,
is
a Peguan species, P. peguanus, Lesson,

of
* In Mr. Strickland's catalogue and Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1843,

sericeus, with the remark, that
it
some Chinese
birds exhibited in
London (Ann.
p. 221), the
which
it
is
united by Wagler."
it is
above species is termed Acridotheres " is quite distinct from A. dauricus, Pall., with To which of the minor groups this A. dauricus
it.
should be referred,
not easy to divine from the description of
366
having "
les
Appendix
plumes
to
Mr. Blyttis Report

:
[No. 149.
it
capistrales cowtes et serves,"
would seem
to
connect the present form with Sturnia.
Mr. Eyton has described

pi. col.
Mynah
p.
from the Malay peninsula as Pastor Malayensis, P. Z. S.
1839,
103; and the Turdus otocephalus, Gm. (Tem.,
136), said to inhabit Ceylon
and Java,
is
referred
to the
group of
Mynahs by Stephens.* The ordinary Indian

Class.,
Starling, Sturnus contra
and capensis, Auct.,
Pastor jalla, Horsfield, and apparently P. auricularis of the Diet.

constitutes
Mr. Hodgson's division

to
Stumopastor : and the

St.
Himalayan
the form of
Starling, considered
be identical with
vulgaris by
most authors, certainly

its
differs considerably
is
from the European bird in
beak, which
to
longer and
more compressed
considerable
at tip,
being
drawn out
much
finer point, besides that this

:
organ never
turns yellow as in the European Starling
numbers are
sometimes sold alive in Calcutta, brought from the hilly regions of
Bengal (as Monghyr, &c), observation of which has led
me
to con-
clude that the distinctions above-mentioned are permanent, and therefore to follow
Mr. Hodgson
in styling this oriental analogue of the
common European
Finally,
there
Starling St. indicus,
remain two oriental

allied,
species of
Sturnidce, which,
to
though by no means nearly

genus Lamprotomis.
v.
have both been referred
the
One
is
Calornis cantor, (Latham) G. R. Gray,
Turdus chalybeus, and T.

be very common.
strigalus, Horsfield,
which the Society has

it
received from Arracan
and the Tenasserim provinces, where
would
seem
to
What
are probably once-moulted females, ra-
ther than the
young
of the year,
have the under-parts yellowish-white,
with green-black central streaks

fore
to the feathers;
and
in
one specimen be-
me are some mingled under

The
tail-coverts, of an
is
uniform glossy green-
black as usual.
other species
L. spilopterus, Vigors, figured in

hill
Gould's Century, an inhabitant of Nepal and the
ranges of Assam,
it
upon which Mr. Hodgson founds
his
genus Saroglossa, referring

:
to
the Meliphagidw, and which he characterises as follows
* In Griffith's edition of the Re'gne Animal, VI, 422, is described P. temporalis, Tem. " Cheeks naked, red; head and streak over eyes pure white; collar black;
another near the back white; scapularies and wings black-brown; chest and belly
white; wing-coverts white-edged
tail-ends white.
Length eleven inches.
Bengal,"
undoubtedly, however, from some other locality.
1844.]

Bill
367
" Genus Saroglossa, H.

cartilaginous,
flat,
Chloropsian, but stouter.
Tongue
con-
furnished with a full brush forwards.
Wings
siderably acuminated and firm, 1st quill bastard, 3rd longest,
2nd and
Tarsus
4th equal, and rather less than the third.

furcate.
Tail firm, stoutish, sub-
Legs and
feet strong, arboreal,
and subrepatory.
(to sole) exceeding the mid-toe
and claw
heavily scaled to the front
smooth
to sides,
and cultrated behind.
Toes medial, unequal
the
hind one large and depressed.

creeping or clinging.
Nails acute, well curved, suited for
u Type, Lamprotornis spilopterus, Vigors. " Habits monticolous and arboreal, feeding like Chloropsis,
to
which genus and
to Hypsipefes,
Brachypus, &c,
it
has most affinity,
both of structure and manners, seeming to represent the Sturnine birds

in
its
own
group."
I still prefer to retain it
among
the Stumidcc.
Another group requiring elucidation, and which has strangely been

referred
by several authors
to that of the
Mynahs,
its
is
the genus of
allies.
Doomrees (Malacocercus, Swainson), and

genus was founded on a Ceylon
with the Qracitla striata of the Paris
Dumeril), and figured by him in his
1.
'
various
This
species, identified
by Mr. Swainson
Museum
(or Cossyphus striates,
Zoological Illustrations' as
Malacocercus striatus.
It closely resembles
one from Southern

is
India, and another from Bengal, Nepal,
and Assam; but
distin-
guished from the
first
by the absence
and
breast,
tail.
of the pale longitudinal markings
of the feathers of the back
and from the second by the obvipresented to
ous striation of
its tertiaries
and
A Cingalese specimen
the Society by Willis Earle, Esq., corresponds exactly with Swainson's

figure
;
the cross-striae being
much more
conspicuous than in
its
Bengal
representative,
and consisting of rays of a deeper colour seen

:
at all an-
gles of reflection
the under-parts also are
more deeply tinged with

wing ten inches, and
gape an inch only.
terricolor, 11., in
rufous.
Length about nine inches and a
half, of
middle tail-feathers four and a quarter, the outermost an inch and oneeighth
2.
less
:
tarse
an inch and one-eighth
the
bill to
M.
terricolor,
Hodgson
mentioned as Pastor
J. A. S.,
in
V, 771? and
also classed
by Dr. Pearson among the Mynahs

species, excepting that all
tail
its
X, 650.
Resembles the preceding
colours are less brought out, the cross-rays on the
being faint
and inconspicuous, and barely discernible on the
tertiaries; a very
3f
368
Appendix
to
Mr. Blyth's Report

region.
Bill
[No. 149.
an inch and
weak
and
that into
3.
tinge of fulvous on the abdominal
one-eighth to gape.
it
This
is
one of the most
common
birds of Bengal,
of specimens,
is
only after examining a considerable

it
number
consider
may
be safely separated from M. striatus. It extends
Nepal and Assam.*
M. Somervillei; Timalia
Somervillei, Sykes, P. Z. S., 1832, p.

is
89.
The
general colour of this species
somewhat darker, with
dis-
tinct pale mesial streaks
on the feathers of the back and breast, which

;
are seen also on the upper-parts of the next species
its tertials
are
but very obscurely striated, but the

tarse
tail distinctly so,
as in the first:
somewhat shorter than
in the
two preceding. from M.
Mr. Jerdon agrees

which
it
with
me
in considering this distinct
terricolor,
repre-
sents in the Indian peninsula, extending northward, according to Dr.
Royle's
list, to
the plains nearest Saharunpore

closely,
but the species of this

necessary to
is
group approximate so very
that
it
is
be most
cautious in identifying them.
Indeed, the present one
not impro-
bably the original striatus, although not that of Mr. Swainson.

4.
M.
griseus
Turdus
griseus,
Latham ; Timalia
is
grisea, Jerdon,
Madr. JL No.
closely
XXV,
to
258.
This
another peninsular species, also

its
related
the
foregoing,
but readily distinguished by

or
inferior size, yellowish- white
crown
whole top of the head, and dark
throat.
Common in
West
allied
the Carnatic, and found sparingly in the

Coast.
this
more open
Mahratta
legs
portion of the
A
feet,
race
to
was met with
in the Southern
to
country by Mr.
Elliot, being described
by him
have whitish
259).
and
instead of yellow (vide
Madr. JL No.
XXV,
Mr. Jerdon
has never observed A. griseus above the Ghauts.
* No doubt the M. striatus of a catalogue of Bengal birds published in the An. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1843, p. 447. It is also, I perceive from Edwards's description
of his
"Brown
Indian Thrush," which was " brought from Bengal in the East Indies,"
atti-
decidedly the species intended by him: the figure, too, being chiefly faulty in
tude, while the colouring of
it is
description
is
mislead any one. Upon this figure and founded Turdus canorus, Lin., and the " lantkocincla canora, (Lin.)",
enough
to
of Mr. Strickland's
list of
some Chinese birds exhibited
in
London, An. and Mag.
Nat. Hist. 1843, p. 221, is meant to refer to it, but doubtless indicates some other species, probably the Turdus chinensis, Osbeck, which Linnaeus considered identical
with the bird of Edwards.

for this species,
The
specific
name canorus
its
has accordingly the priority

:
extreme inappropriateness the bird having a most particularly harsh voice (atck, atchj, and no pretensions whatever to be
but must be rejected from
musical, in the least degree.
1844.3

species, the tail is
369
In the following
more elongated, narrower, and

Z. S. 1832, p.
more graduated
5.
M. Malcolmi; Timalia Malcolmi, Sykes, P.

Cawnpore
88;
Garrulus albifrons, Gray, in Hardwicke's

of Southern India.
6.
(?),
Illustrations.
Elevated lands
apud Hardwicke.
M.
Earlei, Nobis.
Allied in form to
M. subrufus, but
measure
bill
the beak
more compressed, and plumage very

inches,
of
different.
Length nearly ten

five,
which the middle
tail-feathers
the outer-
most two inches less; wing three and a half;
to
gape an inch
and one-eighth, and
tarse
an inch and a quarter.
Upper plumage
more defined,
;
much
and
as in
M.
chatarrhcea, the frontal feathers however

to rufescent,
less inclining
striae
having similar dark central streaks

if at all,
transverse
of the tail-feathers scarcely,
discernible
paler,
neck
and throat dull-reddish fulvous, the

ing faint dark central lines
:
feathers
margined
and hav-
rest of the under-parts
dingy albescent-
brown.
Beak
yellowish,
and
legs also light yellowish.
Common
;
in
heavy reed and grass jungle in Bengal, and described from a specimen
shot in the vicinity of Calcutta by Willis Earle, Esq.
to
whom
;
the
Society
is
indebted for numerous zoological contributions.

it
Mr. Hodg-
son has since sent

it
from Nepal, and Mr. Barb from Tipperah
and
has likewise been procured by Mr. Earle in the Rajmahl
district.
young one shot near Calcutta
is
clad in the flimsy nestling pluless distinct,
mage, having the markings generally
except upon the fore-
head, and the throat and breast of a clearer pale ferruginous.

the drawings of the late Dr.
sent this species, and
this only
7.
I
One
it,
of
Buchanan Hamilton appears

his specific
to reprefor
would have adopted
name
had
been a
little
;
more euphonious.
Timalia chatarhcea, Franklin, P. Z.
S. 1831, p.
M. chatarhcea
:
118
Cossyphus caudatus (?J t Dumeril, vide Diet Class: Megalums
isabeliinus, Sw., "
Menag."
Inhabits bushes and grass-jungle in the
peninsula,
also,
according to Mr. Frith, the extensive reedy tracts
covering the churrs in the large rivers of Bengal. Sir A. Burnes obtain-
ed
it
in Scinde.
8.
M. subrufus ; Timalia
subrufa, Jerdon,
Madr. JL, 1839,
p.
259:
T. pcecilorhyncha, de la Fresnaye, Rev. Zool. de la Soc. Cuv. 1840,

p.
65.
Tail broader and softer than in the preceding species.
Neil-
gherries.
370
9.
Appendix
to
Mr. Blyth's Report

pellotis,
[No. 149.
M. (?)
pellotis
Timalia
Hodgson, As. Res.
XIX,
cit.
182.
Nepal.
10.
M.
(?) nipalensis
Timalia nipalensis, Hodgson, he.

as
Mr. and
Hodgson has forwarded two skins

which
stated by
examples of his T.
pellotis
T. leucotis, which latter would seem to be only another

nipalensis,
is
name
for his
him
to
have the entire cheeks pure
white
it
the state of the specimen does not permit

T. pellotis, to
me
to distinguish
from
which, at
all events, it is
very closely allied.*
The
true Malacocerci have been considered peculiar to India, but
the Crater ojyus Jardinii of Dr.

Africa' appears to
Andrew
;
Smith's
'
Zoology of South
me
v.
to
belong decidedly to the present group, rather
than to Crateropus
Garrulax
and
should also place here the
Malurus squamiceps and M.
acacice of Ruppell.
The Timalia
is
hypery-
thra of Franklin, though of very diminutive size,
so closely allied to
M.
is
subrufus, that
almost think
it
should be ranged with it:t and of
the other reputed Timalice of Southern India, T. hypoleuca, Franklin,

the type of
Mr. Hodgson's genus Chrysomma,

form in Bengal, additional
being,
think, separais
ted with propriety,

species of this
and Mr. Frith informs me that there

to hypoleuca, (vel
a second
Horsfieldi,
Jardine and Selby), from which
it differs
in being about half larger
the T. platyura, Jerdon, approaches more to Sphenura than aught else,
but cannot well rank therein,

striata,
its bill
much
resembling that of Sph.

less
(J.
A. S.
XI,
603..)
but the vibrissa being
develop-
ed
:J
and
lastly, the
T. poiocephala, Jerdon, I refer to
an extensive
is
Malayan group, exemplified by Malacopteron, Eyton, which

Trichastoma, XI, 795, and
question falling under
is
my
hereinafter subdivided, the species in
my
division Alcippe, p. 384.

n. g. Allied to the long- tailed Malacocerci,
bill
Gampsorhynchus, Nobis,
and
also to
Sphenura, but the
intermediate in form to those of

straight
Turdus and Lanius, and the gape conspicuously armed with

vibrissa
:
it is
nearly equal
to
the head, moderately compressed, the
ridge of the upper mandible obtusely angulated,

*
and
its
outline curvis
those of
The Malacocerci appear all to lay bright blue eggs, M. terricolor, griseus, and chatarhcea, in the
it
at least
such
the colour of
the
Society's
Museum; and
Oxylophus serratus, which lays a nearly similar egg, but having a greenish
resorts to their nests to deposit
t in.
it
cast,
The
crest of this species allies
to Stachyris,
Hodgson,
p. 378.
J Vide p. 374.
18 44.]

tip,
371
ing towards the
which
is
strongly ernarginated, and forms a dis;
tinct hook, overhanging the extremity of the lower mandible
nostrils
tail
oval, pierced in the fore-part of the nasal
membrane
wings and
fifth,
graduated, the
is
first
primary two-fifths the length of the
which
equal to the sixth and seventh and longest: feet formed for perch-
ing, the tarse rather longer
than the middle toe with

tail
its
claw, and the
claws but moderately curved:

G. rufuhis, Nobis.
elongated.
inches, of
Length about nine
which the
tail
is
four and three-quarters, and bill to gape above seven-eighths of an
inch
wing three inches and a half; and
tarse
an inch and one six:
teenth.
Colour of the upper-parts uniform olive-brown

under-parts probably wholly ferruginous;
is
and the head

but the only
and
entire
specimen examined
a partial albino, having the head and under-
parts white, with a few ferruginous feathers intermixed: bill horn-
coloured, the upper mandible dusky above, and the lower pale;
feet light
and
brown
under-surface of the wings pale fulvescent, which

:
also
margins the basal portion of the inner webs of the large alars
graduated,
its
tail
much
feathers
more
or less tipped with albescent
ricto-
rial bristles
black.
Received from Darjeeling.
Orthorhinus, Nobis, n. g. General structure of Pomatorhinus, but

the
plumage
still
more lax and open, the wings more bowed
or hol-
lowed, and the feet more decidedly adapted for progression on the
ground, having the claws larger and straighter ed than in the more typical Pomatorhini, and
its
the
bill is less
elongat-
is
much
less
compressed,
upper mandible shewing scarcely more than an indication of a
curve,
and the gonys of the lower mandible ascending

its
posteriorly to the
junction of
rami, by which a distinct angle
is
there produced.
tail
O. hypoleucos, Nobis. Length about ten inches, of which the

sures four
;
mea-
wing four inches and a quarter more ; hind

toe
bill to
gape one and a half;
tarse rather
and claw an inch and a quarter.
General
colour fulvescent olive-brown above, the lower parts white, with traces
of
dusky terminal
spots on the breast; streak
backward from behind
the eye,
and the
;
sides of the
neck posterior
to the ear- coverts, bright

to feathers
:
fulvous
bill
sides of the breast ashy,

little
with white centres
the
dusky, a
:
whitish at
tip,
and beneath the lower mandible:

little
legs pale
the feathers of the crown a
squamose. Inhabits Arracan.
Another Indian genus
referrible to the
same great
series, is Pellor-
nium
of
Swainson,
v.
Cinclidia,
Gould
and the only
species
P. rufi.
372
Appendix
to
Mr. Blytfts Report
[No.
149.
ceps, Sw., C. punctata,

to
Gould, and P. olivaceum, Jerdon,
appears also
tail is
claim Megalurus f ruficeps of Sykes as a
synonym
at least his des-
cription of the
plumage agrees
it
precisely, only
he states that the
equal and narrow, whence

trices
may
be that the outermost pair of rec.
were wanting
in his specimen.
The admeasurements which he

whence
I
assigns, also, are
improbable
for a bird of this group,
suspect
that there
must be some typographical

ruficeps from
error
the minute description
of the colouring coincides exactly.*
The
Society has received speci-
mens
Very
of
Pellomium
is
Mr. Hodgson and from Mr. Jerdon.

(which
different
the
(?), Horsfield,
is
Megalurus palustris
Reinwardt
J. A. S.
;)
Malurus marginalis,
Turdus
toklao
1
of
Buchanan Hamilton's drawings,

is
XI, 603.
This,
believe,
a genuine Megalurus.
It
has a long and
much graduated
tail,
and
is
remarkable
for
the
considerable difference of size between the male and female.

of the
Length
measures
male about nine inches and a

its
half, of
which the
tail
four
and three-quarters,
less
;
outermost feathers
two inches and a
quarter
wings three inches and three-quarters, and their spread

bill to
twelve inches;
gape an inch, and tarse an inch and

tail
a half:
female eight inches and a quarter, of which the
measures four and
a quarter
expanse ten inches and a

;
half,
and closed wing three
and one-eighth
bill
to
gape seven-eighths of an inch, and tarse

Colour
barely one and a quarter.
much
as in the British Locustella

to their
Raii;] the feathers becoming extremely worn prior
renewal,
and
tail
much rubbed away.

;
In
new plumage
the upper parts are
bright olive-brown, with a mesial broad black stripe to each feather of

the back and scapularies
their inner portion
margins of the wing-feathers also brown,

rufescent, with mesial dark lines to
dusky; crown
the feathers, tending to become obsolete towards the front, these coronal
feathers being small, rigid,
and appressed
a pale streak over the eye
* In a valuable communication from Mr. H. E. Strickland, that naturalist remarks, of Col. Sykes's specimen, "Megalurus ruficeps, Sykes, is not a Megalurus, but seems to me to belong to Gould's Australian genus Hylacola." The latter would seem, however, from the description in P. Z. S. 1842, p. 135, to come very close
upon Pellomium, and I should not be surprised to learn of their identity. Gould's illustrated work on the Birds of Australia/ I have not at present an opportunity of
*
but I think I can recollect the figures of his two Hylacolce, and that they do closely approximate the Pellomium.
referring to
;
f The Locustella
with which
it is
is
indeed more allied
to this
and proximate genera than
to
the birds
usually arranged,
1844.]
373
and the under-parts are dull whitish, tinged with brown, the breast
usually more or
less
speckled with small linear dark spots;
tail
brown
without markings:
bill
horn-coloured, the lower mandible chiefly pale,

light yellowish,
and inside
of the
mouth mouth
with merely a black spot at

the breeding season
bill is
each posterior angle of the tongue,

the interior of the
is
but during
:
wholly black, and the
then of a livid
colour, suffused above with blackish
legs dull purplish-brown.
In
worn plumage, the black portions

brown, and their brown
lateral
of the feathers have faded to duskyless
margins have more or

in hue.
disappeared,
what remains
ble the
of
them having faded
The young
nearly resem-
newly moulted adults
in colouring, but have a strong tinge
of yellow on the eye-streak

is
and under-parts, and the lower mandible

crown
is
chiefly bright yellow; their
also
is
devoid of any rufous tinge.
The
different size of the sexes

is
very conspicuous
when they
leave
the nest (which

bles the
during May).
In
is
many
respects, this bird
resem-
Sphenura, but the beak
considerably more slender and
elongated, the rictorial bristles are inconsiderable,

larger
and the
tarse is
and
stronger, with proportionate toes
and claws.
Both genera
have remarkable freedom of action of the
legs,
enabling them to sprawl
widely as they clamber among the reeds and grass-stems, and the
black interior of the mouth during the breeding season
to both, the entire
is
common
Meg aladis-
beak
also
becoming black
in the
Sphenura.*
Of the
rm,
latter genus, I
now
suspect, from analogy with the

species noticed in
that the
two supposed
XI, 602-3, are merely
male and female of the same, notwithstanding the considerable

crepancy of
size.
In
all
other respects they agree precisely; and of four

size
specimens of the large
which
have now obtained,
all
I
proved
to
be males, while the only example of the small size which
have yet
succeeded in procuring, was a female.
Mr. Jerdon has
lately procured
two or three of the small

to ascertain
size in the vicinity of Nellore,
and
it
remains
whether
all
of these were females.

long,
The
large
;
measure
eight inches
and three-quarters
by eleven across
wing three
bill to
and a quarter; middle
tail-feathers three
and three-quarters;
under five-eighths;
gape seven-eighths of an inch,
to forehead
tarse
voice, to
Mr. Frilh informs me, that the Megalurus ascends sinking, with a fine flute-like some height above the reeds which it frequents, and then suddenly drops down
among them.
374
Appendix
to
Mr. Blytlis Report
[No
149.
an inch and three-sixteenths.

inches
;
The
small female gave seven by nine

;
wing two and seven-eighths
tail
eight inches,
and
tarse
an inch and one-sixteenth.

very remarkable
Mr. Frith has well suggested that the

of this
is
ant-orbital bristles
genus are
forcing
its
admirably
adapted
to protect
the eyes
when
and
the bird
reeds,
way through
it
the dense tufts of high grass
among which both
and the
Megalurus
which
are constantly found.
Following the Sphenura should rank Mr. Jerdon's Timalia platyura

for
I
have suggested
to
him
the generic
name
to
Schcenicola
its
but
have not a specimen
now by me wherefrom
but distinct form
draw up
particular
characters.
Another
allied
may
be designated
EurycerciiSy Nobis. General form diminutive of Sphenura, but proportionally
much
;
less
robust
the
bill
weaker, slenderer, and more

:
compressed
the rictal bristles feeble
and inconsiderable
less
the feet and

:
claws resemble those of Sphenura, but are somewhat
elongated
fifth,
the
wings also are shorter and more rounded, having the fourth,
sixth primaries subequal
and
and
longest, the third equalling the ninth,

:
and the
first
being half the length of the fourth

softer,
the tail-feathers are

;
much
soft.
broader and
and extremely graduated
plumage lax and
Eu. Burnesii, Nobis. Length

middle
tail-feathers are three
less,
six inches
and a quarter, of which the
and three-quarters, the outermost two

of middle tail-feathers above half an
to
and one-eighth
inch
inch
in
;
and breadth
wing two inches and one-eighth ; bill and tarse three-quarters of an inch.
gape five-eighths of an
Upper-parts coloured as
the Malacocerci generally, or brownish-grey with darker central
streaks to the feathers, chiefly apparent on the scapularies and inter-scapularies

;
tail
very faintly barred, only discernibly so in certain

tip
;
lights,
having no subterminal band or white

with fulvescent on the flanks
;
under-parts whitish, tinged
a shade of the same also on the sides of
the neck, where the mesial streaks to the feathers are tolerably distinct
is
;
under
tail-coverts ferruginous
the upper mandible of the

legs
bill
dusky-horn above, the lower yellowish-white;
yellowish-brown.
Inhabits the Indus territories, where obtained by the late Sir Alexan-
der Burnes and Dr. Lord.*
* Both this and the preceding genus are distinct from Sphenceacus, Strickland, founded on the Fluteur of Levaillant, figured as Malurus a/ricanus in Swainson's Zoological' 1 llustrations. Sphenoeacus should be placed next to Sphenura.
'
1844.]
for December Meeting

criniger,
1842.
375
The Svya
being again
Hodgson, {As. Res, xix, 183,)
may
:
next be in-
troduced, a form which connects
Sphenura and
its allies
with Prinia,
much related
to
Malacocercus chatarrhea
and hereabouts
should probably also range the Cossyphus minutus, Dumeril, briefly

described in the Diet. Class, to have " the upper-parts
brown
head
rayed longitudinally with rufous and brown
under-parts fulvous-grey,
with a white throat: length four inches and a half:" and inhabiting
India.
The
figured
various Indian Prinice are perfectly identical as a group with
the African Drymoicce of Swainson,
numerous
species of
which are
by Dr. A. Smith and by Ruppell, and two or three by Levaillant.

but Dr. Smith employs Drymoica
Ruppell, or rather his editor Dr. Cretzschmar, adopts Prinia (in the
'
Neue
Wirbelthiere')
for the
whole
series,
including the Pinc-pinc of Levaillant, upon which Swainson

Referring to Mr. G. R. Gray's 'List of the
I
founded his Hemipteryx.
Genera of
Birds',
2nd
v.
edit.,
find
le
Capocier of Levaillant (Sylvia
macroura, Lath.,
the genus,
Malurus
capensis, Stephens,) cited as the type of

so far
and the date given
back as 1827; but
this
must be
a typographical error for 1837,

first
when Drymoica
is
appears to have been
defined by Mr. Swainson in his classification of Birds published

;
in Lardner's Cyclopaedia
at least, there
no mention of the group in
Swainson's remarks on the Sylviadce in the 'Fauna Americana- borealis,'

II,
201, (1831,) nor in the notice accompanying his figure of Prinia

III.,"
familiaris, Horsfield, in the " Zool.
2nd
series,
Vol. Ill, (1832-3.)
In the
'
Classification of Birds/ the

is
same
author suggests that
Prinia
;
familiaris, Horsf.,
probably an aberrant species of Orthotomus
and
and
gives, as the types of
Drymoica,
;
firstly,
Sylvia cysticola, Tem.,

if
secondly, Levaillant's Capocier

separable, (and
if
but the former of these,
considered
1837 be the true date of Drymoica,) must rank as
Cysticola schcenicola, (Bonap.) Lesson,
who
elevated
to
it to
the rank of
a subdivision in 1831
Horsfield, (1820,)
and the
latter
would appear
be a true Prinia,
whence the name Drymoica becomes inadmissable.

it
To judge from
African species
the coloured figures,

effect
would seem that the various

distinct na-
a complete transition from Prinia into Cysticola,
which
latter is rather
an aberrant form of Prinia than a

its
tural group, the particular aberration attaining
ultimatum
in
He-
mipteryx, Sw.
I shall
follow Dr. A.
Smith
in uniting the entire series,
3g
376
as
Appendix
to
Mr. Blyth's Report
[No.
species,
149.
Mr. Jerdon and others have done with the Indian

:
which
p
are as follow
1.
Pr. sylvatica, Jerdon, Madr.
Jl.
XI,
4.
This
is
one of the most
Timalia-Yike,
having the
bill
comparatively deep and compressed.
It inhabits the Neilgherries.

2.
Pr.
socialis,
Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 89. Indian peninsula. Proit is
bably also Bengal, as
figured in one of Buchanan's drawings, by the

i.
name
Sylvia kalaphutki,
e.
'
Black Phutky (or Foodkey, apud
Latham,) a
of India.
3.
name by which
;
this tribe is generally
known
to the natives
Pr. flaviventris
;
Orthotomus flaviventris, Delessert, Souv.
pt.
II, 30. Neilgherries
Bengal, Tenasserim, Singapore.*
The
Motacilla
this.
olivacea, Raffles, Lin. Trans.

4.
XIII, 313,
is
probably allied to
Pr. inornata, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 89.
Very common
in the
Indian Peninsula, in Bengal, and also in Nepal.

length from an inch and three-quarters, or even
The wing
two
varies in
less, to
inches,
and
in
this in
specimens from the same

is,
locality.
That described
as
new
XI, 883,
5.
now
think, but a variety of the present species.
Pr. Franklinii, Nobis; Pr. macroura, Franklin, P. Z. S. 183],
p.
118, but not Pr. macroura,
(Latham,) founded on the Capocier of

though perfectly distinct
;
Levaillant.
fering in the
" Closely allied
to the last,
dif-
more reddish
or
fawn
tint of the
brown, and the more rurare than the

last,
fous tint of the white.

prefers
6.
It is
much more
places."
rzififrons,
and
more jungly and wooded

;
Jerdon.
Non
vidi.
4,
Pr. Buchanani, Nobis
Pr.
Jerdon, Madras Jl. XI,
but not of Ruppell.

figured
7.
p.
Southern India.
Probably also Bengal, as
it is
by Buchanan Hamilton.
Malurus
gracilis of Ruppell, (figured also
Pr. Hodgsonii, Nobis; Pr. gracilis, Franklin, P. Z. S. 1831,
119, but not
by Savigny,)
which pertains
to the present group.
A Nepalese
specimen forwarded by
with one from
Mr. Hodgson, appears

8. Pr. lepida,
perfectly identical in species
Southern India presented by Mr. Jerdon.

Nobis.
A delicate
little species,
with the colouring of a
Malacocercus.
Length four inches and three-quarters, of which the
* At least, M. Delessert's description of the Neilgherry bird applies to specimens from the vicinity of Calcutta and from Tenasserim and Singapore ; and M. Delessert, to whom I have shewn the latter, thinks them identical in species but actual compa:
rison
is still
necessary to confirm this.
844.]

tail-feathers are
bill
377
middle
two and a half; wing an inch and three-
quarters;
to gape half an inch, and tarse five-eighths of an inch,

;
tfpper parts light brownish-grey, with central dark lines to the feathers
wing-coverts and tertials edged paler, the latter faintly rayed

tinctly rayed
tail dis;
and tipped
as usual
a whitish streak over the lores

bill
and
legs
the whole under-parts slightly yellowish white:

pale.
dark brown;
Indus
territories. Sir
A. Burnes.
9. Pr. cysticola (?); Sylvia cysticola (?),

(?,
Tem.; Cysticola
schcenicola
Bonap.) Lesson; Priniacursitans, Franklin, P. Z. S. 183], p. 118.*

Griffith's
In
'Animal Kingdom,' VI, 467, the Sylvia
cysticola,
Tem.,
is
mentioned
to inhabit
" India (Gen. Hardwicke)," as well as Southern

to
Europe
and previously
observing this statement,

it.
had provision-
ally identified the present species with
It varies
a good deal in
is
length of wing.
Mr. Jerdon
wing
gives this as
two inches, and such
the
measurement
of the
of one specimen sent
by Mr. Hodgson, while
that of another from the

three-quarters,
same quarter barely exceeds an inch and and the wing of one sent by Mr. Jerdon is only an
and Mr. Jerdon's bird
crown
inch and five-eighths in length: these three have the crown longitu-'
dinally striated like the back
;
is
more
fulves-
cent than the others, especially on the under-parts.
In another from
distinct,
Mr. Hodgson the

the crown
striation of the
;
is
less
the
wing
measuring two inches

is
while in three others from the same naturalist
almost uniform brown, and the
fulvous
the
wing of one measuring

of the other
as
rump of these is brighter much as two inches and a

distinct,
quarter,
and
two
inches.
I incline to consider all identical
in species ;t but should

specific appellation
Mr. Hodgson's prove
he proposes the
subhemalayana.
to these Prinice, ranges the
I believe there is
In immediate contiguity
genus Ortkoto-
mus
cies,
(or Tailor-bird),
whereof
but one Indian spe-
the adult of which
the young constitutes his O. lingoo
was termed 0. Bennettii by Sykes, while : this bird, following Mr. Strickland,
" should be called O. longicauda.
I consider it," he adds, " to be the Motacilla longicauda, and sutoria (imperfectly described), of Gmelin ;
figure of this species
is
given in the
1st
No. of Mr. Jerdon's
'
Illustrations of In-
dian Ornithology.'
t A contrary opinion is expressed in XI, 884, at the period of writing which, fewer specimens whereupon to found a conclusion.
had
378
Appendix
;
to
Mr. Blyth's Report

;
[No. 149.
Sylvia guzuratta, Lath.

nificapilla,
Orthotomus sphenurus, Swainson
and Sylvia
species,
Hutton,"
to
Elsewhere he remarks, of the
Malayan
"according
edela,
my observation,
c.
the Edela ruficeps, Lesson, {Orthotomus the
Tem.
p.
599, /. 2,)
is
same
as Motacilla sepium, Raffles,
but
is
not the Orthotomus sepium of Horsfield.*

true Timaliai, with which the Malacocerci have been often ar-
The
ranged, are chiefly a Malayan group, and several presumed
new species
et seq.f
from Singapore have been described by
me
;
in J. A. S.
XI, 793
One common Malayan

to
species,
T. pileata,
Horsf.,
is
extends into
Assam, Nepal, and Bengal generally

T. gularis, Horsf.,
and
there
also
one allied
(which
latter is
common
in Tenasserim,) the
T. chloris, XI, 794, this being the type of Mr. Hodgson's Mixornis,
and, as
I suspect,
the Motacilla rubicapilla, Tickell, J* A. S.,

species
it
X, 576.
am
aware of no other Indian
of true
;
Timalia t unless
T.
is
hyperythra, Franklin, be retained in

considerably allied
:
but the following group
Stachyris, Hodgson.
Beak moderately
slender, straight, compressed,
and tapering sharp

a notch
to the
extremity, where the tip of the upper maninclination, with little or

;
dible has a very slight

;
downward
no trace of
nostrils
almost closed by an impending scale
and
rictus
nearly smooth.
Tarse of mean length and strength, the outer and

;
inner front toes subequal

5th, 6th,
and claws moderate.

:
Wings rounded,
the
and 7th primaries equal and longest
exterior three or four
pairs of tail-feathers graduated.
Crown
Length
subcrested, the feathers of this
part semi-erect
1.
and more or
less divergent.
St. nigriceps,
Hodgson.
tail
five inches
:
and a
half, of
wing
two and a quarter, and

of an inch
;
two inches
bill to
gape eleven-sixteenths
Upper-parts
and
tarse
above three-quarters of an inch.
* Ann. and Mag. Nat.
Hist. 1842, p. 371, and 1844, p. 35. Accordingly, the Indian
; that of Sumatra as O. edela ; the Javanese Mr. Swainson describes a fourth, from the S. W. coast of Mr. Strickland, who has recently examined the speciAustralia, as O. longirostris. mens upon which Col. Sykes and Dr. Horsfield founded their descriptions, writes me word that "Orthotomus lingoo, Sykes, seems to be the young of his O. Bennetti ; but I may be wrong," he adds: and he mentions that " O. sepium has the whole head and
Tailor-bird would rank as O. longicauda
species as O. sepium; and
chin rufous, breast olive-brown, belly cream-colour, upper-parts olive
not Mot.
sepium, Raffles."
f One
or
more of these are probably
identical with the Sumatran, T. lugubris, T.
mitrata, or T. striolata, of
M. M. Muller and Temminck, Tydschrif voor natuurlyke

I
geschiedenis, &c. (44 to 1835,) the descriptions of which
have not seen.
1844.]

;
379
face,
olive-brown, the lower paler and rufescent
crown, throat, and
dusky-black, the coronal feathers laterally margined with whitish-grey;

chin somewhat albescent, and a white moustache from the base of the
lower mandible
bill
dusky-horn above, the lower mandible whitish
and
2.
legs pale.
St.
Nepal.
pyrrhops, Hodgson.
tail
Length about
bill to
five inches, of
wing two
;
inches,
and
the
same
an
gape five-eighths of an inch
and
tarse three-quarters of
inch.
Upper-parts slightly greenish olivace;
ous, tinged with rufous on the head
below rufescent, more or

:
less
brown brown
3.
lores
and chin
black, a pale line impending the latter
beak
and
legs pale,
probably greenish.
The young
differ
only in the
looser texture of their feathers.

St.
Nepal.
chryscea,
Hodgson.
Length four inches and a quarter, of

:
wing two
inches,
and
tail
an inch and seven-eighths
bill
from gape
nine-sixteenths of an inch, and tarse eleven-sixteenths.

yellowish-olivaceous, the lower bright yellow; wings
Upper-parts
and
tail
dusky,
margined with the colour of the back
forehead and crown yellow,

;
the latter with black central streaks to the feathers
lores black
bill
plumbeous ; and
legs pale yellowish.
Nepal, Arracan.
S. 1835, p. 153,
4? The JEgitalus flammiceps, Burton, P. Z.

perhaps belong to this group.
may
Erpornis, Hodgson.
Combines the
tail
bill
and crested crown
of the
preceding with the wings and
of
lora*
his
* Mr. Hodgson sends the following diagnostics of and Mixornis.

place
genera Stachyris, Erpornis,
" Stachyris, Mini. ( Certhiance ? Leiotrichance ? Parlance? [I do not hesitate to it as above. E. B.] Bill equal to head, very strong, pointed, and trenchant; tips equal and entire ; its form conico-compressed and higher than broad, with culmen raised between prolonged nareal fossoe. Nares basal, lateral, with ovoid posteal aperture,
being closed by the very salient rude scale above. Gape smooth. cartilaginous, bifid, simple. Legs and feet very strong, suited to creeping and climbing in inverted strained positions. Tarse very stout, longer than any toe or nail. Toes short, unequal, depressed, basally connected, the hind stoutest and exceeding the inner fore. Nails very falcate and acute. Wings short, feeble,
the front
Frontlet rigid.
Tongue
the
first
four primaries
much
graduated, the four next subequal.
Tail medial, simple,
firm.
"Type St. nigriceps. Sylvan, shy; creeps among foliage, buds and flowers, like Zosterops and Orthotomus ; feeds on minute hard insects and their eggs and larvae. Habitat, hills exclusively, central region chiefly. Sexes alike.
" Erpornis, Mihi (fp7rw, t o creep].
Close to the last form.
tip of the
Bill medial, conico-
compressed, strong, straight, scarpt, pointed; the
upper mandible rather
380
Appendix
to
Mr. Blyitis Report
[No. 149.
of
to
Erp. zantkoleuca, Hodgson.
Length about
five inches,
bill
wing
gape
two and a
olive. green,
half,
and
tail
an inch and seven- eighths:

tarse the same.
five-eighths of an inch,
and
Entire upper-parts light
the lower dull
white; coronal feathers elongated and

feet pale.
spatulate
bill
dusky yellowish-brown, and crown not and somewhat
Young having
Nepal
;
looser feathers, those of the
spatulate,
rufescent.
and general colour
of the upper-parts weaker

in Arracan,
common
genus,
and occurs
also in the
Malay
peninsula.
this
lora, Horsfield.
There are three
distinct species of
;
which have been erroneously considered identical

1.
viz.
;
/.
zeylonica; Motacilla zeylonica, Gmelin
/. meliceps,
apud
Horsfield, J. A. S,
X, 50. Inhabits the Indian peninsula, and is at once

margined with
distinguished by the jetty-black cap of the male, with more or less of

this colour
margining the dorsal plumage
tail also
yellowish-white, with often traces of green towards the extremities

of the feathers.
2. /. typhia; Motacilla typhia, Lin. Inhabits Bengal, Nepal, Assam, and Arracan, being somewhat rare in the last-named province. Has no black except on the wings and tail of the male, though a dusky tinge
is
often perceptible
on the crown and back of the male.
One
speci-
men
only, of
many
dozens obtained in the vicinity of Calcutta during
the height of the breeding season, has the hinder half of the crown
longer and notched.
Nares
elliptic, lateral, free,
and placed in a membranous groove,

cartilaginous, simple.
with small process above the aperture.

round, acuminate, firm, the
fifth
Tongue
Wings medial,
primary longest, first small. Tail subfurcate, simple. Legs and feet strong and repertatory, feebler than in Stachyris, but otherwise similar. " Type, Erp. zantholeuca. Hab. central region. Sexes alike. Structure and
habits passing from those of last towards those of Zosterops,
by the notched
bill,
stronger wings, shorter feet, and furcate
tail.
" Mixornis, Mihi
\PwQ9
compound].
Still
near the
last,
but tending
to lora.
culmen and commissure inclining to arch: base subdepressed, gradually attenuated to blunt tip upper mandible barely longer, or notched. Tomiee scarpt, erect, entire. Nares ovoid, free, fossed, shaded behind by fossal membrane. Wings submedial, rounded, the fifth and sixth primaries subequal and longest; four first consecutively graduated. Tail medial, rounded, simple. Legs and feet suited to creeping and clinging. Tarsus smooth, strong, rather plus any toe. Toes short, unequal, depressed, basally connected hind large, and in length equal to outer fore. Nails highly curved and acute. " Type M. chloris [Timalia and lora chloris, XI, 794; closely allied to T. gularis, Horsfield]. Hab. Lower hills. Sexes alike. Shy and exclusively arboreal. Essentially linked to the two last by its powerful bill and creeping feet, but leans towards lora and Sylvian forms in the depression of the base of the bill."
Bill rather plus head, elongate, conic, but
:
1844.]
381
as if
it
black, with but a slight admixture of yellow,
and appears
had
been assuming the colouring of /. zeylonica by a change of hue in

the feathers
;
but there
is
reason to suppose that this
may have
been a
to
hybrid between the present and the preceding
species.
Mr. Jerdon,
whom I
will
suggested their identity, upon the authority of the specimen in

first
question, remarks, that " I think your

still
opinion of their distinctness
hold good, at least the males have always some black here
I
[in the South of India], though at one time

I
thought not," by which

Certainly, I have
presume he means some black upon the head.
tried
much,
in vain, to obtain a second specimen thus characterized.

tail of
The
females have the
the
same colour
as the back,
more
I
or less
infuscated,
and the dark portion
of the wings merely dusky.
do not
perceive that they can be distinguished with certainty from the females
of the preceding species, though the darkened
rion, so far as I
tail is
a tolerable crite-
have observed.
Inhabits the
3. /. scapularis, Horsfield.
Malay
countries.
Colour
considerably greener than in the others (as represented in Dr. Horsfield's figure), especially
upon the head
and the white on the wings

Timalia
first
less
developed.
have only seen females.

to
Another genus which appears

group,
is
me
J.
to belong to the great
the Cutia of
Mr. Hodgson,
Frith
:
A.
is
S.,
V, 77 1>
as
was
sug-
gested to
me by Mr.
and there
a difficult series of species
with more Thrush-like or Warbler-like

referrible to the
bills,
but which are likewise
same subfamily, exemplified by the genera Brachypand Selby, and Malacopteron,

157,) Wft s founded
teryx, Horsfield, Macronous, Jardine
Eyton,
all of which much require elucidation. The genus Brae hypteryx {Lin. Trans. XIII,
on
;
two Javanese
species, to the first of
which
it
has since been restricted

to it
p.
and though several others have been referred

(as
by
different authors,
Br. nigrocapitata, Eyton, P. Z. S. 1839,
103,
Br.
p.
atriceps,
Jerdon, and Br. bicolor, Lesson, Rev.
ZooL &c. 1839,
138,)
it
would appear
that all of these, with the Br. sepiaria of Dr. Horsfield,
exhibit more of the characters of Malacopteron, Eyton, (P. Z. S. 1839,

p. 102),
with which Mr. Strickland
identifies
my
first
Trichastoma
(J.
A,
S.,
XI, 795). To the same group must likewise be assigned the Timalia
In the
edition of
poiocephala of Jerdon's Supplement.
Mr. G.
is
R. Gray's 'List of the Genera of Birds,' the name Brachypteryx
;;
382
stated
to
Appendix
to
Mr. BlytKs Report
QNo. 149.
is
have been pre-employed in Entomology, and Goldana

it
;
substituted for
appellation
is
but in the second edition of that work, the former
restored to Ornithology.
species
The very curious

which
follow,
to
it,
upon which the genus Macronous was

in J. A. S.
founded, has more the character of the true Timalice than any of those
and has been described

I
XI, 795.
Next
had arranged a bird which has recently been described
by Mr. Strickland by the name Malacopteron macrodactylum (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1844, p. 417), but I still consider it to merit
separation, from the general robustness of
its
conformation, and the

toes.
great strength of the tarse

closely resembles that of
and of the middle and hind

I designate it
The
bill
Macronous.
Turdinus, Nobis.
strong legs
Form somewhat Meruline,

and rounded wings and
tail.
thick-set,
with large
and
toes,
Bill as long as the
head, moderately stout, straight, compressed, the ridge of the upper
mandible angulated,
lower mandible
;
its tip
emarginated, and curving over that of the
nostrils oval,
and pierced
in the fore-part of the nasal

;
membrane,
at
some distance from the
frontal feathers
rictus well
its
armed
legs stout, the tarse equalling the
middle
toe
with
claw
outer and inner toes equal, and proportionally small, their terminal
joint reaching only to the penultimate joint of the middle toe
toe strong,
;
hind
and furnished with a rather large claw, but moderately

fifth
curved
wings much graduated, the
to the
ninth
primaries
;
inclusive subequal
and
longest, the first about half their length
tail
also graduated externally,

scale-like, at least
and hollowed underneath
plumage lax and
on the upper-parts, very copious and puffy over the
rump.
T. macrodactylus (Strickland) Blyth.
,
Length about seven inches

I
(making allowance
for the
manner
tarse
in
which the skins which
have
seen have been prepared), of wing three and a half,

half;
bill to
and
tail
;
two and a
gape an inch
an inch and one-eighth
hind-toe and
claw seven-eighths.
Colour a rich brown above, generally darker on
the crown, the centres of the feathers paler, and their margins black
rump
inclining to rusty,
and devoid of marking
wings and
tail also
plain rusty-brown, darkening on the latter: throat white, with the

shaft of each feather blackish, terminating in a slight spot
more deve-
loped towards the breast
rest of the
under-parts confusedly mottled,
1844.]
383
greyish, the
tail-co-
the abdominal feathers dull white, laterally
marked with
and
breast and flanks nearly resembling the back,

verts rusty-brown
:
and the under

legs toes
bill
dark horn-colour, and
brown,
the claws pale.
Brought from Singapore.

Z.
S.
Malacopteron, Eyton, P.
species,
1839,
p.
103, founded on two
ing to
M. magnum and M. cinereum, Eyton, to which, Mr. Strickland {An. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1844, p.
affine, J.
I
accord35),
my
Trichastoma rostratum and Tr.

referred
;
A. S. XI, 795, must be
an identification which
suspect holds true in neither in-
stance, further than as regards the genus.
With
the series of species

to
before
me,
I find it necessary to restrict the
group Malacopteron
bill
those species which, as stated

to the
1.
by Mr. Eyton, have the
about equal
head in length.
to
M. magnum. Eyton. Described

wings brown, and
bill
have the forehead and
tail fer-
ruginous, the neck black, the back, and a streak across the breast,
cinereous
;
yellow.
Length
six inches
of bill
seven-twelfths of an inch,
and
tarse nine-twelfths.
Female
smaller,
with the head and neck ferruginous, spotted or mottled with black.
Inhabits the
2.
Malay peninsula.
Nobis. Bill somewhat thicker and more Fly-
M. ferruginosum,
catcher-like than in the others,
and the wings comparatively
longer.
Length about seven inches, of wing three and a quarter, and
tail
two
and three-quarters
sixteenth
;
bill
to
gape an inch
tarse
an inch and one-
hind-toe and claw three-quarters of an inch, the latter very
large, being
double the
size of the
middle front claw.
Colour of the
upper-parts ferruginous-brown, purer dull ferruginous on the crown
and wings, and much brighter ferruginous on the

of different texture
tail; coronal feathers
from the
rest,
being somewhat broad, with dis:
united webs, inconspicuously squamate

throat
under-parts
much
paler, the
and belly white
lores albescent, contrasting
with the rufous
hue
of the crown.
;
Bill
dusky-brownish above, pale and yellowish

Probably from Singapore.
I
below
3.
and
legs light
;
brown.
M. rostratum
Trichastoma rostratum, Nobis, passim.
have
nothing to add
that
to the description before
given of this species, to which

Its
by Mr. Eyton of M. magnum does not apply.
form
is
less
robust than that of the preceding species.
3h
384
A/cippe, Nobis.
Appendix
to
Mr. BlytVs Report
[No. 149.
Has
the bill
much
shorter than the head, approach:
ing nearly in form to that of Leiothrix
in other respects resembling
the foregoing; but the toes generally are small

1.
and proportionate.
from the name,
I
A. cinerea ? (Eyton).
this, differs
species which,
its
suspect
must be
tinge,
from the next in
predominating more ashy
having the crown, neck, and back, uniform dusky greyishtail
brown, the wings and rump tinged with fulvous,

clining to
darker and inlights,
dingy maronne, but
still
fulvescent in
some
and the
;
under. parts whitish, tinged on the throat and breast with ashy
light horn-colour,
bill
and
feet pale.
Length about
tail
five inches
and a
half, of
wing two and
five-eighths,
and
and
two and a quarter;
bill to
gape
eleven-sixteenths of an inch,
tail, also, is
tarse three-quarters of
an inch.
The
less
rounded, and the
tips of its feathers are less
wedge-
shaped, than in the next species.

2.
Received from Singapore.

passim.
Distinguished
A. offinis
Trichastoma
its
affine, Nobis,
from the preceding by
darker crown, paler nape, the more rufescent

tail-feathers
;
hue
of the back
and rump, and deep ferruginous
the
under-parts are whiter, with a distinct brownish-grey band crossing

the breast.
This species could scarcely have been designated cinerea,

is
which name
3.
appropriate in the instance of the preceding one.

;
A. poiocephala
Timalia poiocephala,
Jerdon, Supplement to
Catalogue.
This considerably approaches Siva nipalensis, Hodgson, of

;
the heiotrichane series
and has the
rictal bristles less elongated,
and
the feet stouter, with a
more robust hind-toe, than
in the foregoing.
tail,
The
;
colour
is
olive, passing to
;
dark russet on the rump,
and wings
the
crown ashy
4.
and under-parts pale rufescent. Inhabits Southern India.

;
A. atriceps
;
Brachypteryx atriceps, Jerdon. Rictal
bristles still
shorter
the crown
and ear-coverts black
the rest of the upper-parts
fulvescent-brown, and under-parts white, passing into brownish on the

flanks.
Legs apparently have been lead-coloured.
Inhabits Southern
India.
The two next would seem

cannot well be identified with
both
5.
is
it,
to
approach the second species, but
nor with each other.
The
length of
given as five inches only.

(?)
A.
sepiaria; Brachypteryx sepiaria, Horsfield. " Olivaceo sub-
fulvescens, subtus dilutior, gula
abdomineque medio
albidis
Remiges
; ;
1844.]
385
et rectrices badio-fuscse,
colores.
extern*
fere badiae
rectrices duse mediae con-
Crissum badio testaceum."
Hab. Java.
bicolor, Lesson,
6. A.
(?)
bicolor
p.
Brachypteryx
Rev. Zool. de la Soc.
Cuv., 1838,
spadiceis
;
138. " Corpore supra, sincipite, genis caudaque brunneo-
gula, collo, thorace,
abdomineque albo
sericeo
tibiarum
plumis castaneis. Rostro livido; pedibus subincamatis." Hab. Sumatra.
The Brachypteryx nigrocapitata, Eyton,

intermediate in development of
bill to
is
rather a peculiar species,
Malacopteron and Alcippe, but
having the lengthened

little
rictal vibrissse characteristic of those divisions
more than rudimentary.
It is described in J. A. S. 9
XI, 796.
Setaria, Nobis.
Very
close to Alcippe,
but cannot exactly be arrangmoderately stout, somewhat

nostrils, the
ed therein.
Bill shorter than the head,

little
depressed at base, a
compressed beyond the

its
:
upper
mandible slightly emarginated,

tips of
ridge angulated throughout,

rictus
and the
both distinctly accurved
armed with
and
large setae,
which
are particularly strong and firm towards their base, offering

resistance
;
much
and
length,
length,
the frontal feathers also are erect
rigid to the feel,
especially those
which surmount the
loral region.
:
Wings
of
mean
having the
a
little
fifth
and sixth primaries longest
tail also
of
mean
graduated externally. Feet moderately stout, the outermost toe
exceeding the inner one in length, the hind toe and claw large and
strong, equalling in length the
middle toe with
its
claw, and
all
the
claws moderately curved. Plumage lax, but squamate upon the crown,
copious and puffy over the rump.
S. albogularis, Nobis.
Length about
five inches
and a quarter,
bill
of
wing two and three-quarters, and

an
hind
tail
two and a quarter;

an inch
;
to forehead half
inch, to gape eleven-sixteenths of

;
tarse
three-quarters of an inch
toe
and claw above five-eighths of an
inch. Upper-parts olive brown, tinged with rufous on the
rump
head,
including ear-coverts, dark ash-colour, with a white streak over but not
beyond the eye, and meeting

lores black
;
its
opposite above the base of the bill
throat white
an ash-coloured band across the breast
flanks
and under
:
tail-coverts rufescent,
and
belly white slightly tinged

;
with the same
bill
black above, beneath whitish
and
feet
have pro-
bably been greenish.
Received from Singapore.

is
The
following very distinct form athong^the "Flycatchers
also be-
lieved to be from the
same quarter.
386
Iole,
Appendix
Nobis,
(J. A.
n. g.
to
Mr. BhjtKs Report
[No. 149.
Allied to Muscipeta, and especially to
my M.
plumosa
S. XI, 791 ), but the beak
much
less
widened, being
nearly similar to that of Trichastoma ferruginosum (hereinbefore described.) Bill of
moderate length and strength, undepressed, and scarcely

tip,
compressed, narrowing evenly to the

ble angulated throughout,
the ridge of the upper
mandi-
and
its tip
slightly overhanging that of the

;
lower mandible, and distinctly emarginated
nostrils fissured in the
lower part of the nasal membrane; gape well armed.
Feet as in
barely
Muscipeta, but rather stouter, the outer front toe and claw
exceeding in length the innermost. Wings of

the fourth,
fifth,
mean
length, graduated,
longest,
and
sixth primaries subequal

:
and
and the
soft,
seventh exceeding the third

excessively dense
tail slightly
rounded. Plumage
and
and copious over the rump; the crown
(at least in
the species described,) subcrested, with pointed feathers

Hypsipetes.
I. olivacea,
much
as in
Nobis.
Length about
tail
six inches
and three-quarters, of
;
wing three and a quarter, and

eighths of an inch
seven-sixteenths.
;
three inches
bill to
gape seven -
tarse five-eighths of
an inch
hind-toe and claw
Colour of the upper-parts deep olive-brown, with

is
:
a slight greenish tinge, which latter

scarcely visible on the subcrested head
wanting on the
under-parts
tail,
and
is
much
paler, pass-
ing into dull yellowish-white on the belly, and darker on the sides of
the breast.
feet light
Bill
dark corneous above, the lower mandible pale
and
wing
half
brown.
Muscicapa leucogastra, Nobis.

three,
Length about
;
six inches, of
and
tail
two and a quarter

tarse
bill
to
frontal
feathers
an
inch,
and
nearly five-eighths.
Head,
throat,
;
front
and
sides of the neck, ear-coverts,
and
breast,
tail,
glossy-black
nape, sca;
pularies, interscapularies,
wings and
dusky greyish-brown
the
rump
purer grey
and belly and under

;
tail-coverts white, slightly
tinged with fulvous. Bill black
and
legs, in the
dry specimen, dusky.
Probably Malayan, but perhaps Chinese.
M.
rubecula, Nobis.*
Length
six inches
tail
and a
half, or
more, of
bill
wing three and
five-eighths,
and
three
and one-eighth;
to frontal feathers
above half an inch, and tarse five-eighths of an

;
inch.
Head, including ear-coverts, glossy dull black

* The M. rubecula, Sw.,
is
scapularies
a female Cyornis, vide p. 390.
1844.]

;
387
;
and interscapularies ashy-brown
the
rump dark
grey
wings and
tail
:
dusky-brown, the outermost feather of the

throat, fore-neck,
latter slightly albescent

;
and
breast, bright ferruginous Bill
the belly
and under
legs
tail-coverts fulvescent- white.

to
dark horn-colour, and
appear
have been leaden-brown.
supposed young female
is
smaller, having the
wing but three

appears to
inches,
and
tail
two and three quarters.
The nestling garb
be retained about the nape, where the feathers are of open texture,
and of a
light
brown
colour.
Crown and
ear-coverts dark ashy;
and
the colours generally are less deep, the breast being of a

ferruginous,
still
much weaker
and what
more diluted on the
throat.
Bill imperfect,
remains of
it
induces
me
rather to doubt the specifical identity of this

bill
with the preceding specimen. Both, with M. leucogastra, have the
remarkably broad at
Vanellus leucurus
base,
and approximating the
Muscipetce.
mentioned
in Griffith's
I
(?) ; Charadrius leucurus (?), Lichtenstein, work to inhabit Tartary, as well as Egypt
the Tartarian bird here alluded to,*
is
and Nubia.
of a species
have obtained a single specimen in the Calcutta bazar

I
which
doubt not
is
but whether perfectly identical with the African species

doubtful.
more
As compared with
specimen
the figure in the great French

differs in
work on
Egypt,
this Asiatic
having no trace of the rufousthis
isabelline tint represented,
beyond a mere blush of

is
hue on the ab-
dominal region, and there
no defined grey patch on the breast.
Length
expanse
(of a female) eleven inches,

;
by twenty-three inches
two and three-quarters
;
in alar
bill to
wing seven inches
tail
;
forehead an inch and one-eighth

Irides reddish-amber
;
tarse
two inches and
five-eighths.
bill
black,
and
legs
and
toes bright yellow, the
claws black.
gloss
General colour brownish-grey, with a reddish-purple

tertiaries
;
on the mantle, extending over the

glossless, the throat
head and neck

white
;
browner and
and around the

;
bill
breast
more ashy, the

the
tail
feathers
margined paler
rest of the under-parts,
with
and
its
upper coverts, white, the belly and flanks conspicu;
ously tinged with dull rosy, or a roseate-cream hue

their coverts black, the secondaries
primaries and
and
their coverts largely tipped
* Here may be mentioned that I have likewise procured a beautiful fresh specimen of the Anas formosa, Gmelin, shot on the salt-water lake near Calcutta, which species is described to frequent Lake Baikal, and was unknown to Mr. Hodgson who had never met with it in Nepal. The tracheal bony vesicle is but slightly developed.
388
Appendix
to
Mr. Blyttis Report

;
[No. 149.
rest of the
with white, and having a black bar above the white

wing-coverts like the back.
The
general colour of this species approaches that of the LobivaneL
lus cinereus,
Nobis (XI, 587), which
latter is
perhaps the Vanellus
keptuschka, Tem., of a catalogue of Bengal birds published in the
An.
and Mag. Nat.
Hist. 1843, p. 447, as
it
sufficiently agrees
with the
work,
as the
brief description of
Charadrius keptuschka, Lepech., in
Griffith's
where, as synonyms, are attached the

female,
THnga fasciata, Gmelin,

'
and Ch. gregarius,
Pallas, as the young.
The same syno-
nyms
are,
however, annexed in a paper by Prof Brandt,
On
certain
Siberian birds described
by Latham/ published
it is
in the
*
An, and Mag.
Nat. Hist. 1843,

piper' of
p.
114, where
added that the
Black-sided Sandto
Hardwicke's published drawings "seems
belong to this
species," being,
on the other hand, very different from
my
cinereus.
his
Cawnpore
is
mentioned on Hardwicke's plate as the

tells
locality
where
two specimens were obtained, and Mr. Frith

has met with the same species in Bengal
occurred to
list
;
me, that he also

has not hitherto
but
it
me, nor
to
Mr. Jerdon
in the South of India. In the

is
same
of Bengal specimens, Vanellus cristatus

is
also mentioned, a species
which
common
have
I
along the Indus, and

;
is
included in Mr. Hodgson's

I
MS.
catalogue of Nepalese birds

I hitherto
but this also
have not yet met with
here, neither
obtained the Hoplopterus ventralis in this

bilo.
vicinity
but
have procured two examples only of Sarciophorus

is
bus*
rare.
Lobivanellus goensis
very common, and L. cinereus far from

this
For an arrangement of
Lapwing group, vide P. Z.
S.
1841,
42.
Totanus brevipes, Vieillot (apud Drapiez, Diet. Class. d'Hist. Nat. " Patrie inconnue"). The Society possess an old specimen Ill, 57'2.
of a Sandpiper
which
think
may
be referred to this, though rather
superior in dimensions to those assigned in the
work
cited.
It is not
is
very unlike the Green
Sandpiper
(T.
tail,
ochropus), but
larger,
legs.
with no white over or upon the
and remarkably short

six inches,
Length about nine inches and a half ; of wing
and
tail
two
and a half;
bill
to forehead
an inch and a half; and tarse under an
inch and a quarter.

* Recently,
have occurred.
(in
Colour of the upper-parts uniform dingy olivefresh
September and October 1844,) several
examples of
this species
1844.]

faint
389
brown, the small wing-feathers having a subterminal
dusky
:
bar,
and
slightly tipped with albescent
primaries dusky-brown
;
throat,
fore-neck,
and
breast, paler than the upper-parts

:
the belly
and under
tail-coverts white
it,
a whitish line also from the beak to the eye above

it
and a darker one bordering

Macao, but comprising
below on the
lores.
This specimen
(with the two Muscicapce just described,) formed part of a collection
made
of
at
many Malayan
is
species;
and
it is
pro-
bably Chinese.
Eight inches (French)

little
stated to be the length
M. Vieillot's species; but I have men is correctly referred to it.

T.
solitarius,
doubt that the present speci-
Vieillot,
apud Diet
Class.
This
is
another
little-
known
diate to
Sandpiper, from the western coast of South America, intermeT. glottis
and T. fuscus.
half,
Length about fourteen inches, of

;
wing seven and a
and
tail
three inches
bill slender,
and two
;
inches and three-eighths
to forehead, its tips
much accurved
tarse
two inches and three-quarters.

laterally
Upper-parts olive grey, the feathers
margined with dusky-black and whitish alternately, forming
the extremities of transverse bars which are obsolete in the medial

portion of the feather
;
crown dark, the feathers
laterally
margined
with whitish;
neck streaky, the dark colour predominating behind,

in front; above the lores, the throat,
and the white
and the under-
pays from the breast, pure white, having some dark streaks and broken
bars on the pectoral feathers
chiefly
;
primaries dusky
the upper tail-coverts
white; and
tail
closely barred white
and dusky, the colours

Bill
of its middle feathers blending except on their lateral margins.
dark
and the
legs appear to
have been greenish.
Inhabits Chili.
P. S
tion of
its
It is so long since the foregoing Report,
and the former por-
Appendix, were published, that
have now a few further

of.
elucidations to offer on
some of the groups
treated
Vol. XII,
p.
930.
For Erythrospiza
rosea, read E. erythrina, vide

It is a typically
Strickland in An.
and Mag. Nat.
Hist., 1844, p. 38.
formed
species.
is
P. 933. Corvus rvfus, Lath.,

bunda.
identical with Crypsirina vagato
Temnurus
leucopterus seems to be allied

to
the Drongos,
and
like
them would appear

Jerdon
have only ten
tail-feathers.
P. P. 941, 1007- Genus Cyornis, Nobis.

Muscicapa
pallipes,
;
Add,
as
as a fifth species,
and probably
a sixth, M. indigo,
390
Horsfield.
Appendix
to
Mr. Blyth's Report
[No. 149.
to
The M.
rubecula, Swainson,
would appear rather
be
the female of C. Tickellice, Nobis, than of C. banyumas, in which case
the
name
rubecula must stand for the former.
P.
944.
:
Chrysococcyx lucidus has
now
been also received from
Arracan
and
have just seen a
fine adult
from the hilly
district of
Monghyr,
P. 945.
tack,
in Bengal.
Centropus dimidiatus, Nobis.

to
Lately received from Cutbe the final plumage of
and may yet probably turn out
C. lepidus.
Phcenicophaus lucidus, Vigors, " described in Lady

p.
Raffles'
Memoir,
671/'
is
identical, as I
am
informed by Dr. Horsfield, with the

of eastern Cuculidce,
species
No. 18 of
my Monograph
XI, 923, and
XII, 246.*
* Mr. Strickland has favored
me by examining
certain specimens of Cuculida in
London, and otherwise aided in reducing the synonyms of the group.

lusflaviventris,
"The Cucu-
Scop., v. radiatus,
Gm,"
(vide XI, 900), he informs me, "is a good
species. I have a specimen from Malacca, exactly agreeing with Sonnerat's description,
except that the
tail is
not even, but very slightly rounded, with the outermost

It is of the size of
tenuirostris,
pair of feathers an inch and a quarter shorter than the rest.
C. fugax, the beak rather more slender."

referred
(Can
it
be the C.
it
Lesson,
by me
to C. fugax, vide
XII, 943
In such case,
would doubtless have
been confounded with C. fugax.) Of the Javanese specimen referred to C. canorus by Dr. Horsfield (vide XI, 902), Mr. Strickland writes " Apparently the same as It is the European, but I had not a European one to compare with it at the time. not the micropterus, nor the fugax, both of which are at the India House. C. pravata, Horsfield,=C. Sonneratii, Lath.,=C. rufovittatus, Drapiez" (XI, 906, 911). "I have seen many specimens from Malacca, all in the same plumage, but I never saw any adult-looking bird to which it could be referred. It has a broader beak thaD any Cue. lugubris is, 1 suspect, the same as dicruroides. other Cuckoo of the same size. I have a forked-tailed one with the wing four inches and three-quarters long, and an even-tailed one from Malacca with the wings five inches and a quarter, being the reTo this (vide also XII, 244), I verse of the supposed distinctions between them." may remark, that several Malayan specimens which I have seen have all been smaller and the same relation holds between the Malayan C.flavus than the Indian ones (of which C. pyrogaster, Vieillot, /. A. S- XI, 912, is probably a synonym,) and the Indian bird which I referred to C. niger (XI > 908, XII f 940 et seq., 944), but which 1 now think cannot be the C. niger, Lath., founded on the " Black Indian Cuckoo" of Edwards, which, if his figure and description can be depended upon, would seem
to be a small species of Coel (Eudynarnys)
occurrence in Bengal.
referred to Eu. orientalis
Of Eudynarnys,
too, I
though in that case I should doubt its must remark that the Australian Coe'l,
is
by Messrs. Vigors and Horsfield (vide XI, 913),
consider-
ed distinct by Mr. Swainson,
who
styles
it
Eu.
australis ('
Menag.',
p.
344), and
1844.]
391
3.
P. 948. Genus Garrulax.
G.
rufifrons,
No.
is
There
is
also
Crateropus rujifrons, Sw.
('
Menag.',) which
probably identical with
M.
Lesson's species.
11, G. melanotis. Capt.
No.
Phayre sent two specimens with; black
ear-coverts, such as I
have never seen among numerous examples of
G. pectoralis from the Himalaya; but a third, forwarded subsequently,
has an admixture of white on the ear-coverts, though
less
than in
the
Himalayan specimens
and hence
now
think that the Arracan
bird had better be regarded as a variety only of G. pectoralis.
Nos. 13, G. lunaris, and 14, G.

retain the latter appellation.
ruficollis, are identical,
and
will
The
Society has received fine specimens
from Tipperah.
No. 29, G. Delesserti,
is
nearly allied to G. gularis, No. 8.

also, I greatly suspect,
Nos. 25, G. lineatus, and 26, G, setafer, are

identical, in
which case the former name must be preserved.
assigns to
it
considerably larger dimensions.
Lastly, I have to observe that the
alleged Chusan specimens referred to Cue. flavus in XII,

Chrysococcyx chalcites of the
944 (note), and the 945

(note^),
same page, and Centropus
dimidiatus of p.
were obtained, as
have now much reason
to suspect,
from the vicinity of Sinwith
gapore, although the former localities were given to

certainly the specimens
me
much
positiveness
were prepared as the Singapore
bird- skins usually are,
and one in the same lot which was stated to be South American, proves to be the Malayan Turdus modestus, Eyton, which Capt. Phayre has since procured
But to return to Mr* Strickland's notes the Malayan C. flavus, he remarks, " should more properly stand as C. merulinus, Scopoli and the
in Arracan.
:
Australian C. cineraceus"
(XII, 242)
"
is
very distinct from merulinus,
being-
much
larger
and longer in the wing," &c.

Gray. " Cuculus
basalis,
For the Indian bird he retains the name
tenuirostris,
Horsf., is identical with
immature specimens of
Chrysococcyx lucidus, from Australia.

nostrils narrow,
Phoznicophaus melanognathus, Horsf., has the

:
and the lower mandible black
not Cue.
melanagnathus of Raffles,
your Ph.
viridis"
mandible.
(XI, 927), "which has round nostrils, and a red spot on the lower The Cuculus sumatranus, Raffles, is also distinct from Ph. Diardi," (No.
tail-
24 of my monograph, XI, 928, vide XII, 246,) " having the belly and lower
coverts rufous, and the nostrils narrow, almost linear, and oblique.
I
have
it
from
Malacca.
Centropus lepidus" (XI, 1102, XII, 945 note) "is larger (not less, as
affinis,
Horsfield states,) than C.
and has the beak stronger and higher.
C.
affinis is
the smallest of
all
the species, the wing measuring but five inches and three-eighths,
half.
and
tail
six
and a
It is certainly the Cuculus viridis, Scopoli,
founded on
XI, 1104,
Sonnerat's Voy. Nouv. Guin., pi. 80.
The curve
of the hind claws in Horsfield's

v. puinilns,
specimen
is
only very slight,"
May
not this be C, bengalensis,
XII, 945?
3i
392
No. 29, G.
Appendix
Delesserti,
is
to
Mr. Blyttis Report
QNo.
49.
nearly allied to G. gularis, No. 8.
The
149,
is
Turdus
now
J,
ochrocephalus, Gm., Horsfield, Lin. Trans. XIII,
doubtfully referred by Dr. Horsfield to this group.
Nos.
G. leucolophos,
and 20, G. rufogularis, occur
in Sylhet;
and the former

me,
also in Arracan.
P. P. 953 and 958.

is
The genus
Ixops, as Dr. Horsfield informs

;
identical with Actinodura,
Gould
and Sibia must be retained
for S. picoides
and
is
S. gracilis, while S. nigriceps should perhaps be
separated,
and
allied to
is
Yuhina, Hodgson, As.
Res.
;
XIX,
165.
Leiocincla plumosa
also
an inhabitant of Sylhet
I
and the Turdus

to the
canorus, Lin., mentioned in the note,
have now referred

to p. 368.
com-
mon
Malacocercus of Bengal, vide note

et seq.
P. P. 955,
ropsis,
and must
therefore be adopted.
The name Phyllornis has the priority over The specimen which
but
it is
ChloI
de-
scribed as the female Ph. ccesmarhynchus proves to be a male of the

species referred to
ful
Ph. cochinchinensis by Mr. Jerdon

latter be the true cochinchinensis,
tail
doubtis
whether the
Auct, which
described as being " towards the

blue."
and outer edges
of the wings
tail
Now
Mr. Jerdon's
species has
no trace of blue either on the
or wings, except the usual verditer patch on the shoulders of the wings,
and a
tinge of the
same on the
lesser coverts of old birds, the outer
primaries having their external webs more or less yellowish, especially

in the females
and young.
Should
it
prove distinct,
would propose
continued up
for it the appellation
Ph. Jerdoni.
The
black portion of the throat of

is
this bird
is
surrounded by dull pale yellow, which
over the forehead.
From
viz.
Arracan, the Society has received three species of
this genus,
is
the
Himalayan Ph, Hardwickii
(v. curvirostris,fyc.) f
which
there
rare,
and the other two common,

more tapering and pointed,
to
Ph. aurifrons, and a
species
which
resembles the so-called Ph. malabaricus in size and colouring, but has
the bill
as in those of India.
I
do not
It
like,
however,
venture on separating
it
from Ph. malabaricus.

to the
added, that Chloropsis mysticalis, Sw., refers
female of
may be the Mato
layan malabaricus; and Turdus viridis, Horsf, (according

Strickland,)
is
Mr.
the female Ph, Sonneratii, v.
Meliphaga javensis of
Dr. Horsfield's catalogue.

P. 960. Pitta malaccensis has,
I
believe, been already so
denomi-
1844.]
nated by Scopoli.*
393
I suspect P. rodo-
P.
nigricollis,
Nobis
is
(of
which
gaster to be merely the young),
the P. cucullata, Hartlaub, des-
cribed in the Rev. ZooL, 1843, p. 65, and recently by Mr. Strickland
in the
An. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1844,

Pitta for this
p.
410.
Mr. Strickland
retains
the
name
genus, rejecting Brachyurus, Thunberg,
which Mr. G. R. Gray proposes should be substituted.
P. 963. Genus Phylloscopus. All the

the Sylvia javanica, Horsfield),
species described, with the
exception of Ph. magnirostris, (which I have

is
now
reason to suspect
and two
or three others in addition
to
them, have
tristis,
now been
obtained by Mr. Jerdon in Southern India.
Ph.
first
Nobis, was referred to Sylvia trochitus in that gentleman's
catalogue.
P. 968. Culicipeta Burkii.

('Menag.',
P. 983.
;
Add
Cryptolopha auricapilla, Swainson
p.
343), as another synonym.

Tickellice,
Diceum
Nobis,
is
the Ccrthia erythrorhynchus,

bill,
Latham the young is much exaggerated

duplicate of which
bird having a fleshy-red

in one of
which colour
Buchanan Hamilton's drawings, a

for the species.
was probably Latham's authority

is,
The
it
specific
name erythrorhynchus
I
however, so inappropriate that
can scarcely be retained
P. 985. Magpies.
was wrong
latter
in identifying the Chilian species
with that of Europe, which

ciety.
has since been received by the Soits
The
other
is
intermediate in
proportions to P. bottanensis
and P. caudata, and may be termed

P. media, Nobis.
larger,
Exactly similar
to
the British
Magpie,
but
with proportionally stouter

of
legs,
and
tail
scarcely so long.
species
Length
wing eight inches and a quarter, that of the Bootan Middle

;
measuring nine and three-quarters, and of the European Magpie but seven inches.
tail-feathers
ten inches
bill
to
gape
one and seven-eighths

habits the Andes.
and
tarse
two inches and one-eighth. Inof the secondaries are
The
tertiaries
and borders
of a finer steel-purple than in the
European
species,
and the
gloss of
the
tail is
greener, with less of a bronze cast.
The
tail of
the Yellow;
billed
Magpie
of
Western North America has again a
different gloss
and
remember
seeing a species smaller than that of Britain
among
* Vide, however, a Note by Mr. Strickland in the 'Annals and Magazine of Natural History for July 1844, p. 47.
5
394
Appendix
to
Mr. Blyth's Report

bill,
[No. 149.
but the
tail
the stores of the Zoological Society, which had a black
was
glossed as in the yellow-billed species.
P. 990. Buceros
pucoran should be
to
B.
pusaran,
Raffles.
Speci-
mens
can,
of both
it
and B. plicatus have
lately
been received from Arra-
and the former proving
have a yellow gular skin,
may now
be
considered as sufficiently determined.
P. 998. B. gingalensts, Shaw.
This
have since examined, and
it
seems, with some others, (as the African B. limbatus and B. flavirostris
of Ruppell,) to constitute a particular group of Hornbills,
which
may
some day rank
as a subgenus.
?
" Halcyon smyrnensis, var.

Strickland with
?nelanoptera,
albogularis"
is
identified
by Mr.
H. gularis, (Kuhl) ; H. ruficoilts, Sw. ; and H. Tem. a species which was procured in the Philippine
:
Islands by Mr.
Cuming.
P. 1000. Picus (Gecinus) viridanus, Nobis.
The female
is
has the
crown and pileus wholly black, the ear-coverts and

are darker than in the male,
sides of the
neck
and the
entire
plumage
more dingy,
Dendrocopus
with
with the marking of the under-parts

P.
1005.
less defined.
is
Picus
(Chrysocolaptes) melanotus
the
Elliott of
Mr. Jerdon's catalogue, and perhaps

will range as
also identical
in
P. strenuus, Gould, obtained by Dr. McClelland

present
it
Assam.
For the
differs
Chrysocolaptes Elliott.
The female
in having the frontal feathers to above the eye broadly tipped with
whitish,
its
and the
crest glistening bright yellow,
with a tinge of red at
extremity.
P. 1008.
The two Barbets mentioned
are the
Bucco
viridis,
Gm.,
and B.
zeylanicus, Auct, v. caniceps, Franklin, v. lineatus, Tickell.
P. 1010.
The Fringilla
agilis, Tickell,
Pipra squalida, Burton, and
Parisoma
vireoides, Jerdon, prove to be the
same
species,
which must
founded his
be distinct from Pardalotus pipra of Lesson, to judge from the generic

characters which he assigns to the latter, upon which
is
genus Idopleura, Rev. Zool. &c. 1838,

I distinguish as follows
:
p.
44.*
The
present species
Piprisoma, Nobis,
n. g.
Bill short
and subcorneal, acutely
trian-
gular as viewed from above, the ridge of the upper mandible angulated,
* There is a Pardalotus maculatus, Tem, p. c. 600, from Sumatra and Borneo, which may perhaps be referable to either Idopleura or Piprisoma.
; :
1844.]

of the lower slightly but distinctly so
;
395
and that
the outlines of both
accurved, of the lower somewhat more abruptly (being tumid at base
towards the divarication of
its
two
lateral rami),
and the
tip of the
upper overhangs that of the lower mandible, but without showing any
marked terminal bend

gape unarmed.
nostrils
almost closed by the nasal

for
membrane
Feet formed
perching,
and rather small than

its
otherwise, the tarse equalling the middle toe with
claw, the outer
and middle
toes connected to the first joint,
and the claws compressed

perchers.
;
and moderately hooked,

reaching to the end of the
first
as in the
tail,
more
is
typical
Wings
which
rather short
and having the
primary exceedingly minute, and the four next equal and longest:
even.
tail
Plumage sombre and unadorned.

(Tickell,)
P. agilis,
Nobis.
Length four inches,* of wing two

;
and a quarter, and

eighths of an
olive, tinged
tail
one and one-eighth

tarse
bill
to
gape
three-
inch,
and
half an
inch.
Colour dull ashentail-coverts,
with green upon the
rump and upper

;
and
margining the greater wing-feathers
beneath whitish, having a few
ashy-brown
tail
striae
on the breast, and one along each side of the throat

tip
darker towards the end, and slightly edged at
with whitish,
its
which forms a terminal spot upon the inner web of

feathers:
bill
outermost
feet
mingled whitish and dusky-corneous; and
lead-
coloured.
Inhabits the Himalaya, and central and Southern India.

p.
Vol. XIII,
363. Stumia, No.
3,
has just been figured by Mr.
Jerdon with the

P.
is
specific
name
Blythii.
Calomis cantor.
strigatus, Horsfield,
this
366.
Calomis
cantor,
&c.
The Turdus
founded on the second state of plumage referred to; so that

is
species
both T. chalybeus and T. strigatus, Horsfield. Strickland.

I
P. 373. Sphenura striata.
have just obtained the nest and eggs
of this species, the latter blue as in the Malacocerci,
and the
vest also
nearly accords with that of a Malacocercus.

P. 376. Prinia Franklinii.
Tickell, J. A. S. II, 576.
Add,
as a
synonym, Sylvia longicaudata,
* The
half,
preserved skin sent on loan by Mr. Jerdon, measures but three inches and a
is
which
the length given by Burton.
JOURNAL
ASIATIC SOCIETY.
A Grammar of the
By
Major R. Leech, C. B.
1st Assistant
Governor General's Agent, N. W. F.
The
ed
following few pages, drawn

of Loodiana,
up with the assistance of an educatre-visited his country for a
Mussulman
who has not
quarter of century, are intended to facilitate the acquisition of a colloquial knowledge of the
Cashmeeree language, and although they do not
deserve the
name
of a
Grammar
so
much
as the publication by Dr.
W.
Carey
in 1812, entitled a
Grammar
of the Punjabee Language, yet the
student will not have to get by heart such laboriously manufactured

tenses of verbs as that at page 85, of the above work.
Ex.
" Let him be obliged
to be caused to be
made."
Much
labor
if
and time would be saved, and every ordinary purpose answered,
in
order to assist the acquirement of a colloquial knowledge of similar
minor
dialects, that scarcely deserve the
name
of a language, a
Vo-
cabulary only of words, and a collection of sentences actually heard

spoken, were
made
in the
Roman
character.
No. 150.
No. 66,
New
Series.
3 k
398
A Grammar
of the Cashmeeree Language.

is
[No. 150.
The Cashmeeree language (Kaushir Zeo,)

one; the character called Sharadd,
not generally a written
(after the
Goddess of that name,)
having been, and being chiefly used to write Sanscrit works.
The
language
is
without doubt of Sanscrit origin, but has been consider-
ably corrupted by the
number of Persian words grafted on
it
by the
almost
;
Mahommedan
conquerors of the province.
It differs slightly in
every pergunna.
For instance, a cry

;
in the city is called kreak
at
Islamabad krik
and
in other parts krek.
hill in
the city
is
called
labur, and labur in the districts.
In the city the

;
bill
of a bird
is call-
ed
toent,
and
in the suburbs tsoents
also a snake is in the former
called sareep,
and
in the latter sriph.
The
dialect spoken at Kishte-
war
is,
as might be expected, a mixture of
Cashmeeree and Punjabee.

it
From
the
number
of vowels and diphthongs, the language
would
appear cannot be written correctly, either in the Devanagaree or Arabic

character.
Cashmeeree
it
in speaking Persian,
munches
it,
as
it
were with, and
hisses
through, his teeth.

(of our), of the Persian houz, (a cistern,)
The ou
and the Hindustanee
koudee, (a shell,) is oar)
changed
in the
mouth
of a Cashmeeree into oa (of
and they pronounce them hoaz and koadee.

(the a of car) into koabul.
They
also
change
Kabul
They moreover change
the Persian and Hindustanee

is
ai,
(of aisle,) of
i
paisa, (a copper coin,) which
pronounced as d
into
is
or aai, and
they drawl out paainsa.
In fact, the language
typical of the de-
pressed and sneaking nation.
Natives of Cashmeer,
free
who have acquired
a knowledge of the more
and elegant Persian, are almost ashamed of their own puerile nawhich quality
is
tive tongue,
imparted to
ts
it
chiefly I suspect
prints,')
from the
to the
frequent occurrence of the consonant
(of
known both
i.
Pushtoo and Mahratthee, and the various dipthong of
1844.]
A Grammar
399
Value of a Letter.
ii
I
adou
a,
...
^^9
3fT
last
a of America,
T^S?J
!
^
ft
i
aitou a,
...
in part,
T**nA
yayouye,...
in hit.
f
3
j
i^$
3^<^l
35
i
isharou
ee,.
ee in
feel,
upal wo,
. .
in
full,
$S?^1
upalba woo, oo in
fool.
m%
IP
nnou
re,
...
-ar<n^
rakhou
roo,
j>
Peculiar to Sanscrit.
f^3
liyou le,
a?
)S?n3>
-
lisou lee,
...
im3h$
kralou
ee,...
ae
in aerie.
nîti
I I
i
35
tralou ai, .. ai
in aisle.
\$
<37)^
ulhawoo,
...
oe
in o'er or roe.
"<W91
ITOii
f
*5
ashadeea,
...
ou
in our.
maspheram,
the nasal dot.
3J":
vg:
->a:
itfqSF?:
*|
dophyorah,
aspirate dots.
400
A Grammar
[No. 150.
J
3
Value of a Letter.
I
<3
1
CO
1
kouka,
khunikha,
1
35
*sT
35
*w
nn^
. .
k
kh
in king.
n
71
Tq
. .
in ask him.
T 1
Tl
gagarga,
,
...
in got. in
UJ
^ TH^
tf
gas ga
...
J gh
"^
hog hunt
or(jg j n pledge.
in king. in
3
^
S
3T
5T
>
&
w %
l
2
*i?m?\
narugna,
ng
ts
V
jn
BD^^
tâtutsa J tsatu tsa,
P rints
J ch
ftsh
in church
as'Ufersi
tssuting
tss,
in fits him (chh in fetch him

z
(tch.)
af 3
zaee za,
...
and
j.
^p 5ft$)Slyl
zhashing za,
za,
zh and jh.
3T
go
!
khunaputa nye, ny as gn
armanta
I 1 1
in digne.
? ?
x;
... t
(not
t.)
3
i
sarmanta,
..
th (notth.)
3
2"
3 1* *
8 1%.
I
duda,
...
d (not D.)
a^^
.
dhakadha,
. .
dh (not dh.)
If
fT
i
? ,J :wfa
!
n&nagurina
towata,
!
(the English harsh.)
* j
1
smto
!
... t -\
V the Continental.
thaji sha,
.
^ RW
th)
1844.]
A Grammar
401
3
g
s ^
Fa/we o/a Letter.
3
5T
s
03
So
5
*>
e
*>
MN
dadou
1
dad,...
*i
V
=T
V
*r
**
8^
*W
Q?t5
S>$3}
g-g
>the Continental,
doojy da,
.
.
dh J
n
Ditto.
&
q
1
nastoo na,
paoorpa
phurinya
...
g s
...
ph
b
in uphold.
w
>T
*r
i
<
buba
baiba,
...
5 ^ a^fi t w }^7j
|
...
bh
in abhor.
mouma,
y*waye,
|
...
m
y
r
?
T
95
^|
^HtJ^
i
...
^
;
"^
13BX
rakara,
...
*
*
3Pan|
~S
lawaIa
>
^
scr
fih"9
washinva,
w
sh
l*
1*
'i
^*#
,*$&*>
shakarshe,
*?
i
phari S ke,...sh
*r
1*
^
W
_
B*
1
^ a
____-
halaha,
...
inn *i ^f^nâ
i
kruliwath, kkh, kh,h the Sancrit.
402
A Grammar
[No. 150.
The language has
besides the preceding,

e
in let.
in hot.
The English
au oa
It
ae in aerie. in cause.
in oar.
has not the Arabic kh and gh, nor the q or k in quoit, the hickup
d,k,
nor the hickup
and substitutes ph generally for/.
The
nasal dot answers to the qn,
in the
French non, or expresses
the n in the following words, king, finch, flint, and the
in
plump.
There are three
lit,
the English final and Italian gl.

is
Besides the usual h, there
the indication of one at the end of

it
many
u of
words which
suh a
recu,
I have expressed by raising
above the
full
line.
is
Ex. lu a fox,
lion, tsu h
thou
zuh
2, besides the
there
the French
which
have rendered by
u
u
as dunga, a kind of boat, tunga,
a sob, suts, tailor.
There
is
also another long vowel
which
have ex-
pressed by aa,
it
has the sound of
or ea before an
r,
as in burn, earn.
The Cashmeer z has

" sounds."
It
often the sound of partaking of dz, the ds of
has not the Arabic th in think, and th in those.

is
There
also another vowel
between a and
i,
which might be ex-
pressed as d in kdnddr, bakery, mdts, earth, rats, better, ydts, more,

pydts, a kind of grass.
Of the
In these consists the chief
1st.
Diphthongs.
speaking the language.
i (
difficulty of
Diphthong of the short a and short

ai.
ai
),
which might also be
expressed d or
Tait, a
pony mare.
Zait, old, tattered.
Kair, a beam.
Zair, a deaf
Rait, taken, (f.)
woman.
Wait, rolled up,

Baid, a
(f.)
Bair, a crack in wood.
woman
of rank.
Mair, a hut. Nair, lower part of arm.

Air, well in health.
Ais, we.
Bait, a hob.
Jair,
Gair, a pitcher.
Tssairr, empty,
much.
Bhair, a she ass. Tair, chair, a chattering
woman.
mounted
as jewels.
Wair, a dried peas pudding. Pait, a small plank.

Khait, concealed,
(f.)
Dair, a robust
Tsait, cut, (f.)
woman.
Phait, drowned, (f.)
1844.]
A Grammar

is
403
tati,
In the Persian character tait
written ci^j
It
but
if
pronounced
means "
really,
actually a
tati,
pony mare."
with the
i
could not be written taty,

line
;
but might be written
above the
how
it
and the
other diphthongs or rather
compound vowels should be
printed, others
must determine.
2d. Diphthong of the short
a and short
w, taut,
aponey
pronounc-
ed something
like toe ut, but not talu.
Baud, a great man.

Bhaul, open, loose.
Waud,
tied.
Thaud, a tall man. Tsaud, a round basin. Gaud, a hole.

Tsaut, torn, (m.) Phaut, drowned, (m.) Raut, taken.
Daud, burnt, (m.) Khaut, concealed.
Waut,
arisen.
Laud, made. Khaud, pudendum. Kaul, dumb.

Naul, a
shell.
Maut, mad.
Laut, nearly dumb. Daul, skirt. Tsaul, escaped. Daul, slipped.
Waul,
drest.
Baul, recovered in health. Baur, a large crack in wood.
Naur, sleeve. Tsaur, mare.

Jaur,
Gaur, made.
mounted
as jewels.
in roe,
This compound vowel appears an o not so long as oe

so short as o in hot. It might be written ai, the short
and not
to
u thus seems
indicate the masculine, as the short

3.
does the feminine gender.

i.
Diphthong of the short u and short

ef pronounced not as
if
Guir, a mare,
Shuir, a virgin.
Luits,
written gury> but rather as gur 1 .
light, (f.)
Muij, a reddish. Suil, spare time. Buil, proper name of woman. Kuib, hump-backed, (pi.)
Duiny, walnuts. Tuiny, navel. Muits, fallen off in

Tuij, raised.
flesh.
Duij, simple
woman.
Tuil, antimony, pencil.
Wuith, arisen,
(pi.)
Duib, washermen.
Luit, light, (pi.)
Guit, emaciated, a plait in sewing. Wuit, passages.
Wuiny, now.
Buit, face.
Khuit, part of a boat.

It
might be conjectured that the above u could be written as a

1
as gwir. 4th.
Guri, means horses, and gur , mares. Diphthong of the short i and short u.
*?
Liul,
\\
a vessel for cooking
Biun,
set
up
in
business
in
the
rice.
world.
404
A Grammar
of the
Ca shmeeree
Language.
[No. 150.
Ziun, to be born. Piul, a testicle. Dial, a soft grass used for packing Miul, reconciliation.
and matting.
Tsiul, squeezed.
Jiur, granular parts of rice.
Siut, grief, misfortune.

Jiut,
wan.
of.
Chhiut, white.
Tiut, bitter.
Kiut, on account Kiul, a peg.

Tsiut, leavings.
Asiup, emaciated. Piun, to fall. Nium, to take away.
Diun, to give. Chiun, to drink.

Tsuin, a
pillar.
Khiun, to eat. Lium, plastered.

This
5th.
i is
Miun, measured.
not exactly a y.
i
Diphthong of the short
and short
a.
Piak, thou fallest.
Diad, mother. Mias, a root in a lake. Chias, drink of him.

Tsiab, heart. Tiat, interested friendship. Diakh, angry.
Tsiad, patience.
Tsial, squeezed,
Liad, litter horse. Vias, a woman's confidante.
Khias, eat of him. name of river. Khiat, eaten. Riakh, a fowl's dung. Chhiab, thou art, (f.) Bhiak, thou eatest or eat thou.
Viat,
Dial, skin, peal.
Zial,
shampooing.
Hial, lake weed.

6th.
cream.
in hot.
Diphthong, the short u and the English o

'
Duod, milk, ^'
* not
dwod.
butter.
Buod, understanding.
Khood, a
pit.
Tsuol, a large kettle, sonry.
Wuol, dregs of Guon, a heap. stone of ma- Huod, a fool.
Wuod,
Wuot,
scalp.
Muol,
price.
Zuol, drowsiness.
rice.
Puot, piles. Suobh, happiness, peace.
contentment, Tsuot, any.
Muokh, cheek.
Duos, wall. Khuot, false. Tsuon, to these Kruon, misery. Bhuon, elbow.
Duokh, pain. Chhuok, wound.

Nuosh, daughter-in-law. Kruok, a snoar. Suon, goldcs rival wife. Buon, below.
7th.
four.
Diphthong of shortened ai of aisle, and the short a (as
in by,
and
not bye,) care must be taken to drop the indication of an e at the end
of the letter
i,
as
pronounced
eye.
844.]
A Grammar
405
i,
The pronunciation
but this dipthong
Aiat, eight
is
of eye according to this system, would be ai
ai a.
Aiar,
own
Vaias, a year Daian, a fine Laias, a glutton Jaiar, pleasure, excursion Maial, desire
Ghaial,
in
Zaian, a wooden bucket Aiab, defect Vaiad, a caste

Paiat, a
market
Aiash, enjoyment
Saiat, a wick Waiar, enmity
name
Cashmeer
of a favorite resort Saial, flood Raian, a caste
Saiad, a sayud Maian, a frog
Maiat, a corpse
7th. Diphthong of a double or prolonged short a (aa.) Kaar, neck Chaauy, thine Praauy, old, (f.) Tsaar, I have selected, Kraar, wife of potter Dyaauy, tea churns
(f.)
Jaauy, life Zaauy, acquaintance Braar, a cat, (f.) Chaar, an idiot, (f.)
A'as,
Pyaar, dear,
(f.)
Vyaar, a spiteful
woman
Waar,
a kitchen garden plot
Byaali, seeds
mouth
Myaauy, mine
Paar, a little cottage Gaar, kernel of singara Siaauy, clever. Praar, dear in price Tsaauy I have brought in Laar, she ran after me, a cucumber Dyaar, a rich woman Jaar, I have lectured (her) Aar, an owl Jaar, keeper of her word Maauush, a male buffalo, ? would seen to be different forms of this diphMaaiush, a female ditto, \ thong
A'aas, mouth,
is
Kraauy, relations Naauy, grand-mother
properly a distinct diphthong.

in cause.
Examples of the English, au Kaushur, a Cashmeerian

Tsaudur, name of a village Wauwur, a weaver
Bauwuk,
Waudur, a champion Pauwur, a cottager Mauruk, they have killed Chauruk, they have tightened, or dunned Wauluk, they have brought down Pauwuk, they have thrown down
Examples of the English oa
as an
alif.
they have unbosomed themselves Rauwuk, they have lost Sauwuk, they have put to sleep Chauwuk, they have made drink
Mauzur, a cripple
Khauwur,
left,
(not right)
Bhauruk, they have extracted Sauruck, they have ferried over
in oar, written in the Persian character

is
In some words there
a slight indication of an
Pishoal, soft
preceding.
Broar, a cat
Choar, a simpleton
Dyoar, a rich
man
3i
406
Byoal, seed
A Grammar
[No. 150.
Kroar, a scab
Prioar, dear, last year's
Dyoan, a forked cylinder or circular Myoan, mine, (m)

fork for stirring tea Proan, old Prioat, we have pierced
Pioas, I have fallen
we have had taken away we have obtained Likhoav, we have had written
Nioav,
Prioav,
Bhious, we have eaten of him Chioas, we have drunk of him Krioar, husbandman's festival Limoav, we have had plastered Pitoav, we have reconciled Shoal, a kind of grain
This oa seems to denote the masculine, (myoan, mine,) as aa does

the feminine, (myaany, mine.)
Examples
Basak, ducks Wanak, thou sayest Bhatak, thou hidest Phachack, be drowned Ganak, congeal
of the English short
in
England.
Watah,
roll
up
Manak, obey Ratak, take Barak, regret Zarak, pine after Alak, shake. Walak, throw over you Galak, melt
Marak, die
Tsatak, tear Tsalak, run away
Pakak, thou goest Rachak, thou keepest Ranak, thou cookest Khanak, thou diggest Menak, measure Asak, laugh Dazak, be burnt
Sarak,
remember
Malak, rub
Shalak, a beating Khalak, drive away, Balak, recover
(flies)
Dalak, slip
There
is
another vowel, the ea of earn, not so long as the one
have
expressed by aa.
Examples of the a
Pants, five Wants., a curse Lanz, a stake Lank, a step Dang, a club Band, a dancing boy Shand, a pillow Chand, the centre of a shawl or
(a) of the English ark.
Dan, cooking place

Tsants, deception Lants, an eunuch
Wank, a
ringlet
handkerchief Shank, suspicion Wan, a shop Mand, working of dough Tanch, quizzing
Tank, a bit Bang, call to prayers Dand, bullocks Brand, a verandah Chhan, a carpenter
Pran, onion Ran, thigh
Manch, honey Kanch, glass
1844.1
A Grammar
of the
i
407
Examples of the short English

Nish, near Rish, spite Dish, country people Phish, a few threads or straws Nis, take away to him This, noise of a crack
Yis,
in bit.
Hin, an accomplishment
Hish
to drive
!
away fowls
Phish to a child Mish, a splinter

Dis, give
him
Phis, whisperings
come
to
him
Kis, little finger of what kind
Yin, are coming Yik, come thou

Jin, melt
Yim, these come Sis, a wart

Din, they give
to
me
Nin, take away

Sil,
Min, measure
Pil,
disease of consumption
reach
Vil, a short space of Gil, a
time
Kil, a thrust
kind of bird
Chil, a stake in the water, religious
Tsit, loss of use of limbs

Bit,
seclusion
Sir,
power
a secret
Gith, a rush of water, bothering

Sit,
Nit, taken
away
Chit, mind sound Chir, stream of milk of animals Gin, count sucked by a child Zid, revenge, spite
Jin, Genii
Example
of the ee in the English see.
Teer, rams Pheer, she rambled Cheer, I have squeezed, (f.) Veer, a willow Zeer, a punch in the ribs
Neer, near! (feminine relation,) she came out Geer, I have surrounded, (f.) Sheer, a broom
Seer, crazy, (f.)
head of a sheep Sheer, I have arranged,

Heer,
Yeer,
(f.)
we have
Example
of the short
in the English bull.
Gur, a horse Zur, grandson Chur, have rinsed Shur, a male child Hur, surplus Wun, have woven Dun, have shaken Jun, deep emerged Num, have beaten out Tul, have lifted Kul, a tree
Tuk, have torn with teeth Tsuk, sour

Kus, who
Hus, to set on, to quarrel Tut, tight, under restraint Rut, right, (not wrong) Jhut, a sip Kut, wetted Mut, evaporated Phut, a basket Buz, parched
Kub, hump-backed
Shup, a sift Tsup, silent Dup, sunshine
Wuz, bubbled up Huk, dried Kun, sold Kud, a name explained
408
A Grammar
[No. 150.
Buj, have thought on Rul, stray, unclaimed Tsun, have put in Kuts, got well Kut, got wet Bum, a vine in the water Hum, they
Zuk, down
Rus, have taken huff Mus, small turnip, fatigued
Jut,
Yus, whoever we have gained
Sut, incapable
Hut, spoiled, turned bad Lut, light, (not heavy) Yun, to come Wur, rice boiled dry, have stru ng Yut, hire Mur, skirt Mur, to rub between hands Shuz, unalloyed, untasted Wul, a hole Luk, strangers Kur, force to take Dukh, pain Kun, have sold Hud, rice, alone Hun, has swollen Duj, a foot Run, one-handed Dul, a cullender Lun, have reaped
saltish
Nun,
Zul, have shaped, scraped
Dub, a Dhobee, a sound Gub, heavy Thup, a fruit basket Kup, a dabba Rup, complexion, countenance
Gun, knead Kuz, a cup of sugar-candy Wut, rose up
Wush, a sigh Rum, a single

Wut,
drizzling
hair
Examples of the English oo

Tsoor, a plants
thief,
in fool.
Noor, name of woman Roo, have planted Moor, rubbing planted grain be- Moor, a hole tween the hands to remove the Joor, have collected Groost, cultivator husk ( would Loor, have demolished, seem . n Goour, a milkman ,.. Choor, have rinsed < to be different Gooir, a milkmaid Khoor, razor (diphthongs. Khyoost, for shame! Goor, a milk maid Door, a breeches string Myoot, a kiss Soour, a hog, is finished, exhausted Tsyoot, have masked Poo, a sound of derision by mak- Vyoot, fat Nyook, have carried him away ing a trumpet of the hand Nyool, green, not ripe Hoor, I have discharged Joo, affix to names of Cashmeerees Gyool, we ridiculed Nyoor, pasturage near, made on it Zoor, wooden candlestick Shoor, have arranged Soo, have sewn Khyoor, an oar Doo, have swept Pyoor, fat, (animal) Koor, a virgin Door, an alley Jyoor, a simpleton Poor, I have filled up Ryoog, a flower Shoor, I have arranged Roog, ill Toor, a small metal saucer Lyook, we have written
loosening roots of
1844.]
A Grammar
409
Toor, cold weather Zoo, life Yoo, come Phiroost, lucky Zyoot, tall Tyoot, bitter Pyoos, have pounded Byoot, seated Nyool, he met me In the following there
Hooir, a house Mooil, a root
Tsyoon, became on our guard, have guessed at Tyoor, a ram Kroor, a well
Diroor, skin
Gyoor, have encompassed Vyoog, a trap door

Chhool, a kid Dyoot, we have seen Nyook, they have taken (him)away
is
an indications of an
Gooily, a bullet
i.
Looir, a walking stick
There
is
another oo compressed between the teeth.

Toor, cold Dooily, a " dolie," deserted as an
Toorf, cold weather Booily, song of bird

Looily, affectionate
orphan
Jooily, collected in cloth
Gooily, kernels Gooiri, here
Hoon, a dog
Bhooily, have released Tooily, I have weighed them
Doon, cotton-cleaner Zoon, moon Shood, a drunkard, ruined by bad Roon, husband Rood, rain, remained habits Loos, fatigued Mood, deed Choon, interference, part taking, Good, pudendum flattery Booz, we have comprehended Toon, navel Noon, salt Woon, we have wove Moon, wool of sheep, a wall Soot, puff of a pipe Loot, plunder Loon, we have reaped Boot, an image Phoor, burnt rice at bottom of pot Koon, corner Poor, a step Sool, we have weighed
Examples of the English ae

Yael,
in aerie.
tamed
affection
Shaer, arrange
Waer,
Gaer. surround Tsaer, delay, yellow apricot Baer, border of garden

Fael, a crime, trick
Yaer, wool Saer, a seer Naer, come out Phaer, traverse Gael, ridicule Mael, join, visit
Daes, country Haer, ladder
Maen, measure
Zaen, earn
Tsaet,
Saet, a
Khaes, have ate of him Daer, plenty, heap Gaen, verses Tsaen, take care
Zaet,
grow
pound
fit
Maet, sweeten
410
A Grammar

in aisle.
[No. 150.
Examples of the English ai

Ropai, rupee Ruwai, am planting Surai, a goglet Sulai, am putting to sleep Kolai, a wife Mulai, never
Tsopai, silence Warai, am stringing Murai, I am hushing Phulai, a blossom Wolai, come thou woman
Tulai,
am
lifting
Wonai,
ara
weaving
Wunaii, never again

Iti, not him. Bonai, not I from below Suwai, am serving Kubai, boss of a shield
Sonai, rival wives
Bhonai, elbows Zuwai, I am growing up Subai, in the morning., province Khulai, am opening Bowai, was
Bumai, eyebrows
Examples of the English

Khoei, foot Zoer, force
Soer, a
oe in roe.
Woer, chatter hog
Moer, vain, presumptious

Poen, heel Moekh, cheek Doekh, pain Poesh, a flower Boesh, fashion, demand in market Loet, a roll on the ground Roet, a kind of bread Loess, be tired
Tsoer, 4, a caste Toel, a weight Loel, desire Boel, determination Roesh, be offended then Woesh, a sigh Tsoet, a bruise Moet, a grain
Goess,
went
is
There
is
a shorter
o,
as the o of holy, while this

in our.
the o of hole.
Examples of the English ou

You, yesterday Zou, joke with Gou, went Pyou, he fell Ryou, be conceited Zyou, tongue
Pyou, light (the Khou, a pit
fire)
Bou, has been Lou, dew Chou, have drunk Khyou, have eaten Lyou, lick
Myou, mew Of a cat Nou, new Hou, yes

!
On
Masculine.
Gender, the formation
of.
Feminine.
Guir, a mare Kokair, a hen Kautair, a hen pigeon Kukil, ditto, (blue)
Gur, a horse f Kokur, a cock 2 \ Kautur, a cock pigeon 3 Kukiul, a ditto, (blue)
1
1844.]
A Grammar
Masculine.
411
Feminine.
Tssawijj, a she-goat
( Tssawul, a he-goat
4 < Watul, a sweeper ^Pahul, a shepherd

5
Batuk, a drake
Watij, a female sweeper Pahij, a shepherdess Batich, a duck

Lainj,
6
7 8
Laung, lame man Phaur, a male ass Chhan, a carpenter

Tsroal, a jailer
lame woman
Phair, a female ass
9 10
II
Chhaany, carpenter's wife Tsraaj, wife of jailer

Kaviny, a hen-crow Hoony, a bitch
in
12
Kav, a crow Hood, a dog Paniur, a drawer of water

pitchers.
Paniureny, wife of water-carrier
Manur, a lapidary Manar baee, wife of ditto Kharabaee, wife of ditto \ Khar, a blacksmith 14 Groost, a cultivator Greest baee, wife of ditto 15 Jyayur pachhun, the fabulous Jyagar pachhiny, the female
I
o J
seemurgh.
16 17 18 19
Mohnyn, a man
Haput, a bear
Su h
a lion
Zanana, a woman Haputs, female Seeminy, a lioness

Shaaj, female Patssalaav, female
20
21
22 23
24 25 26 27
Shal, a jackal Patssalau,o, a lynx Luh , a fox Yar madun, a lover
28 29 30
31
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Jl
Goant, a hill poney Toata, a parrot Maa,unsh, a buffalo Gan, a bully Koan, a blind man Na,id, a barber Wouwur, a weaver Airz, a gander Yachh, an ogre Hanz, a boatman Woany, a trader, mussulman
Laash, female Vyes, a mistress Gant, mare Tooti, female Maainsh, female
Gaany, a bawd Kaany, woman
Na
iz,
wife
Wouwureny,
wife Airziny, a goose
Yachhiny, an ogress Hanzainy, wife Wainyainy, wife

Dai, a nurse
Koaka, nurse's husband Parzun, a male servant
Wula
Ghulam, a slave Woarud, a 2d husband
gasheny, female Tsunz, a female slave Woarudz, 2d wife
An
42
43
41
hohur, a batchelor An harish, a maiden Pushut, a straw slipper-maker Pushainy, wife Bachhera, a colt Bachheer, a filly Dodagoo,ur, milk man Dodagooir, wife Batu, a Hindoo Batainy, wife
Hantats, 1 f Hantas, \ Gaib. a ewe
j
Rantun, demon
Haund, a ram
412
A Grammar

I
[No. 150.
ditto.
A man speaking says,

Me Meh
h
buchhus,
am and a woman, bachhas,

(m
:)
che,i cha,i. I
have drank
I
tea, (f:)
khyou
tsoont,
have eat an apple,
NUMBER.
Singular.
Plural.
Mohnyn, a man
Tssawul, he-goat Gur, horse
Mahnivi, men
Tsawilli, goats Gurri, horses
Wagoo, a mat
Tsoed, a small pitcher Gaund, a log of wood Zaur, deaf man Goor, milk man Lopun, a grain vessel Naut, a pitcher Latsul, a broom Liul, a vessel, earthen
Wagivi, mats
Tsaddi, pitchers
Gandi, logs
Zarri,
men
milkmen
Goorri,
Lopuin, vessels
Natti, pitchers
Latsil,
brooms
Lilli, vessels
Budh,
old
man
Buidhi, old
men
Tsaut, a dwarf
Tsuiti, dwarfs
Thaud, lanky Pohul, shepherd Groost, a cultivator

Buhur, a druggist
Tsroal, a police
Thadi, lanky men Pahalli, shepherds

Greestt, cultivators Buhirri, druggists Tsraalli, policerm n
man
Hoon, dog
Broar, cat Lu h , a fox Pottul, an image
Hoonni, dogs
La h
Braerri, cats , foxes

Potilli,
images
Punz, monkey Kandur, a baker Aar, an owl Khon, elbow Batuk, duck Hangul, a jamber Watul, a sweeper Kokur, a cock Kantur, cock-sparrow
Saruph, a snake Wandur, a monkey
Pa,inzi,
monkeys
Kandarr, bakers Arre, owls Khona, elbows Batak, ducks Hangul, "jambers" Watal, sweepers Kokar, cocks
Kan tar, sparrows Saraph, snakes

Wandar, monkeys
DECLENSION.
Singular.
Gur, horse Gursund, a horse's

Guris, to horse
Plural. Guri, horses
Gurin hund, horses' Guren, to horses
1844.J
A Grammar

its
413
Guris and gurnen being each the inflected case of

past position can be added, as
number, any
Guris nisha, from the horse Guris nish, near the horse
Guris pyat, on the horse
Nechu, son
Nechivi sund, of son Nechavis, to son Hata nechavi, oh son
!
Nechivi, sons
Nechiven hund, sons' Nechiven, to sons Haugo nechavyou, oh

Inflected Case.
sons
Nechavi.
Nechiven.
Dai, a nurse Dai hiund, of nurse Dai, to nurse Hatai da,ee, oh nurse
!
Day a, nurses Dayan hund,
of nurses
Dayan, to nurses Hatai dayou, oh nurses

!
Kolai, a wife Kolai hiund, of wife

KoJaiyi, to wife
Kolaiye h , wives Kolaiyan hund, of wives Kolaiyan, to wives
Khou, a
Khavi,
pit
Khouva, a
of pit
pits pits
Khou hund,
to pit
Khounan hund, of Khovun, to pits
The
affix to the
Genitive Case has also Gender, thus
Nechiv sund nechu, son's son Nechiv sanz koor, son's daughter
Shur, a child Shur hen, a poor
little
child
Answering
There
is
to the
Persian affix k, dku/itar, dukAtarak
an
affix
han
or hen,
which has a diminishing meaning.
Tsochahen, a bit of bread Rati pauny, good or sweet water Riti pany Rati pauny Riten panin hund Rati panyuk Rit you panyuk Ratis panyis Rityan panyan Rati panyi nisha Rityou panyou nisha
Tsuit, bread
414
A Grammar
[No. 130.
Comparison.
Rut, dood Yats rut, very good,
Rati khuota rut, better, (best)
(rats, f)
Literally good, beyond good
Pronouns.
I,
boh Mine, myoan myaiany
Me, meh Myani khatra,

Myanen, my,
Sanyan, our,
for
my
sake,
Sani khatra, for our sakes,

(adjective)
(ditto)
!
Myani
Thou,
nechivi, oh
tsuh
my
son
Tse,pyat, on thee Tuhindi khatar, for your sakes Tohi pyat, on you Aass, we Saiany, ours, soan Asi, us Meh pyat, on me Asi pyat, on us
Thine, choan, (chaiany) Thee, tse^ Chani khatar, for thy sake
Tuhhi, ye Tuhuindi, your

Tohi, you Tsenish, from thee
He, suh His, tamsund
Him, tamis
tas
Tim, they Tuhund, theirs Timun, them

Lagu, be at
Tits, like
;
Tas nisha, from him Tamis pyat, on him
lagus, beat
him
him
This, yih
Of this, yemsund To this, yemis

Yemsindi, kAatra Yemis pyat, on this
Yim, these Yuhund, of these Yiman, to these

Yihindi, khatra
Yits, like this
That, huh
Hum,
those
Of To
that,
humsund
humis,
that,
Humanhund, of those Human, to those

Kâtara,
for his
Humsind,i
sake
Myoangur,
my
Myaiany
gurri,
horse my horses
Soangur, our horse Saiany gurri, our horses
Who
Whose
Kus
Kemsund, kohund Kas kamis
Whom,
1844.]
A Grammar
415
Kamsindi, j Kahindi, > khatar

Kasindi, J Kamis pyat
For whose sake
On whom
Kya Kamyuk
Kath On what account For what reason
Which Of what To what Kath kyut
Kami
bapat
Kamis pyat
On what
Paany
Self,
pana
panai, of
own
accord
Of self, panun To self, panas

Panani khatar Panas pyat, Parat akha
Pananyen, own, (adjective) For own, sake Pana waany, among themselves Every one
Yas
tas
yamis tanus
yas, (/.)
Yamsund tamsund
Yus, (m.) Yus akha
To whomsoever Of whomsoever
Who
ever
Kas akis Kamis akisund Kas akis nisha
Whosoever, whatever one To which one Of which one From which one
VERBS.
Auxiliary Verb dsun,
Present Tense.
to be.
Bo h chus, Tsu h chuk
A ass
Tim
chi h
Tohi chuwa h
che
Perfect Past Tense.
Su h chu
Bo h asus Tsu h asuk Su h aus
Asus ^san
Assi aais
Tohi aasiwu
Tim
aais
Imperfect Past Tense.
Aais asan
Asuk asan Aus asan
Asyu
asan
Aais asan
416
A Grammar
[No. 150.
Future Tense.
Bo h
yats asun
Tsu h yatsah asun Su h yatsi asun
Assi vat son asan Tuhi yat su asun Tim yat sau asun
Imperative Mood.
Sta as
Tuhi asiw
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Present Tense.
Bo asa Tsuh asah Suh asi
Assi assou
Tuhi asur
Tim
asan
Perfect Tense.
Bo h asaha Tsu h asahak Suh asahe
Assi asahou
Tuhi asahyoo
Tim
asahan
Pluperfect Past Tense.
Asus asmut Asuk asmut Aus asmut
Aais aasmit Aasyu aasmit Aais aasmit
CONJUGATION OF THE VERB

Sapadun,
to
become.
Present Tense.
Bo h
sapada, (za,)
Aass sapadon
Tsu h sapadah Su h sapadi
Tuhi sapazeev
Tim
sapadan.
Bo h asus sapadan Tsu h asuh sapadan Su h aus sapadan
Assi aais sapadan
Tuhi aasyn sapudao
Tim
aais
sapadan
Perfect Past Tense.
Boh sapadus Tsu h sapaduh Su h sapud
Aas sapidd
Ttuhi sapadiv
Tim
sapidd
Bu
sapudmut Tsii h asuh sapudmut Su h aus sapudmut

asus
Assi aais sapidmit
Ttuhi aasyn sapidmit
Tim
aais sapidmit
1844.]
A Grammar
417
IMPERATIVE MOOD. Sapadawun, becomes

Stu sapad
Ttuhi sapad iv
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Judwai,
if.
Present Tense.
Same
Bo h sapadaha Tsu h sapadahak Su h sapadaha
as Indicative
Mood.
Perfect Past Tense.
Aais sapadahon Ttuhi sapadahiv Tim sapadahan
CONJUGATION OF THE VERB

Dapun,
to speak.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
Present Tense.
Bo h chus dapan Tsu h chuk dapan Su h choo dapan

Boh asus dapan Tsuh asuk dapan Su h aus depan
Aass chi h dapan Ttuhi chooh dapan Tim chi h dapan

Aassi aais dapan Ttuhi aasoo dapan Tim aais dapan
dupmut Tse h ousu dupmut Tern ous dupmut

ous
Me h
Assi ous
dupmut
Tohe ousoo dupmut Timou ous dupmut

Perfect Past Tense.
Me h
dup
Assi
Tse h duput
Tem dup
Bo h yats dapun Tsuh yatsak dapun Su h yatcha dapun
dup Tohe dupoo Timon dup
Future Tense.
Aais yatson dapun
Tsuhi yatchoo dapun
Tim
yatsan dapun
IMPERATIVE MCOD.
Tsu h dapak
Ttuhi dapyn
418
A Grammar
[^No. 150.
Subjunctive Moon,
Yud
Boh dapah Tsu h dapak Su h dapi
wai,
if.
Present Tense.
Aais dapon Ttuhi dapym Tim dapan
Perfect Tense.
Bo dapaha Tsuh dapaha Su h dapihe
Aais dapahon Ttuhi dapayn h
Tim dapahan
Dapawun,
Yun,
to
speaker.
CONJUGATION OF THE VERB.

come, (feminine.)
INUICATIVE MOOD.
Present Tense.
Bo yumuga Tsu h yikai

Sa h yee
Aais yimoee Ttuhi yeewai
Tima
yin
Ba yimahai Tsa aasuik giwan Sah ass yuvan
Aais
asi
yuvan
Ttuhi asawai yuvan
Tima
asa
yuvan
Perfect Past Tense.
Bo
h ayis
Aais
ai
Tsa ayik Sa a,i
Ttuhi ayawa
Tima
a,i
Boh
asus amuts Tsa asuk amuts Sa as amuts
Aais asa amatsa Ttuhi asawa amatsa Tima asa amatsa.
Future Tense.
yun Tsi yatsak yun Sa yatsi yun

yatsai
Boh
Aais yatso,i yun
Ttuhi yatswai yun
Tima
yatsan
yun
imperative Mood.
Tsa yih
Tsuhi yeewe
1844.]
A Grammar
of the Cashmeere Language.
419
Subjunctive Mood.
Present Tense.
Feminine.
Masculine.
Yimai Yik Yihe
Yihan Yihyoo Yihan

Perfect Tense.
Yimaha
Yihak Yihe
Aais nai yimoee, Aais yimon nah,
Yimahon
Yihyoo Yihan
We
do not come, (women.)

ditto,
Ditto
(men.)
Cardinal Numbers.
1.
2. 3. 4.
5-
Akh Zuh
Trae Tsoar Pants
34. 35. 36. 37. 38.

39.
Tsoitruh Pantsatruh Sheitrnh Satatruh
6.
7-
Sheh
Sat
Aratruh Kunatajih
Tsatajih
8.
Aait
40. 41.
Akatajih
Duitaojih
Te-i-taajih
Tso-i-taajih
9.
10.
Noun Dah
Keeh
11.
12.
13.
Buah Turwa
Tsoada
42. 43. 44. 45. 46.
14. 15.
16,
Panda
Shura Sada
17. 18.
19.
47. 48. 49. 50.

51.
Pantstaajih She-i-tajih Sata-tajih Aratajih
Kunawanzah
Pantsah
Arada
Kunawuh
52.
Akawanzah Duwanzah
Trawanzah Tsowanzah Pantswanzah Shawanzah
Satavvanza
20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33.
Wuh
Akawuh
Zitawuh
Truwuh
Tsowuh
Paaintsuh
53. 54. 55. 56.

57. 58.
59. 60. 61. 62.
63.
64.
Shuwwuh
Satawuh
Arawanzah Kunahaat
Shaeat
Aatawuh Kunatruh Truh

Akatruh
Doitruh Teitruh
Akahaat Duhaat
Trehaat Tsuhaat
Pantsahaat Shihaat
65.
66.
420
67. 68. 69.
70.
A Grammar
Satahaat

85. 86. 8788.
89.
|[No. 150.
Arahaat Kunasatat
Satat
Pantsasheet Sheisheet Satasheet
Arasheet
71. 72.
Akasatat Dusatat
Tresatat Tsosatat Pantsasalat Shehsatat Satasatat Arasatat
90.
73. 74. 75. 76. 7778. 79. 80. 81. 82. 83. 84.
91. 92.
93. 94. 95. 96.
Kunanamat Namat Akanamat Dunamat

Trenamat Tsonamat Pantsanamat Shehnamat Satanamat Aranamat
Kunasheet
Sheet
Akasheet
Do,isheet Treisheet Tso,isheet
9798. 99. 100. 1,000. 1,00,000. 1,00,00,000.
Namanamat
Hat, Sas Lach, khar, akhanvar Kror, trah, 1-16 bhar
ditto
ropai, \ ditto
Jora, 2 or more Twara, 3 or more Tsombara, 4 or more Paanshi, 5 or more
Pawul, i
Aad
Anna, an anna, 1-16
ditto
Noanmara 9
1st.
or so
Godaniuk
Toonk, a tanga, paainsa, a pais Bahagany, \ pais, poontsu, \ ditto Adhiul, \ pais
2d. Dugum 3d. Treium 4th. Tsorium

5th.
6th.
Har
a cowrie
Panzuh, \ trah Manut, \ ditto
Paintsium
Admium,
\ ditto
ditto
Sheyum
Satium
Dodpav, 1-16
7th. 8th. 9th. 10th.
Aatium
Nowwium
Dohium
Mohar, a goldmohur
Ropai, a rupee
Trechatang, 1-32 ditto Dod Chatang, 1-64 ditto Chatang, chuttack Shat-o-pants kah, 6 and 5 are 11 Zuh trucha sheh, 2x3= f.
Days of the Week*

Saturday, Batawar
Sunday, Atwar Monday, Tsandrwar, Tuesday, Bom war,
Wednesday, Bodwar Thursday, Wraswar

Friday,
Juma
Kartik,
Months of the Year.
Wahek,
Zeth, Har,
Munjhar,
Pohi,
Shrawan, Baudur,
Aashid,
Mag, Phagun,
Tsitr
(To
be continued.)
421
View of
the principal Political
Events that occurred in
the Carnatic,
from
the
the dissolution of the Ancient
Hindoo Government
on
the
in 1564
till
Mogul Government was

Capitals of Beejapoor
established in 1687,
Conquest of
the
and Golconda
compiled from various

collected
chiefly
Authentic Memoirs and Original

the last ten years,
MSS.,
within
and referred
to
in the Notes at the bottom of each
page.
By Colonel Mackenzie.
[Submitted at a Meeting held on the 5th April, 18LR.]
1.
To
to
give an idea of the state of the whole Carnatic at this period,
A. D.
which forms a remarkable era in the history of

part of India,
it
this
may
for
last
be useful to take a rapid view of

the last hundred
the events preceding this period

years, since the
natic,
2.
and twenty
of the Car.
overthrow of the
called the
Hindoo government
commonly
While
Raia-Samastanum
its
of Beejanuggur.
vigur, specially
that government subsisted in
towards
it
Ancient Hindoo
the decline of the last dynasty of Beejanuggur,
ap-
m^nt^n^hiTcarnatic *
P ears
t0
have been conducted under certain

to the
polity,
adapted
this
general spirit of
Hindoo jurisprudence,
and
system was regularly established
in the provinces subjected to
their authority
from the furthest limits (of Goa and of Calinga) on

in progression as they
tither coast to
Cape Comorin South,
were gra-
dually reduced.
3.
The names,
titles,
and duties of a variety of
officers are still pre-
into n S they wer e red uced progressively.
Extended
P
served which formed the court, and supported the

of tne ancient
stale
monarchy while the provincial governNaiks,
m ent
was conducted by Dan-Naiks,*
Naadf
officers,
Prabhooe, Poligars,J and a regular gradation of subordinate
who were allowed

pean
fiefs,
lands in Hoombliga,
Amara,
or as Polliams, held of
the sovereign or raja, by a species of tenure
much resembling
the Euro-
subject to a certain assessment of revenue, under regular adto their respective
measurement, or estimate of productions, or annexed
* The Dan-Naiks and Naiks, (Viceroys and Lieutenants,) were also part of the Tellinga system. See Memoir of Waruncull Tell. f Naad-Prabhoo, i. e. Lord or Governor of a Naad or Province. See Bangalore Memoir, Mar. X For the origin of Folligars, see Memoirs of Nidicull, Ballapoor, Maggry, &c.
Mar. and Can.
For Hoombliga
and Amara
tenures,
iee
Memoirs
of Holla-
Honore and Soo-
biah's compilation, Can.
3 N
422
Political
Events in
the Carnatic,
from 1564
to
1687.
QNo. 150.
appointments, in lieu of salary or wages according to the nature of the

service.
It
would appear that

ditary in
these appointments were generally here;
Officers granted
in hereditary succession,
the eldest son
though a confirmation was
expected, and a recognizance solicited on each succession,

gifts,
accompanied by douceurs,
of a like nature in
and
offerings, the origin
perhaps of fees
talents,
European tenures; but defects from want of

to disqualify
from crimes, and from disloyalty, were sufficient

aside the eldest son
;
and lay
though a regard
to
propinquity was so far observed,
that the
nephew not unfrequently succeeded the uncle, and stept in

heir,
during the minority of the real

station in the natural course,
who
in his turn,
assumed his
or
by domestic arrangement, by fraud,
by
violence
history.
this is particularly
remarked
in the
Bednore* and Mysore
Evident traces of such variations appear in the mutilated

.
Condition of the general mass of

the people.
..
accounts
still
preserved, r
and
of the appointments of rr
;
the great officers and functionaries
and though our

mass of the
knowledge of the
population be more obscure, there
real state of the great

is
reason to presume, that the con-
dition of the lower ordefs in the country
South of the Kistna, had

in their re-
never varied
lations
to
much under
this
government of Beejanuggur
the
paramount sovereignty, from that
which under the

;
general system had from time immemorial prevailed throughout India

this
holds at least to the period previous to the dissolution of the

first
Southern^ monarchy, which being

battle
shaken
by the celebrated
with the confederate Moslem princes near the banks of the

continued
to
Kistna,
linger
under a gradual decline
till
the last
branch, whose
A. D. 1646.
titles J
were barely acknowledged, was expelled from

about twenty-eight
their last fortress in the Carnatic,
years afterwards.
* See Historical Memoirs of Bednore, Mysore, Chittledroog, and Serah, which

throw considerable light on
this subject.
f This
prevailed
is
meant here
to
apply
to the
Beejanuggur government; the system that
among
the Dravida nation seems in

to the privileges
some respect
to
have been
different,
and
more attention was paid
and rights of the subject.
See their grants

of the
but the Beejanugur government appears to have respected these privileges after they
had acquired the supreme authority over the country.

% See Grant No.
still
1
of the
Mysore Rajahs, where the several
titles
Kayel are
observed, though that chief had entirely thrown off all the authority of the para1613.
mount sovereign. A. D.
1844.]
4.
Political
Events in
the Carnatic,
from 1564
to
1687.
423
The
dissolution of the
Hindoo monarchy
in the rapid course
of
human
tions,
events was throughout the Carnatic followed by long series of

of anarchy, and of confusion,
privileges
disorder,
whence
their laws,
instituit
and
were involved in an obscurity,* that renders

difficulties arising
;
difficult to clear
up
from the intermixture of

it is
new
arrangements with ancient customs
but
hoped, that the follow-
ing notes taken in the course of examining several documents that
have
fallen in
our way,
if
they do not satisfactorily explain some of
these obscurities,
5.
may
at least excite to a clearer
development.
After that battle, in which

fell,
Ram
Raaz, and almost the whole of

the capital
the ancient nobility
the country around
was
laid
waste,
A. D.
it
and the remains

1567.
of the great families being dispersed, the city
speedily
fell to
decay, as an European traveller desscribes
two years afterwards,t and recent inspection confirms the accuracy

marched
of that description.
6.
It appears, that the aliies after the
battle;};
as far
as
Anagoondy, and
their
advanced troops penetrated

all
to
Beejanuggur
;
itself,
which they plundered, committing

tadri, the brother
manner
of excess
but Venka-
and representative
of the late sovereign, giving the

allies, (the
places
which had been formerly wrested from the
Duab,
;
Mudcull, Rachoor, Adoni, Aulingpoor and Bagratal from Adil Shah
and Kowillconda, Bankul (Pangull,) and Kunpoor (Gunpoor,) from

Cootub Shah,) the
at Rachoor,
victors
without availing themselves further of the

satisfied, took leave of
advantage they had obtained, were
each other
and returned
to their several
dominions without leaving
any
*
garrison, occupied
It
is
South of the Toombuddra, excepting Adoni

prevailed no where in a greater degree than in
remarkable that
this obscurity
the immediate vicinity of our presidency of Fort St. George, where until recently, a
very imperfect knowledge prevailed of the various successions or changes of govern-
ment
f
in the lower country.
Caesar Fredrick's
Voyage A. D.
See Asiatic Miscellany, Vol.
I,
The
remains of Beejanuggur were minutely examined in December 1800.
See Journals. See collection

Circars
which
of
X For the Hindoo account of this memorable battle, see the Ham-Raja Chentra, enters into details descriptive of Hindoo manners, but differing much from the
authors in regard to circumstances in the war and battle.
Mahomedan
Memoirs
for the
History of the Beejanuggur Government of the Carnatic.
For the
details, see Scott, Vol. II, p.
298 and 299, also the Tarik Adil Shahee, a

hill fortresses, capitals of
Persian
MS.
Ccelconda, Pancull and Gunpoor are
north of the Kistna and South of Hydrabatl.

in the
Mudcull, Kachoor and Bagreetal are
Duab.
Adoni
is
South of the Toombuddra.
424
Political
Events in
the Carnatic,
from 1564
to
1687. [[No. 150.
and some jagheers said
to
have been assigned
to the
Bargee* chiefs
about Anagoondy, and that lay near

7. A. D.
to that river.
We
1567.
may, however, suspect, that
this
apparent moderation was
owing rather
;
to political motives,
and
to the jealousies
and
divisions
wh
ch existed
among
these four confederate powers,

;
and from
no lenity
of
to the
unfortunate Hindoos
as
we
are told that
Nizam Shah
Ahmednuggur dying immediately
after this event,
and being suc-
ceeded by a minor,
AH
Adil Shah of Beejapoor, seizing the opportu-
nity as favorable for his designs,

to place
moved with an army
to
Anagoondy,
on the
Tim
Rajal, the son (or rather brother) of
Ram Raaz
throne of Pennaconda, and depose Venkatadri, to acquire for himself
Anagoondy and Beejanuggur; but

nuggur
chiefs being called
his design
was defeated by Ahmedeffecting his purpose, t
upon
for aid
by Venkatadri, and Adil Shah
was
8.
forced to retire from
Anagoondy without
But the design was not relinquished
altogether, for taking ad-
vantage of a favorable conjuncture of
affairs,
within six years after-
wards at a conference, a
coalition
was formed between Ali Adil

it
Shah and Moortiza Nizam Shah, when

latter
was agreed, that while the
reduced Berar, the former should conquer as
much
of the de-
pendencies of Beejanuggur as he could, without any interruption from
Nizam Shah.
a
little
We
are told that from the strong fort of
Adoni being
Jate
before this time taken from one of the nobility of the
government, Ali Adil Shah's arms had acquired such reputation, that
he was encouraged
to resolve
on other conquests, and accordingly

other places of strength were reto the
Turk ul 1, Daruar, Bankapoor, and

tion of the sea
a. D. 15
7.
duced, and these successes were pursued and followed up

coast
reduc-
from near Goa, (which was attempted about
1567,) to Baralore, including the present districts of Soon-
da, Ankola,
Kanore and North Canara, and the petty

to build fortsj to bridle their
chieftains of
left,
that coast were forced to a reluctant submission, and governors
who immediately began
new
subjects.
It is
said that at this time thoy left

to
some
of the Bargeers at
I.
Anagoondy, where a
jagheer was granted
them.
See Scott,
I,
Vol.
f See Scott's Deekan, Vol.
p. 298, 300, 301, &c.
% Ankola, Mirjan, Chundergooty,
&c One
of the
most distinguished of these new
governors from Beejapoor was of Hindoo Braminical descent, brought up a Maho-
medan, and
his
memory
is still
remembered
in these countries with
respect. Journals
1844.]
9.
Political Events in the
Carna tic, from 1564
to I687.
425
These successes
as usual led to further encroachments,
and an army
was
sent against Pilconda,

to
whence "Nagatadri
;"
is
stated to have retired

to
A. D. 1567.
stated, as
Chunderghury
but
this is
presumed
be erroneously
Timma
Rajah was settled there ten years
before.
These events,
however, are confirmed by Hindoo authorities, and the Moslem writers

attribute to the corruption of the Bargee chiefs the relief of that place,
what the Hindoos

saved the place
ascribe rather to the intervention of their
Gods and
heroism
to the valor of Jagadeo-Rayel,

;
who
is
supposed
to
have by
his
in consequence of which,
an extensive grant of lands

;
was added
to his
government,* of
forty- eight provinces
the whole ex-
tending from the Baramahl West, across the upper country
jampoor and Holla Honoor

whole of that
extensive
dependencies, which were
in the
to Admodern Bednore, including the
tract;
still
excepting
Seringapatam
and
its
under the
feeble rule of a viceroy re-
lated to the ancient Rayel government.
This government of Jagadeo's

till it
remained in that family with some changes

A. D. 1579. A. S. 1501.
was ultimately ab-
sorbed in the growing fortunes of the Mysore Wuddiers,t
w hi cn
at this time
comes
to
be noticed by
its
rising op-
position to the wretched remains of the ancient

it
authority,
though
yet only occupied the
little district
about the present capital of
My-
sore, then scarcely

10.
known by
that
name.
The
15.
excesses of the Beejapoor Maratta jagheerdarsj at this time,
A. D.
w ho
at
bad been stationed about Beejanuggur, or rather

to
A.
s. 1500.
Anagoondy,
secure the
new
conquests,
attracted
till
the notice of that government;
nor could they be suppressed
prompt measures and even treachery was used, which drove some
of the
more able
and
of the
Hindoo
chiefs into the service of the Carnatic
princes,
this contributed to give a breathing to the last
remnants of
the
Hindoo monarchy.
11.
The
suspension of the
Mahomedan conquest was

several
further proDistricts.
* See Denkanicotta and Chinapatam Memoirs, and

It
Memoirs and
it
appears to have stretched across the peninsula from Barramahl (which
embraced)
to
Azimpoor, now part of Bednore.
list
of
them
is
inserted in the District Memoirs.
f See Account of the origin of the Mysore and Bednore family. X The Berjee chiefs or Bargeers; soldiers mounted on horses, the property of the
Circar. See Scott, Vol.
I, p.
305.
The Beejapoor
officers
never extended their conquests along the Western coasts

I
further than Honore, Cundapoor, and
believe Malabar or Malliallum was never sub-
jugated by the
Mahomedans
till
Hyder's time.
426
Political
Events in
the Carnatic,
from 1564
to
1687- [No. 150
traded by the situation of

intestine broils at
affairs
in Beejapoor,
where a minority,
home, and war abroad, particularly with Ahmed;
nuggur, constantly obstructed their plans of conquest
in the intervals,
however, they seem
to
have turned their arms against the country of
Malabar, or rather Soonda, Bednoreand Koorg, whence Bahlill Cawn,*

A. D. 1595. a. s, 1517.
in
two expeditions with various fortune

in
all
collected a forced
is
tribute;
this
time only once mention

to
made
occu-
of the Carnatic; the

pied,
and mention
is
Duab indeed appears made of Adoni being
have been
still
relieved from the attack
of one of the zemindars, (as the Polligars are always denominated
by
the
Mahomedan
writers,) or
more probably from one of the
chiefs of
the late government.

12.
Such was the
state of the
;
Northern and Western provinces of

nor were matters scarcely better in
the late Carnatic government

the Eastern
and Southern provinces, though farther removed from the

states.
Mahomedan
About
the year 1597* Venkataputty, the repre-
sentative of the ancient Rayels,
and the
last of
them who exhibited

of magnificence at
any appearance
of power, ruled with

;
some degree
still
Chundragury and Vellore
where he
held a doubtful sway over
the remaining provinces of the South and East, which appear to have
been ruled by Viceroys, Lieutenants or Naigs

ed of which seem
1.
the most distinguish-
to
have been
4.
Histnapa Naik, at Gingee.
Jaga-deo-Rayel, at Chinna-
patam.
2.
Naik, at Tanjore.
Trimul
patam.
Raj,
at
Seringa-
3.
Naik, at Madura.
6.
at
Pennaconda.
to
13.
Towards the end
of his
government^ he appears
Much
have made
I allude here to Scott's authorities.

it
information of the transactions of the
Carnatic
is
hoped may be obtained

each other.
on translation of several Memoirs

in particular, a
which
jag-
may
illustrate or confirm
Near Adoni
Mahomedan
heerdar seems to have been early fixed on the lands formerly occupied by some of the
liayel's relations.
of the attention of the
f In theTarik-Cootub-Shah, Vol. II, p. 647, it is mentioned, that " taking advantage Golconda government being taken up by the invasion of Ahthe
mednuggur by
Mogul
forces
under Sultan Moraad, the son of Akber, he approach;
ed the limits of Guntoor, with a view of recovering that province on finding the Golconda
alleging his
at the
but speedily retreated
officers
were disposed
to receive
him
in force,
and apologized,
movement was from motives
of religion "to
visit
and perform ablution"
great tank of
Cummam,"
A. D. 1593 or 1595.
1844.]
Political
Events in
tlie
Car natic, from 1564
to
1687-
427
one
effort to recover
Guntoor from the Golconda sovereign, but was
obliged to retire with an apology that sufficiently marks his imbecile

character.
Of
the small degree of attention paid to his authority,
we
have the evidence of the European Missionaries of that period, who expressly state, that " theNaig of Madura was then at open war with
him;*
his protection
to
was however courted by the Missionaries, and

to
he appears
solicitation
have lent a favorable ear
them
and induced by the

had not
of the merchants of his country, he seemed inclined to
grant a settlement to our East India

the Dutch,
Company's
factors,
who had
already established themselves at Pullicat, op-
posed
it
In their correspondence they observe, that his death without
male
issue
was expected
to
be followed (as in fact
it
was) by great
troubles in the ensuing year."t

14.
While
these causes operated to retard the progress of the

in this interval of
Ma-
homedan arms
32
years, a few aspiring individuals
laid the foundation of
an intermediate order of things,
which in
the central districts occupied the place of the late government,
and
gave origin
to
a series of smaller states which gradually grew up and
increased in power
address,
and
territory, in proportion as
by
force or superior
they could extort or wrest from the lesser usurpers their

possessions.
to
newly acquired
In
this incessant struggle,
every
artifice
of a policy adapted
the circumstances of the times, and to the
peculiar
habits
of these people,J
was
called
forth into action,
and
exerted with a perseverance not unworthy of the struggles of a nobler

cause.
15. In the
more northern
parts of the ancient Carnatic government,

in
which had been abandoned
a manner of the ancient rulers as
more exposed
to the incursions of the to
Mahomedans,
these usurpations
more particularly are

* See Purchas, Vol.
be noticed, as being connected with the events

.
p.
f See Floris' Voyages in Ustley's Collection, Vol. IV, p. X According to the native Memoirs, every chief of superior talents or good fortune
.
is
always praised
for his address
and knowledge
in the
Chatoor-Oopayem, or four modes

;
or measures resorted to in the

1
Hindoo diplomatique science

3.
viz.
Sama. Address,
Measures.
Negotiation, Policy.
Gifts, Conciliatory
Bhedha Byctratagem; or" Ruse de

Guerre."
2.
Daana. Presents,
4.
Dundah. Downright
force, or
the
" ultima lex reguin."
428
Political Events in the Camatic, from

to
1564
to
1687. [No. 150.
that subsequently led
their consolidation once
more under one
general government.
16.
The
Polligars of Chittledroog,* Raidroog, Harponelly, Tara-
keira, Ruttinghery, &c. at this time acquired
some strength and
consi-
deration,
and seemed
to
promise jointly
to
oppose a formidable barrier not this hope been des-
to further
Mahomedan encroachments, had

their restlessness,
troyed by
territory.
and
their perpetual contests for
power and
were
To
this period of confusion
we may
Most
assign the origin of
most of the Droogst of the Carnatic.

of the lower
of these
new
chiefs
and hardier
classes, the
Baya
or Beder, Gollar
and Vil-
lallur, or the
hunting, pastoral and agricultural tribes; these in their
earlier accession to
power exhibited
traits of fortitude,
hardihood, and
a severity of manners, originating in the simplicity of their original
modes
of
life
that
would have dignified
their resistance to the north-
ern invaders of their country, had they not been marked by excesses
that quickly descended into savage, ferocious contests, feuds, and animosities
among
themselves,
till
their crimes at last
paved the way
for
Historical
Memoirs and Annals

for
of various other
Hindoo families originating
in this
period are collected, but not yet translated, which being wrote in their
own language,
and not intended
European
eyes,
convey their sentiments in forcible terms. Rai-
droog, Mysore, &c. Memoirs.
f As Chitteldroog, Rutlingeery, Hosdroog, Paughur, Gardangeery, and a vast number of others in gradation form impregnable mountains provided with natural springs
of water, to rocks of very inferior height, and proportioned to the condition or talents
of the occupier, Kyfeyats of almost every one are preserved, wherein the circumstances
that gave rise to their occupation at
tutelar Deity of the place,"
first,
whether from " warning in a dream of the
or the " discovery of
some sacred symbol,"
or to the con-
veniences of water and shelter to some bold leader with his savage band, are related
with minute details, and the dates of their foundation are preserved with scrupulous
care in the families originally appointed to keep these records
;
some
of which have
come
into our hands, as
Cancoopa, Chitteldroog, &c.
To no country indeed can
the
description of the Poet be
more appositely applied,

its
for here it
may
be truly said that,
" Not a mountain rears
head unsung" in some Mahatuam, or Pooranum or

or rock
ancient legend; for scarce a
hill
whereon a cistern could be found but has

into
been
of
fortified
with walls,
chief.
sanctified
by temples, and converted

and of petty
the
fastness
some hardy
;
The same
find the
causes give rise to the same order of things in all

of castles
fortresses
nations
and we here
same age
which
in
Europe
followed the dissolution of the

the gradual forming of the
Roman
(I
empire, in the period of anarchy that preceded
modern
had almost
said, late) states of
Europe, actually
following in the South of India the dissolution of the Hindoo monarchy, and preceding
the gradual renovation of one general government.
1844.]
Political Events in the Carnatic,
ftorn
1564
to
1687.
429
the final reduction of their country.
The Bednore
family also in this
interval of universal confusion consolidated their territories along the
Western Ghauts, and further extended

first
their possessions
from their
Raaz's time,
small establishment at Caladee, in the end of

to the coast of
;
Ram
down
south
Honore, and afterwards
to the limits of
Malabar
they resisted and opposed successfully the further advance of the
Beejapoor forces along the sea coast,

themselves in
who
in the
meantime established
the districts of Panch-mahl, lying between

officers established their authority,
Goa and
Honore, where their

forts (as
is
and constructed
already related) to support their acquisitions, and further
their designs on that side,
and probably
to
keep Goa in check at the
same
time.
The provincial
administration of the Beejapoor government
does not ever appear to have been carried further south than the limits
of
Honore
as the country from thence to the borders of
Malabar was
till
held by the native Rannees of Garsoppa, and other petty chiefs, they
17.
fell
under the power of the Bednore family.

series of historical events
For nearly 50 years, a clear connected

A. D. 1645.
is
yet wanting for the state of that side of the Car-
1>
wanting here^brTear50 years.

in series of
18.
na
an
dominion, and the only light
is
derived from
attentive comparison of isolated facts, detailed

collected.
Memoirs now
The
acquisition of the fort
and island of Seringapatam by the

is
A D
this
1609
in
Wuddier
of
Mysore
one of the most remarkable
Seringapatam
of the events, as the cessation of the ancient Rayel
time acquired by the Skiddier fa-
government above the Ghauts may be dated thenceforward, as well as the

first
permanent establishment
of a
new
state that afterwards acquired considerable influence in the
affairs of the Carnatic.
19.
more
detailed account of this family

this further,
and
state,* will explain
Mahomedan conquest time retarded by their own

intestine divisions.
t)
The
progress of the
but of other causes that in the mean . . ,i n l j impeded the Mahomedan progress in the
%
'
f their divisions
among
to
themselves, '
one instance occurs too remarkable

* This
be passed
it
subject being taken up by a hand fully adequate to the subject,

to notice the
might be
unnecessary here
Mysore
transactions, were they not occasionally neces-
sarily involved in a general

facts
view of the state of the Carnatic.

to light since
Some
anecdotes and
connected with their history have also come
Colonel Wilks had col-
lected his materials.
3 o
430
over
;
Political
this
Events in
the
Carnatic,from 1564
to
1687.
[No. 150.
was the temporary government established by the Abyssinian

resisted
Mallik-Amber, who not only successfully
the progress of the
Mogul arms, but laid the governments of Beejapoor and Golconda under
contribution,
and chose the foundation of a new

tlie
state at
Ghurkee,
which afterwards became better known by
name
1
of
'
Aurungabad.
-
The death
A. D. 1626.
,
.
.
.
of his
.
successor in
.
.
626, put an end to

m
this
rising
state
in
its
infancy, which
from the
wisdom, moderation, and policy of

mised
fair
this warrior
and statesman, proof ad-
to
introduce a
more firm and temperate system
ministration into the south, which appears to have been at this time
in a state of the
utmost distraction from the weakness of the several

governments, the ill-judged ambition of their rulers,
menuVthe Moguls
20.
!"
and the encroachments of the Mogul armies, who
now invaded
The
a regular
A. D. 1634.
Fort of Dowlatabad reduced.
the
Deckan on
three quarters.
strong fort of Dowlatabad falling into their hands in 1634,
Mogul government was
established in the
Deckan, of which Burhanpoor r
at first
was the
capital; l
'
but as their conquests became gradually extended,
the seat of government

A. D. 1636.
zebe,
was afterwards removed
to the
more central
situation of
first to
Aurungabad, by the prince Aurungto
who seems
have put every engine in motion
reduce the
Patan governments of Beejapore and Golconda,

to the universal
as the leading steps
domination of the peninsula.
21.
But
so short-sighted
states of
was the
policy of these princes, that though
Mahomedan
Deckan
.the consequence
of
the
weakened by have been obvious, their
Mogul conquests must time and their resources

ill
were consumed in
futile discussions, or
ob-
served treaties, and their resources expended on vain projects or exhibitions of useless pageantry,*
and
in supporting
an extravagant pomp
* The profusion
state of the
this exhibition
of inestimable diamonds and other precious

is
gems which adorned the

writers,
Golconda king,
16th and
detailed minutely by
European
and
so
it is
from
that the celebrity of the mines of Golconda
became
current in
Europe
in the
17th century, as to be used as a common-place topic and

in oriental similes. in his dress
metaphor with our Poets

See Valentyn
See Havart
much
for the vast riches of the
Gol-
conda monarch displayed

also
;
on a
visit to the
European
factories on the coast.
both these works contain
information of the state of the counstate of the
try at that period, in
connexion with their object of an account of the
Dutch
establishments and commerce.
1844.]
Political
Events in
the Carnatic, from
1564
to
1687.
431
that ought to have been rather devoted to a general league for oppos-
ing the
common enemy. Without
possession of
more authentic mate-
rials, it is
only to some of these causes that can be attributed the
joint partition
and conquests of the Zemindars* of the Carnatic,

by the joint
(as
they
affect to call
them,) which was planned and commenced precisely

forces of the rival states of
about
this period
Beejapoor
and Golconda.
22.
On
the occasion,
it is
said, that a
mutual agreementt was en
Now
unite for their
tered into
by the Golconda and Beejapoor governthemselves of the weakened state of
re^ctfoxfan/pLti^
tion of the Carnatic.
ments,
t
to avail
to
h e Carnatic
reduce the several petty chieftains,
and
to divide the
first
country amongst them, each keeping possession of

of,
what they
vited
got possession
in
independent of other motives.

traditions, that
It is
handed down
Hindoo MSS. and

chiefs,
they were in-
by several of the ^7
by the weakness of the government, and

j
Invited by some of the Hindoo chiefs.
tne eterna ^
ar s
and feuds of the petty usurpers,

this interval
aj a hs,
Naiks and Poligars, who in
had
seized the districts,
and formed the country
into several subordinate
petty states, and reduced the remaining branches of the ancient royal
family to an abject dependence on their capricious or venal support.

23.
The Beejapoor
chiefs
having already established a regular
government
in the centre of the Carnatic,
would
find less difficulty in
extending their possessions in that quarter, while the Golconda state

naturally turned
sea coast,
till
its
views towards the South-Eastern quarter, and the
at last they
came
in
mutual
collision.
Our
plan does not
admit of a regular development of

several provinces, nor could
it
their progressive reduction of the
be well attempted here, from a deficiency
term rather applicable
to the original
system of the conquerors in their own
country, than to the former, or the

those of
new
state of these chiefs.
For
it is
well
known
that
still
Bednore and Mysore
in particular,
never acknowledged their power, and
resisted their authority.

f
In consequence of
to the
this treaty,
Gandicotta, Chunderghery, Chingleput and the
country south
Palar was overrun by the Golconda chief, Meer Jumla;
and
Gingee, Vellore, &c. reduced by Mustapha
Cawn from
Beejapoor, from 1646
to 1652,
and were formed

This continued
into provinces
till
under
officers
dependent on Golconda and Beejapoor.

to the pro-
vinces of Carnatic,
Mogul conquest in 1687, when they were annexed Balla Ghaut, or of Payen Ghaut.
the
432
Political
Events in
the Carnatic,
from 1564
to
1687.
\_No. 150.
of materials
a brief statement of the most striking facts sanctioned by
evidence can be therefore only attempted.

24.
The
h
first
invasion of the Beejapoor forces took place in 1636;

at least
A. D. 1636.
n
?,
we have
written evidence that Ranadoolah
S i0
at?c ,
BaUa Gha u"t
Cawn
this
year appeared
in Bednore,
with an army before
by Beejapore.
Cawlevdroog
(where Veeralruddra Naik

seat,
had taken
shelter,)
having destroyed Ickairee, their original
and
overrun the whole country from Bankapoor, Hurryhur, Busuapatam,

A. D. 1638. Progress of Rana-
Tarakeira, &c. In the next year

before Seringapatam,*
we
find
him coming
doolah Cawn.
whence he was repulsed, but

Cavery, and establishBangalore,! whence the
he overrun the whole open country as

ed the
first
far as the
regular
Mahomedan government at
Maagry; and
Poligar was expelled to
at SerahJ
which he made the
capital of the province of Beejapoor, Carnatic Balla Ghaat, then formed

for the first time.
25.
From
if 44
information obtained at Serah, the establishment of the
Beejapoor government there

1644, which
eight years
if correct,
.
is
assigned to the year

this interval of
a. s. 1566. Establishment of
the
shews that
new government
was taken up
in various expeditions
and
reducing the several petty chiefs that had established themselves in provinces,
26. Ranadoolah Cawn||
districts,
and even
the
villages.
commanded
first
army, and
is
stated to
all
have remained in
In the Carnatic.
this
country only two years.
In this time,
the
provincial forms of administration peculiar to the Beejapoor govern-
ment were introduced.
Serah
was
fortified,
and
made
the capital of the province of Carnatic, with seven purgunnahs
dependent, regulated by a complete revenue system, while the Poligars that submitted, were allowed to hold the less fertile tracts on
paying a condanee, or tribute.
Zemindars, garrisons,1T and governors
* Mysore, Callala, and Bednore Memoirs.
f Bangalore and Colar Memoirs.

extinct.
Also the Memoirs of the family of Maagree,
now
X Serah Memoir, and Historical Account of the Nabobs of Serah.
||
Mudgerry Memoir, &c.
&c
field of battle,
list
Rana- Doolah, from Rana, (Sans.),
and Doolah, a bridegroom.

is
II
i
Bangalore Memoir and Serah, where a
of the garrisons
given, and of the
Pol gars.
1844.]
Political Events in
in the forts,
the.
CarnaHc,from 1564
to
1687.
433
civil
were placed
independent in some measure of the

to the chief
governors; and lands in jagheer were granted

officers,
military
and
to the
killadars,
tenures, to maintain a
who were obliged by the nature of their certain number of troops ready for the service
enumerated
in the address
of the state. Thirteen fortresses are
which
Ranadoolah sent on
this occasion to the sovereign, requiring killadars
and troops
to be sent to garrison
them
and we
find that cazies*
were
at the same time sent from the presence to administer justice accord-
ing to the
27-
maxims
of the
Mahomedan
jurisprudence.
Ranadoolah
Cawn
on his departure, committed the important
Ranadoolah leaves charge of Shahjee as his successor.
Soobadar of the province

officer,
to
Shahjee, a
Marhatta
who
appears to have been high in

of this
is
his estimation
and confidence; a remarkable instance

of Sheevajee, of the noble
stated
in the
Memoirs
and extraordinary
effort of
the
Mahomedan
chief that saved the devoted Shahjee from the cruel

of that
punishment awarded by the intrigues
weak
this
court.
28. It might be esteemed remarkable, that the firstt
Mahomedan
And the first Mahomedan government regulated by

financial principles,
government established
sh
in
important province
uld be committed to a Hindoo chief, did not the
distinguishing traits of the system of administration

that was adopted by the Turkish founders of Beeja-
on a system novel in prothe southern
mi
poor explain, what
is
otherwise not very reconcilable
to the general spirit of fanaticism that
marked
the
first
Mahomedan
invaders, conscious of the difficulty of a body of isolated adventurers
maintaining themselves in the midst of a foreign land, amidst millions

possessing opinions
and habits of
life
so very opposite to their
own,
and
East.
at constant variance with their brother states on the
North and
They seem
to
have early adopted a system evincing more libera-
* Colar Memoir, &cThree copies are
Some
of the sunnuds granted to these cazies
still
remain.
in the collection of grants.
f It mightbe deemed remarkable, that only three years previous to this date, the first grant of territory was issued to the English factory at Madras by the acknowledged
sovereign of the Carnatic, the representative of the ancient legitimate Hindoo govern-
ment, Sree liunga-Rayel, then residing at Chundragerry.

then
is
actually three years prior to any
established
The English government Mahomedan government of the
South.
See
Translation of a Memoir, Appendix No.
1.
434
lity
Political
Events
in the
Camatic, from. 1564
to 1687.
[No. 150.
and
political sagacity,
than had hitherto marked the traces of these
invaders.
29. In the Turkish origin of this family
;
and the succession of adrf
Remarks on
the
Beejapoor Government, supported by a foreign militia and

feudal tenure.
venturers they encouraged from Turkey, Arabia, and ' J n

Persia,
.
.
may
.
be traced perhaps some of these distin-
guishing
in
traits.
The Timaryet system* seems
to
have been followed
their extensive jagheers to their
munsubdars
militia, the
and
chiefs,
some of
whom
held very extensive tracts, (as Savanoor,
Ankola, &c); while the introduction of a body of foreign
to have been borrowed from the Mamelukes and Janiwho in both cases were formed from slaves, or prisoners of war, purchased when young, and reared up in all the strictness of military
Hubshees, seem
zaries,
subordination.
We
find accordingly, that the
Hubshees furnished some

;
of the ablest statesmen
and warriors
of the state
purchased when
young, through the medium of the Arabian traders, they knew no

other country than that which reared them;
no other lord than him
who
and
cherished their youth. Educated about the court in the religion

in the
accomplishments of the sovereign, they became attached
to
the prince from personal gratitude, from respect, and from the power of
early habits
;
and
in various instances, manifested a zeal

to
and
spirit of
loyalty, highly honorable in their patrons and

ful to their adopted country.
themselves, and use-
30.
Not
of
'
in this instance alone
was the
policy of the Bejapoor state

political fiits
conspicuous,
economy
that
a superior knowledge of
to
nance seems also
have distinguished
genera
Brahmins"
employed.
chiefly
administration. Their institutions for regulating the
country breathed a
spirit
moderate and mild, and

;
well adapted to cherish agriculture, nor was commerce neglected
and
they
very
sagaciously availed themselves of the acute and subtle

is
genius of that classt of their native subjects, which
so well
accommo-
dated to the arrangements of finance and of political economy.
The
This
suggestion
is
mentioned not without considerable hesitation; and without

it
clearer information on the subject,
might be presumptuous
to offer
it,
any further than
as a conjecture founded on concurring resemblance.

is a remarkable instance of the inconvenif In Ferishta's Deckan, Vol. I, p. ence to which these native financiers were exposed, through the suspicions of the less
enlightened and ambitious nobles of Beejapoor.
1844.]
secular
Political Events in the Carnatic, from
1564
to 1687.
435
Brahmins were
which the
therefore
employed with advantage in these

ill
situations,
first
rude warriors could
manage.* In Ankola,
prevail,
in Sanoor, in Serah, the vestiges of this system
still
and where-
ever their armies moved, they appear to have been accompanied by

these able accountants, (the Dessayets.)
therefore find this system
still
In Bangalore and Colar,
we
(or recently) prevailing
under
all its
several ramifications, while the provincial system of the
Raya Samas-
tan prevails in all the districts that had not been organized as settled
provinces, but left under the
payment
of a tribute in their interior
arrangements
31.
to the rule of the
native chiefs.
The
choice of Shahjee under such a government,

_
may
be there-
Reflections on the character of Shahjee.
fore attributed to a superior degree of political saga.
city
and we accordingly
is
,.,*.,,,.-, that the establishment

find,
of the
new system
still
of
management
attributed to him,
who was
its
des-
tined to be
more distinguished afterwards

to
as the founder of a
dynasty and power, that in about 120 years was

nearly over
gressive
all
extend
influence
India,
and gave the
first
serious check to the protill
growth of the Mahomedan power,
the
discomfiture of the
Marhattas at Paniput in 1761.

32. In the Bangalore, Serah and Colar districts, this arrangement of
revenue management lately prevailed, as described in an authentic
Memoir, preserved by one of the descendants of the
first
accountants,
where, after describing the arrangement of purgunnahs by Shahjee, he

proceeds:
%
* Hence
droog,
the countries subject to the
new
families of Bednore, Mysore,
Chittleto
Raidroog,
&c, whose
chiefs are
registered as
zemindars, were found
be
managed according to
the ancient system, while Bangalore, Colar and Serah, as organiz-
ed provinces, were registered by this
new
system,
managed by
the Dessayet Brahmins.
f The Raidroog MS. saved by
accident, clearly shews this as well as the Bednore,
&c. Memoirs. This book states the original revenues of their country, and the mode by
which the demands of the contending powers were assessed

tribution on the ryuts, in proportion to the original rent.
as
an extraordinary (a) con-
X Literal translation from a Memoir, furnished by one of the descendants of these Dessayet Brahmin officers in the Colar district. (Mar.)
(a)
These extraordinary contributions appear also
to
have been practised in the more ancient

of
provinces of the Southern Dravida countries, under the

tions contain information of the taxes
name
dund. This
last chiefs of Inscrip-
and customs levied on the subjects by the ancient govern-
ment.
436
Political
Events in
the
to 1687.
[No. 150.
33. "
Having formed
these seven purgunnahs, he arranged the subor-
dinate divisions of samoots, taruifs,

Notice of the
mowza and
,
tem
sysof managenent in1
mazara of each purgunnah, and appointed Jemradars.

ants
"1
Jhtcarnatfc^
"*
In the time of the Rayels, the accountcalled
had what we
Sumpratees, but the
Marhattas introduced the different

1.
offices of
Deshpondee,
Coolkurnee,
4.
Deshmook,
Canoongo, &c.
2.
3.
5.
Sirnaad-Goud,
also appointed
and the accounts of the countries were kept by them. He

serishtadars to all the purgunnahs.
to
When
jagheers were
granted
the killadars
and munsubdars by the Circar, the revenue account was previously examined, and the new
to
of the district for the last years
revenue rated annually on the jagheer
be granted."
free
34. " In fixing the revenue thus established, the enams, or

gift
lands,
land
customs, &c. were discontinued or deducted, and
the net revenue more or less
than the former,
ascertained
by the
means
35.
of Zemindars."*
The Deish Coolkurneeka was

s ig n jt
to
write the cowl.puttah, (con-
A.D.
1614.
tract or leaset for the revenue,)
and the Deishponda was
to
A. S. 1566.
in
Marhatta characters
at the
bottom of the paper.

to
The Deishmook, Deishponda, Canoongo, and Sirnaad-Goud were also add their signatures to the written deed, and the Emuldar finally
seal
it.
to
36. These regulations were introduced by the Marhattas, whose forms

are
still
used
but
it
should be carefully recollected, that this regular
system of revenue be not confounded with the irregular contributions

* What were these Zemindars? Were they
of the
officers of
government, or did any
offices
same description
suppose the
hereditary,
among the Hindoo governments previously? I should Naad-Gouds and Gram-Gouds were officers appointed by government, but and equivalent to the officers now introduced by Shahjee. The Naatexist
institutes of
Prabhoos of the ancient government was lord of the district, the very term used in the Manoo, " Lords of villages of 10,000 and 1000" are actually used in grants
of the fifteenth century, remaining on several stokes at Calasa,

is
where Bhyrasa Vadeyar

think no lease was
denominated " Lord of 1000 villages."
f Here we
find the first notice of a lease,
and there
is
reason
to
issued under the Southern
Hindoo management.
(Potta.)
1844.]
levied
Car ntttic, from 1564
to
1687.
437
yea'rs at
by the Marhatta armies in the Carnatic within a few
terwards, when under the memorable denomination of choute,* (which was only introduced at the end of Aurungzebe's reign,) they laid the
whole Deckan under contribution.

37. Several grants
Evidence
in
and sunnudsf
to
of .^hahjee
and
his
successors
existing
dis-
down
galore
1686,
still
preserved in the districts of Banpossibility of
the
Eastern
tricts
thereof.
and Colar, place beyond a

till
doubt
to
the existence of this government, which
very recently, appeared

of
have been unknown
to
Europeans.
The forms
till
management by Ze-
mindars, Deishpondas, &c. existed

the original Dessayets are
in various branches of our
still
lately,
and the descendants of
spread over the country, and employed

administration.
of the
own
38.
The
financial
administration
Beejapoor
Mahomedan
Nizam
all
government was thus early committed
to the direction of that class of
Hindoo
Brahmins,
denominated
in
to
this
country Dessayet,
Shahee, or Marhatta^ Brahmins, and
whose hands the custody of

little variation,
public records and accounts have been, with
since con-
tinued
particularly in
till
Balla Ghaut, by the different
Mahomedan
successions,
they were transferred with the exercise of sovereign
authority to the English government. In the lower country, where the
Golconda government preceded the Mogul, the management was

ly
chief;
committed
to
another class of Brahmins provincially distinguished

to
but as the mode of administration peculiar
the Southern provinces

||
demands a previous knowledge

and more ample accounts
over
of the history
of the earlier period,
of these districts, that subject
may
be passed
now
to
resume the progress of the Mahomedan conquests.
notice of the origin of the choute in the Bednore or Calladee Family History. f List of twenty-six sunnuds preserved in the Bangalore Colar &c districts, to the grant of Eckojee in A. D. 1670, copies (and even facsimiles of some of them,) are taken
to
* See
authenticate the existence and nature of the government then established in the
Upper Carnatic.
% Serah, Pennaconda, and Bangalore Memoirs.
Neyogee
or employed, or secular, in contradistinction to the
Vidwamsas,
or then-
logian Brahmins.
||
considerable collection of ancient Grants from
all parts of
the
Tamul
countries
is
in progress,
and translations
this
of several of
them seem
to
throw a very clear and de-
cided light on
subject
3 r
438
39.
Political
Events in the Carnatic, from 1564
to
1687.
QNo.
150.
The Beejapoor
generals having reduced or expelled most of the
A. D. 1644.
petty Polligars, as Tavar Kaira, Bangalore, Ruttingury,
A. s. 1566.
y seem now reducing the remaining Hindoo

t jj e
t0
nave Deen prevented from wholly
chiefs,
by
their
own
intestine
wars at
home,
gur,
their contentions
with the states of Golconda and of Ahmednugof watching the progressive
and from the necessity
movements
of
the
Moguls from the North. was recalled* within a very few years
consequence, as
hig
it is
40. Shahjee
Shahjee
to
to Beejapoor, in
recalled
said, of the disturbances raised
by
Beejapoor.
sQn SeVaj ee
in the district of
Poonah,
it
who hav-
ing seized upon several of the forts of the Concan,
was imagined
Doubtful profirst
that the influence of the father might have been successfully exerted
to bring the son to
a due sense of his duty to the
state.
Leaves his family in the government of

the Eastern districts,
bably of the result, or desirous (as the a Hindoo)

to
provide for his family,
.,-,-.!..
wish of
it is
stated that
previous to his departure for the capital, he
made an arrangement of the Southern provinces, and divided them among the children he had by ano;
ther consort
his favorite residence
had been confined
to
Bangalore and
Colar, the former (Bangalore) he bestowed on Eckojee, the founder of the
And
on
confers con-
Tanjore family, and Colar, Hoscotta, &c. on four of his

other children and his chief minister.
f
h'fdepenStsTt
The
evidence
his departure.
the grantst of this chief and his successors re-
maining
in these districts, sufficiently prove the existence of this conit is
tinuation of their government, in which
remarkable that no notice
is
taken of the superior government and of the sovereign, agreeable to
Hindoo form.
41. This subordinate government under these Marhatta families existed
for
Which they govemed for 48 years.
48 years in these
sent
districts;
and
until
Cassim
Cawn was
by Aurungzebe
to prosecute
his successes to the
Southward, who deprived the progeny of Shahjee

which united,
fully illustrate that part of
* Memoirs f Copies
of Sevajee of Tanjore, &c. &c.
the history of the times.

of
some
of these grants
were sent
to
Poona
in 1807, but no information
could be obtained there on the subject, and the meaning of the previous formula was not
known. See Bangalore Grants

in
in collection of
Sassanums
they begin with three of
Shabjee's, 1642 to 1650, and end with one of Eckojee's, 1670, and one of his Dewan's
1681.
1844.]
Political
Events in
the

to the
to
1687-
439
of their possessions,
and annexed them
immediate jurisdiction
of the khalsa (or exchequer,) as a dependency on the newly-formed
soobah of Beejapoor, under the

42.
name
of Beejapoor Carnatic.
While the government
of Beejapoor
was gradually reducing the

. t
Progvess of Golconda in reducing the Eastern dependencies of the Car-
upper provinces of the ancient Carnatic, the state

ol
Golconda had extended

the
its
acquisitions in equal
^^^ ^
NE> &nd
gjg quarters>
A D
A.
43. Of the progress of the Golconda government in acquiring their share of the spoils of the Carnatic, we have yet obtained by 1646
S. 1568.
few
connected accounts.
In pursuance of agreement with
Beejapoor, they would appear to have about the same time also sent an
army
into the Eastern Carnatic adjacent to the territory of Guntoor,*
Guntoor.Guddapa,
and reduced the whole

Ghauts, including
still
tracts lying along the coast,
gltputToonamalli; and thence
extended their conquests above the
&c
Cummum, Cudappa
and Gooty;
these were then
nominally dependent on the Rayel at Chundra-
geery;f but in fact at this time in the hands of various petty chiefs
who had usurped all the authority of government under different titles. The chief places and forts appear to have fallen successively, but the materials yet obtained, afford no regular detail of the operations. The famous Meer Jumla,who afterwards revolted to Aurungzebe, and was
so instrumental to his success in ascending the throne,
was the
;
principal
general employed by the king of Golconda on the service

said on this occasion,
and
it is
he| enriched himself enormously by wealth acquir-
ed in the conquest.
44.
Gingee, the strong fortress of that name, was reduced by Musn tails
,
t to
n Vjingee
tapha Cawn,S and that family descended from one '> r J

f
Beejapoor.
th e ancient established nobility of Beejanuggur,
* Guntoor
by Golconda
the Hindoos,
or
Condaver, was reduced
to the
government of Sultan Abdulla-Cootub

be observed that
it
it
Shah, A. D. 1646.
Condaver Annals,
p.
28.
It is to
was conquered
lost
in 1580,
till its
but after 36 years' possession,
was recovered and
twice by
final reduction this year.
f Chundrageery fell A. D. 1646. Sree Permadoor Memoir. X Particularly from the Diamond-mines, whereone remarkable gem
object of imperial avarice and avidity.
is
recorded as an
MustaphaCawn was probably one

memorable irruption
of the Beejapoor generals,,
when Sevajee made

as a
his
into the Carnati*.
He
appears
to
have considered Gingee
440
Political
Events in
the
Camaticffom 1564
to
1687. [No. 150.
was extirpated. Tripassoor, Chingleput and Chundrageery, the capitals

of the nominal Rayel, were at last taken, but under
what circumstances
;
we do
not learn, whether by
negotiation or by siege
but
it is
report-
ed that the Golconda forces were invited by the Naig of Tripassoor,
and that the

This
is
last,
Sree
Runga Rayel,
fled to the
Bednore chief
for aid.
confirmed by the records of that family, which mentions, that

actually put an
Sewapa Naik
vanced
ther he
to
army in motion
thirteen years afterwards,
to restore the ancient Rayel Samstan,*and as a preparatory measure, ad-
Seringapatam, with a view of taking that stronghold.

serious in wishing to restore a
Wheaf-
was
government that might
terwards resume the newly-acquired power of his
own
family, or only
designed to weaken the rival power of Mysore under the authority of a
nominal sovereign, (a practice not unknown among the Hindoos,) does

not clearly appear
;
nor what became of the existed prince after this
unsuccessful attempt.
45.
Thus
the whole Eastern districts appear by degrees to have
Golconda acquisitions extended to the

Palar.
come under the Golconda government

.
as far as the
river
Palar,
which was the limit where these con-
quests
Origin
came
of
in contact
the
with the Beejapoor conquests, soon after seized
upon the Marhatta chief Eckojee.
This province!
Hydrabadee Fay en
Ghaut.
came afterwards
to
be distinguished in the registers

their
by the name of Hydrabadee Payen Ghaut, while

were denominated Hydrabadee Balla Ghaut.
46.
upper conquests
The
military
command was
.
as usual
placed in
Mussulman
Nature of the government established by Golconda.

still
havildars,;j;
&c, while
the financial administration
was committed
of
to the class of
Brahmins distinguished
by the name
Golconda Neyogee,
The account
(or employed.)
it
The system
of
dependency of Beejapoor, and therefore claimed

his father's acquisitions.
from
his brother
Eckojee, as part of
this
of the contentions
between the brothers on
occasion
is
curious,
and
illustrative of the character of the parties
and manners of the
times. Vellore, a part of these acquisitions, was surrendered to the Marhattas A.
D.
and
to
Sevajee A. D. 1677.
Madras Records.
of the Religious Stallums, and in
* Sree Permadoor Account, obtained from one

its
dates appearing to be sufficiently authentic.
The province
of Gingee extended to the sea-coast, and from the
Palar
to the
Coleroon South; Tanjore lay beyond the Coleroon. For the reduction of these countries
by the Marhattas, see Memoirs of Sevajee and of Tanjore, Appendix No.

X Havildar.
2, 3, 4, 5,
&c.
This
is
the designation of their office in Havart's Floris and other Tra-
vellers of these times,
and the Madras Records.
1844.]
Political
Events in
the Carnatic,
from 1564
to
1647.
441
of that
Podellee Lingapa,* then said to be established by a
Brahmin
name,
is
still
known
in
our own system

its
of
management.
Thus
the
Carnatic on either side came in
revenues to be administered by
two different classes of foreign Brahmins, Marhatta and TelHnga, acting under the authority of a double Mahomedan government, whose forms
and documents then introduced are
still
erroneously recurred
to,
as
standards of the ancient system of financial administration! in the

Carnatic.
47.
The Beejapoor
&c, appear
to
generals on the either side, from their capitals of
Serah,
have reduced the country North of Ghooty, with

dominions
the Polligars dependent on it; and then extended their

A.
1652.
into the vale of Canoul and the Circar of Nundial; and
finally
to
concluded the treaty of Penaconda in some haste, probably

its
prevent
;
falling
into
the hands of their
Golconda
allies
and
rivals
for,
notwithstanding their apparent amity, which necessity only
caused, the utmost jealousy and rivalry at times appeared, heightened
by the animosities produced by opposite

sects.
4tt.
religious opinions of different
The
ablest of the
Golconda generals rebelling
in the
mean
time,
the prince
Aurungzebe readily availed himself
of this favorable cirto
cumstance, and gave extraordinary encouragement

not so
Meer Jumla;
much
influenced by his acknowledged talents perhaps as by the
deep designs of that artful statesman on the imperial throne, and the
future subjugation of the whole peninsula.
49.
Such was the

in 1677
all
state of the times

is
when a Native author

to the
confor
* This Brahmin
Golconda of
sions,"
stated in the Records to have been
"then Governor
what
the country extending from
Armigam, South
Beejapoor possesor
in
comprehending
in fact the ancient province of
Tanda-mundalum,
latter times
became
the jagheer of the

this
Company.
generally refers to the provinces South of the
It will
be recollected, that
Toombuddra,
or the Carnatic, the proper subject of this paper; while in Hindostan, the
institutions of the
Patan and Mogul emperors had been so long established
as 7 or 8
centuries; and in Bengal for 200 years. See Grant's Enquiry.
chiefs
X The sects of Soonee and Sheya divide the Mahomedans of India. were generally of the latter, holding Ali in great reverence.
This
little tract
The Golconda
containing the most authentic account of the Southern kin^s from
the 13th century, was apparently written about the year 1646, the very year in which the
Mahomedans expelled
to
the last of the Rayels from Chundergeery, and was probably
meant
spirits.
excite the hopes of a deliverer of the Hindoos, and to revive their drooping
Gutpurtee
MS.
442
Political Events in the Carnatic,
from 1564
list
to
1687. [No. 150.
eluding a chronological, but succinct
of their ancient kings, conevils that

fall
veyed under the disguise of a prophecy, denouncing the
were
to ensue,
after declaring that the
country shall then

shall appear.
unto
great disorder,
and prodigies and omens

all
Callee shall appear in the world in

prietors, occupiers, nobles,
The goddess her wrathful form. The proall
inhabitants and
the children of the
South
shall perish,
mankind
shall be in strife
and war, the demons
every where exciting to

street.
strife
and arms
in
every town and in every
the
The Munnovars (the great nobles,) shall be obliged to obey command of Mussulmans, and be like sheep led to the slaughter,
concludes with a prophetic annunciation* of a deliverer and conqueror

to
come,
pression.
who should Then the
relieve the natives
from their
shall
distress
and op-
divine Veera
Vasunta
appear,
young
women and
had the
virgins shall announce his approach with songs of joy,
and
the skies shall shower

effect that
down
flowers, &c.
These prophecies undoubtedly

resistance to the
was designed, of stimulating
weak-
er administrations of the
Deckan, and exciting hopes of a conqueror

nation
;
and
deliverer of their
own
but
relief
was not yet destined
to
come through the means
of a Hindoo.
To
elucidate the causes and
progress of the approaching change of government; to explain the pretensions of the several competitors,
and the actual
state of the
two ex-
piring
Mahomedan governments
that were
it
in the prevailing fortune of the Moguls,
now about to be absorbed may be satisfactory to trace
back the chain of events that preceded the furthest extension of that
empire.
* This resemblance
to
other well
known prophecies
in India,
of other nations and times

stir
is
striking; in fact they have been
made
use of in all nations to
up the populace, and
nowhere oftener or with greater
effect than
where the doctrine of the Me-
tempsychosis particularly favors these opinions that are industriously propagated by the
class of
Jungums.
We
have had very recent instances of the use
to
which they are
converted.
Copies of several of these pretended prophecies circulated by these people,
some
so late as 1805, are translated.
1844.]
Political
Events in
the Carnatic, from
1564
to I6B7.
443
II.
50.
The
first
Mahomedan
Jected,
conquerors of the Deckan,

.
it
will be recol-
Retrospective view of the progress of the Mahomedan invasions

1
were Patans, led on by the redoubted Allah,

c
.
wno
ror? *
atter a senes of cruelties
and
rapacities that
...
6
:
Pata^TîMoguls
a. D. 1293.
raake the
Mussulman name
still
an object of hor-
finally
reduced the provinces South of the
Godavery
into the form of a province,
denominated from
(or South,)
its
relative
position to Delhi, the
Deckan, or Dutchen
is
though errone-
ously, as
the
word
properly applicable,
and understood by the
ancient Hindoo geographers! to comprehend the whole of the South

of India, or Dutchen, in contra-distinction to Hindostan, the country
North
51.
of the
It
is
Nerbudda.
to detail
not the intention here
the events by which their
Carnatic first conqUGl A. D. J324. 3 b Betja?ugg ur found. ed, and a new Hindoo dynasty established. A. u. 1344. Resolution of the
power was
finally^ established in the central parts,

to
while they were forced
leave very
soon
the
Southern provinces of Dravida and of Carnatic, &c.

t0 tne natives
under a new dynasty of princes, who
(from Memoirs
to
now more clearly
developed,) appear
.
Patan chiefs of Dec6
have been actually about that period only
es-
formeTatCufbunra. A. D. 1338.
tablished.
f
t
The
bold and ill-concerted measures
^ e succeeding Emperor,
seat of imperial
Mahomed
to
III,
and the
attempt
to
remove the
government
the centre at
* The kine-slaying Turkalloo,
are emphatically mentioned in one of the ancient
Kalla Canara Inscriptions at Basaral, dated A. D. 1135, or A. S. 1057.
world.
f As given in their several Boogolums, or geographical descriptions of the Hindoo The Dutchen of the Hindoos comprehends the peninsula stretching South of the
is
Nerbudda and Maha-nuddi, and

the countries lying to the South.
the
Dachen-abads of the Periplus, which
signifies
J Waruncull was taken in A. D. 1324, (Daw,) the

in the most material facts.
MS. account of its dynasty
agrees
Beejanuggur, the capital of the new kingdom, was then only established, though
it
Ferishta asserts they had existed 7U0 years before, confounding

capital and
with the ancient
kingdom
of Callian, of
which Beejal Hoy had been King. Door-Samooder,

)
(the capital of the Carnatic at this time,
was taken in A. D. 1326, Daw,

also
vol.
p.
same
which
is
confirmed by inscriptions.
Gampila
which appears
to
have been then a
capital of
some consequence,
history of this
situated not far from Beejanuggur, was taken at the

is
time.
The
kingdom
still
obscure, but might probably be explained

in our possession.
by a translation
of the life of
Campila Kajah, a MS.
444
Political
Events in
the
Camatic, from 3564
to
1687. [[No. 150.
Dowlatabad, the rebellion
of the
;
Mahomedan
chiefs of
Deckan, an
the dissatisfaction of the nobles
with the revolution by which the

of
new Mahomedan
Culburga and
Southern
state of
Deckan was formed under the Sultans
Beder, are
now
to
well
known
to
to
Europeans
but the
cause of the cessation of their inroads, by which for 364* years, the
Hindoos were
is
left
themselves
form
new
states
and
new
governments,
not so clearly understood perhaps, nor that with
considerable success they repelled the forces and repeated efforts of
Weakened by
6 di V i
in-
these warlike enthusiastic Northern nations.

of the chief CaUSeS P roceeded from the
One
Maho-
four o v erame nts t'ormed bv the Patans.
^W
me dan
states
early splitting into four or five dif-
ferent principalities,
who were
constantly engaged in hostilities with
each other,
till
religious zeal on their side,
and imprudent arrogance

that terminated in the
is
on that of
Ram
Raj, brought on the
last
;
war
subversion of the
Hindoo monarchy
otherwise there
sufficient
evidence to think, that some of them (the Adil-Shaha and Dowlatabad

chiefs)
would have rather supported the Hindoo

rivals,
state as a check to
their
had they not been goaded on by religious prejudices.
52. Exclusive of the revolt of
Deckan
chiefs
to
about
this period, the
The Northern
dostaa
tribes
Northern hordes appear

limits of Hindostan,
have approached the

find
tte^ront^sTHinA. D. 1295.
, ,
and we
them harassing
the empire,
till
by turns defeated
or bribed from 1295
1326
.
when
their leader, Seri, of a tribe
named Za-
,,
J oUo. 1305. 1326.
gatai,
then entirely
sum almost
Hindoos, was induced by a . ... T the price of the empire to retire, an act of
to
.
.
new
improvidence,
which joined
to
their
growing confidence in their
numbers, stimulated by exaggerated ideas of the wealth of India, or

rather of the Deckan, (for in fact from Jellingana,
Carnatic, were supplied those
*
Waruncull and the
immense! sums
that could be only reck-
From 130U
is
to 1664.
f It
difficult at first to
conceive whence
this
wealth could come, but when
it
is
recollected that
considerable quantities of gold have been worked throughout the
Peninsula, added to what might be imported by an early commerce with the Eastward,
and reflecting that the constant accumulation

foreign invasion or expedition,
of ages
had never before been wasted by
some
credit
may
be given to the quantities said by the

It is to
is
Mahomedan
then
little
writers to be carried off by Allah.

in the Peninsula,
be observed that silver was
known
and
as a coin,
never mentioned in any ancient
Records or Grants.
1844.]
to
1687.
445
oned by weight.) These

And
ultimately es'
tribes uniting in greater force, at last
under a
descendant of the great
Timur
established them-
SSS^taÛi?
A. D. 1498.
selves on this side of the Indus,
and
in the govern-
mentof Delhi
in
498 under the celebrated Baber, the

This happened precisely three
;
founder of the Mogul dynasty in India.

years after Vasco
De Garna's arrival in India

first
the
Moguls then appearing

South thencefortill
on the North, while the Europeans

53.
arrived by sea in the South.

to the
The
progress of the
Mogul conquests
Wno
extend their
ward, though slow, was unremitted,*
at last
Akbar having subdued

a. D. 1364.
the Patans, from that time
the Emperors of Delhi turned their views entirely to the South, and at
tne period
we
are
now come
to, after
taking Doulatabad in
1634, and reducing the whole country to the Godavery into the form
of a province, the capital of their Southern conquests
was established
far
under the province Allum Ghur, at a favorable situation not

a. D. 1654.
from
th e ancient
Hindoo
capital of Deogheer, near the village
of Kurkee,
where the
seat of
government was now established by the
name
54.
of
Aurungabad.j
of the
The encroaching power

establish a vice-
Moguls from
this
time forward
And
C
considerably weakened the Southern confederacy,
when/
Aurunizebe
an d
now under an
prince,
ambitious and
enterprizing
e C P uest^f t\iewhoi e Pe*ninsula.
voun g
seriously threatened their existence

;
as independent states
was that several
of the secret views in consome of them women,

or South of India,
In this interval
it
Mahomedan
Missionaries,
from motives of zeal
for
propagating Islamism, and agreeable
to that fanatic spirit that
animated the
first
followers of
Mahomed, came
into the
Deckan
forming establishments, and planted the seeds of the faith in the heart of the countries
still
retained by the infidels, as they denominated the Hindoos.

at
The Durgahs
Durgahs
at
of the
Owliah
Kurkee, now Aurungabad, and several along the Western Ghauts of

of Seraje-ud-deen at Culburga, and further South; the
of Trichinoply,
Deckan and
Pen-
naconda near Colar, Secander Mulla perhaps that

places were established previous to the
and in different other
Mogul
their
invasion of the Deckan,
and equally
proving the unremitting zeal of the Moslem Missionaries, as of the inoffensive, unresisting spirit of the Hindoos,
who under
to
own independent
Pricees, admitted these

of religion.
fanatic usurpers in
some places even
occupy their own temples
Curious
anecdotes of this spirit appear in the Kerala Ulpati, or History of the Establishment
of Malliallum, in the History of Poona, and in the
Memoir
of
Pennaconda.
f The walls of the city or sharpenna, were, however, only completed in A. D. 1683, on the Emperor's return to Deckan the second time. See Hakeekul, Part III, under
that vear.
*
3y
446
Political
Events in
the Carnatic, from
1564
to
1687.
[No. 150.
templation of this prince of reducing the
Mahomedan
provinces of
Deckan, there
exists
an evident proof in one of
his letters to his father
Shah Jehan, wherein he
states, that the representative of the
Anagoon-
dy family had actually

of
proffered to
become Mussulman
to obtain his
aid in recovering the ancient dominions of his family from the powers
Golconda and Beejapoor, and thence recommends

it
is
his case to the
royal presence, though

to
hardly possible
to give
unlimited credit
a proposition so repugnant to the feelings of a Hindoo Rajah.

yet believe
it
We
and
may
might be suggested from

that every encouragment
political
motives,
to
can however
infer,
was given
detach the
Hindoo
chiefs
from the Deckan confederacy.

III.
55. It
was probably
in consequence of these views,
and
to
strengthen
conduct of the two governments

of
Weak
their resources
by the
total
subjugation of the lesser
Deckan.
iff
Hindoo
the Car-
states in
their rear, that the
two courts
of
partition
Beejapoor and Golconda are stated about that time

to
have arranged that plan of partition of the Carna-
tic
already mentioned, by which either of them were instantly to take

it,
possession of the smaller states that were near
and
to retain
what
And put
cutlon '
it
in exe-
tne y respectively got possession
of.
We have seen the

tribute, or
extent of this plan taking effect in the reduction of
the Upper Carnatic as far as the Cavery,
by (candenee)
coast of
by
(candauem) established
far as the Coleroon
;
rent,
and of the sea
Coromandel as
but Travancore, Malabar and the lower pro-
vinces beyond the Coleroon, scarcely appear to have been visited by a
Mahomedan army, from

century until the period
56.
the
first
invasion of the Patans in the 13th
we now
approach.
into Hindostan to support
his
Aurungzebe having marched*

views
tlie
A. D. 1656.
to the throne;
and having
and
carried with
him
and
the
zeWs
return
toHin-
most
se ^ ect officers
troops of his province,
dostan lose the opthe celebrated Meer Jumlah among them, ' & portunity of strengthening themselves. chiefs and provinces of the Deckan were left
once
more
to themselves, as the Imperialists acted
on the defensive during
his absence.
*
See Vansittart's Account of Aurungzebe,
p. 2,
and the Hakeekut, Part
iii,
under
this year.
844.]
Political
Events in
the
Camatic, from 1564
to
1687.
447
57. In this interval, they might have strengthened themselves
had
,
Weakness
states of
of the
their conduct been directed
by the common maxims

,
Beejapoor and Golconda.
of policy or prudence
. ~ but both these states of Gol,
conda and Beejapoor were

poor, towards the
now
fast
verging to their decline.

reign,
At
Beeja-
end of Secunder Adil Shah's
and under the
weak minority
that succeeded, the court
was disturbed, and every

too great a preponderance
measure perplexed by the intrigues of eunuchs and of women, and by

the feuds of the nobles,
of power,
who having acquired
by
their factions
and arrogance, became

;
fully prepared to
receive the yoke of a conqueror
while at Golconda, the sovereign sunk
in the extreme of sensual pleasure, or absorbed in the flights of fanatic
devotion, abandoned the
helm
of state to his ministers,
who
being Hin-
doos and Brahmins, are supposed to have secretly encouraged the plans
of Sheevajee,
and instigated the vain
resistance to the increasing de-
mands
58.
of the Emperor, that could only be* satisfied ultimately by the
entire reduction of
Golconda
to the state of a province.
Aurungzebe having by superior

his brothers,
.
.
policy or stratagem, overcame

his father, ascended the
Aurungzebe ascends
the throne. A. D. 1657.
and confined
,
imperial throne in the year following, and soon after
sent his brother-in-law, Chaista
Khan,
the chief of the
Omrahs,|
as
subadar of the Deckan, in place of his son

recalled.
Mahomed Mauzim, who was
59. It
is
possible that this choice
was influenced by the necessity of

officer to
Sends his generals to check the disorders in Deckan.
sending some experienced
check the rising

genius at once
disorders in Deckan, where a

to
new
starting up,
seemed
throw obstacles in the way of the emperor's de-
sign of the universal reduction of the South,
and threatened
to
wrest
that prey from his talons on

It is also said,
which he had long prepared
to
pounce.
he was provoked by personal motives of wounded pride

rival of his power, the
against this
new
Marhatta Seevajee, who,

full detail is
in the
* In the Dutch work of Havart, Vol.
ii,
Chap. 2d, a
given of the state
of that court in 1686, immediately previous to the conquest, and of the character of the
King and
his ministers.
This work appears
to
have been unknown
to
Onne when he
barely quoted
published his Historical Fragments of the Mogul Empire in 1782.

in the notes of the late edition.
It is
f The
rah
is
recall of
Mahomed Mauzim and
the mission of Chaista
Khan-Amccrul Om*
mentioned by Vansittart under
this year, p. 25.
448
Political
Events in the Carnatic from 1564

t
to
1687.
[No. 150.
short space of three years
had not only wrested the Concan and the

on the contributions and
numerous
the settled
60. It
is
hill forts of
the Ghaats, from the government of Beejapoor,

territories of
but had even dared
to intrude
Mogul
provinces.
(Mamalik Maroosa.)
not necessary here to enter into the events that crowd upon
Seevajee the attention in this remarkable period ; nor the stirs up the Marhattas tor the first time cause of these successes, which encouraged an ob-
Where
scure adventurer, a
young man,
assisted
by none of the usual ad-
vantages of royal birth, or high pretensions from military experience,

to
contend at
first
successfully with the armies of experienced warriors

re-
formed by the wars of the Deckan, and ultimately with the more
doubted armies of Hindostan, flushed with their
victories in the contentions for the crown.
late conquests
and
61. It should not

Reflections
e
however escape observation, that much of
his suc-
on the cess
Va
sucS
was owing
to the popularity of his cause,
and we
extraordLar y
ce
s?,
may
suppose that the Hindoos, in this enterprizing
young chief believed thev saw one of those heaven., & The rigor of the J Emperor to the Hin- inspired heroes that they were told was to appear, doos ; their hopes of a to deliver them from foreign oppression and thralnational deliverer,
dom, the rigorous
edicts of the
Emperor
was
;
also in regard to their religion,
whereby a
poll tax, (the Jessyah,)
laid
on every Hindoo, doubtless
encouraged these ideas of resistance

And
A.
his enterpriz-
ideas
which Seevajee by every
pretension of the favor of heaven, communicated

celestial visions,*
by
mg^haracter^
s. 1594.
sedulously endeavored to keep up.

his
His negotiations with the Imperialists,
journey to
There seems no reason
to
doubt but that Sevajee himself and his adherents countenanced the
idea of his being under the immediate protection of a guardian deity, whose votary he professed
himself to be, and by whose inspiration he pretended
to
be directed
and the Hindoos were willing
enough
earth,
we see by the frequent annunciation of the appearance of Veera-Bhoga upon repeated from 1646 down to 1805. In the Marhatta Memoirs of Sevajee, it is stated, that when
to believe
it,
as
in the Carnatic, "after the capture of jee raja.
Chendee
Killa,
he (Sevajee) had an interview with Ecko-
He
took the fort of Ottoor Then in shuck 1595 (A. D. 1673,) in the year Pramadicha on
the
13th Cheytor-bahool, decreasing

5
moon
of April,) on Monday, Shree

(or hours) in the
Bhuwanee
(the divinity in
a female form) came and remained

jee,)
person of the lord and master, (Seevaand spoke of things to come. She spoke to the following effect " Then a prophetical promise of
ghutkas
universal conquest as far as Caasee

in the
is
held out, to remain in the Bhonsla family for 27 generations

took
it
presence of
who
down
in writing."
It is probable this
prophecy was
fabricated for a particular purpose long after, but
we
see the ambitious views that at one period
stimulated the ambition of the Marhatta nation, in this instance too plainly to be misunderstood.
1844.]
Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687.
449
Delhi, his stratagem and escape, his extraordinary enterprizes against

the Beejapoor chiefs, and his success afterwards, form a series of adventures scarcely to be paralleled in Flebustur* history;
In his conferences
an d within seventeen years, we find him in conse<l
posll^taTebe^n
encouraged on
daring
visit to
uence f a treat y Wlth the Hind minister of

.
his
Gol-
Golconda, joined against both the Mogul invaders 5
condaandtothesudden circuitous irruption into the
and
,
their
Beejapoor fellow-sufferers, agreeable to

,
Lower
that unsteady policy which seemed to prognosticate
,.
the speedy
pass by a circuitous route
fall of
both these kingdoms, permitted to
by Golcondat and the Eastern mountains,

Madras,
through the Balla Ghaut, into the lower country of Carnatic, by Tripetty, within thirty miles of
forts of
to take possession of the strong before, as is al-
Gingee and Vellore, which only a few years
ready mentioned, had been captured by the Beejapoor generals.

62.
ll is
Of
t
this design
and plans, evidence
exists in the records of
Ma-
expedition
dras,
e<*>
where the factory then but newly establishg arr isoned by two companies of mixed
ag
g of characevinced in his from requisitions Madras.
Tmi ts
an(*
ter
troops, r
were in much alarm
for his designs,
and
endeavored
to propitiate his good- will
by presents
suitable to his tastej
and
to their situation at the
moment. His request
of engineers
and ordnance from the Europeans of Madras confirm the

life,
anecdotes related in his

Contrasted with the holds
unskilful operations of the Imperialists,
of his ideas of the advantage of strongfortifications to

,
and
new formed
,
state,
and
we
find this
little
cunous
illustration
of character well
contrasted with the
skill
exhibited by the
;
Mogul
generals in
attacking the wretched fortresses of these times
a fact sufficiently
established in the long protracted sieges of Chagna, Golconda, Gingee,
and Waken Kaira, some
of
which
lasted ten years,
and tended
to spin
In his earlier adventures, there
is
a striking resemblance to the mild enterprizes of the Buc-
caneers, or Flebusturs.
t
Havart mentions his
visit to
Golconda, A. D. 1C76, Vol.
p.
and the alarm
it
occasioned at
that effeminate court.

t
In
May
1677,
he came within 2 coss of Madras, (Mad. Records.)

is
curious account
is
given in
the Marhatta Memoirs, wherein his route
desciibed,
fit
and of
his excursion
from the banks of the

to relinquish
Kistna into the wilds of Purwuftum, where in a

all his
of frantic devotion, he
was about
ambitious projects, and was with difficulty withdrawn by his confidential friends.
fits
He
ap-
pears at times to have been subject to
of remorse, and the wilds of
Purwuttum
arc certainly well
calculated to inspire the most gloomy ideas.
4oO
Political
Events
in,
the Carnatic,
from 1564
to
1687.
No. 150.
effects
out a destructive warfare of twenty-five years, of whose
the
South has not yet entirely recovered.

63.
On
this expedition,
half of
Sta e
it
is
said,
he attempted
to
wrest Tanjore
Demands
tat
fr
m ms
brother Eckojee; though some uncertainty
irL
Eckojee
of
haD S 0Ver
to
>
if il
be at
a11
tFUe > aS
EckoJ ee
is
stated
;
Tanjore.
have only got possession of Tanjore in 1675
and
Sevajee returned to his
own
country in October* 1677, so that he
only passed one year in the Carnatic, however employed.

this expedition
But by
have
(by
late
and authentic
materials,) he
fifty lacs
is
stated to
acquired countries yielding a revenue of
of hoons, dependent
on the strong fortresses of Gingee, Vellore,t Colar, &c.

64.
The
generals of the imperial troops had been repeatedly changed
The Imperial generals in Deckan

frequently changed,
Deckan by the emperor's order, who though so ... ~ far distant as Cabul, yet could have notice in
in
last eighteen years,
fourteen days of every interesting transaction; no less than five of

these officers
had been changed within the

1657
ral,
_
fromj
directs the war at a distance. Hostilities
The emperor
to 1675,
when Khan, who was then

and a
serious
the gene
collec-
undertook the siege of Beejapoor with the
renewedagainstBeejapoor.
ted forces of the fcouth,
engagement
ensued on the Beema. Though
many
of the discontented nobles
had
fled to different quarters, the general
Abdul Kerrim made a
gallant
resistance,
and the action was not

first
decisive.
65. In this
campaign, Beejapoor was assisted by the Hindoo
Which now
is
aided
minister of Golconda,
fe j t tne
who seemed
then at last to have

the auxiliaries on
fugitive
by Golconda.
common
danger.
Among
;
the side of the Imperialists,
was Islam Khan Rhoomee, the

vast
Basha of Bussora, with a body of Toorks

also served in the emperor's
Succeses of the
periahsts.
numbers
of Rajapoots
army under
their chiefs.
second engage-
Im- noent ensued scarcely more decisive, but the imperial
general found means to bring over

Anquetille du Perron's Recherches Historique.
many
of the dis-
* Tanjore Memoirs.
t
Madras Records and Memoir of Sevajee.

In 1657, Sultan
Mahomed Mazim.
Khan.
a second time.

,,
1659, Chaista
1664,
Mirza Raja Jey Sing.
1666, Sultan
Mahomed Mazim,
,,
1671 lb71
'
Maharaja Jeswunt Sing, 1 De nuties deputies. Mohabut Khan, J
1675,
Khan Jehan.
1844.]
to
1687.
451
affected fugitive chiefs of the
Golconda army, and
finally effected a
truce with Abdul Kerrim Khan, by which a resident was received Beejapoor and that general appears to have undertaken soon after
;
at
to
bring Hydrabad into the imperial possession.*
In
this interval
Cul-
burga and Nuldroog were both surprized, and Abdul Kerrim engaged
in
an intrigue
(56.
to displace
Khan
Jehan, the imperial general.
That officer being in consequence recalled to court, Dillere
The general changed.
Khan was
appointed to conduct the war, and the

;
armies marched against Hydrabad

the firmness of the
but were forced
to fall
back by
occasion
to
Deckan nobles
of Beejapoor,
who on one
are stated to have had 70,000
men
in the field.
On their return
Bee-
But Dillere Khan japoor on the death of

unsuccessful returns.
Abdul Kerrim,
great confu-
siong ensue(j 3 an(j
i \le
troops mutinying, Dillere
Khan
was obliged
fill
to
return to the province, after an expensive and disgrace.
campaign, in a manner leaving Beejapoor in possession of one of
their
Deckanee
chiefs,
Siddee Masood.
in his plans,
67-
But the emperor firm
and inexorable
in his resent-
Great exertions to ent, though at so great a distance, persevered in his * reduce Beejapoor and most of the Affghan first design of reducing the country ; and orders were chiefs brought over . sent to entertain all the Beejapoor and Hydrabad and employed.
.
Affghan
chiefs,
most of
whom had
;
been
now brought
over by propor-
tionate offers of rank
and jagheers
20,000 horsemen on one occasion

;
were enrolled at once on the pay
lists
and every exertion was made
for
the purpose of carrying on with effect, the most formidable operations

against the
Mahomedan
states of
Deckan, and the
rising
idle.
Hindoo
chiefs.
68. In this interval, Sevajee

Sevajee after increasing his army, consolidated his resources and formed a
fleet.
had not been
When
not em-
ployed in increasing and forming his army and * fleet,t he took every favorable occasion of seizing
.
some
fort, or
reducing some province from one or
other of the contending parties.

* The ancestors of the Afghan
number.
t
He
at
one time had made a descent

and Cuddapa were among the
or Patan chiefs of Sanoor, Canoul
See Memoirs of these families.

fleet or
In the
army,
it
is
stated in the Marhatta
Memoir, that he embarked 40,000 of

all
his
mavella, and after plundering Basaroor, Sedaseevadroog, and probably
the sea ports (which
occasioned an unusual terror on that coast,) and even not sparing the sacred temple of Gocurnum,
he obliged the celebrated Sevapa Naik by
treaty, to
pay him annually 3 lacs of boons,

is
p. 37.
His
intention of extending his conquests to Casee (Benares,)
stated in his remarkable conference

to
with
Mahomed Cootub Shah
at Golconda, a
scheme of universal conquest, which appears
have
been nearly realized by the Marhattas afterwards.
452
Political
Events in
the Carnatic,
from 1564
to
1687.
[No. 150.
fleet,
on the sea coast of Bednore, when he embarked on his

carried off an
own
and
immense
booty from Barcelore.
Even
the succession
of his eldest son of Dellere
Khan
Shambha, who had thrown himself on the protection in the former year,* did not disconcert him ; and he
to return;
had prevailed upon him

Dies in the midst of vast projects.
but soon
after,
contemplating vast
Projects
and enterprizes
state, this
for
extending his newly-
formed
an army and a government that
man diedt amidst was formed by his own genius, and

extraordinary
supported by his enterprizing spirit and perseverance.

69. In the following year, the
Mogul
in chief
was again changed,

recalled
and Dellere Khan $

from the North.
creased in
recalled,
and Khan Jehan a second time

in this interval to
The Marhattas appear

in
have
in-
numbers
an extraordinary degree, and prosecuted the
war on
their side
with vigor.
As we seldom meet
their
name
before,
doubts have been entertained whether these countless hosts were

really of a nation
who can
scarcely be imagined to be contained with-
in the
narrow precincts of the ancient Maharastra Dasum.
To
resolve
this doubt, it should be recollected, that a great part of the armies of
the late Nizam-Shahi Sultans and of Bejapoor were composed of

these tribes,
al standard,
who now
resorted to their
own native chiefs under a nationand inspired increased

it is
which swelled
their importance,
confidence in a cause they deemed their

fanatical rigor of
own ; and
probable, the
Aurungzebe
this
also excited a spirit
which he could not
now
suppress,
to
and
augmented that rancour and inveteracy which

all
seems
have invited
the
Hindu
tribes of the
Deckan
at once to
appear in arms in a cause that was deemed national.

* From
Scott,
but his dates err sometimes from
2 to 3 years,
owing
to
some
error in the
computa-
tion of the Higera.

t
The death
of Sevajee happened, according to an authentic

S.,
MS.
of his
life
and
actions, in the
Hindoo year Rowdree, 1602 A.

t Dillere
or A. D. 1680.
Khan on
his recall is said in the
Marhatta Memoirs,
to
have been poisoned by the
Emperor's orders, who was dissatisfied at his allowing Shambha

rosity
to return to his father; the gene-
and good
it
faith of Dellere
Khan on
it
this occasion is highly praised
by the Marhatta author,
though
did not meet with the approbation of his master.
In the
Ram
Raja Cheritra
fell,
appears, that in the memorable war and battle wherein the last
monarch of the Carnatic

Ahmednuggur, who was
are mentioned.
great
numbers of Marhattas fought
in the
army of the Sultan of

under
in fact sovereign of the
Maharastra Dasum, and the names of their chiefs
The same
conciliating policy that induced these

all
Hindoo
tribes to fight
Mahomedan
zebe.
standards then, would in
probability have secured their attachment to Aurung-
1844.]
Political
Events in the Car natic, from 1564
to
I687.
453
it
70. Their resistance
was now become
serious
and formidable;
To
the*
extirpate
Sham6
had been long continued, and under a young and

enterprizing leader/ serious consequences might be
Marhattas, and
d^btr
Ah^zealo^"
ex P ecte(* ^rom a
l n g er
protraction of the war.

still
Some
to the
bis generals.
suspicions also seem

;
to
have attached
generals employed
and on consideration
to
of all these circumstances,
the emperor appears
have
this
to
year determined,
with avowed
design of rooting out
Shambha, t
at least to
.
conduct the operations in person,

to correct
The Emperor
re-
be near enough
errors
solves to prosecute the war in person.
having previously recalled
Khan Jehan, and

vast
ap-
pointed
71.
Mahomed Mauzim
again to be governor of Deckan.
Aurungzebe marching from Azmere, followed by a

composed of Hindoo Rajpoots,
niedans, arrived at
f
army
Maho-
A. D. 1682.
5
as
well as
a second time with a

vast army.
Burhanpoor
in the
beginning
lhe war renewed

with vigor.
th
1682
'
and
in the
2 5th
year of his J
Extent ot the new Marhattastateinthis
reign,
and
in a short time arrived at
Aurungabad, '
from
which
ascertained
period,
The
final
invasion
of
his return into
Deckan.
we may reckon The war was then comas they J

affected to
We
t he capture ot that capital and or bolconda. A. D. 1687.
fnTSnueTto
menced with renewed

an(j the
call the
vigor, both against Beejapoor
Ganeems,
'
(or infidels v
Marhattas,)
who had
in the period of his
absence,
wrested from Beejapoor not only the whole Concan and the
to the
Upper provinces along the Western Ghauts, from Baglana

part of the imperial provinces.
after various successes, the
Sanore province South, but even made themselves masters of some
Notwithstanding a constant opposition,

at last
Mogul armies were

attempts
put in motion
both against Beejapoor, (where the king was at that time a minor,)
and Golconda. After many

attacks,
fruitless
to
ward
off his
unceasing
the king and city of Beejapoor

at first
were taken
in
1687, and
* Shambha
seemed to evince
his father's spirit in seizing the reins of
government attempt-
ed to be wrested from him by a party united by his step-mother Soora Baee, who wished to elevate
her son Rama, the same who afterwards stood a long siege in Gingee, but he soon
vation, though in his conference with
fell
from
this ele-
Aurungzebe he exhibited a portion of the family

all
spirit that
has conferred on his
name and
his tale
the decoration
and
lustre of the
Hindoo drama and
romance.
t It is
not improbable but he was particularly provoked against
ceiving his fugitive son, Prince Akbar,

his protection.
Shambha at this time for rewho had escaped from Azimeer, and thrown himself on
to
We
find that notice
was sent
the
European
factories in the
Golconda territory
early in the year 1682, but the English prudently declined any interference.
3r
454
Political Events in the Carnatic, from

fell.*
1564
to
1687.
QNo. 150.
soon after Golconda also
Thus both
these states falling at the
same
tions
time, the
Mogul power was

for
at once extended over the of
whole of
the late divided
Mahomedan governments
to
Deckan, and precauchiefs,
were speedily adopted

dependents
reducing the Hindoo
considered
as their
the Southward.
72.
One
of the first measures after this event
was
to
send Cassim
desfo ilowed.
Reduction of their e ependen *
Cawn,
Iate] y
j
as phouzdar, over the province of the Carnatic,
dependent on the two governments of Be-
The Carnatic formed into two provinces.

chiefs considered as the Ze-
ap00r an d Golconda. J r
That of the former
is
al-
The Hindoo
ready stated
to
have consisted of the settled
districts
mindars dependent on of
Serah and Bangalore, with the forced tributaries,
as the poligars of Harponelly, Raidroog, Coonderpee,
Anagoondy, Bednore, Chittledroog and Mysore

province was
but at
this
time
they do not appear to have carried their arms across the Cavery. That
now denominated
the Carnatic Beejapoor Ballaghuut,
while the more Easterly
provinces, lately dependent on Golconda,
com-
posing the late Circars of Cuddapa,

&c. were denominated
vinces below the
Cummun, Ghooty and

sea,
Gandicotta,
the pro-
Hydrabad Carnatic Ballaghaut ; and
Ghauts along the
extending as far South as the

the
Palar, were denominated
Hydrabad Carnatic Pay en Ghaut, and
whole placed under the supreme command of a phouzdar, or

possessing military
officer
and
civil
power, entitled a Nabob, the source and

;
origin of the future
Nabobs of the Carnatic

to,
a circumstance perhaps
not sufficiently attended
of late years, from the separation of the of a
two Mogul provinces, and
rise
new power
in
Mysore, the up-
per or original province of the Carnatic.

73.
a. D.
J
Of
670.
the changes that
had
in this interval of thirteen years taken

it
place in the internal state of that country,
may
suffice
1682.
curS orily to notice, that the
new
native powers of Mysore,

availed
Brief notice of the

state of the Carnatic during the late war.
Bednore, Chittledroog and Raidroog had

.
themselves of the difficulties of their earlier adversanes, the Patan states or Golconda and Beejapoor,
,
And of the power of the Mysore, Bed-
XSifSr
Improvement
wise
internal
fall
"
ho were
n()t
]
entirely occupied in repelling the Moguls,

}
and
ma-
on J t0 v
ncr ease their acquisitions of territory, *

marched against Golconda, which was
closely
* After the
of Beejapoor, he immediately
besieged from 2d February to 2d October 1687,

2d, p.
when
it
was entered by treachery.
Havart, Vol.
also
Madras Records under that year.
1844.]
nagement
sore
chiefs.
Political
of (he
Events in
but
the Carnatic, from
1564
ô
1647.
455
by a
My-
to consolidate
and improve
their resources
,
and
Bednore
system of management rather
to
be looked for in
happier times.
This was more particularly the case in Mysore and

civil
Bednore, where the
arrangements of Chick Deo Vadeyar in the
former, and the sisloo or established assessment of Sevapa Naik in the

latter, are still
considered as models, well adapted to the nature of the
country, the habits of the natives, and with great probability presum-
ed to be founded on the more general system that once prevailed
throughout the country.
It is a fact well ascertained, that these stan-
dards of internal economy were established at a period
when
the
neighbouring more powerful states were involved in
all
the horrors
and
had
distress of foreign invasion, or of internal weakness.*
74.
Of
their origin
and gradual
steps
by which these
chiefs
Their origin and

progress referred to another occasion.
established themselves in the Upper Carnatic, ano-
as
ther occasion may offer of being more diffuse ;t but much of the then condition of the Carnatic Ballaghaut, however, may be understood from the state in which it already was, about the period of the death of Chick Deo of Mysore, we shall only interrupt
the course of the narration here, briefly to notice the establishment
and growth of the European establishments on the

time begin
to
coast,
which
at this
emerge into
its
notice,
first
amidst the transactions in the lower

after-
country, and
reduction
by Golconda and Beejapoor, and
wards by the Mogul power.

75.
e
While the war raged

tdt
in the centre of the
Deckan, particularly
Brief notice of the
in the country
North of Beejapoor and Golconda,
Eu ropean
factories
tne provinces South of these capitals seem to have
on the coast.
enjoyed some respite from alarm, save alone what

the
arose from
warfare of petty chiefs, or the rumors of the long
threatened but protracted invasion of the Moguls.
From North
to
South along the

* Sevapa Naik died
coast,
a linej of European factories had been settled
in A. D. 1661 after a reign of 19 years.
See Bednore Memoir

fury. Chick
Chick Deo died in A. D. 1704, after a reign of 32 years, from 1672, the very period in which the
war with Sevajee, Beejapoor and Golconda was carried on with unceasing
the regal state in 1700.
t
Deo assumed
concise view of the origin and progressive growth of the territory and power of the families
of Mysore, Bednore Ickery, Raidroog and Chittledroog in the
Upper Carnatic, and of those
of
Madura, Ginjee, and Tanjore

Carnatic,
J
is
(not the
Marhatta family,)
in the lower country, erroneously called
in
hand but
;
will require
sometime
to consult authorities.
An ample Account
of the establishment of the
Dutch
factories of Tutocorin,
Negapatam,
45()
Political
Events in
the Carnatic. from
1564
to
1687- [No. 150.
since the close of the ancient
Hindoo regime, and under the sanction
Hindoo rajahs and of the

commerce.
new
lesser states,
to
who from
the earliest period
Sêncourafelhdr seemed inclined

trade and commerce.
encourage these settlements from
motives of benign encouragement to their subjects'
The Golconda
kings also, from undoubted evi-
dence,* appear to have embraced the same maxims.
The
;
difficulties
sometimes occurred from the exactions of their governors
and
factories
were established even
in
the interior
and more remote
parts of the
country of Golconda, which have since that period of devastation and

ruin, been consigned to oblivion.
76.
The
invasion of the Gingee country, and of that along the coast

in con-
Their trade
by the Beejapoor
generals,
and soon afterwards by
merce'and industryof Sevajee, had indeed interrupted their tranquillity,

the country disturbed an(j cons iderable devastation appears to have taken rr about Forto Novo, by Sevajee's irruption. p i ace i n the tract extending to the coast from the But it does not appear that the interior Palar to the Coleroon, where the commerce and in. . , of Taniore was much , _ . , ^ , A ,., disturbed by Ecko- dustry of the country received a shock that it did n Va Je years; J but this devastation S^ho 7n *Tanjore not recover for mode seems no t to have extended into the province of followed the l established in Bangalore by his father. Tanjore, South of the Coleroon, wherein Eckojee
many
appears to have exercised a regulated system of administration,
much
Ban-
resembling the model established by his father in the

galore
districts of
and Colar, and which was attended

in
in that
country with an intheir
Tegapatam, Sadras, Pullicat, Masulipatara, Dacharam, Bimlipatam and

Golconda and Nagulvansa, are given
Baldeus and Valentyn.
commercial lodges
at
Havart's work, published at Utrecht about 1692; also in

first
They were
to
established before the
voyage of the English
to this coast,
and the Dutch appear

early as
have opposed their forming a commercial establishment at Pullicat so
See Flori's Voyage in Astley's Collection, Vol.

series of 14
p.
* See the
for
Grants or Firmans by the Golconda government to the Dutch (in Havart)
Negapatam, Masulipatam, &c.

by accident by Nagulvansa, not
far
t Travelling
from Cummamett in the Nizam's dominions in

I
1797,
a part of the country overun with jungle, and shewing evident vestiges of better times,
ac-
cidentally
met with a Dutch tombstone, which

is
led to the discovery of the riches of their factory.
In
Havart's work this inscription

of
its
preserved, and
we
there meet an account of that establishment
and
capture during the invasion in 1687.
It is
neediess to observe that
it
has lain in ruins ever

for a
since,
and the whole of that country, which then furnished cloth of a particular kind
"
Dutch
investment, has never recovered the calamity.

%
Baldeus under the year 1660 says

:
The king
of Beejapoor not long before

still
made an inroad
therefore
into the country of Tanjore
and the marks of the famine are
visible, p. 588;
we may
suppose the few years before to coincide with the period of 1657, but
to that part of the
this devastation
extended only
country of Tanjore which extends along the coast about Negapatam and Porto
Novo, where the Dutch investment and factories were ruined. See Havart.
1844.]
to
1687.
times,
457
crease of national wealth that has extended to near our
own
and
might even vie with the most flourishing
state of
Agrarian improve-
ment
And
that has been attained in civilized Europe.*

is
Eckojee's conduct
after its ac,r
best explained
life,
by
referring to the history of his
earlier
and
to the difference of character
exhi-
? P os of :Send! bited mg
his conquests.
t jj e
by the two
f
brothers, sufficiently apparent in
accoun t
their conference,
and the
fruitless at;
tempts to induce him to extend his dominions by conquest
the for-
bearance that on this occasion, and under such temptations he shewed,
induce some doubts of the fidelity of those accounts that represent his
acquisition of Tanjore to be attended with peculiar circumstances of
flagitious rapacity
;
but whether that expedition was influenced by
motives of obedience to his lieget sovereign as alleged, or of a spirit

of adventure
and chivalrous
;
enterprize, not
unknown
to the
Marhatta
tribes at that period

jee's
whatever might be the exciting causes of Eckoit
expedition to Tanjore,
was conducted with an address and

though he appears imme-
applies to the internal improvement of his country.
And
decision highly favorable to his reputation as a
statesman and warrior
diately after to have relinquished the

tion of
last, for the
more
pacific
occupafertile
improving and systemizing the natural resources of a

;
country
and thus he furnishes a third instance of a Hindoo chief

state,
studying with assiduity the internal economy of his

cess that enriched
his subjects,
with a suc-
and ennobled
his
name.
These
re-
marks on the
first
Marhatta administration may not be out of place

whose coast the most
here, in explaining the state of that country, on
considerable European factories were then situated.

77early
A
state
more detailed account

of the of the
.
of the progress of their establishments
Documents
(particularly the English,)
Englishsettlements.
not without
its
use; but
be ...would consistent with and ... not the

interesting,
.
it is
brevity of this attempt, or the defective accounts within our reach at pre" * The countries on the Po, under the systematical arrangement of the Cadastre, and by recourse
to irrigation,
are
presumed
to
be the richest and most productive lands in Europe, excepting the
Flemish Netherlands, nearly equally productive and populous.

+
This European phrase
is
used with some diffidence.
It is expressly stated, that
he was called
in
to the aid of the Tellinga
Naik of Tanjore,
as a general of Beejapoor,
this
is
:
and
it
would appear from the

Padshah of
language put in his mouth, that he admitted

Beejapoor, and in his service, therefore
it
"
We
are
managing the
affairs of the
not proper to act against the Padshah."
Marhatta
Memoir!
458
Political
Events in
it
the Carnatic,
from 1564
to
1687. QNo. 150.

as exist of
sent, to
extend
beyond a rapid sketch. In such documents
our national records, the accounts of the native governments, of their

Unsatisfactory,
history, politics,
;
and
of the geography of the country
are vague
and unsatisfactory
it
indeed our countrymen do not appear to
have then conceived

ther than
necessary for their views to enquire
much
fur-
what immediately related to their investments and commerce close to the coast, and an entire indifference, if not ignorance of
Occasionally disturbed by the troubles of the country,
the real
.
state
of the
country prevailed.
At
all
times they appear to have been under considerable
alarm
for the safety of their settlement,
and
their employers' interests.,
though not an instance occurs of inhumanity or ill-treatment from the

natives,
Mahomedan
or Hindoo, such as of late years, the irritation of
warfare, or the disappointment of ambitious projects

sionally produced
;
may have
occa-
and which might then have been supposed with

Various instances occur of individuals pass-
some reason
And by
tions among tive settlers.
to
have excited apprehensions amongst contending nations
for their personal safety.

contenthe nai
n g safely throughout the country.
Among the causes

by the
of alarm,
we
find the settlement at times

tribes of
contentions
of the
among
the castes
and
new
settlers,
and the whole

to
working and most useful lower

to
classes
induced
abandon the
neighbouring
new-formed colony, and recurring

settlement of St.
a secession
to the
Thome,
of
at
whose expense most of the population was
avowedly formed
78.
originally.
The settlement
record of
the
Madras was
originally established about
A. D.
No
first
1639, being
transferred thither from
Armigam,*
still
33 years.
where the half-finished ruins

remains.
first
of their first fort
a. p- 1639.
A. o. ]5o8.
Of
the founding of the colony,
and of the
first
A. D. 1672.
33
years, no records
whatever appear. Their
attention to the politics of the native powers seems to have been powerfully excited
by the sudden appearance

to his
of Sevajee so near to
after
Madras;
they then deputed an agent
camp,
whose return they ap-
* Armigam is situated near Durajapatam on the

tunity of seeing these remains in
;
Coast, 60 miles North of Madras.
had an oppor-
798, consisting of
two small bastions on a single curtain of brick-
work of no great extent the occasion of the removal is not well known, but it appears that the fort was never finished. The first Grant of Madras by Sree-Runga-Rayel in A. S. 1561 or A. D.
1639,
was inscribed on a golden olla, which is said

in 1747.
to
have been
lost at the
capture of Fort
St.
George
by La Bourdanaye
1844.]
Political
Events in
the
to
1687.
459
pear to be better acquainted

occasionally occur of
racter,
with the state of parties, and notices

of the native cha-
a more intimate knowledge

in their
and a greater confidence

in
own
strength and superiority
A. D. 1686.
'
arms, even over that of the more powerful Mogul
emperor, against
in
whom
the three English establishments

;
actually
made war
the height of his success
and
this confidence
we may
presume, naturally cleared the
way
to those
events that on
to the esta-
the general confusion succeeding Aurungzebe's death, led
blishment of our power in this quarter.*

79.
On
an attentive inspection of
all
the documents of these times
that have
chiefs
come
into our hands,
it
appears, that though the
Mysore
had as yet no connection with the Eastern sea
coast, their
name
coast,
was known and even respected in the lower provinces along the
and that though they had yet no political relations with that country, the successful resistance of the Naig of Mysore (as he is called) to the
depredations of the Marhatta armies of Sevajee, was well
known
at
Madras.
80.
The
still
factory of Fort St. George only established
years
before,
was
so
weak and
ill-
manned,
that a considerable uneasiness
arose from their state
among
the contests of the hostile parties; they
yet conducted themselves with a considerable degree of prudence and

caution,
poisons,
and while they sent compliments, antidotes and counterto
Sevajee,
they prudently declined

aid
;
complying with
his
special request of military
and when
the Patan chief
Daood
Khan, soon afterwards approached,

no
less
after the conquest of Gingee, they

to his favorite
sagaciously
accommodated themselves
humors,
in consequence of
which they were not only saved from the threatenvillages,
ed spoliation, but obtained grants of land, of
and of
factories
from
81.
all parties %
The Dutch on
the other hand,
who had
been earlier established on

consoliin-
these coasts,
* Consultations
and whose power

at Madras,
in India
had been more firmly
and correspondence with Surat and the Bay on the subject of the
in 1686.
tended attack on the Mogul, and on the subjects of Siam

+ t
Madias Records.
The
factory at Cuddalore
was purchased from the agents of
Rama
at the
moment he
left
Gingee
in 1692 for 30,000 pagodas, (seeHavart,)St.
Thome, Egmore, &c.

it,
three villages were purchased from
Daood-Khan
in 1693
they had long sought
and were uneasy and apprehensive of the French de-
signs to settle there. Madras Records, 1701.
-160
Political
Events in the Car natic, from 1564
to
1687.
[No. 150.
dated under the general government established at Batavia, appear
about
this
time to have
felt
a sensible decline of their commerce and
trade on the coast of Coromandel, in consequence of which, a
Commis-
sary General with unlimited powers had been sent out to enquire,
and reform
their establishments
on the coast.
The
celebrated
Van
Rheide,* (a name well
known
to the cultivators of
Indian science,) ap-
pears to have executed this invidious duty with a rigor and zeal that excited those
compliments and remonstrances that are ever found
in public
reforms to follow individual inconvenience.

sea,
His death happening at
proceeding to Surat, prevented the further execution of his plans,
which from some of the works published in Holland about that time,
appear
India.
to
have been loudly inveighed against by their servants in

the industrious Havart gives place to too
full
Even
much
of these
invectives, to warrant a
credence of his reflections on the plans of
reduction and reform, of which the expensive fortifications of Nega-
patam, and the removal thither of the seat of government on the formed a
part.
it
coast,
How
is
far they
were followed or departed from, does not
appear; but
observed, that the decline of the Dutch power and
commerce on
82.
this coast
from that period, proceeded with a slow though

to
imperceptible progress
down
our
own
to
times.
sufficiently sen-
The Dutch, however, appear

s ible
have been then
D. 1686.
of the
weakness of the Golconda government, since
they ventured to seize upon the fort of Masulipatam, then a very considerable
mart
(in
1686,) in retaliation of
;
some commercial
it
injuries
scarcely warranting such a measure
but they restored
soon after, in
the
November
following.
Immediately
after the conquest of Golconda,
they sent an embassy to Aurungzebe, and Mr. Bacherus obtained
some immunities, and a renewal of
their privileges.
it
83. In perusing the works from which these notices are derived,
appears that the Dutch Company's servants had by special orders from
Europe paid particular attention
to
acquire and methodize an useful
knowledge, not merely of the commercial advantages and trade of

their
*
own
establishments, but of
the internal
resources,
geography,
was sent out
Henr. Adr. Van Rheide
after having served long in India

to
and returned
to Europe,
in 1684
on a salary of 1,000 guilders per month,
reform the Dutch establishments.
He was
on
his
the Coromandel Coast from 1684 to 1687, and died at Sea in
December
1691 near
Bombay, on
way
to
Burat. Havart, Vol.
Ill, p. 59.
1844.]
Political
Events in
the
Carnatic,/rom 1564
to
1687.
in
461
history, politics
and
literature of the states
and countries
which
their earlier settlements
were
situated.
84. In pursuit of this useful species of knowledge,
some
of their
servants appear at least to have distinguished themselves by a perse-
verance not unsuitable to the prevailing habits of that nation

the scientific works of
and
Rumphius* and
first
of
Van
Rheide, and the historical

this source, will
works of Baldeus and Rogers derived from
always
draw approbation.
The
of these are
more generally known, than

specimens
spe-
the humbler, though equally useful, labors of Valentynf and Havart,
who
at this period cultivated a
walk that furnishes the

to
first
from India of works, forming an useful basis and aid

culations on the political
modern^
economy
of these countries.
their servants occasionally
85.
Even
in those tours
which
made
from one factory
to another, their journals
convey a degree of informa-
tion that, not long since,

to
is
was rare
and would have been desirable

;
the historian, the naturalist, or the geographer
and which, there
reason to suspect, was lately

86.
little
known
in
England.
at
this
The
to
factories
of the other
little
European nations
period
not-
appear
have been of
importance.
The Dutch commerce,

Negapatam, had
at
withstanding the sums expended

into a mortal state of decay.
in fortifying
fallen
The Dane3
Tranquebar maintained a
doubtful and interrupted communication with their mother-country,

* The Thesaurus
useful
of
Rumphius, and the Hortus Malabaricus of Van Rheide contain extensive and
Natural History of India.
It
details of the
appears that
Van Rheide
of the
also extended his
enquiries to various other branches of useful knowledge.
A classification
came
into
72 tribes of the
:
inhabitants of Malabar, prepared at his suggestion, lately
my hands
written in old Dutch
the writer notices that

+
it
was prepared
for
Van Rheide. among much

rubbish, most
is
The work
of Valentyn consists of 8 huge folio volumes, containing,

all
useful details of
the
Dutch settlements and

state of Persia,
forts
beyond the Cape of Good Hope. Among them
an accountofthe history and
and a History of the Mogul Emperors, with

in 1772.
details not
known
mandel
in
England
till
Dow's work appeared
The work
fall
of Havart, published at Utrecht
in A. D. 1692, professes only to give a view of the rise

:
and
of the
commerce of the Coast
of Coroit
though loaded with the characters, epitaphs and eulogies of Company's servants,
yet
contains a faithful picture of the times, and a just account of the court and politics of Golconda at
a very interesting period immediately previous to this conquest.
The
visit
of the king to Masuli;
patam, the account of Mr.
Pitt's
Embassy
to Oolconda,
and the notices of Sevajec, are curious
and
the papers on the Indian manufacture of steel, and the account of assaying gold at the mint of
Pullicat, are useful.
J
The same sentiments and turn

still
for cultivating a
knowledge of
political
economy appear
to
have
prevailed
later,
and gave
rise to the
establishment of au Asiatic Society at Batavia in A. D.
1780, in the eight Vols, of
whose proceedings several very useful papers appear.
3s
462
Political
Events in
the
Camatic, from 1564

the other
to
1687.
[No. 150.
while their reputation
among
European
settlers suffered, as
little
a commercial establishment, by proceedings stigmatized as

of piratical.
short
The
respectable Protestant missionary establishment
had
not yet been established, nor the labors of the Apostolic Zinganbalg
and
his successors begun.
The French
after the loss of St.
Thome
Of
the
had not yet retrieved

and the establishment
their military reputation
among
the Hindoos,
at Pullicherry
was yet
in its infancy.
Swedes nothing was heard, and the once vast power

on the coasts of India was
of the Portuguese
now
restricted to Goa.
With
the Spaniards
of Manilla, some intercourse of
commerce by annual
ships appears to
have been maintained from Madras, by which a certain quantity of

silver
was annually imported
but by far the greater quantity of that
metal, which appears to have been but recently introduced into India,
was imported
directly from Europe, together with a certain proportion
of gold, a species of
commerce that has now
entirely ceased.
87- Notwithstanding the competition and rivalry incidentally arising
from the pursuit of the same commercial views among the European
factories at this period,
an amicable
spirit
and mutual
civilities
preis
vailed in their intercourse in this distant part of the world; nor

it
less
honorable to the
memory
of the founders of this colony, to ob-
serve the early

slaves, of
English discouraging
and forbidding the
traffic
in
which the nation has
at last signified its
marked disappro-
bation.
By
a proclamation so early as 1686, the government of
Ma-
dras forbad in the most positive terms the exercise of this commerce
within their limits, and of which the long continued war and a destructive famine of
two
years,
(1686 and 1687,)
had increased the
usual bounds, and
this discouragement of a traffic that even
met
the
sanction of national treaties* in the West, has in the East been con-
tinued to be viewed with disgust to our

88.
own
times.
Such was
the general state of the country of Carnatic, coroprecalled,
A. D. 1687.
hending the upper provinces, or Balla Ghaut as now
and the lower tracts on the Eastern coast, then called in European
* The Assiento Contract by which the nation sanctioned the supply of the Foreign Colonies of is alluded to here, and the several transactions connected
it.
Spanish America with slaves from Africa

with
+
On
reducing the Dutch Colonies in Ceylon in 1795-6, the British commanders early fosbad, by
it
proclamation, the trade of slaves from the coast, whence numbers
appeared had been fraudulently
kidnapped and conveyed away.
1844.]
Cam atic, from
56 4
to
1687.
463
writings Coromandel,
when
the conquest of Goleonda
and Beejapoor
introduced and
opened the way in
this
year to the extension of the
Mogul dominions,
and
their
system of financial administration was
first
proposed to be extended along with their arms into the provinces of

the South.
In considering the gradual changes in the state of the Carnatic, the
next great period that attracts attention and interest, comprehends

nearly 55 years, from the conquest of Golconda and the Carnatic until
the formation of the Dufter Assoofiah, soon after the return of Assoph
Jah into Deckan, and assuming independency.

In this period comes to be considered the progressive extension of
the
Mogul system
of government into the
South, the causes that
retarded a more rapid and general progress, arising in the civil wars
that arose
to the
among the new Mahratta
successors of Aurungzebe, which afforded

state to strengthen
room
ulti-
and expand
itself;
and
mately weakening the provincial Mahomedan government, gave

three
rise to
modern
of
states in the
Deckan independent
of all control,
and the
two Nabobships
of the Carnatic, gradually terminating in the govern-
ment
Mysore and that
of the Carnatic
Payen Ghaut.
To
be continued.)
Notices of various
Mammalia, with Descriptions of many New Species: By Ed. Blyth, Curator of the Asiatic Society's Museum, fyc.
Part
Simiadce.
L The PRIMATES,
I
Lin.
re-
When
to
last
had occasion
to
treat of this group, I
marked (J.
species
A. S. XII, 176,^ that, at that time, the only ascertained
known
inhabit the
countries bordering
on the Bay of
I
Bengal
to
to the eastward, were the Hylobates lar, which
suggested
be the most
common
species of
to
Gibbon found
in the interior of the
Tenasserim provinces, as alluded
by Dr.
Heifer,
and H. syndactyhave confirmed.
ly, which, according
to that author,
it
extends as high as 15 N. lat, a

satisfactory to
statement which, however,

It
would be
is
now
is
appears that the H. lar
diffused so high as Arracan,
where
Capt. Abbott, Assistant to the Commissioner of the province, and
who
stationed
in
Ramree,
is
acquainted both with
it
and
//.
464
Notices of various Mammalia.

(?).
[No. 150.
hoolock as inhabitants of that island
In Arracan, however, the
Hoolockis the prevalent species of Gibbon,

the hill ranges of Sylhet
and extends thence over

while
the lar, or
all
and Assam;*
White-
handed
species, is
found southward
to the Straits.
The
Society has
lately received a pale specimen of the
Hoolock from Capt. Phayre
(Senr. Asst. to the Commissioner of Arracan, and stationed at Sando-
way), which closely approaches
to
that in the Zoological Society's
Museum, which was
described as a distinct species by the

trifle
name
//.
choromandus, being, however, a
darker, and considerably darker
than the very pale example from Assam noticed in X, 839.
Another
Hoolock
specimen,
in
Museum is again much and we have retained a third

this
darker than the Arracan

of the usual intense black
colour all over, with the exception of the constant white band across
the forehead.
According
to
Mr.
J.
Owen, who
resided
upwards of two years

the
among
the savage Nagas
and Abors who inhabit
wooded mounin
tain ranges to the eastward of
Upper Assam, the Hoolock abounds
those upland forests, associating in societies of 100 or 150 individuals,
the combined noise of which
may
be heard to an immense distance.
In genera), they keep
to the tops of the highest
Oolung and Mackoi

partial
;
trees (Dipterocarpi), to the fruit of
which they are very
but
on several occasions,
when emerging from a
foot-path through the
dense forest into the open ravines formed by the action of the mountain rapids,
Mr.
Owen
mentions having come suddenly upon a party
of
them washing and
frolicing in the current,
who immediately
took
alarm and retreated into the jungle: but in one instance, as he was
proceeding solitarily along a newly
made road through
the forest, he
found himself surrounded by a large body of them, impelled perhaps as
much by
curiosity at his
European dress and appearance,

;
as
by
re-
sentment at the intrusion of a stranger upon their domain

on either side were
uttering shrill cries;
trees behind,
full of
the trees
them, menacing with their gestures, and
and
as he passed on, several descended

;
from the
sure that
and followed him along the road
and he
feels
they would soon have attacked him, had not his superior speed on the
* It is even found in some parts of Mymunseng. Buchanan Hamilton's MSS.: upon the authority of Mr. Dick, formerly Judge and Magistrate of Sylhet.
1844.]
Notices of various
to escape.
it
Mammalia.
at
first,
465
relates
ground enabled him

cross
Having
was
Mr. Owen,
to get
to
;
a number
of felled logs,
really
no easy matter
away
but the clear and open road once gained, he was not long in distancing
his pursuers.
Upon
his
return, after this threatened attack of the
Hoolocks, Mr.
Owen
asked his Assamese interpreter, (who had been
brought up in the
fest so hostile
hills,)
whether
;
it
was usual
for these
Apes
to
mani-
a disposition
and he was informed that only a few days

of the tortuous
before, as a party of
Nagas were proceeding along one

file,
jungle paths, necessarily in Indian

little
the foremost
man who was
ahead of the
rest,
was actually attacked and severely
bitten on the
shoulder, and would probably have been killed by his assailants, had
not others of his party opportunely come to the rescue, upon which the Hoolocks immediately
fled.
Indeed
can
testify to the capability
of these animals to inflict serious injury,
from having witnessed a tame
female of the
Sumatran H.
agilis
suddenly attack her keeper, by

four
limbs,
springing up at him,
biting at his chest,
grasping his body with her

it
and
when
was fortunate
for the
man
that her canines
had been previously
filed
down;
in consequence, as
was
said, of her
to
having occasioned the death of a
man
at
Macao.* According
Mr.
Owen's account, the Hoolocks would

large snakes
;
also appear capable of destroying
for his attention
was once
arrested
by the noise which a

Python Snake, of
party of them were making on the tops of some lofty trees overhead,
when
after a
while he was startled by the

feet in length,
fall
of a
about six or seven
within a few paces.
The
reptile
was
fall,
nearly dead, or for that matter might have been disabled by the
but
it
had been severely bitten and lacerated, no doubt by the Hoo-
locks above,
who were unquestionably
the cause of
its
precipitation.
Of
the Javanese species (//. leuciscus, F. Cuv.), the Society has
lately obtained a fine female specimen, the colouring of
which
is
some-
what remarkable, although nearly resembling that of a male described

and figured
in
the unpublished
MSS. and drawings
of the late Dr.
Buchanan Hamilton.
* From what
I
General hue pale greyish-brown,
or
rather
have seen of the Gibbon

;
could be more gentle and good-tempered

for the utter hatred
tribe when brought up tame, no animals but the lady in question had good reason
which she bore
to
her keeper,
who used
to
make
her display her
wondrous activity a hundred times a day, in swinging from bough to bough of a large artificial tree by means of her fore-limbs only, by frequent application of the whip.
466
Notices of various
Mammalia.
[No. 150.
brownish-grey, darker on the nape, shoulders, and limbs, and the

inside of the thighs blackish anteriorly
;
the outside of the thighs,
and
:
the legs
and
feet above, are pale
the hands are washed with blackish
crown of the head black: a whitish ring

sides of the
throat,
encircles the face; the throat,
entire under-parts,
and
especially
the
lumbar
region, are also whitish, but a dark brownish-grey line extends
down
each side of the breast and belly, commencing from the arm- pits, and
terminating in the blackish inner side of the thighs.
with the Hoolock,
this species
has the coat

in flakes,
As compared very much more close
and woolly, the hair adhering

back.
more particularly on the
That
of
H.
lar (the only additional species
we
possess) is just
intermediate.*
I also suggested,
upon the same occasion, that the Tenasserim Sem~

of
nopithecus
scurus,
species
maurus
:
Heifer would probably prove to be the S. obof the latter
Reid
and the Society has now received skins

and the skull
of this animal,
from Capt. Phayre, and some living young specimens from

;
Capt. Abbott
compared with that of a
skeleton prepared from a Tenasserim specimen sent in spirits by the

late Dr. Heifer (vide
VII, 669), leads

it
me
to
refer the latter also to

is
the same species, which,

its
may
be remarked,
the only
member
of
genus as yet ascertained from Arracan southward

(in the vicinity of Singapore)
to the Straits,
where
specimens of
it
were obtained by
Mr. Cuming.
* On the subject of Orang-utans, I took the opportunity before referred to, to offer a few remarks (vide pp. 167 and 182). Since then, the Society has fortunately recovered a fine skull of the male Mias Rambi, noticed as presented by Major Gregory (VI 1, 669), which had been missing from their museum, and was consequently unnoticed in my remarks on the genus. I have also lately received a letter from Mr. James Brooke (of the Borneo settlement), wherein that gentleman notices the dark colour of the Rambi as " I concur in what you say recompared with the Pappan and Kassar. He remarks garding the Wurmbii and Abelii being referred to one class [species]. The Kassar in every specimen which I have seen, is of the same colour as the Wurmbiiox Pappan; but the Rambi is of a dark brown in the two I have seen one an adult female the The Rambi is probably intermediate in size to the other a young but a large male.
other two species.
am aware how little general
importance
is
to
be attached
to colour,
Pappan and Kassar I never found one of this dark colour, whereas the only two specimens of the Rambi which have fallen under my notice were both similar and both dark brown. A little further personal enbut among the very numerous specimens of the
quiry would settle the matter beyond dispute
;
and
open
to
me, when
shall feel great pleasure in forwarding
hope soon to have the countries you specimens either of
skeletons or skins."
1844.]
Notices of various
Mammalia,
467
The
Martin
skins adverted to are those of full
grown animals, and they
accord very well with the description of the species furnished by Mr.
;
but two very conspicuous characteristics of the living animal

skins,
might pass unnoticed in these
namely, the variegation of the
face,
which
is
of a leaden- black, contrasting with pinkish flesh-colour on the

lips,
mouth and
extending to the lining of the
nostrils, besides
which
a large semi-circular
mark
of a paler
and more
livid
tint occupies the
inner half of each orbit,

crest
and secondly, a longitudinally disposed erect

amid the
rest of the hair of
to that of the
upon the vertex,

with which
:
rising abruptly from
that part,
(Raffles,)
and being analogous

I
Sumatran
to find
5. cristatus,
should not be surprised
the present
species identical
Raffles,
however, says nothing of the variegation of

are of a red-
the face,
and he remarks that " the young Chingkaus
dish-fawn colour, forming a singular contrast with the dark colour

of the adults," whereas very
young examples
;
of the present animal
agree in colour with full
grown ones
he also mentions that the
under part of the body

animal
this
is
is
merely " paler," while in the Arracan

in the young.
still
dull white,
and purer white

is
In adults,
rising
the whole hair of the
crown
much
elongated, the tuft
up
on
among
each
the rest;
and that forming the whiskers stands
far out
side,
forming lateral peaks in addition
to the vertical one.
Five
examples before
me
(three of
which are
alive) exhibit scarcely
any
difference in shade of colour, all being of a ashy dusky-black, darkest
on the head and extremities, a good deal silvered on the back, white
underneath or in
front,
and the
tail
more or
less albescent either at

;
base
only, or for the basal half or two- thirds, or even the entire tail
is little
there
trace of beard,
and the shortish scanty hairs growing upon the
flesh-coloured lips are white.
express their wants,
The young, besides frequently emit a mewing

of a cat.
a whining noise, to
cry that might be
mistaken
for the
mew
To
hills,
the
same group
of Semnopitheci belongs
my
S. pileatus, J. A. S.
XII, 174, a species which abounds

retiring far into the interior
on the skirts of the Tipperah

(as
I
during the rains,
am
in-
formed by F. Skipwith, Esq., Judge and Magistrate of Tipperah,

to
whom
the Society
it
is
indebted for some interesting zoological spealso to
cimens,) and
would appear
extend sparingly upon the Naga

fine
range eastward of Upper Assam.
specimen of an old male has
468
Notices of various
Mammalia.
[No. 150.
just been presented to the Society by the Rev. J. Barbe, R. C. Missionary,
which was shot by him during

tribes of the
his recent visit to the wild
Kookie
Chittagong
hills
and the same gentleman had

shade of colour from the
throat, chest,
previously favoured us with a more than half-grown male killed in
Tipperah.
These two
differ considerably in
young female formerly described, having the whiskers,
and front of the shoulder, very deeply tinged with ferruginous,

rest of the under-parts, the
legs all
the
round (from the knee), and much
of the
humerus,
less so,
and the
head and back of a more dingy ash:
grey,
being sullied with the prevalent rust-colour
the half-grown
its
female before described has merely a faint tinge of ferruginous on
whitish under-parts, and the back and limbs are very delicate pure
grey.*
In the old male, the
tail is
of the colour of the back at base,
becoming gradually black, which
last occupies
the terminal third or

this
more
the fingers
and
:
toes are blackish,
with an admixture of
on the
back of the hands

lateral masses (in
the long black superciliary hairs spread into two

all three
specimens,) and are very copious, and be-
tween and above them, immediately over the glabella or inter-orbital

space, the hairs of the forehead are conspicuously tinged with ferrugi-
nous
nor
those on the crown are not elongated as in the preceding species,

there
is
any
trace of vertical crest
but they are a
little
lengthened
ac-
beyond those of the occiput,

cordingly impend, and thus
of a small
flat
sinciput,
is
and temples, which they
presented somewhat the appearance
cap laid on top of the head, whence the specific name.
The
length of fore-arm
is
and hand (of the adult male),

;
to foot
tip
of
longest finger,
above a foot
knee
to heel
nine inches
about
seven inches
and length
of skull
about
five inches.
As a
third continental species of this subgroup, I suspect
must be
the
brought together the S. cephalopterus, (Zimmerman,) from Ceylon,
with which Mr. Martin identifies the Lion-tailed
Monkey Q, and
Purple-faced Monkey, of Pennant, the Guenon a face pourpre of

Buffon, Simia dentata, Shaw, Cercopithecus latibarbatus of Geoffroy,
Kuhl, and Desmarest, C. leucoprymnus, Otto, Simia fulvo-grisea,

Desmarest, Simia leucoprymna
et S. cephaloptera, Fischer, S. nestor,
Bennett, and S. leucoprymnus et S. nestor, Lesson,

*
and the
S.
its
half
grown male just received from Mr. Skipwith
is
intermediate in
colouring.
1844.]

the Neilgherries, to which
Is.
469
Johnii, Fischer, from

refers the S. cucullatus,
I
Mr. Martin only
Geoffroy.
From
specimens
now
before
me
think there can be no doubt of the identity of
all of these,
and that
Ceylon
the species both inhabits the Neilgherries
and the mountains

have shewn
of
but Mr. Martin erroneously identified one specimen in the Paris
Museum
170
;
with the present species, as
in J. A. S.
XII,
the animal in question being evidently
my
S. hypoleucos, J. A. S.
to be retained,
X, 839.
The name cephalopterus would have

to
and the
animal appears subject
considerable variation of shade; a half-
grown female
before
me
resembling Mr. Martin's figure referred to S.

is
;
cephalopterus, except that the croup
pale-grey as stated in the des-
cription, the hair there being shorter

this
and there
:
is
an admixture of
on the thighs, and slightly up the back

lips
the whiskers, and hairs
on the
and
chin, are dull white
and
those of the
crown dull
of this
is
chesnut- brown, and lengthening on the occiput: the
tail
whiter to the end.
An
old male,
on the contrary, has dark dull
chesnut-brown whiskers, concolorous with the hair of the crown, and
some blackish
to the
hairs growing in front of

is all
them
and
his tail
is
blacker
end
the hair on the crown
elongated, but increasing in
length to the occiput, where some of the hairs exceed five inches in
length,
vailing,
and tend
which
is
to
be albescent, a sort of dingy isabella colour pre-
not easy to express in words.

thighs, the
is
On
the short hair

as in
of the croup,
and upon the
same grey colour appears
the
young female specimen, but

less albescent.
mingled with black, and consider-
ably
The
bodies and rest of the limbs of both are deep

little
black,
but picked out a
with greyish in the young female.
consider these two
specimens to respectively represent the S. cephalop-
terus and 5.
Johnii of Mr. Martin's work, the latter (or old male)

I
being certainly from the Neilgherries, and the other

in Calcutta,
purchased alive
I
and could not learn whence
it
had been brought: but
am
quite satisfied of the specifical identity of the two, and have seen
others variously intermediate.
Upon
these grounds
venture
to
bring
the two alleged species together.
The
other Indian Semnopitheci form a particular subgroup, well

;
characterized by their physiognomy

centre of hair on the forehead, a
and
all
of
them have a radiating
little
behind the superciliary ridge.

S. entellus.
They have been mostly confounded under
3 r
470
Notices of vaiious
different
Mammalia.
S.
[No. 150.
The most
small
tail
;
from the
;
rest is
is
hypoleucos, Nobis, J. A. S.
its
X, 839, and XII, 170

size,
which
characterized by
comparatively
feet,
deep colouring, and black fore-arms and hands,
and
the head being of a dirty pale straw-colour.
Inhabits the Malabar
range and Travancore.
Next,
S.
entellus (verus),
F.
Cuv.,
is
the representative of the

(as
I
group in Bengal and Assam, extending

into Cuttack.
It has constantly
have been informed)
black hands and feet; the fore-arm

lait
and
leg externally,
with the croup, are cf a pale chocolat au

or less over the back,
colour, extending
more
humerus, and thigh
and
the rest
ally
late
is
of a light straw-colour, or pale isabelline,
with occasionfigured
tinge
of ferruginous
in the
'
on the
belly.
It
is
by the
Mr. Bennett
Gardens and Menagerie of the Zoological
Society.'
Very
different
is
the 5. priam,
Elliot,
of the
Coromandel
coast,
which has nought of the yellowish

of the limbs, with the
tinge, the
whole back and outside

of the chocolat
crown of the head, being nearly

to parts of the former,
au
and
lait
hue confined
but having more of the

;
lait in it,
and
as usual being most intense about the croup
the hands
feet are
pale and concolorous with the rest of the limbs; the

;
whiskers and occiput whitish

sists
and a strongly marked peculiarity concrest
in
having an abruptly rising erect
upon the vertex, analo-
gous
to that of S. cristatus (vel? obscurus).
The
S. anchises, Elliot, represents the former in the
Deccan and
along the foot of the western ghauts.
skin presented to the Society

S.
by that gentleman, with three examples of
priam, resembles the
darkest specimens of S. entellus in colour, but has the leg from the knee
whitish
(perhaps not a constant distinction), the hands mingled

feet whitish,
white and blackish, and the

the base of
coat generally
with dusky black above but the

hairs
the
is
toes
and on
longer
their
terminal phalanges;
S.
entellus,
much
than in
the
on
the sides measuring four, five, and even six inches in length, and
those
which grow upon the
toes,
and
in a less degree those of the
fingers,
which are very copious, are
also
remarkably elongated, extoes,
tending considerably beyond the tips of the
which thus present

the merit
is
a Spaniel-like appearance.
of first
Mr.
Elliot, to
whom
is
due
distinguishing
these species,
and who
well
acquainted
; 1 :
1844.]
Notices of various
Mammalia.
describe
their
47
characters
with
both
of
them, will
shortly
more
minutely.
The same gentleman has

trict or its vicinity,
also forwarded for
my
inspection an im-
perfect skin of a half-grown animal, received from the
Coimbatore
entellus,
is
dis-
which presents the colouring of true
and
has the black hands and feet well marked; but the coat
texture, the hairs of
it
different in
being quite straight, and not exhibiting the

5. entellus of
waviness which
is
constantly observable in those of

light to fall irregularly
every
latter
age, causing the

species,
on each hair of the
while on those of the specimen in question, as in S. anchises,

is
the shine
in S.
uniform, and the sames traightness of hair

:
is
observable
is
priam
this
may
appear a
one,
trivial distinction,
but
it
never-
theless a well
marked
which
at once characterises
I
S.
entellus
apart from either of the others; and
incline to consider, for the pre-
sent at least, the skin under consideration to be a doubtful variety of S.
anchises, the
more
especially as its coat
is
also longer than in speci-
mens
of S. entellus of corresponding age.

allied species, of
is
Another
which the description does not
tally
with
either of the foregoing,
the S. schistaceus, Hodgson, J. A. S. IX,

hills,
1212, "from the Tarai forest and lower

of
It
rarely the
Kachar
also,"
Nepal
is
and which would seem to approach nearest to " Dark slaty above below, and the described as
;
S. anchises.
entire head,
pale yellow
mere hands and

;
feet
somewhat darkened
or concolorous
with the body above
tail
also concolorous: hair on the
crown short
and radiated
on the cheeks long, directed back, and hiding the ears

one
sort, neither
piles or fur of
harsh nor
soft,
more
or less
wavy
three to five and a half inches long upon the body, closer and shorter
on the tapered
tail,
which
is
more or
less tufted."
The Mussoorie Lungoors have been

Thos. Hutton, from
thus described to
to receive
me by
Capt.
whom
hope shortly
some specimens.
with
"
fell
in," writes that observer (in a letter dated Dec. 30th,) "
lot of
a whole
Monkeys
this
morning, and took a leisurely survey of

feet,
them
dark
I
they were dark greyish, with pale hands and
white head,
face,
white throat and breast, and white
tip to the tail.
This
is
is
think the Nepal and Simla species.

I
The Macacus
rhesus
it
found
re-
here also, but
do not remember
it
in the winter,
though
may
472
Notices of various
in
Mammalia.
[No. 150.
main
"
I
some of the deep warm valleys."*
Elsewhere, he remarks,
have long thought that the Lungoor of our parts must be distinct
locality in
from the S. entellus of Bengal, on account of the different
which
it
is
it
found, for assuredly were the Entellus to occur here in
summer,
species,
would
retire to the plains
on the approach of winter. Our

nothing for the cold
to the
;
on the contrary, seems
to care
and
after
fall
of
snow a glen on
In
my
I
estate
which opens
N.
W. is
crowd-
ed
with them.
fact,
really believe they are
more numerous
the Simla side, I
during the cold than during the hot weather.

observed
On
them
also,
leaping and playing about while the fir-trees

I
among which they sported were loaded with snow-wreaths.

seen
have
them
at an elevation of little short of 11,000

frost
ft.
even in the
autumn, when hard

or
It
occurred every night, and that was at Hattoo
Whartoo mountain,
grows
to
three
marches in the interior from Simla. * * *

is
a goodly
size,
and
rather a formidable looking fellow."
Captain Hutton's suggestion that the Himalayan Lungoor must be

different
from the Bengal Hoonuman, because of the diversity of

is
climate which they inhabit,
in
part nullified by the fact that the
Macacus rhesus
buns
;
inhabits alike the
Himalaya and the Bengal Soonder-
and
it
also
remains
to ascertain
how
high the S. entellus

:
may
extend upon the Northern mountains of Assam
moreover
it is
by no
means
soorie
clear,
from the above descriptions, that Capt. Hutton's Musis
Lungoor
identical with
to the
Mr. Hodgson's Nepalese

two
species.
Returning now
of the
determination of the Simiadcc found eastward

species of
?~\
Bay
of Bengal, Dr. Heifer mentions
Macacus,
inhabits
stating that " the

chiefly
Cercopithecus cynosurus [cynomolgus
the banks of rivers,
and the mangrove
forests,
being chiefly
fond of shell-fish": and that "Another species of Cercopithecus belongs to the rarest of this genus,
parts,
and
is
found chiefly in the northern
upon
isolated limestone rocks."
There can be
little
or
no
doubt that the two following are the species referred to: and
to
Capt.
Phayre
is
due the
credit of first securing specimens of these animals
* In J. A. S. VI, 935, Capt. Hutton states, of the M. rhesus " This species saw repeatedly during the month of February, when the snow was five or six inches deep at Simla, roosting? in the trees at night, on the side of Jaku, and apparently
I
regardless of the cold."
Journal of a Trip
to the
Burenda Pass.
1844.]
for
for
Notices of various
Mammalia.
to
473
that gentleman
several
of
examination, the Society being already indebted
numerous
other specimens of Arracanese

for nearly
mammalia,
which are new, and
200
is
species of birds, besides specimens
in other classes, to all of
which he
continually fast adding.

I
Macacus nemestrinus (?J

to
huge specimen of what
conceive
in
be merely the
common
Pig-tailed
Monkey
it
of authors,
numerous
Raffles,
Sumatra, (where three varieties of

terms the species Simla carpolegus,)
are alluded to
by
who
if
not also in other parts of the
Malayan archipelago and peninsula, differs from ordinary specimens of its race, such as are commonly seen in captivity, in the developement
of
its
coat of hair, especially on the fore-quarters,
crown
merely infuscated, instead of black (or nearly so),

its tail
in having the and the

in
terminal tuft of
is
being bright ferruginous
besides which, there
a strong tinge of golden-ferruginous about the shoulders.

fine in texture,
The
it
coat
is
and upon the

;
fore.
quarters the hairs of
measure
from four
inches,
to five inches long
on the loins they scarcely exceed two
and on the under-parts are comparatively scanty; the gene-
ral colour being that prevalent
among
the Macaci, or grizzled brown,

;
the piles annulated with dusky
and fulvous
crown darker, and the
middle of the back posterior
to the
lengthened hair is also darker, becomtail,

is
ing black along the upper surface of the
which has a bright

of this
ferrugi-
nous tuft as before noticed
but there
no trace
little
upon a very
young specimen
lation to
its fur,
also sent,
which has likewise
appearance of annupaler.
and the colours generally are subdued and much

(of
live
example
undoubted nemestrinus) which
I possess,
about a
its
third grown, begins to
shew the
grizzling or annulation to the fur of
fore-quarters, but no sign as yet of the rufous tail-tip.
Upon
the whole,
the very large fine specimen under consideration, does not differ more
from ordinary domesticated examples of the Pig-tailed Monkey, than

does an unusually fine wild old male of the
M.
rhesus which
pro-
cured some time ago in

of the latter as
this vicinity,
from such domesticated specimens
must be
familiar to the observation of most naturalists
who
are conversant with the study of
mammalia.
Capt. Phayre obit is
tained these animals in a mountainous and rocky situation, and
doubtless Dr. Heifer's second species of (so called)

belongs, indeed, (as does also
Cercopithecus.
It
M.
rhesus,) to the division Panto of
Mr.
Ogilby, which comprehends
all
the short-tailed Macaci of Cuvier; but
474
[No. 150.
I
not, as I suspect, to the
Papio
of Prof.
Owen,* which
have reason
to
believe applies to the long-tailed African Baboons, or the Cynocephali,
Auctorum, exclusive of
and
Drill
:
C.
mormon and
M.
leucophceus, on the Mandrill

species,
whereas the long-tailed Macaci, such as the next
together with
M.
radiatus and
sinicus of S. India, are referred by

is,
Mr. Ogilby
to Cercopithecus.
But the truth

as
that
if
we once comse,
mence dividing the group Macacus,

ly every species of
it
now
generally recognised, near-
might be selected as a subgeneric type per

its
presenting various peculiarities of

sitenus, rhesus,
own
I
(e.
g.
M.
niger, nemestrinus,
cynomolgus, radiatus with sinicus, and perhaps others

less familiar)
:
with which
am
and
certainly
much
prefer the cur-
rently adopted system of restricting
Cercopithecus to the numerous
African species which want the
fifth
tubercle to the last inferior molar,
and follow Mr. Martin
in appropriating the
other long-tailed African species which are

or white-eyelid
name Cercocebus to those known as the Mangabeys,
monkeys, of which three have now been ascertained,
an arrangement which has the advantage of according with the geographical distribution of these animals, and by which, too,
any of them
may
be classified at a glance at their exterior, by those
who
are
familiar with the subject.t
31. nemestrinus
M. cynomolgus (?J Though possessing living examples of both the and M. cynomolgus, I have found great difficulty in
I
determining the skins sent by Capt. Phayre, which

species, in
refer to these
consequence of the mode of preparation of them, the skulls

faces irreparably injured;
is
having been taken out, and the

full
but
after
consideration,
if
feel
confident that the present one
correctly
assigned,
not the other also.
pair of skulls of this are sent, from
which the following dimensions are taken. That of an adult male measures four inches and three-quarters in total length, inclusive of the progreatest breadth (of zygomce) three inches
truding incisor-teeth
tical
ver-
height (including lower jaw) three inches and one-eighth; length
of
bony palate an inch and
seven-eighths;
breadth of ditto three

of a female
quarters of an inch.
The corresponding measurements
Mentioned
If
in the
Report on British Fossil Mammalia, published

for 1842, p. 55.
is
in the
" Report
of the British Association"
mistake not, the
tail
in
Cercopithecus and Cercocebus of constant propor-
tional length, being
much
longer than in any Macacus.
1844.]
skull
are
Notices of various
Mammalia.
475
four
inches and
three-quarters,
two and seven-eighths,
three inches, one and five-eighths, and nearly three quarters of an

inch.
The upper
canines of the male project nearly

socket.
five-eighths of
an inch from the bony
Capt. Phayre sent the following note
respecting the habits of this animal.
" These monkeys frequent the

shell-fish.
banks of salt-water creeks, and devour

of the female were found the claws
In the cheek-pouch
:
and body
it
of a crab"
accordingly,
there can be
little
hesitation in identifying
with the other species of
Dr. Heifer, to which the same habits were assigned.
Of the species of this genus, one only appears to inhabit Bengal, the M. rhesus, which is numerous in the Soonderbuns, where its habits I
suspect pretty
thick jungly
gullies,
much
resemble those of M. cynomolgus

particularly
it
frequents
situations,
about the borders of narrow
and
to escape pursuit will

tree,
sometimes plunge into the water
from an overhanging
swim
to
some distance beneath the

enter
surface,
and then land and make
off
on the opposite bank.

to
on the contrary, would appear never
The Hoonuman, the water. The

I
M. rhesus
westward
also occurs, as as Simla,
we have
seen,
even on the Himalaya so far

it
and Mr. Hodgson has sent

J. A. S.
from Nepal, where

it
cannot help suspecting that fin different phases,)

his
constitutes both
it is
M. oinops and M. pelops,

list
IX, 1213
of
and
included
in Dr. Walker's
of the
mammalia
as
Assam, (Calc. Joum. Nat.
Hist. II, 265,) together with another species discovered in that part
by Dr. McClelland, and described

Elphinstone
M. assamensis
in Proc.
Zool.
Soc. 1839, p. 148. Still further to the

to
N. W., " Monkeys" are stated by
be found only in the north-eastern part of Afghanistan:

in
but no Simiadm are included

of that country, prepared
an elaborate paper on the mammalia

for publication in this
by Capt. Thos. Hutton
Journal, nor have

that vicinity.
of
seen any subsequent notice of their occurrence in
In the Indian peninsula generally, the

the
common
is
species
Macacus
is
M.
radiatus, being the only
one included in the

likewise
catalogues of Messrs. Sykes
and Elliot
but M. sinicus
is
found in the southernmost part and in Ceylon, as

silenus.
also the
M.
The
following
is
a brief synopsis of the Indian species of
Simiadm,
far as
with those of Assam, Arracan, and the Tenasserim provinces, as

they are at present ascertained
:
476
1.
Notices of various
Mammalia.
Raffles.
[No. 150.
Stated
Hylobates syndactylies
Simia syndactyla,
by
Heifer to extend as high as 15 N. Lat.

2.
H.
lar.
Common
in the
Tenasserim provinces, and extending

to the Straits.
northward into Arracan, and southward

3.
H. hoolock.
Hill ranges of Assam, Sylhet,

entellus,
?
and Arracan.
4.
Semnopithecus
;
F. Cuv.
Separate, apart, wider Bengal
and Assam
5.
Cuttack
S. anchises,
Elliot.
Central table land of the Indian peninsula,
and base of the western ghauts.

6.
5.
schistaceus,
Hodgson. Nepal
the
species
of the
western
Himalaya perhaps
7.
different.
S.
priam,
Eiliot.
Coromandel
coast.
8. S.
hypoleucos, Nobis. Travancore and Malabar range.
9.
S. pileatus, Nobis. Tipperah 5. cephalopterus,
and Chittagong
hills
Naga
range.
10.
11.
(Zimmerman). Ceylon and Neilgherries.

and probably Sumatra.*
5. obscurus, Reid. (S. cristatus ? Raffles.) Arracan, Tenasserim,

to the Straits,
extending southward
12.
Macacus
silenus.
Ceylon, and neighbouring districts of the con-
tinent of India.
13.
14.
M. nemestrinusC?)
M.
rhesus.
Arracan, Tenasserim.
Bengal, Assam, Nepal, Simla.
15.
16.
M. assamensis. Assam.
17.
18.
M. cynomolgus (f J Arracan, Tenasserim. M. radiatus. Peninsula of India.
M.
sinicus.
I
I
Southernmost part of
ditto,
and Ceylon.f
Although
three groups,
have here followed the usual order of classifying these
am
nevertheless of opinion that the division comprising
the
Cyncoephali,
Macaci, and Cercopitheci,
(i.
e.
the genera with
cheek-pouches,) should precede that of the Semnopitheci and Colobi

(or the
genera with sacculated stomachs).
The
facial
angle can no
longer be considered as a guide to the relative elevation of these
animals in the scale of being,

* The Semn. for Presbytis)
I
now
that the adult Orangs, for example,

p. 256,
nobilis,
Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1842,
cannot but regard as requiring confirmation as an inhabitant of India proper.
f This is doubtless the species noticed by Mrs. Graham in Ceylon, where that lady mentions " Swarms of red Monkeys playing in the trees overhead." (Journal of a
Residence
in
is
India', p.
104.) I have reason to conclude also that this, and not the
Lungoor,
the Rollewai of the Singhalese.
1844.]
are
Notices of various
to present so
all
Mammalia.
477
known
very prominent a muzzle, while, on the other

the Simiado?, or the American Marmozets,
;
hand, the lowest of
have the same so inconsiderably developed
and
it
would seem that

to the
some
trivial
resemblance which the Semnotes bear
Gibbons
still
is
now
next
the chief inducement that occasions the former to be

to the
placed
group of
tail-less
Apes, and thus to precede the third great
division of old world
by possessing
Monkeys and Baboons, which is characterized But this third division unquestionably cheek-pouches.
first
presents a nearer structural approach to the
than does the second
and, so far as
superior grade.
I
I
have observed, the

have next
intellect is also decidedly of a
to describe
an apparently
new
the
species of
the African genus Cercopithecus.
Cercopithecus chrysurus,
Nobis.
This belongs
to
particular
minor group exemplified by

allied both to that species
C. sabceus,
and would seem
to be
nearly
and
to the C. tantalus,
is
Ogilby, P. Z. S.
1841, p. 33, the
tail
of
which
stated in the Latin diagnosis to be
yellow at
is
tip,
while in the more detailed vernacular description this
said
to be
" brown at the base, light grey at the

tail is
tip."
In the
species
now
described, the terminal third of the

I
bright yellowishis
ferruginous, as
believe in C. sabceus.
The specimen
to
a male,
tail,
and
measures about nineteen inches from forehead

about twenty-four inches
;
base of
the tail
inches,
from elbow
to
tip
of
hand nine
knee
to
heel
seven
and a quarter, and

and
foot
five inches.
Colour
grizzled yellowish-brown, the hair fine
soft at base,
with the ter-
minal half comparatively coarse and

first
rigid,
and broadly annulated

;
with black, then fulvous, and finally tipped with black
for
the most part about two inches
and a quarter
long, but exceeding
three inches on the sides towards the flanks: the whiskers, with the
entire
under-parts
the
and inside of the limbs,
are dingy
yellowish-
white:
parts
fore-arm
;
and
leg
greyer,
or
less
yellowish than the
above
and the hands and
feet
infuscated.
;
Face almost
naked, having only a few scattered hairs

of long black hairs across the brow.
but a narrow supercilium

surface of the
its
The upper
first
tail is
rather darker than the back for the
two-thirds of
length,
and then
passes into bright yellowish-ferruginous,

tail is
which on the under
surface of the
continued nearly
tip of the
to its base,
is
weakening however
in intensity; the
extreme
tail
wanting in the specimen.

3
478
Length
Notices of various
of the skull four inches
Mammalia.
half,
No. 150.
across the
and a
;
and breadth
zygoma two
inches and three-quarters

;
vertical
height two inches
and five-eighths
length of bony palate an inch and a half, and
breadth seven-eighths of an inch.
Habitat unknown.
is
Lemurida.
The S ten-ops
gracilis
usually assigned to Ceylon, and
the Nycticebus tardigradus to Bengal.
The
it
latter,
however, certainly
perhaps exist in
does not occur in the lower part of Bengal, but

the hilly regions. Dr.
may
Walker includes
consider to
it is
in his catalogue of
Assamese
Mammalia and upon

;
referring to the late Dr.
Buchanan Hamilton's
solitary, inhabiting
MSS.,
trees
I find
what
mean
this species, noticed as occur-
ring in Chittagong, where

:
said to be rare
and
to
in
Rungpore,
to
also,
very scarce, and said
have been seen in the
hilly countries
the south and east of the Boorhampooter by some

it
natives,
who
it.
recognised
by the Hindustanee name Shiriminda
Billi
" bashful or shame- faced Cat," a
name which
have also heard

" the
applied to
The
unobtrusive, nocturnal habits of this animal would,

it
however, always cause

little
to
be
little
'
observed. I believe that
it is
Bradypus"
of Dr. Heifer's
the Tenasserim provinces/ being
Europeans
and the
territories
Note on the Animal productions of commonly designated " Sloth" by eastward of the Bay constitute, I suswere offered
but
I
pect, its chief habitat.
pair of the Stenops gracilis

;
to
me
in the
Madras
bazar, at the low price of a rupee
have seen
no notice of
this species as
an ascertained inhabitant of the peninsula.*
Here, in Calcutta, a dealer would ask at least ten rupees for a pair
either of
them
or of the Nycticebus,
are,
is
and
in all probability double as
much.f
porium
:
They
and
it
indeed, but seldom brought for sale in this em-
probable
that the Nycticebus,

little
if
found at
confines
all
in
Bengal, occurs sparingly only a

province.
within
the
of the
Vesper tilionidce.
The
only
Bat
contained
among Dr.
Heifer's
Tenasserim specimens was Pteropus javanicus, which, with Nyctice-
jus Temminckii, he stated

the provinces"
;
to
be " amongst the rarer species found in

to other species of
and he alludes vaguely
Pteropus,
(or
Phyllostomus (meaning probably Megaderma), and Nyctinomus

*
It is included in
Mr.
Elliot's
new catalogue
of the
mammalia
in
of peninsular India,
pair of the Stenops said to have

!
been brought from Singapore, have just been

is
put up at auction at 60 Rupees
The Nycticebus
common
Arracan.
1844.]
Notices of various
Mammalia.
medius
(vel
479
Edwardsii> Desm.,
Dysopes).
The
Society has received Pt.

others,
apud Ogilby and
though Edwards's specimen was from the
Mauritius, and should therefore, I suspect, be the Pt. edulis,*) from
Arracan, Tipperah, and Assam, where

Pt.
cannot help considering the

Horsfield
to
assamensis described by Messrs. McClelland and
present merely an individual variation,
The same
is
appears to be Dr.
list
Walker's opinion, as Pt. Edwardsii alone
included in his
it
of
his
Assamese mammalia.
Pt. leucocephalus
(/.
Mr. Hodgson has
also sent
from Nepal as
A. S. IV, 7^0), together with the Cynopterus

(ibid.),
marginatus as his Pt. pyrivorus

received by the Society from
species appear to be
which
latter has likewise
been
Assam and Arracan, and both

India
;
of these
common throughout
The
the former also doubt-
less constituting the large " Flying Fox" so abundant in the Maldives
and Laccadives.
Dussumieri,
(of
third Indian species of frugivorous Bat, Pt.

will be
which a description
found in XII, 176,)
is still
wanting
to
the Society's collection.
Of Cynopterus marginatus, I have been keeping three live They are exclusively frugivorous, and for several weeks.
notice of the buzz of
females
take no
in relittle
an
insect held to
them
which
remark
allied
ference to a statement
of
Mr. Gray, that the nearly

this
I
Kiodote
is
partly
is
insectivorous:
doubt very much.
The
its
Cynopterus
a very ravenous eater, and will devour more than
own weight
while
still
at a meal, voiding its food but little
changed as excrement,
slowly munching away.

soft
Of guava
it
swallows the juice only

its
(though a
mellow
fruit),
opening and closing
jaws very
leisureflight of
ly in the act of mastication,

this
and rejecting the residue.
The
Bat
is
particularly light
and buoyant,
far
different
from the
measured rowing, the direct and heavy
flight of the
large Pteropus
but the general manners and the voice of the two are very similar.t
The other Indian

*
Vesper tilionidce
fall
into three principal groups
viz
The Mauritius
species
is
styled Pt. vulgaris, v. rubricollis, Geoff., in P.
Z. S.
1831, p. 45.
f After a while, the three caged females mentioned above attracted a male, who
used to be continually hovering about their cage of an evening, and at length took up
his diurnal residence hitching to a rafter
above a dark staircase close by, where one

to retreat there
of the females
regularly for
who escaped immediately joined him, and they continued some days, when both were caught.
480
Notices of various
Mammalia.
[[No. 150.
Rhinolophince, comprising the genera Megaderma, Rhinoluphus and

Hipposideros, and Nycteris (which at least
sopodince, including Dysopes, (with romeles,
fyc.,)
its
is
a Malayan genus),
Dy-
various subdivisions, as Chei
Taphozous, and Rhinopoma,
and
Vesper tilioni nee, or
the ordinary Bats.
The Megaderma
India,
lyra appears to be a
its
common
species throughout
first
and
have described
habit of preying on smaller Bats,
sucking their blood, in XI, 255.

Frith informs
In reference
to
that
paper,
Mr.
re-
me
that a
number
of these Bats
were in the habit of
sorting to the verandah of his residence in
Mymunseng, and
that every
morning the ground under them was strewed with the hind-quarters
of frogs,
and the wings
of large
grasshoppers and crickets: on one

;
occasion the remains of a small fish were observed
but frogs appearof a quiet evening
ed to constitute their chief diet

these animals
never toads
Other
and
could be distinctly heard crunching the heads and

species of Bats
smaller bones of their victims.
were noticed
to
keep aloof from

firming
this retreat,
but Mr. Frith had no opportunity of con-
my
observation that the
Megaderma preys upon smaller
ani-
mals of
its tribe.
The
disproportion of the sexes in the assemblages of
this species in their diurnal retreats is noticed in

1
XI, 600; and indeed

In
of
think that the same pretty nearly holds throughout the family.
Elliot's catalogue, the
Mr.
name
carnatica
is
proposed, with a
is
mark
doubt, for the
Megaderma
of S. India,
which however
perfectly
identical with that of Calcutta.
Rhinolophus, Geoff, and Cuv.
In preparing a notice of the Indian
species of this difficult genus, so far as I
am
but
acquainted with them,
labour under the considerable disadvantage of not having
M. Temendea-
minck's valuable monograph
to refer to;
I will nevertheless
vour
to
review the history of the group, so far as the means at

of.
my
disposal will permit
The
first
endeavour at collating the species

'
would appear
to
be that of
M.
254
Geoffroy St. Hilaire, in the

et seq.
Annales
du Museum/
former
* A
Licht.,
is
torn.
XX,
pp.
(1813).
in
Four
species are there
noticed, in addition to the
two common
Europe*; and among the
a species from Timor, the Rhinolophe crumenifere of

European
species, found towards
it
M.
third
the South (in Dalraatia, Sicily, &c.,)

all Africa, is the
also in the
Levantine countries, and

clivosus,
would appear
Rh. capensis,
Rh.
Hupp.,
v.
Rh. Geqffroyi, A. Smith.
844.1
Notices of various
Mammalia.
481
M. Peron and
as
it
Lesueur, which
conceive to be erroneously identified

to
with the Vespertilio speoris of Schneider, described

differs
inhabit India,
from the
latter in its considerably larger size,
and
(it
would seem) more rufous colouring.

In the second edition of Cuvier's
these six species only are referred to
:
'
Regne Animal' (dated

but Dr. Horsfield, in his
1829),
'
Zoo-
logical Researches in Java' (dated 1824),
had described seven

of
(alleged)
species as inhabitants of that island,
two
which have since been
brought together by Mr. Gray, after an examination of the original

specimens collected by Dr. Horsfield,
Rh. deformis, Horsfield, being
thus identified with Rh. insignis, Horsfield.
Then followed M. Temminck's Monograph of the genus, wherein (if I remember rightly) several species were added to those of his predecessors of which, among perhaps others unnoticed in Mr. Gray's
;
subsequent synopsis,
I find
mentioned by authors a Rh.

is
luctus, Tern.,
from Java, an alleged rufous variety of which
described in
the
Zoology of the Voyage of la Favorite, from Manilla,

pusillus,
also
a Rh.
of
from India, which appellation
is
referred with a
mark
doubt
to a
specimen in the Zoological Society's Museum, in Mr.
Wa-
terhouse's Catalogue of the
mammalia
preserved in that collection,
where
also
is
mentioned, but likewise with a mark of doubt, Rh. in-
signis, Horsf.,
from Ceylon.
Confining ourselves
now
to the describers of Asiatic species*, Col.
Sykes, in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society for 1831, describes

a Rh. dukhunensis, distinguishing this from the Rhinolophe crumenifire
of Peron
and Lesueur, which,

lectures,
size,
it
is
added,
is
the Rhin. marsupialis of

its
M. Geoffroy's much smaller
and the Rh. speoris of M. Desmarest, by

speoris from India, the colour of
&c;
but this smaller size corresponds with the
original description of Vesp.
which
is
however stated
have
to be
" pale yellowish ash-brown" (apud Shaw), which

:
does not apply well to either, though better to that of India

little
and
doubt that Col. Sykes's species
is
the true speoris, to which
dukhunensis would therefore be referred as a synonym, as likewise the
subsequent names apiculatus, Gray,
for
the male,
and
penicillatus,
Gray,
for the female.

is
* The form
J.
peculiar to the Old World, inclusive however of Australia (apud
E. Gray).
482
Notices of various
Mammalia.
[No. 150.
Mr. Hodgson,
in the Society's Journal for 1835,

;
next described a
Rh. armiger and Rh. tragatus from Nepal
but the former of these
appears to be identical with the Javanese Rh. nobilis of Horsfield.
The same
in J. A. S.
naturalist
more recently obtained three other

suspect that this
species
from
that province,
and has described one of them by the name perniger,

I
is
XII, 414; but
identical with
Rh.
luctus of
Temminck.
to
We
now come
Mr. Gray's " Revision
of the genera of Bats,

'
and
descriptions of
some new
genera and species," published in the
Ma-
gazine of Zoology and Botany/ No. XII. In this paper the Rh. vulgaris,
Horsf.,
tus
is
mentioned as inhabiting India, and besides the Rh. apiculapenicillatus,
and Rh.
Gray, both of which
have referred
to speoris
verus v. duhhunensis of Sykes, two other species from India are described as
ras C. S.,
new, from specimens procured by Walter
Elliot, Esq.,
Mad-
and these are
also given in the latter gentleman's valuable
" Catalogue of the Mammalia of the Southern Mahratta country,"

published in the
*
Madras Journal
of Literature
and Science/ No.
XXIV,
pp. 98-9,
one of them however by a different and more

be the amount of information hitherto published
appropriate name.
Such appears
and
to
relative to the Indian Rhinolophi,

classify,
which
I shall
now
proceed to reduce
species.
and enrich by the addition of several new
The
various Indian and
Malayan members
of this group fall into
two marked
divisions, corresponding to
Rhinolophus, Gray, as reto
stricted, (the Noctilio,
apud Bechstein, according
Mr. Gray,) and the
Hipposideros, Gray,
v.
Phyllorhina, Bonap., apud Gray.
The former
the Javanese
is
exemplified by the three European species, and by

affinis
Rh.
and Rh. minor,
Horsf., in addition to
which
only two species are indicated by Mr. Gray, the Rh. megaphyllus, Gray,
(P.Z.
tat
S. 1834, p. 52,)
from Australia, and Rh. griseus, Meyer, habi-
not ascertained.
In
this group, the facial crests are
more promi-
nently developed, and terminate in an angular peak above, within
and anterior
to
which
is
a second leaf of membrane, in general also

(i. e.
peaked, and attached behind by a vertical

posed) connecting
longitudinally dis-
membrane, which
last is
it,
sometimes developed beyond
the lesser transverse leaf, in front of
and each undergoes considerable
modification in the various species
the nasal apertures appear linear,
1844.]
Notices of various
Mammalia.
483
from being partly overlapped by membrane, which lines and surrounds

the centre of the facial depression, between the latter and the nostrils
outside of the nostrils the face
is
;
bordered by a layer of
membrane
sur-
rounding
it
in front in shape of a horse-shoe.
The
ears in this group
are large, ample,
and apiculated, having the point directed outward,

of the Rhinolophi generally,) are " tremis
and
(as
Mr. Hodgson remarks
blingly alive all over :" the conch
continued round in front
to
form
an anti-helix, which
is
separated apart by an emargination, sometimes

it
very deep, but should not be confounded (as
occasionally has been)
with the tragus of various other Bats.

India, all of which (unless
As many as six species inhabit Rh. pusillus be among them) seem difleaflet
ferent from those heretofore described.
The
first is
remarkable for having a conspicuous transverse

it,
with
a septum behind and above
situate
upon the larger or
posterior
peaked membrane, and considerably above the

but
less
lesser or anterior
is
one
this is
only a modification and development of what
more or
between
observable in the others.
The
posterior peak reaches to
the ears
1
.
and even beyond.

Length four inches, of which the
of another specimen three inches
tail
Rh. mitratus, Nobis.
mea-
sures an inch
and a half;
and one-
eighth, the tail an inch
and a quarter.
Expanse (of the former) proand one-eighth, and three

Ears
bably twelve inches
length of fore-arm respectively two and a quarter,

of longest finger three
;
and two and one-eighth;

inches
large
;
of tibia an inch
and
tarse
with claw g half an inch.
and ample, measuring an inch
to point anteriorly, the anti-helix
moderately developed, but separated apart by only a slight emargination.
Fur
of the upper-parts a rich light
brown, paler at base, exces;
sively soft
and
delicate,
and rather long
of the under-parts shorter
and much
paler.
Anterior nose-leaf subovate, or nearly rounded,
contracted at base, and a conspicuous lappet of
membrane
is
given off
from each side of the centre of the

nostrils,
facial depression,
;
overhanging the
posterior
;
and forming a round mesial cup
vertical
membrane
its
to the lesser nose-leaf little developed,
and supporting
base only
the
uppermost or hindmost peak triangular and acute
at tip, reaching be-
yond the base

septum, but
of the ears
little
between the two, and divided by a mesial
overlapped at base by a second small transverse

also in
lamina which occurs
most of the other
species,
and
is
placed
434
Notices of various
vertical
Mammalia.
[No. 150.
beyond and above the

anterior nose-leaf.
in
membrane which
supports the inner or
This
fine species
was procured by Capt. Tickell

Distinguished by
the neighbourhood of Chyebassa, in Central India.

2.
Rh. perniger, Hodgson, J. A. S. XII, 414.*
its
large size,
and
delicately soft
and
long, curly, blackish fur, having
a slight ashy cast from the hairs being thus tipped.
A fine specimen
museum
of the
which
saw
in Dr. Griffith's possession,
from Cherra-Poonjee (Sylhet),

to the
and which has

extremity of
since been forwarded

in
by him
Hon'ble Company
to
London,
measured
five
inches
from muzzle
is
foot.
The only example now

membranes
before
me
too
much
injured about the head to permit of a description being taken of the

peculiarities of its facial
;
and Mr. Hodgson's account,
excepting as regards size and colouring, applies, for the most part, to
the species generally of the present subgroup.
The
length of the fore-
arm
in the latter
is
specimen (which was presented
to the Society
by Mr.
Hodgson,)
two inches and three-quarters, and of tibia an inch and

Inhabits the central region of the sub-Himalayas.
three-eighths.
3.
Rh. tragatus,\ Hodgson, J. A. S. IV, 699.

in reference to the
This species was so
named
(v.
development of
its
anti-helix, as
compared
with the very slight indication of one traceable in Hipposideros armiger

nobilis ?);
but the appellation

as
is
far
from being
felicitous, as the
anti-helix
(not tragus,
is
indeed
is
was duly pointed out by Mr.

usual in the present subgroup. be " uniform deep brown, with
to
Hodgson,)
less
developed than
this
Mr. Hodgson described
Bat
the tips paler and rusty;" but two of three specimens sent by
certainly of a light brown,
him
are
and one
of them,
more
particularly, has the
upper parts tipped with dull maronne, which produces a general shade
* Probably the
Rh.
luctus,
Tem., of which
can get at no description, though Mr.

;
Gray alludes
to it as stated to
be black with an ashy tinge
vide
'
Annals and Magazine
of Natural History' for 1842, p. 257, where Mr.
Gray describes a Rh. morio from

;
Malacca, Singapore.
reddish-brown.
" The front central lobe of the nose-leaf large, three-lobed

like
fur
Very
Rh. luctus
in general appearance,
and perhaps the colour
may have changed by
the specimen having been taken from spirits."
Why
therefore
impose a new name, or at any rate why not put a mark of doubt after the word morio,
and add Rh. luctus, Tem.,

from Manilla, of
rite.
var.
Most probably
this is the
Rh.
luctus, Tern., var. rufus,
Rh. luctus
MM.
is
Eydoux and
in
Gervais, in the Zoology of the
Voyage of
la Favo-
described from Java.
f Misprinted torquatus
Mr. Gray's " Revision."
1844.]
Notices of various
Mammalia.
485
of this colour, as in several other species both of Rhinolophus
and
little
Hipposideros
expanded
at the
a lappet of
The summit the nasal orifices are fringed externally with membrane and the uppermost peak of the membrane,
.
central nose-leaf
;
is
small and narrow, and a
above the nose-leaf,

fur of the forehead.
is
inconspicuous, being almost concealed by the
Length of fore-arm two inches and a quarter,

Inhabits the central region of
and
of tibia
an inch and one-sixteenth.
Nepal.
4.
Rh. macrotis, Hodgson,
MS.
of
This and the two succeeding
species are of small size,
and one
them may perhaps be the doubtIn that

in
fully cited
Rh. pusillus of Mr. Waterhouse.

anterior nose-leaf approaches
is
now under
to that of
consideration, the
form
Rh. tragatus, but

as long as broad,
proportionally larger
and wider,
at
nearly twice
the summit,
and rounded without expanding

nose-leaf
which
is
scarcely so high as the pointed tip of the posterior vertical
membrane
above
that
connects the
with
the face
behind or
first
this again, are three successive lappets of

last or
membrane, the
is
of
:
them incomplete, and the
hindmost peak
obtusely pointed
the nareal orifices are oblong, or rather kidney-shaped, with no lappet

of
membrane bordering
:
their
outer side, but the usual horse-shoelip.
shaped development overhangs the upper

the species as follows
" General
Mr. Hodgson
?
describes
teats.
structure typical
No
pubic
Distinguished by the large size of the ears, which are longer than the
head, broad, oval, with pointed recurved
tips,
and
large obtusely
rounded- second ears [anti-helix].
Colour sooty-brown,
to base of tail
:
much
paler
and dusky-hoary below.*

quarters
;
Snout
an inch and three-
head three-quarters of an inch

;
ears from an teal base fifteen:
sixteenths of an inch
interval of ears a quarter of an inch
tail
three-
quarters of an inch, completely enveloped in the square
membrane
same
arm an
expanse
inch
fore-arm an inch and a half; longest or second finger two

;
inches and five-sixteenths: femur eleven-sixteenths
tibia the
nine and three-quarters
weight one- third of an ounce.

of the
Habitat Nepal."
The
following are the dimensions of one

to
* This description does not apply, however,
the specimens with which iMr.
Hodgson has favored the Society, and which are them verging on isabelline), and paler below.
of a light earthy olive-brown (one of
; ;
486
Notices of various
to the Society
Mammalia.
[No. 150.
specimens presented
base of
tail
by Mr. Hodgson.
tail
From muzzle
;
to
an inch and five-eighths, the

;
exceeding five-eighths
;
ears
anteally five-eighths
fore-arm an inch and five-eighths

tibia
longest finger
two inches and a quarter ;
exceeding five-eighths of an inch
and
5.
foot
with claws three-eighths.

;
Eh. subbadius, Hodgson, MS.
mentioned as Vespertilio subbais
dius, H., in J. A. S., X., 908. In this species, the anterior nose-leaf
very small, oblong, and rounded above, but the vertical membrane
behind
it is
conspicuously developed, and pointed posteriorly
behind
this again, is
a short and broad transverse membrane, divided into
two
part
lateral lobes,
;
and
as usual
is
some long
straight hairs
grow from
this
and
lastly,
there
the hindmost angular peak, the sides of

are
which are
slightly emarginated towards the point: the nostrils
not externally fringed with

horse-shoe.
teats.
membrane and over

;
the lip
:
Mr. Hodgson thus describes the
species
" No
is
the usual
pubic
Ears no longer than head, truncated at

ovoid.
tip or rather,
they are
somewhat obtusely pointed],

salient,
Nasal appendage quadrate, not

it
with a transverse bar nearly surmounting
towards the head.
Colour a medial clear brown, paler below, and especially on the head
and
face.
Snout
to
vent an inch and a half

;
tail
;
an inch and a quarter

expanse seven and a
head five-eighths of an inch

half:
ears the
same
;
fore-arm an inch and a quarter

;
longest finger
two and a
quarter
the foot
and
nails three-eighths of
an inch.
Habitat Nepal."
The admeasurements
of a specimen presented
;
by Mr. Hodgson are

five-eighths
;
muzzle
inch
;
to
vent an inch and a quarter

;
tail
of
an
head the same

;
ears anteally half
an inch
fore- arm
;
an inch
and three-eighths
five-eighths of
longest finger one

;
and seven-eighths
tibia nearly
an inch
foot
and
nails five-sixteenths of
an inch.
In-
habits Nepal.
6.
Rh. lepidus, Nobis.

its
good deal allied
to the last,
but
distin.
guished by
much
paler colour, longer fore-arm, and especially by
the uppermost and hindmost peak of the facial

less
membranes being much

emarginated
to-
evenly angular, having

tip,
its
sides so considerably
wards the
that the latter appears as a

;
narrow terminal prolongation,
one-sixteenth of an inch in length

to
the vertical
is
membrane
posterior
and adjoining the anterior nose-leaf
also
still
more developed and
1844.]
Notices of various
;
Mammalia.
is
487
obtusely angulated behind

exterior to the nostrils.
and there
large,
a slight fold of
membrane
measuring
Ears
and
of the usual form,

to tip,
nearly five-eighths of an inch from anteal base

well developed anti-helix.
and having a
im-
General
hue pale isabella-brown, the
fur of the upper parts tinged with dull
maronne towards the

still
tips,
parting a shade of that colour; under-parts

shorter:
lighter,
and
the fur
membranes apparently dark.

;
Length an inch and three:
quarters
of tail half
an inch more; and extent about nine inches

longest
finger
fore-
arm an inch and

and
tibia
five-eighths,
two and a quarter,

(in spirits),
above five-eighths of an inch.
The specimen
species,
and
an injured skin of apparently the same

obtained in the vicinity of Calcutta.
were both probably
Hipposideros, Gray. This seems a perfectly distinct group, characterized
by a
totally
different
form of
facial crest
from that observable

is
in the preceding series.
The
general form of this
quadrate, sur-
mounted by a
short
and broad transverse membrane recurved along

is
the edge, and over this, in the males (I suspect always,)

sinus or cavity with a transverse semicircular opening.
a round
" This cavity,"
remarks Mr.
Elliot, " the

;
animal can turn out at pleasure, like the

stiff hairs,
finger of a glove
it is
lined with a pencil of
and
secretes a
yellow substance like wax.

cavity and blows
at each breathing.
it
When
alarmed, the animal

it is
opens this
out, during
which
protruded and withdrawn
Temminck
notices
it
under the name of a syphon,

entire
or purse, in Rh. insignis

facial crest
and Rh, speoris" fapud Geoffroy)*. The

to
has been well compared by Mr. Hodgson

;
" a coat of
arms, with double field"
the superior and inferior fields separated by
a trilobate fleshy ridge, below which are situate the nostrils in a deep
cavity, surrounded
by the membrane which forms the lower

to
field,
both
within and exterior

of
which
are, in
some
species, additional laminae
membrane.
The
ears in this group are, in general, less apiculated,

is
and sometimes rounded, and the conch

an anti-helix.
not continued round to form
It
is
probable that the development of
this sinus,
and
also of the throat-sac of the
Tapkozoi, depends
much
on season, like the infra-orbital cavities of various ruminants

follicles in
and analogous glandulous
many
other animals.
488
Notices of various
Mammalia.
[No. 150.
Some have
1.
a more complex
three small lateral fringes of
membrane surrounding the nostrils, and membrane exterior to the nose-leaf.

Very
closely allied
I cannot,
to, if
H. armiger, (Hodgson), J. A. S. IV, 699. not identical with, H. nobilis, (Horsfield).
however,
perceive that " the hairs of the axilla,
hypochondria, and scapular
marks, are nearly white,'' as stated of the Javanese species.
Colour
upperfive-
uniform light brown, with dark maronnetips

parts.
to the fur of the
Length
of fore-arm (of a large specimen) three inches

half.
and
eighths,
and of tibia an inch and a
Inhabits the central region of
Nepal.
2.
//. larvatus, (? Horsfield).
species
which
have
little hesi-
tation in identifying with this, has
the fur of a brighter ferruginous
than
is
represented in Dr. Horsfield's two figures,
and the underfur of the upper-
pays more particularly are much deeper-coloured than would appear

from the second figure of the plate adverted
parts
is
to.
The
vivid fulvous,
more
or
less
tinged with
of the hairs
;
maronne upon the

that of the underit
back,
and weaker towards the base

less
pays being somewhat

inches, of
intense;
membranes dusky, but

fur.
would
seem tinged with the prevalent hue of the

which the
tail
Length about four

:
measures one and a quarter

finger three
fore-arm two
tibia
:
inches and a half; longest
and a quarter;
an inch
ears an-
and one-sixteenth;
foot
with claws five-eighths of an inch

tip,
gulated, measuring anteally seven-eighths of an inch to
and threethis
quarters of an inch broad, length of head an inch.

species
Both in
and the
last
there
is
a minute false molar anterior

to
to the car-
nassier in the upper jaw,

follow.
which appears
be wanting in those which
Inhabits Arracan, whence forwarded to the Society's

to
Museum
by Capt. Phayre,
species.
whom we
Horsfield)
;
are likewise indebted for the next
3.
H.
vulgaris,
(?
a species mentioned by Mr.

last in
Gray
and
as
inhabiting India.
of a
their
lated,
It differs
from the
being rather smaller, and

at
brown
colour above,
tips;
much
paler at the base of the hairs
extreme
and lighter-coloured below: the ears more apicu-
or rather they appear so from being strongly emarginated ex-
ternally towards the tip: the tail
and interfemoral membrane would
likewise seem to be shorter, but the latter has been
withdrawn from
1844.]
Notices of various
Mammalia.
489
the skin in the dry specimen before me, which, as before mentioned,
was received from Arracan.

quarter,
Length
;
of fore- arm
two inches and a
and of
as
tibia
an inch
ears anteally three-quarters of an inch,
and nearly
4.
much
:
broad.
H.
speoris
Vesp. speoris, Schneider, but evidently not of

is
M.
Rh.
Desmarest,
which
Rh. marsupialis of M. Geoffroy's
lectures,
:
founded on the Rhinolophe crumenifere of Lesson and Lesueur
Dukkunensis, Sykes, P. Z.
male, and
S. 1831, p.
99: H. apiculatus, Gray, the
H.
For
penicillatus, Gray, the female,

description, vide Elliot, in
No. XII.
Mag. Zool. and Bot. Madras Jl. No. XXIV, 98.
Colour nearly as in H. armiger (v. nobilis ?J : length of fore-arm two inches, and of tibia an inch. Inhabits Southern India.
This species
paper,
is
approximated
to
H.
insignis, (Horsf.,) in Mr. Gray's
and
it
may
be the doubtfully cited H. insignis from Ceylon of

in the Zoological So-
Mr. Waterhouse's Catalogue of the Mammalia

ciety's
Museum.
facial crests altogether less
Others have the

fringes of
5.
complicated, and no
membrane
exterior to the nose-leaf.
H.fulvus, Gray, Mag. Zool. and Bot., No. XII; Rh. fulgens,
Elliot,
Madras. JL, No.
XXIV,
it
99. This
;
is
perhaps the most vividly
coloured of the whole class of
Mammalia
at least I
which can at
the fur
is
all
compete with
to, for
for brilliancy of
know of no species The colour of hue.

of the
here alluded
that of the
naked skin
Mandrill
general
and of
certain Cercopitheci can scarcely be surpassed.
The
tint of the fur is splendidly bright ferruginous, that of the upper-parts
being slightly tipped with a darker shade; membranes dusky. Length,

according to Mr. Elliot, an inch and nine-tenths, of
of an inch
;
tail
nine-tenths
gr.
:
expanse ten inches and a half: weight 4
dr.
20
fore-
arm an
ears
their
rare.
6.
inch and five-eighths; longest finger one and a half; tibia
three-quarters of an inch; foot (minus claws) a quarter of an inch:

anteally
eleven-sixteenths
of
an inch, and
the
same
across;
form scarcely apiculated.
Inhabits Southern India, where very
H. murinus, Gray,
ibid.
Rh. murinus, Elliot,
ibid.
This
have
not yet seen, but shortly expect some specimens from Mr. Jerdon,
who
informs
me
that
it
is
common
at Nellore.
It closely
resembles the
490
last in all
Notices of various
Mammalia.
still less
[No. 150.
developed.
but colour, but has the crest. membranes
Colour dusky-brown, paler beneath.
Inhabits Southern India.
Taphozous.
Three new
species of this
;
genus have been described by

1
me in,/. A.
S.,
X, 971
et.
seq.
and in XI, 784,
verified
and gave a more
detailed notice of the T. longimanus, Hardw., Lin. Tr.
XIV, 525, and

last
distinguished the species

to T.
which
had previously referred with doubt

mentioned
longimanus, by the appellation T. Cantori. This
Bat
have not again obtained in the neighbourhood of Calcutta, but
have received a specimen from Mr. Jerdon, procured in the vicinity of

Nellore (on the Coromandel coast), where
it
would appear
by
its flatly
to
be not
uncommon.
the base of
This species
tail, little
is
easily recognized
out-lying
ears, recurved
developed gular sac, and by the whiteness of
its fur,
which shews conspicuously.

from Southern India
is
Another
is
species
my
T. brevicaudus,
which
at once distinguished from all the other

its tail
ness of
and interfemoral
known species by the shortmembrane. The specimen was from

was published,
I
Travancore.
Since
several
(of
my
description of T. longimanus
have had
alive
pillar
fresh specimens,
and very recently obtained thirteen

was placed.
Five others escaped.
which two only were males) from the interval between a

it
and the wall against which

Bats clung with perfect
These
facility to
the smooth
mahogany back of a
that
cage into which they were put, hitching their claws in the minute
pores of the wood, and creeping upon
ing.
it
in a
manner
was
surpris-
The
females were each about to give birth to a single offspring
(early in August). Their size
was remarkably uniform, both sexes meatail-tip,
suring four inches and a quarter from snout to
by sixteen
and a quarter in
nostril not closed,
alar
expanse
the
tail
protruding half an inch

orifice,
but having a valvular kidney-shaped
and
tremulous, as observable in various other Bats, (for instance, the Cynoptervs marginatus.)
The
;
variation in colour
was not
great, nor
had
it
any
relation to sex
but one or two were more hoary-tipped, imparting

ful-
an ashy appearance, and one only was marked with yellowish or

vescent.
I
have also procured in
this vicinity
specimens of my T.fulvidus, and
supply the following description of a recent male that was shot early one
1844.]
Notices of various
Mammalia
491
morning, in bright day-light, creeping upon the stem of a palm. Length,

to
end of
tail,
four inches, the

;
membrane extending
three-quarters
of an inch further
retractile
tail
seven-eighths of an inch, and (as usual) wholly

;
within the
membrane
alar expanse fifteen inches

;
length
of fore-arm
two and three-eighths
tarse
an inch
foot
and claws
half an inch.
General colour slightly grizzled chesnut-brown, purer
on head and neck, the abdominal region covered with shorter hair,
weakly infuscated, and
less
tinged with chesnut
axillary part of the
membrane, from between

with longer and whitish with dusky
;
the elbow to the flank inclusive,

hairs.
covered
Face, ears, and membrane, washed

the hind-leg and proxi-
the portion of
membrane between
mate
finger narrowly edged with whitish.

is
One specimen purchased

I
it
of
a bazar shikarree
series of
so
much
I
;
darker, that before
had obtained a good

ought not
to
T. longimanus
to that
had some doubt whether
be referred
original
species
and such an example may have been the

as of a as
I
longimanus of Hardwicke, described

but
this
snuff-brown
colour
it.
name had
(to
better
now remain
is
have appropriated
In general, the present species
of a tolerably bright chesnut hue.

it is
Like the preceding one
which
closely allied), the
male has a
straight
very large throat-sac, the ears bend upwards, and the
tail is
and rigid, not recurved as in T. Cantori, and also as in the following

species.
The specimens which

spirit,
formerly described had been long
soaked in
face
which seems
to
have discharged the colour from the
and membranes, and one
of them
which
have had taken out and
stuffed, has the under-parts
more uniformly coloured, the longer hair

axilla,
upon the membrane towards the

scarcely differing in
and that of the abdomen,

;
hue from that of the breast
whereas in the
re-
cently procured examples here described, the difference of colour in

these parts
is
very conspicuous.
Nobis.
T.
crassus,
tail of
This
is
well
marked
species,
having the
recurved
T. Cantori, and ears bending upwards as in longimaIt

is
nus and fu/vidus.

colour,
particularly distinguished
by
its
blackish
and the broad dull white margin of the membrane between
the tibia and proximate finger, this margin increasing

as
it
much
in depth
recedes from the finger-tip, and merging gradually into the black
of the rest of the
membrane, becoming
at first mottled with the latter.
492
Length to end of
of
Notices of various
tail
;
Mammalia.
[No. 150.
five-eighths
four inches, the

tail
membrane reaching
an inch beyond
three-quarters of an inch, the terminal five-
sixteenths protrusile and recurved: expanse fifteen inches and a half;
fore-arm two and five-eighths

a half; tibia an inch
of an inch
:
first
phalanx of longest finger two and
foot large,
measuring with claws eleven-sixteenths

Ears five-eighths of an inch apart
the sac
little
developed.
at base anteriorly.
little
hoary at the
to
Fur of the upper-parts black, or dark blackish-brown, tips, and light brown at the extreme base; undermembranes dusky, with
pays inclining
ashy- black, and more grizzled;
the exception of the whitish margin described.
On
the particular speciside of the back,

to
men
by
before me, are
some pure white dashes on one
being traces of partial albinism.
The
nostrils
appear
be quite closed
a valve,
which would open at the
will of the animal.
Taken
at
Mirzapore, and presented to the Society by Major. R. Wroughton, to
whom
it is
also indebted for
examples of the Rhinopoma, and
for
nu-
merous other interesting specimens.

T. pulcher, Elliot.
covered by Mr.
Elliot,
species
who
informs
from Southern India, recently disme that it is " black-brown above
with white pencillings, and pure white below."

will give a
That
naturalist
more detailed
description of
it
in the
I
Madras Journal.
Rhinopoma.
I
From
descriptions with
which
have been favored,
had long
felt
satisfied that
a Bat of this genus inhabited the reto
nowned
taj at Agra,
where great numbers of them would seem

little
exist; and there can be
doubt that the species
is
that
marked
Rh. Hardwickii, Gray, from India, in Mr. Waterhouse's catalogue of the

stuffed specimens of
Mammalia
in the Zoological Society's
Museum,
found in
in the
and
also that likewise referred to
Hardwickii in Mr.
Elliot's catalogue
of the
Mammalia
of the Southern
Mahratta country,
as being
old ruins to the eastward of that province.

Society's collection received from
differs in
But a specimen
to
England, and said
be African,
no respect that
can perceive, and comparing both with the

in the national
I
figure of
Rh. microphylla
French work on Egypt, the

is
only difference arises from what
presume
an inaccuracy
in that
figure; viz. that the caudal vertebrae are not represented to be sufficiently elongated.
Even on comparison
I
of the skulls together,

to detect
and any
with that figured by M. Geoffroy,
have been unable
1844.]
diversity
Notices of various
Mammalia.
493
worthy
of notice.
from specimens received from

(of
The following description is drawn up Agra and Mirzapore. Entire length,

tail, five
a full grown male,) to end of the long slender

the latter passing the
inches
and by
half,
membrane by two
inches and a quarter

five inches,
expanse twelve inches and a half: (length of a female
eleven inches in expanse:) fore-arm two inches and a quarter; longest

finger
two and three-quarters;
tibia
;
an inch and a quarter:
foot
with claws five-eighths of an inch
ears from base anteally seven-
eighths of an inch, posteally half an inch, and width of the joined

pair,
from
tip to tip,
an inch and seven-sixteenths.
Fur very
fine
and
delicate, its general colour a soft dull
brown, paler at base, where
inclining towards albescent
the face, rump,
and abdominal region
naked, the skin of the
rump
corrugated, and together with the face

tinge of
and membranes dusky, having a
plumbeous ; the skin of the

inferiorly, is transparent,
arms underneath, and of the belly and nates

reaches over the loins and along the spine.
vular, forming obliquely transverse
slits
the latter covering an enormous accumulation of fat, which above

Nostrils closed
and
:
val-
in the truncated
muzzle
the
claws conspicuously white.
Dysopes.
know
of but one Indian species of this genus,
which
is
;
the Vespertilio plicatus of

the
Buchanan Hamilton, Lin. Trans. V, 261

of
Nyctinomus bengalensis
the
M. Geoffroy
1
and
am
inclined to
regard
D. murinus of Hardwicke's published drawings as no
other, indifferently represented.
was favored with a
live
specimen
lately
of this animal
by Mr. Ridsdale, of Bishop's College Press, and
obtained another which flew in at a

presented
window
:
Mr. Masters
also has
the Society with a stuffed one
all
of these being
much
of a "snuff-brown" colour, the fur of the under-parts tipped paler:
but there
in the
is
an old specimen of what

the fur of which
fuliginous- brown
is
may
perhaps be another species

close
museum,
remarkably
and velvety,
of
and very dark
above, with a shade
maronne,
far as I
the under-parts similar but paler and somewhat reddish.
So
can judge from the state of the specimen,

structural characters at variance with
it
presents, however,
no
those of the other, that can

I
warrant
its
being distinguished as a species; but
yet suspect that
it
u
494
is
Notices of various
Mammalia.
[No. 150.
genus
for
a different species from the plicatus.*

is
The
affinity of this
Taphozous
which
very apparent in the living or recent specimens, the pre-
sent group having even the

is
same peculiar mode
of folding the wings,

is
not the case even with Bhinopoma, wherein there
merely
a tendency or inclination to that particular

the wings.
mode
of duplicature of
It is
probably the Malayan D. tenuis,
v.
Nyctinomus
tenuis, Horsfield.
'*^TW&'

Journal of Asiatic 131 Asia

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Journal of Asiatic 131 Asia

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

z.

IV f e^c Xiv :&. >r(

THE SECRETARY AND SUB-SECRETARY.

PART I. JANUARY TO JUNE,

BISHOP'S COLLEGE PRESS.

the Migratory Tribes of Natives in Central India.

Esq. Assistant Surgeon. Communicated by the Author to Jameson's Edin-

II. Vocabulary of Goand and Cole Words.

From Dr. Voysey's MSS.

December, 1821, ....

III. On the History of Arakan. Commissioner, Arakan,

Phayre, Senior Assistant

Gunitadhiam, sive astronomiam continens, Latine

species of Flying Squirrel.

Members, January, 1844,

of Storms in India, being the

Madras and Ma-

sulipatam Storm of 21st to 23rd May, 1843.

Inscription from a Tablet in a Buddhist Monastery at

D. J. Macgowan, Esq. M. D. Surgeon of the Ningpo Hospital.

A Description of the Country of Seisthan.

By Lieut. R. Leech, Bombay From the Political Secretariat

the Political Secretariat of the

of the Asiatic Society. February,

determining the Elastic Force of Aqueous Vapour in the Atmos-

phere and the Temperature of the Dew-point, by Observations of a dry and

wet bulb Thermometer; computed agreeably

pany's Magnetic Observatory at Simla,

II. Geological Map

on Moorcroft's Travels in Ladakh, and on Gerard's Account of

Kunawar, including a general description of the

Communicated by the Go....

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. March, 1844,

on Moorcroft's Travels in Ladakh, and on Gerard's Account of Kudistrict.

nawar, including a general description of the latter

D. Cunningham, of the Engineers, 1843.

on the Agriculture and Land produce of Shoa.

Officiating Superintendent Bhutty Territory

on a recent Fossil Fresh-water Deposit in Southern India, with a

Assistant Resident, Kurnool,

V. Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.

Litnt. C. J. Cruttenden, Assistant

Assistant Commissioner, Kurnool.

of India and of the Geolo....

and Mineralogical Departments, Asiatic Society's Museum.

of a Journey from Herat to Simla, via Candahar, Cabool and the

Punjaub, undertaken in the year 1838, by order of

By Major Todd, Acting

Mr. Blyth's Report

vol. xii, p. 1011.)

Asiatic Society. May, 1844.

Governor General's Agent, N.

of the principal Political Events that occurred in the Carnatic, from

the dissolution of the Ancient

Government was established

on the Conquest of the Capitals of Bee-

Notes at the bottom of each page.

III. Notices of various Mammalia, with Description

many New Museum, &c

Goand and Cole Words. Vocabulary of. From Dr. Voysey,

Simla. Report of a Journey

via Candahar, Cabool and the

Buddhist Monastery at Ningpo in China. An Inscription from a Tablet